Exon Mobile Drilling Guide

WELL CONTROL
Development
Drilling
STANDARD OPERATIONS MANUAL
for
JACK-UP / PLATFORM / BARGE
DRILLING
First Edition May 2003

FOR COMPANY USE ONLY
Houston, Texas U.S.A.
ExxonMobil Development
Company
P.O. Box 4876
Houston, TX 77210-4876
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

First Edition - May, 2003
1 of 32
Developm ent
May 2003
Manual
Drilling
EMDC Drilling Standard Operations

for Jack-Up/Platform/Barge
To: ExxonMobil Drilling Employees

The enclosed manual is the First Edition of our EMDC Drilling Standard Operations
Manual for
Jack-Up/Platform/Barge Drilling. This manual replaces the Transition Version 1 manual
dated October 1999. Many changes and upgrades have been made to this manual based
on comments from the Drill Teams and Drilling Support Groups. The preface of the
manual describes how the manual will be used in our operations. In short, the manual:
1) provides guidelines for conducting drilling operations using jack-up, platform and
barge rigs,
2) is used in conjunction with specific well programs and other procedural manuals,
including OIMS and SMP, to provide the basic framework and principles required
for planning and conducting drilling operations, and
3) shall be reviewed and understood by all drilling personnel.
Important to note is that significant changes (any change that increases health, safety,
public, environmental or financial risk) from the manual need the consent of the
Operations Superintendent and/or Field Drilling Manager. Also, the guidelines in the
manual must be appropriately interfaced with those established by the Drilling Contractor
and conflicts addressed by the Operations Superintendent.
Special appendices are included in each section of the manual for drill teams to customize
the manual for their operating area. The tabs for these appendices are labeled G for
general information and forms/documents that are used company wide and S for specific
information and forms/documents that are unique to individual drill teams.
We appreciate the time and effort by the Drill Teams and Drilling Support Groups in
reviewing and commenting on the draft manual. Over 150 comments were received with
about 90% adopted in the new manual. The remaining comments referred to requests to
include local practices, sections in the draft manual that were removed, general comments
with no suggested changes, items not applicable to this manual, and a very few number of
items not agreed to. In order to close the loop, Drill Teams that suggested changes not
agreed to will receive feedback.
This manual will be revised and upgraded in accordance with the revision process in the
OIMS manual. In general, this process will involve review of comments received from the
Drill Teams, annual review of MOCs, and reviews at periodic intervals.
Please take the time to review this manual and understand the guidelines contained
within.
Signature on file
D. R. Anglin
Signature on file
J. W. Kiker
Signature on file____
C. W. Sandlin
WELL CONTROL
Operations Manager
Manager
Operations Manager
Operations
An ExxonMobil Subsidiary
PREFACE
The ExxonMobil Development Company, Standard Operations Manual for Jack-Up/Platform/Barge

Drilling has been prepared to provide guidelines for conducting drilling operations using jack-up,
platform and barge rigs in ExxonMobil Drilling's realm of activities.
This manual, used in conjunction with well-specific Drilling and Completion Programs and other
procedural manuals, including the Drilling OIMS Manual and the Safety Management Program
Manual, will provide the basic framework and principles required for the Operations Supervisors
and Drilling Engineers for planning and conducting drilling operations. Because of the numerous
possible variables and conditions which can occur, this manual cannot replace the knowledge and
good judgment of key drilling personnel on the drilling rig or in the office. The guidelines
contained within this manual are the logical sequence of steps necessary to efficiently conduct
drilling operations in a safe and environmentally sound manner on a global scale while complying
with applicable regulatory requirements. Although many of the references to U.S. laws and
regulations were removed from the previous version due to the global intent of this manual, some
remain as examples and may be valuable for international operations.
The guidelines contained herein shall be reviewed and understood by all involved drilling personnel.
In accordance with the OIMS "Management of Change" element, significant changes (any change
that increases health, safety, public, environmental or financial risk) from these guidelines are not
to be undertaken without the express consent of the Operations Superintendent and/or Field Drilling
Manager.
The guidelines contained in this manual shall also be appropriately interfaced with those established
by the Drilling Contractor and contained in the Drilling Contractor's operations manuals. Identified
procedural conflicts shall be addressed by the Operations Superintendent and any resulting
resolutions shall be provided to the Operations Supervisors.
Special appendices are included in each section of the manual for drill teams to customize the
manual for their operating area. The tabs for these appendices are labeled G for general
information and forms/documents that are used company wide and S for specific information and
forms/documents that are unique to individual drill teams.
The manual shall be kept current by including recommended improvements/changes in accordance
with the change process described in the EMDC Drilling OIMS Manual. In general, this process
will involve review of comments received from the Drill Teams, annual review of MOCs, and
reviews at periodic intervals. This process is critical in keeping Drilling abreast of new ideas,
advancing technology and regulatory changes.
This manual was prepared in an attempt to combine the best practices of our drill teams into one
manual. Although it does contain a good bit of information from multiple sources, it does not
contain all the information needed to drill and complete drill wells in all situations. Good sound
3 of 32
judgement should always be exercised in any task and should never be discarded just to follow an
outlined step in any process or procedure
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING
1 of 1
SAFETY CREDO
We, the Management and Employees of ExxonMobil Development Company:
Will relentlessly pursue our ultimate objective of an injury and illness free
work place
Will not compromise our focus on safety in order to achieve any other business
objective
And We Believe:
Our safety actions are most effective when we genuinely care about each other
Each of us has a personal responsibility for our own safety and the safety of
others -- both on and off the job
All injuries and illnesses can be avoided when we practice safe behaviors

JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.2 Drilling Operations Manual1
1.3 Organization
1.4 EMDC Reports
1.5 Drilling Contractor Reports6

1.6 Third Party Service Contractor Reports
2.1 GENERAL OPERATIONS

2.2 Contracts Administration 1
2.3 Prespud Meeting 2
2.4 Security
2.5 EMDC Drilling Operations Personnel Responsibilities

2.6 Drilling Contractor Personnel Responsibilities
2.7 Third Party Service Contractor Personnel Responsibilities

2.8 Special Operations Precautions
14
2.7.1
Helicopter Operations
14
2.7.2
Mooring Vessel Operations
14
2.7.3
Casing pressure Monitoring
14
2.7.4
Back Pressure Valves
2.7.5
Rotary Table Insert Bushing Locks
2.7.6
Christmas Tree Equipment
2.7.7
Mud Logging Units
14
14
14
15
Appendix G-I EMDC-DO Risk Assessment Form

Appendix G-II
Risk Assessment Package (example)
Appendix G-III
EMDC-DO BOPE Exception Form
Appendix G-IV
Drilling Environmental Performance Indicators Report Form
3.1 MARINE OPERATIONS

3.2 Site Survey / Bottom Sweep / SIMOPs review
3.3 Moving
3.2.1
Moving Jack-up Rigs

1 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.2.2
Moving Platform Rigs
3.2.3
Moving Barge Rigs
3.3 Moving And Positioning
3.4 Pre-Loading (Jack-up Only)

3.5 Cargo Transfers
3.6
3.5.1
Precautions
3.5.2
Weather Limits 9
3.5.3
Heavy Lifts (Jack-Up Lifts in Excess of 10 MT)
3.5.4
Lifting Operations
10
3.5.5
Rigging Guidelines
11
3.5.6
Equipment Maintenance 15
Transportation & Personnel Transfers
3.7 Marine Training

3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7.6
3.7.7
3.7.8
3.7.9
3.7.10
20
3.6.1
Cargo Transport
20
3.6.2
21
3.6.3
Personnel Transport-Helicopter 22
3.6.4
Personnel Transport-Supply or Stand-By Boat
24
General
Reporting & Drill Frequency
Marine Drill Process
Fire Drills
Fire Drill-Example
Abandon Rig Drills
Abandon Rig Drill-Example
Man Overboard Drill
Specialized Drills
Principal Aspects of Drills
3.8 Ship Collision Avoidance

3.8.1
Detection
3.8.2
Radar Watch Procedures
24
24
25
26
27
29
30
33
34
35
37
38
38
Appendix G-I
SIMOPs Checklist Memo Appendix G-II SIMOPs Deviation Form
Appendix G-III
Study of Pile Interaction with Jack-Up Rig Operations Appendix G-IV
Pre-Startup Inspections for New to Fleet Jackup Drilling Rigs

2 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.0
DRILLING OPERATION 4.1 Introduction
1 4.2
General Operations Guidelines 1
4.3
Pre-Spud Operations
3 4.4
Structural Drive Pipe
4 4.5
Conductor and Surface
Casing Interval 5 4.6
Diverter Operations
6 4.7
Intermediate / Protective Casing Interval 6
4.8
Production Casing / Liner Interval
7 4.9
Slot Recovery / Whipstock / Section Mill /
Cutt & Pull
7 4.10 Wellbore Anti-Collision Guidelines
9
4.10.1
Requirements for "Collision Risk" Wells 9 4.10.2 Requirements for All Directional
Wells
10
4.11
Directional Surveying and Deviation Control
11 4.12 Drill String Design
12 4.13
Bottom Hole Assemblies 14 4.14 Hydrogen Sulfide Considerations 17 4.15 Hydrogen Sulfide
Contingency Plan 19
5.0 BIT CLASSIFICATION AND HYDRAULICS
5.1
General
5.2
Drill Bits
5.3 IADC Bit Classification System
5.4 IADC Bit Grading System
5.5
Running Procedures for Fixed Cutters
5.6
Hydraulics Program
5.7
Guidelines for Hydraulics Optimization
5.8
Hydraulics Optimization
5.9
Reference Material
6.0 DRILLING FLUID SYSTEM
1
1
3
6
8
10
12
17
18
6.1
General
6.2
Solids Control
6.3
Drilling Fluid Treatments
6.4
Drilling Fluid Checks
6.5
High Temperature Drilling
6.6
Stuck Pipe Pills
6.7
Lost Circulation
6.8
Non-Aqueous Fluid Operations
15
6.9
Rig-Site Dielectric Constant Measurement
33
6.10
Drilling Fluid System Guidelines
34
Appendix G-I
Fluid Transfer Checklists
Appendix G-II
NAF/Oil Base Mud Readiness Checklist

3 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
7.0
ABNORMAL PRESSURE DETECTION IN CLASTICS 7.1

Background
1 7.2
Pressure Indicators While Drilling
2 7.3
Abnormal Pressure Detection Team
Responsibilities 10 7.4 Mud Logging 11 7.5 Operational Guidelines 15
8.0 FORMATION EVALUATION

8.1
General
8.2
Conventional Coring
8.3
Wireline Logging Program
8.4
Sidewall Coring Operations
11
8.5
Wireline Radioactive Sources
12
8.6
MWD/LWD Logging
12
8.7
Mud Logging and Cuttings Samples
14
9.0 CASING OPERATIONS

9.1
Casing Running
9.2
Casing Connection Make-Up
9.3
Casing Checklist
10.1
General
10.2
Cementing Guidelines
10.3
Primary Cementing
10.4
Remedial Cementing
10.5
Cementing Checklist
10.6
Reference
10.0 CEMENTING
Appendix G-I
Exxonmobil Cement Testing Guidelines
11.0 PRESSURE INTEGRITY TESTS 11.1

3
General 1 11.2
Casing Test
2 11.3
Leak-Off Test
11.4
Jug Test (Limited PIT)
12.0 PRODUCTION TESTING

4 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
12.1
Production Testing Objectives
12.2
Well Test Design
12.3
Test String
12.4
Surface Equipment
12.5
Measurement Equipment
12.6
Safety
12.7
Personnel Responsibilities
12.8
Pre-test Planning and Preparation
12.9
Information Retrieval
10
12.10
Well Killing and Zone Abandonment
11
12.11
Emergency Procedures
11
12.12
Hydrogen Sulfide
11
12.13
Hydrates
12
13.0 PLUG AND ABANDONMENT

13.1
General
13.2
Permanent Plug and Abandonment
13.3
Temporary Plug and Abandonment
13.4
Site Clearance Verificationa
14.0 WELL CONTROL

14.1
Well Control General
14.2
Hole Monitoring
14.3
Equipment Testing
14.4
Equipment Specifications
10
14.5
Well Control Drills
16
14.6
Well Control Procedures
19
5 of 5
1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1
Drilling Operations Manual
1.2
Organization
1.3
EMDC Reports

1 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.4
Drilling Contractor Reports
1.5
Third Party Service Contractor Reports

2.1
Contracts Administration
2.2
Prespud Meeting
2.3
Security
2.4
EMDC Drilling Operations Personnel Responsibilities
2.5
Drilling Contractor Personnel Responsibilities
2.6
Third Party Service Contractor Personnel Responsibilities
2.7
Special Operations Precautions
14
2.7.1
14
2.7.2
14
2.7.3
14
2.7.4
14
2.7.5
14
2.7.6
14
2.7.7
Mud Logging Units
15
Appendix G-I EMDC-DO Risk Assessment Form

Appendix G-II
Appendix G-III
Appendix G-IV

3.1
Site Survey / Bottom Sweep / SIMOPs review
3.2
Moving
3.2.1
Moving Jack-up Rigs
3.2.2
3.2.3
Moving Barge Rigs
3.3
Moving And Positioning
3.4
Pre-Loading (Jack-up Only)
3.5
Cargo Transfers

2 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.5.1
Precautions
3.5.2
Weather Limits
3.5.3
3.5.4
Lifting Operations
10
3.5.5
Rigging Guidelines
11
3.5.6
Equipment Maintenance
15
3.6
Transportation & Personnel Transfers
20
3.6.1
Cargo Transport
20
3.6.2
21
3.6.3
Personnel Transport-Helicopter
22
3.6.4
3.7 Marine Training
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7.6
3.7.7
3.7.8
3.7.9
3.7.10
24
General
Reporting & Drill Frequency
Fire Drills
Fire Drill-Example
Abandon Rig Drills
Abandon Rig Drill-Example
Man Overboard Drill
Specialized Drills
Principal Aspects of Drills
24
24
25
26
27
29
30
33
34
35
37

3.8.1
Detection
3.8.2
38
38
Appendix G-I
SIMOPs Checklist Memo Appendix G-II SIMOPs Deviation Form
Appendix G-III
Study of Pile Interaction with Jack-Up Rig Operations Appendix G-IV
4.0
DRILLING OPERATION 4.1 Introduction
1 4.2
General Operations Guidelines 1
4.3
Pre-Spud Operations
3 4.4
4 4.5
Conductor and Surface
Casing Interval 5 4.6
Diverter Operations
6 4.7
Intermediate / Protective Casing Interval 6
4.8
7 4.9
Slot Recovery / Whipstock / Section Mill /
Cutt & Pull
7 4.10 Wellbore Anti-Collision Guidelines
9
4.10.1
Requirements for "Collision Risk" Wells 9 4.10.2 Requirements for All Directional
Wells
10

3 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.11
11 4.12 Drill String Design
12 4.13
Bottom Hole Assemblies 14 4.14 Hydrogen Sulfide Considerations 17 4.15 Hydrogen Sulfide
Contingency Plan 19
5.1
General
5.2
Drill Bits
5.3 IADC Bit Classification System
5.4 IADC Bit Grading System
5.5
5.6
Hydraulics Program
5.7
5.8
5.9
Reference Material
1
1
3
6
8
10
12
17
18
6.1
General
6.2
Solids Control
6.3
Drilling Fluid Treatments
6.4
Drilling Fluid Checks
6.5
High Temperature Drilling
6.6
Stuck Pipe Pills
6.7
Lost Circulation
6.8
Non-Aqueous Fluid Operations
15
6.9
Rig-Site Dielectric Constant Measurement
33
6.10
34
Appendix G-I
Fluid Transfer Checklists
Appendix G-II
NAF/Oil Base Mud Readiness Checklist
7.0
ABNORMAL PRESSURE DETECTION IN CLASTICS 7.1

Background
1 7.2
2 7.3
Abnormal Pressure Detection Team
Responsibilities 10 7.4 Mud Logging 11 7.5 Operational Guidelines 15

8.1
General
8.2
Conventional Coring

4 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
8.3
Wireline Logging Program
8.4
Sidewall Coring Operations
11
8.5
Wireline Radioactive Sources
12
8.6
MWD/LWD Logging
12
8.7
Mud Logging and Cuttings Samples
14

9.1
Casing Running
9.2
Casing Connection Make-Up
9.3
Casing Checklist
10.1
General
10.2
Cementing Guidelines
10.3
Primary Cementing
10.4
Remedial Cementing
10.5
Cementing Checklist
10.6
Reference
10.0 CEMENTING
Appendix G-I
Exxonmobil Cement Testing Guidelines
11.0 PRESSURE INTEGRITY TESTS 11.1

11.3
Leak-Off Test
11.4
General 1 11.2
Casing Test

5 of 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
12.0 PRODUCTION TESTING
12.1
12.2
Well Test Design
12.3
Test String
12.4
Surface Equipment
12.5
12.6
Safety
12.7
12.8
12.9
10
12.10
11
12.11
11
12.12
Hydrogen Sulfide
11
12.13
Hydrates
12

13.1
General
13.2
13.3
13.4
Site Clearance Verificationa
14.0 WELL CONTROL

14.1
14.2
Hole Monitoring
14.3
Equipment Testing
14.4
10
14.5
Well Control Drills
16
14.6
19
5 of 5
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0
GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Drilling Operations Manual

Organization
EMDC Reports
Drilling Contractor Reports
Third Party Service Contractor Reports
______________________________________________________________________________
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL-JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARAGE RIG DRILLING
FIRST EDITION-MAY 2003
1
2
3
6
9
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL
The EMDC Jack-Up/Platform/Barge Rig Drilling Standard Operations Manual is applicable to

production and exploration wells. The drilling guidelines, principles, and procedures contained in
this manual represent drilling practices that ensure the Company's highest commitment to safety,
health, and the environment. Manual Organization
This manual is organized into sections covering critical aspects of Jack-Up/Platform/Barge Rig
drilling. Each section is divided into subsections, which address the relevant aspects of each section
topic. In each section, one subsection is devoted to operations specific Drill Team operations.
Appendices that apply to general drilling operations regardless of area of operation are
denoted by a "G" before the appendix number. Appendices relating to a specific drill team
are denoted by an "S" prefix before the appendix number.
Where applicable, this manual will reference other company and industry documents that contain
additional information to supplement the guidelines contained here-in.
This manual will present drilling practices common to numerous drilling operations, irrespective of
rig type.

1 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.2
ORGANIZATION
EMDC - Drilling Organization

EMDC Drilling is responsible for ExxonMobil's world-wide production and exploration drilling
activities. The Drilling Organization is responsible for the contracting of services and materials
suppliers, the planning and preparation of drilling engineering work, and the direct supervision of
drilling operations. The Drilling Organization shall prepare guidelines and procedures, as necessary,
so that operations are conducted in a safe and environmentally sound manner. These responsibilities
will be met by the following personnel:
Manager, Drilling
Drilling Operations Manager
Procurement Manager
Drilling Technology Manager
Field Drilling Manager
Operations Superintendent
Engineering Manager
Operations Supervisor
Supervising Engineer
Drilling Engineer
Drilling Materials & Services Supervisor
Procurement Services Advisor
SHE Manager, Drilling
Environmental Coordinator, Drilling
Drilling Contractor and Other Critical Third Party Service Contractors

The Drilling Contractor is an independent contractor who will execute the drilling program to the
satisfaction of the Operations Supervisor on location. The drilling contractor is also responsible for
operating and maintaining the drilling rig in safe working condition and in full compliance with
EMDC technical specifications and local regulatory requirements, including those requirements as
specified in the drilling contract.
Other critical third party service contractors are independent contractors that will assist in executing
the drilling program. These contractors are responsible for operating and maintaining their
equipment in full compliance with EMDC technical specifications and/or contract requirements, and
local regulatory requirements.
The drilling contractor and other critical third party service contractors provide services where
inadequate performance could result in a Level 1, 2, or 3 incident (OIMS Element 9). These
contractors must meet or exceed EMDC requirements in the area for which the contract is issued.
This includes the following:
Safety, Health, and Environmental Policy Statement

2 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Drug and Alcohol Policy
Contractor Safety Program
Technical Equipment Documentation
Work Permit System
Hazardous Material Handling/Storage Procedures
Procedure to Control Equipment/Safety Policy Changes
Service Companies/Third Party Services

Service companies/third party service contractors are independent contractors who will assist in
executing the drilling program to the satisfaction of the Operations Supervisor on the drilling rig.
These contractors are also responsible for operating and maintaining their equipment in full
compliance with EMDC technical specifications and local regulatory requirements, including those
as specified in the various contracts.
1.3
EMDC- DRILLING REPORTS
Critical drilling operations information and relevant aspects of the daily drilling activities will be
documented in the standard reports developed by EMDC and its contractors. This manual describes
the preparation and distribution of these reports.
Daily Drilling Report
The Operations Supervisor will record drilling activities on the DRS and transmit it, usually via the
LAN or telephone line (modem), to the Drilling Information Management Center (DIMC) each
morning.
The Daily Drilling Report will cover a 24 hour period with the current day's drilling activities.
Minimizing drilling cost per foot and achieving an overall increase in the efficiency of a drilling
operation requires that Management, the Operations Superintendent, and Engineering receive
accurate, factual, complete reports from the rig Operations Supervisor on a daily basis. Effective
management control of the drilling operation cannot be effected without input from the entire
drilling organization, and the daily drilling report is the base document from which most
information is drawn. The following are guidelines on some aspects of the Daily Drilling Report:
Drilling operation events should be time separated to correspond with EMDC rig-time distribution
codes (not IADC). The DRS manual contains a guide on the coding of operations.
Depth of the well is determined by steel line measurement of the drill string.
There should be reasonable agreement between the DDR and the IADC report.
A better report will result if each Operations Supervisor writes the operations summary for his/her
tour.
Do not report opinions or guesses unless they are so identified. If an opinion is reported as fact,
the rig supervisor will know this, but the office staff may not.
Use only standard abbreviations. Do not make up abbreviations.
Electric logging: specify logs run, depth interval logged, bottom hole temperature, and tight hole
depth.

3 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Circulation: specify why the mud is being circulated, and circulation rate/ pipe rotation if any .
Daily Cost Report
The Operations Supervisor should complete the DRS Daily Cost Report and transmit it to the DIMC
each morning.
The Daily Cost Report should capture all substantial drilling costs including services utilized, rental
equipment, and consumed materials. Where exact costs are not known, reasonable estimates should
be made and included in the Daily Cost Report. Some contractor costs will not be known exactly
until the end of a month. The rig should not attempt to estimate what the discounted charge will be;
the rig is to enter the ticket charge on the cost screen. The Drilling Engineer is responsible for
monitoring discounted materials and services costs and communicating any adjustments to the
Operations Supervisor for modification of cost sheets.
It is the Drilling Engineer's responsibility to include the cost of all materials and services in
appropriate procedures for Operations Supervisor use in completing the Daily Cost Report. The
Drilling Engineer is also to provide initial fixed costs to Operations Supervisor and to check the
entries for errors or omissions.
ATF Bomb Threat Checklist
Operations Supervisors need to be prepared to respond effectively should they receive a bomb threat
over the telephone. It is very important to take the caller seriously. Ask the person to repeat the
message. Record every word spoken by the person. Complete the bomb threat checklist and
transmit to the Operations Superintendent. Reference OIMS manual (10-5) for further information.
Casing Tally Report
The Casing Tally Report should be prepared for every casing string run. A copy of the report will be
kept on the drilling vessel for reference during logging, production testing, completion, plug and
abandonment operations, etc.
The Operations Supervisor is responsible for completing the casing run tally report and forwarding
it to the Drilling Engineer after each casing string is run. While it is not necessary to transmit the
off-load tally from the rig, it is necessary to create a DRS off-load tally to be able to complete the
casing description part of the DRS "as run" tally. OIMS requires a DRS casing tally report where
possible.
Environmental Performance Indicators (EPI) Report
At the end of every well, the Drilling Engineer and EMDC Domestic Regulatory Technician will
complete the Environmental Performance Indicators (EPI) Report for inclusion in the Final Well
Report. This form contains four sections; Well Information, Emissions Data, Environmental
Regulatory Compliance Data, and Waste Data.
Drilling Reporting System (DRS)

4 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the DRS system is in place, the following DRS reports will be maintained and transmitted
from the rig daily or when pertinent, 1) Daily Drilling Report, 2) Casing Report, 3) Cementing
Report, 4) Lithology, 5) Logging Run, 6) Milestones, 7) Mud, 8) Mud Product Usage, 9) Perfs, 10)
RFT, 11) Drillstring, 12) Weather, 13) Well Test, 14) Stratigrophy.
Equipment Failure Report
An equipment failure report will be prepared to document equipment failures which result in
significant economic impact or failures which could have safety implications. The equipment failure
report should adequately describe the nature of the failure, identify the cause of the failure,
document the associated downtime due to the failure, and recommend ways to prevent the failure
from occurring in the future.
The Operations Supervisor is responsible for preparing the report and forwarding it to the
Operations Superintendent. Engineering will review the report to determine if further analysis or
action is required.
Hand-Over Notes
Hand-over notes will be prepared by the Operations Superintendents (when working on a rotational
schedule) and Operations Supervisors prior to their respective crew changes. The purpose of these
notes is to document all situations and/or activities that will require follow-up by the relieving
personnel, as well as to address significant operational events that took place during the hitch.
Material Transfer/Cargo Manifest
A material transfer/cargo manifest should be prepared for all material shipments to and from the
drilling rig. Manifests should be prepared by the Base Manager/Materials Coordinator for all to-rig
shipments and by the drilling rig's storekeeper (if on contract) for all from-rig shipments.
The cargo manifest should list all materials transferred, giving quantity, description, weight, and the
container number in which it is stored.
Material transfers are prepared for EMDC material and will usually list the commodity number.
Hazardous material should be identified on the manifest. Under no circumstances should used
casing thread protectors be sent to the United States in a container unless all thread compound is
removed. There will be venture specific materials procedures.
Once completed, the manifest should be signed by the originator and forwarded to the receiver of
the goods by the most expedient means (usually via fax). A copy of the manifest should be given to
the captain of the transferring vessel. The Operations Supervisor should sign the manifest for the
goods received at the rig. Rental tools should be tracked, preferably in a rental tool log book or in a
clipboard maintained on the rig.
Pressure Integrity Test Record

5 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Pressure Integrity Tests are covered in Section 11 of this manual. The pressure integrity test (PIT)
form will be prepared for all tests conducted. Additional information regarding PIT procedures and
analysis is contained in the EPRCo publication "Pressure Integrity Test - Field Guide".
The Operations Supervisor is responsible for completing the PIT form and forwarding it to the
Operations Superintendent and Drilling Engineer as soon as practical after completing the test.
Safety Incident and Spill Reports
Refer to the Drilling Safety Management Program (SMP) and OIMS Manual for guidelines on
incident reporting.
A Reportable Safety Incident is defined by OIMS as being a Lost Time Incident, Restricted Work
Incident, or a Medical Treatment Incident.
An oil spill is any liquid hydrocarbon release greater than 1 barrel (or affiliate/regulatory required
minimum) which falls onto water or onto the ground that could enter the ground water.
A copy of the report will be provided to the Operations Supervisor for forwarding to the Operations
Superintendent.
Safety Meeting Record
The Operations Supervisor should record the issues addressed/discussed at the general safety
meeting, as well as the topics of the drill crew pre-tour safety meeting and any critical operations
safety meeting in DIMS and the IADC report. The minutes of the general safety meeting can be
hand written and do not have to be duplicated on the DIMS report. Forward copies of the
contractor's safety meeting minutes to the Operation Superintendent.
Well Killing Worksheet
After the BOP stack is installed, the Well Killing Worksheet will be prepared in accordance with the
guidelines specified in Section 14 of this manual. The worksheet will be maintained for the current
wellbore configuration and updated at least daily (or as well conditions change) while drilling is in
progress or maintain the KIK PC program data up to date.
The Operations Supervisor is responsible for completing the worksheet. There are multiple
acceptable formats including the traditional EPRCo form, Randy Smith form, EUSA form, and KIK
PC program.
Other Reports
Additional reporting requirements should be followed/completed as detailed in the Drilling OIMS
Manual and the Safety Management Program.
1.4
DRILLING CONTRACTOR REPORTS
BOP Test Record

6 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
The results of all BOP tests and any deficiencies should be recorded on the Daily Drilling Report
and IADC Report. Detailed test data will also be recorded by the Drilling Contractor on a BOP test
form designed specifically for the drilling rig. This report should include the information specified
in Section 14 of this manual.
The completed BOP test form, signed by the test pump operator, tool pusher/OIM, and Operation
Supervisor, will be provided to the Operation Supervisor. All pressure test charts will be dated, and
properly labeled as to each component tested in accordance with applicable EMDC and regulatory
requirements. All records pertaining to the BOP tests should be retained on the drilling rig until
completion of the well. The records should then be forwarded to the nearest production facility or
host platform for retention in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements or forwarded to
Operations
Superintendent for inclusion in the well file (international exploration drilling operations).
Current Status Board
A current status board should be maintained at the driller's station. It should include the BOP ram
elevation and other helpful information and regulatory mandated postings or documentation.
Daily Personnel Record
A listing of all personnel on the rig (POB list) and their positions will be scrupulously maintained by
a designated representative of the Drilling Contractor. The POB list will be updated and distributed
daily.
A copy of the POB list will be provided to the Operations Supervisor at midnight. This list will be
available to be faxed to the Operations Superintendent when needed. A copy of the current POB list
will be maintained on the drilling rig.
Drilling Recorder Chart
The Drilling Contractor should annotate all major drilling activities (drilling, tripping, circulating,
running casing, cementing, etc.) on the continuous recording strip chart which records depth, time,
hookload, pump pressure, rotary torque, and weight-on-bit, as a minimum. The strip chart should
also be annotated by the Drilling Contractor to note significant activities such as filling hole, flow
check, connection, tight hole, mechanical problems, stuck pipe, etc.
A copy of the chart will be provided to the Operations Supervisor for forwarding to the Operations
Superintendent when requested.
IADC Reports
The IADC Report will be prepared daily by the Drilling Contractor and signed by both the drilling
contractor's senior drilling representative and the Operations Supervisor. The IADC Report will
detail the events of each day's drilling activities, giving a time breakdown for each major event.
Events which are subject to different rig cost rates, as specified in the drilling contract, should be
clearly separated. Significant events such as safety incidents, safety meetings, BOP tests, major
7 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
equipment failures, etc. will be documented on the IADC Report. Drilling Contractor personnel
should be identified by name, position and hours worked (including any overtime).
The Operations Supervisor will send the original (white) and pink copies to the Operations
Superintendent weekly. The blue copy should be kept in the Operations Supervisors office onboard
the drilling vessel.
The green and white (last) copy will be left for the Drilling Contractor.
The Operation Superintendent will forward the original to the accounting department and retain the
pink copy in the drilling office files.
Safety Incident Reports
Refer to the Drilling Safety Management Program for a description of reports required from the
contractors.
The Drilling Contractor will prepare an incident report for all lost time incidents, fatalities, restricted
work incidents, medical treatment incidents, first aid treatments, regional illness events, near misses,
and significant near misses onboard the drilling rig. The incident report will, as a minimum,
describe the nature of the incident, list the names of all persons involved (both witnesses and
victims), describe the contributing circumstances, and identify remedial steps and recommendations
to prevent further occurrences.
Safety Meeting Reports
The Drilling Contractor will prepare a report summarizing discussions held in the general safety
meeting. The safety meeting report should, as a minimum, describe safety topics discussed, identify
the status of any outstanding safety items and provide a list of all meeting attendees. A handwritten
report is acceptable. A copy of the report will be provided to the Operations Supervisor for
forwarding to the Operations Superintendent.
Trip Book
The primary monitoring of the volume of mud added to the hole to replace the drill string
displacement on trips is the responsibility of the drilling crew. When full service mud logging is
available, the mud loggers shall provide a backup trip book log. The trip tank will be used for all
trips unless otherwise addressed by the field drilling manager. The trip book must compare
measured volume with theoretical volume as well as previous trip volume. Refer to Section 14.
Well Control Readiness Checklist
At the Operations Supervisor's option, this checklist can be used as an aid in establishing rig floor
crew well control competency. This checklist is in Section 6 of the OIMS Manual and guidelines are
in Section 14 of this manual.
1.5
THIRD PARTY SERVICE CONTRACTOR REPORTS
Cementing Chart
8 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
A cementing recorder chart (pressure vs. time) will be prepared for all operations, such as casing
cementing, equipment pressure testing, PITs, etc. The chart will be annotated with all significant
events such as pumping spacers, pumping lead and tail cements, bumping the plug, etc. (as required
by local affiliate and regulatory agencies).
The chart will be provided to the Operations Supervisor for forwarding to the Operations
Superintendent and Drilling Engineer when requested or retained as required by local regulations.
Daily Drilling Fluids Report
The Drilling Fluids Engineer will prepare a Daily Drilling Fluids Report in accordance with the
guidelines specified in Section 6 of this manual. Unless otherwise specified by the Operations
Supervisor, a minimum of two complete "In" and "Out" checks of the drilling fluid should be made
daily during drilling operations.
The report will be provided to the Operations Supervisor for forwarding to the Drilling Engineer
each morning.
Directional Data
For directional wells, the Directional Drillers will prepare a bottom hole assembly sheet and BHA
checklist for all BHAs run in the well in accordance with the guidelines specified in Section 4 of
this manual. The directional driller will also maintain a wellbore trajectory record and current
wellbore plot in the Operations Supervisor's office.
The Directional Driller and Operations Supervisor should collaborate to complete and sign the
directional drilling pre-job survey data sheet (PJSDS) and forward to the directional drillers
coordinator as well as to the Drilling Engineer. A pre-job checklist for directional wells should be
used to verify that all operational concerns have been addressed. Both the above items are OIMS
required documents. Anticollision/well interference calculation should be updated at each
survey point and a minimum of two directional contractor representatives should be onboard
when wellbore interference issues exist. The minimum curvature calculation technique should be
used.
A copy of the wellbore trajectory record will be provided to the Operations Supervisor for
forwarding to the Drilling Engineer each morning.
Mud Logger's Reports
The Mud Loggers will prepare a Mud Log and Daily Mud Logging Report in accordance with the
abnormal pressure detection guidelines specified in Section 7 of this manual.
A copy of the log/report will be provided to the Operations Supervisor and wellsite geologist for
forwarding to the Operations Superintendent and operations geologist each morning.
Pit Volume Totalizer Chart

9 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
A properly labeled and dated Pit Volume Totalizer (PVT) chart should be maintained by the
company contracted to provide same.
Radiation Safety Checklist, Well Site
Periodic assessment will be made of the adequacy of the safety programs of rig site contractors who
use radioactive sources. Refer to the Drilling Safety Management Program and the OIMS
checklists.
Vessel Daily Log
A Daily Log will be completed by all supply/standby vessels on contract and forwarded to the Base
Manager/Materials Coordinator on a weekly (or other timely) basis.
GENERAL OPERATIONS
2.1
Contracts Administration
2.2
Prespud Meeting
2.3
Security
2.4
EMDC Drilling Operations Personnel Responsibilities
2.5
Drilling Contractor Personnel Responsibilities
2.6
Third Party Service Contractor Personnel Responsibilities
2.7
Special Operations Precautions
14
2.7.1
14
2.7.2
14
2.7.3
14
2.7.4
14
2.7.5
14
2.7.6
14
2.7.7
Mud Logging Units
15

10 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Appendix G-I
Appendix G-II
Appendix G-III
Appendix G-IV
EMDC-DO Risk Assessment Form

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACKUP/PLATFORM/BARAGE RIG DRILLING
FIRST EDITION - MAY 2003
2.1
CONTRACTS ADMINISTRATION
After the execution of the various contracts between EMDC-Drilling and the individual
contractors, the Operations Superintendent and Operations Supervisor will administer the
contracts based on the following responsibilities:
Operations Superintendent
1. Administer the contract terms and provisions between EMDC-Drilling and the Drilling
Contractor and other critical and non-critical third party service contractor.
2. Copies of applicable contracts are maintained by the EMGSC procurement group for various
drilling operations.
3. Address questions from the Operations Supervisors regarding contract terms or exceptions.
1. Become familiar with each contract as necessary to conduct drilling operations and abide by
the terms of the contracts.
1 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
2. Ensure that all equipment on the Drilling Rig is in accordance with contract terms.
3. Ensure that a representative of each service company completes service tickets in accordance
with the contract terms.
4. Conduct a safety/operational ("prespud") meeting prior to the start-up of drilling operations
with the appropriate management of the Drilling Contractor and other critical third party
service contractors. Refer to Drilling Safety Management Program for meeting guidelines
5. Document safety meetings in the DRS and keep attendance list and presentation materials in
the field well file. Note any special problems addressed and/or discussed at these meetings in a
memo to the Operations Superintendent.
Critical Service Contractor's Responsibilities
1. Have in place a safety and environmental program and discuss this with EMDC-Drilling
Management when requested.
2. Identify the disposal method/sites used for contractor waste. This is a contractual requirement
of third party contractors for US East Development Drilling Operations.
3. Provide personnel with adequate qualifications consistent with the qualifications in the
Responsibility section (Section 2.4) and if applicable comply with 3 rd party SSE policy and
requirements.
4. Have in place maintenance programs, inspection programs, internal control programs, etc., and
review these with EMDC-Drilling Management as requested.
5. It is desirable to have acceptance inspection checklist for the following third party services:
mud logging, production testing equipment, waste transportation, storage, disposal, selfcontained breathing equipment, cementing unit, wireline logging, perforating, and LWD with
radioactive source.
2.2
PRE-SPUD MEETING
A pre-spud meeting will be held prior to the start of drilling operations on each drilling
campaign. Key personnel (Operations, Engineering, Geology, Drilling Contractor, Third Party
Contractors, etc.) should attend this meeting. During the meeting, the following points should
be addressed:
1. Safety, health, and environmental policies.

2. Expectations in the following areas:
Safety
Job Planning

2 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Communications
Regulatory Compliance
Emergency Procedures and Contingency Plans
Security of well data
3. Ensure that contractors clearly understand their responsibility for transportation and disposal of
contractor waste.
4. Ensure that both EMDC-Drilling and contractor's personnel clearly understand the chain of
command and the personnel responsible for various decisions.
5. Discuss well drilling plans including relevant geology and drilling hazards.
6. Communicate results of the risk assessment.
7. Copies of the Drilling Program should be furnished to the Drilling Contractor and third party
contractor personnel at the pre-spud meeting, as required.
8. Operations Integrity Management Systems, especially Management of Change.
9. Drilling Safety Management Program
10. Non proprietary pre-spud meeting materials can be circulated to all personnel for their
reference.
2.3 SECURITY
All personnel (EMDC-Drilling and contractors) must obtain, maintain, and retain well data,
especially information relating to depths, operational problems, and formation evaluation
according to their job requirements and release such information to others on a strictly "needto-know" basis. All personnel will be reminded of the proprietary nature of the geological and
critical well data.
2.4 EMDC DRILLING OPERATIONS PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES
Operations Superintendent Responsibilities
1. Communications:
Provide communications, as necessary, between the Operations Supervisor on the Drilling

Rig and EMDC-Drilling Management.
Keep Field Drilling Manager and other off-site personnel informed of all aspects of the
operation.
Interface daily with Production Management to ensure operational continuity.
Attend daily coordination meeting with Production Supervisor on manned platforms

3 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
2. Supervise Operation:
Ensure that all operations are in compliance with OIMS, Drilling Safety Management
Program, Drilling Operations Manual, and approved Drilling, Completion, and Production
Testing Programs and Procedures.
Confer with Geological Personnel to ensure maximum data acquisition at minimum time
and cost.
Communicate with accounting group and EMDC-DFS group to ensure proper
documentation and validity of charges.
Work with Engineering staff to compile manuals, programs, and procedures.
Assist the Operations Supervisors with daily decisions necessary to help the Drilling
Contractor implement the approved Drilling, Completion, and Production Testing Programs
and Procedures.
Conduct audits, inspections, and safety programs in accordance with OIMS and the Drilling
Safety Management Program.
Coordinate materials requests and logistics with Materials Group and/or Production
Organization to facilitate timely arrival of required supplies.
Advise Field Drilling Manager when to initiate rotation of Operations Supervisor to ensure
sufficient lead time for full implementation of OIMS.
Attend rig site safety meetings and pre-tour safety meetings.
Attend daily coordination meeting with Production Supervisor on manned platforms.
3. Local Coordination of Manuals, Programs and Procedures:
Communicate requests from the Operations Supervisor to make exception(s) to certain

guidelines or procedures in the Drilling Operations Manual.
Request verbal approval from the Field Drilling Manager for exception(s) to certain
guidelines or procedures in accordance with the Management of Change Process described
in OIMS.
Note: Using good judgement, Operations Superintendent may take exception to a

guideline or procedure worded with "should" and "ought" without prior
approval.
Solicit change(s) to the Drilling Operations Manual from the Operations Supervisors
according to the change process described in this manual.
Review and approve procedures as necessary to implement the approved Drilling,
Completion, and Production Testing Programs and Procedures.
Ensure that Operations Supervisors receive drilling procedures in a timely manner.
Notify the Field Drilling Manager, as soon as practical, of exception(s) made to guidelines
or procedures of the Drilling Program or Drilling Operations Manual.

4 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: All requirements worded with "will", "shall", or "must", will be approved
by the Field Drilling Manager prior to the exception.
Ensure that all safety and operating manuals are available at the rig site.
Review and approve operations safety plan.
4. Compliance with ExxonMobil and Government Regulations:
Become familiar with applicable laws and regulations, and ensure compliance.
Ensure that all applicable regulatory permits are on the Drilling Rig to conduct operations.
Ensure that required reports (as identified in approved Drilling, Completion, and Production
Testing Programs and Procedures) and/or operations permits are sent to applicable
regulatory bodies.
Request any regulatory exceptions either from the necessary regulatory agency or the
appropriate regulatory contact within ExxonMobil.
Report incidents of non-compliance.
Maintain current knowledge of authority guides.
5. Contractor Supervision:
Steward contractors and suppliers to maximize cost-effectiveness and safety.

Coordinate contractors and suppliers to ensure timely arrival of equipment, supplies and
personnel.
Ensure contractor compliance with all contract terms.
Monitor contractor compliance with safety, environmental, and drug and alcohol policies
stated in contract.
Operations Supervisor Responsibilities

1. Supervise Operations at Drill Site:
Ensure the Drilling Program is executed by contract personnel in a safe and efficient
manner.
Work with Engineering Staff to ensure technical goals are operationally feasible. Make
recommendations for changes to Drilling, Completion, and Production Testing Programs
and Procedures to increase safety and/or efficiency.
Work with Drilling Contractor to develop procedures and plans to implement Drilling
Program.
Review daily plans of the Drilling Contractor and coordinate the activities of Third Party
Contract Personnel (i.e. Service Companies) to implement approved Drilling, Completion,
and Production Testing Programs and Procedures.
Ensure compliance of Drilling Contractor and Third Party Contractors with terms of
appropriate contracts. Ensure that all parties understand their responsibilities per this
Manual.

5 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Communicate materials requirements to Operations Superintendent and follow up on

delivery; assist in logistics as necessary. Coordinate transportation of equipment and
personnel to and from the drilling rig as necessary.
Ensure Contractors are maintaining the required equipment and conducting efficient
operations in a safe and environmentally sound manner.
2. Ensure Compliance with OIMS and the Drilling Safety Management Program
Communicate ExxonMobil requirements and expectations regarding safety and

performance to all rig site personnel.
Assist Drilling Contractor with implementing the Safety Program in accordance with the
Drilling Safety Management Program.
Ensure that equipment and procedures meet OIMS guidelines.
Recommend change(s) to OIMS or the Drilling Operations Manual as necessary to improve
or correct certain operations.
Notify the Operations Superintendent, of exception(s) that need to be made to certain
guidelines or procedures of the Drilling Operations Manual. Once proper approval is
granted, document the exceptions on DIMS and maintain a record of all significant changes
on the rig.
Monitor daily operations to ensure Regulatory compliance. Report any incidents of
noncompliance.
Ensure that all required reports and records are accurate and complete and issued in a timely
manner.
Drilling Engineer Responsibilities

1. Ensure the Application of the Best Available Technology in Drilling Operations:
Prepare the Site Construction Plan considering surface constraints such as local population,
logistics, environmental impact, archaeological surveys, bottom sweeps, and rig
positioning.
Prepare the Drilling, Completion, and Production Testing Programs and Procedures based
on all available geologic and drilling information from nearby offset wells in the area. This
Drilling and Evaluation Program shall include the best available technology for drilling
operations.
Be knowledgeable of the operating and construction characteristics of all components in the
drilling system to be used and be knowledgeable about alternative systems and procedures
that might be implemented to improve operational efficiency. Ensure operations staff
understands the fundamentals behind successfully implementing the new technology.
2. Prepare Standards and Procedures:

6 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Prepare a site specific Emergency Response/SIMOPS (if applicable) attachment for the
Operations Manual
Prepare the Drill Well Data Package to meet Regulatory requirements.
Ensure that all Standards and Procedures are in compliance with OIMS.
Prepare Operations Safety Plan in accordance with Safety Management Program
3. Coordinate a Risk Assessment for all drillwells:
Organize meetings with the Operations Supervisor, Operations Superintendent, Field

Drilling Manager, Production personnel, Third Party Contractors, and others (as required)
to assess and mitigate the particular hazards associated with the planned operations.
During the course of the Risk Assessment process, the Drilling Engineer is to ensure that
the Risk Assessment Form /Action Status Report (Section 2 G-I) is completed and routed
for endorsement.
EMDC-DO has compiled a list of base case failure event scenarios that are common to
most of our activities. This list should be reviewed during the Risk Assessment and if any
additional risk scenarios are identified, these should be documented using the format
supplied and routed for endorsement with the RAF. A cover memo is used to concisely
communicate the results of the Risk Assessment. An example Risk Assessment package
has been included in Section 2 Appendix G-II. The base case risk scenarios can be
referenced in the OIMS manual.
An additional requirement is the assessment of the rig's BOPs to determine compliance
with the Surface Blowout Prevention And Well Control Equipment Manual. The Blowout
Preventer
Equipment Exception form (Section 2 Appendix G-III) is to be completed and routed with
the RAF. Any requested exceptions regarding the rig's BOP configuration will be approved
through endorsement of this form.
All follow-up items will be documented in the Risk Assessment package.
4. Provide Engineering Support:
Provide surveillance of day-to-day drilling progress to ensure that the Drilling and
Evaluation program is conducted to apply the best available technology and propose
modifications, as necessary.
Evaluate and recommend materials and equipment.

Analyze drilling performance at intermediate well depths and work with the Operations
Superintendent and Operations Supervisor to implement changes in procedures and
equipment based on the results of this analysis.
Develop and write supplemental procedures for all major drilling and completion
operations. If applicable use the Standard or Core Procedure templates found in this
Operations Manual.
Prepare cost estimates for the selection of optimum procedural alternatives and equipment
modifications.

7 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
2.5
Counsel the Operations Superintendent and Operations Supervisor on critical activities and
problems such as equipment failures, mud and hole problems (including tectonics and
wellbore stability), etc.
Provide rig site technical assistance in abnormal pressure detection, running and cementing
critical casing strings/liners, production testing operations, and well control.
Monitor well costs and ensure that all costs are kept up to date and accurate (including
DRS).
Review DRS Report and ensure that input data are accurate and complete (coding, etc.).
Participate in wellsite incident investigations, as required in SMP.
Perform bid preparations and analysis in conjunction with the EMDC Procurement Group.
Keep the Supervising Engineer / Engineering Manager informed of all activities.
Prepare AFEs and Supplements.
Complete a Final Well Report package at the conclusion of each well. Generally, this will
include:
Final well cost summary sheet
EPI form
Final Well Report form
Production Casing and Tubing Tallies
Acquire technical support from Drilling Technical and/or URC as necessary.
DRILLING CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES
Drilling Contractor Responsibilities:

Refer to the Safety Management Program for a listing of additional responsibilities
1. Operate as an independent contractor and execute the Drilling Program to the satisfaction of the
Operations Supervisor on the Drilling Rig.
2. Operate and maintain the Drilling Rig in a safe working condition and in full compliance with
EMDCDrilling technical specifications and local regulatory requirements, including those
requirements as specified in the drilling contract.
3. Develop and use safe working procedures. Ensure that the following programs and/or systems
are in place and functioning properly (Drilling OIMS Manual Element 8, Section E and Safety
Management Program):
Safety Program
Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program
Emergency Preparedness Program
Preventative Maintenance Program
Risk Assessment Program
Work Permit System
Appropriate Affiliate Simultaneous Operations (SIMOPs) program for development drilling
operations adjacent to production facilities.

8 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
SSE program if applicable
4. Provide qualified personnel that can efficiently operate the Drilling Rig in a safe and
environmentally sound manner.
Offshore Installation Manager (OIM) Representative
1. Represent the Drilling Contractor as the person in charge and responsible for the overall
operation and safety of the Drilling Unit and personnel.
2. Ensure that the rig operation meets all applicable regulatory requirements.
3. Implement the Drilling Contractor Safety Program
4. Ensure that all safety equipment is in proper working condition.
5. Secure necessary training for Drilling Contractor personnel.
6. Plan and supervise training drills.
7. Ensure compliance/supervise SSE program if applicable
Toolpusher Responsibilities
1. Supervise the Drilling Contractor personnel that perform drilling related operations.
2. Monitor the wellbore for hole problems and abnormal pressure indicators.
3. Provide a communication link between the Operations Supervisors and Drilling Contractor.
4. Make recommendations to the Operations Supervisor as appropriate.
5. Ensure that daily planning meetings are held which focus on conducting the required
operations in a safe and efficient manner.
6. Conduct drills, safety meetings, and training.
7. Ensure that Drilling Contractor personnel document drilling operations properly and that all
reports are complete (IADC, BOP test forms, marine deck logs, etc.)
Safety Coordinator Responsibilities
Refer to Drilling Safety Management Program
2.6
THIRD PARTY SERVICE CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES
Service Company Responsibilities

9 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Operate as independent contractors that will assist in the executing the Drilling Program to the
satisfaction of the Operations Supervisor onboard the Drilling Rig.
2. Operate and maintain service equipment in full compliance with EMDC-Drilling technical
specifications and local regulatory requirements, including those requirements specified in the
contract.
3. Develop and use safe working practices (including written JSAs for applicable critical tasks).
4. Provide qualified personnel that can efficiently perform the required services in a safe and
environmentally sound manner. Comply with contractual personnel requirements and Short
Service Employee (SSE) program requirements.
5. Each service company is to designate a representative on location, to coordinate the operations
and services directed by the Company.
6. Ensure that all service company personnel attend and participate in safety meetings, drills, and
critical operations safety meetings (including pre-tour safety meetings).
Drilling Fluids Engineer Responsibilities
1. Maintain the drilling fluid system in accordance with the Drilling Program and Section 6 of this
manual.
2. Conduct a minimum of two (2) complete "In" and "Out" checks of the drilling fluid daily
during drilling operations.
3. Notify the Operations Supervisor of any significant changes in the "In" or "Out" properties of
the drilling fluid system.
4. Notify the driller and toolpusher of changes in weight, chloride content, gas, or any other
property that may indicate a significant change in formation or entry into abnormal pressure.
Ensuring mud is in condition to log by static ageing a sample of "in" fluid 24-48 hours prior
to logging and check properties. Report results to Operations Supervisor
5. Take an "Out" sample of the circulating drilling fluid prior to pulling out of the hole (POOH)
for logging and give to the Wireline Logging Engineer along with, a fluid filtrate sample, and
the associated filter cake. This information will be recorded on the Electric log.
6. Maintain the drilling fluid weight in the active pits during trips and any time that the drill string
is out of the hole.
7. Ensure that Drilling Contractor personnel are weighing the drilling fluid and measuring the
funnel viscosity of the drilling fluid with properly calibrated equipment.
8. Ensure that Drilling Contractor personnel are recording drilling fluid weight and funnel
viscosity on 1530 minute intervals as measured at the flow line and the suction pit.
10 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
9. Monitor and assist Drilling Contractor personnel when continuously weighing drilling fluid at
the flow line and downstream of the degasser when circulating high gas cut fluid from
wellbore.
10. Advise the Operations Supervisor daily of the performance of all solids control equipment.
11. Assist in optimizing the solids control equipment (e.g., recommend screen sizes for the shale
shakers, etc.). Advise drilling contractor about screen inventory.
12. Obtain approval from the Operations Supervisor prior to diluting the drilling fluid system to
maintain the drilling fluid properties specified in the Drilling Program.
13. Communicate all planned changes to pit levels in the active system to the Mud Logger and
driller.
14. Monitor drilling fluid properties daily to help identify trends or sudden changes from drilling
fluid treatments.
15. Prepare a Daily Drilling Fluids Report in accordance with the guidelines specified in Section 6.
16. Maintain an inventory of all drilling fluid products onboard the Drilling Rig.
17. Assist the Operations Supervisor when ordering appropriate quantities of drilling fluid
products.
18. Ensure that a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is available for each drilling fluid product on
drilling rig.
Directional Driller Responsibilities
1. Recommend Bottom Hole Assemblies (BHAs) to the Operations Supervisor for each hole
section of a directional well as specified in the Drilling Program.
2. Oversee the assembly of all directional BHAs by Drilling Contractor personnel.
3. Ensure that directional drilling practices conform with anti-collision standards contained in this
manual.
4. Complete the directional drilling pre-job survey data sheet, sign, and present to the operations
supervisor.
5. Complete a BHA report form for all BHAs run in the well that includes connection type, ODs,
IDs, lengths, and serial numbers for each component.
6. Assist Drilling Contractor personnel, as directed by Operations Supervisor, when adjusting
drilling parameters to achieve the desired BHA performance. (Bit weight, RPMs, etc.)

11 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
7. Maintain a wellbore trajectory record in the Operations Supervisor's office by calculating the
azimuth and inclination of the wellbore from surveys.
8. Maintain a current wellbore plot in the Operations Supervisor's office using the wellbore
trajectory record.
9. Provide a daily cost to the Operations Supervisor for directional equipment/tools and services
provided by the Directional Company.
10. Maintain an inventory of directional equipment/tools on the Drilling Rig.
MWD/LWD Engineer Responsibilities
1. Maintain the MWD/LWD unit and related equipment on location as specified in the contract.
2. Ensure that sufficient MWD/LWD tools are on site as specified in the contract.
3. Maintain 24 hour surveillance of the wellbore from the MWD/LWD unit during drilling
operations.
4. Maintain a record of all MWD surveys taken.
5. Assist the Directional driller, as directed by the Operations Supervisor, when calculating the
azimuth and inclination of the wellbore from MWD surveys. Ensure that survey correction
factors are understood and endorsed by Drilling Engineer, Operations Supervisor, and
Directional Driller.
6. Complete the directional drilling pre-job survey data sheet, sign, and present to the operations
supervisor.
7. Maintain a pipe tally which is separate from the driller's pipe tally.
8. Provide the Operations Supervisor a copy of the MWD/LWD log daily and fax a copy of the
log to ExxonMobil personnel as directed by the Operations Supervisor/Wellsite Geologist.
9. Protect personnel from exposure to radioactive sources if such sources are present on location
for LWD services.
Mud Logger Responsibilities
1. Maintain the Mud Logging unit and related equipment on the Drilling Rig as specified in the
contract.
2. Maintain 24 hour surveillance of the wellbore from the Mud Logging unit during all drilling
operations.

12 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
3. Notify the driller and the Operations Supervisor of all drilling breaks, unreported changes in pit
level, increases in flow, and high gas units.
4. Notify the driller and the Operations Supervisor of any changes in cuttings, such as quantity,
size and shape or any parameter that may indicate an increase in pore pressure or the presence
of hydrocarbons.
5. Monitor the trip tank while on trips, logging, and any other time that the trip tank is used.
6. Maintain a pipe tally which is separate from the driller's pipe tally.
7. Maintain a current wellbore sketch that includes volumes and capacities of each hole section in
the wellbore.
8. Calibrate the gas detector a minimum of once every 12 hours and after circulating out gas units
near saturation.
9. Provide the Operations Supervisor a copy of the Mud Log and Mud Logging Report daily and
fax a copy to EMDC personnel as specified by the Operations Supervisor/Wellsite Geologist.
10. Ensure that a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is available for each mudlogging product on
the drilling rig.
Note: Where mud logging units have hydrogen gas feeding the Flame Ionization Detector
(FID), post warning signs indicating the flammable/explosive characteristics of the gas.
Inspect the hoses (typically polyflow) every 2-3 months, and replace if it has been
pinched, is brittle, or is discolored from normal clear or white color (OIMS manual
element 6).
Cementer Responsibilities
1. Maintain the cementing unit and related equipment as specified in the contract.
2. Advise the Operations Supervisor of any deficiencies in cement storage/transfer equipment.
3. Calculate the cement slurry volumes, mix water, and displacements for cementing operations as
specified in the Drilling Program.
4. Verify cement volume calculations with the Operation Supervisor prior to starting the
cementing operation.
5. Calibrate the liquid additive system (LAS), if applicable, prior to starting the cementing
operation.
6. Collect cement and cement additive samples from the necessary cement P-tanks and liquid
additive system prior to starting the cementing operation.

13 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
7. Operate the cementing unit during cementing operations as directed by the Operations
Supervisor.
8. Maintain an inventory of all cement additives and cementing equipment on the Drilling Unit.
9. Assist the Operations Supervisor when ordering appropriate quantities of cement products.
10. Document all pumping/cementing activities in accordance with regulatory requirements using
recording equipment (chart recorders, densiometers, etc.) and provide the Operations
Supervisor with properly documented charts.
11. Ensure that a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is available for each cement product on the
drilling rig.
2.7.
SPECIAL OPERATING PRECAUTIONS

2.7.1 Helicopter Operations
Provide accurate cargo and weight manifests for all helicopter transportation.
Lower and secure all crane booms before helicopter landing/departure. (Crane operator
must step out of the crane cab until the pilot has stopped the rotation of the rotor
blades.) Make public announcement of helicopter landing/departure.
Provide safety orientation/ditching instructions for passengers.
Establish flight tracking procedures.
Helideck fire fighting system shall be manned during refuelling.
Rapid/hot refuelling is not authorized. See Safety Manual for exceptions.
2.7.2 Mooring Vessel Operations
Use a "Clear Deck of Personnel" policy on work boat when work wire is under tension.
2.7.3 Casing Pressure Monitoring
Casing annulus pressures shall be monitored weekly at all rigs with surface wellheads.
If casing pressure is detected, it shall be reported on the Daily Drilling Report. The
situation shall be reviewed with the Operations Superintendent to determine if any
corrective actions, are warranted, e.g. bleed off, increased monitoring, etc.
2.7.4 Back Pressure Valves
Whenever a back pressure valve (BPV) is to be removed from a tubing hanger, a
lubricator shall be installed and anchored. Prior to retrieving the plug, confirmation of

14 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
pressure equalization shall be made, if possible. If working on a well with H 2S gas, all
workers in the area shall mask up while retrieving the plug.
2.7.5 Rotary Table Insert Bushing Locks
Rotary table insert bushings shall be kept locked at all times (or removed) except when
procedures specifically require them to be temporarily unlocked. A means of visually
determining locked status shall be provided.
2.7.6 Christmas Tree Equipment
Have an OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) service representative on location
during installation and pressure testing of all christmas tree equipment.
All wellhead and christmas tree equipment has the potential to trap unexpectedly deadly
pressure between seals, in gate valve cavities, under pipe plugs, lockdown screws,
grease fittings and in small porting which has become plugged. Some models of gate
valves are especially prone to trapping pressure in the gate valve cavities. Trapped
pressure most commonly occurs in the split gate style valves and especially the WKM
models. Any valve that has service fittings, which access the valve body, should have a
permanent warning sign stating "WARNING: This valve has the potential to
internally trap pressure!"
2.7.7 Mud Logging Units
Where mud logging units have hydrogen gas feeding the Flame Ionization Detector
(FID) post warning signs indicating the flammable/explosive characteristics of this gas.
Inspect the hose (typically Polyflow) every 2-3 months, and replace if it has been
pinched, is brittle, or is discolored from normal clear or white color.
Responsibility: Operations Supervisor
Approval Authority for exceptions: Operations Superintendent.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION 2 - APPENDIX G-I

15 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION

1 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL- JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING
SECTION 2 - APPENDIX G-II
MEMORANDUM
EMDC DRILLING ORGANIZATION
TO:
Clyde J. Baldwin
FROM:
Grand Isle 16 OCSG 031 R-22 ST#1 "Sandberg" Drilling Team
DATE:
February 17, 2000
SUBJ:
OIMS Risk Assessment for GI 16 OCSG 031 R-22 ST#1 "Sandberg" Drillwell
Consistent with Operations Integrity Management, the drilling team has completed a Risk
Assessment for the upcoming GI 16 OCSG 031 R-22 ST#1 "Sandberg" drillwell. Enclosed please
find the scenario worksheets for the four incidents identified as potential hazards by the team.
Please note that these four scenarios addressed in the attached worksheets are unique to this
location and are not covered by the existing EMDC Base Case Risk Assessment. The EMDC Base
Case Failure Event Scenario List is included for your reference.
If you should have any questions regarding this assessment, please do not hesitate to contact any
member of the team for clarification.
xc:
H. J. Longwell, III
Ensco 99 Drilling Superintendents
Element 2 Risk Assessment Custodian
ELEMENT 2 RISK ASSESSMENT

FAILURE EVENT SCENARIO LIST - BASE CASE
Description
Barge

Land
Platform
Jack-up **
2 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Surface blow-out with BOP stack on drillwell.
Surface blow-out with Diverter on drillwell.
Surface blow-out due to surface equipment

(drillpipe connection, safety valve, control head)
failure during underbalanced perforating,
perforation surging, or well lifting/jetting
operations.
Surface blow-out while conducting
completion operations in clear fluids with
open perforations.
Explosives (perforating guns, string shots, etc.)

detonated at the surface.
Drilling rig crane failure/operator mishap.
Rig hoisting equipment failure/mishap.
Drill rig support vessel/vehicle accident.
Helicopter/seaplane crash/mishap.
Hazardous chemical accident/mishap.
Fuel, oil-based drilling fluid, or oil transfer spill.
Critical supply or personnel transfer is

prohibited by weather.
Severe weather impacts drilling operations.
Drilling regulatory noncompliance or

infraction.
Derrick barge lift accident/mishap.
Jack-up rig punch-through.
Barge rig capsizing during sinking/refloating

operation.
Marine vessel collision with rig/platform.
Lifeboat launch failure.
Worker incident on rig.
Fire/explosion on rig.
Person overboard.
Diver incident.
** applicable to R-22 ST#1 "Sandberg" drillwell
ADDITIONAL FAILURE EVENT SCENARIOS

SPECIFIC TO ENSCO 99 and R-22 ST#1 "Sandberg" DRILL WELL
Description
Barge
Land
Platform
Jack-up **
Oil Based Drilling Fluid Annular Injection

Accident/Mishap
Oil Based Drilling Fluid Spill
Oil Based Drilling Fluid Fire in Pits

3 of 10
GENERAL INFORMATION
X
Well Control Incident Due to Striking

Offset Well.
** applicable to R-22ST#1 "Sandberg" drillwell
R-22 ST#1 "Sandberg"-SPECIFIC OPERATIONS RISK WORKSHEET #1

RISK MATRIX
HYPOTHETICAL FAILURE EVENT
SCENARIO:
Unplanned Shallow Gas Problems during
Conductor-less Drilling
EMDC
E
H
II
III
IV
LOCATION: Jack-up Drilling Rig
DESCRIPTION: Unexpected shallow gas is found when
drilling surface hole without conductor.
CONSEQUENCES:
HEALTH/SAFETY
PUBLIC DISRUPTION
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
I
III
RESPONSE TIME: Minutes for rig personnel to respond to initial event.
II
ALTERNATE TO OPERATION: Drill and set a 13-3/8" conductor at about 1000'.

PREVENTATIVE MEASURES: All prudent precautions will be taken to prevent this occurrence.
1.
A thorough review of the most recent ST54 drilling program was performed to observe
expected gas units, mud weights used,etc.
B21 ST-1 in 2/98 was last drillwell prior to this current planned 3 well program.
B-31, "Hesperides," is the 1st well in this current 3 well program. R-22 ST#1, "Sandberg," will be
the 2nd well in the program.
2.
Preventative measures noted and planned for R-22 ST#1 include (1) control drilling to
maintain low mud weight "out" to preventlost returns and (2) preparation of a Lost Returns
plan.
3.
A thorough review of the well logs near surface indicated no presence of shallow
hydrocarbon-bearing sands. Both the originalB-1 logs, the more recent B-21 and B-31 logs
have been evaluated.
4.
Casing pressures have been measured on all annuli. The one well with notable pressure
(110 psi) on the surface casing was bledto zero and remained at zero after 24-hr monitoring;
B-21 will continue to be monitored and reported until spud.
5.
An evaluation of well interference indicates that (a) most wells from the "B"-platform were
drilled vertically and therefore inparallel to depths near 5000', and (b) directional driller will
drill vertically to ~4,500' MD , which is below the surface casing setting depth for
"Sandberg," and then kick-off
MITIGATION PLANS:
4 of 10
FINAN
GENERAL INFORMATION
As a result of the SIMOPS meeting with drilling, production, and operations personnel in
attendance, the following plans were established: 1) The PIC is the EMDCDO Drilling
Superintendent. 2) Emergency shutdown links are established by NOPO field operations. 3)
Communication links are established with the NOPO field foreman and GI 16 P platform base,
which is the G platform.
The diverter will be nippled up and tested while drilling surface hole.
Diverter drills will be performed with all crews.
The offset drive pipe for the B-30 well, Adonis, which is yet to be drilled, will be blanked off at the
surface to prevent an alternate conduit to the surface.
RISK WORKSHEET #1
HYPOTHETICAL FAILURE EVENT SCENARIO: Oil
Based Drilling Fluid Annular Injection
Accident/Mishap
LOCATION: GI 16 R-Platform and Ensco 99
II
DESCRIPTION: Mishandling, mechanical failure results
in exposure of personnel to Oil Based Drilling Fluid III
and to potential additives.
IV
H
P,E,F
ENVIRONMENTAL
HEALTH/SAFETY
PUBLIC DISRUPTION
IMPACT
CONSEQUENCES:
III
IV
IV
RESPONSE TIME: Minutes to respond to personnel injury. Potential for extended response to fire
incident.
ALTERNATE TO OPERATION: Store oil based drilling fluid cuttings in boxes and ship via boat back to
land. This would impose significant cost increases on this well. This alternative operation carries with
it its own risks.
PREVENTATIVE MEASURES:
Personnel training (HAZCOM). MSDS available. Proper PPE. Equipment inspection, and
maintenance. Hydrotesting / leak testing of all injection well facilities. Injection of seawater prior to
any oil based mud / cuttings. JSA's. Rig will be set up for "Zero-Discharge Operation," with
appropriate plugs set in all jack-up deck drains. Contracting with competent contractors, either Apollo
or National Injection Services. Injection skirt installed around the top of the surface casing
MITIGATION PLANS: Medic on-site for water locations. Emergency equipment. Proper PPE. Fire
fighting teams and training.

5 of 10
GENERAL OPERATIONS
EMDC RISK MATRIX

RISK WORKSHEET #2
HYPOTHETICAL FAILURE EVENT SCENARIO: Oil Based Drilling Fluid Spill
LOCATION: GI 16 R Platform and Ensco 99
DESCRIPTION: Oil spill in water during any oil transfer

and/or human error.
E
operation due to mechanical failure
I
II
E,F
III
HEALTH/SAFETY
IV
E,F
PUBLIC DISRUPTION
H
ENVIRONMENTAL
III(a)
IMPACT
IV
II(b),III(b)
CONSEQUENCES:
(a) - This potential failure event has potential for adverse media attention.
FINANCI
AL
IMPACT
II(b),III(
b)
(b) - Spill size dependent.

RESPONSE TIME: Hours to days to contain and clean up oil transfer spill.
ALTERNATE TO OPERATION: Do not use oil based mud (potential differential sticking, higher torque, and ultimate inability to reach target
objectives)
PREVENTATIVE MEASURES: Oil transfer Policies & Procedures. Ensco 99 will be in "Zero Discharge Operation". Oil based drilling fluid
disposal company personnel on board. Recent vibrator hose upgrades. Equipment to be checked and tested for leaks prior to first shipment
of OBM. Transfer hoses shall have appropriate certification and testing records prior to first shipment of OBM. Transfer hoses shall be
checked periodically and shall be replaced if any deficiencies are noted. An exercise will be conducted with all transfer personnel prior to first
shipment of OBM. All appropriate personnel will be in constant communication during OBM transfers, especially with boat captain, and no
activity associated with OBM movement will be unsupervised. Weather conditions shall be favorable for any transfer from vessel and mooring

6 of 9
GENERAL OPERATIONS
EMDC RISK MATRIX

lines shall be checked periodically. Fire protection equipment will be located in strategic positions to protect personnel inside of the change
room and offices. JSAs for all activities will be prepared and thoroughly reviewed prior to any activity associated with OBM. Proper PPE will
be utilized when handling OBM.
MITIGATION PLANS: Oil Spill Contingency Plan for water locations, emergency response drills.
RISK WORKSHEET #3
HYPOTHETICAL FAILURE EVENT SCENARIO: Oil
LOCATION: Ensco 99 while drilling at GI 16 R platform.

DESCRIPTION: Fire/Explosion on drilling rig caused by
fluid. This could be caused by welding, electrical spark,
III
Based Drilling Fluid Fire in Pits

accidental ignition of oil based drilling
etc.
H
H
IV
PUBLIC DISRUPTION
CONSEQUENCES:
I, II, III
IV(a)
(a) - This failure event has potential for adverse Media attention.
E
H
II
HEALTH/SAFETY
E, F
E,F,P
ENVIRONMENTAL
FINANCIAL
IMPACT
IMPACT
III,IV
III,IV
RESPONSE TIME: Minutes to hours to extinguish. Potential for protracted response to major incident.
ALTERNATE TO OPERATION: Do not use oil based drilling fluid (too detriment of drilling performance and costs). Other risks inherent to drilling
operations.
PREVENTATIVE MEASURES: Pits and shakers have a Skelton Foam Deluge System. Foam Deludge System: Test procedure will be
reviewed, complete water test the system & review of foam deluge shut down & startup procedure. Exxon Safety Manual, JSAs. Proper
venting and purging of enclosed spaces. Specification of safe welding areas and electrical classification areas (see API RP 500). Good

7 of 9
GENERAL OPERATIONS
EMDC RISK MATRIX

housekeeping practices. Gas and fire detection systems. Independent electrical inspection of rig. Contractor preventive maintenance
program. Personnel training on hazards of oil based mud. Oil mud has high flash point. Adequate fire equipment.
MITIGATION PLANS: Onsite medic for water operations. Contractor fire fighting training and equipment. Emergency evacuation plan. Fire
drills. Escaid 110 invert emulsion oil mud typically has flashpoint > 220 F
RISK WORKSHEET #4
HYPOTHETICAL FAILURE EVENT SCENARIO: Well
Offset Well.
Control Incident Due To Striking
LOCATION: Ensco 99 while drilling at GI 16 R platform.

DESCRIPTION: While drilling, a kick occurs as a result
lost returns during well control operations causes a
II
III
PE
of striking an offset well. Subsequent

blowout and spill at the surface.
COMMENT: Only one live wellbore on the R platform,
R-21.
IV
ENVIRONMENTAL
HEALTH/SAFETY
PUBLIC DISRUPTION
IMPACT
CONSEQUENCES:
I
III (a)
(a) - This failure event has potential for adverse Media attention.
III
FINANCIAL
IMPACT
II
RESPONSE TIME: Minutes to respond to initial event, days to several weeks to control blowout.
ALTERNATE TO OPERATION: Inherent risk. Drill free standing well away from current wellbores.
PREVENTATIVE MEASURES: Well path design with an emphasis on collision avoidance. Use two directional drillers plotting collision course
when close to offset wellbores. Critical well will be temporarily P&A'd above the depth of closest approach and GLG bled off the well. Will use
Op Tech Bulletin #99-111 as a guide to avoid wellbore collision. EMDC well control practices and policies. Technically and operationally sound
drilling practices. EMDC BOP testing guidelines and EMDC BOP function testing standards. Casing design specifications, casing inspection

8 of 9
GENERAL OPERATIONS
EMDC RISK MATRIX

programs, casing connection make up procedures, casing pressure tests, wellhead QA/QC program. Rig supervisor well control training,
NODO technical and operational personnel staffing requirements. Ensco personnel well control training, drilling crew tour proficiency drills,
drilling rig critical alarms and instrumentation. NODO critical valve "soft-lock" program. Adequate offset well drilling and formation pressure
information.
MITIGATION PLANS: Onsite medic. Oil spill response plan. Critical operations and curtailment plan. Fail-safe surface and subsurface ESD
systems. Fire fighting equipment/training. Joint drilling/production evacuation drills.

9 of 9
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION 2 - APPENDIX G-III
ExxonMobil Development Company Drilling Organization
BOPE EXCEPTIONS
Well Name:
Risk
Supv.
ppm
Category:
Field/Prospect:
Depth:Engr.
County, State
Engineer
H2S:
Opt. Supt.
Rig:250 ppm H S ROE:
Drlg. Engr. Mgr.

Field Drlg. Mgr.
Casing
Size
Depth
Drilled Interval
Max. MW
Required to
Balance Pore
Pressure
HC Exposed?
Y/N
Type
Exception
1.
2.
3.
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Exception
Requested
Flexible hoses for BOP opening & closing lines not

consistent with API RP 16D.
Flexible hoses for choke and kill lines not consistent with
API RP 16C.
Low risk well package:
a) Typ e RX rin
g g asket reuse allowed after visual
p. by ins
ExxonMobil Supervisor (BOP
WP psi).
3,000
Low carbon steel Type R ring gasket use and reuse allowed in non-load
bearing API Type 6B flanges with Type R flat bottom grooves. (Flange
bolt tightening check required, BOP WP 3,000 psi).
Low carbon steel ring gaskets allowed in gas or sour oil environments
(BOP WP 3,000 psi).
Only one outlet valve required on each wellhead section (Xmas tree WP
3,000 psi).
BOP control panel at accumulators only.
Accumulator capacity sufficient if all preventers can be
MASP
PSI
BOP
Type
Flowline
Type
Choke
Type
Justification for Exception
Choke
Min. WP

1 of 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION 2 - APPENDIX G-IV
ExxonMobil Development Company
Drilling Environmental Performance Indicators Report

Well:
Offshore or Onshore:
Location:
Rig:
Days:
TD Depth (MD/TVD):
FRR Date:
Emissions Data
Rig Fuel Consumption
gallons (U.S.)
Regulatory Compliance Data

Exceedances reported to regulatory agencies*
No. to air
No. to
No. to
No. of NOV's
waterNo. R.Q. Exceedances
LandNo. Fines
OtherFines Amount ($US)
Total
Exceedances
Oil Spills* > 1 bbl. No. to landVol. to land bbls. No. to waterVol. to waterbbls.
Chemical Spills* > 100 kg. No. to landVol. to landkgs. No. to waterVol. to waterkgs.
[Vol.(gal.)*Specific Gravity *(8.3 lbs./1 gal)*(1kg/2.2 lbs.)] =Mass(kg)
*Please send all spill or exceedance reports to Drilling Environmental Coordinator fax 281-423-4337
Waste Data
Drilling Fluid Type: SW, FW, NAF (OBM/SBM/OTHER)
Drill Cuttings (Only complete for drill cutting with NAF discharged to sea)
NAF Drill Cuttings disposed at sea Vol.
bbls.
%NAF on Cuttings
Use gauge hole volume
Hazardous Waste (classified as Hazardous Waste by regulatory authorities)

Net
Generated
(lbs.)
External
Recycled
(lbs.)
Ongoing (lbs.)
Periodic (lbs.)
Engineer:
Eng. Manager:
Include completed record in Final Well Report and send copy to EMDC Drilling Environmental Coordinator.

1 of 1
MARINE OPERATIONS
3.2 Site Survey / Bottom Sweep / SIMOPs review
1
3.3 Moving
2
3.2.1
Moving Jack-up Rigs
3
3.2.2
4
3.2.3
Moving Barge Rigs 5
3.3 Moving and Positioning 6
3.4 Pre-Loading (Jack-up Only)
7
3.5 Cargo Transfers 8
3.5.1
Precautions 9
3.5.2
Weather Limits
9
3.5.3
3.5.4
Lifting Operations
10
3.5.5
Rigging Guidelines 11
3.5.6
Equipment Maintenance
15
3.6 Transportation & Personnel Transfers
3.6.1
Cargo Transport
20
3.6.2
Helicopter Operations 21
3.6.3
Personnel Transport-Helicopter
22
3.6.4
3.7 Marine Training
3.7.1 General
24
3.7.2
Reporting & Drill Frequency 25
3.7.3
Marine Drill Process 26
3.7.4
Fire Drills
3.7.5
Fire Drill-Example
29
3.7.6
Abandon Rig Drills
30
3.7.7
Abandon Rig Drill-Example 33
3.7.8
Man Overboard Drill 34
3.7.9
Specialized Drills
20
24
27
35
3.7.10 Principal Aspects of Drills
37

3.8.1
Detection
3.8.2
Appendix G-I
Appendix G-II
Appendix G-III
Appendix G-IV
24
37
38
38
SIMOPs Checklist Memo

SIMOPs Deviation Form
Study of Pile Interaction with Jack-Up Rig Operations
______________________________________________________________________________
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARAGE RIG DRILLING
FIRST EDITION - MAY, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
3.1
SITE SURVEY/BOTTOM SWEEP/SIMOPS REVIEW
For applicable marine operations, a site specific operability study can be conducted by the EMDC
Technology Group or an approved Marine Engineering contractor.
Before a new rig is added to the fleet, a series of inspections must be performed on the new rig.
Section 3 -Appendix G-V is a guide to the specific inspections that must be done. Additional
inspections may be completed as required by the specific rig or drilling program requirements.
Prior to moving the rig onto a new or preexisting location, a shallow hazards assessment of the site
(OIMS Element 3) is to be conducted. The assessment will aid in the location of submarine cables,
pipelines, buoys, boulders, shallow gas, etc. should such obstructions exist in the vicinity of the
proposed location. The assessment should include a review of existing information for any evidence
of shallow hazards. Sources may include the following:
Offset well/soil data, previous bottom sweeps, site surveys, appropriate geological and
geophysical data, and offset well casing pressure.
Up-to-date maps of pipelines (including platform vent/flare lines) and data regarding the
position and characteristics of previous rigs that worked in the area.
Up-to-date drawings of production platform and facilities to assess interference potential

and identify SIMOPs requirements associated with conducting Jack-Up Drilling
Operations over production platforms.
Diagrams of Production Platform support piling positions and driven depths to assess JUR
spud can and platform pile interference potential (be sure to account for production
platform leg batter). Section 3 -Appendix G-IV (" Amoco/McClelland Study "Jack-Up
Rig Soil Disturbance") is the subject of a memo written by E. J. Henkhaus. The Drilling
Engineer is to reconcile all MIRU plans with this memo (and ExxonMobil's Civil
Technology Group, if required).
Regional seismicity (i.e., number and intensity of earthquakes) in earthquake prone areas.
Existence of natural seeps.
Literature (company and public).
Based on results of the shallow hazard assessments, a site survey may be conducted. The site survey
may include:
Bathymetry Profile via Echo Sounder
2-D high resolution multifold seismic
Side Scan Sonar
Magnetometer
Sub-bottom profiler
Soil Boring (100' -150')

For JU rigs, adequacy of JUR leg length must be considered. This will include spud can penetration
based on maximum previous penetration or soil boring analysis estimate (if first time at a location),
water depth, required JUR hull air gap, production platform deck, and equipment elevations.
1 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Review the potential for JUR leg run or punch through during pre-load operations. Previous preload
experience in the area and/or soil boring analysis will be good predictors of this.
A bottom sweep of the area in which the JUR will be positioned adjacent to the production platform
shall be conducted for each JUR/Production drilling program.
The area swept should include all area where the Jack-Up rig could set its legs onto the
seafloor (generally, this is within 500' of the platform).
All pipelines within 490' of the JUR spud cans shall be marked with sonar reflectors and
surface buoys, a safe entry/exit area cordoned off with markers, or proper waivers will be
obtained-from appropriate EMDC and EMPC management and regulatory agencies.
Company providing bottom sweep will provide a diagram of bottom sweep area
identifying pipelines marked and any underwater obstructions or previous spud can hole
identified. This should be included in the MIRV Procedure.
If there is significant delay between when the sweep is performed and when the rig will
actually move onto location (e.g. greater than 30 days) or if there is any significant
activity near the platform (e.g. construction), review with Production and the rig
contractor to determine if another bottom sweep should be performed.
A SIMOPs Checklist Memo (Section 3 - Appendix G-I) and review between appropriate EMDC
Drilling Op. Supt. and EMPC Op Supt shall be completed prior to JUR mobilization for each
JUR/Production drilling program.
If the decision is made to make any deviations from the guidelines set out in the SIMOPs
manual, this may be accomplished by routing a SIMOPs deviation for approval by
Production. A blank form is attached as Section 3 -Appendix G-II.
A platform survey meeting will be held to discuss platform specific issues (e.g., moving stairways,
moving cranes, process equipment protection near the cantilever, etc). This meeting should include a
representative from EMDC Drilling, EMPC, and the rig contractor.
3.2
MOVING
3.2.1 MOVING JACK-UP RIGS

Prior to commencement of any marine movement operations it is imperative that a review of
local regulations for notices be conducted to ensure the necessary permission has been obtained.
This information can then be used to evaluate the potential impacts of exploration operations and
identify mitigating options. Valid discharge and drilling permits, from state and or federal agencies,
must be posted at the rig prior to the rig MIRU on location. Other permits DOCD, APD, MMS, and
State O&G Boards Plans for Exploitation should also be available.
The following general operational guidelines apply to the Jack-Up barge during preparation for and
execution of transit operations.

2 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
1. A marine procedure must be documented in accordance with the drilling contractors Marine
Operation Manual.
2. Towing arrangements will be made well in advance.
3. Size and number of tow vessels required considering:
Government regulations
Contractors insurance requirement
Expected currents and weather
Distance of tow
Positioning requirements at the mobilization location and final drilling site.
4. Prior to initiating the move, inspection of all towing vessels shall include:
Towing wire and accessories
Tow winch
Tow rigging such as towing eyes, etc
Communications equipment (must include two separate systems)
General condition of the tow vessels
5. All equipment onboard must be properly secured prior to rig moves. Particular attention will
be given to the BOP stack and tubular goods.
6. Jack-Up vessel stability calculations after loading Company and third party equipment.
7. Function test the jacking equipment.
8. Description and or map of tow route.
9. A contingency procedure will be in place for heavy weather including:
Pre-determined safe shelter location or locations along route.
Mitigating towing procedures such as slowing and turning into heavy weather.
10. In areas where applicable rig moves, should consider a lump-sum mobilization cost quote to
be obtained from the drilling contractor and an economic analysis should be conducted to
determine if EMDC Drilling will accept the lump sum proposal or choose to mobilize the JUR
on dayrate.
3.2.2 MOVING PLATFORM RIGS
This information can then be used to evaluate the potential impacts of drilling operations and identify
mitigating options. Valid discharge and drilling permits, from state and or federal agencies, must be
3 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
posted at the rig prior to spud. Other permits DOCD, APD, MMS, and State O&G Boards Plans for
Exploitation.
The following general operational guidelines apply to the platform during preparation for and
execution of transit operations.
Operation Manual.
2. A person designated by the project team conducts an onsite inspection to determine the preferred
placement of all rig packages in relationship to pipelines, facility process equipment, drain
systems, blowdown vent lines, and any other equipment that may be affected.
4. Crane barge arrangements will be made well in advance.
5. Check platform loading as it relates to the rig package equipment and secure Structural
Engineerings concurrence with the rig mobilization plan.
6. Review the proposed locations of living quarters, escape routes, diesel storage tanks, etc. and
determine what fire protection is necessary. A load down sequence should be planned &
documented to determine the sequence in which rig components should be loaded onto the
platform based on priority.
7. Locate all fire protection equipment stations on the main deck, and assess the need to relocate.
8. Survey the platforms firewater system to determine where a tie-in can be made to supply water to
the rigs fire main, and that piping pressure design is compatible. Ensure that the platforms
firewater pumps meet the GPM requirements for that facility.
9. Inspect all main deck drains to ensure they are clear of any obstruction, and determine if any
drains need to be isolated/modified due to the positioning of the rig packages.
10. A scale drawing depicting platform/rig equipment layout shall be developed highlighting the
designated safe welding area, as well as areas in which Hot Work is prohibited.
11. Locate all incoming and outgoing pipeline risers, and determine what protection these require
during the MIRU and drilling phase.
12. Ensure that a communication link is established between the barge and platform, particularly
between the barge crane operator and those persons spotting equipment on the main deck of the
platform.
13. Ensure that the contractor crane complies with the inspection requirements of API RP2D.
Documentation of this inspection is required.

4 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
14. Review critical processes (i.e., NGL/high pressure injection lines) and assess the need for special
considerations in regards to emergency situations.
15. Review all electrical classifications applicable to the planned locations of the living quarters and
rig components.
16. Inspect the platforms diesel storage tanks, potable water storage, and various transfer pumps to
determine if they meet the needs of the rig. If the platform has a helicopter refueling system,
examine the piping and determine if the pump can be used if refueling station installation on the
rig's heliport is required.
17. Inspect all deck grating, plating, and handrails and arrange for repair or replacement a needed.
Examine the condition of any downcomers that may be installed for previously mobilized platform
rigs, and assess whether they can be reused.
Expected currents and weather
Distance of tow
19. Description and or map of tow route.

Mitigating towing procedures such as slowing and turning into heavy weather.
3.2.3
MOVING BARGE RIGS

This information can then be used to evaluate the potential impacts of drilling operations and identify
mitigating options. Valid discharge and drilling permits, from state and or federal agencies, must be
posted at the rig prior to spud. Other permits DOCD, APD, MMS, and State O&G Boards Plans for
Exploitation.
The following general operational guidelines apply to the barge during preparation for and execution
of transit operations.
Operation Manual.
2. If historical data is absent, a soil bore sample may be analyzed in order to facilitate
design/building of a rockpad.
5 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
3. Surveying and dredging arrangements will be made well in advance.
Expected weather
Distance of tow
6. All equipment onboard must be properly secured prior to rig moves. Particular attention will be
given to the BOP stack and tubular goods.
7. Description and or map of tow route and location of pipeline crossings and other facilities that
could impact rig move.
9. For barge rig moves the payment details should be specified in the drilling contract (i.e., dayrate or lump
sum).
3.3
MOVING AND POSITIONING
A procedure for moving and positioning at the drilling site shall include: Towing
1. A lead vessel and tow master will be clearly established.
2. Obtain weather from the weather service and/or surrounding rigs/vessels along the proposed
tow path.
Note: The tow is not to be undertaken if winds and seas are expected to exceed 25 knots
and/or 5 feet at the mobilization location, the tow route, the final location, or during the
final jack-up and pre-loading operations. The Rig Contractor's insurance requirements
should be considered.
3. Attending tow vessels are to be attached by towing wires to the Jack-Up prior to the final
jackdown. This operation should be carried out in good weather and in daylight when possible.
GOM production JUR night move-in and positioning requires approval of appropriate EMDC
and EMPC management through the SIMOPs checklist/review process and appropriate
waivers/approvals from the MMS (if all pipelines are not adequately marked).
4. Actual draft, after all the legs are free of the sea bottom, will be compared to the calculated
number to ensure stability calculations are correct.
6 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
5. The crew must ensure that a continuous check is maintained on the draft of the hull during the
tow.
6. All navigation lights on the rig will be operational.
7. The fog horn will be tested to ensure that it is operational.
8. A 24 hour watch will be maintained, during the entire tow, for shipping traffic and obstacles
(buoys, platforms, etc.).
Note: Specific individuals are to be assigned watch duty and such duty shall not be for more
than 2 hours continuous without a break.
Positioning
A surface positioning system will be utilized to monitor the drilling rig's position as it is navigated
onto the proposed location. The specific navigation procedure will be dependent upon the well
location and will be specified in the Move-In Rig-Up Procedure. The final position of the drilling rig
is to be verified after the legs have been pinned. The drilling rig's exact location, determined after an
adequate number of satellites passes, is to be within the stated tolerance as specified in the MIRU
procedure. For a rig cantilevered over an existing platform, the position will be deemed acceptable if
the hookload requirement can be met after positioning the drill package over the appropriate slot(s).
The drilling rig's heading will be specified in the Move-In Rig-Up Procedure drilling program or
supplemental procedure. This will generally be determined by cantilever/rotary table accessibility of
the desired well conductor slot on the production platform and the direction of the prominent winds
and wave forces for the proposed location and time of year. Engineer will specify the maximum
cantilever loads that will be available in the skidded- out position in the Move-in Rig-Up Procedure
and confirm that these will meet maximum well design loads both before and after final JUR
positioning. In a multi-well drilling program, the hookloads for all wells and positions must be
acceptable. Factors such as crane position, workboat logistics, etc. may also affect the programmed
heading of the rig.
Note: Anchors will not be used to hold the Jack-Up barge on location prior to pinning the legs.
Any use of anchors will require use of a detailed procedure and will necessitate an
exception to the standard (approval of the Field Drilling Manager).
3.4
PRE-LOADING (JACK-UP ONLY)
Prior to leg penetration of the sea floor (pinning), an inspection of the sea bottom may be carried out
to ensure that pipelines, shipwrecks, spent armaments, and other debris are not present. This
inspection may be included in the site survey if one is conducted.
Prior to jacking-up to the predetermined work height, a pre-load must be applied. In general,
preloading must be conducted consistent with the rig contractors and rig manufacturer's standard
operating procedures. However, the following general guides apply as a checkpoint.

7 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
1. The pre-load for the first cycle is to be applied with the bottom of the hull approximately 3-5
feet above the wave action line. Once the hull of the barge touches the wave action line during
pre-loading, all of the ballast water is discharged and the Jack-Up barge can subsequently be
jacked up to a 5 feet air gap above the wave action line.
Continue pre-loading until the Jack-Up stands firmly with no subsidence. The final pre-load
will be held for a minimum of 3 hours without further subsidence.
2. The preload requirements are to be in compliance with the Drilling Contractor's Standard
Operating Procedure, typically at or near maximum loading.
Note: Preload weights are to be included in the Core Jack-Up Move-In Rig-Up Procedure.
3. The actual leg penetrations are to be compared to the calculated values and previous Jack- Up
rig positions at the same production platform, and, if significantly different, additional sea bed
cores should be considered to determine the reason for the discrepancy and the actual sea bed
integrity.
4. During jacking operations, the sea water tower must operational at all times, with the normal
supply of sea water available in an emergency situation.
3.5
CARGO TRANSFERS
Cargo Transfer
Cargo transfer between supply vessels and offshore rigs/platforms represents one of the more
hazardous undertakings in the offshore environment. A Back-Down Buoy when servicing a Jack-Up
rig is recommended, especially during strong current/wind conditions. When setting a Back-Down
Buoy, ensure that it is not set on a pipeline or other subsea hazard. Do not use a production platform to
store drilling equipment without involving EMPC to ensure the structure can handle the planned load
with acceptable safety factors.
Guidelines in this section cover some of the major transferring operations. While there is no substitute
for good common sense, Marine and Jack-Up rig personnel are to use these guidelines and good
judgment to conduct transferring operations in a safe manner. A JSA (Job Safety Analysis) is required
prior to all lifting operations. A JSA is mandatory for all blind lifts and personnel lifts.
Definition:
3.5.1
Heavy lift is defined to be any lift greater than 10 (ten) MT.
PRECAUTIONS
Certification/Communication Guidelines JackUp Contractor is to have and provide:

1. Third Party certification for all Jack-Up cranes in accordance with API RP 2D.
2. Certification documents for all Jack-Up crane operators.
8 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
3. All slings are to have been certified and marked as to their ratings inclusive of end termination
and are to be re-certified every 6 months.
4. Crane hooks equipped with functioning safety latches, which are in good workable condition.
5. Crane operators who are properly trained and certified for Jack-Up work.
6. Good communications during all cargo-transferring operations (i.e., radio headsets, walkietalkie, etc.).
3.5.2
WEATHER LIMITS
Cargo Transfer Weather Guidelines

1. A void general cargo transfers in heavy weather conditions, particularly heavy lifts.
2. Consider suspending drilling operations until weather conditions improve before transferring
heavy cargo in heavy weather.
3. Only transfer small pieces of equipment, necessary to avoid suspension of operations, from a
supply vessel in heavy weather conditions and only if the boat captain, DIM, and Operations
Supervisor are all in agreement it is safe to do so.
Note: "Snatch Lifts" are to be undertaken only with pre-slung lifts where a sling attached to
the cargo can be attached to the crane hook. Shackling slings to cargo when the sling is
attached to the crane is not permitted for snatch lifts.
3.5.3
HEAVY LIFTS (JACK-UP LIFTS IN EXCESS OF 10 MT)
The following shall apply for heavy lifts:

1. Lifts in excess of 10 MT are to be supervised by an Operations Supervisor and the Contractor
OIM or his designate.
2. Heavy lifts should be planned for daylight hours when possible.
3. Heavy lifts should have pre-slung, certified lifting slings and shackles.
4. Hold a coordination meeting for heavy lifts (i.e., over 10 MT) with the Crane Operator,
Toolpusher, and Operations Supervisor present and discuss:
Type of rigging necessary.
Visual inspection of the rigging.
Signaling methods.
Overall plan for off loading and placement of lift.
Note: The above applies to any lift means, i.e., crane, BOP trolley, or any other lifting device.
9 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
3.5.4
LIFTING OPERATIONS
Crane Operator Responsibilities

1. Operate cranes in a safe and reasonable manner.
2. Complete daily crane inspections and present complete inspection reports to supervisors.
3. Perform daily maintenance on cranes and rigging equipment.
4. Maintain good house keeping in cargo areas.
5. Use adequate and safe slinging arrangements.
6. Participation in crane inspections by Company Personnel.
7. Ensure good communications are used between the signaler and himself.
8. Obtain Work Permit for heavy lifts or any lift over platform facilities (if applicable).
Lifting Guidelines
1. Handle cargo so that it remains visible to the Crane Operator whenever possible.
2. Use relay personnel in situations where cargo is not visible to Crane Operator (JSA
Mandatory).
Note: Crane Operator and the relay personnel are to have visual contact with each other and
communications via radio (walkie-talkie).
3. Break down heavy lifts into smaller lifts if at all practical.
4. Hold a coordination meeting for heavy lifts (i.e., over 10), with the crane operator, toolpusher,
and Operations Supervisor present and discuss:
Type of rigging necessary.
Visual inspection of the rigging.
Signaling methods.
Overall plan for off-loading and placement of lift.
5. Obtain approval from the Operations Superintendent and OIM before performing dual lifts
(i.e., use of two or more cranes for a single lift).
6. Plainly mark all lifts over 1 MT at dockside prior to loading onto the workboat.
7. Keep loads vertically below the boom hook to avoid swinging as much as practical.

10 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
8. Ensure that crane hook is vertically centered over a lift prior to lifting off of supply vessels
picking up from rig decks.
9. Use tag lines on all lifts.
10. Attach loose slings to any load, which is not pre-slung on the supply vessel before connecting
load to the crane hook.
Note: The crane is not to support a sling while connecting the sling to the load.
Note: The only exceptions are the use of pallet bars for off-loading pallets and casing hooks
for off-loading casing.
11. Use a minimum of two (2) deck hands when handling cargo and attaching slings on the supply
vessel.
12. Ensure that all personnel wear Life Vests/Jackets while on the vessel deck while transferring
cargo from a supply vessel.
13. Take precautions to avoid binder slap back when removing chain binders on cargo from supply
vessel.
Note: Supply vessels will use chain binders to secure cargo and keep it from shifting during
rough seas conditions.
3.5.5
RIGGING GUIDELINES
Lifting Equipment Policy

Proper equipment is to be used to off-load cargo (i.e., slings and shackles of adequate size,
manufactured pallet bars and casing hooks, etc.).
Off-Loading Policy
Pipe bundles are not to be off loaded from a supply vessel under any circumstances if any of the
following conditions exists:
Pipe bundle has slings that have only a single wrap around the pipe bundle,
Pipe bundle has short slings, which result in a crane hook angle of more than 30 degrees.
Pipe bundle has slings around the pipe bundle, which is more than 25% of the pipe length
from the end of the pipe bundle.
Sling Rigging Policy

Slings that have a plastic covering are not to be used under any circumstances. Covering may allow
corrosion to occur which can go undetected.
11 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Tubular Off-Loading Guidelines
Dependent on the size of tubular, utilize the following sling arrangements:
30"
Use only slings attached to shackles, 1 joint per lift maximum
20"
Use only casing hooks, 1 joint per lift maximum
13-3/8"
" Use only casing hooks, 2 joints per lift maximum
9-5/87"
Use only casing hooks, 2 joints per lift maximum
5" Use either casing hooks or slings, 4 joints per lift maximum Use pre-slung, reasonable
number of joints (or smaller)
Note: Pre-slung bundles are to have two slings, each having two wraps around the pipe with a
minimum of five pipe joints per bundle for sizes up to and including 5".
Note: Pre-slung bundles for casing larger than 5" up to 7" casing is to have a minimum of four
joints per bundle.
Note:
Do not pre-sling casing 7" and larger.
General Rigging Guidelines

1. Use manufactured pallet bars to lift pallets (i.e., not styles made at the rig site.).
2. Lift a maximum of two pallets at a time and do not exceed 6 ft in height (i.e., total for two
pallets).
3. Use slings with the same number of legs as the number of straps on the bags to lift big bags.
Connect all bag straps individually to the sling legs.
Note: Do not shackle together the bag straps on the same sling leg and do not lift a bag unless
using all straps on the bag to share the load between straps.
4. Off-load only one bag per lift.
5. Leave bags that have damaged straps on the supply vessel.
6. Use a four-leg sling arrangement for lifting cargo containers and baskets.
7. Shackle each sling leg to the designated lifting padeyes on cargo containers and baskets.
8. Use slings, chains, and links that are adequate for the particular lift.
9. Use the Tables at the end of this section for additional information and specifications.
Table No. I
Table No.2-
Chain Sling Safe Working Loads
Wire Rope Sling Safe Working Loads

12 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Table No.3-
Table No.4-Installation of Wire Rope Clips
Master Link Safe Working Loads
Cargo Transportation Guidelines

1. Ensure cargo containers are the primary method for transporting drums. Drums should be
placed on and secured to pallets inside of a cargo container for forklift capability.
Note: Removing drums from a basket is difficult and hazardous.
Note: In critical or emergency situations and if a cargo container is not available, sling only
one drum at a time per lift using proper drum hooks.
2. Transport gas bottles (i.e., oxygen, acetylene, nitrogen, etc.) using a proper bottle rack which
has a single point lifting padeye.
Note: Do not transport loose gas bottles.
3. Only transport radioactive and explosive materials in proper containers that are made
specifically for such material.
Sling Rigging Guidelines
1. Calculate the safe working load of slings by dividing the catalog breaking strength of the
lifting gear by a Safety Factor.
2. Use the following to determine which Safety Factor applies.
Operation
Safety
Factor
Wire Rope Slings
5.0
Chain and rigging tackle
3.5
Personnel baskets
10.0
3. Calculate the load per sling leg by dividing the total vertical load by number of slings then
dividing again by the cosine of the lift angle (i.e., angle between slings at crane hook).
4. Ensure that the slings are of sufficient length so that the maximum angle between the slings at
the crane hook is 60 degrees for containers, etc. and a maximum of 30 degrees for bundled
pipe (i.e., 50 ft sling lengths for 40 ft pipe bundles and 40 ft sling lengths for 30 ft pipe
bundles).
Note: If the sling leg length equals or exceeds the horizontal distance between load attachment
points (i.e., padeyes), the lift angle is 60 degrees or less.
5. Locate each sling leg a distance equal to 15 percent of the bundled pipe length when lifting a
pipe bundle (i.e., 6 ft. from the end for 40 ft pipe joints).
6. Use wire rope slings.
13 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Note: Wire rope slings break one strand at a time whereas chain slings break with little or no
warning. Also, chains are less resistant to shock loading.
7. Use galvanized wire rope when possible.
8. Ensure that galvanized chain is not used in offshore environments as the strength deteriorates
to some unknown value over time.
9. Use wire rope choker hitches that utilize a slip through or reeve eye thimble.
10. Only use sliding choker hooks that are of the safety latch design.
11. Do Not use a safety shackle through a soft-line eye to make a hitch connection.
12. Ensure that sling hooks as well as crane hooks have a fail safe hook latch.
13. Ensure loads engage fully about the throat of the hook and that point loading does not occur
for the sling on the crane hook.
14
Use shackles that are either the screw type or pin-bolt-nut type.
Note: Loads, which have permanently dedicated shackles, are to have a cotter pin outside the
shackle nut.
15.
Use casing hooks that are self-tightening with a pressure lock and manual release.
Note: If open type hooks are necessary, use an interconnecting pull line longitudinally between
the hooks.
3.5.6
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
Definition:
Good maintenance is frequent inspection, cleaning, and lubrication of rigging

equipment.
Equipment Maintenance Guidelines

1. Maintain chains, wire rope, shackles, hooks and all other rigging equipment on a periodic
basis.
2. Inspect all rigging equipment upon operation start-up and every 3 months thereafter. Slings
must be recertified every 6 months.
3. Destroy any rigging equipment that has corrosion, excessive wear, stranded wires, or is in
otherwise suspect condition.
4. Lubricate all rigging equipment during each inspection.
5. Ensure rigging equipment is clean and dry prior to the lubricant application.
14 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
6. Apply proper lubricants correctly to rigging equipment.
7. Brush light oils directly on rigging equipment from the oil container.
8. Heat medium to heavy oils prior to applying to rigging equipment.
9. Use lubricants that do not contain metals (i.e., not used crankcase oil).
10. Use lubricants that are water repellent and have a good penetrating ability.
11. Consider a lubricant for slings, shackles, chains, etc. from the following list:
Rocal Rd 105
Sea King Sk 620
Advanced Lubricant Svcs. Esso Surett Fluin 4k
Rocal Rd 05 Aerosal Esso Rustban 395
Esso Petroleum il 795 Mobil Oil Mobiltac 81
British Ropes Britlube IOb/69b
Wire Rope Guidelines

1.
Lubricate wire ropes more frequently than just during inspections.

Note: Wire rope is in need of a lubricant when the following characteristics are noted:
Creaking noise while the rope is spooling.
Breaking of wires in the valley of the rope without any indication of

uniform strand nicking.
Note: The following is an example of the strength reduction in "rust-bound" wire rope
assuming the wire rope diameter remains constant (i.e., no reduction due to corrosion).
New 7/8", 6 x 36, IWRC wire rope with original lubrication

Minimum breaking strength is 34 tons with 4.51 percent stretch.
Same wire rope in an unused condition but with mild corrosion Will
break at approximately 22 tons with only 1.63 percent stretch.

15 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
TABLE NO. 1
WIRE ROPE SLING SAFE WORKING LOADS
Galvanized, BS 6166:1981 Uniform Load Method/Extra Imp. Plow Steel (180 kgf/mm2)
Maximum Lift Angle = 60 Deg.
(All wire rope 6x36 IWRC)
Max. Safe Working Lds (Metric Tons) (Safety Factor = 5) - Max Safe Working Ld (Mt)
Rope Dia.
Single-Leg
Two-Leg
Two-Leg
Four-Leg
mm (in)
Hitch
Double Choker
Hitch
Hitch
9 (3/8")
1.0 MT
1.1 MT
1.4 MT
2.1 MT
13 (1/2")
2.1 MT
2.2 MT
2.9 MT
4.4 MT
16 (5/8")
3.3 MT
3.4 MT
4.6 MT
6.9 MT
19 (3/4")
4.6 MT
4.8 MT
6.4 MT
9.6 MT
22 (7/8")
6.2 MT
6.5 MT
8.7 MT
13.0 MT
26 (1")
8.6 MT
9.0 MT
12.0 MT
18.0 MT
28 (1-1/8")
10.0 MT
10.5 MT
14.0 MT
21.0 MT
32 (1-1/4")
13.1 MT
13.7 MT
18.3 MT
27.5 MT
38 (1-1/2")
18.5 MT
19.4 MT
25.9 MT
38.8 MT
51 (2")
34.8 MT
36.5 MT
48.7 MT
73.1 MT
TABLE NO. 2
CHAIN SLING SAFE WORKING LOADS
Heat Treated Alloy Steel (800N/mm2)-BS 6166: 1981 Uniform Load Method
Max. Lift Angle = 60 Deg

16 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Max. Safe Working Loads (Metric Tons) - (Safety Factor = 4)
Chain Dia
Single-Leg
Two-Leg
Two-Leg
mm (in)
Hitch
Double Choker
Hitch
Four-Leg
Hitch
6 (1/4")
1.5 MT
1.6 MT
2.1 MT
3.1 MT
8 (5/16")
2.0 MT
2.1 MT
2.8 MT
4.2 MT
10 (3/8")
3.2 MT
3.3 MT
4.4 MT
6.7 MT
13 (1/2")
5.4 MT
5.6 MT
7.5 MT
11.3 MT
16 (5/8")
8.0 MT
8.4 MT
11.2 MT
16.8 MT
19 (3/4")
12.5 MT
13.1 MT
17.5 MT
26.3 MT
22 (7/8")
16.0 MT
16.8 MT
22.4 MT
33.6 MT
26 (1")
20.0 MT
21.0 MT
28.0 MT
42.0 MT
32 (1-1/4")
32.0 MT
33.6 MT
44.8 MT
67.2 MT
Stock Diameter
TABLE NO. 3 MASTER LINK SAFE

WORKING LOADS
Single Master Link
Master Link Assembly
(one or two sling legs)
(three or four sling legs)
Safety Factor = 6:1
Safety Factor = 3.5:1
13 mm (1/2")
1.8 MT
--
16 mm (5/8")
2.5 MT
--
19 mm (3/4")
3.9 MT
4.8 MT
26 mm (1")
9.2 MT
8.6 MT
32 mm (1-1/4")
13.3 MT
15.2 MT
38 mm (1-1/2")
18.1 MT
24.0 MT

17 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
45 mm (1-3/4")
23.6 MT
34.5 MT
51 mm (2")
36.9 MT
47.2 MT
57 mm (2-1/4")
45.1 MT
--
64 mm (2-1/2")
55.7 MT
--
70 mm (2-3/4")
67.4 MT
--
TABLE NO. 4 INSTALLATION OF WIRE

ROPE CLIPS
Wire Rope
Diameter
Minimum
No. Clips
Rope Turn back

From Thimble
Torque
6 mm (1/4")
121 mm
2 kgm (15 ft-lb)
9 mm (3/8")
165 mm
6 kgm (45 ft-lb)
13 mm (1/2")
292 mm
9 kgm (65 ft-lb)
16 mm (5/8")
305 mm
13 kgm (96 ft-lb)
19 mm (3/4")
457 mm
18 kgm (130 ft-lb)
22 mm (7/8")
483 mm
31 kgm (225 ft-lb)
25 mm (1")
660 mm
31 kgm (225 ft-lb)
29 mm (1-1/8")
864 mm
31 kgm (225 ft-lb)
32 mm (1-1/4")
940 mm
50 kgm (360 ft-lb)
38 mm (1-1/2")
1219 mm
50 kgm (360 ft-lb)
51 mm (2")
1803 mm
104 kgm (750 ft-lb)

18 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
3.6
TRANSPORTATION & PERSONNEL TRANSFERS
Transportation & Personnel Transfer Foreword

This section contains guidelines for transporting cargo and personnel to and from offshore sites.
For more detailed guidelines when transferring personnel from an offshore facility, refer to
EMPC Safety Manual.
Safety of personnel is the primary objective when moving personnel and cargo offshore. When
there is doubt about any aspect of personnel safety, transfers must not occur until the hazard(s)
causing the doubt are eliminated or effectively managed.
For most operations, helicopters will be the preferred means of transporting personnel between
Shore Base and the rig. Supply vessels may be the primary means on some operations and may
be used on other operations if weather conditions prohibit helicopter flights. Transfers should
only be made during calm sea conditions (i.e., 5 feet or less).
3.6.1
CARGO TRANSPORT
Supply Vessels
1. Coordinate the loading and unloading of the supply vessels at the base through the
Materials Supervisor.
2. Notify the Materials Supervisor of the cargo type and the expected arrival time to ensure
efficient handling of equipment and tools at the Base.
3. All returned material must be shown on a Material Transfer Cargo Manifest (MTCM) and
sent on the supply vessel with the materials showing the following information:
Description of Item
Condition of Item (1 -New, 2 -Used, 3 -Needs Repair,4 - Junk)
Owner of Item (Affiliate or Contractor Name)
Disposition of Item (return to stock, return to Contractor, repair)
Note: Any hazardous cargo is to be clearly marked as such on both the MTCM and the
item container.
Note: Separate MTCMs should be used for different material owners, i.e., rental tools to
be returned to different Contractors should be shown on separate manifests.
4. All cargo on supply vessel decks departing the base shall be secured.
5. Weather permitting, all cargo on supply vessel decks departing from offshore shall be
secured.

19 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
6. Vessels shall have gates across their stem at all times except when handling anchors or
setting out buoys.
7. No individuals shall be allowed on the deck of supply vessels while the vessel is
underway or standing by when there is cargo on deck.
8. Tubulars 5" and smaller shall be pre-slung in appropriate numbers per bundle both
outbound and inbound.
Helicopters
1. Transport of cargo via helicopters is limited to small lightweight items unless critical to
the operation. Proper approvals must be in place prior to transporting any cargo other
than small lightweight items. Typically, procedure/equipment used for airlift of heavy,
non- standard items will require consultation with Aviation Department contact and Field
Drilling Manager.
2. Potentially hazardous material such as batteries, paints, acidic or corrosive chemicals,
etc. are not to be transported via helicopter.
3. An accurate cargo and weight manifest for all helicopter transportation, including
passengers, must completed prior to boarding (OIMS Manual Element 6).
3.6.2
HELICOPTER OPERATIONS
Helideck
1. Pilots are to lock brakes while on the helideck if the helicopter has wheels.
2. Helideck is to have rope mats or non-skid surface.
Note: Rope mats must be of the proper size to avoid entanglement of helicopter
skids/wheels.
3. Rope mats must be securely tied down.
4. Helideck must be marked clearly with landing circle and have the location name clearly
visible from the air.
Landing & Takeoff
1. Only the Jack-Up helideck shall be used for helicopter operations. Any exception to use
the platform's helideck must be cleared with Operations Superintendent & Production.
2. All cranes are to be shut down 10 minutes prior to landing/takeoff (OIMS Manual
Element 6).

20 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
3. Supply boat/standby boat should be off anchor and ready to respond during landing and
departing.
4. Fire stations are to be manned with a trained fire team ready to respond whenever a
helicopter is landing, refueling, or departing, and during engine startup/shutdown. (OIMS
Manual Element 6).
5. Helideck is to be cleared of all arriving/departing passengers and/or cargo prior to
moving passengers and/or cargo onto the helideck for boarding.
6. Notify Shore Base of Helicopter arrivals and departures. (OIMS Manual Element 6).
Note: Shore Base is responsible for the "Flight Tracking System". (OIMS Manual
Element 6).
7. Trained personnel shall be designated to initially approach helicopters after landing to
open and shut the helicopter's doors and then only after receiving permission from the
pilots.
8. An announcement shall be made of all helicopter landing/departure on the rig's public
communication system (OIMS Manual Element 6).
Refueling -Emergency Situation Only
1. Shut down the helicopter, clear the helideck of all non-essential personnel and man the
helideck fire fighting equipment during refueling operations. (OIMS Manual Element 6).
2. Only use approved refueling equipment.
3. Pilots are to personally:
Supervise the refueling operation.
Test fuel for water and sediment immediately prior to refueling.
Ground helicopter with an approved ground wire during refueling operations.

4. All refueling equipment is to be maintained in excellent condition.
5. Helideck fire fighting systems will be manned during refueling operations (OIMS
Manual Element 6).
3.6.3
PERSONNEL TRANSPORT-HELICOPTER
Scheduling & Manifests (OIMS Manual Element 6)

1. A fax will be sent to the Shore Base Dispatcher the day before flights, except in
emergencies, listing;
21 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Passengers names
Company Affiliation
.Weight of Passenger and Baggage
2. Offshore bound fax lists will be sent from the Shore Base and shore bound fax lists will
be sent from the offshore site.
3. Manifests will accompany all flights listing the passengers and their Company; (OIMS
Manual Element 6)
a. Outbound Flights: Manifest will be prepared by Shore Base Dispatcher and a
copy given to the offshore site dispatcher upon arrival of the helicopter.
b. Inbound Flights: Manifest will be prepared by Offshore Site dispatcher and given
to the helicopter prior to its departure from offshore.
4. Helicopters are not to be scheduled at night unless a medical emergency exists (some
geographic night flights may be necessary due to limited daylight hours).
Responsibilities
Helicopter Passenger
1. Approach the helicopter from the 3 or 9 o'clock position only after directed by the pilot.
2. Wait for escort at rig/shorebase prior to embarking/disembarking.
3. Walk as close to the nose of the helicopter as possible when crossing in front of the
helicopter paying attention to pivot tubes which may be hot.
4. Never walk under the tail section or around the rear of the helicopter.
5. Wear PFD's or inflatable life jackets while on the helicopter when flying over water.
6. Fasten seat belts before takeoff and keep seat belt on until the helicopter arrives at its
destination.
7. Never move about the cabin when the helicopter is in flight.
8. Be certain that the helicopter landing is complete before unfastening the seat belt.
9. Do not smoke any time while on or near the helicopter.
Helicopter Pilot
1. All passengers will be given a safety orientation/ditching instructions prior to boarding
helicopters at the shore base location. (OIMS Manual Element 6)

22 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
2. Instruct passengers to remain on board until the rotor blade is at a complete stop if
shutting down the helicopter.
3. Load and unload passengers with the rotor blade in motion only after announcing to the
passengers that the helicopter will not shut down and to proceed with caution.
Offshore Installation Manager
1. Ensure passengers sign in and record body weight and luggage.
2. Ensure manifest is complete. (OIMS Manual Element 6)
3. Ensure personnel meeting helicopters (i.e., fire teams and dispatchers) are trained
personnel, properly organized, and in position prior to helicopter arrival/departure.
4. Ensure that a public announcement is made prior to all helicopter landing/departures.
(OIMS Manual Element 6).
3.6.4
PERSONNEL TRANSPORT -SUPPLY OR STAND-BY BOAT
In general, the preferred method of transport, even in an emergency, is via helicopter. However,
when boats are used, a JSA should be prepared and reviewed with all personnel prior to
boarding.
3.7
MARINE TRAINING
3.7.1
GENERAL
Marine Drill Objective

The objective of marine drills on a mobile offshore drilling unit is to train all onboard drilling
contractor personnel (i.e., night and day crews) to respond appropriately when faced with an
emergency situation. An equally important objective is to train and ensure that all other on-board
personnel (typically temporarily or transient to the rig) how to identify emergency signals, how
to respond, and how to safely evacuate.
General Marine Training Guidelines
1. Ensure that each drill demonstrates crew's ability to respond to an emergency and
correctly operate required safety equipment.
2. Schedule drills to allow full participation of crews while minimizing interference with
drilling operations.
3. Plan drills, which simulate realistic emergencies and demonstrate necessary steps to
mitigate a real emergency.

23 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
4. Ensure that each drill crew member understands their emergency designated assignment
for drill scenario (i.e., securing well).
5. Walk through drills and coach key personnel as necessary to ensure crew is familiar with
their designated assignments and that all others know signals, muster points, and
evacuation procedures.
6. Utilize announcements over public address system as necessary.
7. Hold a discussion session after completing drill and critique areas for improvement.
8. Each drill, including a group discussion and critique, should take approximately one
hour.
3.7.2
REPORTING & DRILL FREQUENCY
Reporting
1. Record all drills on Daily Drilling Report.
2. Record all drills on Daily IADC Report.
3. Forward a Marine Emergency Drill Report Form to the Operations Superintendent.
Note: See the "Blank Form" in this manual (Section 3 -Appendix G-III) for the Marine
Emergency Drill Report Form.
Marine Drill Frequency
1. "Fire Drills" -Initial drills as required to plan and organize Fire Fighting Squads and
weekly thereafter.
Note: Conduct fire drill during hours of darkness and/or hold drill without priors notice
to crew once every month.
2. "Abandon Rig Drills" -Frequently until all personnel know their stations and the
abandonment procedure and muster checks are satisfactory (i.e., all personnel report to
muster points). Conduct the drills weekly thereafter.
Note: Conduct" Abandon Rig Drills" during hours of darkness and/or hold drill without
prior notice to crew once every month.
3. "Man Overboard Drills" -Initially as required to plan and organize Response Teams
and every two weeks thereafter.
Note: Conduct man overboard drill during hours of darkness and/or hold drill without
prior notice to crew once every month.

24 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
4. "Specialized Drills" -As required to train designated response teams to ensure team
members are proficient at their assigned duties. This type of training does not in itself
satisfy the requirement for weekly drills since only part of crew participates. It is,
however, valuable in developing a well-trained crew.
Note: Hold Fire Drill and Abandon Rig Drill concurrently as a weekly drill when
practical.
Note: Conduct training in the use of rescue equipment and assignment of duties in lieu of
man overboard drills on days of inclement weather.
3.7.3
MARINE DRILL PROCESS

Plan Drill:
Carefully plan drills to focus on training for a particular need.
Conduct Drill: Realistic drills simulate an actual condition and require crews to perform
as though an actual emergency situation existed.
Critique Drill: Discussion: session will identify problem areas and help identify areas
for improvement.
Marine Drill Planning Guidelines
1. Design each drill to emphasize a single aspect of responding to an emergency situation.
This should increase the chance of this aspect being recalled during an emergency.
2. Emphasize the principal aspects listed in Section 3.7.1 during the drills.
3. Choose appropriate location to emphasize a particular aspect during drill.
4. Write down scenario for the drill and distribute to the various team leaders.
5. Follow through with planned drill trying not to change conditions of the drill
6. Vary day and times of drills to ensure that all crew members are prepared to react
efficiently to a real emergency.
7. When practical, plan safety meeting to follow a drill to encourage discussion of drill.
Marine Drills Guidelines
1. Avoid exposing crew or Jack-Up to situations that may place them in jeopardy.
For example, do not use toxic gases when training crew members in the use of
selfcontained breathing apparatus nor start fires to test fire fighting system.

25 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
2. A void placing crew in high risk situations; however, avoiding all risk should not be the
basis for failing to test some safety equipment.
For example, launching lifeboats in mild seas can entail some risk; however, this risk is
acceptable since operating this equipment increases the chance of successful deployment
in a real emergency.
Critiquing Guidelines
Ensure that key supervisory personnel critique drill and lead a discussion, which focuses on the
principal aspect of drill immediately following all drills. All Jack-Up personnel should be
encouraged to participate in the discussion session following a drill.
Critique and discussion sessions should:
3.7.4
Review the emphasis of drill.
Discuss problems, which occurred during drill.
Assess whether drill focused on the particular aspect as planned. Determine if drill
was conducted in realistic manner.
Discuss situations that could have developed if this had been a real emergency
situation.
Establish agreed upon areas for improvement that need practice during future drills.
FIRE DRILLS
Purpose of Fire Drill

Prepare Response Teams (i.e., Fire Fighting Squads) for mitigating a fire and rescuing injured
and/or trapped personnel. Also, demonstrate that members of the Fire Fighting Squads
understand their designated assignments and perform them in an acceptable manner.
Fire Fighting Squad Members
One (I) Fire Fighting Squad leader
Four (4) Fire Fighters
Fire Drill Guidelines

1. A five person Fire Fighting Squad is to be organized for each 12-hr shift.
2. Each member of Fire Fighting Squads must have on the job training.
3. The Fire Fighting Squad Leader must have completed a fire fighting training course.
4. Assign the on-board medic to a Fire Fighting Squad as practical.
26 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
5. One member on each Fire Fighting Squad is to be appointed assistant Squad leader.
6. Off-duty personnel should participate in this drill when feasible.
7. Conduct an unannounced fire drill and/or night drill once every month
8. Drills should include a mock injury and/or a rescue situation.
9. Occasionally designate the Squad leader as the injured person during a rescue situation so
that assistant Squad leader is leading the Fire Fighting Squad.
10. Fire locations should be varied.
Fire Drill Procedure
The following steps constitute an effective fire drill:
1. The observer of the fire should sound the alarm and advise the facility of the location of
the fire.
2. The Person In Charge (PIC) or his delegate should immediately go to the pre-designated
command center (e.g., radio room, bridge, control room, etc.).
3. The rig communication equipment and procedures are to be tested by alerting designated
shore base that a "fire drill" is in progress.
4. The Fire Fighting Squads are to muster at the scene of the fire.
5. The Person In Charge (PIC) or his delegate will notify the drill crew to secure the well
and activate the Emergency Shut Down (ESD)/Deluge system.
6. Drill crew secures well (i.e., when drilling/tripping, position pipe to well shut-in position
and close BOP except when in open hole).
7. Mobilize a stand-by boat or supply vessel, if available, to a standby position.
8. Communicate reports during each phase of drill to designated "command center"
9. All personnel not involved in fighting the fire or in critical rig operations are to muster at
their designated muster stations.
10. A muster shall be taken to ensure that all personnel are accounted for and the results
reported to the Person In Charge (PIC).
11. The Fire Fighting Squad response is to include a simulation of actions necessary to
mitigate the fire if an actual emergency was in progress.

27 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
12. Squad leader is to communicate hazardous material situations to Person In Charge (PIC)
or his delegate.
13. Designated personnel are to standby for action necessary to support Fire Fighting Squad.
This will include such duties as stretcher bearers, etc.
14. Post a fire watch after fire is out to guard against ignition.
15. Person In Charge (PIC) is responsible for de-watering operations and monitoring standby
vessel throughout fire fighting operations.
16. Squad leader is to prepare a critique after fire drill and hold a discussion session.
17. Complete the Drill Report and forward to the Operations Superintendent.
3.7.5
FIRE DRILL -EXAMPLE
SCENARIO
DATE/TIME:
4-25-84/0030
LEVEL:
Serious
LOCATIONS:
Cementing Room
FIRE:
Class B w/heavy smoke
INJURED:
No.2
EMPHASIS:
Effective search for missing crew members.
FIRE SCENARIO:
Leaking fuel line sprays diesel on manifold causing fire to engulf

engine. Two operators seek refuge in office whose only exit is on fire.
LOCATION: Trapped in space near fire
CONDUCT
SOUND ALARM
- Sound Alarm
- Announce Drill -Fire location.
- Check Communications. Call shore base & boats.
ASSEMBLE
- Unassigned crew to muster at assigned areas.

- Call Roll at Jack-Up abandonment stations.
- Notify Person In Charge (PIC) of anyone missing from roll.
- Fire crew to assemble near fire area.
INVESTIGATE
- Assigned fire team member to check fire area.

- Brief fire team on fire conditions.

28 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
RESTRICT
RESCUE
Call for rescue party -include medic.

- Fire Crew to contain fire to allow rescue of
injured.
- Rescue crew to move injured to safe area.

- Medic to attend injured personnel.
EXTINGUISH
- Deploy fire teams to extinguish fire.

- Extinguish Fire.
CRITIQUE
DISCUSS
- Assemble all supervisors and fire fighting squad.

- Discuss objective of drill - was it accomplished?
- Discuss any procedure or equipment problems.
REPORT
- Complete Drill Report and send copy to

office.
- Document drill in IADC and Daily Drilling Report
-
3.7.6
Forward Drill Report to Operations Superintendent.
ABANDON RIG DRILLS
Purpose of Abandon Rig Drill

Ensure that rig personnel can perform their assigned duties and demonstrate operation of
lifeboats and associated equipment and that all on-board personnel (especially non-Rig
contractor personnel) know how/when to safely muster and evacuate.
Minimum Life Boat Complement:
One (I) Boat Commander -Certified as Commander
One (I) Release Mechanism Operator -Certified as Life Boatman (Coxswain)
Two (2) other crew members -Certified as Life Boatman (Coxswain)
One (I) Electrician or Mechanic -Operate the life boat winch
In order to assist in reconnection of lifeboat lowering lines after drill is complete and to assist in
correcting unforeseen mechanical problems, this is the minimum complement required for drill
launching.

29 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Abandon Rig Drill Guidelines
1. Ensure that rig radio frequencies, rig location, and headings to safe refuges are posted in
each lifeboat.
2. Occasionally hold drill without prior notice to crew.
3. Partially lower (i.e., 10-15 feet) all lifeboats once each week, weather permitting.
4. Launch lifeboats, navigate in open water, and retrieve monthly if possible but at least
once per quarter.
5. Only launch lifeboats during reasonable weather/sea conditions and when a
supply/standby vessel is prepared to rescue if necessary.
6. Conduct an unannounced abandon rig drill and/or night drill once every month, and at
least once per month, the drill should include a mock injury or a rescue situation.
7. Personnel are not required inside lifeboat while partially lowering and raising.
8. Test engine and sprinkler system on lifeboats weekly when water can be supplied.
9. Do not lower a lifeboat into water until engine(s) is running.
10. Ensure that a minimum of four (4) men are in lifeboat when launched.
11. Man lifeboat winches with qualified individual (e.g., rig electrician or mechanic) during
launching and recovery of the lifeboats.
12. Simulate securing the well and activating the rig ESD/Deluge system.
The following steps constitute an efficient Abandon Rig drill:
1. Ensure that a supply/stand-by vessel is moved to the vicinity of lifeboat landing area
prior to lowering lifeboat if actual launching is to be conducted.
2. Sound designated alarm for abandon rig. The type of alarm is on rig station bills in
numerous locations. Announce that this is a drill over public address system.
3. Rig communication equipment and procedures are tested by alerting designated shore
base that a "Lifeboat Launching Drill" is in progress.
4. All personnel are to report promptly to their station bill assignment and collect their
abandonment cards from the card holder unless excused to continue operations. Excuses
require prior approval of the Operations Supervisor and are by exception only.
5. All personnel are to wear appropriate attire and carry survival gear to drill (i.e., either life
jacket or survival suit depending on environment).
30 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
6. Life Boatmen prepare Life Boat for boarding (i.e., attach grips and safety pendants),
7. Personnel enter Life Boat following instructions by Boat Commander and fasten their
seat belts immediately.
8. Persons whose cards remain in the cardholders at the abandonment stations are located.
9. Radio contact is made before launching and maintained at all times on a predetermined
clear frequency between Boat Commander and Person In Charge (PIC) or his delegate
who has overall charge of drill.
10. Engine(s) is started and operated for several minutes.
11. Boat Commander is to explain the operation and lowering procedure.
12. If NOT LAUNCHING the Life Boat, all personnel aboard the Life Boat are to exit in an
orderly fashion and muster for drill discussion.
13. If LAUNCHING the Life Boat, all personnel aboard the Life Boat except the "Minimum
Life Boat Complement" are to exit in an orderly fashion and muster for drill discussion.
14. Boat commanders are to ensure a clear landing area below lifeboat before lowering.
15. Once lifeboat leaves davits, no one other than the Boat Commander shall do anything to
affect lowering of lifeboat.
16. The order to release lifeboat from lowering lines shall not be given by anyone other than
the Boat Commander and shall not be given by him until he ensures by visual means that
lifeboat is waterborne.
17. Boat Commander will release and maneuver lifeboat away from rig to a pre- designated
rallying point. As practical, operate all equipment to ensure proper functioning.
18. Boat Commander is to maneuver lifeboat along side of rig, attach lowering line hooks to
lifeboat.
19. Raise lifeboat back up to davits and secure before personnel exit lifeboat.
20. Boat Commander is to conduct a verbal critique with his crew upon completing drill.
Discussion should focus on areas for improvement and alternate abandonment
procedures.
21. Person in charge is to critique drill with Boat Commanders.
3.7.7
ABANDON RIG DRILL -EXAMPLE

31 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
SCENARIO
DATE/TIME:
4-25-84/0030
LEVEL:
MAJOR
LOCATIONS:
Aft lifeboats
FIRE:
None
INJURED:
No. 0
DAMAGE:
Forward lifeboat inoperable
EMPHASIS:
Orderly abandonment with one lifeboat damaged.
SITUATION:
Storm has damaged forward lifeboat and vessel is listing. Abandonment

must utilize aft lifeboat and two life rafts.
LOCATION:
CONDUCT
SOUND ALARM - Sound Alarm.
- Announce forward boat not operable.
- Check Communications. Call shore base/boats.
ASSEMBLE
- Muster at aft boat area.

- Board Life Boat shifting fwd crew to rafts.
- Call Roll.
- Search for persons missing from roll.
LAUNCH BOATS
(Simulate)
- Instruct on Launching Boats.

- Operate All Equipment.
- Start Engine.
- Instruct on Alternate Abandonment.
LAUNCH BOATS
- Disembark all personnel except life boat crew (4).
(Actual)
- Station Electrician at winch.

- Launch lifeboat.

32 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
CRITIOUE
DISCUSS
- Assemble all supervisors and lifeboat

commanders.
- Discuss objective of drill -was it accomplished?
- Discuss any procedure or equipment problems.
REPORT
- Complete Drill Report and send copy of office.

- Document drill in IADC and Daily Drilling Report.
3.7.8 MAN OVERBOARD DRILL

Purpose of Man Overboard Drill
Ensure that rig personnel can perform their assigned duties when someone goes into water.
Rescue Team Members:
One (I) Rescue team leader
One (I) Rescue Boat Commander
One (I) Rescue Boat Release Mechanism Operator (Coxswain)
Two (2) other crew members who are qualified Coxswains
One (I) Electrician or Mechanic to operate rescue boat winch
Man Overboard Drill Guidelines

1. Organizes a (6 man) Rescue Team for each crew.
2. As practical, assign the rig medic to one of the Rescue Teams.
3. Plan drills to emphasize key point(s) or areas for improvement.
4. Only launch rescue boat during reasonable weather and sea conditions when a
supply/standby vessel is prepared to rescue if necessary.
5. Conduct an unannounced man overboard drill and/or night drill once every month, and at
least once per month, the drill should include a mock injury or a rescue situation.
Man Overboard Procedure
The following steps constitute an efficient Man Overboard drill:
1. To simulate a man overboard, throw buoyant dummy into water that is the approximate
size, shape and weight of a man.
33 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
2. Pass the words "Man Overboard" upon throwing dummy overboard.
3. Post a look-out(s) at the best point possible with binoculars whose sole responsibility is
to keep sight of the person overboard, as long as possible, and continually point toward
him.
4. Rig communications equipment and procedures are tested by alerting designated shore
base that a "man overboard drill" is in progress.
5. Throw a life ring in the vicinity of man overboard (i.e., buoyant dummy) as soon as
practical. Periodically, use lights and smoke flares to add realism to drill.
6. Person in charge is to muster Rescue Team at rescue boat. The rig medic is to provide
first aid to man overboard.
7. If a supply or stand-by vessel is available, notify vessel for assistance. Vessels are to
deploy scramble nets as soon as practical.
8. If retrieval is possible by crane, crane operator is to lower a personnel basket with two
crew members, wearing lifejackets, to retrieve the man overboard.
9. When weather permits, launch rescue boat and retrieve Man Overboard. Ensure that the
Electrician or Mechanic is operating the rescue boat winch on the rig. In this scenario,
assume individual(s) are not able to assist themselves and determine the suitability of
retrieval tools and techniques to recover an injured or unconscious individual after going
overboard. Assess suitability of technique if weather conditions were significantly worse.
10. If rescue boat is not launched, retrieve Man Overboard dummy with supply/standby
vessel.
11. Muster entire crew to a pre-designated location. Perform roll call to determine the
number and names of missing crew member(s). Report results to person in charge.
12. Upon completion of drill, make appropriate log entries including the time required to
recover the man overboard.
13. Rescue Team Leader is to prepare a critique and hold discussion session with the Rescue
Team and rig Personnel.
3.7.9
SPECIALIZED DRILLS
Purpose of Specialized Drill

Involve response teams and/or small groups of crew in specialized training so that training can
focus on specific skills in areas that need improvement and develop effective response teams.
Some examples of the types of skills suited to this training are:
34 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Life boat Launching -Small number of the crew launch and operate the boat.
Rescue Operations -Rescue Teams practice man-overboard drill or rescue or fire

victim.
Helicopter Fires -Fire Fighting Squad tests foam systems for a helicopter fire.
Ballast Control -React to failed equipment.
Specialized Fires -Fire Fighting Squad practices mitigating a fire in an enclosed space
using breathing equipment.

35 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
3.7.10 PRINCIPAL ASPECTS OF DRILLS
Drill scenarios should empathize skills listed below.
Fire Drills:
Abandon Rig Drills:
Coordinating communication
Coordinating communication
Coordinating Fire Fighting Squads
Abandoning -one lifeboat disabled
Coordinating Rescue Teams
Abandoning -escape routes blocked
Handling Complex Fire Situations:
Operating lifeboats in a sea lane
Enclosed spaces
Muster & personnel accountability
Limited access
Man Overboard Drills:
Combination of the above
Fighting different fire types
Initial response for man overboard
Injured personnel
Using life boats and rescue boat
Use of Equipment such as:
Administering first aid
Breathing Equipment
Coordinating Communications
Stretchers
Coordination of other craft in the area
Fire hoses
Radios
3.8
Posting and maintaining lookout
SHIP COLLISION AVOIDANCE
Ship Collision Avoidance Foreword

Drilling Units should not be located near a shipping lane nor between shipping lane boundaries if
possible. If necessary, directional wells can be drilled to avoid these areas. If a Drilling Unit
must be stationed in such an area, the risk assessment for the operations must include the
proximity of the Drilling Unit to ship traffic areas.
All proposed Drilling Unit locations should be researched for shipping lane proximity and traffic
in the area and appropriate "Detection Procedures" prepared and risk assessments completed.

36 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
The only way to avoid collisions is to spot errant ships early and issue warnings. Procedures and
guidelines described below should be followed.
3.8.1
DETECTION
General Detection Guidelines -For MODU in or near shipping lane

All personnel on-board the Drilling Unit are responsible for vigilance in detecting errant ships
approaching the site. However, the level of formal detection program implementation will
depend on the proximity of the Drilling Unit to shipping lanes and/or heavy ship traffic. There
are many "unofficial" shipping lanes used by ships as short-cuts and some detection program is
always necessary.
1. Ensure all radar reflector beacon systems are functional at all times.
2. During foggy conditions, post a radar watch on the Drilling Unit.
3. Continuous 24-hour radar watches and/or standby vessels should be used when in the
vicinity of high ship traffic and shipping lanes.
4. Radar watch and/or standby vessel watch procedures when operating in close proximity
to ship traffic should be completed and approved by the Field Drilling Manager to
include;
Action plans for different approach radar and ship course headings. Ship
notification plans
Abandonment procedures
5. Ensure that all navigational aids (lighting and foghorns) are operational.
6. Advise all Drilling Unit personnel during Safety Meetings to be on the lookout for
approaching ships.
7. Immediately notify the Offshore Installation Manager after spotting questionable ships or
vessel approaching
8. A sonar pinger will be installed and operational at all times once the rig is positioned.
3.8.2
RADAR WATCH PROCEDURES
In areas of high risk, i.e., near shipping lanes or heavily traveled routes, radar procedures
described below should be implemented on the drilling unit.
Radar Operation
1. The Drilling Unit's radar installation is to be located:

37 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
In an area providing visual contact with the surrounding outside seas, i.e.,
bridge, etc.
Away from heavily traveled and noisy areas, i.e., not to be located in a radio
room. Near VHF Marine radio.
2. Qualified and trained radar operators are to man the radar station 24 hours per day and be
relieved by qualified marine personnel at least every 3 hours for breaks.
3. Radar unit settings shall be maintained as follows:
Primary scanning set to 12 nm.
Audio alarm set for 5 nm.
Inner Guard Ring set for 2 nm.
4. Radar Watch Operator's duties shall include:
Continuously man the radar station except when relieved for breaks.
Maintain radar unit settings described above.
Track all ships within a 12 nautical mile range and determine their course
heading.
Contact ships reaching 5 nautical mile range of Drilling Unit's position and
request ships maintain 2 nautical mile separation.
Maintain logbook of all contacts with ships.
Alert Procedures
1. Ships within the 12 nautical miles primary radar range will be marked with the "EBL" by
the Radar Operator who will track the vessel heading and determine the course heading.
2. Ships reaching the 5 NM range will be contacted by the Radar Operator:
Radio Contact Established
Verify the vessel crew is aware of the Drilling Unit installation's position.
Confirm that the vessel is not in mechanical difficulty.
Request the vessel maintain a 2 nautical mile separation from the Drilling
Unit.
Radio Contact Not Established

38 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
Radar Watch Operator will notify the Offshore Installation Manager (OIM).
OIM will dispatch supply/standby vessel to attract the ship's attention (e.g.,
fire hose, ships horn, radio).
3. Ships reaching the 4 NM range and on a course:

Radar Watch Operator
Notify the OIM.
Contact the vessel to divert its course and/or determine if ship has mechanical
difficulty.
Notify the Operations Supervisor on duty that a collision is possible.
Notify supply/standby vessel to intercept ship.
4. Ship reaching the 4 NM range and on a collision course which cannot be contacted
and/or has mechanical difficulty (engine/steering failure):
Notify supply/standby vessel to return to rig if ship cannot be intercepted.
Notify the Operations Supervisor on duty.
Sound alarm and muster rig personnel at their abandonment stations.
Notify Drill Crew to secure the well.
Notify Shore Base that a collision is possible and imminent.
5. Ships reaching the 2 NM range radar guard ring on a collision course:

Determine need for abandonment.
Sound the abandonment alarm for the Drilling Unit.
Broadcast navigational warnings continuously.
Notify supply/standby vessel to assist in rig abandonment.
Abandon rig.

39 of 41
MARINE OPERATIONS
MEMORANDUM
ExxonMobil Development Co. Drilling
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
SUBJECT:
PRODUCTION AND DRILLING OPT. SUPTS

OFFICE ENGINEERING TEAM
" " Platform Drilling Program SIMOPS/MIRU Meeting
BACKGROUND
The
jack-up drilling rig is scheduled to begin operations at the
" " Platform
on about
. On
, a SIMOPS meeting was held to evaluate the risks
involved with simultaneous drilling and production operations at the platform. Following is a summary of the
review of the SIMOPS Move-In/Rig-Up Checklist for Jack-Up Drilling Rigs.
SIMOPS MIRU CHECKLIST REVIEW
1) A mudline survey with divers and/or side scan sonar may be necessary to check for any obstacles or
debris that might be in the immediate area where the rig is to be positioned. Determine if area
pipelines need to be buoyed for the planned approach of the rig. At those platforms where a jack-up rig
has previously operated, the footprint of the rig is to be studied to determine if it can be reused. (NOTE:
The side scan sonar is typically performed if a jack-up rig has not been at the location within 12
months, or if any substantial construction or workover work has been performed within the last year).
Note, if any pipelines are within 490 ft of the rig, the MMS requires buoys, unless a waiver is obtained.
Global positioning is usually sufficient to obtain a waiver unless the spud cans are very close (~50 ft) to
the pipeline.
2) Evaluate the punch-through potential of the rig legs.
3) Evaluate the platform leg batter and positioning of dolphins for potential interference with rig legs.
Drilling/Subsurface engineering will provide scale drawings of the rig, spud cans, etc.
4) Review the location of all pipelines, underwater flare lines, process equipment vent lines, pipeline
risers, etc. and determine if any relocation or protection work is necessary. Active pipelines that are
expected to be located beneath the jack-up barge shall be depressurized during the MOB/DEMOB. For
those lines to be reactivated following MIRU, a joint decision by Drilling and Production Operations
Management is made regarding any special precautions necessary to ensure that an appropriate level
of safety is maintained.
5) Determine if the main deck production processing equipment located beneath the cantilever requires
protection or relocation. (NOTE: There are to be no unprotected pressurized process vessels, such as
separators, glycol contact towers, etc., located beneath the cantilever, nor any gas venting in this area).
6) Unprotected process equipment located within 10 ft. of the cantilever shall have a fire monitor, operated
from the rig, directed on it.
7) Locate all fire protection equipment stations on the main deck, and determine if they require relocation.
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING 1 of 3 First
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
8) If the platform has a firewater system, ensure that it is operable and meets the
deliverabilityrequirements for that facility.
9) Ensure that the location of the rig's designated safe welding area meets all MMS and ExxonMobil
regulations (consider distances from existing combustible material or any process equipment
containing hydrocarbons).
10) A scale drawing depicting platform/rig equipment layout shall be developed highlighting the designated
safe welding area, as well as areas in which Hot Work is prohibited.
11) Inspect all platform deck grating, plating, boards, and handrails, and arrange for repair or replacement
as needed.
12) Ensure that all aids to navigation are operating properly.
13) Record all casing pressures on both producing and non-producing wells. This information is
transmitted to the Drilling or Workover Engineer.
Casing pressures on ALL are as follows:
Well Name
Inside Drive Pipe
Inside Conductor
Inside Surface
Note: NA means that there is no pressure seal & gauge on the annulus.
14) Review with the Field Superintendent the rig move schedule to coordinate Production Operations while
the rig is being mobilized/demobilized and cantilevered into position over the platform.
Field Supts:
&
, x- or
EMDC Drilling Supts:
at ( ) -
15) A scale drawing showing the position of the rig and cantilever in relation to the platform process
equipment, fire protection equipment, lighting, escape routes, etc. is developed and distributed.
16) Ensure the contractor crane complies with the inspection requirements of API RP2D. Documentation
of this inspection is required.
17) An Emergency Evacuation Plan (EEP) data sheet is completed and submitted for approval to the local
Officer in Charge of Marine Inspection of the United States Coast Guard prior to spud. The Field
Superintendent shall gather the data for the EEP and forward it to the Regulatory Affairs Engineer.
18) If the rig is located on a platform with production quarters, the rig's emergency alarm system is
connected to the production alarm system and these alarms are to be compatible.
19) Ensure that sufficient emergency lighting is available at all living quarter exits, along escape routes,
and at the escape capsules to provide safe transit to the muster areas.
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC)
The
will be the PIC. The Drilling and Field
Superintendents will work together to coordinate tying the rig and platform ESD systems together, utilizing
the I&E Technician, per the SIMOP's Manual.
The PIC and Field Superintendent should communicate each day prior to the 6:00 AM Production safety
meeting regarding safety issues and work status.
APPROVALS
Drilling Ops. Supt.
Production Ops. Supt.
SIMOPS Meeting Attendees:
MARINE OPERATIONS
US-EAST SIMULTANEOUS OPERATIONS DEVIATION REQUEST
DATE:
LOCATION:
ORIGINATOR:
FIELD PIC:
TYPE OPERATION:
TYPE ACTIVITY:
REQUIREMENT NO:
IDENTIFY TYPE OF REQUIREMENT: MMS
MUST
SHOULD DURATION
OF DEVIATION: FROM TO DESCRIPTION OF DEVIATION:
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS TAKEN:
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
APPROVAL REQUIRED:
FIELD SUPERINTENDENT: ORIGINATOR'S OA ID:

1 of 1
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
MARINE OPERATIONS
SECTION 3 APPENDIX G-IV

PRE-STARTUP INSPECTIONS FOR NEW TO FLEET JACKUP DRILLING RIGS
1.0
Purpose
To document current practice of compliance with the Mobile Offshore Unit Marine Safety
Section of the ExxonMobil Upstream Design Guidance Manual
1.1
Inspection of Critical Marine and Emergency Equipment / Marine Safety Survey
These inspections ensure that the MOU equipment complies with the Upstream Design
Guidance Manual, is maintained, and is operational. Additionally, it will address
personnel competency and personnel performance in critical marine functions and
emergency response.
The inspections are performed in accordance with the following guidelines:
1. Upstream Design Guidance Manual Mobile Offshore Unit Marina Safety
2. Offshore Installation Escape, Evacuation, and Rescue Analysis Assessment
Guidelines, EPR.61PR.96
3. Exxon Guidelines for Preparing and Conducting Effective Drills on MOUs.
A third party company (ModuSpec) with surveyors trained in these guidelines has been
contracted to perform the inspections and report findings.
1.2
Structural Integrity
1.2.1 Assessment
For MOUs or designs that have had a structural integrity assessment in the past. The
assessment consists of:
1. A review of previous hull and leg inspections including the Classification Society
(ABS, D&V, Lloyd's) Special Periodic Survey. Technical assistance in reviewing
these documents is available from Stan Christman in the Drilling Technology Group.
2. A review of previous operating history
3. A review of the specific site environmental conditions.
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
For new MOU designs a structural and fatigue analysis is required and should be
completed with the technical assistance of the Upstream Research Company.

1 of 2
MARINE OPERATIONS
1.2.2 Inspection
The inspection if required consists of visual and NDT of the following areas: cantilever,
crane pedestals, helideck, jacking system, jackhouse structure, spud cans, and legs.
Inspection plans for routine inspections can be developed by Bennett & Associates
or ModuSpec. The URC should be contacted for inspection plans for unusual
jackup applications such as sea ice, high seismicicty, unusual soil conditions, etc.
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS

2 of 2
4.0 DRILLING OPERATION

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.10.1
4.10.2
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
Introduction
General Operations Guidelines
Pre-Spud Operations
Conductor and Surface Casing Interval
Diverter Operations
Intermediate / Protective Casing Interval
Slot Recovery / Whipstock / Section Mill / Cut & Pull
Wellbore Anti-Collision Guidelines
Requirements for "Collision Risk" Wells
Requirements for All Directional Wells
Drill String Design
Bottom Hole Assemblies
Hydrogen Sulfide Considerations
Hydrogen Sulfide Contingency Plan
Edition - May, 2003
MARINE OPERATIONS
____________________________________________________________________________
__
DRILLING OPERATIOS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM BARAGE RIG DRILLING
FIRST EDITION - MAY 2003
Edition - May, 2003
DRILLING OPERATIONS
4.1
INTRODUCTION
This section provides guidelines for conducting a safe, efficient, and environmentally sound drilling
operation. These guidelines may be modified based on actual well conditions after approval as
specified in OIMS.
Specific requirements for each well will be covered in core drilling procedures designated by each
drill team for their specific drilling operation. For details on the installation of the various wellhead
components, refer to the wellhead manufacturer's operations manual.
Applying proven drilling technology to efficient rig operations is essential to minimizing drilling
cost. Since every hole drills differently, the drilling supervisor should remain flexible and exercise
good judgement in requesting permission to make changes to an approved procedure. Extensive
planning and design criteria has gone into the makeup of an approved drilling procedure. If
upgrades are required because of onsite learning's or firsthand knowledge, the MOC (Management
of Change) process must be used (see Section 4 Appendix VII for suggested MOC Form). This
process ensures that all drill team members have had the opportunity for input and are aware of all
changes.
There are a number of factors which contribute to fast, trouble free drilling: 1) consistently follow
good practice, 2) complete rig acceptance tests and crew safety training prior to spudding, 3) set up
communications and reporting systems prior to spudding, 4) have all material and equipment
necessary for a job on location and checked, 5) have environmental protection systems installed and
functioning prior to spudding, 6) select the proper bit, 7) properly design bottom hole assemblies, 8)
run low solids drilling fluids, 9) optimum hydraulics, 10) drill team members maintain an
awareness of hole conditions, 11) implement and follow stuck pipe prevention practices, and 12)
recognize well control early warning signs immediately.
The intent of this manual is not to give specific recommendations for every situation but to give
guidelines. Drilling personnel must also rely upon their experience and training to supplement this
manual.
4.2
GENERAL OPERATIONS GUIDELINES
1. All depth measurements are to be made from a consistent reference point, the top of the kelly
drive bushing. "RKB" when determined on a rig with a top drive system shall mean the
surface of the rotary table. After nippling up the casing head, record on the daily drilling
report the elevation of the spool flange relative to RKB.
2. The slip handles are to be tied together to prevent accidental dropping of the pipe during the
following conditions:
Whenever the BHA is close to or above the wellhead.

Any other time there is a possibility of the elevators hitting the pipe in the slips.
3. During routine drilling in normal pressure zones, WOB and RPM's are to be varied as
required to maintain maximum performance. When drilling near anticipated abnormal
1 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
pressure zones, the drilling parameters are to be maintained constant to allow for more
accurate pressure detection.
4. Below each string of casing, except conductor, a pressure integrity test is to be conducted
after 10' of new hole has been drilled to determine the formation integrity. The PIT will
normally be taken to leak-off or jug tested to the pressure specified in the procedure, but will
not exceed the casing test pressure (see Section 11 of this manual).
5. On trips, the blind rams will be closed when the drill string is removed from the wellbore.
Caution will be used when the blind rams are opened, due to the potential for trapped
pressure. Each rig must have a procedure in place to monitor pressure below the blind rams
when they are closed.
6. When pipe is out of the hole, a rotary cover will be installed.
7. The locking mechanism to lock the master bushing in the rotary and bowls in the master
bushing must be free and functional for the rotary to be considered operational. The kelly
bushing shall be locked at all times (or removed) except when procedures specifically require
them to be temporarily unlocked .
8. While tripping in the hole, fill the drill string frequently. Frequency is to be determined by
the drilling superintendent based on current mud weight, hole conditions, and depth. The trip
tank will be used while running in the hole unless otherwise addressed by the Field Drilling
Manager. If it is used, pump the trip tank mud across the shale shaker when emptying.
It is preferable to use the maximum acceptable mud level drop in the annulus instead of the
number of stands run as a drill string fill up guideline while tripping the hole. For example,
assume five inch 19 1/2 ppf drill pipe is being run in a hole and the drill pipe float allows no
mud to enter the drill string. After running 1,860 feet, the drill pipe float fails allowing the
mud to U-tube and balance in the drill pipe and annulus. Depending on the hole size, the mud
level would drop as follows:
Hole Size, inches
8
12
17
19
Mud level drop, feet

520
238
114
94
An equation specifically for 5 inch 19 1/2 ppf drill pipe to calculate the fluid level drop for the
above scenario is:
d = L x [ 18.32 / ((D x D) - 6.68) ]
where:
d is the mud drop in the annulus, in feet
L is the length of 5 inch drill pipe run without filling, in feet
D is the hole diameter, in inches
A general equation to calculate the mud drop for a different size string being run in the hole is:
d = (C x L) / (A + C)
2 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
where:
d is the mud drop in the annulus in feet

C is the drill string capacity in bbl/feet
L is the length of drill string run without filling in feet
A is the annulus capacity in bbl/feet
The drilling engineer can easily generate a series of tables for a specific well and an optimum
fill up schedule based on an acceptable downhole pressure drop which would be based on
pore pressure estimates while drilling.
9. The completion or plug and abandonment program should be developed while drilling
proceeds. This allows equipment to be procured in a timely manner and completion or P&A
considerations, such as casing pup joints run to aid in perforation depth control, to be
implemented during the drilling phase.
10. A non-ported float will be run when drilling through casing set at insufficient depth to allow
for the well to be shut in. After sufficient casing is set to allow the well to be shut in, a ported
float will be run. Modification to the drill pipe float, including porting, must not be done on
the rig. Field modification of drill pipe floats is not allowed. Either a Model "F" (plunger)
or Model "G" (flapper) may be used as a solid float. Only a Model "G" may be used with a
hardened port in the flapper. The common sizes of float valves are:
Bit Size
6 inch
8 1/2 inch
12 1/4 inch
Tool joint 3 1/2 Regular 4 1/2 Regular 6 5/8 Regular Float valve size 2F-3R 4R
5F-6R
A safety valve (ball open) and inside BOP (plunger locked down) will be on the rig floor. A
safety valve and an inside BOP will be available, on the rig floor, for each size drill pipe that
is currently used. Prior to running or pulling any casing liner or tubing, a cross-over back to
the safety valve and a safety valve must be on the rig floor. The safety valve must be function
tested and the test must be documented on the IADC report and DMR.
11. The Crown-O-Matic will be checked daily and after slipping the drilling line. Results of this
inspection must be recorded daily in accordance with MMS Regulations.
12. Flow check all connections.
13. The fast (hard) shut-in method using the annular preventer to shut-in the well will be used.
14. Do not test a lubricator with perforating guns inside to a higher pressure than the perforating
guns are rated.
15. Casing annulus pressure should be monitored daily on all rigs with surface wellheads. If
casing pressure is detected, it should be reported on the Daily Drilling Report. The situation
should be reviewed with the Operations Superintendent to determine if any corrective actions
are warranted, e.g. bleed off, increased monitoring, etc. (OIMS Manual Element 6).

3 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
16. Standpipe or mud pump suction screens are preferable to drill pipe screens. Only run
downhole screens when no nuclear source tools are in the BHA. Always discuss use of DP or
downhole screen with Operations Superintendent.
4.3
PRE-SPUD OPERATIONS
1. Develop a waste disposal plan which addresses the following:
Plastic and Styrofoam
Metal (no used casing thread protectors are to be sent to the United States)
Garbage (including ground food waste) in accordance with USCG MARPOL
regulations
Paper and cardboard
Used engine oil - Contractor Responsibility
Mud - Per applicable NPDES Manual
Drill solids (where regulations require) -NPDES Manual
Sewage and effluent - Per NPDES Manual or Discharge Compliance Program (ensure
that the drilling unit's treatment plant is operational)
Well Completion/Workover/Treatment Fluids - per NPDES Manual
2. Hold a pre-spud meeting.

3. Complete rig acceptance prior to picking up the rig and again at frequency specified by the
Operations Superintendent. The minimum tests will be those required in the drilling contract.
At a minimum all rigs entering the ExxonMobil fleet will be inspected by the Operations
Superintendent or his designee prior to acceptance.
4. Ensure that the muster list has been completed and all personnel are accounted for.
5. Conduct a general safety meeting, review all of the pertinent Safety Alerts.
6. Ensure that the spud mud has been mixed as per the drilling program.
4.4 STRUCTURAL DRIVE PIPE
The most time effective method of setting drive pipe is to drive it to refusal (usually less than 225
blows per foot) with a diesel/hydraulic hammer. Plain-end or quick connect pipe is employed and
welded/made-up as the joints are added to the string. For a height estimate, use 45 feet for the
diesel/hydraulic hammer and slings and 42 feet for a joint of drive pipe. Although not essential, use
of a pipe bevel machine and two welding machines will greatly speed up the driving process for
pipe that must be welded. It is important that driving not stop once started (e.g. an overnight shut
down) as the pipe will probably not start moving again.
Driving pipe with a diesel/hydraulic hammer entails higher than normal risk. The pipe will be lifted
by padeyes that probably will not have had the welds inspected. While driving, the drive pipe could
enter a soft zone and drop rapidly. A quick connect type connection allows use of a false rotary
table and elevators, and speeds up the driving time while eliminating field welding.
4 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
It is sometimes necessary to wash-out the drivepipe during driving operations if the drive hammer
blows per foot reach the recommended maximum prior to achieving planned/adequate drive pipe
penetration. Wash-out of drive pipe during driving operations requires risk assessment including
consideration of shallow hazards, prior MMS approval, and appropriate EMDC and EMPC
management approval.
4.5 CONDUCTOR AND SURFACE CASING INTERVAL
The D&E procedure provides details for the following operations: conductor hole drilling;
conductor casing running, cementing & hang-off; diverter procedures; surface hole drilling; surface
casing running, cementing, hang-off, and wellhead installation.
1. The purpose of the conductor casing is to provide adequate Well Control integrity to allow
drilling to the surface casing point. Conductor casing is typically required when:
An active drilling program has not been conducted on a specific platform within the
previous 12 months.
There is significant shallow gas and/or lost returns potential present.
Offset well casing pressures and potential casing leaks present the possibility of
encountering charged formations shallower than the surface casing depth.
2. The purpose of the surface casing is to provide adequate Well Control integrity to allow
drilling to the next casing setting point (protective or production casing depth). Surface casing
is the first casing string on which the full 5 preventer BOP stack is nippled-up. Surface
casing supports the weight of all subsequent strings of casing, tubing and surface equipment
(i.e. blowout preventers or the wellhead and tree). The setting depth will range from 2000
feet to several thousand feet. Surface casing is cemented to surface either during the primary
cement job or after the primary job with a grout job.
Unless otherwise specified in the drilling program, conductor and surface holes will be drilled from
below the drive pipe shoe to ~20' below the planned shoe depth for the respective casing. Make
sure to stop drilling prior to exceeding the maximum permitted depth for the hole interval. The
rathole is less critical with a weld-on wellhead as it is probably desirable to set the conductor or
surface pipe on bottom. The conductor and surface holes will generally be drilled with SW-gelCLS
mud systems to total depth.
Where significant shallow gas risk is identified, the conductor or surface hole may be drilled
utilizing a pilot hole to facilitate well control operations. The primary means of well control during
pilot hole drilling is a dynamic kill. The annular clearance between drill collars and the wellbore
provides a friction pressure drop, to help increase the effective BHP at high circulating rates in the
event of a well control problem. If the well kicks, circulate drilling mud at maximum rate. The bit
should be within 200 feet of bottom. Spot one ppg heavier mud or barite plug if well flow cannot
be killed with regular mud. Circulating heavier mud around may cause lost circulation.
The following general guidelines are for pilot hole drilling operations:
1. A volume of one ppg heavier than drilling weight kill mud can be mixed and maintained in
reserve until the pilot hole has been drilled. The minimum volume of mud to be mixed will
5 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
be specified in the drilling program and will generally be the sum of the annulus volume
between the drill string and the pilot hole from TD to the flowline plus the volume required
to stop reservoir flow as determined by dynamic kill simulations for the applicable hole
geometry and reservoir conditions. In areas where the potential for the presence of shallow
gas is low, dynamic kill simulations will not be required. If the dynamic kill calculations are
made, a volume pumped versus pump rate plot will be produced which has a No Kill Region
and Kill Region.
2. During critical operations (drilling, tripping, etc.) conducted while drilling the pilot hole,
either the operations supervisor or the tool pusher should be on or near the rig floor.
3. If the rig is equipped with a top drive, rotating while pulling out of hole will reduce the
swabbing effect and reduce the chance of influx. Pumping out of the hole is also an option.
4. Minimizing hole washout, avoiding excessive mud seepage, controlling return mud weight,
and directional control/wellbore avoidance are more important than high rate of penetration
for the conductor and surface hole sections.
4.6
DIVERTER OPERATIONS
A diverter assembly composed of spacer spools, drilling cross, and an annular will be nippled up
during all conductor and surface hole drilling. A kill line will be connected to one of the spool
outlets and the diverter lines will be connected to the two 10" side outlets. The primary
consideration is to have a straight diverter line with a non-restrictive valve (ball or gate valve). The
diverter line must extend beyond the rig cantilever and must not be directed onto the platform or
toward the drilling rig and should account for prevalent wind direction.
Controls should be sequenced to prevent closing the annular prior to the down wind diverter line
valve opening. Anchor the end of the diverter line. Consider need for installing a flare line remote
ignitor.
4.7
INTERMEDIATE / PROTECTIVE CASING INTERVAL
Drilling the Intermediate Hole

Formation pressures in the hole below surface casing define the type of well being drilled - normal
or abnormal pressure. In areas where abnormal pressure formations are encountered or hole
conditions mandate formation isolation, intermediate or protective casing may be required prior to
reaching total depth. Casing seat or TD Hunts may be required. Fracture gradients of the
formations encountered should be estimated based on offset drillwells. If there are no applicable
offset wells, estimates from empirical data such as Eaton's curves can be used.
Running and Cementing the Intermediate Casing
A full string of casing will be run and hung off in the wellhead. The casing string will include a
float shoe, float collar, and possibly casing pup joints. The cementing assembly will include top
and bottom wiper plugs, and cement head/manifold. The Casing and Cementing Sections of this
manual should be referred to when planning this job.
6 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
After tagging cement with the bit and prior to drilling out of the shoe, do well control drills. Review
shut in procedure with both crews. Shut in well and circulate well through the choke manifold. Let
drilling crew members work the choke. (Alternately this can be done after displacing the hole with
mud to determine the choke line pressure drop for kick calculations.) A casing test will usually be
mandated by the governing regulatory body prior to drilling out and after landing the BOP stack.
Run a pressure integrity test after drilling out below the intermediate casing string. Update kick
sheet daily while drilling.
4.8
PRODUCTION CASING / LINER INTERVAL
Drilling the Production Hole

The same guidelines given in the Drilling the Intermediate Hole section apply when drilling this
hole section. If using a top drive, pick up sufficient drill pipe to drill to total depth. A ported drill
pipe float will be used below surface casing once the well can be shut in on a kick.
After tagging cement with the bit and prior to drilling out of the shoe, do well control drills. Review
shut in procedure with both crews. Shut in well and circulate well through the choke manifold. Let
drilling crew work the choke. (Alternately this can be done after displacing the hole with mud to
determine the choke line pressure drop for kick calculations.) The casing/liner will be pressure
tested in accordance with applicable Regulatory requirements. Update kick sheet daily while
drilling.
4.9
SLOT RECOVERY / WHIPSTOCK / SECTION MILL / CUT & PULL
The following discussion deals with methods of drilling new wells or hole sections from in or
around existing wells. Slot recovery allows for new wells from the surface while whipstocks and
casing cut & pulls reuse existing casing to reach new objectives. In general, deep whipstocks will
be less expensive than cut & pulls (C&P), which are generally cheaper than slot recoveries and new
drill wells.
When deciding on whether or not to reuse a wellbore, factors to include are: the direction of the
existing well compared to the desired objective(s), existing casing program vs. hole sizes and
completion necessary, future life of the existing completion, ability to reach (and others on a
multiwell program) and have needed hookload, and others.
If an existing well is to have part of it reused, maximum effort should be taken to confirm the
suitability of the well prior to moving the rig onto location. This includes a thorough researching of
the well's history (e.g., drilling wear, noted pressure tests, cement records), inspection of the
wellhead by a qualified service technician, pressure testing casing as possible, and performing all
possible P&A work. If the cement job for a casing string is questionable, it is sometimes advisable
to run a high-quality imaging tool (e.g., Schlumberger's USIT log) to determine cement quality and
TOC behind the casing; this can aid in Whipstock placement and help decide if a C&P is possible.
Many times, the various procedures described will be run together (e.g. C&P production casing to
allow a Whipstock from the surface casing). It will be important to verify compliance with the
appropriate regulatory guidelines and obtain approval for operations.
7 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Slot Recovery
Slot Recovery is a method of opening space on a platform for a new drillwell that has had all of its
conductor slots used by previous wells. This helps avoid costly platform modifications that could
otherwise be required. Diver Divert and Drive Pipe Whipstock are the two types of slot recovery
available for use once the subject well has been fully P&A'd (see Section 13 for details on P&A
operations).
For a Diver Divert slot recovery, all strings of casing (including drive pipe) are cut and recovered
from ~5 feet above the mud line. The new drive pipe is lowered through the platform's conductor
guides to below the water line where divers then guide the new drive pipe to the side of the existing
casing stubs. The new drive pipe is then driven to the desired depth and well operations proceed as
normal. It is often desired to have a deviated drive shoe on the bottom of the drive pipe to help
ensure separation from the old well as quickly as possible.
For a Drive Pipe Whipstock slot recovery, all strings of casing (including drive pipe) are cut and
recovered 60 80 feet below the mud line. A whipstock is attached to the bottom of the new
drive pipe and lowered through the platform's conductor guides to the existing casing stubs.
Whipstocks are available with either a spear or an overshot and can be oriented to the direction
desired. Once the whipstock is mated to the abandoned conductor, the new drive pipe is sheared off
of the whipstock and the drive pipe is driven to the desired depth. Again, operations can now
proceed as normal.
Drive pipe whipstocks are generally the preferred option because there is no requirement for divers
to be in the water. Both options require special evaluation of the anticipated drive pipe deflection to
determine if one or more platform conductor guides will have to be removed.
Whipstocks
Casing Whipstocks are mechanical devices set inside of existing casing and are used to exit from
previously drilled wells. The Whipstocks can be either single-trip or multiple trips. The difference
in price between single-trip and multiple-trip should be evaluated for each situation (generally,
single-trip systems will be more economical on deeper exits while the multiple-trip are better for
shallow exits where trips are fast). The general plan of operations is that the Whipstock is run in
hole, oriented, and set (either mechanically or hydraulically). The Whipstock should be oriented to
the direction desired for sidetrack (generally ~30 45 from highside). Then, casing mills are
used to exit the casing and make enough new hole to perform a PIT. Once this is complete, new
drilling operations are able to proceed. It is important to never rotate anything across the face of the
whipstock; this will help prevent the whipstock from turning and causing the new hole to be lost.
The fluid system should be sufficiently viscous and have ditch magnets in place to help remove the
metal shavings from the system.
Section Milling
Section milling is similar to whipstocking in that existing wellbore is exited by milling a hole in the
casing. The main difference is that the means of exiting the casing is not a mechanical tool. To
Section Mill, underreaming-type casing mills are run into the existing casing string and a hole is
8 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
milled in the casing (typically, ~100'). A cement plug is then placed across the milled interval and
the well sidetracked off of this cement plug. This method is preferred over Whipstock operations
when the new hole section will be long, directionally complex, or otherwise cause excessive wear
and tear on the whipstock that could cause failure (and thereby lose the new hole).
Casing Cut & Pull
The benefit of casing Cut & Pulls for sidetracking new hole is the increased hole size available by
removing one or more strings of casing. The basic plan for a C&P is to lower a casing cutter
(generally hydraulic) into the hole to the desired cutting depth, cut the casing, then attempt to pull
the old casing from the hole. Based on the depth of the cut, the removal of casing could either
expose formation or the previous casing string.
4.10 WELLBORE ANTI-COLLISION GUIDELINES
Wellbore anticollision guidelines in this section are a recommended minimum standard for all
operations. These guidelines should be reviewed on a well by well basis. Any exceptions to these
standards requires Operations Superintendent approval.
1. The most critical piece of information in the anti-collision arena is data quality. All
platform surveys and RKB's should be reviewed by a qualified individual to ensure the data
is correct, reasonable and free of errors. Pay particular attention to azimuth round-off error
and RKB datum height (these have been incorrect in the past).
2. Once a well path has been generated, have the directional contractor run an anti-collision
report. Review the report and identify the wells that will need to be addressed individually.
Obtain the most recent wellbore sketches for every well on the platform and for all wells
that pass near the proposed well (wells may originate from an adjacent platform or an open
water location). Pay attention to tubingless wells, producing wells, gas lifted wells, and
plugged wells.
3. In the SIMOPS meeting held between EMDC and EMPC, discuss the status of the
previously identified wells. Plan to shut in, bleed off and or set plugs in wells close to the
proposed well path.
4. During drilling operations near interference issues, survey every stand and use current
technology to provide the best information possible (i.e., surface readout gyro). Have the
directional contractor supply an additional directional driller to run projections and
anticollision reports only. Use a jetting assembly to steer near interference. Minimize Drill
string rotation (DO NOT USE A MOTOR) while near another well. Monitor constantly for
torque, LR, metal cuttings, cement, or any other parameter that could indicate interference.
4.10.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR COLLISION RISK WELLS
1. Collision avoidance planning and operating requirements (Items 1-7) will apply to
Collision Risk Wells. Collision Risk Wells are defined as:
2. Any well drilled from a multi-well pad or structure (includes abandoned wells).
9 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
3. Single-well operations, if the planned trajectory is expected to pass within 100m (330 ft) of
that of an offset well.
4. If SIMOPS or local regulatory collision avoidance requirements are more stringent than
EMDC requirements, the more conservative requirements will be followed.
5. Either Wolff & DeWardt or ISCWSA models may be used to develop collision avoidance
and EOU calculations. The vendor is responsible for selection of tool error factors and the
performance of their proprietary software.
6. The least-distance method will be utilized to calculate the separation between ellipses.
7. Ellipse of uncertainty calculations will be based on 2 standard deviations (2).
8. Offset monitoring and shut-in requirements for Collision Risk Wells are determined by
Separation Distance or Separation Factor requirements, whichever is larger. FDM
approval is required to operate with an EOU Separation Distance < 10ft, or Separation
Factor < 1.5. The FDM may approve exceptions to shut in requirements if risk can be
reduced to acceptable levels through operational practices.
SEPARATION DISTANCE
If the EOU Separation Distance projected to the next survey point is < 10 ft, monitor the
applicable offset annulus continuously.
If the EOU Separation Distance projected to next survey point is < 5ft, shut in the offset
and set a plug below the estimated intercept depth (or close SSSV if its below intercept
point). Monitor annulus continuously.
SEPARATION FACTOR
If the EOU Separation Factor projected to the next survey point is < 1.5, monitor the
applicable offset annulus continuously.
If the EOU Separation Factor projected to next survey point is < 1.2, shut in the offset
and set a plug below the estimated intercept depth (or close SSSV if its below intercept
point). Monitor annulus continuously.
1. As a final planning check, the onsite directional driller is to run an independent collision
avoidance profile for Collision Risk Wells prior to commencing work.
2. Anti-collision plots will be maintained for Collision Risk Wells at the rig site. Updates are
required following each survey until the potential intercept point is passed.
4.10.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DIRECTIONAL WELLS
1. Written directional and proximity monitoring plans will be included in the program. The
engineer, first line engineering supervisor, and operations superintendent must endorse the
plan prior to field implementation.
2. FDM approval of MOC is required for changes in trajectory after final plan approval that
create 1) a Collision Risk Well, or 2) a change in the shut in requirements of an offset
well (per Separation Factor or Separation Distance rules).
10 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
3. The drilling program will specify the type of survey tools and minimum frequency of
surveys in each interval.
4. Critical pre-drill planning data will be summarized and transmitted to the survey
anddirectional contractors in writing. The data will include, but not be limited to:
Well Name
Preliminary Reference Elevation
Slot/Well Surface Coordinates
Displacement from Slot to Platform Tie Point
Azimuth Reference Correction (True North, Grid North)
Magnetic Declination
Target description and hard line constraints
Survey tool types and frequency, by interval
5. All survey data will be communicated between parties at the rig site in a standardized
format. Either the contractor or ExxonMobil may develop the format (electronic or
written).
6. The drilling engineer will review the information in the final well survey for accuracy and
initial it prior to distribution.
7. Geologic targeting requirements will be obtained from the client organization in writing.
8. The survey plan and trajectory will ensure that the wellbores two-sigma ellipse
ofuncertainty fits fully within the specified geologic target on the planned line of approach.
If this cannot be achieved, client management approval is required to drill a trajectory with
a reduced probability of landing within the target area.
4.11 DIRECTIONAL SURVEYING AND DEVIATION CONTROL
The purpose of the guidelines in this section is to maintain directional control on all wells (vertical
and directional) as drilling progresses. Directional control ensures a known bottom hole location
and well trajectory in order to avoid collisions/damage to offset wells and efficiently drill to the
geologic objective(s) and relief well targets if necessary. For relief well purposes, it is important to
know the position of the well to within 50 feet, which is the effective range of noise log and
MagRange tools.
For the purpose of applying the following general survey requirements, a vertical well is defined as
a well that has less than three degrees of inclination from surface to total depth. The following table
summarizes the minimum surveying requirements:
Type of Well
Requirement
Vertical Well (less than 3) Inclination Survey every 1000' Directional Well
during normal Inclination and Azimuth every 500' drilling
Directional Well during planned
Inclination and Azimuth every 100'
angle changes

11 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Prior to setting surface and deeper
casings in both directional and
vertical wells
Total Depth on both directional
and vertical wells
Inclination and Azimuth 500' from csg shoes
Inclination and Azimuth 500' from TD
A composite survey from either the drive pipe or conductor shoe to TD must be provided per MMS
requirements.
Surveying Guidelines
1. If well surveys are required beyond the minimum summarized above, they will be specified
in the drilling program.
2. To determine surveying requirements, the following casing definitions will be used:
Drive, or Structural, - pipe which is driven to support unconsolidated deposits and provide
hole stability for initial operation (normally 20-30 inch).
Conductor - Set below drive pipe and before surface pipe to mitigate some shallow drilling
hazards.
Surface - a blowout preventer stack is nippled-up on top of this string and a pressure integrity
test is run after the casing shoe is drilled. Surface casing cannot be used as production casing,
without a written exception from the field drilling manager.
3. A gyro deviation survey will be taken at the total depth of the drive pipe hole or shoe.
Typically a gyro must be run because the pipe is driven in place.
4. Surveys taken with a MWD tool are definitive, and it is not necessary to confirm MWD
surveys with a single shot survey. Standpipe or mud pump suction screens are preferable to
drill pipe screens. Only run downhole screens when no nuclear source logging tools are in
the BHA. Always discuss use of drill pipe screens with Operations Superintendent.
5. In cases where bottom hole location is critical, an electronic multi-shot or gyroscopic survey
may be run. EPRCo's Wellpath program or vendor software can be used to estimate the
amount of error that results from using various survey tools and aid in the decision to run a
multi-shot or gyro survey.
6. The drilling superintendent should be provided directional data on a continual basis. For
directional wells, the directional driller and drilling engineer are to maintain a wellbore
trajectory record and a current wellbore plot. All directional plots are to be updated, and any
significant deviation from the planned directional program is to be presented to the operations
superintendent immediately. The minimum curvature calculation technique should be used.
7. Survey results are to be reported on the survey screen of the daily drilling report and IADC
Report. All directional information should be converted to GRID measurements when
reported and plotted.
12 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
4.12 DRILL STRING DESIGN
Drill String Guidelines
1. All drill string connections are to be torqued to API recommended values except as identified
in the appropriate procedures.
Jet-Lube's Kopr-Kote can be used for every connection from bit to kelly/top drive.
KoprKote does not contain zinc or lead. Prior to application of Kopr-Kote, the tool joint
threads should be cleaned to bare metal.
To prevent galling of the non-magnetic components when using Kopr-Kote, connections
should be cleaned, inspected, and given a MAG-COAT. Without MAG-COAT, nonmagnetic
connections will have a higher incidence of galling using Kopr-Kote.
2. Change the drill pipe stand breaks on every trip.
3. Maintain an accurate strap of the drill pipe on the rig floor. The well depth is determined by
the driller's STM.
4. Use a drilling jar that has a large ID so that it is possible to use a wireline string shot or
severing charge if required.
5. Drill string components should have the same basic connection OD unless a bottlenecked
crossover is used to provide a transition. All drillstring component connection OD's must be
externally fishable for the hole size they are used in. Exceptions must be approved by the
Operations Superintendent.
6. If possible, the drill string is to be designed to withstand a minimum of 100,000 lbs. of
overpull in a straight hole and 150,000 lbs. of overpull in a directional hole.
7. The drill string is to be designed to withstand predicted combined torque and tension loads
using the FORCAL program (see Directional Drilling BHAs) for difficult directional wells
and/or critical wells.
8. Limit the rotary torque during normal drilling operations to drill pipe connection makeup
torque in order to prevent over-torquing the drill pipe connections. Check the actual makeup
torques used by the Drilling Contractor.
9. If the drill pipe is new or refurbished, inspect tool joints for abrasive hard banding which
could damage casing.
10. Perform proper break-in procedures for newly cut drill pipe connections.
Drill String Inspections
Drill string components will require periodic inspection based on rotating hours and type of drilling
service (i.e. critical or standard). The following inspection frequency is recommended:
13 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Rotating Hours Between Inspections
WELL SERVICE
Drill Pipe
Drill Collar/BHA Components
CATEGORY
6" and Smaller
6-1/4" and Larger
Critical Service
1500
150
200
Standard Service
2500
250
300
The above intervals should be adjusted based on experience and failure experience.
The recommended inspection methods for drill string components are to be in accordance with
Standard DS-1, Drill Stem Design and Inspection, Second Edition, by T. H. Hill and Associates,
March 1998 manual. Inspection service categories, acceptance/rejection criteria, and exceptions to
DS-1 are given in the ECIDO Drilling OIMS Manual.
There are several classifications of well categories and OIMS requires that drill string inspection
frequency as well as casing design be based on well categories.
The OIMS manual designates well service categories as standard or critical in Element 3 and lists
three conditions which qualify a well as critical.
The top drive should have a magnetic particle examination of the exposed surfaces on all load
bearing components annually to determine the presence of fatigue crack indications.
4.13 BOTTOM HOLE ASSEMBLIES
General
Guidelines in this section address the design, care, and makeup of bottom hole assemblies for
drilling operations to meet the following objectives:
Control or Induce Changes in Hole Deviation

Improve Bit Performance
Provide Weight on Bit
Ensure a Full Gauge Hole
Reduce the Susceptibility to Differential Sticking and/or Key Seating
Reduce Downhole Vibration
Prevent/Reduce BHA Problems Such as Wash-outs and Twist-offs
BHA Operational Guidelines

1. Three musts for good drill collar performance are:
Must properly lubricate shoulders and threads

Must use proper torque - Must be measured
Must immediately repair minor damage
2. Never make up drill collars or BHA components by reversing the rotary table. Tighten each
connection separately. Do not double up to save time.
14 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
3. When breaking out drill collars, rotate slowly with a slight upward pull on the blocks. Do not
allow threads to jump after the collar is backed out.
4. To avoid galling, a good rig practice is to "walk out" the drill collar joint using chain tongs.
5. Change the stand breaks on the BHA/drill collars on every trip.
6. Optimize jar placement by running jars near most likely stuck point.
7. Keep an accurate drawing of all BHA components including the dimension of each
component (OD's, ID's, lengths, serial numbers, etc.). The dimensions should be measured in
such a way as to contribute toward successful fishing. Outside diameter dimensions should
be taken with a caliper that will just slip over the body by its own weight.
8. Gauging the bit after makeup will ensure that it was not pinched by the bit breaker. Refer to
Section 5 (Bit Classification and Hydraulics) for gauging guidance.
9. Maintain stabilizer blade OD, according to the BHA programmed design, by gauging them
every trip and replacing as needed. It is preferable to not change more than one stabilizer per
trip. Follow the gauging guidelines given in the bit section.
10. Lift sub pins should be cleaned, inspected, and lubricated on each trip. If these pins have
been damaged and go unnoticed, they will eventually damage all of the drill collar boxes.
BHA Design
The bottom hole assembly that is to be used in each hole section will be specified in the pertinent
drilling procedure. The following considerations should be included when performing a BHA
design:
1. HeviWate drill pipe run between the drill collars and drill pipe provides a transition zone as
well as additional available string weight. In deeper wells with increasing angle, minimizing
HWDP to assist in optimizing drilling hydraulics is a common practice.
2. Ensure that crossovers from large diameter drill collars to smaller drill collars or drill pipe do
not exceed a 2" reduction in size, or that the stiffness ratio does not exceed 5.5 for a
noncritical well or 3.5 for a critical well.
3. The acceptable drill collar and BHA tools bending strength ratio is 2.25 to 3.20.
4. These bending strength ratios may not be possible with small drill collar sizes such as 4 3/4
inch drill collars with 3 1/2 IF (NC 38) connections. Experience has shown that rotary
shoulder connection failures have rarely occurred using 4 3/4 inch drill collars even with
BSRs below 2.0.
5. Select components of the BHA considering lost circulation material requirements and
potential for drill string sticking and subsequent fishing operations (nozzles, motors, MWDs,
etc. may plug when pumping LCM).
15 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
6. Ensure that all BHA connections have boreback stress relief box connections and stress relief
grooves on pins.
7. Spiral drill collars are preferred to minimize differential sticking potential.
8. Straight welded blade stabilizers minimize swabbing in gumbo sections. Stabilizers with a
longer contact area increase wall support area in soft formations. Stabilizers with a shorter
contact area are preferable in hard formations. Consider use of spiral, integral blade
stabilizers with adequate bypass area for high angle, directional well hole cleaning.
Directional Drilling BHAs
These guidelines are not intended to be policy or inflexible standards but should serve as a
foundation on which to base decisions for well specific designs.
From about 1950 to 1980, drill pipe and HeviWate drill pipe were never run in compression for fear
of fatigue failures as a result of buckling. However, inclination of a wellbore was seldom taken into
account in calculating the required drill collar weight. As a result most operators did not add collars
as hole angle increased which undoubtedly caused drill pipe to be run in compression. Fatigue
failures expected for drill pipe run in compression did not occur.
Industry has determined that drill pipe can carry high compressive loads in high angle wells without
buckling and fatigue failures. Buckling does lead to accelerated fatigue damage and tool joint wear
which can be tolerated for short periods of time especially if it would save a trip or reduce the
chance of a differentially stuck drill string.
The basis for these conclusions is that a drill string laying on the low side of an inclined hole is very
resistant to buckling since the hole supports and constrains the pipe throughout its length. An
important benefit of running drill pipe in compression is that the length of HeviWate and drill
collars can be reduced and hydraulics, hole cleaning, and ROP can be improved.
FORCAL permits drill string design based on allowable drill pipe compression for deviated or
straight wellbores. ROB predicts rates of build or drop for rotary bottom hole assemblies.
Placement of stabilizers on the bottom of a BHA for directional control can be analyzed as well as
how drill collars will bend between stabilizers. Directional service companies can provide similar
drill pipe design software. Be sure to note the limitations of the particular software being used and
check this against the situation being analyzed (e.g. FORCAL needs modified input when
modelling casing running because it is based on string theory).
The new BHA design methods which take advantage of the reduced BHA buckling tendency in
directional wells have been used since the early 1980s with outstanding results. The short drill
collar lengths required (frequently just MWD/LWD equipment for GOM operations) resulted in
reduced torque and drag and reduced frequency of differentially stuck BHAs. The amount of drill
pipe, HeviWate drill pipe, and drill collars run in compression is well specific and depends on hole
size, mud weight, well angle, desired WOB, and torque and drag constraints. All drilling operations
should take advantage of design methods which can minimize problems with torque and drag and
stuck BHAs.
16 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
When differential pressure exceeds about 1,500 psi, take special care to avoid differentially sticking
the drill string. Implement special procedures such as making rotating connections, controlling
mud fluid loss and mud cake quality, ensuring effective hole cleaning (i.e., limiting cuttings dune
height, etc.), and pumping out of hole on rigs with a top drive system. For differential overbalance
pressure greater than 2,500 psi consider use of the high overbalance, "Seal-While-Drilling"
technique.
For wells between 15-35 degrees of angle, apply the following general BHA guidelines. For wells
with >45 degrees of angle special drilling practices may be required.
1. Minimize the number of drill collars and run the maximum amount of drill pipe and
HeviWate drill pipe in compression as indicated by the FORCAL program. In most cases
only non-mag collars are required in addition to MWD/LWD collars based on well angle,
hole size, desired weight on bit, well angle, mud weight, and torque and drag constraints.
2. Do not run more than one unsupported drill collar above the top stabilizer in directional
wells. This can also be eliminated if a non-mag spacer is not required, or if non-mag HWDP
is available to be run in place of the non-mag collar. At high angles, additional DC's create a
very high bending stress in the top stabilizer connection. They also create the potential for
stuck pipe if they sag to contact the wall.
3. The computer program ROB in conjunction with the directional service company
software/experience should be used to design stabilizer placement for the BHA. In most area,
particularly in areas where differential sticking is a concern, stabilizers should be placed
every 60 feet.
4. The directional drilling contractor should provide recommended BHAs for evaluation by the
Drilling Engineer.
5. Keep up with differential pressure between the mud weight and pore pressure. Take special
precautions to prevent stuck drill strings anytime differential pressures exceed about 1,500 psi
regardless of the type formation drilled.
6. In harder formations, roller reamers are sometimes used in lieu of stabilizers. Roller reamers
are often used when significant amounts of reaming is anticipated or rotary torque reductions
are desired. Non-rotating drill pipe protectors or sleeves should be considered when torque
reduction is desired.
7. For steerable PDM drilling assemblies, optimize mud motor and LWD tool configuration to
anticipated well conditions including: drilling fluid type, flowrate, downhole temperature,
anticipated time between trips, bit type, and drilling WOB and torque requirements. For
GOM Directional wells use high performance, extended power section PDMs whenever
possible.
FORCAL V.5.02 software estimates the torque and drag on a tubular given the wellbore geometry,
tubular configuration, direction of movement, and coefficient of friction. The movement can be
axial, rotational, or combined. Two coefficients of friction may be used, one for cased portions of
the well and the other for the open hole section. Tripping of tubulars into and out of the wellbore
17 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
can be modelled. Given the measured torque or hookload, FORCAL can calculate the coefficient of
friction.
ROB V.5.01 software predicts the build/drop and walk performance of rotary and motor assembly
BHAs. The user can perform sensitivity analysis to predict the effects of various parameters on
BHA performance. Geology effects such as bedding planes can also be included and a calibration
module allows the user to take advantage of local experience. ROB performs drill ahead and well
extend calculations along with 2-D and 3-D well planning.
POWERPLAN V.3.8 is also utilized and has the capabilities of prediction both torque/drag
and build/drop and walk of different BHA's.
Torque and drag surveillance should be monitored for all protective and production holes in excess
of 40 with greater than 1500' MD of openhole. An example is included in Section 4 Appendix
VIII.
4.14 HYDROGEN SULFIDE CONSIDERATIONS (OIMS Manual Element 10)
Hydrogen sulfide is an extremely toxic gas. In drilling operations, a wide range of hydrogen sulfide
concentrations may be found. The effects of these concentrations also range widely - from a
disagreeable odor or eye irritation at low concentrations to serious illness or even death at higher
concentrations. All personnel working in areas where they may be exposed to hydrogen sulfide
should be trained to recognize and understand its hazards and to protect themselves from its
harmful effects (contractor and service company personnel should be H2S certified before coming
to the rig). Personnel should be trained to rescue victims and administer first aid to those who are
overcome, without endangering themselves. All personnel on the rig should have access to an
escape pack.
Hydrogen sulfide is an extremely toxic, colorless, heavier than air (1.18 specific gravity) gas. It
burns with a blue flame and produces sulfur dioxide gas which is slightly less toxic than hydrogen
sulfide, but can cause eye and lung irritation and serious injury. In low concentrations, hydrogen
sulfide has the odor of rotten eggs. It forms an explosive mixture with air at concentrations
between 4.3% and 46% by volume. It is soluble in water and oil but becomes less soluble as the
fluid temperature increases.
When there is a potential for encountering hydrogen sulfide, the following must be considered and
addressed:
Monitoring
Use of breathing apparatus
Positioning of breathing apparatus
Equipment training
Hazardous locations
Material selection - BOP and well control equipment H2S trimmed
Regulations
First aid
Coded air horn or bell alarms

18 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Response at various levels of hydrogen sulfide concentration

Sensors - location, calibration, visual and audible signals, fixed and hand held
Emergency procedures
Periodic drills and safety meetings
Operating guidelines
Wind socks and safe assembly areas
Transportation and evacuation
Part of the Risk Assessment process
MMS or other Regulatory Agency H2S Contingency Plan Development & Approval
API RP 55 can provide guidance on operations involving hydrogen sulfide and contains a table on
the physiological effects of various concentrations.
An example guideline on facial hair and corrective lenses as pertains to respiratory equipment could
be:
Clean shaven in the face-piece-sealing area and must not have facial hair that could interfere
with the function of the mask.
Before donning a respirator with a full face piece, any head covering, glasses and foreign
items in the mouth must be removed
Wearing contact lens with a respirator is not permitted.
Prescription eyeglass wearers who are assigned to areas where full-face respirators may be
required should be provided with a means of attaching the prescription lenses to the face
mask. Hooded Egress Units allow for the use of prescription eyeglasses during emergency
evacuations.
Guidelines For Drilling

For all operations where H2S is being produced on the platform or where H2S may be encountered
while drilling, a contingency plan will be developed and approved by the applicable regulatory
agency as required. Hydrogen sulfide monitoring should be continuous while drilling anywhere
covered by the contingency plan. Monitoring should be done with remote sensors which are
located at a minimum near the bell nipple, on the rig floor, and above the shale shaker. Gas trap gas
and vulnerable areas may also be monitored. The approved contingency plan will have details on
where sensors should be placed. Maintenance and logged calibration is important. At the first
indication of H2S, confirmation should be made with a hand held meter.
If drilling in a H2S area, Garrett Gas Train sulfide readings on the mud filtrate will also be required.
It is advisable to start five drilling days before entering predicted hydrogen sulfide zones to
establish background concentrations. Draeger has recently changed the scale on their tubes, and the
tube factor given in API RP 13B-1 should be carefully checked to ensure the tube factor matches
the tubes being used.
4.15 HYDROGEN SULFIDE CONTINGENCY PLAN
A typical hydrogen sulfide contingency plan has three phases:
19 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
If the measured H2S levels is ten ppm or less, but greater than zero then,
Continue normal drilling

Sensitize crew with drills and safety meetings
Ensure H2S scavenger (zinc basic carbonate) is on location and discuss its addition to the
mud system
Maintain mud pH at 9.5 or higher

Consider increasing the number of air packs on location
Check calibration of sensors
Limit visitors and unnecessary personnel on location
Check igniter on gasbuster flare line
Driller and mud loggers to keep in communication
If the measured H2S level is twenty ppm or less, but greater than ten ppm then,
Suspend drilling operations and make an effort to suppress the H2S before proceeding with
drilling.
Sound H2S alarm and illuminate flashing light
Rig crew immediately dons breathing apparatus and stops circulation to control source of
hydrogen sulfide. Driller is to know if the well is to be shut in. Notify toolpusher and ECI
drilling supervisor
All non-essential personnel proceed to upwind assembly area. No non-essential personnel
will be allowed in any area with possible H2S exposure.
Conduct safety meetings and review plans to return to drilling. Plan response in the event
hydrogen sulfide concentration exceeds twenty ppm. Repeat safety meeting before crews
come on tour.
All personnel check their safety equipment for proper operation and location. Persons
without assigned breathing equipment cannot work in the Hazardous area.
Treat mud with scavenger as necessary
Notify the operations superintendent before returning to drilling
Use the 'Buddy System' no individual is to be allowed to work in affected areas by
themselves
If the measured H2S levels greater than twenty ppm then,
Sound H2S alarm
Rig crew dons breathing apparatus and closes in the well

All personnel proceed to upwind safe assembly area
Suspend drilling operations and reassess contingency plan with superintendent
Guidelines For Well Control

20 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
In a kick situation, where H2S has previously been detected in the drilling fluid filtrate or by mud
logging gas analysis, all personnel directly involved with the operation are to have readily available
individual self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). All other personnel are to be alerted and
made aware of the designated safe briefing area(s) to be used during the well killing operation.
During the kick circulation, the above personnel are to don their SCBA's, as a minimum, 30 minutes
prior to the calculated arrival time of the kick fluid and remain in the SCBA's until 30 minutes after
the kick fluid is vented down the flare line. Attempt to burn the kick gas if conditions allow, and
appropriate Regulatory Approvals have been obtained.
During the entire kick circulation, a designated member of the drill crew is to check (with a SCBA
on) the shaker area for H2S concentrations. Also, the return drilling fluid is to be monitored for
H2S throughout the entire well killing operation.
If at any time during the kick circulation, H 2S concentration exceeds 20 ppm or more in the
working atmosphere (air), the well is to be shut in and non-essential personnel are to be moved into
the safe briefing area(s) or evacuated (depending upon the concentration of H2S ).
In the event of any well control situation in which the occurrence of H2S is probable, considerations
are to be made for bullheading the formation fluid back into the formation, rather than circulating
the kick out and releasing the H2S at the surface.
Guidelines For Coring And Production Testing
Refer to Sections 8 and 12 of this manual for information/guidelines regarding H2S in coring and
production testing operations. If working on a well with hydrogen sulfide gas, all workers in the
area should mask up while retrieving the back pressure valve.
BIT CLASSFICATION AND HYDRAULICS

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
Reference
General
Drill Bits
IADC Bit Classification System
IADC Bit Grading System
Hydraulics Program

21 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
______________________________________________________________________________________
FIRST EDITION - MAY, 2003
5.1
GENERAL
The Drilling Program shall specify a recommended bit selection and hydraulics program based
on offset well data and (or) anticipated drilling conditions. The bit and hydraulics programs
specified in the Drilling Program are to be viewed as guidelines only and adjustments are to be
made as necessary in the field to account for actual drilling conditions.
5.2
DRILL BITS
Bit Operational Guidelines

1. Establish optimum bit parameters early in the bit run. Drill-Off Tests should be used to
determine the point at which ROP begins to decrease with increasing WOB. The
flounder point in the drill-off test is the WOB at which the bit is beginning to ball. It
may be possible to increase the WOB and ROP if bit cleaning is improved. Options for
improving bit cleaning are increased hydraulics, reduced blades on PDCs, mud additives
(ROP enhancer) if MW < 10 ppg, and inhibitive mud. Vary weight on bit (WOB) and
rotary speed (RPM) as required to maintain maximum performance, taking into
consideration abnormal pressure detection requirements, high drill gas, and the carrying
capacity of the mud (ability to remove cuttings efficiently).
2. When drilling near anticipated abnormal pressure zones, the drilling parameters are to be
maintained constant to allow for more accurate pressure detection.
3. Monitor bit ROP trends to determine when the break even point, based on increasing cost
per foot, has been reached.
Cost Per Foot (CPF) = Bit Cost + Rig Cost (Trip Time + Drilling Time)
Footage Drilled
4. Use the automatic Driller, if available, when drilling below surface casing.
5. Grade each bit for wear and damage according to the IADC Dull Bit Grading System
presented at the end of this section.
Bit Selection
The selection of bits provided to the Drilling Rig should be sufficient to cover a wide range of
drilling conditions. The following guidelines are given for bit selection:
1. Bit selection will generally call for the most aggressive bit that will stand up to the
anticipated lithology. Soft formation mill tooth bits will generally be the bit of choice for
surface hole drilling.

1 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
2. Sealed bearing (and possibly journal bearing) tooth bits will generally be recommended
for drilling the soft surface hole sediments in an attempt to drill this section in one bit
run.
3. In deeper hole sections, where multiple bit runs are required, bit selection is to be based
on bit performance optimization, unless potential upcoming operations (coring,
intermediate logs, casing seat hunt, etc.) dictate otherwise.
BIT SELECTION CHART

FORMATIONS
CHARACTERISTICS
IADC BIT CLASSIFICATION

TYPE
st
st
1 CHARACTER ROCK
PDC
M(S)1
M(S)2
M(S)3
S(M)4
DIAMOND
M(S)1
M6
M7
SOFT TO MEDIUM:
Low Compressive
strength interbeded with
hard layers.
Sand, Shale, Anhydrite,

Soft Sandstone and Soft
Limestone, Shaley
Limestone
MEDIUM: Hard with

moderate compressive
strength.
Shale, Chalk, Sand,

Anhydrite, Shaley
Limestone, Soft
Limestone with Hard
Streaks.
Shale, Siltstone, Sand,
Lime, Anhydrite,
Dolomite, Calcareous
Sandstone, Sandstone
with Chert & Pyrite
Streaks
Sand, Siltstone,
Quartzite, Granite,
Dolomite, Chert
Conglomerates, Abrasive
Sandstone & Limestone.
Quartz, Sandstone
Conglomerates,
Volcanics such as Basalt,
Gabbo, Rholite, Granite.
EXTREMELY HARD:
Very hard and abrasive.
FIXED CUTTERS
INSERT
4
Clay, Marl, Gumbo, Red

Beds, Unconsolidated
Sands & Shales, Halite
HARD: Hard and dense

with high compressive
strength, some abrasive
layers.
CHARACTER
BITS
TOOTH
1
SOFT: Sticky, Low

compressive strength and
high drillability.
MEDIUM TO HARD:
Dense with increasing
compressive strength but
non or semi-abrasive.
nd
1 &2
M(S)2
M(S)3
M(S)4
M(S)2
S(M)3
M(S)4
M2
M(S)3
M(S)4
M3
M4
M6
M7
M8
M6
M7
M8
M6
M7
M8
M7
M8
The table above correlates formation characteristics against bit type based on the IADC bit
classification system. Although this is fairly straight forward for rock bits, it is more nebulous
for fixed cutter bits (in particular, the PDC variety). PDC usage has only come into its own in
the last few years; compared to rock bits this technology is still in the "toddler stage".
Consequently, a good, compressive, clear-cut classification system has not yet been developed.
To classify the fixed cutters, the World Oils 1995 Drill Bit Classification Tables were reviewed
2 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
to determine which bit types were recommended by manufactures for a particular formation.
The bold characters indicate The bit classification which appears most often under a particular
formation. The relative size is secondary indication of how often a particular bit type is
recommended. A comprehensive discussion of the IADC classification system follows.
5.3
IADC BIT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
IADC Bit Classification

The IADC Bit Classification System identifies bits using a numbering system. For roller cone
bits, these numbers identify the formation/tooth type, degree of hardness within the basic
formation and bearing type. For fixed cutter bits, the characters identify body material, PDC
cutter density or Diamond size, PDC size or Diamond type, and bit profile. The IADC Bit
Classification System is described below.
Roller Cone Bits
For example, a typical IADC classification for a roller cone bit is 1-1-1.
First Character: Cutting Structure Series (1-8). Refers to formation characteristics. Within the
steel tooth and insert groups, the formations become harder and more
abrasive as the series number increases.
Mill Tooth Bits (1-3)
1 - Soft
2 - Medium to Medium Hard
3 - Hard, Semi-Abrasive / Abrasive
Insert Bits (4-8)
4 - Soft
5 - Soft to Medium
6 - Medium to Hard, Semi-Abrasive
7 - Hard, Semi-Abrasive/Abrasive
8 - Extremely Hard, Abrasive
Second Character: Cutting Structure Types (1-4). Refers to the degree of hardness within a
formation type.
1 - Softest formations => 4 - Hardest formations
Third Character: Type of Bearing / Gage Protection (1-9).
1 = Standard Roller Bearing
2 = Roller Bearing, Air Cooled
3 = Roller Bearing, Gage Protected
4 = Sealed Roller Bearing
5 = Sealed Roller Bearing, Gage Protected
6 = Sealed Friction Bearing
7 = Sealed Friction Bearing, Gauge Protected
3 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
8
9
= Directional
= Other, Reserved For Future Use
Fourth Character: Special Features (Alpha characters). Defines additional features of roller
cone bits with regard to cutting structures, bearings, seals, hydraulics, and
specific applications.
A = Air Application (Journal bearing with air nozzles)
B = Special Bearing Seal
C = Center Jet
D = Deviation Control
E = Extended Jets (Full length)
G = Extra Gage / Body Protection
H = Horizontal / Steering Application
J = Jet Deflection
L = Lug Pads
M = Motor Application
S = Standard Steel Tooth Model
T = Two Cone
W = Enhanced Cutting Structure
X = Predominantly Chisel Tooth Inserts
Y = Predominantly Conical InsertsZ = Other Shape Inserts
Fixed Cutter Bits:
New (Current) IADC Classification:
For example, a typical IADC classification for a fixed cutter bit is M-1-2-1.
First Character:
Body Material (Alpha Character). Refers to the type of body
construction. M = Matrix or S = Steel (only two designations)
Second Character: Cutter Density. For PDC bits this refers to total cutter count, including
standard gage cutters. For Diamond bits this refers to diamond size. As
with rock bits, the larger the number the more suited for harder more
abrasive applications.
PDC Bits (1- 4) Designation of 1 represents a light set while 4 represents a heavy set.
Cutter count is based on 1/2" cutter size, cutter (larger/smaller) sizes are
projected as 1/2" cutter densities.
1
2
3
4
= 30 or fewer 1/2" cutters

= 30 to 40, 1/2" cutters
= 40 to 50, 1/2" cutters
= 50 or greater 1/2" cutters

4 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Diamond Bits (6 - 8) A designation of 6 represents larger diamonds while 8 represents
smaller diamonds
6
7
8
= < 3 stones per carat

= 3 to 7 stones per carat
= > 7 stones per carat
Note:(0, 5, & 9) are undesignated and reserved for future use.
Special designs using additional gage cutters, such as sidetrack bits, or bits for horizontal
drilling, are not considered for the purpose of classification.
Third Character: Size or Type of Cutter. For PDC bits, the third character refers the size of the
cutter while for Diamond bits, it refers to the type diamonds.
PDC Bits (1- 4) Size
1 = > 24mm in diameter
2 =
14mm to 24mm in
diameter3 =
9mm to
13mm in diameter
4 = < 8mm in diameter
Diamond Bits (1- 4) Type
1 = Natural Diamonds
2 = TSP (Thermally Stable Polycrystalline) Diamonds
3=
Combination Cutters (such as natural diamond and TSP)
4 = Impregnated Diamond Bit (Applies only the highest density Bits)
Fourth Character Profile or Body Style. Gives an idea of the basic appearance of the bit, based
on overall length of the cutting face of the bit.
PDC Bits (1- 4)
1 = Fishtail
2 = Flat Face
3 = Long bit profiles
4 = Increasingly longer bit profiles
Diamond Bits (1- 4)
1 = Flat Face TSP and Natural Diamond
2 = Long
3= Longer
4 = Increasingly
Longer Old IADC
Classification:
For example, a typical IADC classification for a fixed cutter bit is D-2-1-2.
5 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Letter: Cutter Type and Body Material
D = Natural Diamond
S = Steel Body PDC
O = Other (TSP)
M = Matrix Body PDC

T = Thermally Stable Polycrystalline
First Number: Bit Profile (Gauge Point to Cone)

1 = Long Taper, Deep Cone
2 = Long Taper, Medium Cone
3 = Long Taper, Shallow Cone
4 = Medium Taper, Deep Cone
5 = Medium Taper, Medium Cone
6 = Medium Taper, Shallow Cone
7 = Short Taper, Deep Cone
8 = Short Taper, Medium Cone
9 = Short Taper, Shallow Cone

Second Number: Hydraulic Design
Type Body
Changeable Jets
Fixed Ports
Open Throat
Bladed
Ribbed
Open Faced
Alternate designations: R = Radial Flow, X = Cross Flow, O = Other

Third Number: Cutter Size and Density
Cutter Size
Light Density
Med. Density
Heavy Density
Large
Medium
Small
Impregnated
Note Size Distribution Definitions
5.4
Small
Greater than 7 stones/carat for natural Diamond.

Less than 3/8" diameter of usable height for PDC bit.
Medium
3 to 7 stones/carat for natural diamond.

3/8" to 5/8" diameter of usable height for PDC bit.
Large
Less than 3 stones/carat for natural diamond.

Greater than 5/8" diameter of usable height for PDC bit.
IADC BIT GRADING SYSTEM

6 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
I.A.D.C.
DULL BIT GRADING CODES
CUTTING STRUCTURE
INNER ROW
1
OUTER ROW
DULL CHAR.
2
3
(1) CUTTING STRUCTURE - INNER
Inner 2/3 of bit.
STEEL TOOTH BITS - A linear measure of lost

cutting structure due to abrasion or damage. (0 no loss of cutting structure due to abrasion or
damage, 8 - total loss of cutting structure due to
abrasion or damage.
(3) MAJOR DULL
CHARACTERISTIC
(These codes are also
ROLLER CONE
used for Column 7)
* BC - Broken Cone
N- Nose Row
M - Middle Row
G - Gage Rows
A - All Rows
LOCATION
4
BEARING SEALS
5
INSERT BITS - A linear measure of lost, worn

and/or broken inserts. (0- no loss, worn and/or
broken inserts, 8-all inserts lost, worn and/or
broken.)
(4) LOCATION
DIAMOND
C - Cone
N - Nose
T - Taper
S - Shoulder
G - Gauge
A - All Areas
GAUGE 1/16"
OTHER CHAR.
6
7
(2) CUTTING STRUCTURE - OUTER
Outer 1/3 of bit.
NON-SEALED
BEARINGS
A linear scale
estimated bearing
life used. (0 - no
life used,
8 - all life used, i.e.,
no bearing life
remaining
REASON PULLED
8
DIAMOND, PDC and/or TSP BITS - A linear

measure of lost, worn and/or broken cutting structure. (0-no
loss, worn and/or broken cutting structure, 8-all of the cutting
structure is lost, worn, and/or broken.
(5) BEARING/SEALS
CONE # OR #'S
ROLLER CONE
1
2
3
REMARKS
SEALED
BEARING
E - indicates
seals
effective F indicates
seals failed X
- indicates
Fixed Cutter Bit
BT - Broken
Teeth/Cutters
BU - Balled Up Bit
(6) GAUGE
I - in gauge
1/16 - 1/16"
out of gauge
2/16 - 1/8" out
of gauge 10/16
- 10/16" out of
gauge
(8) REASON PULLED
BHA - Change Bottom

Hole Assembly
*CC - Cracked Cone
DMF - Downhole Motor

Failure
DTF -Downhole Tool
Failure
DP - Drill Plug
*CD - Cone Dragged
DSF - Drill String Failure
CI - Cone Interference
DST - Drill Stern Test
CR - Cored
CM - Condition Mud
CT - Chipped
Teeth/Cutters
ER - Erosion
CP - Core Point
FC - Flat Crested Wear
HP - Hole Problems
HC - Heat Checking
HR - Hours
JD - Junk Damage
LN - Lost Nozzle
*LC - Lost Cone
LOG - Run Logs
LN - Lost Nozzle
LT - Lost Teeth/Cutters
PN - Plugged Nozzle/or
Fluid Passage
PR - Penetration Rate
OC - Off-Center Wear
RP - Pump Pressure
PB - Pinched Bit
RR - Rig Repair
PN - Plugged Nozzles/
Flow Passage
RG - Rounded Gauge
TD - Total Depth/CSG
Depth
TW - Twist Off - drill string
RO - Ringed Out
TQ - Torque
SD - Shirttail Damage
WC - Weather Conditions
SS - Self Sharpening
Wear
WO - Washed Out - drill

string
FM - Formation Change
TR - Tracking
WO - Washed Out
WT - Worn Teeth/Cutters
NO - No Major/Other
Dull Characteristic
* - shown cone # or
#s under location
5.5
RUNNING PROCEDURES FOR FIXED CUTTERS

7 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
The following are general guidelines to be used when running fixed cutter (PDC and Diamond)
bits.
PREPARING THE HOLE:
Use PDC drillable float equipment.

Inspect previous bit for junk damage and gage wear.
Make cleanout trip if necessary with junk basket.
MAKE SURE HOLE IS CLEAN.
PREPARING THE BIT:
Transport bit in box to the rig floor to avoid cutter damage.

Carefully remove bit from the box. Do not set bit directly on steel decking. Use wood
or a rubber mat.
Inspect bit for damage.
Record bit serial number.
Check O-rings, nozzles, and bit gage (not applicable for diamond bits).
Check inside bit for obstructions or foreign matter.
MAKING UP THE BIT:
Fit bit breaker to bit and engage latch.

Clean and grease pin.
Lower drill string to top of pin and engage threads.
Locate bit and breaker in rotary table and make up to recommended torque.
TRIPPING IN THE HOLE:
Remove bit breaker and carefully lower bit through the rotary table.
Trip carefully through BOPs, casing shoes, and liner hangers.
Trip slowly through ledges, dog legs, and tight spots.
Wash last three joints to bottom with full flow at 50 - 60 RPM.
Approach bottom observing weight indicator and rotary torque.
Tag bottom gently and pick up 6 - 12 inches off bottom.
Circulate 5 - 10 minutes with full flow at 50 - 60 RPM.
REAMING:
REAMING UNDERGAGE HOLE IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
Ream tight spots with full flow to keep cutters cool.
Use 2,000 - 4,000 pounds WOB and 50 - 60 RPM.
REAM SLOWLY - AVOID HIGH TORQUE.
BIT BREAK IN:
Lower bit to bottom with full flow at 60 - 80 RPM. Use of a motor will result in a
higher rotation speed.

8 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Compare expected vs. actual hydraulics.

Record stand-pipe pressure and pump strokes.
Drill a bottom hole pattern with 2,000 - 4,000 pounds WOB.
BREAK BIT IN SLOWLY - DO NOT GET IN A HURRY.
After three feet, add weight in 2,000 pound increments and increase rotary to optimum
RPM.
DRILLING AHEAD:
Determine optimum drilling parameters by changing WOB and RPM within

recommended guidelines.
Conduct drill-off tests to maximize ROP.
Do not hesitate to adjust drilling parameters.
Rotary torque should approximate that of rock bits at equal ROP and WOB. Faster
ROP will normally result in higher torque values.
If torque or RPM cycling is severe, control with lighter WOB or increased RPM.
MAKING CONNECTIONS:
After making a connection, lower to bottom slowly with full flow and 50 - 60 RPM.
Check standpipe pressure and pump strokes on and off bottom.
Increase RPM to previous level and add weight slowly.
DO NOT JAM THE BIT BACK ON BOTTOM.
PULLING OUT OF THE HOLE:
5.6
Slow down through tight spots, casing shoes, liner hangers, and BOPs.
Attach bit breaker and break out bit in rotary table.
Avoid cutter damage when removing bit.
Do not place bit directly on rotary table.
Return bit to box after dull evaluation.
HYDRAULICS PROGRAM
The recommended hydraulics program for each hole section will be specified in the Drilling
Program based on predicted drilling parameters such as mud weight, BHA configuration, pump
capability, pressure losses, etc. Bit hydraulics are to be recalculated onboard the Drilling
Vessel based on actual parameters. This design has three flow regions based on the critical
flow rate QCrit, the flow rate at which the total available horsepower is utilized at the maximum
allowable surface pressure, PSurf.
CASE I: Unlimited surface pressure (conditions not limited by surface pressure constraints).
Flow rates are high and surface pressure is low. In this region hydraulic impact is
maximized when 74% of the available pressure is expended at the bit with flow
rate above QCrit. This condition usually occurs at shallow depths in the conductor
and surface casings sections of the hole where the total pressure losses in the
system are low. Often larger liners and/or changes are not justified for the fast top
9 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
hole, precluding optimum hydraulics until drilling below surface hole. High flow
rates are the parameter to key on.
PBit = 0.74 PSurf
Flow Rate > QCrit
CASE II: Intermediate between Case I & Case II. Flow rate remains constant while circulating
pressure increases with depth. In this region the circulation rate remains constant
at QCrit while surface pressure increases until 48% of the maximum allowable
pressure is expended at the bit.
This condition usually occurs in the
intermediate/protective casing section of the hole.
PBit = (0.48 to 0.74) PSurf
Flow Rate = QCrit
CASE III: Limited surface pressure (conditions are limited by the maximum allowable surface
pressure, Pmax). Surface pressure remains constant while circulating rates are
reduced. In this region hydraulic impact is maximized when 48% of the maximum
allowable pressure is expended at the bit. This condition usually occurs in the
deeper section of the hole below surface or protective casing. Often a change in
liner size is required below protective casing.
PBit = 0.48 PSurf
Flow Rate < QCrit
In the past ExxonMobil generally used the Reed Log-Log Graphical Method to calculate
optimum rig hydraulics as described above. A detailed discussion of this method can be found
in the EUSA Drilling Engineering School Manuals and the old EUSA Drilling Operations
Manual (the Red Book). Currently the Reed Hydraulic computer program is utilized.
Hydraulic Equations
HHP = (HP)(Em)(Ev) HHP = (P)(Q)
1714
QCrit = 1714(HHP)
PSurf
VN
= 0.32(Q)
A2
PN =
(MW)(Q)2
12042(Cd)2A2
FB
= (MW)(VN)(Q)
1932
AV =
24.5(Q)
(DH)2 - (DP)2
Where: A
AV
Cd
DH
=
=
=
=
TFA, total flow area of the nozzles (in )

Annular Velocity (fpm)
Nozzle coefficient = 1.03
Diameter of the hole (in)

10 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
5.7
DP
= Diameter of pipe in hole (in)
Em
= Mechanical efficiency of mud pump (%)
Ev
= Volumetric efficiency of mud pump (%)
FB
= Hydraulic impact force at the bit (lbs)
HP
= Input horse power from mud pump performance tables (hp)
HHP = Mud pump output hydraulic horse power (hp)
MW = Mud weight (ppg)
P =
Circulating pressure, standpipe pressure (psi)
PN = PBit, pressure drop across the bit nozzles (psi)
PSurf = PMax, maximum allowable circulation pressure (psi)
Q =
Circulating rate (gpm)
QCrit = Circulation rate at which total available horsepower is utilized at
the maximum allowable surface pressure, PSurf (gpm)
VN
= Nozzle velocity (fps)
GUIDELINES FOR HYDRAULICS OPTIMIZATION
The following guidelines, recommendations, and rules-of-thumb are intended to provide a

means for monitoring conditions at the rig and to get a feel for how well things are going.
They are not "the answer" but flags only, indicating whether further scrutiny is needed
or as a starting point for hydraulic program planning
Hole Cleaning
The main symptoms of poor hole cleaning depends largely on hole angle. At low angles (<
20 ) the cuttings tend to fall downhole as soon as the pumps are stopped. The best sign of poor
cleaning is fill on bottom, either on connections or after tripping. In extreme cases it may be
difficult to pull off bottom with the pumps off. At high angles (>50 ) the cuttings fall to the
low side of the hole forming a stationary cuttings bed. There is typically no fill on bottom and
no trouble making connections. The main evidence of poor hole cleaning is seen on trips. The
string may pull tight or get stuck off bottom while attempting to pull through this cuttings bed.
At intermediate angles (40 60 ) the cuttings fall to the low side of the hole forming a cuttings
bed. This bed is not stationary; consequently, when circulation is stopped the cuttings bed may
begin to slide (avalanche) downhole. Symptoms of poor hole cleaning for the intermediate
angle case, will range between those seen for the low angle and high angle wells. In any
event, if the drag gets high, RIH 2-3 stands, put the top drive on and circulate and rotate
at maximum allowable rates until the hole is cleaned up; don't try to pull through tight
spots. It may be necessary to pump out or back ream out of the hole in the higher angle
wells. Backreaming out of the hole requires Operations Superintendent approval. Utilizing a
bit with a cross sectional area as low a possible, or an open area as high as possible, will
provide benefits when tripping through intermediate and high angle hole cuttings beds.
Carrying Capacity Index (CCI)
For low angle and intermediate holes up to 35 , the CCI still appears to be the best indicator of
hole cleaning. There is no mathematical derivation for CCI; field observations indicate that the
numerical product of K, annular velocity, and mud weight should equal or exceed 400,000 for
11 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
good hole cleaning. The carrying capacity of a mud depends upon the difference in density
between the cuttings and the drilling fluid, the annular velocity, and the viscosity of the fluid in
the annulus. As any one of these numbers increases, the carrying capacity of the mud
increases.
NOTE: The CCI is only meaningful when circulating. A suspension capacity of the drilling
fluid is also needed for making concoctions and immobilizing cuttings in washouts
during trips. Adequate gel strengths are needed for trips.
CCI = (MW)(K)(AV)
400,000
Good hole cleaning occurs when CCI > 1
K = (511)1-n (PV+YP)
Where: MW = Mud Weight (ppg)

AV = Annular Velocity (fpm)
n = 3.322 log PV+YP 2PV+YP PV = Plastic Viscosity (cp) YP = Yield Point

(lb/100 ft2)
The K is the consistency index which corresponds to the viscosity of the mud at a shear rate of
one reciprocal second, and n is the measure of the non-Newtonian flow behavior in the power
law rheological model, SS = K (SR)n. The following graph provides a graphical solution for
the K value utilizing PV and YP of the mud.
Graphical Solution for Low Shear Rate Viscosity - K
Hole Cleaning Ratio (HCR)

12 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
For intermediate and high angle holes which develop cuttings beds, EMURC has developed a
parameter called the Hole Cleaning Ratio (HCR) that is highly correlative with hole cleaning
problems. Because of the many drilling variables and the complicated physical system
involved, the simple "Recommended Annular Velocity" table which appeared in past EPR
literature is no longer endorsed. In its place, EMDRC has developed a new tool from fluid
mechanics theory, published laboratory data, new experimental data, and field data that
provides an optimal combinations of drilling variables for efficient hole cleaning. It has been
used for planning or well design to predict the likelihood of encountering hole cleaning
problems based on drill string design (bit design, hole size, collars, drill pipe), drill pipe
rotating speed, drilling fluid rheology, flow rates, and well profile. EMURC is currently
developing a PC program for surveillance in the field.
HCR = H/Hcrit.
Good hole cleaning occurs when HCR > 1.1
Where:
H = the equilibrium height of the free region over the cuttings

bed and is a function of the variables listed in figure 1. below.
Hcrit = the critical height is a primarily a function of bit geometry.
Hole Cleaning Ratio (HCR)

13 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
(continued)
Hole Cleaning Operations (Intermediate and High Angle Holes)
Based on this work, the following pump out procedure is recommended for the deviated
portion of the wellbore where problems due to cuttings bed are suspected.
Monitor torque and drag using the Torque & Drag Surveillance spreadsheet.

14 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Circulate and rotate drillpipe at the maximum allowable flow/recommended rate prior to
starting the trip. Experience has shown that 2 to 3 bottoms up volumes may be needed to
clean the hole enough for tripping. If sidetracking is possible, move the bit slowly over a
short interval
Rotate will help stir up and remove cuttings beds especially if lots of sliding is done.
Refer to EMDC Technology Group for detailed guidelines.
In the deviated section, POH slowly as detailed in the drilling procedure (~2-1/2 to 3-1/2
minutes per stand).
If excess drag is indicated, stop pulling, slack off 1 joint, then circulate and rotate at least
one bottoms up at the maximum allowable flow rate. Rotating aids significantly to hole
cleaning in high angle holes (normal practice is 100-120 rpm).
Then, if a top drive is available, pump out of the hole at the maximum
allowable/recommended flow rates while pulling at 2-1/2-3-1/2 minutes per stand or
longer, continue until hole frees-up.
Once in the lower angle section of the wellbore (preferably inside casing), circulate at
least two bottoms up at the maximum allowable flow rate until cuttings returns decrease.
Once the hole is clean, finish POH without pumping.
For drilling operations with extended hole sections above 45 , backreaming may be
necessary. Operational details will be provided in the applicable drilling procedure.
Ensure that the dangers of backreaming in high-angle holes are thoroughly discussed
prior to beginning the well so that everyone is clear on the strategy to be used.
Rules-of-Thumb
1. Flow rate: Normally offshore drilling flow rates fall between 50 to 70 GPM per inch of
bit diameter. However, flow rates greater than 70 GPM per inch of bit diameter are not
unheard of in high angle wells.
Do not sacrifice flow rate to get more horsepower, jet velocity, or bit pressure
drop.
Too low a flow rate will ball the bit and reduce effective hole cleaning.
The annulus flow rate is too low to cause erosion. However, nozzle velocities
which are typically 200-400 ft/sec may cause enlargement in low strength rock
(<1,500 psi). Limit nozzle velocity to <400 fps in soft rock.
Fast drilling with low mud weights requires a minimum of 50 GPM per inch of bit
diameter for holes < 20 ; higher angle holes may require more.
2. Hydraulic Horsepower:
borehole area (HHP/in2).
Maintain 2 to 7 hydraulic horsepower per square inch of
PDC bits with OBM require less HHP/in 2 than with WBM. Total flow rate is more
important when drilling with PDC bits and OBM than HHP/in2 .

15 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Fast drilling generally requires high HHP/in 2 ; however, some PDC bits in OBM
can get by with as little as 2 HHP/in2.
Larger bits require more HHP. However, many times in larger hole sizes high
HHP is not possible. In these cases, pump the maximum volume possible.
Maximum HHP/in2 should be considered only when excess pump horsepower is

available.
3. Bit Pressure Drop: When operating below QCrit, design hydraulics for 48% to 65%
pressure drop across the bit; this is usually the case below surface casing.
Optimum Hydraulic Impact occurs when 48% of the system pressure loss is at the
bit while optimum Hydraulic Horsepower occurs with 65% of the loss at the bit.
If the total of drill string and annulus pressure loss is greater than 52% of the
available pump pressure, smaller nozzles are required. However, do not operate
below 30 GPM per inch of bit diameter. Consider using larger drill pipe.
When running a PDM, it is recommended that the differential pressure across the
bit not exceed 1000 psi to prevent accelerated wear of the rotor / stator assembly.
4. Jet Velocity: Good jet velocities are typically between 350 and 450 feet per second
(use less than 400 fps in very soft rock to avoid washout).
5.8
Jet velocity will influence chip hold down and ROP.

Hydraulics Optimization (GOM Drilling for reference)
Except in extremely soft rock, hydraulics don t literally drill. However, they do clean the bit so
that cuttings build up does not start to carry the WOB that should be on the teeth (balling).
Hydraulics extend the flounder point, which is the point at which the bit starts to ball.
1. In high ROP, directional, the primary hydraulic design criteria is hole cleaning.
Optimum hydraulic horsepower at the bit can be utilized to provide effective cleaning of
the bit.
2. Hydraulic optimization should be determined by the performance of the rig equipment
and the results of the previous bit run(s).
3. Bit nozzles should be at least 12/32" to avoid plugging for normal drilling operations and
14/32" if lost returns are anticipated. MWD equipment and motors may also need to be
specially designed if lost returns are anticipated to prevent plugging the drillstring with
LCM. Downhole screens have been used if no nuclear source tools are being run. Use of
any downhole or surface drill pipe screen must be approved by the Operations
Superintendent.
4. In soft, unconsolidated formations, limit jet velocity to minimize hole wash-out (<400
fps)
5. In fast drilling and high angle holes, maximize flow rate for better hole cleaning.
6. Carefully analyze ECDs and frac gradients to determine appropriate circulation rates.
16 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
7. Frequently in GOM drilling operations, PDC bits are capable of ROPs in excess of our
ability to clean the hole. For these situations, it is critical to optimize RPM and
hydraulics to effectively clean the hole, not necessarily maximize ROP. Utilize
HOLECLEAN software to achieve hydraulics design with HCR > 1.1.
5.9
REFERENCE MATERIAL:
Bit Classification
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
World Oils 1995 Drill Bit Classifier.

Trinidads Drilling Operations Manual, Drilling Operations Section, Page 2-7.
Gulf of Mexicos Drilling Operations Manual.
Hughes Tool Company, Dull Bit Grading Codes chart.
IADC Drilling Manual, Eleventh Addition, Chapter A, Section 2, Page 2&3; Section
3,Page 1; Section 4, Page 3&4.
6. EPR Drilling Mechanics, Section 4-Roller Cone Bits, Page 34.
7. Hycalogs Fixed Cutter Handbook.
8. Geology, A Golden Guide, Frank H. T. Rhodes, Classification of Igneous Rocks
Hydraulics
1.
2.
3.
4.
EUSA Drilling Engineering School Manual, Hydraulics Section.

EUSA Drilling Operations Manual (The Red Book) Rig Hydraulics Section.
EPR Directional Drilling Workshop for ECI, Surveillance and Follow-Up Section.
IADC/SPE Paper 27464 Hole Cleaning in Large, High-Angle Wellbores, Marco
Rasi, EPR
5. Drilling Practices Manual, Preston L. Moore, Chapter 10-Hydraulics in Rotary
Drilling.
6. Randy Smith Drilling School Handbook, TRUE-Well Plan Sec., Hydraulics
Planning.
7. Reed Tool Company Hydraulics Program Manual.
8. Reed Tool Company Hydraulics Slide-Rule and Pump Performance Charts.
9. IADC Drilling Manual, Eleventh Addition, Chapter R, Section 13, Page 1.
10. Trinidads Drilling Operations Manual, Drilling Operations Section, Page 2-7.
(available from R. E. Rivers (EMDC)
11. Dr. Leon Robinsons Drilled Solids Management Seminar.
DRILLING FLUID SYSTEM

6.2 General
1
6.3 Solids Control

17 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
6.4 Drilling Fluid Treatments 3
6.5 Drilling Fluid Checks
5
6.6 High Temperature Drilling 6
6.7 Stuck Pipe Pills
6
6.8 Lost Circulation 7
6.9 Non-Aqueous Fluid Operations 15
6.10
Rig-Site Dielectric Constant Measurement 33
6.11
34
Appendix G-I Fluid Transfer Checklists
Appendix G-II NAF/Oil Base Mud Readiness Checklist
______________________________________________________________________________
FIRST EDITION MAY, 2003
6.1 GENERAL
The most efficient drilling fluid system depends on a balance of cost (material and rig time),
wellbore stability needs, formation characteristics and environmental issues. An effective
drilling fluid system minimizes the number of different chemical components necessary to
achieve the drilling fluid properties specified in the Drilling Program.
1 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Check local requirements for material to keep on hand.
Drilling program development will incorporate an understanding of contingencies based upon the
results of risk analysis in material types and requirements through the numerous stages of a well.
6.2 SOLIDS CONTROL
Maintaining control of the low gravity solids content in any drilling fluid will maximize the
performance of the drilling fluid system. The two common ways to maintain solids control are:
(1) solids control equipment and (2) dilution. A balance between the two methods is necessary
to maintain a drilling fluid system in a cost effective manner.
Except when the drilling fluid is unweighted, the most economical method of solids control is to
use solids control equipment. This requires maintaining the solids control equipment in
optimum condition so that it performs in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
However, solids control equipment is not 100% efficient and some solids control by dilution is
always required.
Shale shakers are the most efficient way to remove solids. They see the drilling fluid
immediately as it comes out of the hole before the cuttings are reduced in size by the surface
processing equipment. Use of high quality shakers, with fine screens maintained per the
manufacturer's recommendation, is the most cost effective method of removing solids.
A centrifuge is usually economical in high weight mud (> 14 ppg) or in low weight mud if the
liquid phase is expensive (some polymer muds or non-aqueous muds). Dilution is the most
costly method of solids control when using a weighted drilling fluid (> 11.0 ppg).
Dilution Guidelines
1. Maintain the low gravity solids as specified in the Drilling Program primarily by the use of
solids control equipment and only dilute when necessary. Some dilution is required on most
muds.
2. If direct additions of dilution water are made to the active system, be aware that mud additives
will also be needed to keep mud properties constant.
3. Dilute the active system to the desired solids content in one circulation by partial
displacement (discarding a portion of the active mud system prior to diluting with whole
mud). Note that mud discharges are usually regulated by the local governing bodies. Do not
exceed maximum hourly mud discharge rate and always ensure that appropriate discharge
conditions are met prior to discharge.
4. Dilute the active system prior to weighting up the drilling fluid to avoid dilution of higher cost
drilling fluid.
5. Monitoring of the mud's particle size in light or unweighted mud may drive the decision to
dilute more aggressively.
2 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Dilution - Premixed Drilling Fluid
The advantages of using premixed drilling fluid (whole mud) when diluting the active system are as
follows:
Easier for Drilling Fluids Engineer to keep up with product concentrations.

Provides a more even concentration of chemicals in the drilling fluid system.
Reduces the need to add bulk materials (salt, barite) to the active system while circulating.
The disadvantages include:
Adding product that is not needed

Prevents the practice of letting mud property trends drive which materials are used
Ties up mud pit space continuously.
Shale Shaker Guidelines

1. Use shale shakers as the primary means to control the solids content of the drilling fluid
system.
2. Invest in a generous number of the newest technology shakers available.
3. Use screen sizes that enable the shale shakers to process the entire drilling fluid flow stream
with the flow stream approximately two-thirds to end of screen.
4. Optimize solids removal by evaluating shaker screen sizes continuously and using the
smallest screens possible considering the required pump rate and rate of penetration.
5. Keep shale shakers in good operating condition. Maintain proper screen tension and promptly
replace torn screens. Corrugated ("Pyramid") style screens have proven effective for
increasing processing capacity. Avoid using corrugated screens on the end panel or on any
panel that is not mostly submerged.
Hydrocyclones Guidelines
1. Use hydrocyclones continuously when circulating an unweighted drilling fluid in most
situations.
2. Check cones every tour for plugging.
3. Ensure cones are operating in a spray discharge as much as possible.
4. Ensure that loss of drilling fluid from the bottom of the cones is not due to inlet plugging.
5. Feed rates to the hydrocyclones should be about 125% of the downhole pump rate.
6. Ensure cone inlet manifold has head gauge and is operating at 75 ft. of head.
Mud Cleaner Guidelines
3 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
1. Use a mud cleaner for weighted or expensive unweighted drilling fluids (high salt, PHPA
polymers, etc.) only if high gravity solids to low gravity solids ratio, ppb, is less than 2 in the
screen discharge (i.e. HGS, ppb < 150= 1.5).
LGS
100
2. Check the cones every tour for plugging.

3. Ensure cones are operating in a spray discharge as much as possible.
4. Ensure that loss of drilling fluid from the bottom of the cones is not due to inlet plugging.
5. Wait one or two circulations before operating the mud cleaner when adding large quantities of
barite to the system.
6. Running the mud cleaner when using screens finer than 180 mesh can result in excess
discharge of barite. Typically, a mud cleaner is uneconomical when using screens over 180
mesh in high weight mud (>14 ppg).
Centrifuge Guidelines
1. Feed the centrifuge with drilling fluid from the active system only.
2. Run the centrifuge only as much as necessary to maintain or restore acceptable mud rheology
and filtration properties.
3. Do not exceed the maximum feed rate specified by the manufacturer.
4. Rinse and flush out the centrifuge after use to prevent damage from barite settling.
5. While drilling ahead, a centrifuge will not reduce LGS but will help maintain status quo.
NOTE: Reference URC MANUAL -- Guidelines for the selection, use, and evaluation of
Solids Control Methods.
6.3
DRILLING FLUID TREATMENTS
Drilling Fluid Treatment Guidelines

1. Conduct a minimum of two (2) complete "In" and "Out" checks of the drilling fluid daily
during drilling operations.
2. Process the drilling fluid returning from the wellbore so that the fluid properties of the drilling
fluid going back into the hole are within the range as specified in the Drilling Program.
3. Pilot test any planned significant change to the drilling fluid system prior to making change.
4. Measure and record the drilling fluid weight and funnel viscosity on 15 minute intervals from
the flow line and the suction pit.
4 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
5. Do Not add oil or any additive to the drilling fluid system that is not approved for discharge
as long as fluid discharge is desired.
6. Notify the Driller and Mud Logger of planned changes to the active system volume.
7. Prehydrate all bentonite in fresh water before adding it to the active system in saltwater muds.
8. If available, use a shearing device to maximize yield of gel and polymers when prehydrating.
9. Mix all caustic additions in an enclosed barrel before adding to the active system (not from a
hopper).
10. Presolubilizing all polymers in fresh water before adding to a high salt mud system is
preferred.
11. Maximize utilization of all chemicals by pre-hydrating them in fresh water before adding to
active system.
12. Ensure that hoppers are shut off when not in use for mixing.
13. Mud materials (especially bulk materials) should be periodically tested to assure that the
qualities of the materials meet API standards, or the standards specified by the contract with
the supplier. (i.e., specific gravity test for barite)
Drilling Fluids Testing Equipment
The Drilling Fluids Engineering Company is to maintain the following testing equipment on the rig:
1. One complete mud testing kit with testing chemicals and API press.
2. Six-speed Fann viscometer complete with heat cup.
3. HTHP filter press if appropriate for the mud type and downhole environment.
4. Digital pH meter and electrode and calibration buffers of pH = 7 and 10.
5. Pilot test kit complete with high speed Waring mixer (Hamilton Beach, Waring Blender or
equivalent).
6. Portable roller oven and 2 - 3 heat-age cells.
7. Methylene blue test kit.
8. Pressurized mud balance complete with calibration kit.
9. Garrett Gas Train Kit for measuring carbonates and hydrogen sulfide for either a water mud
or non-aquious fluid (NAF) if appropriate.
Drilling Fluids Report Guidelines
5 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
The Drilling Fluids Engineer is to provide a Daily Drilling Fluids Report to the Operations
Supervisor which includes the following:
Daily and Cumulative Usage of Drilling Fluid Products
Daily and Cumulative Costs of Drilling Fluid Products Used
Daily and Cumulative Dilution Volumes
Daily and Cumulative Drilling Fluid Volumes Lost (Estimated) Over Solids Control
equipment, Lost Circulation, Or Not Accounted For in The Dilution Volumes
Cumulative Record of All Drilling Fluid Checks Properly Labelled as to Time and Depth of
Bit
6.4
DRILLING FLUID CHECKS
The Drilling Fluids Engineer is to make the following measurements for each mud check on a
waterbase drilling fluid.
Drilling Fluid Weight

Funnel Viscosity
PV (Plastic Viscosity) @ 120 F
YP (Yield Point) @ 120 F
Rheometer Readings For 600, 300, 200, 100, 6, and 3 rpm Dial Readings at 120 F
Gel Strengths @ 120 F (10 sec., 10 min., and 30 min.)
API Water Loss at 100 psi and Room Temperature
HTHP Fluid Loss at 500 psi Differential and Temperature Based on ExxonMobil mud
program.
Methylene Blue Test (MBT)
pH Measurement Using a Digital pH Meter
Pf, Mf, and Pm titrated with pH meter
Chloride Content of Rig's Drill Water / Water additions (Barrels)
Chloride Content for mud make-up water
Chlorides and Total Hardness of mud filtrate
Water, Oil and Solids Content (Retort)
Low Gravity Solids Content / Sand Content
KCl (wt%) and Potasium (mg/L) if using a KCl Drilling Fluid System
PHPA (PPB) if using a PHPA Drilling Fluid System
H2S if Specified in Drilling Program (Garrett Gas Train Measurement of Sulfides.) (mg/L)
Carbonates using Garrett Gas Train (mg/L)
Lime Content
6.5 HIGH TEMPERATURE DRILLING
Hot Roll and Static Age Samples

6 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Drilling muds can potentially have significant gelation problems when exposed to high
temperatures for long periods. These problems can be especially acute in heavily weighted
muds needed to drill abnormally pressured formations. The mud engineer or his assistant is to
hot roll and static age mud samples at anticipated bottom hole temperatures on a frequent basis
(minimum 1/week) any time static bottom hole temperatures exceed 250 degrees Fahrenheit.
Unless otherwise specified in the Drilling Program, samples should be hot rolled for 12 hours
and static aged for 24 hours both at estimated bottom hole temperature. Rheology, Gel
strengths, pH, and HTHP fluid loss readings of the aged / hot rolled samples should be
compared to pre-aged readings to evaluate the stability of the mud and to help determine if
additional treatments are needed.
6.6 STUCK PIPE PILLS
Stuck Pipe Pill Guidelines
1. For differentially stuck pipe, Mix a pill with a volume large enough to cover the BHA,
including a 50% excess for hole washout, plus about 25-50 bbls. This volume is enough
fluid to pump 0.5 - 1.0 barrel every 30 minutes for 24 hours.
2. Mix stuck pipe pills that are environmentally acceptable when practical.
3. Ensure that the hydrostatic pressure is not reduced below the pore pressure of the formation
when displacing the pill.
4. Mix the pill in the slugging pit or reserve pit.
5. Spot the pill across the BHA as soon as possible using the cement pump.
6. Pump a barrel of spotting fluid every 30 minutes for 24 hours while jarring.
7. If a stuck pipe pill is to be premixed, ensure that it is rolled regularly to help prevent
settling. This is especially important in high mud weight and in cold weather conditions.
8. For additional do's and don'ts on spotting fluids, review the "ExxonMobil Stuck Pipe
Spotting Fluid Guidelines" available from Drilling Technical Operations Support.
6.7
LOST CIRCULATION
The first priority when encountering lost circulation is to fill the hole as quickly as possible with
water or other light fluid to keep the hole full. It is the responsibility of the driller, mud loggers,
and the mud engineer to be alert for lost circulation. Warning signs are as follows:
1. Loss in Pit Level
2. Complete Loss of Returns
3. Loss of Pump Pressure

7 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
A third party data acquisition system with data archiving and alarms should be considered if
monitoring of lost returns is critical.
Building Integrity
Lost returns occur when the pressure in the wellbore exceeds the resisting stress in the rock.
The integrity is determined by the closure stress (psi) in the fracture that is created. Closure
stress is built by applying pressure to increase the fracture width, which compresses the rock so
that it pushes back with greater force. The greater the width achieved, the greater the increase
in integrity. However, in order to apply the pressure required to compress the rock, it is first
necessary to isolate the fracture tip which would otherwise continue to grow at a very low
pressure. Conventional LCM isolates the tip by becoming an unpumpable mass due to loss of
its carrier fluid as it travels down the permeable fracture face. The LCM also serves to pack the
fracture open so that the higher closure stress is maintained. Even relatively small particles are
effective and will become an unpumpable mass if the leakoff is high. High leakoff and high
solids concentration are the key features in the design of pills. Fracture growth is not stopped
by blocking with large particles, it is stopped by the loss of carrier fluid and the development of
an unpumpable mass.
The pill may have an intrinsically high spurt loss and yet be ineffective if the permeability is
low. Hesitation squeezing is critical in low permeability (< 500+ md) because it allows time for
the carrier fluid to leak off. Multiple layers of LCM are eventually built up in the near wellbore
region that achieve sufficient fracture width and closure stress to allow drilling to continue.
Integrity cannot be built unless a fracture is created and its width increased. If the required
increase in closure stress is very low, mud solids alone may achieve the required width when
micro-fractures are just initiating and no loss is observed. If slightly more increase in width is
needed, then the well may take a drink and then drilling may continue. When complete losses
occur the most effective approach available should be used on the first attempt. This is justified
by the high cost of rig time for multiple attempts to build integrity. Mix high fluid loss pills, use
the highest concentration of LCM possible, and plan on hesitation squeezing. This may not be
the best first response in cases where the loss zone isnt a sand over about 100md or
underbalanced by greater than 1000psi.
Filling the Hole
If lost returns occurs and the annulus fluid level drops it is essential to fill it immediately. When
loss is observed:
1. Immediately pick up off bottom a minimum of 15 ft (clear kelly bushing if using a kelly).
2. Shut down the mud pumps.
3. Observe the fluid level in the annulus, (bell nipple) if visible.
4. If it does not stand full, fill initially with 0-20 bbls of drill weight mud to see if the loss is
declining.
8 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
5. If the loss doesnt decline, fill with water or base oil via the trip tank until losses stop. The
annulus will be stable when the total head equals the fracture closure stress in the loss zone.
Measure and record the volume of light fluid required to fill the annulus.
6. Calculate the fracture closure stress (integrity) in the loss zone based on the amount of fill and
report the fill volume and FCS on the daily report.
FCSppg = [(Light Fill Height)(Light Fill Density) + (Mud Height)(MW)]
(Estimated Depth of Loss)
7. Observe the annulus. If the light fill attempts to flow back it is likely that underground flow
is occurring. Shut in immediately to prevent flowback and monitor pressure. Contact the
Operations Superintendent immediately.
8. Once the annulus is stabilized, it may continue to drop slowly due to seepage. Begin filling
with whole mud rather than light fill to avoid underbalancing shallow zones with light fill.
Attempting to Establishing Circulation
1. In most cases, it is desirable to pull the pipe into the previous casing shoe.
2. After pulling into the shoe, allow 2-4 hrs before attempting circulation to ensure the fluid in the
fracture has leaked off, allowing it to close. Monitor on the trip tank.
3. Work the drill string slowly and use the standpipe choke if necessary when initiating circulation
after waiting on fracture closure.
4. Circulate bottoms up from the casing shoe before tripping back into open hole.
5. Trip in the open hole slowly and break circulation frequently.
Treatment Selection
1. Utilize Figure 6-1 to select the appropriate treatment for severe loss events.
2. Detailed procedures for each treatment type are contained in the EMDC Generic Lost
Returns Procedure posted on Global Share. This posted document is continuously updated
with learnings in operational practices and pill formulations.

9 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Figure 6-1
Lost Returns Treatment Selection Guide

(See EMDC Generic Lost Returns Procedure for details)
Lost Returns Occurs
Are Losses Due

to Seepage
No
Does Hole
Stand Full
Fill Annulus with

Light Fluid (water
or base oil)
No
Yes
Yes
Is FCS > Pore
Pressure
No
Yes
Losses are
Fracture Propagation
( Most Common
)
Losses are
Likely Vugular
Is Zone
Permeable
WBM
Yes
Seepage
Control
DOB2C
Procedure
No
Cement or
FlexPlug
Procedure
Yes
Conventional
LCM
Procedure
No
WBM
No
Flexplug
Procedure
Yes
DOB2C
Procedure
Conventional LCM Treatment for Severe Losses

1. If the well will not circulate, position the bit in the previous casing shoe and prepare for
bullhead operations. If the well can be circulated place the bit below the loss zone and
10 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
circulate LCM entirely out of the bit to position it in the annulus. Pull the bit into the
previous shoe to conduct squeezing.
2. If the pill is to be circulated outside, mix the LCM slightly heavier than the mud so that it
falls back to fill the pipe displacement when pulling DP. Use a solid float to prevent
backflow into the BHA. Fill the annulus with whole mud. The string will pull wet.
3. Mix pills by adding water, 15ppb Attapulgite, and LCM. If Attapulgite is not available, use
0.5 ppb Xanthan gum as viscosifier. After blending LCM, add barite to achieve required
density.
4. Use the highest concentration of LCM that can be pumped through the drill string
components.
5. Do not use materials that reduce spurt loss (e.g. fine calcium carbonate, microfibers, starch
and bentonite).
6. Do not allow fluid to return from the annulus while squeezing LCM. Shut in prior to
starting displacement and monitor and record pressures. Any change in annulus pressure is
a direct measure of the change in fracture closure stress (integrity).
7. Hesitation squeezing maximizes fracture closure stress. Place approximately of LCM
into fracture and shut down. Conduct at least two more squeezes with hesitations between
each to allow the LCM carrier fluid to leak off. Hesitate for 1-4 hrs between each squeeze.
Leave 1020 bbls of LCM above the loss zone after the final squeeze
8. Hold pressure between squeezes. If backflow is allowed prior to the carrier fluid leaking
off, the fracture width and stress will decline.
9. Provide pressure and volume data to the drilling engineer for plotting and archiving in the
well record.
10. After holding the final squeeze pressure for a minimum of 4 hrs, bleed off pressure and
stage pumps up slowly. Stage the drill string to bottom, breaking circulation at each point
and monitoring the returns for additional gains or losses.
Pill Formulations
Pill formulations continue to improve. Learnings are continually updated and published in the
EMDC Generic Lost Returns Procedure, which is posted on Global Share. Contact Drilling
Technical Operations Support for additional assistance in pill design.
The pill should be the most economic design that will successfully build integrity. The ease
with which integrity is built is dependent on the leakoff (permeability) and the required increase
in fracture stress (width). If permeability is high or the required increase is small, relatively low
concentrations of medium LCM may be effective (20-40 ppb). In very low permeability and
severely drawn down sands concentrations of over 100 ppb have become standard practice.
11 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
The concentration of LCM that can be pumped is limited by particle size and restrictions in drill
string. Medium fibers have been pumped through MWD at 80 ppb. Smaller 400 micron LCM
(e.g., Steel Seal, SweepWate) has been pumped through MWD at concentrations over 300 ppb.
Higher concentrations of smaller particles are more effective than low concentrations of
medium material, but it is also more costly. Field experience is required to determine which
approach is the more cost effective. Because the spread rate for drilling rigs is high, preference
should generally be given to the approach that is more likely to work on the first attempt (high
concentrations of 400 micron).
Regardless of particle size or type, the manner in which an LCM is used is more important than
what is used. The combination of high fluid loss designs and hesitation squeezing greatly
enhances the effectiveness of any material.
Ballooning
Ballooning refers to the loss and backflow of mud that is sometimes observed when circulation
is begun and stopped. It is due to the expansion of a lost returns fracture due to the ECD
associated with circulation, and then the contraction of the fracture when the ECD is removed.
It is generally associated with soft, low permeability formations. It may occur in higher
permeability if lowleakoff mud such as a NAF is in use.
Prevention of Ballooning
Ballooning can be prevented if the mud weight is reduced so that the total ECD is less than the
fracture closure stress and the fracture cannot reopen. It may also be possible to stop ballooning
by treating the fracture with Flexplug (NAF) or DOB2C (WBM) to build the closure stress to
exceed the ECD. Cement has also been used successfully, but it creates the potential for
sidetracking. This is more likely to be successful if the fracture is confined to a discrete sand
than if ballooning is occurring in a shale.
Other Conditions for Lost Returns
1. If the well will not stand full, the LCM pill will be overdisplaced by the hydrostatic head of
drill-weight mud. Overdisplacement can be controlled by pumping sufficient light fluid at
the end to place the drill pipe column underbalanced to the fracture closure stress in the loss
zone. The light fill is referred to as a drill pipe hydrostatic packer. The calculations for
designing a hydrostatic packer are provided in the Generic Lost Returns Procedures.
2. Discuss cutting mud weight with the Operations Superintendent. When returns are lost the
BHP falls to the resisting force in the fracture, which is referred to as the fracture closure
stress (FCS). If the annulus remains stable after filling, flow is not occurring with a BHP
equal to the FCS. This is an important diagnostic that indicates that the mud weight may be
safely cut to equal the calculated FCS without concern for flow.
3. By definition, seepage is the loss of whole mud into the pore throats of the formation (no
fracture propagation). Seepage is stopped when fine solids plug the pore throats through
which whole mud is escaping. In low weight mud (<10 ppb), add fine calcium carbonate at
5-8 ppb for this purpose (5 micron CaCO3). However, the addition of fine blocking material
12 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
is questionable at high mud weights where there is already a sufficient volume of barite
particles of this size to block the pore throats. For example, a 13.0 ppg mud has over 100
ppb of particles the same size as fine calcium carbonate. Also, do not use lost returns
LCM for seepage control. Larger materials such as medium fiber and nut plug do not fit the
pore throats well and result in thicker cakes. While they slow the loss, they increase the
potential for differential sticking.
4. Treatment of the entire mud system with lost returns LCM is discouraged. The detrimental
effect of medium LCM on mud properties and solids control is significant. System
treatment is sometimes recommended when very long intervals of lost returns are
anticipated that cannot be treated with discrete pills. However, when this occurs it is
generally possible to cut the MW and drill the entire interval prior to conducting a single
treatment.
5. If seepage and filtrate control are critical, consider the use of Drill and Seal treatments. This
process is described in detail in the Generic Lost Returns Procedures posted on Global
Share. Drill and Seal is used when the filter cake associated with continued low seepage and
filtration losses may result in differential sticking, torque and drag, or wireline sticking.
6. Conventional LCM does not work if the rock is impermeable and the carrier fluid cannot
leak off (shales). The recommended alternatives for impermeable rock are DOB2C in water
base mud or Halliburtons Flexplug in oil base mud. Neither requires leakoff in order to
function. DOB2C is a mixture of oil, bentonite, cement and water that forms a highly
viscous slurry that eventually hardens. Flexplug is a proprietary product that forms a
rubbery material at down hole temperature. Detailed procedures for each are provided in the
Generic Lost Returns Procedures on Global Share.
7. By definition, vugular formations are those with > 1/16 openings. The practical definition
is that they are formations with pore throats that cannot be blocked with conventional LCM
(e.g., carbonates, oyster beds, gravel). The recommended treatment for vugular loss that
will not respond to coarse LCM is cement in oil base mud, or DOB2C in water base mud.
Cement may also be used in WBM but DOB2C has an advantage in that it can be drilled out
without concern for sidetracking. DOB2C cannot be used in an NAF.
Drilling Without Returns
If cement or LCM pills fail to control the lost circulation, it may be possible, (in short durations)
to drill without returns. A cuttings bed build-up in a directional well can result in stuck pipe due
to inadequate hole cleaning.
Dry drilling is used in many operating areas as an alternative when major lost returns are
encountered.
The drilling fluid is pumped at a reduced rate to:
Keep the bit lubricated and cool

Keep the bit from plugging
Carry the cuttings into the loss zone to aid in plugging.

13 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Care should be taken when dry drilling, each joint may have to be reamed several times to
clean the hole sufficiently, and should only be done with Field Drilling Manager approval.
The reduction in hydrostatic pressure should be considered while dry drilling.
Drilling Bypassing the Shakers
Carrying LCM in the system and bypassing the shakers. This (seal while you drill) method is
good to keep from using the LCM for only one circulation thus reducing the cost, but could
compound the problem if prolonged. If the shakers are allow to stay by-passed too long, the
solids content of the mud system will eventually reach a point that the borehole cannot sustain
the increased weight or viscosity. The small solids have a tendency to stick, (piggy-back) on the
LCM and is circulated back downhole increasing the solids and thus increasing the mud weight.
There are of course exceptions to both the above, this is not to say they shouldn't be used
if needed, but experimenting with one or both and experience with them will increase
their usefulness and successfulness.
Cement Plugs
If neat cement is used alone to fight lost returns, a slurry weight of 15.8 ppg has proven to be the
most effective. Balanced plugs are to be spotted through open ended drill pipe positioned across
the thief zone and the drill pipe pulled into the casing shoe. If the hole does not take any mud
after spotting the cement plug, a gentle bradenhead squeeze may be applied after the drill pipe is
in the casing shoe. Gel cements having lower densities may be necessary with zones that have
very little integrity or may fracture using neat cement. In mixing this type of cement, the
following slurry is recommended:
13.2 ppg
Density
100 sxs
Class G Cement
8%
Gel
24.3 bbls
Fresh Water
1/4 ppb
Sodium
Carbonate
1/4 ppb
Caustic
(The sodium carbonate and caustic are used to remove calcium and magnesium ions.)
Cements such as Cal-Seal (contains gypsum), Thixotropic (containing clays and polymers), and
Gilsonite (crushed-up limestone) can also be used, though they have not proven to be much
more effective than regular cement in severe lost return occurrences.
DOB2C
DOB2C is effective in stopping fracture propagation in either low or high permeability rock.
However, its primary advantage over conventional LCM is in lower permeability. Because
conventional LCM requires leakoff of the carrier fluid, it doesnt perform well in very tight
formations or shale. DOB2C can only be used in WBM.

14 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
DOB2C achieves integrity through a different process than conventional LCM. Because of its
extremely high viscosity, the wellbore pressure required to squeeze it down an induced lost
returns fracture is high. The high pressure at the wellbore increases the fracture width and
fracture closure stress (FCS). The pressure is held while the cement in the DOB2C sets, and the
fracture width and increased closure stress are maintained permanently.
DOB2C is often also preferred to cement in blocking vugular losses because the low-strength
material left in the wellbore is easily drilled out without risk of sidetracking. Another advantage
is that because of its high viscosity it is possible to apply a high squeeze pressure to DOB2C
that ensures that the material is forced into all of the vugular openings. Cement may flow freely
into the largest of the openings without developing sufficient back pressure to force additional
cement into the smaller vugs.
Although diesel is most commonly used as the base fluid to carry the bentonite and cement, other
low-toxicity oils and synthetic based muds have been used successfully.
Flexplug
Halliburton FlexPlug is a blend of latex and other additives that mix with mud to form a rubbery
material under downhole conditions. Flexplug stops fracture growth by blocking the fracture
near the wellbore, and then it deforms to maintain the blockage as the fracture widens under
squeeze pressure. The extrusion pressure of the material is high enough that wellbore pressure
is not transmitted to the fracture tip and fracture growth (lost returns) is prevented. The squeeze
pressure is held until the temperature-activated set occurs. Because FlexPlug does not achieve
significant compressive strength (as does DOB2C) there is probably some loss of fracture width
and integrity when the squeeze pressure is released. However, field experience suggests that in
many situations the sustained stress is adequate.
FlexPlug is a candidate system in 1) NAF, and 2) low permeability, because it does not require
leakoff in order to function, as does conventional LCM. It will also function in high
permeability, however conventional LCM is less costly and equally effective I high
permeability.
6.8
NON-AQUEOUS FLUID OPERATIONS
General Guidelines
Safety Considerations:
1.
Slipping Hazards
Stress cleanliness around the rig: Provide absorbent material to keep the rig floor and catwalk
dry. A rig oil mud vacuum, similar to the "Max Vac" system should be installed with outlets
connecting to the rig floor, shakers, pump room, BOP deck, etc. to contain mud that
accumulates during trips, when working on pumps, or when spills occur. Rig floor non-skid,
studded rotary mats should be used. Frequent use of steam cleaners is recommended.

15 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
2.
Fire hazards
Provide good ventilation in closed areas, especially on the below-deck pits offshore. The two
periods of greatest fire risk are when the mud contains formation gas, and when the hole is first
displaced and the lighter, more volatile ends of the base oil are being lost to the atmosphere. No
open flames, cigarettes, welding, etc. should be allowed near oil mud. The rig should be
checked for electrical shorts and for any equipment or operation which could create sparks;
electric motors should be explosion-proof. A foam suppression fire fighting system should be
considered for the pit room and shaker area.
3.
Air quality
Provide good ventilation in closed spaces, especially over mud pits, shakers and mud mixing
areas. Air exchanges of 90 room volumes per hour are usually adequate. Have a room
dedicated to mud testing available; the mud engineer's testing lab must also have good
ventilation because volatile solvents are needed to break the emulsion during many oil mud
tests.
4.
Skin contact
All contractor and EMDCDO employees who may get oil mud on their skin should be made
aware that it is an irritant and should be removed as quickly as possible. Protective clothing,
gloves, rubber boots, and safety glasses should be made available. Water soluble cleansing
creams (for removal of mud from the skin) and barrier protective hand creams should be
provided. Crews should be told of the health considerations and how to remedy them. This
should be consistent with ExxonMobil's OSHA (applies to non-US East operations) Hazard
Communication Program and communicated to the contractor's safety and First Aid leader on
the rig.
Protecting the Environment and Minimizing Mud Losses
1. A lower kelly, mud-saver valve should be installed (i.e. Drilco's Mud Check Valve or
equivalent).
2. A mud bucket with a drain to the flow line should be used. The pneumatic type Mud Bucket
has proved very beneficial when making wet trips or back reaming out of the hole.
3. Both OD and ID drill pipe wipers should be used when making trips unless well control
problems prevent safe use of ID wiper. ID wiper should have the proper size fishing neck.
4. A drip pan should be used for the pipe rack and catch pans installed where appropriate (e.g.,
under centrifugal or transfer pumps).
5. The immediate working area on the rig floor should be combed with 3" flat bar welded on
edge, or the equivalent, and drained to the flow line or sand trap with the option of going to
a disposal sump.

16 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
6. Install oil resistant rubber goods in valving; BOPs (annular element and ram block seals);
pump swabs; shaker screen mounts; and flexible hoses. Centrifugal pumps should be
installed with mechanical seals.
7. Ensure rainwater cannot contaminate mud in exposed pits.
8. Blank off all sources of water around the mud pits. Water is a serious contaminant in oil
mud.
9. A pump, supply line, and a nozzle to clean the shaker screens and shaker area are sometimes
provided, but keep in mind the fire hazard generating a fine spray of an oil, particularly
diesel with its low flash point +/- 140-150 F.
10. "No Smoking" signs should be placed in conspicuous locations around the mud pits.
11. A heavy duty explosion proof electric steam cleaner/pressure washer should be available.
12. Rig up a shut-off valve for the base oil supply tank away from the pits.
13. Cuttings removal and disposal systems must be installed.
systems must meet all regulatory requirements.
Cuttings boxes or bagging
14. The addition of oil-wetting agent and dilution with base oil should be considered when
building OBM slugs in high-density mud systems. Lower viscosity slugs have proven to be
more effective, especially when utilizing a tapered drill string.
15. A vacuum system provides many benefits.
16. Mud pit drains should be blanked off (skillets installed) to ensure that oil mud can not be
directed overboard.
OIL SPILL PREVENTION MEASURES
Communications
1. There should be a written transfer procedure on the rig and the supply vessel which outlines
the following (at a minimum):
product to transfer
sequence of transfer operations
transfer rate
particulars of transferring and receiving systems
emergency procedures
cutting and welding permits are to be returned and put on hold until transfer of OBM
or base oil is complete
spill containment procedures
watch and shift arrangements
transfer shutdown procedure

17 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
spill reporting requirements and procedures
2. A pre-transfer meeting must be conducted on the rig and the supply vessel to review the
transfer procedures with all personnel involved.
3. While transferring base oil or OBM from the supply vessel to the rig, a designated crew
member will be assigned to observe for leakage from the rig/supply vessel to the sea.
4. Radio communications will be available between the rig control room, rig observer, and the
supply vessel at all times during the operations.
5. A work permit should be issued prior to transferring any hydrocarbon product.
Transfer Hose
1. Hose must be rated for hydrocarbon fluids.
2. Hose design burst rating shall be one of the following, whichever is greater:
a. at least 600 psi, or
b. four times the transfer pump's pressure relief valve setting plus fluid hydrostatic, or
c. four times the transfer pump's output plus fluid hydrostatic when no relief valve is
installed.
3. Hose working pressure shall be one of the following, whichever is greater:
a. at least 150 psi, or
b. the transfer pump's pressure relief valve setting plus the fluid hydrostatic, or
c. four times the transfer pump's output plus the fluid hydrostatic when no pressure
relief valve is installed.
4. The hose will be visually inspected for tears, punctures, soft spots, or bulges in the hose
exterior, immediately prior to the transfer.
5. It must be verified that the rig and supply vessel connections are mating pair.
6. A ball valve will be installed on supply vessel end of the transfer hose.
7. There will be a positive sealing cap on the end of the transfer hose.
8. The hose length must be sufficient for the supply vessel to move to the outer limits of the
mooring lines.
9. The hose must be adequately supported to avoid excessive strain on the hose couplings
10. There must be no kinks in the transfer hose when connected to the supply vessel.
11. If the transfer hose is disconnected from the riser pipe, a sealing cap will be installed on the
end of the riser.
18 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
RIG PREPARATIONS PRIOR TO TAKING ON NAF MUD
1. There should be detailed procedures, with checklists, (refer to NAF/OBM Readiness
Checklist in Section 6 Appendix G-II) for preparing the rig to take on the oil-base mud.
Procedures should heavily emphasize actions that must be undertaken to prevent spill
occurrence prior to loading the product and while it is in use.
2. There should be mud piping schematics available on the facility for the circulating system.
This schematic should highlight the location of all dump valves and any other potential spill
source.
3. Consideration should be given to color-coding all dump valve operating handles by painting
them a distinctive color (e.g., yellow and black stripes). Double valve with a gate valve on
the end and a work permit sign to open valves.
4. Prior to closing each dump valve in the sand traps or mud pits, the seat and the valve O-ring
should be visually inspected to verify that both are clean, free of debris or obstruction, and
are not damaged. Each valve shall then be closed while visually observing the seating of the
valve. After full closure, the valve should then be packed with a gel-water paste to further
enhance the seal.
5. All mud pit and sand trap dump valves should be double-valved, locked in the closed
position, and posted with a sign, printed in English and in the native language, stating "Work
permit required to operate". In some instances, double-valving has been accomplished by
installing a gate valve downstream of the dump valves in the common discharge line for the
sand traps and/or mud pits. NOTE: If a gate valve is not already installed in the discharge
line, installing one will most likely require approval by a regulatory agency such as ABS etc.
Another method for deterring OBM from getting overboard is to install a skillet in all dump
lines.
6. Consideration should be given to installing a pump-out line between the double-valved
arrangement (i.e., between dump valve and the gate valve) to allow pumping out any
pollutant which may leak by a dump valve.
7. Work permit requirements should be in place to operate the dump valves. A work permit
should also be required before OBM can be transferred into any tank or pit that has had a
dump valve operated, repaired, or resealed.
8. OBM transfers should not be made during hours of darkness, during meal time, or during a
tour change unless emergency situations dictate or unless prior written policy has been
established to effectively deal with the situation.
9. While transferring OBM from the supply vessel to the mud pits, a designated crew member
should be assigned to observe for leakage from the bottom of the rig to the sea.
10. A checklist shall be completed for transfer to/from the rig of hydrocarbons (i.e., Oil Base
Mud, Diesel, etc.) and shall include inspection of loading lines, pressure testing of loading
19 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
lines, fire protection, verbal communication system between source vessel and destination.
Checklists have been included in Section 3 Appendix G-I.
Frequency
Prior to connection of onloading hoses for each transfer cycle (Safety

Management Program Section 5.4.1).
11. Rat holes/mouse holes should be sealed with a hose routed to a disposal tank.
12. Pump room drains should be routed to a disposal tank.
13. There should be a drain pan under the rotary table with a return line routed to the flow line.
14. All rig floor drains should be routed to a disposal tank.
15. Slip joint packing and flow line seals should be oil-resistant rubber. Slip joint barrels should
be inspected to insure surfaces are smooth and free from scouring.
16. Base oil or OBM should not be stored in a pit longer than is actually required. Holding pits
should be thoroughly cleaned at the conclusion of each job requiring OBM.
17. Check all BOP and rig valves for rubber and resilient seal compatibility with OBM.
18. Before loading Oil Mud into rig mud tanks, install new rubber products in all low-pressure
mud valves and pump suction valves.
19. Stock up on spare rubber products for valves and mud processing equipment.
20. Double-check all valves in the circulating system before loading Oil Mud into rig tanks.
21. Create extra sumps around the pumps and rig substructure to trap oil.
22. Use a vacuum pump to clean out sumps, and to clean out pumps during repair work.
23. Ensure that all mud handling equipment and mixing pumps have drip pans.
24. Add a 2" drain line between the mouse hole and the trip tank (or any tank with the capability
to pump mud to shakers). With this drain, mud that drains from the kelly can be saved and
pumped across the shakers.
25. Double valve all tank lines. If possible, use hard piping (welded Schedule 40) for lines
rather than hoses.
26. Install a common overflow between storage tanks to prevent spills during loading and
transferring.
NAF DRILLING FLUIDS
Treatment Guidelines

20 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
1. Perform a minimum of two (2) complete (In and Out) checks of the drilling fluid every 24
hours during drilling operations.
2. Process the drilling fluid returning from the wellbore so that the fluid properties of the
drilling fluid going back into the wellbore are within the acceptable range per the
specifications in the approved Drilling Program.
3. Pilot test any planned significant change to mud system before making change.
4. When drilling, measure and record at 30-minute intervals the drilling fluid weight and
funnel viscosity from the flow line and the pump suction pit.
5. Notify the Driller and Mud Logger of planned changes to the active system volume.
6. Use a shearing device to maximize yield of emulsifiers, gelling agents, and to get a tight
oil/water emulsion.
7. Make sure that hoppers are shut-off when not in use for mixing.
Test Equipment
The test equipment listed in Exhibit B of the Mud Materials and Mud Engineering Services
Contract shall be maintained at the rig. See contract for details. Specific items necessary for
testing oil-base muds include:
1. Equipment for chemical analysis of oil muds as stated in API RP 13B-2.
2. Reference Manual - API RP 13B-2 "Recommended Practice - Standard Procedure For Field
Testing Oil Based Drilling Fluids", December 1991 Edition or newer.
3. Pressurized Mud Balance with Calibration Kit.
4. Fann 6-speed VG Meter.
5. Thermostatically-controlled viscometer cup.
6. Thermometer (32-220 F).
7. HTHP filter press.
8. 10 or 20 cc mud retort.
9. Electrical stability meter with calibration kit.
10. Electrohygrometer with calibration kit.
Further details on test equipment are given in ExxonMobil Oil and Synthetic Mud Testing
Guidelines.
Mud Check Guidelines
21 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Unless otherwise specified in the Drilling Program, the Drilling Fluids Engineer shall make the
following measurements for each "Mud Check" on an oil-base drilling fluid.
1. Mud Weight.
2. Funnel Viscosity.
3. Plastic Viscosity (PV) at 120 F.
4. Yield Point (YP) at 120 F.
5. Gel Strengths at 120 F.
6. API Filtration at 100 psi differential.
7. HPHT Filtration at 500 psi differential at temperature specified in the Drilling Program.
8. Alkalinity and Excess Lime.
9. Water Phase Salinity.
10. Calcium.
11. Activity by electrohygrometer.
12. Electrical stability.
13. Water, oil, and solids content (retort).
14. Oil Water Ratio.
Further details on mud checks are given in ExxonMobil Oil and Synthetic Mud Testing
Guidelines.
Drilling Fluids Report Guidelines
The Drilling Fluids Engineer is to provide a Daily Drilling Fluids Report to the operations
supervisor daily which includes the following:
Daily and Cumulative Usage of Drilling Fluid Products

Daily and Cumulative Costs of Drilling Fluid Products Used
Daily and Cumulative Dilution Volumes
Daily and Cumulative Drilling Fluid Volumes Lost (Estimated) Over Solids Control
Equipment, Lost Circulation, Or Not Accounted For in The Dilution Volumes
Cumulative Record of Drilling Fluid Checks Labelled as to Time and Depth of Bit
Personal Protective Equipment and Facilities

22 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
1. Ensure that workers report to work each tour in clean work clothes and that each worker has
extra clean work clothes on site. In general, oil-soaked clothing should be changed as soon
as practical.
2. Provide an adequate means of clean-up for workers who have skin contact with oil mud.
3. Provide hand cleaners and barrier creams to remove oil from the skin and to protect the skin.
These items should be kept at all eye wash stations.
4. The following personal protective equipment (PPE) should be available for use by personnel
working with oil muds:
Work gloves (replace when oil-saturated). Chemical resistant gloves worn underneath
work gloves may be used to minimize skin contact. (Latex-type surgical gloves work
well)
Crew members that work with the mud or mud pumps should wear chemical-resistant
(e.g. Neoprene) gloves.
Safety glasses with side shields.
Hard hat.
Complete slicker suit or chemical apron.
Extra PPE should be kept in dog house for other personnel frequently called to work
on the drill floor.
Rubber boots.
Paper towel dispensers, hand cleaner, barrier cream dispensers, and wash water in mud
pit area. "ZEE" skin cream has worked well in preventing skin irritation.
Industrial Hygiene-Related Training

1. Before beginning an oil mud job, a training program for rig personnel should be conducted
to explain health hazards associated with exposure to oil muds.
2. Drilling Contractor must ensure that workers are familiar with MSDS (Materials Safety
Data Sheets) for base oil and all oil mud additives.
3. Training program should explain proper use of PPE. Requirements regarding use of PPE
should be clearly stated before using an oil mud.
Oil Mud Displacement
Successful displacement of Water-Base Mud by an Oil-Base Mud can be difficult. Unless
covered in the Drilling Program, a Supplemental Procedure that describes the necessary
procedures will be written by the Drilling Engineer. An example procedure completed using
the EMDC US East Drilling Group Core OBM Displacement Procedure can be found in
Section 6 Appendix S-I.
1. Use a spacer. Consider using dye.

23 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
a. Where differential pressure allows, a simple spacer such as a pure base oil often
works best.
b. If a weighted spacer is required, oil mud without calcium chloride is best. In
cementing operations the spacer must not contain calcium chloride or flash setting
could occur.
2. Spacer Volume recommendations:
a. Use the volume necessary to achieve a spacer height of 200-500 ft in the annulus.
Use greater heights for open hole, lesser heights inside casing.
b. WELL CONTROL CAUTION: Calculate effect of spacer on hydrostatic pressures.
3. The displacing fluid should be heavier than the fluid to be displaced. The density of both
fluids should be checked at the same temperature.
4. Condition water mud by deflocculating to lower yield point and gel strengths. Circulate
bottoms-up at high pump rate immediately before beginning displacement.
Displacement Procedures
It is very important to plan the displacement carefully. Have thin, freshly circulated water base
mud in the hole just before displacement.
1. Circulate and thin the water base mud thoroughly before shutting down to change out the
water mud in the pits with oil mud. On some rigs, the returns can be diverted down a metal
trough (mud ditch) from the shakers to the suction pit; if so, circulation with water mud can
continue while the remaining pits are drained of water mud and cleaned out.
2. Clean out pits after removing water mud.
3. Put 40-60 mesh screens on shale shakers to handle thick oil mud. Have finer screens ready
for installation after the oil mud has circulated around.
4. Put spacer in slugging pit and fill other pits with oil mud.
5. Zero pump stroke counter after spacer is pumped and before the first good oil mud starts
downhole. Record stroke count when water mud and water mud/oil mud interface has been
displaced and reasonably good oil mud returns are visible. Start shakers, direct mud to pits.
6. Rotate and reciprocate pipe during displacement.
7. Pump at fast rates during displacement . Reduce rate if pressures increase. Do not stop
pumping once the displacement has commenced unless absolutely necessary.
8. Dump water mud or move to storage while pumping.
9. Catch spacer/water mud/oil mud interface and dispose per the approved requirement.
24 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
10. Circulate around once, and after determining that the water mud and spacer have come back
divert returns over the shakers and begin remedial oil mud treatments with emulsifier and
wetting agents. Typical treatments are in the 0.5-1.0 ppb range for each additive during the
next circulation.
11. Run a check for flow properties, E.S., and HTHP as soon as practical after good mud has
come back (remedial treatments should already have been initiated) and assess the condition
of the mud. Continue treating as necessary, and do not stop circulating until acceptable mud
properties are attained.
12. Change out shaker screens to the smallest mesh possible as soon as the shakers can handle
it.
13. Use pump stroke count to estimate the degree of channelling by the oil mud. This will help
determine how much water mud was left in the hole.
14. Commence drilling when the oil mud exhibits stable rheology, electrical stability, and shows
little or no water in the HTHP filtrate.
Testing and Conditioning During Displacement
1. Test for water mud/spacer interface every 15-20 minutes until 75% of displacement has
been pumped, then test continuously.
2. Record pump stroke count when reasonably good oil mud returns are visible at the
shakers. Use stroke count to calculate how much water mud was left in the hole. If a
significant amount of water-base mud was left in the hole, it may have been caused by
severely washedout open hole. Water mud can bleed into an oil mud for several days
after the displacement; this mixing can weaken the oil mud emulsion.
3. HANDLING CONTAMINATION: After good oil mud returns are directed over the
shakers, emulsifier and wetting agent can be added at the shakers, in the suction, or in
both places. Continue to circulate and condition the mud for several circulations and
test flow properties, and Electrical Stability. Check the High Temperature / High
Pressure fluid loss for the presence or absence of water; drilling should not commence
until the HTHP is
< 1.0 cc or water free. This process of displacing and then conditioning may take 24 hr or
more and should not be rushed. Ensure the mud is well treated-before drilling ahead.
4. FLUID IDENTIFICATION: To help identify when good oil mud is coming back, run
Dispersibility and Electrical Stability Tests as follows:
Dispersibility Test
1. Fill one clean glass or plastic container with base oil, the other with water.
2. Place a few drops of the returning fluid in each and observe for signs of dispersibility:
25 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
If the fluid disperses in water and not in the oil, it is water mud.
If the fluid disperses in oil and not in the water, it is oil mud.
If an oil slick forms on the surface of the water or some fraction does not mix, it is a
mixture of water and oil.
Electrical Stability Test

1. Periodically check the E.S. on a sample of the returning fluid.
2. If there is appreciable water mud in the fluid, E.S. will be zero (very conductive).
3. When the amount of water mud declines to about 20-25% in the oil mud, the E.S. meter will
begin giving a low reading (100-200 volts). At this time, slow the pumps and prepare to put
the mud over the shakers.
A.
Rig Preparation
1. All welding repairs on pumps, pits, and rig floor should be completed before taking on Oil
Mud.
2. Change swivel packing and blank off all water lines to the pits. Maintain on site a supply of
55-gallon disposal drums for oily wastes.
B.
Base Oil Storage

1. Bull plug ends of tank lines when not in use.
2. Maintain adequate base oil on location or boat.
3. Use an air-driven wash-down pump for washing shaker screens and other equipment. Ensure
that pump suction is protected with a screen.
C.
Whole Mud Storage

1. Maintain a minimum of 500 bbl weighted mud in tanks on location.
2. Whole mud storage tanks should be continuously agitated if possible.
3. Monitor gel strengths on stored mud; higher gel strengths are necessary to prevent barite
settling.
D.
Solidification
1. Utilize a Drying Shaker to get the drill cuttings as dry as possible and to recycle as much of
the base oil as possible (e.g. Sweco LM-3 Shaker, Derrick Hi-G Shaker, etc.).
2. Utilize a screw type conveyor(s) or vacuum unit for cuttings gathering, collection and
discharge from the Mixing Unit to the storage area.

26 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
OIL BASE UTILIZATION CHECKLIST
Use the OBM checklist in the Safety Management Program
1. EPR - Oil Mud Manual
2. EUSA - Oil Mud Lab Manual / Oil Mud Testing Guidelines
3. NODO - OBM operations Practices Manual
4. NODO Operations & Technical Bulletin No.# 94-21/How to build high-density OBM slugs.
5. Drilling Safety Management Program
LOADING OIL BASE MUD OR BASE OIL FROM SUPPLY VESSEL TO RIG
Responsibility
1. OIM or Barge Engineer/Captain to be in charge of operation.
2. Tool pusher is to be responsible for rig related preparations. Assistant Driller and Derrick
man are to assist the Tool pusher.
Preparations
1. OIM or Barge Eng./Captain to hole pre-transfer meeting with involved crew members.
2. Visually inspect transfer hoses for any damage immediately prior to transfer. Transfer hoses
must be rated for hydrocarbon fluids and have a safe working pressure of 150 psi. Verify
that the supply vessel's pumping pressure will not exceed safe working pressure of the
hoses.
3. Transfer hoses have a valve on the end, at the supply vessel side, and has been checked for
damage.
4. All others outlets on the load line are sealed off with a blind flange or a valve that is
properly closed and padlocked (i.e., list specific valves).
5. Valves on sample outlets at each loading stations are closed.
6. Valves on all opposite side loading stations are closed and secured (i.e., padlocked).
7. Tool pusher and ExxonMobil drilling supervisor will verify that all preparations listed herein
have been made before initiating the transfer. Also, the Tool pusher and ExxonMobil drilling
supervisor will ensure that the "checklist" is fully completed prior to commencing the
operation. A copy of the completed "checklist" will be provided to the ExxonMobil drilling
supervisor.
8. Transfer hoses will be visually checked for damage prior to transfer.
27 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
9. Mud pits, shaker pits and shaker box have been emptied and cleaned out per mud engineer
approval. All dump valves have been closed, secured, and tagged.
10. Main mud valve on overboard discharge line is closed and padlocked (specify valves).
11. Trip tank is to be cleaned out. The trip tank dump valves are to be closed and secured.
12. Overboard valves from the rig floor drain are closed and secured. Rig floor drains are lined
up to drain tank.
13. Drains in pump room, mud treatment room, shaker room, mud mixing area, and cement
room are sealed.
14. All valves to cement unit are closed. Dump valves from cement unit displacement and
mixing tanks are closed and padlocked.
15. Isolation valves in mud pit room between OBM line and drill water line are closed and
secured.
16. Main valve on sea water supply line and all water valves at mud pits, pump room, and shale
shakers are closed and tagged.
17. Main diesel supply line valve has been closed, padlocked and tagged.
18. Transfer pumps are available for use in the event of a spill on the deck or to transfer at the
pits.
19. Desander and desilter feed line manifold valves are closed and secured.
20. Valves on possum belly discharge are closed and secured.
21. Water flushing system on shakers screens are closed and secured.
22. Cuttings overboard gate in shale shaker cutting trough is sealed.
23. Cuttings transfer augers are operational.
24. Shaker bypass line to mud pits is closed.
25. Gumbo box bypass line is closed.
26. Gumbo box view hatch is sealed.
27. Cracks in rig floor are sealed with "Builders Foam".
28. Choke manifold discharge line is closed and tagged.
29. Large garbage bags are on rig if needed.
30. Cutting boxes are on rig.
28 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
31. Absol is on rig.
32. Vacuum system is operational.
33. Extra personnel on rig for cutting handling as needed.
34. Drillpipe inside and outside wipers are on rig.
Communications
1. All involved rig and supply vessel personnel to have VHF radios.
2. One designated rig crew member to be assigned as lookout during the transfer to observe for
leakage from the rig or supply vessel and to monitor transfer hoses.
3. Transferring of oil base mud should be done in daylight hours only, unless ExxonMobil
operations superintendent approves a night transfer. Additional planning steps will be
necessary to address problems that could be encountered with a transfer during darkness.
4. OIM, tool pusher, ExxonMobil drilling supervisor, mud engineer, mud logger and control
room operator will be informed prior to the transfer of OBM.
Transferring
1. OIM or Barge Eng./Captain and the derrick man will double check line up from loading
station to mud pits.
2. Work permit will be completed prior to the transfer.
2.a
Cutting and welding permits are to be returned and put on hold until transfer of
OBM or base oil is complete.
3. Connect transfer hose to supply vessel. OIM or Barge Eng./Captain to confirm with
supply vessel captain that transfer hose connection flange is a proper mate to the flange
on supply vessel.
4. Transfer is now ready to be started. The derrick man will monitor volume pumped and
change over as required, opening valves on next pit to be filled before closing valve on
pit just filled. Derrick man and mud loggers will monitor volume received periodically
throughout the operation and upon completion of fluid transfer.
5. If any difference between volume pumped and volume received should occur, stop the
transfer immediately. The tool pusher and ExxonMobil drilling supervisor are to be
informed of the discrepancy and an investigation will be conducted to find the reason for
the deviation. An acceptable solution to the problem will be implemented prior to
continuing the operation.
6. The mud engineer will perform quality checks of the transferred fluid periodically
during the operation.
29 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
7. When transferring is completed, stop transfer pump and close valve on loading line in
pit room. Close the valve at the loading station, the transfer hose must then be bled to
the supply vessel. The valve on the end of the transfer hose at the supply vessel must be
closed prior to disconnecting the hose from the flange on the vessel.
8. All mix lines, suction lines and transfer lines to the cement unit and trip tank are to be
flushed. All water mud/oil mud interface from the flushing operation must be captured
and pumped to a slop tank. After flushing, all valves are to be closed.
DISPLACING WATER BASE MUD FROM THE WELLBORE WITH OIL BASE MUD
Responsibility
1.
Tool pusher and ExxonMobil Drilling supervisor to be in charge of displacing operations.
Preparations
1. Tool pusher and Mud Engineer will hold pre displacement meeting with all involved crew
members.
2. Ensure flowline adapter connections are tightened.
3. Shaker bypass line to mud pits is closed.
4. Shaker bypass line into the gumbo box is inspected, closed, tagged and secured.
5. Gumbo box view hatch is closed and inspected.
6. Dump valves on degasser are inspected, closed, tagged and secured.
7. Trip tank has been emptied and cleaned.
8. Trip tank dump valve is inspected, closed, tagged and padlocked.
9. Rig floor drains are lined up to the slop tank.
10. Valves on overboard lines from the rig floor/slop tank are to be inspected, closed, tagged and
padlocked.
11. Shaker pit and shaker box are cleaned to meet mud engineer approval.
12. Shaker pit dump valves must be inspected, closed, tagged and padlocked.
13. Valves on possum belly discharges are inspected, closed, tagged and secured.
14. Shaker discharge lined up to bypass the sand traps.
15. All drains where OBM could be discharged will be plugged or directed to a slop tank.
16. Air transfer pumps available on rig.
30 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
17. Water flushing system valves for shaker screens will be closed and tagged.
18. Cuttings overboard gate in shale shaker cuttings trough is sealed.
19. Hatches on cuttings auger in correct position.
20. Cuttings transfer augers are operational.
21. Drains in shaker, sack, cement and treatment rooms sealed.
22. Desander and desilter feed line manifold valves are inspected, closed, tagged and secured.
23. Overflow tubes and cement unit displacement tank drain lines valves are inspected, closed,
tagged and secured.
24. Cracks/openings in rig floor are sealed with "Building foam".
25. Choke manifold discharge line valves are closed and tagged.
26. Air operated mud bucket is on the rig and operational.
27. Drill pipe inside/outside wiper is on the rig.
28. Large bags are on rig if needed.
29. Vacuum system is on rig and is operational.
30. Additional personnel available to handle cuttings auger/cuttings boxes.
31. Plans have been developed to handle the water base mud displaced from the wellbore.
32. A plan is in place to catch the water base mud/OBM interface.
33. Chemicals onboard to treat OBM once displacement is completed.
34. Both mud engineers are on tour.
35. If displacement operations are to be conducted during darkness, ensure adequate lighting is
available.
Communications
1. All personnel involved in the displacement will have VHF radio access.
2. The tool pusher, ExxonMobil drilling supervisor, mud engineer and mud loggers will be
involved in the displacement operation.
3. One designated rig crew member will be assigned as a lookout during displacement
operations to observe for leakage.
31 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
4. OIM, tool pusher, ExxonMobil drilling supervisor, mud engineer, mud logger and control
room operator will be informed prior to displacement operations.
Displacing
1. Tool pusher and derrick man will confirm with each other that all valves are lined up
properly prior to starting displacement operations.
2. If any leakage or spills are detected, stop the displacement operations immediately.
Implement corrective measures and ensure all involved personnel are notified prior to
restarting displacement operations
3. The mud engineers will periodically check the E.S. of the returning mud to determine
whento put the return flow across the shale shakers.
4. After displacement, all mix lines, suctions lines and transfer lines will be flushed and any
interface will be disposed of in the slop tank.
6.9
RIG-SITE DIELECTRIC CONSTANT MEASUREMENT
General Approach
In general, wellbore stability models are constructed based on cuttings analysis (to determine
surface areas) from several offset wells. The surface areas are then stratigraphically correlated,
data consistency is evaluated, and a surface area profile is generated.
To apply an offset surface area profile to a prospective well, correlativity of stratigraphy must
be determined (i.e., How do the offset wells tie to the prospect well?). Typically, simple
adjustments to stratigraphic tops are made to correlate the surface areas. Sometimes, the depths
of offset surface areas are "stretched" or "compressed" to accommodate anticipated interval
thickening or thinning. This surface area profile is used as input data to a wellbore stability
model that is used for well planning. Cuttings surface areas can be measured at the rig-site to
verify or modify the wellbore stability model while drilling. Qualitatively, one can determine if
the wellbore should be drilling more or less stable than the modeled well depending on the
comparison of real versus assumed surface areas. Quantitatively, the real surface areas can be
used to revise the model and mud weight schedule.
Measurement Options
Real-time surface area measurements can be made with a portable, on-site DCM kit. The decision
of whether to mobilize on-site surface area measurements should consider the following:
DCM requires a trained, dedicated mud logger.

A DCM kit costs about $16,000, plus an incremental cost for consumable supplies
Alternatively, cuttings have been shipped from wellsite to EMURCo in Houston or to Labs in
Aberdeen for analysis. Transportation time (to Houston or Aberdeen) is generally the critical
path item for off-site analysis. A typical analysis cost is $15-20 per sample. Independent of the
32 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
measurement option, approximately 30-50 samples can be analyzed each day. The normal
sample frequency is about once every 30 feet.
Limitations
The purpose of any measurement is to enable some response, if necessary. In some cases, the
options for acting on rig-site surface area measurements may be limited.
Certain wells face the difficult situation where the collapse gradient approaches, or even
crosses the fracture gradient. Such a circumstance can be caused by abnormally high or
unusually anisotropic tectonic stresses, or when rock strength is very weak compared to
even normal stresses. Due to the conflicting requirements for stabilizing the wellbore
(higher mud weight) and avoiding lost returns (lower mud weight) the only option is to
manage the symptoms of instability while approaching the fracture gradient as closely as
practical. Recent encounters with this situation (see examples below) have motivated current
URC research on improved leakoff prediction and lost returns mitigation.
While the EPR shale strength correlation incorporated in the WBSD software is accurate for
the large majority of shales, the strength behavior of certain lower surface area shales has
been observed to fall outside the database from which the correlation was delivered. Shales
in Malaysia and the Irish Sea, for example, record surface areas of 100-200 m/gm while
exhibiting mechanical properties consistent with 400-500 m/gm. Laboratory work is in
progress to resolve such exceptions to the present database.
Applications
The following summarizes how real-time (on-site) surface area measurements have been or could
be used to impact drilling operations:
6.10
Elli:
The actual mud weight used took advantage of a 1 ppg "conservatism" (based on
North Sea experience) in mud weight predictions from the wellbore stability model.
Realtime surface area measurements indicated slightly stronger shale than initially assumed,
which reinforced confidence in the selected mud weight.
Bolivia: The pre-drill wellbore stability model was constrained to data from distant
nearsurface core holes to bracket the expected surface areas. Real-time surface area
measurements were used to qualitatively check shale sensitivity and monitor the inhibitive
effects of glycol.
DRILLING FLUID SYSTEM GUIDELINES
On-site measurements of surface areas are recommended when:
Offset data are sparse.

Correlation with offset wells is suspected, and or
Preliminary modeling indicates operational flexibility to act on wellbore stability model
predictions (i.e., mud weight and/or chemistry can be altered without losing returns).
On-site measurements of surface areas provide useful data, but may not influence operational
decisions when:
33 of 20
DRILLING OPERATIONS
Mud weight is constrained by the leakoff gradient.

Mud chemistry is constrained by hydrate inhibition requirements, and/or
Shale strength is not consistent with the data base correlation.
If these latter conditions are suspected beforehand, off-sit measurements of surface areas may be
more convenient and cost-effective since the data will be used primarily to:
Update/calibrate a stability model for future wells, and/or

Conduct a post-mortem analysis for hole problems in the current well.

34 of 20

Prior to the transfer of fluid, all Rig and Boat personnel will meet and review the appropriate JSA's,
MSDS Sheets. Fluid Transfer Procedure, and establish two-way communications. Upon the
completion of the pre-job transfer meeting, all persons involved in the transfer will sign this document
indicating this procedure has been reviewed.
I.
TRANSFER FROM MUD COMPANY TO BOAT

A. Prior to Loading Boat Inspect All Hoses, Couplings, and Lines
Look for cracks and frayed hoses
Ensure connections are tight
Ensure pollution equipment is in place (e.g., 5-gal bucket, drip/catch
pans)
Individuals are assigned to monitor transfer (have radios available)
Absorbents pads are available on location
B. Location and Review ESD Operation and Procedure
Review and formulate (if necessary) ESD Procedure
Ensure ESD works
Individual is assigned to ESD station during transfer
C. Locate and Inspect Fire Fighting Equipment
Review Fire Fighting procedure
Ensure that the Fire Fighting Equipment is in working order and close at hand
D. Inspect Receiving Vessel
Open hatches and inspect for cleanliness (if weather permits)
Note if the tank is isolated from sea-chest with a skillet or blank
Inform the Captain and crew that the fluid is not to be rolled or moved during
transit
E.
II.
Loading the Boat

Ensure all personnel are at their assigned station (do not leave unless relieved)
Monitor for leaks when the transfer begins - shut down and repair if necessary
verify volume to be transferred
Prior to pumping, a sample will be taken at the Mud Company's storage site
Catch a composite sample on boat while transferring of the first 10%, middle,
and last 10% of the product and split the sample between the boat and Exxon
representative
Verify the Transfer volume at completion
TRANSPORTING FLUID

1 of 4
Stress that fluid is not to be rolled, moved of transferred while transporting to location
If weather permits, periodically sound the tanks to verify no change
III.
TRANSFER FROM BOAT TO LOCATION (DRILLING RIG)

A. Hold Pre-Job Safety Meeting and Review JSA, MSDS, and Transfer Policy
Secure boat to receiving Rig
pans)
Individuals are assigned to monitor transfer
Review and be familiar with spill procedure.
Review and formulate (if necessary) ESD procedure
Ensure ESD works
Review Fire Fighting Procedure
Ensure that Fire Fighting Equipment is in working order and close at hand
D. Receiving Tanks
Ensure tanks are clean and sealed
Verify volume to be transferred
E. Transferring Mud to Rig
Catch a sample of mud at the start of the transfer to verify the composition
At the completion of the transfer shut the valve at the rig to prevent siphoning
Drain the transfer hose back to the boat
Signature/Company/Date _________________ Signature/Company/Date ______________________


2 of 4
SECTION 6 - APPENDIX I (continued)

Prior to the transfer of fluid, all Rig and Boat personnel will meet and review the appropriate JSA's,
MSDS Sheets. Fluid Transfer Procedure, and establish two-way communications. Upon the
completion of the pre-job transfer meeting, all persons involved in the transfer will sign this document
indicating this procedure has been reviewed.
IV.
TRANSFER FROM RIG TO BOAT

A. Prior to Loading Boat Inspect All Hoses, Couplings, and Lines
pans)
Individuals are assigned to monitor transfer (have radios available)
Review and formulate (if necessary) ESD Procedure
Ensure ESD works
Ensure that the Fire Fighting Equipment is in working order and close at hand
D. Inspect Receiving Vessel
Open hatches and inspect for cleanliness (if weather permits)
Note if the tank is isolated from sea chest with a skillet or blank
Inform the Captain and crew that the fluid is not to be rolled or moved during
transit
E.
V.
Loading the Boat

Ensure all personnel are at their assigned station (do not leave unless relieved)
Monitor for leaks when the transfer begins - shut down and repair if necessary
verify volume to be transferred
Prior to pumping, a sample will be taken at the Mud Company's storage site
and last 10% of the product and split the sample between the boat and Exxon
representative
Verify the Transfer volume at completion
TRANSPORTING FLUID

3 of 4
Stress that fluid is not to be rolled, moved of transferred while transporting to location
If weather permits, periodically sound the tanks to verify no change
VI.
TRANSFER FROM BOAT TO MUD COMPANY DOCK

A. Hold Pre-Job Safety Meeting and Review JSA, MSDS, and Transfer Policy
Secure boat to receiving Rig
pans)
Individuals are assigned to monitor transfer
Review and be familiar with spill procedure.
Review and formulate (if necessary) ESD procedure
Ensure ESD works
Ensure that Fire Fighting Equipment is in working order and close at hand
D. Receiving Tanks
Ensure tanks are clean and sealed
Verify volume to be transferred
Catch a sample to verify composition prior to transferring fluid
and last 10% of the product and split the sample between the boat and Mud
Company representative

4 of 4

OIL BASE MUD READINESS CHECKLIST
Form D-200
Air Quality & Explosions: (areas exposed to oil base mud, i.e., shakers, pits)
Adequate ventilation change-out air every 5 min. or less
Y
N
Mud Lab dedicated to mud testing only
Y
N
Mud Lab explosion Proof Fixtures
Y
N
Mud Lab away from mud pits or Pressurized
Y
N
Signs Posted No Smoking & No Hot Work
Y
N
Electrical equipment explosion proof motors, lights
Y
N
Personal Protective Equipment:
Mud area PPE locker stocked with apron, gloves (heavy duty), boots, face
Y
N
shield, respirator
Rig floor area slicker suits (or aprons), work gloves, latex gloves, boots
Long pants / long sleeve shirt worn
Safety glasses with side shields worn
Deluge shower mud mixing area, rig floor
Deluge shower rig floor
Eyewash Stations rig floor, mud mixing area, other areas of potential exposure
Wash Basins with hand cleaner available rig floor, mud mixing area, mud pit
area, pipe rack area, other affected areas
Shipping Hazards:
Stair steps wrapped with burlap or have non-skid surfaces
Floor mats placed at all entrances to living quarters
Rotary has non skid matting
Absorbent material available for rig floor, other spill areas
Steam cleaner or high pressure wash-down unit available
Discharges:
Ratholes/Mouseholes sealed with hose to disposal basin
Pipe Rack Drains drained to disposal basin
Catch Pan under Rig Floor drained to disposal basin
Kick Plates around main deck/pipe rack area
Kick Plates around the rig floor
Dump valves double valved, locked, and signs posted with Work permit require
operate
Drill pipe wipers used inside and outside
Lower kelly mud saver used
Mud bucket seals in good condition
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
N
N
Water Contamination:
Open mud pits covered
Pits cleaned and isolation valves tested
Base oil mud lines with hose and nozzles installed rig floor, mud pit room,
shaker area
Sources of water isolated rig floor, mud pit room, shaker area, mud mixing area
Packing Elements on centrifugal pumps grease cooled, not water cooled trip
tank, mixing pumps
Medium and coarse non-water absorbing LCM on rig

N
1 of 2
OIL BASE MUD READINESS CHECKLIST (continued)

Deterioration of Rubber goods:
Form D-200
Y
Base oil low in aromatic hydrocarbons, i.e. aniline above 145 Deg. F
Oil Resistant (nitrile) rubber elements, i.e., mud pit valve seals, shaker valve
seals, shaker mounts, and hoses
Oil Resistant (nitrile) elements used in BOP, ram seals, annulars
Personnel and Training:

Two mud engineers on location
Extra roustabouts for clean up duty
Work-hour restrictions scheduled
General Safety Meeting explain OBM hazards and preventative actions
explained, i.e., clean clothes, deluge showers, hand cleaners
Use and need for PPE explained
General Comments:
Report
By:Position:
Location:
Contractor:
Date:
Rig:
Distribution: Operations Superintendent

Rig file
ABNORMAL PRESSURE DETECTION IN CLASTICS
2 of 2
7.0 ABNORMAL PRESSURE DETECTION IN CLASTICS

7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Background
Abnormal Pressure Detection Team Responsibilities
Mud Logging
Operational Guidelines
______________________________________________________________________________________
1
2
10
11
15
7.1
BACKGROUND
For all Drilling Operations a casing seat or TD hunt will be prepared in conjunction with the
Operations Geologist. Conventional abnormal pressure detection parameters as described in
this chapter generally apply to clastic sequences.
There are no reliable methods to detect the onset of abnormal pressure in carbonate sections.
When drilling predominantly carbonate sequences, extreme care must be exercised including
controlled drilling, frequent flow-checks, preparedness for lost returns/fractures and
consideration of correlation (whenever possible). Conversely, in clastics, the detection
techniques contained in this section may be relied upon with a much higher degree of success.
Definitions
Normal Pressure - pressure equal to the hydrostatic pressure exerted by

a column of water of a specific density extending from the surface to
the depth of the formation. Normal pressure typically refers to 8.5 9.2
ppg formations that can be drilled safely with 9 - 10 ppg muds.
Abnormal Pressure - any pressure greater than the normal pressure for
a given basin.
Hydrostatic Pressure - the pressure exerted by the vertical height of a
column of fluid.
Transition Pressure - the interval in which the normal fluid pressure
gradient changes to an abnormal fluid pressure gradient.
When does
abnormal
pressure occur
Abnormally high pressures are found worldwide. Such pressures

occur when fluid in the pore space begins to support more
overburden than just fluid weight; i.e., not all of the compressional
forces are transmitted by the rock matrix.
Causes of
abnormal
pressure
Many factors can cause abnormally high formation pressures. In

some areas, a combination of factors prevails. The most commonly
described cause of abnormally pressured or over-pressured
sediments is under-compaction.
Other causes are thought to be:
Chemical diagenesis
Uplift
Fluid density contrast
Recharged or re-pressured formations, and
Faulting.

1 of 16
Because conditions can vary widely, special care should be taken not to
assume that the cause of abnormal pressure established from
experience in a well-known area necessarily is the cause of a similar
condition in another basin which has not yet been adequately tested by
drilling.
Documentation
of known welloperational specific
abnormal
Pressure
7.2
Ideally, Operations Geology should define well-specific abnormal

pressure causes for any well to enhance understanding and
planning to deal with the pressure when it is experienced.

The following tools & parameters, listed in their order of reliability, are
used to monitor for abnormal pressure in clastic sections while drilling:
Rate of
Penetration
(ROP)
Interpretation
Rate of Penetration Curves (includes d and dc exponents)

Total Drilled Gases (BGG, CG, TG, etc.)
Mud Properties (chlorides, viscosity, flowline temperature, etc.)
Cuttings Analysis (lithology, shale density)
Paleontology and Paleobathymetry
Borehole Instability (hole fill, torque and drag)
Correlation (Mud log & LWD with offset logs)
Real Time Pore Pressure Plots (LWD Sonic, Density or Resistivity)
An increase in ROP with constant parameters indicates a drill-off

trend and generally indicates an increase in pressure. However,
maintaining a constant ROP over a long interval may also indicate
increasing pressure since the expected bit dulling trend (decrease in
ROP) did not occur.
Depending on bit type, increased ROP in the transition zone has
consistently been one of the most definitive indicators of entry into
overpressures when other drilling parameters are maintained
constant.
Factors
affecting
ROP
Successful use of ROP to detect dulling trends and drill-off trends

is dependent on maintaining constant drilling parameters. The
following factors all affect ROP:

2 of 16
weight on bit
rotary speed
bit type/size
bit condition
mud viscosity
hydraulics
differential pressure, and
lithology
Reference: See Section III of the Abnormal Pressure Technology

manual for additional information.
Note: The referenced manual should be reviewed before interpreting
these parameters during an abnormal pressure hunt.
ROP plotting
Plotting of ROP is used to differentiate pressure-induced drill-off

trends from normally expected bit dulling trends. These trends are
based on the common assumption that when a bit is first run in the hole
and begins to rotate, it begins to wear out or dull which results in a
slower ROP (dulling trend).
ROP and
lithology
It is important to note lithology changes when plotting ROP.

Normally, a drill-off (drilling break) will occur in a silty-shale or
sandstone. Thus, when looking for drill-off and dulling trends,
"clean" shale intervals should be used.
"d" exponent
curve
Another curve used to predict increasing pore pressure is the "d"

exponent curve. This drilling exponent is used to normalize ROP
data and changes in bit weight, rotary speed, and hole size to detect
increasing formation pressure.
these parameters during abnormal pressure hunt.
"dc" exponent
Another curve used in the corrected "d" exponent ("dc"). This
value is curve the "d" value corrected to the gradient of the basin in which the well is
drilled, and for the mud weight.

3 of 16

these parameters during an abnormal pressure hunt.
Gas units
One of the most important surface measurement parameters used to

indicate abnormal pressure is the "gas unit". There is no quantitative
correlation between gas units and pore pressure.
Interpretati
on of gas
readings
Detection of abnormal pressure, and even the evaluation of a zone

of interest, is a matter of comparing parameters through the
interval in question with the previously established trends. The
key to interpretation is not the magnitude of the gas readings but
the relative change in the readings.
Types of gas
The different types of gas are as follow:
Background Gas (BGG), also called Drill

Gas
Trip Gas (TG)
Connection Gas (CG)
Circulating Gas (Circ BGG)
Show Gas, and
Shutdown Gas.
Background
Gas (BGG)
aka Drill Gas
Background Gas (BGG), or Drill Gas is the average gas observed

while drilling, exclusive of shows. Background gas represents the
gas liberated from the pores in the rock that is being ground up by
the bit.
Effect of drill
pipe pulling
speed on trip
gas
Pulling pipe can create a swabbing effect, which lowers the

effective bottom hole hydrostatic pressure during tripping. Drill
pipe pulling speeds must be reduced in critical sections of the well
to a level which minimizes swabbing to ensure that trip gas will be
a valid parameter reflecting the actual degree of overbalance of the
pore pressure by the static mud weight.

4 of 16
Trip Gas (TG)
Trip GAS (TG) is the maximum gas observed on bottoms up after a

trip. Trip gas represents the amount of gas feeding into the hole when
the pumps are shutdown and the pipe is tripped.
Connection
Gas (CG)
Connection Gas (CG) is the maximum gas observed on bottoms up

after a connection. Connection gas represents the amount of gas
feeding into the hole when the pumps are shutdown while making a
connection. When the pumps are shutdown, the effective mud
weight, or equivalent circulating density (ECD) is decreased
because of loss of the annulus flow friction effect. Some portion of
the connection gas may also be due to swabbing when picking up
for the connection.
Connection
consistency
To be a meaningful parameter, connections should be made

consistently, requiring the same amount of time and pick-up speed to
complete each connection. When picking up to make a connection,
the pumps should be left on until the tool joint is at the break-out
point. When drilling with a top-drive, it is often desirable to simulate
connections to increase the frequency of the connection gas
indicator.
Kelly cut gas
A phenomenon sometimes associated with connections is kelly cut gas.

It results from air getting into the drill string during a connection. When
this "void" in the drill pipe is circulated around (bottoms up capacity
plus drill pipe capacity), it sometimes shows a gas peak. These
phenomena should be distinguished from connection gas.
Circulating
Gas
(Circ BGG)
Time for
circulating
gas to
stabilize
Circulating Gas (Circ BGG) is the stabilized level of gas observed

after all of the cuttings have been circulated out of the hole. It
represents residual gas in the mud system after recent cuttings gas
has been circulated out of the well.
Background gas (when drilling) or bottoms-up gas (after
tripping) should drop quickly to a stabilized level after
circulating out the cuttings or trip gas. If significant time is
required to reach the stabilized level, gas could be feeding in
because of insufficient mud weight.

5 of 16
Show Gas
Reactions
show gas
Show Gas is cuttings gas observed while drilling a potential reservoir

interval (usually associated with a drilling break).
to Mud weight should not be raised solely in response to show gas
from cuttings. When in doubt, circulate out to determine the
circulating background gas level. If the excessive gas units drop
rapidly to below
drilling background levels, the gas came from drill cuttings. If the gas
units continue to be excessive after circulating out, the well could be at
or very near balance conditions.
Shutdown Gas Shutdown Gas is gas resulting from pump shutdown period; i.e., for
equipment repair, etc.
The table below describes how to report the various types of gas.
Gas type
Report as
Example
Background
BGG (Depth to Depth)
BGG 40 units from 7000' to 7500'
Gas (BGG) aka
and 60 units from 7500' to 8000'.
Drill Gas
Trip Gas (TG) Maximum gas observed from trip Background Gas before trip: 50
depth minus background gas prior units
Maximum gas observed from trip
to trip. Also note the time
depth: 150 units
between B/U trip gas peak and
Report Trip Gas as: 100 units or
return to background gas level
100 units over BGG
and report if more than normal.
Connection
Maximum gas observed from
Background Gas before
connection: 50 units
Gas (CG)
connection depth minus
background gas prior to
connection depth: 75 units
connection. Also note the time
between the B/U gas peak and the Report Connection Gas as: 25
units or 25 units over BGG
return to the prior gas level and
report if more than normal.
Circulating
Stabilized gas units without drill
BGG while drilling is 50 units,
after picking up off bottom and
Gas (Circ
gas or trip gas.
circulating out bottoms up, the gas
BGG)
level falls to 25 units. Report Circ
BGG as 25 units or 25 units over
BGG.
Gas reporting

6 of 16
Show Gas
Shutdown Gas
Mud
properties to
plot
Maximum gas observed from the

drilling break minus background
gas.
Background Gas before drilling

break: 50 units
drilling break: 750 units
Report Show Gas as: 700 units or
700 units over BGG
Background Gas before shutdown:
shutdown period minus
50 units
background gas prior to
shutdown.
shutdown period: 75 units Report
Shutdown Gas as: 25 units or 25
units over BGG
The mud properties to be plotted include:
mud density
total chlorides (titrated or resistivity)
temperature
ion change (calcium and sodium)
mud viscosity (funnel, plastic, yield point and gels) and pH
factor.
Frequency of
mud properties
check
When looking for abnormal pressure, the mud properties should be

kept as constant as possible. The mud properties (both in and out
samples) should be checked every four (4) hours or more often if the
mud is gas cut. Bottoms up after each trip should also be checked.
Plotting method
The mud properties should be plotted in a graphical or columnar form.
Changes in
rheological
properties
Any significant change in the rheological properties of the drilling

fluid (especially a freshwater mud) when drilling over-pressured
formations may be an indication of an under-balanced wellbore
condition.
Changes in
chlorides
An increase in the total chlorides over the average for the normal
pressure portion of the hole may indicate a formation water influx
and entry into higher pore pressure. An increase of chlorides causes
drilling fluid chemical changes that show up as an increase in:
funnel viscosity plastic viscosity, and
yield point.

7 of 16
Oil / water ratio
If drilling with an oil based mud , the oil/water ratio may be an

indicator of an influx of formation water.
Temperature
gradient
changes
A temperature gradient change as indicated by the temperature of

the mud returns at the flowline may indicate that over-pressured
sediments are being drilled. Generally, this change will be an
increase in the flowline temperature due to a higher geothermal
gradient in the overpressured zone. However, a change in the
temperature
gradient
may alsomud
indicate:
When
considering
circulating
temperature to detect a transition
zone, it is very important to remember that these temperatures
the crossing
a fault items:
depend
upon theof
following
an unconformity, or
a change
in lithology.
ambient
temperature
circulation rate
system volume (mud tanks, etc.)
time since circulation
solids content in mud
addition of fluids and additives (humidity, heavy rains if pits
are open), and
penetration rate.
Factors
affecting
temperature
Temperature
plotting
guidelines
The following guidelines are recommended in order to obtain

meaningful temperature data that can be assimilated into
pressure indicator form.
Monitor and record simultaneously inlet (suction) and outlet
(shakers) temperature.
Plot with other parameters.
Consider lag time to correlate temperature with depth.
Establish gradient for each bit run.
Do not establish the mud temperature gradients until after the
effects of tripping have normalized (usually 30' to 40' of drilling).
Observe sudden increase in the outlet/inlet differential.

8 of 16
Changes in
physical
properties of
cuttings
Cuttings from the transition zone will have different physical

properties from normally pressured cuttings. Some of the physical
changes are:
Composition
Color
Texture
Size
Shape
Fracture quantity, and
bulk density.
Color change
Color change is often noted from multi-colored green, reddish brown,

tan and light gray non-marine shales in normally pressured sediments
to a darker gray and often dark brown to gray marine shales in
abnormally pressured zones.
Texture change
Textural change in shale may be from silty and rough to waxy, slick or
soapy.
Shape change
A change in shape may occur from semi-flat, rounded cuttings to

angular, flat, splintery and often jagged and elongated (propeller
shaped) concave curved cuttings. Sometimes large cuttings several
inches long, known as spalling shale, are noted when drilling
underbalanced.
Quantity of cuttings often increases when the overpressure becomes change

greater than the mud column pressure. This occurs when the formation
begins to implode into the wellbore. Occasionally, there is
simultaneously torquing of the drill pipe and the pump pressure
increases. Also, this is generally when you get fill on bottom after
making a connection.
Quantity
Density change
7.3
A decrease or departure from the normal compaction trend in the sale

density of the cuttings is another indication of drilling overpressured
shales.
Abnormal Pressure Detection Team Responsibilities

9 of 16
Team make-up
When deployed an abnormal pressure detection team should consist of

the following members:
Rig Supervisor
Wellsite Geologist
Drilling Engineer (if required)
Paleontologist (if required)
Mudloggers, and MWD personnel Rig Hands
Driller, and Shaker hand
Mud Engineer
When should All team members should be at the well site 24 hrs before the team
arrive transition zone is expected. This allows time to monitor all the indicators so
that a "normal trend" reference line can be established.
Mission of team
Team members
The table below describes the responsibilities of each member of the
responsibilities team.
Role
Rig Supervisor
Wellsite
Geologist
Drilling
Engineer
Paleontologist
MWD
Engineer
Mudlogger
Responsibilities
The Rig Supervisor is responsible for the drilling rig and all on-site
activities and is designated as the Team Leader. The supervisor has the
ultimate onsite authority on when to raise the mud weight, stop drilling,
and log based on the advice of the other team members.
The Wellsite Geologist's duties are to plot and interpret various
geological abnormal pressure indicators, interpret and correlate logs
(MDS/LWD logs, electric wireline logs, mud logs, etc.), and calculate
estimated pore pressure from logs and shale density plots.
The Drilling Engineer's duties are to interpret drilling parameters. The
Geologist and Drilling Engineer must maintain close communication
and closely analyze the various indicators as the hole is drilled.
The Paleontologist's duties (if required) are to identify correlative
microfossil zones, construct paleobathymetric maps, and help the team
better understand the geology.
The MWD Engineer's duties are to maintain QC of LWD logs, and
estimate pore pressure changes from log plots.
The Mudlogger's duties are to record all abnormal pressure parameters,
make lithologic descriptions of the cuttings, watch for hydrocarbon
shows, and maintain a lithology/drilling parameter log plotted up to

10 of 16
date continuously as the well is being drilled.
Driller
Mud Engineer
Shaker Hand
The driller's duty is to maintain the drilling parameters (WOB and

RPM) as constant as possible and as specified by the Rig Supervisor.
He should immediately notify the Rig Supervisor of any changes.
The Mud Engineer's duty is to measure the mud weight at intervals
specified by the Operations Supervisor and keep the other team
members updated.
The shaker hand's duties are to assist the mud engineer in monitoring
mud properties, monitor cutting size and volume, and monitor for flow
when pumps are down.
* Most abnormal pressure detection operations are conducted by contract Geologist with no
EMDC Geologist or Engineer on site. Proper communication should be made through with
the team members at the rig site and office.
7.4
Mud Logging
Where are
specifications
found
Mud logging services and interval will be specified in the

Drilling Program.
Abnormal
pressure
parameters to
be monitored
Abnormal pressure parameters are to be monitored by the

mudloggers and may include the following:
rate of penetration
d/dc
gas detection
background gas
connection gas
trip gas, etc.
chromatograph readings
lithologic descriptions
shale density, surface area and description
"In" and "Out" mud properties, and

weight
temperature
chlorides, etc.
hole conditions
torque
drag
fill, etc.

11 of 16
Plotting Data
While drilling, the Mudloggers will plot the specified data on a mud log
on a continuous basis and maintain 24 hour surveillance of the
wellbore.
Distribution/
frequency of
reports
The Mudloggers will:
provide the Drilling Supervisor a copy of the mud log and

mud logging report daily, and
fix a copy to Company personnel as specified by the Drilling
Supervisor/Wellsite Geologist.
Note: It may be required to fax the mud log to the office more
often when drilling in or near possible transition zones (typically,
a minimum of twice a day to office for Operations Geologist, and
Superintendent's review).
Mud logging
unit
specifications
The mud logging unit should met the following specifications:
A pressurized logging unit large enough to accommodate

the required personnel should be use. This could include:
Mudloggers
Wellsite Geologist
Pressure engineer (if required), and
other required personnel.
All instruments in non-pressurized sections of the unit will

be intrinsically safe.
The unit should have an alarm to detect depressurization.

Detailed specifications for the mud logging unit and associated
equipment will be in the mudlogging contract.
Gas detection A Hydrogen Flame Ionization Gas Detector (FID) and equipment
Hydrogen Flame Ionization Gas Chromatograph system will be

supplied on the unit with a second system provided as backup.
An integrator will be supplied for gas percentage calculations
from the chromatograph.
Gas readings will be calibrated to :
2% methane balance in air (2% = 100 units), and 20%
methane balance in nitrogen (2% = 1000 units).

12 of 16
A carbide lag (or in Oil Base Mud some other type of lag) will
be made each 24 hours to check operation of gas detectors and
lag time.
The primary gas trap must be constructed so that mud enters equipment
through a 1.5" to 2" hole in a bottom plate on the trap. Two (2) opposed, open stirrup
(curved or straight) agitator blades should be used. An air motor is preferred.
A backup gas trap should be available on location at all times.
The secondary gas trap extracts a precise quantity of mud from
the possum belly and automatically extracts gas entrained in the
mud. It should be self-calibrating and incorporate two (2) FIDs
as sensors.
Gas trap
Computer
equipment
A minimum of three (3) monitors are to be installed as indicated

below:
one in the Drilling Supervisor's office
one (Div 1, Class 1, intrinsically safe) on the rig floor, and
one in the mud logging unit.
Computer software and instrumentation capable of measuring
and displaying the following data are ideal:
ROP
Torque
pump pressure
total gas
pit levels
Dxc exponent (calculated)
mud resistivity
temperature
RPM
WOB
Pump strokes
flow rate
trip tank levels
rotary torque, and
mud density
This software and instrumentation should be independent from the rig's
instrumentation and have alarms with high/low levels.

13 of 16
Lithology
UV light box with tow (2) 3600 angstrom UV lights plus one
equipment
(1) white light.

High quality binocular microscope
with high intensity light.
Lithology determining chemicals (e.g., HCL, Alizarin Red).
Probes, tweezers, sample trays and sieves.
description

14 of 16
Guidelines
Guidelines for drilling in abnormal pressure areas are:
Guidelines
The BOP must be tested and functioned, and the drill crews
determined to be qualified and competent (via training and
drills) on flowcheck and well shut-in procedures in accordance
with the Well Control Section of this manual.
Reference: See the Well Control Section of this manual for
additional information.
The drilling fluid should be stabilized at the pre-determined
weight.
Adequate barite must be on the drilling rig to weight up to at
least the expected mud weight (minimum: the higher of 1000
sacks or 1 ppg increase over current mud weight).
Barite needed should be addressed in lost return areas.
The barite quantity on-site must comply with the regulations of
the MMS or State Agency. Check mud company inventory of
barite at their base and how rapidly it can be mobilized to the
rig site.
The PVT and FLO-SHO alarms should be set to the lowest
practical limits.
The abnormal pressure detection parameters specified in the
Drilling Program must be monitored continuously.
The drilling parameters should be stabilized as soon as possible
during each bit run and maintained constant to allow for more
If mud weight must be raised in response to abnormal pressure
indicators, drilling should cease and the well should be
circulated until the system is stabilized at the new mud weight.
After consultation with the Operations Superintendent, the mud
weight may be increased gradually while drilling if conditions
allow.
Consideration should be given to using mill tooth bits as they
have been the most reliable in responding to abnormal pressure
indicators. Successful abnormal pressure hunts have been
conducted with insert bits, and PDC bits in areas with
significant local knowledge and where offset experience exists.
Guidelines for drilling in abnormal pressure areas are:
The BOP must be tested and functioned, and the drill crews
determined to be qualified and competent (via training and
drills) on flowcheck and well shut-in procedures in accordance
with the Well Control Section of this manual.

15 of 16
Reference: See the Well Control Section of this manual for

The drilling fluid should be stabilized at the pre-determined
weight.
Adequate barite must be on the drilling rig to weight up to at
least the expected mud weight (minimum: the higher of 1000
sacks or 1 ppg increase over current mud weight).
Barite needed should be addressed in lost return areas.
The barite quantity on-site must comply with the regulations of
the MMS or State Agency. Check mud company inventory of
barite at their base and how rapidly it can be mobilized to the
rig site.
The PVT and FLO-SHO alarms should be set to the lowest
practical limits.
The abnormal pressure detection parameters specified in the
Drilling Program must be monitored continuously.
The drilling parameters should be stabilized as soon as possible
during each bit run and maintained constant to allow for more
If mud weight must be raised in response to abnormal pressure
indicators, drilling should cease and the well should be
circulated until the system is stabilized at the new mud weight.
After consultation with the Operations Superintendent, the mud
weight may be increased gradually while drilling if conditions
allow.
Consideration should be given to using mill tooth bits as they
have been the most reliable in responding to abnormal pressure
indicators. Successful abnormal pressure hunts have been
conducted with insert bits, and PDC bits in areas with
significant local knowledge and where offset experience exists.
FORMATION EVALUATION

8.2 General
1
8.3 Conventional Coring
1
8.4 Wireline Logging Program8

16 of 16
8.5 Sidewall Coring Operations

11
8.6 Wireline Radioactive Sources
12
8.7 MWD/LWD Logging
12
8.8 Mud Logging and Cuttings Samples
14
________________________________________________________________________________
______
8.1 GENERAL
Formation evaluation takes many forms and in many respects is the province of the
wellsite geologist. However, operation of the equipment and its effect on well safety,

1 of 16
is the responsibility of the operations supervisor. Therefore, each major method of

formation evaluation will be discussed in view of operational considerations.
8.2 CONVENTIONAL CORING
For all Drilling Operations, a supplemental procedure will be prepared detailing the
coring operations. The objective of coring is to obtain a formation sample for
geological or reservoir evaluation, determine permeability, porosity, composition of
the rock, and to conduct flow studies. Because of the valuable information, which the
cores provide, the drilling objective is to furnish the maximum core recovery,
minimal core damage, and minimum operational cost.
In order to do this, planning is the crucial first step to ensure that a core analysis
program is successful and that the money used to obtain and analyze the core is well
spent. Deciding on the coring objective, mud type, core cutting method, and core
handling procedures at the surface are the first steps in the planning process.
The most widely used coring method today is the conventional double tube (inner and
outer) core barrel with a PDC or diamond core head. Diamonds cut with a shearing
action and thus greatly reduce the fracturing of the core. This enhances the recovery
because a non-fractured core is less like to jam the core barrel before a full-length
core has been cut.
Standard core catchers are routinely used successfully in areas with consolidated
formations. Closed catcher core systems such as Baker Hughes Inteq's "Hydro-Lift",
used almost exclusively in the Gulf of Mexico, are used in coring unconsolidated
formations to enhance recovery. In these cases, use of a face discharge bit (in which
the inner core barrel can extend into the bit throat area) is recommended to minimize
erosion of the core as it is cut.
Pre-Coring Meeting
A pre-coring meeting should take place a week or two before coring, and should be
attended (if possible) by all personnel that will be involved. At the meeting, the
coring objectives and the coring plan can be reviewed and minor changes can be
made if necessary. The role and responsibilities of all personnel should also be
discussed. This will help everyone realize that coring is a team effort, and that each
person's role is vital.
Conventional Coring Equipment
Core Bits
Diamond core bits are available in numerous designs for drilling various types of
formations. In general, for soft formations, large diamonds are spaced relatively far
2 of 16
apart, whereas in hard formations, smaller diamonds are set closer together. The cost
of the core bit depends on the total carat weight of the diamonds plus the setting
charge. Used bits are returned for salvage of the diamonds and to receive credit for
the reusable stones.
Beside the PDC/diamond placement, the main difference in core head design is the
location, size, and number of drilling fluid passages for cleaning and cooling the bit.
This design depends on the formation to be cored along with the available pump
horsepower. Relatively large fluid courses permit higher fluid circulation rates for
flushing the hole while cutting sticky shales. Smaller, numerous fluid courses
provide better cooling of the diamonds while coring hard abrasive formations.
When coring in soft formations, EMDC may elect to have the coring company
manufacture the core bits with their "throats" 1/8" smaller than the inner barrel or
liner inside diameter. This clearance will allow the shales to swell and hopefully
prevent the barrel from jamming and resulting in poor recovery. Face discharge core
heads may also reduce erosion due to fluid flow past the core.
In hard formation wellbores, the initial trip in the hole with a core bit should be done
with careful monitoring for excessive drag, particularly in the lower portion of the
last bit run. As a bit drills hard formations, the gauge protection of the bit can wear
creating an under gauged hole. As the full gauge coring assembly enters this part of
the hole, the bit and full gauge stabilizers on the core barrel could stick. If the drag
becomes excessive, the assembly should be pulled from the hole and a hole opener or
reamer run to open it to full gauge.
Core Barrel
The conventional core barrel for diamond coring consists of an outer barrel which
houses a free, non-rotating, inner core barrel that is made of either light weight steel,
aluminium, or fiberglass. In order to obtain a good core, the inner barrel must not
rotate with the outer barrel. This is accomplished by suspending the inner barrel on a
swivel assembly which utilizes a mud lubricated anti-friction bearing. The core bit is
made up on the bottom of the outer barrel while the inner barrel is fitted with a core
catcher assembly at its bottom.
Conventional wall thickness barrels are generally available in the following sizes:
Outer Barrel Diameter
Core Diameter
4-1/8"
2-1/8"
4-3/4"
2-5/8"
5-3/4"
3-1/2"
6-1/4"
4"
6-3/4
4"
7"
4-3/8"
8"
5-1/4"

3 of 16
If either barrel becomes bent, the unit should be replaced because the inner tube will
probably rotate with the outer tube. The inner barrel must have a smooth uniform
bore to allow passage of the core and to prevent wedging. The unit should always be
checked before starting in the hole. The assembly can be hung in the derrick and the
inner barrel hand-rotated before making up the core head.
Inner Barrel Plastic Liners
When coring in soft, unconsolidated formations, a plastic liner can be run that will
help prevent the inner barrel from jamming, and help protect and preserve the core
during removal and transport. In medium to hard formations, these liners are
normally not run.
There are three types of plastic liners: 1) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with temperature
limitations up to 150 degrees F, 2) Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) with
temperature limitations up to 180 degrees, and 3) Butyrate, a clear plastic liner that
has a temperature limitation of 140 degrees F. The PVC plastic liner is typically run
when coring soft formations, though aluminium liners have been used in hotter holes
where the BHT exceeds 180 degrees F.
The use of these plastic liners will reduce the size of core that can be cut, by 3/8" to
1/2" depending on the size barrel being used.
Fluted Aluminium Inner Barrel
Very high recovery of long cored intervals has been achieved with fluted aluminium
inner barrel in Norway. The design is believed to reduce core to inner barrel friction
and therefore reduced jamming.
Stabilizers
Full gauge (1/32 under) integral bladed stabilizers near the top and just above the bit
will keep the barrel from wobbling while coring, and should be replaced when worn
down more than 1/8". If under gauged stabilizers were used in drilling the section of
hole immediately above the core point, these full gauge stabilizers may cause
excessive drag while going in the hole that could stick the assembly. An additional
trip with a reamer or hole opener may be necessary before coring can commence.
Safety Joint
A safety joint at the top of the core barrel enables recovery of the inner barrel and
core should the outer barrel become stuck. This will leave only the outer barrel and
core bit to be fished from the hole.

4 of 16
It should be noted that the safety joint is made with a left-hand thread that only
requires 50% of the make-up torque to release. In high angle directional wells it may
be impossible to work down enough left hand torque to the safety joint without
backing-off the drill string at a higher point.
Pump-Out Sub
A pump-out sub (circulating sub) should be run above the coring assembly that can be
opened in the event that the flow passages around the bit should become plugged
during coring operations. A ball is normally dropped and the drill string pressured-up
rupturing a disk that opens flow ports in the sub. Various pressure rated disks can be
run, normally using those set to rupture at 3500 psi. Circulation can then resume and
the hole cleaned prior to pulling out of the hole. The coring company provides these
pump-out subs.
Coring Jars
Mechanical jars should NOT be run when coring because they can do serious damage
to a core barrel assembly. If the drill string is stuck at the bit, mechanical jars have
been known to tear the throats out of a core bit. A hydraulic jar (such as Bowen or
Houston Engineering) is preferred by most core companies because the jarring blow
can be controlled by the overpull from the rig floor. These jars are placed either
towards the bottom of the HeviWate drill pipe, or in the upper portion of the drill
collars.
CONVENTIONAL CORING TECHNIQUES
Preparing to Core
It is very important that the hole be clean of any debris (rock bit teeth, bearings, etc.)
to prevent damage to the PDC or diamonds. If necessary, a junk boot basket can be
used during the last bit run prior to coring. If there is junk suspected on bottom after
the last bit run before coring a boot basket run is recommended. The drilling
engineer should work closely with the core bit manufacturer to select the best design
and type of bit for the type of formation to be cored, anticipated mud properties, and
available hydraulic horsepower.
As with all drilling assemblies, accurate measurement of the core barrel assembly
including the BHA should be made before going in the hole. After touching bottom
while circulating, the bit should be held approximately 3 foot off-bottom and
circulation continued to wash the hole clean of any fill that might have accumulated
during the bit trip.
Mud Properties

5 of 16
While drilling just prior to PDC/diamond coring, the mud viscosity should be reduced
as much as possible without sacrificing hole cleaning. A low water loss mud will
reduce filter cake build-up and minimize the chances of sticking. Low viscosity and
low water loss will also help reduce pump pressures.
In studies performed by Conoco in 1986, they found that very good core recovery
(100%) was obtained in their offshore operations when the pressure of the mud
column was kept at least 300 psi above the formation pressure using a Saltwater/New
Drill type mud system. Coring runs in holes using a freshwater lignosulfonate mud
were not as successful (the shales became swollen causing them to become sticky and
jamming the core barrel), and in those operations done with very low differential
pressures, no core was recovered.
LCM can be pumped through a core barrel, but the material should be restricted to
fine material only. Limit LCM to a maximum concentration of 15-20 ppb.
Coring Operations Guidelines
Cutting The Core
Prior to dropping the ball to begin coring, circulate bottoms-up. A steel ball is
pumped down the drill string and is seated in the top of the inner barrel. Coring fluid
is then diverted between the inner and outer barrels and emerges at the fluid ports of
the bit.
For maximum performance, the core barrel should be stabilized as best as possible in
the hole. A stabilizer just above the bit will normally give sufficient stabilization if it
is not allowed to get more than 1/8" under the bit diameter.
When starting the core, it is a good practice to cut the first 12 to 18 inches with only
2,000 to 4,000 lbs bit weight and with reduced rotary speed. After the stabilizer is
buried in the core hole, bit weight and rotary speed may be increased. While coring,
the bit weight should be maintained continuously and the weight must never be
allowed to drill-off. Allowing the weight to drill-off will produce pounding on
bottom and can result in severe damage to the core head and coring assembly. The
rotary speed should remain constant during the coring operation.
Coring Operations Guidelines
WOB, RPMs and pump rate should be in accordance with the core bit manufacturer's
recommendations. General guidelines are as follows:
For 8-1/2" hole, WOB should generally be between 4,000 and 6,000 lbs. in soft to
medium-hard formations and 10,000 to 20,000 lbs. in harder formations

6 of 16
The maximum circulation should be limited to a rate that will not erode the core
bit matrix or undercut the core. Circulation rates of 200 to 500 GPM are most
common when cutting a 4" core.
Rotary speeds should generally be between 50 and 100 rpm. Rotary speeds above
100 rpm could damage the core barrel from excessive torque.
Drilling parameters (pump pressure vs. pump rate, rotating torque vs. rpm, ROP
vs. WOB, etc.) should be monitored closely during coring operations. A change
in any parameter may be significant to coring success.
When the core is being cut and begins to enter the inner barrel, the pump pressure
will increase from 200 to 300 psi and is the result of the pressure drop across the
diamond bit. This pressure should be monitored during the coring operation, an
increase or decrease normally indicates that something abnormal is occurring and the
cause must be determined. Coring operations should cease, the bit should be pickedup off bottom, and the standpipe pressure observed.
If the pressure drops but then returns immediately to the abnormally high pressure
when the bit is set back on bottom, the bit has probably failed. A ring of
diamonds that has been damaged will allow the formation to cut into the matrix,
restricting the watercourses and causing the pressure increase. When this occurs,
pull the bit to prevent further damage.
If the pressure increase remains when the bit is raised off bottom, plugging of the
fluid passages in the bit or circulatory system may be the cause. Continued high
pressure may also be an indication of swivel failure resulting in lowering of the
inner barrel and closing of the fluid passages. In either condition pull the bit.
An abrupt increase in standpipe pressure may be caused by plugging of the core

barrel from an accumulation of foreign particles in the mud system such as
rubber, LCM, or pipe scale.
A pressure decrease while coring may be due to a number of factors, including a

leak in the surface equipment, or a hole in the drill string. If this pressure decrease
is accompanied by a decrease in penetration rate AND less torque, a wedged core
has probably developed holding the bit off bottom. If this condition continues
after picking up and setting down the bit, pull out of the hole and recover what
core has been cut.
When pump pressure fluctuates continuously and the ROP is erratic, it is possible
that alternate wedging and crushing of the core is occurring. The barrel should be
pulled to avoid loss of recovery.

7 of 16
Making Connections and Pulling the Core

A complete set of drill pipe pup joints should be available when coring to prevent
making an extra connection. It is a good practice to leave a foot up on the kelly joint
before making a connection. If more than a 30 foot core is being attempted and a
connection is necessary, stop the rotary table and pick the core barrel off bottom
slowly. A noticeable jump on the indicator will result when the core breaks. If the
core is hard to break, pull 15,000 to 30,000 lbs above the weight of the string, set the
brake and slowly rock the rotary until the core breaks.
After making the connection, return to bottom and rotate slowly until the bit is again
cutting and the new core is entering the inner barrel. This same procedure should be
used before pulling the core to avoid leaving a section of core in the hole. It should
be noted that not all core barrels have the ability to cut more than 30 foot of core.
When coming out of the hole with the core, it is very important that the drill string be
pulled slowly and not rotated to prevent losing the core. Do not pump a slug, and use the
trip tank to ensure that the wellbore takes the proper amount of mud. Killing a well with
a coring assembly in the hole will be difficult and complicated because of the full core
barrel in the string.
Core Handling
When the core barrel is pulled to the surface, there are two methods that are
commonly used to remove a core. In hard formation areas where a plastic inner liner
is not used, the inner barrel can be removed from the top of the core barrel and laid
on the catwalk where the core is recovered. The core can also be removed while the
barrel is left hanging in the derrick a few inches above the rig floor.
The core catcher and lower shoe are removed and the core is slid out of the inner
barrel and cut into 3 foot sections.
In areas where soft, unconsolidated formations are cored, the plastic liner is pushedout of the inner barrel and cut into sections as it is removed on the catwalk. These
sections are marked with orientation stripes, the well name, and coring depth. Small
holes are normally drilled into each 3 foot section through the
PVC/fiberglass/aluminium liner to vent any trapped gas. These holes are later taped
closed prior to transport.
The core is packed in dry ice to immobilize the formation fluids and prepared for
shipment. Freezing the core at the well site and keeping it frozen throughout the
shipping and sampling phases will minimize sample disturbance. The core can also
be stabilized with resin or gypsum.

8 of 16
When pulling the core through the rotary table, Draeger Tube detectors will be used
to determine if the core contains H2S. If working in an H2S area, all personnel on the
rig floor will don a self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) prior to pulling the
core through the rotary table.
Coring High Angle Holes
Coring high angle and horizontal wells will necessitate a change in the typical coring
assembly. When using downhole rotary drive mechanisms, MWD tools, etc., the
conventional ball to seal off the inner barrel cannot be pumped down. Special inner
relief valves must be installed at the surface because it is unlikely that a ball would
remain seated in a horizontal well. Do not use MWD or motors when coring.
Additional thrust and radial bearings must be built into the coring assembly as well to
prevent the inner barrel from rotating. Internal stabilization of the inner barrel to
minimize its bending inside the outer barrel may also be needed. It is prudent to run
only a 30 foot long core barrel in most instances, unless conditions are extremely
favorable.
Fiberglass inner barrels should be considered to reduce friction of the core on the bottom
side of the inner wall where the core rests as it enters.
A core barrel with high torque threads is recommended for coring in higher angle
wells. This type of barrel allows coring in more difficult formations, and will allow
more torque to be supplied to the core head. These high torque threads do not alter
the strength of the body or decrease the core size.
A detailed core handling procedure will be provided by Geology based on the coring
objectives of the well and the type of core analysis required.
8.3
WIRELINE LOGGING PROGRAM
A wireline logging program, which specifies the types of logs to be run, the logging
intervals, and the order in which to run the logs will be included in the applicable drilling
procedure.
Logging Sequence
To reduce rig time and complete as many logging runs as possible prior to a
conditioning trip, the Operations Supervisor and wellsite geologist should thoroughly
discuss the various logs and the proper sequence in which they are to be run. If there
is any question, the Operations Supervisor should notify the Operations
Superintendent.

9 of 16
A logical running order is, with GR run on each log for depth control, is:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7.
8.
IES or IES-Sonic as required;

GR and /or FDC/CNL as required;
Conditioning trip if necessary;
MDT/RFT's as needed;
Dipmeter as required; 6. Velocity survey if required.
Conditioning trip if necessary;
Sidewall cores as required;
The correct scales (5" or 1") for each log should be discussed with the logging
engineer and checked to prevent having to re-log the well. The logging engineer
should be instructed to report to the Operations Supervisor any drag on successive
logging runs and any sticking or spudding with the logging tools.
Wireline Logging Guidelines
1. Pre-job meetings will be conducted with the logging engineer prior to beginning
each logging job. The Company technical requirements for logging and the specific
logging program should be discussed, along with safety procedures for handling
radioactive tools and sidewall core guns (SWCs).
2. The logging Engineer will record digital logging data and provide the required
number of final log copies in accordance with the logging program and to the
satisfaction of the wellsite geologist.
3. Two thermometers will be present on each logging run.
4. A running cable-head-tension device, if available, to read actual tension on the rope
socket ("weak point" of system) should be run.
5. A station time limit should be established prior to running an RFT tool taking into
consideration the hole condition and previous experience in the area. Typically
samples should be taken at the deepest zone of interest first and subsequent samples
taken as the tool is pulled up the wellbore to reduce the potential for wireline
sticking. However, it may be appropriate to vary the sequence, to ensure the
highest priority intervals are tested, in the event that adverse hole conditions reduce
or prevent all desired testings.
6. The periods during which welding and radios must be shut down (when handling
explosives, during certain logs, etc.) will be determined. Always shut down radios
when these tools are at or above BOP stack.

10 of 16
7. A wiper trip to the casing shoe should normally be made and the hole should be
circulated clean prior to pulling out of the hole for logging. A high viscosity gel
sweep to remove any loose cuttings may be necessary during this circulation. A
logging pill may be spotted on bottom to help suspend any cuttings left in the hole
during logging operations. These pills will be detailed in the appropriate drilling
procedures.
8. The Drilling Fluids Engineer will take an "Out" sample of the drilling fluid before
stopping circulation prior to POOH for logging and give samples of the drilling
fluid, fluid filtrate, and a filter cake to the Wireline Logging Engineer to record on
the log.
9. The trip tank will be used while logging to keep the hole full. The Drill Crew will
record trip tank levels at scheduled intervals (15-minute maximum). The Mud
Loggers will also record trip tank levels at the same intervals as a crosscheck. The
amount of drilling fluid required to fill the hole will be reported on the Daily
Drilling Report.
10. The Operations Supervisor will be notified of any abnormal changes in trip tank
level(considering the line volume) when running in/out of the hole during logging
operations.
11. Non-essential personnel will keep away from all logging tools, wireline, and related
equipment at all times.
12. Only authorized personnel will enter the logging unit during wireline operations.
13. Loads will not be moved across the wireline cable when logging is in progress.
14. A wireline wiper will be used to clean the cable when it is being removed from the
hole. Wash down water will not be used as this will complicate trip tank level
readings.
15. Hole caliper information (if available) and bottom hole logging temperatures will
be sent to the Drilling Engineer and Geologist as soon as practical during logging
operations.
16. All tight spots and ledges in the hole will be noted for possible reaming prior to
running casing.
17. Only logging company personnel will handle any tool that contains a radioactive
source (e.g., neutron density tool) or explosives. A work permit is required for
radioactive/explosive tool handling.

11 of 16
18. Logging company personnel will wear appropriate radioactive monitoring devices
and take the necessary safety precautions when running logging tools with
radioactive sources.
19. All personnel on the rig floor will don a self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
in H2S areas before removing samples from sampling tools such as the MDT/RFT
(Atlas FMT).
20. Sample containers which may contain H2S gas will be marked as such.
Wireline Company Responsibilities
1. Maintain the Wireline Logging Unit and related equipment onboard the drilling rig
as specified in the contract.
2. Ensure that sufficient tools (primary and back-up) are onboard the drilling rig as
specified in the contract.
3. Ensure that all tools are in operating order immediately after arriving at the wellsite.
Provide service history of the W.L. detailing environment worked in and last
service.
4. Provide the Operations Supervisor with overall dimensions and drawing of each
logging tool run in the hole.
5. Ensure that overshot grapples and cut and strip equipment is available on the
drilling rig for each different size of fishing neck before running the logging tool.
6. Ensure that logging tools are not stationary in the wellbore except when taking a
sample/pressure using an MDT/RFT tool.
7. Notify the operations supervisor of any hole problems (excessive drag / sticking
tendencies).
8. Ensure that the prospect geologist has all of the logs, tapes, and/or film strips,
sidewall cores, etc., prior to leaving the location.
9. Ensure that the area surrounding the logging unit is clean of all debris, trash, and
traces of any oil or lubricants prior to leaving the location.
10. Ensure that all equipment is stored properly (radioactive tools in designated storage
area, explosives in approved magazine, etc.).
11. Use radioactive and explosive readiness checklists in Safety Management Program.
12 of 16
Stuck Wireline Operations

The basic philosophy for recovery of stuck logging tools is to cut and strip in most
cases, particularly in directional wells and for any radioactive source tool. The
following guidelines will be observed when attempting to free stuck tools:
1. A 75% criteria will be used for maximum overpull of stuck tools/wireline (i.e.,
overpull will not exceed 75% of the rating of either the rope socket or the wireline).
If a cable head tension surface read-out is available, surface line tension will be
used to determine the pull on the wireline, and the cable head tension surface readout can be used to determine the amount of pull on the rope socket. NOTE: If the
float equipment has been drilled out with an undersized bit that results in a core of
cement remaining in the shoe joints, watch for line key seating. If the logging tool
becomes stuck, refrain from repeated pulls on wireline, to prevent damaging and
cutting the line. Even though it is time consuming, a strip-over job has less risk than
a wireline-fishing job.
2. All personnel will be cleared from the rig floor and from any areas under the
wireline when pulling on stuck wireline.
3. Approval will be obtained from the Operations Superintendent prior to exceeding
the 75% overpull criteria.
8.4
SIDEWALL CORING OPERATIONS
The following guidelines will be observed during sidewall coring operations:

1. After the core gun is loaded, the area around the gun (catwalk, etc.) will be
cordoned off and flagged as "Hazardous - Explosives In Use" until run in the hole.
2. Radio silence will be maintained on all radios and any welding is to be shut down
on the drilling rig when picking-up, laying-down and tripping in the hole with the
sidewall core guns until the guns are well below the mudline.
3. All helicopters and boats in the immediate area will be notified to maintain radio
silence until further notice.
4. The shore base will be advised of the radio silence start and end times.
5. All non-essential personnel will be cleared from the rig floor when handling the
core gun on the rig floor.
6. All personnel working below the rig floor (e.g., Texas deck area of the rig and well
bay/+15 area of a platform) will be alerted and removed from the area when

13 of 16
running a sidewall core gun into the wellbore. Once the gun is below the mud line,
normal work can continue. When pulling the SWC gun from the wellbore and the
gun is at or above the mud line the precautions mentioned above will be taken.
*NOTE: See EMDC Safety Manual for recommended safe working practices in Wireline
Perforating and Other Electrically Detonating Operations section.
Wellsite Geologist Responsibility:
1. Select side wall core points in relatively gauge sections of the hole to avoid
"shooting off bullets" and leaving debris in the hole.
2. Make a description of the sidewall cores at the Wellsite immediately after unloading
the guns.
3. Ensure that the Operations Supervisor has a report on bullet recovery that includes
number of misfires, number of bullets left in hole, number of cores recovered, any
other gun parts left in the hole, and depths of all shots.
8.5 WIRELINE RADIOACTIVE SOURCES
Refer to Safety Management Program
8.6 MWD/LWD LOGGING
Logging While Drilling (LWD) objectives are:
Provide real time correlation and pressure detection.
Obtain information for early operational decisions.
Use as a replacement or insurance for wireline logs that may be more costly.
Use to evaluate highly deviated wells where wireline logging is not possible. LWD
logs are the most common log in the Gulf of Mexico because of hole angle and
directional constraints.
Tool Placement/Stabilization
1. MWD/LWD tools should be placed as close to the bit as practical in order to
obtain high quality data prior to hole erosion and invasion, and to facilitate
abnormal pressure hunts, casing seats, and core points.
2. MWD/LWD tools with integral blade stabilizers should be used if a near bit
stabilizer is necessary.

14 of 16
Stuck Pipe
MWD/LWD tools should be run near the bit since the inside diameter of the tools will
prevent wireline access for free-pointing stuck pipe. Several systems allow wireline
passage after retrieving the electronics package. Use of downhole screens just above
the MWD to prevent jamming may be used but could eliminate retrieving sources or
electronics in the event of a stuck BHA. DP screen decision should be approved by
the Operations Superintendent.
Filter Screens & Flow Rates
1. Filter screens on the mud pump's discharge should be sized to remove any
debris that may cause a problem within the LWD tool (see Op Tech Bulletins).
2. Do not use a filter screen inside of the drill pipe at each connection. Placing a
filter screen inside drill pipe at each connection will prevent the use of wireline
tools if the drill pipe becomes stuck or during well control operations. Use of
downhole filter screens just above the MWD are permitted, but may prevent
retrieval of sources or electronics. Use of downhole screens must be
coordinated with the Operations Superintendent.
3. The MWD/LWD power turbine (if not battery operated) should be sized to
obtain the range of flow rates needed for drilling the hole section expected to be
penetrated on that run (coordinate with service company personnel).
Additionally, MWD/LWD equipment hydraulic pressure requirements should be
modeled and incorporated into drilling hydraulics.
Handling
1. The MWD/LWD transport tray will be used for movement of LWD tools from the
supply vessel and around the drilling rig.
2. Extreme care should be exercised when moving MWD/LWD tools onto the rig
floor to prevent any unnecessary blows or jars that could cause internal damage.
These tools do not have the wall thickness of drill collars and they can bend quite
easily. Rough handling can damage the internal electronic packages of the tools.
3. Only MWD/LWD service personnel will handle the tools as some LWD logs have
radioactive materials.
Lost Circulation Material (LCM)
Lost circulation treatment options are limited with MWD/LWD tools in the hole
(check with LWD personnel for specific tool details). If severe lost circulation is

15 of 16
expected, MWD/LWD tools should not be used. These tools are very expensive and
lost circulation can easily result in stuck pipe and the loss of the tools or damage to
the tools. Should lost circulation occur with an MWD/LWD tool in the hole, the
following steps should be taken
If lost returns are expected, size and set-up the MWD/LWD and motor as
applicable to accommodate high concentrations of fine to medium LCM.
Pull to the casing shoe and let the hole heal sufficiently to POOH and lay down the
tools if at all possible.
If necessary, pump fine or medium grade LCM well mixed. Limit LCM (nutplug)
to a maximum concentration of about 30 ppb fine, or 20 ppb medium when
pumping through an MWD/LWD tool.
For specific LCM material or concentrations consult with the service company and
refer to the applicable drilling procedure. Newer generation MWD/LWD tools
have a higher tolerance for lost circulation material; service personnel can give a
good estimate on the concentration of material each tool can withstand before
plugging. Some tools can be "turned off" by adjusting flow rate. This may reduce
the jamming potential when pumping LCM.
Well Control
MWD/LWD tools should have the ability to circulate a minimum flow rate of 1000
GPM when used in the upper part of the hole where a dynamic kill may be necessary.
8.7
MUD LOGGING AND CUTTINGS SAMPLES
Mud logging services will be specified in the drilling procedure. Mud logging, which
is also a part of formation evaluation, has been previously addressed in Section 7 of
this manual. Cuttings samples will also be collected, as specified in the drilling
program. Typically, several sets of washed and unwashed cuttings samples will be
required. These samples will be collected at the intervals specified in the drilling
program.
Note: Where mud loggers units have hydrogen gas feeding the Flame Ionization
Detector (FID), post warning signs indicating the flammable/explosive
characteristics of the gas. Inspect the hoses (typically Polyflow) every 2-3
months, and replace if it has been pinched, is brittle, or is discolored from the
normal clear or white color (OIMS Manual Element 6).
CASING OPERATIONS

16 of 16

9.2 Casing Running 1
9.3 Casing Connection Make-up
5
9.4 Casing Checklist 5
_________________________________________________________________________________
_____

1 of 16
9.0
CASING & LINER OPERATIONS
For all drilling operations, a detailed casing or liner running procedure will be
prepared. When the rig is ready to have the casing sent to location, the Operations
Supervisor is to call out and arrange delivery from shore base..
Unless otherwise noted in the applicable procedure, the casing operating guidelines in
this section will apply. It is the responsibility of the Operations Supervisor to ensure
that the casing running or liner running operation is conducted according to the
guidelines and requirements in this manual and/or the approved procedure. In cases of
conflict between this manual and an approved procedure, the approved procedure shall
be followed.
A Job Safety Analysis (JSA) will be completed prior to all casing/liner operations
and all personnel involved with the casing/liner running will review the JSA.
OIMS REQUIREMENT: Use an Excel spreadsheet to generate the casing tally

report. The original should be forwarded to the Drilling Engineer and should be
included in the final well report (OIMS Manual Section 4). Additionally, OIMS
requires a DRS casing tally report where possible.
9.1
CASING RUNNING
Casing Preparation Guidelines

1. Ensure the pipe rack is clean and cleared of debris, tripping hazards, and slick
areas.
2. Unload casing using the proper method. Immediately after unloading casing,
the number of joints will be counted and compared with the cargo manifest.
Any discrepancies will be noted and recorded.
3. The weight and grade of each joint of the casing will be checked to ensure that
the proper casing was delivered (check casing ID to ensure correct weight
casing was delivered).
4. Ensure the casing is racked properly for pick up and running.
5. Thread protectors will be removed and the threads cleaned if necessary. Most
of the time connections will be "field prepped" and doped with the proper
thread compound at the yard prior to sending to location. The casing, threads
and couplings will be visually inspected for any signs of damage.
Take special precautions to prevent damaging the seal area on connections
when removing thread protectors, cleaning etc. Review with the rig crews

2 of 16
to ensure that all personnel understand what areas of the connections are the
sealing areas.
6. Casing will be drifted while on the pipe rack to check for and remove any
internal debris. Drift OD is typically API drift but may be a special drift
(reference applicable procedure). Recommended drift is a 1' bar (a 3' drift bar is
typically used in the pipe yard).
7. All casing will be numbered and strapped.
Strapping buttress threaded casing to the diamond as the threads make up

only to the diamond (1-2 inches before the thread run-out on the pin end).
This can result in the casing shoe being deeper than anticipated if
measurements are made to the thread run-out. Ensure strap is to correct
position on the casing.
Use thread run-out template for premium connections and measure from
end of pin threads.
8. A casing tally report will be prepared for every casing or liner run, showing the
number of joints, casing description including joint type (weight, grade), joint
length, joint depth, connection type, and location of major casing string
components (float equipment, pup joints, crossovers, RA tags, centralizers,
wellhead attachments, etc.). A copy of the report will be kept on the rig for
reference during logging, completion, P&A operations, etc.
9. At least two people will check the casing tally.
10. When running production casing, pup joints should be placed above the tops of
possible design productive zones in order to facilitate future correlation. RA
(Radioactive) Tags may also be useful to ensure accurate tie in when drilling
high angle directional wells or when a premium casing thread may be difficult
to see with a casing collar locator log (e.g. CRA casing, integral connection).
Use of such devices will be specified in the appropriate casing procedure. If
RA tags are used, install at least one tag 50m above the top most pay zone.
11. Sufficient rathole should be left below the casing shoe to allow for fill, extra
joint, etc. The general guideline on rathole is no more than +/- 50' TVD of the
permit depth, deep enough to get all LWD information required below the sand
bottom, or deep enough so that the float equipment does not need to be drilled
out on production casing. Rathole is more critical for mandrel type hangers
where the casing is not planned to be cut off.
Cementing Accessory Guidelines

3 of 16
1. Unless specified otherwise in the applicable casing or liner running procedure,

two joints of casing should be run between the float shoe and the float collar as
float joints. Typically one joint with the float collar made up on the end and
thread locked and one joint with the float shoe made up on the end and thread
locked are assembled in the yard and sent to the rig. A back up set of float
equipment is also sent to the rig loose.
2. All connections up to and including two joints above the float collar will be
threadlocked.
3. Run centralizers, turbolizers, scratchers, cement baskets, etc. as detailed in the
applicable procedure.
Casing Running Guidelines
NOTE:
Complete the questions in Section 9.3 prior to beginning cementing
operations.
1. A hole opener run is made after TD of all hole sections prior to running casing
if it deems necessary.
2. Prior to running casing, a planning meeting will be held with personnel that are
directly involved with the casing job to ensure that key personnel understand
the job and their particular responsibilities. The casing running procedure will
be reviewed and it will be verified that job responsibilities and safety
precautions are clear to all personnel.
3. If a mandrel type casing hanger is planned, the landing string complete with
cement head should be spaced out if possible, so that the mandrel casing hanger
can be run all the way through the stack and landed without having to make a
connection while the hanger is in the BOP.
4. The casing hanger and wellhead running tools will be carefully inspected and
serviced prior to running. These tools should be made up and stood back in the
derrick if possible prior to the wiper trip before running casing.
5. The drill string should be strapped out of the hole after TD of the hole section.
If a discrepancy exists, the pipe should be re-strapped in the hole on the hole
opener run.
6. Any tight spots are to be reamed, as necessary, on the wiper trip prior to
logging.

4 of 16
7. When pulling out of the hole on the last trip before running casing, then change
out top set of pipe rams to casing rams and test the bonnet seals when out of
hole before running casing.. (The order in which casing rams are installed may
be changed at the Opt. Supt. discretion based on current well conditions.) Prior
to pulling out of the hole on the wiper trip after logging, the drilling fluid will
be conditioned to ensure that it is virtually free of cuttings and is of uniform
density, with acceptable properties. Based on hole conditions, a casing running
pill may be spotted after conditioning the fluid properties and before pulling
out of the hole.
8. The primary well control method is fluid weight. The annular preventer will be
used as the secondary means of well control with the casing rams as the third
method during casing running operations. Before running casing, reduce the
regulator pressure on the annular preventer per manufacturer's specification for
the casing size in order to prevent collapse of the casing.
9. The wear bushing must be pulled before running casing.
10. Ensure that the rating of all casing tools (spiders, elevators and links) is
sufficient for the casing string weight at total depth plus 200,000 lbs. of
overpull.
11. Ensure that the safety valve on the casing-by-drill pipe crossover is a full
opening ball valve such as a TIW valve.
Perform a function test of the safety valve on the casing-by-drill pipe
crossover and casing swedge before running casing. Record this safety
valve function test on the Daily IADC Report and morning report.
12. For heavy liners, the casing load and overpull limitations will be calculated to
ensure that the drill pipe has sufficient tensile strength to allow it to be used as
a landing string.
13. The inside of float joints will be checked for trash just prior to making up.
14. The float equipment will be checked for proper operation after running the float
collar and one joint of casing by filling the casing with fluid and picking up to
ensure that the fluid drops out of the casing and stays out after running it back
in the hole (if Auto-Fill equipment is not being used).
15. The casing will be filled on a regular basis while picking up the next joint and
the fill is to be confirmed at regular intervals. The casing should be filled with
the drilling fluid used while drilling the hole. Stop in cased hole and fill the
casing entirely prior to running casing/liner into the open hole. Once the casing

5 of 16
is in the open hole fill the casing as run but do not stop to fill the casing. (Use
of fill up tool can aid in casing fill up.)
16. The correct number of sections in slips and clamps will be used for the size
casing being run.
17. Safety clamps will be used until there is enough weight to hold the slips down
and counteract the buoyant effect of the casing in the mud (buoyant effect can
dislodge the casing from the slips and the casing can fall downhole).
18. Returns will be monitored (watch for indications of the well flowing) and
running speed adjusted to minimize drilling fluid losses to the hole. Any
limitations on casing running speed will be specified in the Drilling Program.
9.2
CASING CONNECTION MAKE-UP

1. Make-up torque will be specified in the Drilling Program based on the
connection type, mill coating on the threads, and the thread compound to be
used. For all offshore wells using API STC and LTC connections for any
string, EMURC Torque-Position values will be used. For API BTC
connections, use the EMURC Torque-Position Manual and Torque Position
values for casing sizes less than or equal to 7-5/8". For BTC connections in
casing sizes greater than 7-5/8" use the EMURC Torque-Position Manual 4-T
method. For premium connections, connections will be made up per the
manufacturer's recommended procedure. (Reference Operations Technology
Bulletin 98-68 revised 11/9/1998.) Modified API connections with seal rings
should be run with care and according to the Torque-Position Manual notes.
2. Thread compounds rated for the service temperature and conforming to API
specifications will be used.
3. Use tong mounted computer to track each connection make-up. The casing
company will ensure that a hard copy of make-up curves for all joints run is
sent to the Drilling Engineer. The Drilling Engineer is to make sure that this
report is in the well file in case future casing troubles are encountered (e.g.
casing leak) and the make-up torques need to be reviewed.
9.3
CASING CHECKLIST
Casing
1.
Is condition of casing acceptable?
2.
Is size and condition of casing drifts adequate?

Yes/
No
Yes/
6 of 16
3.
Has casing been drifted, strapped, tallied and verified?
4.
Is condition of casing threads acceptable?
5.
Is enough excess casing on board ?
6.
Is numbering of casing joints correct?
7.
Is thread compound type and quantity acceptable?
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Operations
1.
2.
Are theoretical returns and casing fill up volume calculations correct?

Are fill-up and displacement volumes correct?
3.
Is the reduction of the hydrostatic pressure due to spacer volume a problem?
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
4. Is as much rig up completed as possible during HO run, and logging

operations? Yes/No
5.
Are drill floor and catwalk clear of non-essential equipment?
Yes/
No
6.
Has a safety meeting been held prior to rigging up equipment?
Yes/
No
7.
Is hole monitored on trip tank while completing rig up?
Yes/
No
8.
Does Driller know proper casing running speed?
Yes/
No
9.
Does the Tong hand know the correct make-up speed and torque?
Yes/
No
Casing Running Equipment
1.
Is all casing running equipment onboard and in acceptable condition?
Yes/
No
2.
Are casing slips the correct size and in good condition?
Yes/
No
3.
Are the ratings of spiders/elevators/links acceptable for the casing job?
Yes/
No
4. Are tong dies the correct size and in good condition?
Yes/
5. Are clamp-on protectors the correct size and is the quantity on
No
board acceptable?
Yes/
No
6.
Is the tensile strength of the landing string sufficient?
Yes/
No

7 of 16
7.
Does the casing/drill pipe crossover thread match the casing?
8. Does the circulating swedge thread match the casing?

9. Has the safety valve been actuated, left in the open position, and recorded
on the IADC/morning report?
10. Has the stabbing board been inspected and found to be acceptable?
Raise permit for use of stabbingi board & review JSA.
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Cementing Equipment/Accessories
1.
2.
Is cementing head the correct size, threads, and in good condition?

Are casing subs and swedges the correct size, threads, and in good condition?
3.
Is operations supervisor's visual inspection of all other threads complete?
4.
Is float equipment the correct size, weight, and threads?
5.
Are centralizers the correct size, number, with adequate stop rings?
6. Is there enough Thread-Lok and Threadkote or equivalent for casing job?
7. Is float shoe and float collar clean and free of debris and the cement
undamaged?
8.
Is the landing joint/cementing head made up?
9.
Have the wiper plugs been inspected and installed correctly in cement head?
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
ExxonMobil Drilling Superintendent to verify proper loading of plugs in head.

REFERENCE MATERIAL
1. API Bul 5 A2, "API Bulletin on Thread Compounds for Casing, Tubing, and Line
Pipe," American Petroleum Institute, Dallas, Texas, Fifth Edition, April 1972.
2. API RP 5C1, "Recommended Practice for Care and Use of Casing and Tubing",
American Petroleum Institute, Dallas, Texas, Fifteenth Edition, May 31, 1987.
3. API Spec 5B, "Specification for Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of
Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe," American Petroleum Institute, Dallas, Texas,
Thirteenth Edition, May 31, 1988.
4. Day, J. B., Moyer, M. C., and Hirshberg, A. J., "New Makeup Method for API
Connections," SPE/IADC 18697, paper presented at the SPE/IADC Drilling
Conference, New Orleans, LA, March 1989.
8 of 16
5. ExxonMobil Upstream Research Company, Torque-Position Manual Third Edition

December 1999, Wells and Materials Division.
6. EUSADO, Operations Technical Bulletin 98-68, revised November 9, 1998.
CEMENTING
10.1
CEMENTING
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
General
1
Cementing Guidelines1
Primary Cementing 3
Remedial Cementing 5
Cementing Checklist 6
Reference
7
Appendix G-I
ExxonMobil Cement Testing Guidelines

9 of 16
_________________________________________________________________________________
_____
10.1
GENERAL
This section provides guidelines and procedures for cementing operations. Whenever
possible, a cementing recorder chart (pressure, volume, density vs. time) should be
used for all operations (i.e. casing cementing, squeeze cementing, pressure testing of
lines and equipment, PITs, etc.). The chart should be annotated with all significant
events such as pressure testing, pumping spacers, mixing lead and tail slurries,
displacement, bumping the plug, etc.
For all Drilling Operations, a detailed cementing procedure will be written. For other
types of cementing operations a procedure should be written using the guidelines
found in this section as a
reference (e.g. balanced plugs and KO plugs).
10.2
CEMENTING GUIDELINES
Job Planning
1. Prior to the cementing operation, a planning meeting should be held with all
personnel that are directly involved with the cement job to ensure that key
personnel understand the job and their particular responsibilities. The cementing
procedure should be reviewed and it verified that job responsibilities and safety
precautions are clear to all personnel.
2. A good communication system between the rig floor and the cement unit is
necessary.
Rig phones or hand-held radios are acceptable means of
communication.
3. Assign one individual (preferably the Operations Supervisor) to coordinate and
direct operations between the rig floor and the cementing unit.
4. All lines including the cement manifold should be pressure tested to the pressure
specified in the applicable cementing procedure prior to cementing.
5. All cementing equipment, including the densiometer, should be thoroughly
checked to ensure it is in good repair and functions properly.
6. Hole calliper information and bottom hole logging temperatures should be sent to
the Drilling Engineer as soon as practical during logging operations in order to
finalize cement volumes and confirm cement thickening times. Hole calipers
may be backed out of same LWD data and some wireline logging tools.

1 of 16
Displacement
1. Cement displacement may be performed with either the cement unit or the rig
pumps. Displacement volume, overall job time, desired pump rates, and
expected pressures are important to consider when deciding which pump to use
for displacement.
The following are general guidelines:
For inner-string cementing, the cementing pump should be used for the
entire operation. The stinger should be run to about 60 feet above the float
shoe/collar. Cement should be displaced to about 20 feet below the stinger.
For full casing string cementing either the cement unit or rig pumps may be
used for displacement. As a guideline, use the cement unit for displacements
< 200 bbls or where the casing will not be drilled out. Use the rig pumps for
displacements > 200 bbls or if the string will be drilled out. Each job should
be considered individually based on conditions at the time of the cement job.
For liners, the cementing pump should be used until the top plug is
launched, then the rig pump may be used, if desired, to complete the
displacement and bump the plug. If high pressures (i.e. > 3000 psi) are
anticipated it is probably best to continue displacement with the cementing
unit.
2. If cement is to be displaced with the rig pumps, the pumps are to be calibrated
using the trip tank prior to starting the cement job. As a contingency
displacement mud pit to be observed for fluid loss when pumping with rig
pumps.
3. Ensure the cement unit is ready to finish the cement displacement if the rig
pumps encounter a problem and vice versa. Have the ability to switch from the
rig pumps to the cement pumps as needed.
4. Do not over displace the cement by more than 50% of the volume of the float
joints. If the casing is going to be drilled out, do not over displace at all.
5. Two or more independent volume calculations are to be made on displacement.
6. Pressures should be monitored and recorded for the entire cement job. This will
require leaving the line open to the cement unit if the cement is displaced with
the rig pump.
Cement Head/Manifold

2 of 16
1. All valves on the cement head/manifold, as well as the releasing mechanisms,

should be checked to ensure they are in proper working order and that safety devices
are in place to prevent premature launching of plugs.
2. Use positive displacement to launch plugs (i.e. do not rely on gravity or falling fluid
levels). Plug launching is to be witnessed by Company Supervisor or his delegate.
3. Use bails long enough to latch elevators below the cement head to allow
reciprocation of the casing / liner during displacement of the cement.
4. A cement manifold that is designed for a top drive system is to be used, if
applicable.
5. If the casing / liner is to be reciprocated or rotated during the cement job, the top
drive cement head/manifold rating must be adequate to support the casing and
landing string weight plus 100,000 lbs. of overpull.
Cementing Well Control
1. Test all cement lines and the cement as specified in the applicable Cementing
Procedure.
2. When using an unweighted spacer, ensure that reduction of hydrostatic pressure is
not sufficient enough to allow an influx to enter anywhere in the entire wellbore.
3. Ensure circulating swedges (Casing x Drill Pipe and Casing x male half of Chiksan
Union) are available on the floor for the appropriate size and threads casing.
Function test these valves and document on the morning report and on the IADC.
Spacer
1. Spacers will be used on all cement jobs.
2. Water spacers will be used unless specified otherwise in the applicable Cementing
Procedure.
3. A pre-flush spacer is used to induce turbulence, to help get good mud displacement,
and to help prevent channelling. The postflush spacer is used to help prevent
cement contamination.
10.3
PRIMARY CEMENTING
Primary Cementing Guidelines

1. Ensure that adequate cement is at the rig along with ample quantities of liquid/dry
additives. If practical, there should be 50-100% excess cement and 100% excess
liquid/dry additives at the rig site.

3 of 16
2. Ensure that the transfer facilities from the P-tanks to the cement unit are operating
correctly. Ensure P-tanks have been fluffed with clear air prior to transferring.
3. Ensure that air lines contain no water (moisture or water in the supply lines could
cause plugging during the cement transfer).
4. At least two people will calculate the total cement job volumes, including the
required volume to displace the top plug to the float collar.
5. The volume of mix water pumped will be used to calculate the actual volume of
cement pumped. Never rely on P-tank volumes.
6. Circulate and condition the hole prior to cementing. The drilling fluid should be
conditioned to ensure that it is virtually free of cuttings, that gas is back down to
background levels and that it is of uniform density with acceptable properties.
7. Ensure that the cement head/manifold releasing mechanisms are working properly
and that personnel are familiar with their operation.
8. The Operations Supervisor will witness the cementer load the wiper plugs in the
cementing head/manifold. It is recommended that the cement job be pumped in
the following order: bottom plug, preflush spacer, cement lead, cement tail, top
plug, postflush spacer.
9. Monitor returns versus volume pumped throughout the cement job. Any
suspected lost returns during cementing operations should be reported on the daily
morning report, noting time of loss and pressures. Run ECD calculating software
tool on cement jobs where lost returns are possible to fine tune displacement rates.
10. The slurry weight should be kept as consistent as possible to keep from extending
or retarding setting times. Liquid additives are more sensitive to weight
fluctuations than dry blended.
11. The weight of the cement slurry should be checked frequently using a pressurized
mud balance to verify the accuracy of density measurement device on the cement
unit.
12. Several samples, spaced throughout the job, of lead and tail slurries should be
taken during cementing. A styrofoam/paper coffee cup filled three-fourths full,
stored in a protected area is an adequate sampler.
13. After mixing the cement, release the top plug and pump the spacer with the
cement unit placing a small volume of cement on top of the wiper plug. If
desired, switch to the rig pumps to finish displacement.

4 of 16
14. Displace the calculated casing volume or until the plug bumps. Do not over
displace unless told to do so in the applicable cementing procedure.
15. Bleed casing pressure to zero quickly and check the floats. If floats do not hold,
attempt to rock them on seat by repressuring the casing string. If flow back
continues, shut in and hold pressure on the casing at least until surface samples
setup or no backflow occurs.
10.4
REMEDIAL CEMENTING
Remedial cementing is sometimes necessary to rectify poor leak-off below a casing

shoe, repair casing or liner top leaks, squeeze off perforations, etc. The primary
techniques used for these operations will follow a procedure similar to those
described in the core procedures in Section 10. However, it is recognized that each
situation will be different and extensive modification to these procedures may be
required.
When a squeeze procedure is prepared, two cement slurries should be designed and
tested. If a low injection rate is all that can be established a low fluid loss cement
slurry should be pumped to prevent the cement from being dehydrated as it is
squeezed away. If a high injection rate can be established, a cement slurry with
higher fluid loss (less expensive) should be pumped. Depending on the type of
squeeze required, a low-fluid loss slurry may be followed by a high-fluid loss slurry.
Braden Head Squeeze Procedure
1. RIH with open ended drill pipe (or tubing stinger on drill pipe work string) to the
desired bottom of cement.
2. Circulate and condition the hole prior to cementing. The drilling fluid should be
conditioned to ensure that it is virtually free of cuttings, that gas is back down to
background levels, and that it is of uniform density with acceptable properties.
3. Rig up the cementing lines to the drill pipe, with a full opening safety valve installed
at the top of the string. Test the cement lines to the pressure specified in the
Cementing Procedure.
4. Pump specified preflush spacer (generally water), then spot a balanced cement plug
with the top a minimum of 165' above the casing shoe. Attempt to rotate drill string
to improve displacement of mud by cement.
5. Pump postflush spacer (generally water) and mud as required for balance.
6. Slowly POOH about 5 stands above the calculated top of cement.

5 of 16
7. Close the BOP and squeeze the volume of cement specified in the Cementing
Procedure by pumping mud down the work string:
NOTE: Squeeze pressure must not exceed the casing test pressure.
8. Shut in the well until surface samples have set up or until reaching the desired
compressive strength. Do not continue to pump in, or bleed pressure during the shut
in period.
9. Release pressure on the work string, check for backflow and open the BOP.
10. Circulate bottoms up and condition the mud until cement contamination in mud
returns is acceptable. POOH.
10.5
CEMENTING CHECKLIST
Squeeze/Open Hole Plug Work Strings

1. Is there (+/- 700') of stinger (2-7/8" or 3-1/2" tbg, or 3-1/2" DP) at rig?
2.
Are there appropriate handling tools for stinger at rig?
Cementing Equipment/Accessories
1. Are wiper plugs correct size for casing and free of cuts and/or defects?
2.
Witness loading of wiper plugs in cementing head/manifold?
Cement Supply
1. Is correct type and amount (50-100% excess if practical) of cement at rig?
2.
Are adequate quantities (100 % excess if practical) of additives onboard?
2.
Inspection of cement storage and transfer facilities complete?
3.
Is there an alternate source(s) of cement if a pneumatic line breaks or plugs?
Cementing Personnel
1. Do cementer and key personnel agree on all volumes and rates?
2.
Does cementer understand contingency plan/procedures?
3.
Are two individuals assigned to record displacement volumes?
Cement Pumping
1. In case of cement pump failure, is rig pump ready to take over?

Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
6 of 16
2.
Is rig pump efficiency known by pumping into a calibrated tank?
Cement Mixing
1. Is cement mixing equipment working properly before cementing?
2.
Is calibration of pressurized mud balance complete?
3.
Are densiometers operating correctly before cementing (calibrated)?
4.
Are adequate blended sample containers available?
Mix Water/Displacement Fluid

1. Is quality and supply of cement mix water satisfactory?
2.
Is quality and supply of displacement fluid satisfactory?
Pressure Testing/Safety
1. Is chiksan line from cement manifold safely chained to hook or bails?
2.
Is testing of cement lines to specified working pressure complete?
3.
Has cement manifold been pressure tested to specified working pressure?
4.
Has safety valve been installed at top of work string.

10.6
1.
2.
3.
4.
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
Yes/
No
REFERENCE
EPR, Cement Slurry Design Manual

EPR, Primary and Remedial Cementing
Halliburton, Technical Data Cementing Notebook
Halliburton, Cementing Tables Handbook.

7 of 16
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
SECTION 10 - APPENDIX I
EXXONMOBIL DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
DRILLING ORGANIZATION
7-5/8" PROTECTIVE CASING SHOE SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
Field: FIELDNAME
Well:
WELLNAME
Rig: RIGNAME
1.1 APPROVALS
Drilling Engineer:
Office: (____) ______-______Home:(_____) ________
DATE________
Supervising Engineer:
Office: (____) _____-_______Home:(_____) ________
DATE________
Operations Superintendent:
Office: (____) _____-______Home:(_____) ______Pager:1-____-____-______
DATE________
Engineering Directions
(This procedure contains extensive hidden text, which provides explanations and
suggestions for tailoring the procedure to specific applications . Comments and
hidden text can be viewed by choosing View on the menu bar and Comments from
the drop down menu. The paragraph symbol () on the standard tool bar also turns
the hidden text on and off.)
Engineering/Operations Comments RevisionJWB/AMK
1.2 PROCEDURE OBJECTIVE AND KEY ISSUES

This procedure provides details for pumping additional cement to ensure pressure
integrity at the 7-5/8 protective/production liner top/casing shoe at 7500'. This liner
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL -- JACK-UP/PLATFROM/BARGE RIG DRILLING
Version 3April 2003

Page 1 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
top/casing shoe requires a successful pressure test of 2500 psi with 12 ppg mud to
drill ahead (18.4 ppg EMW) (per MMS requirements). [NOTE]: Additional comments
pertaining to key issues as appropriate.
THOROUGHLY READ THIS ENTIRE PROCEDURE AND DISCUSS ANY DETAILS YOU MAY DISAGREE
WITH OR WANT CLARIFICATION ON WITH THE ENGINEER AND /OR OPERATIONS SUPERINTENDENT.
DISTRIBUTE PROCEDURE TO FIELD PERSONNEL FOR EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURE VERIFICATION .
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN OPERATIONS FROM PROCEDURE REQUIRE EVALUATION AND
DOCUMENTATION. DISCUSS WITH APPROPRIATE TEAM MEMBERS AND COMPLETE MOC FORM.
1.3 SAFETY
Prior to starting each different type of operation, conduct safety meeting with all
personnel involved and review job plans. Prepare and review JSA's for all critical
operations. Rig Superintendent and Toolpusher should review each JSA prior to
beginning work for thoroughness, proper hazard identification, and risk mitigation.
1.4 LIST OF APPLICABLE OP-TECH BULLETINS

BULLETI
N
NUMBER
26
56
98
TITLE
Failure to use recommended set screw w/ EZSV cement retainer results in
expensive fishing job.
Considerations for liner top squeeze cementing in OBM in Directional Hole
Stuck "Fasdrill" retainer on recent Pecan Island well.
1.5 SERVICE COMPANY INFORMATION

SERVICE
Cementing Operations
Lab
Sales
COMPANY
BJ Services
LOCATION
Houma
New Orleans
New Orleans
REPRESENTATIVE
Dispatcher
John St. Clergy
Sparky Barkman
PHONE NUMBER
(281)
(281)
(281)
Squeeze tool provider
Halliburton
Houma
New Orleans
New Orleans
Dispatcher
Rick Dupont
Mark Richard
(281)
(281)
(281)
1.6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. GENERAL INFORMATION______________________________________________________1
1.1 APPROVALS________________________________________________________________1
Version 3April 2003

Page 2 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
1.2 PROCEDURE OBJECTIVE AND KEY ISSUES__________________________________1

1.3 SAFETY____________________________________________________________________2
1.4 LIST OF APPLICABLE OP-TECH BULLETINS_________________________________2
1.5 SERVICE COMPANY INFORMATION_________________________________________2
1.6 TABLE OF CONTENTS______________________________________________________2
2. DESIGN BASIS________________________________________________________________4
2.1 GENERAL INFORMATION___________________________________________________4
2.2 CURRENT STATUS__________________________________________________________5
2.3 CEMENT DATA SUMMARY__________________________________________________6
3. PROCEDURE__________________________________________________________________6
3.1 TOP OF LINER SQUEEZE - DRILLABLE PACKER______________________________6
3.2 TOP OF LINER SQUEEZE - RETRIEVABLE PACKER___________________________9
3.3 SHOE SQUEEZE - DRILLABLE PACKER_____________________________________11
3.4 SHOE SQUEEZE - RETRIEVABLE PACKER___________________________________14
4. ENGINEERING FOLLOW-UP___________________________________________________16
Version 3April 2003

Page 3 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
2.
DESIGN
BASIS
2.1
TOC @
8950
'
TOC @
8950
'
GENERAL INFORMATION
Casing Shoe Squeeze
Liner Top Squeeze
Before Opening
After Squeeze Squeeze Tool
Squeeze ToolSqueeze Tool
@ 9315'@ 8800'
Before Opening
After Squeeze Squeeze Tool
Top of Liner @
9150'
Casing shoe
@ 9315'
2.2 CURRENT STATUS

Pipe Set
MD (ft)
-
TVD (ft)
-
24 Drive Pipe
20 Conductor Casing
16 Surface Casing
9-5/8 Protective Casing
8.500: Drift diameter of 9-5/8
casing
Casing in which squeeze tool will be set in:7-5/8" 39.0# 6.625"ID
Casing burst rating w/ (1.375) SF:
- psi
Version 3April 2003

Page 4 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
Casing was successfully tested to

- psi
or
- ppg EMW @ casing shoe/liner
top
Estimated Pore pressure at casing shoe: - psi
or
- ppg EMW
Estimated Frac pressure at casing shoe: - psi
or
- ppg EMW
Desired PIT or Liner Top Test is
- psi
or
- ppg EMW
Maximum angle in wellbore above planned squeeze tool depth:
5
Maximum dogleg in wellbore above planned squeeze tool depth:1.5 per 100'
Mud Weight:
Mud Type (WBM / OBM ):
- ppg
-
DEPTHS FROM RKB

Description
Depth to Top of Liner/Casing
Shoe
Planned Depth of Squeeze
Packer
Planned Height of Cement in
Casing
Estimated TOC in casing
MD (ft)
9315
TVD (ft)
9315
8915
8915
150
200
9165
9165
CAPACITIES/DISPLACEMENTS
Size
7-5/8"
3-1/2"
IF
-
Weight
39#
13.3# S135
-
Nom.
ID
-
Drift
ID
-
Footag
e
250'
8915'
X
X
X
X
Capacity
Bpf
.054375 =
.007220 =
-
Displaceme
nt Bbls
10.70
64.40
0
2.3 CEMENT DATA SUMMARY

Cement Company: Dowell @ 512-456-9874
High injection rate/Low injection pressure slurry
Cementing Slurry
Pilot Test Results
---Sacks Class " "Thickening Time ---------Additivepsi
12 hour compressive strength
------Additivepsi
------Additivecc/30 min water loss
---ppg slurryml/250ml Free Water ------cf/sk yield
-------
Version 3April 2003

Page 5 of 18
----
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
-------------
EMDC DRILLING
gal/sk mix wateroF BHST

bbl slurry volumeoF BHCT (sqz schedule)
bbl water volume
Estimated pump timePilot Test Requested
Low injection rate/High injection pressure

slurry
Pilot
Test
Results
Cementing Slurry
---Sacks Class " "Thickening Time ---------Additivepsi
------Additivepsi 24 hour compressive strength
---Additivecc/30 min water loss ------Ppg slurryml/250ml Free Water ------cf/sk yield
---Gal/sk mix wateroF BHST ------- Bbl slurry volumeoF BHCT (sqz schedule) ------Bbl water volume
------- Estimated pump timePilot Test Requested
3. PROCEDURE
3.1 TOP OF LINER SQUEEZE - DRILLABLE PACKER
1. Make a casing scraper run if deemed necessary prior to running in with SQZRETAINER.
Work casing scraper thoroughly across the interval of pipe at planned SQZRETAINER
setting depth. Circulate bottoms up below the SQZRETAINER setting depth. POOH. If it
is deemed that a casing scraper run is not necessary, the following are reconcilers for not
making the casing scraper run:
The SQZRETAINER will be set above where cement was tagged when RIH.
A packed BHA was used during the drillout. Stabilizer placement was as
follows: 8-1/2" full gauge near bit stab, 8-1/2" full gauge stab 15' above the
bit, and 8-1/2" full gauge stab 45' above the bit.
After determining that a squeeze was necessary, the BHA was tripped and
rotated across the bottom section of casing several times to clean the ID of
the casing of any remaining cement. The SQZRETAINER will be set in the
interval that was cleaned with the stabilizers.
The pumps were on while cleaning the casing to remove any cement
cuttings. The rig circulated adequate BU before POOH to ensure all cement
cuttings have been removed.
Version 3April 2003

Page 6 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
2. Pick up SQZRETAINER for CGOD CGWT casing and TIH to TOOLMD MD (305 above
the liner top). Set SQZRETAINER @ TOOLMD MD (do not set retainer below 10,005
which is where cement was tagged when running in the hole to clean out). Ensure that
the retainer will not be set in a casing collar. Verify setting with 15 - 20 kips weight
down on the SQZRETAINER and 500-1000 psi on the DP by casing annulus.
7.75 is the maximum OD of the SQZRETAINER
Maximum differential pressure for the SQZRETAINER = 5,000 psi
Maximum set down weight for the SQZRETAINER = 50,000 lbs
3. Test cement lines and squeezes manifold to 5,000 psi. (Test against TIW valve)
4. Close annular BOP and pressure up on DP by casing annulus to 500-1000 psi. Establish
injection rates at 1/2, 1, 2, 3, and 4 bpm without exceeding injection pressures of 4,500
psi (Engineer to comment on basis for maximum injection pressure. i.e. To stay within
net burst pressure limit (7,927 psi w/ 1.375 SF ) of the 9-5/8 casing assuming 15.7 ppg
mud in the wellbore and a 9.0 ppg EMW back-up behind the 9-5/8). Monitor annulus
carefully for pressure response indicative of packer or DP leak.
Note that the CGOD CGWT casing was last tested to 3,825 psi with 15.7 ppg mud, the
cement lines have been tested to 5,000 psi, and the SQZTOOL is rated for 5,000 psi of
differential pressure.
Use the PIT plotting technique to record pressure vs volume pumped. Contact the
Operations Superintendent and the Drilling Engineer to discuss results of the injection test
(injectivity will dictate if a change is needed in the cement design or pump volumes).
Do not exceed the liner top test pressure of 3300 psi with 12.7 ppg mud (15.0 ppg EMW)
if injection has not yet been established at this point. This could indicate a satisfactory
liner top test has been obtained.
5. Bleed pressure off of the annulus, PU out of the SQZRETAINER, and establish reversing
pressures at 3 - 6 bpm.
6. Mix and displace the following slurries using the cementing unit [EUSADO20]:
Note: While displacing cement down the DP while stung out of the retainer, the
flowrate may outrun the pump rate due to U-tube pressure. Take returns through
the choke, if necessary, so that back pressure can be applied to prevent cement
from circulating around DP before stinging into SQZRETAINER.
PUMP SCHEDULE BEFORE STINGING INTO THE SQZRETAINER
Description
Densit Pump
y
Rate
30 bbls pre-flush spacer (MCS-3)
38 bbls (150 sacks) low FL squeeze slurry (See Cement Data for
recipe)
Version 3April 2003

Page 7 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
38 bbls (200 sacks) high FL (neat) squeeze slurry (See Cement Data
for recipe)
10 bbls post-flush spacer (MCS-3)
38 bbls mud (lead spacer position ~15 bbls inside the DP above the
SQZRETAINER)
Positions cement ~25 bbls inside the DP above the SQZRETAINER. (1470' inside the
DP above the SQZRETAINER)
5 19.5# S-135 DP capacity = 0.01701 bpf; 9-5/8 53.5# casing capacity = 0.0708 bpf.
7. Close the choke and then sting into the SQZRETAINER. Set 15 - 20 kips weight down
on the retainer and pressure up 500 - 1,000 psi on the DP by casing annulus. Pump an
additional 119 bbls of 15.7 ppg mud at 4 bpm followed by 5 bbls of freshwater down the
DP. This will leave 2 bbls of cement in the DP above the retainer. Do not overdisplace
the cement.
PUMP SCHEDULE AFTER STINGING INTO THE SQZRETAINER
Description
Densit Pump
y
Rate
119 bbls mud
15.7
5 bbls Fresh Water
8.3
This will leave 2 bbls cement above the SQZRETAINER in the DP. (118' inside the DP
above the SQZRETAINER)
Note: Displacement volumes assume a 12 ppg FCS in the G-series sand at 10,000' TVD.
5 bbls of water displacement should provide approximately 200 psi positive pressure.
If the well jugs up or surface pressure rises to 4500 psi during the squeeze operation with
cement in the drill pipe, perform the following steps: sting out of retainer, POOH 2 stands,
reverse circulate out 2 workstring volumes at the maximum rate while keeping the pipe
moving (do not exceed the casing test pressure of 3520 psi while reversing).
8. PU out of the retainer and dump the last 2 bbls of cement on top of the SQZRETAINER
(TOC @ ~9,922 MD. This leaves 28' of cement on top of the SQZRETAINER). PU 2
stands and reverse out at the maximum rate possible (do not exceed the casing test
pressure of 3520 psi while reversing). Reverse out at least 2 workstring volumes and
keep the pipe moving while reversing.
9. POOH and LD retainer setting tool. PU the 8-1/2 clean out assembly and TIH to 9,750
MD. (180' above expected TOC).
10. Ensure 18 hours has elapsed since cement was pumped and wash down to TOC. Drill
cement/SQZRETAINER and continue drilling down to the LNROD liner top @ 10,255 MD.
Version 3April 2003

Page 8 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
Do not rotate excessively on the liner top to avoid damaging the tie-back receptacle. C&C
mud to clean wellbore.
Note: If ratty and/or soft cement is encountered as deep as 90' above the expected TOC,
PU 3 stands and circulate out 1 cycle. Monitor mud condition/properties and dump all
badly cement contaminated mud. Contact the Operations Superintendent to discuss WOC
time and forward operations if the cement is not hard.
11. Pressure test the LNROD liner top to 2,300 psi with 15.7 ppg mud. Use the PIT technique
at 1/2 bpm and record pressure vs. volume pumped. Hold test pressure for 30 minutes.
After test, record volume of mud bled back. POOH.
12. After successful test, proceed with the deeper drilling procedure.
3.2 TOP OF LINER SQUEEZE - RETRIEVABLE PACKER

1. Make a casing scraper run if deemed necessary prior to running in with SQZTOOL. Work
casing scraper thoroughly across the interval of pipe at planned SQZTOOL setting depth.
Circulate bottoms up below the SQZTOOL setting depth. POOH. If it is deemed that a
casing scraper run is not necessary, the following are reconcilers for not making the
casing scraper run:
The SQZTOOL will be set above where cement was tagged when RIH.
the casing of any remaining cement. The SQZTOOL will be set in the
cuttings had been removed.
2. Pick up SQZTOOL for CGOD CGWT casing and TIH to TOOLMD MD (305 above the
liner top). Set SQZTOOL @ TOOLMD MD (do not set squeeze tool below 10,005 which
is where cement was tagged when running in the hole to clean out). Ensure that the
squeeze tool will not be set in a casing collar. Verify setting with 15 - 20 kips weight
down on the SQZTOOL and 500-1000 psi on the DP by casing annulus.
7.75 is the maximum OD of the SQZTOOL
Maximum differential pressure for the SQZTOOL = 5,000 psi
Maximum set down weight for the SQZTOOL = 50,000 lbs
3. Test the cement lines and the squeeze manifold to 5000 psi. (Test against TIW valve)
Version 3April 2003

Page 9 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
Do not exceed the liner top test pressure of 3300 psi with 12.7 ppg mud (15.0 ppg EMW)
if injection has not yet been established at this point. This could indicate a satisfactory
liner top test has been obtained.
5. Bleed pressure off the annulus, open bypass on SQZTOOL.
6. Mix and displace the following slurries using the cementing unit:
Note: While displacing cement down the DP with the bypass open, the flowrate may
outrun the pump rate due to U-tube pressure. Take returns through the choke, if
necessary, so that back pressure can be applied to prevent cement from circulating
above the SQZTOOL before the bypass is closed.
PUMP SCHEDULE BEFORE CLOSING THE BYPASS ON SQZTOOL
Description
Densit Pump
y
Rate
recipe)
38 bbls (200 sacks) high FL (neat) squeeze slurry (See Cement
Data for recipe)
SQZTOOL)
Positions cement ~25 bbls inside the DP above the SQZTOOL. (1470' inside the DP
above the
SQZTOOL) 5 19.5# S-135 DP capacity = 0.01701 bpf; 9-5/8 53.5#
casing capacity = 0.0708 bpf.
Version 3April 2003

Page 10 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
7. Close the choke and then the bypass on the SQZTOOL and pressure up 500 - 1,000 psi
on the DP by casing annulus. Pump an additional 119 bbls of 15.7 ppg mud at 4 bpm
followed by 5 bbls of freshwater down the DP. This should leave TOC 250' below the
SQZTOOL, and 250' above the liner top.
PUMP SCHEDULE AFTER CLOSING THE BYPASS ON SQZTOOL
Description
Densit Pump
y
Rate
119 bbls mud
15.7
5 bbls Fresh Water
8.3
This will leave the TOC 250' below the SQZTOOL, and 250' above the liner top.
Note: Displacement volumes assume a 12 ppg FCS in the G-series sand at 10000' TVD.
cement in the drill pipe, perform the following steps: release the squeeze tool, POOH 5
stands, reverse circulate out 2 workstring volumes at the maximum rate (do not exceed
the casing test pressure of 3520 psi while reversing), POOH 1 additional stand, set the
packer and put 500-1000 psi on the annulus.
8. Hesitation squeeze
Stage up to 5.0 bbls of cement into the formation. Pump in 1.0 bbl at 1/4 bpm every 15
minutes for the first
3.0 bbls. Afterwards, pump in 1.0 bbl at 1/4 bpm every 60 minutes for the last 2 bbls
(total squeeze volume = 5.0 bbls). If a pressure break-over is seen prior to finishing each
stage, stop pumping immediately and hold whatever pressure is achieved for required
stage time before continuing with next stage. Stop pumping at any point if 1675 psi is
reached (21.0 ppg EMW). If pressure limit is reached, discontinue staging process and
hold final pressure for WOC time. If 1675 psi is not reached after squeezing 5.0 bbls,
stop staging process and hold whatever pressure is present. Estimated TOC after the
hesitation squeeze is 185' above the liner top.
9. Hold the final squeeze pressure for 12 hours. The drill pipe pressure should increase due
to thermal expansion. Allow the drill pipe pressure to rise as high as 4500 psi (21.0 ppg
EMW) before bleeding off any pressure. If the pressure builds to 4500 psi, bleed back to
3500 psi before continuing to hold squeeze pressure. If backside pressure increases
above 500-1000 psi, it may be indicative of a leak in either the packer or the DP.
(Maximum allowed annulus pressure is 1585 psi base on a 21 EMW casing test.)
10. After waiting 12 hours, pressure up to 500 psi over the final squeeze pressure to make
sure cement is set.
If OK, release pressure, unseat SQZTOOL, and circulate out.
POOH.
Version 3April 2003

Page 11 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
11. TIH with 8-1/2" clean out assembly to where the SQZTOOL was set and wash down to
TOC. Drill cement down to the LNROD liner top @ 10,255 MD. Do not rotate excessively
on the liner top and avoid damaging the tie-back receptacle. C&C mud to clean wellbore.
12. Pressure test the LNROD liner top to 2,300 psi with 15.7 ppg mud (20 ppg EMW at the
liner top). Use the PIT technique at 1/2 bpm and record pressure vs volume pumped.
Hold test pressure for 30 minutes. After test, record volume of mud bled back. POOH.
13. After successful test, proceed with drilling operations per the deeper drilling procedure.
3.3 SHOE SQUEEZE - DRILLABLE PACKER

1. Make a casing scraper run if deemed necessary prior to running in with SQZRETAINER.
Work casing scraper thoroughly across the interval of pipe at planned SQZRETAINER
setting depth. Circulate bottoms up below the SQZRETAINER setting depth. POOH. If it
is deemed that a casing scraper run is not necessary, the following are reconcilers for not
making the casing scraper run:
The SQZRETAINER will be set above where cement was tagged when RIH.
the casing of any remaining cement. The SQZRETAINER will be set in the
cuttings. The rig circulated adequate BU before TOOH to ensure all cement
2. Pick up SQZRETAINER for CGOD CGWT casing and TIH to TOOLMD MD (305 above
the shoe). Set SQZRETAINER @ TOOLMD MD (do not set retainer below 10,005 which
is where cement was tagged when running in the hole to clean out). Ensure that the
retainer will not be set in a casing collar. Verify setting with 15 - 20 kips weight down
on the SQZRETAINER and 500-1000 psi on the DP by casing annulus.
7.75 is the maximum OD of the SQZRETAINER
Maximum differential pressure for the SQZRETAINER = 5,000 psi
Maximum set down weight for the SQZRETAINER = 50,000 lbs
3. Test cement lines and squeeze manifold to 5,000 psi. (Test against TIW valve)
Version 3April 2003

Page 12 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
Note that the CGOD CGWT was last tested to 3,825 psi with 15.7 ppg mud, the cement
lines have been tested to 5,000 psi, and the SQZRETAINER is rated for 5,000 psi of
Do not exceed the PIT test pressure of 3300 psi with 12.7 ppg mud (15.0 ppg EMW) if
injection has not yet been established at this point. This could indicate a satisfactory PIT
has been obtained.
5. Bleed pressure off of the annulus, PU out of the SQZRETAINER, and establish reversing
pressures at 3 - 6 bpm.
Note: While displacing cement down the DP while stung out of the retainer, the
flowrate may outrun the pump rate due to U-tube pressure. Take returns through
the choke, if necessary, so that back pressure can be applied to prevent cement
from circulating around DP before stinging into SQZRETAINER.
PUMP SCHEDULE BEFORE STINGING INTO THE SQZRETAINER
Description
Densit
y
Pump
Rate

recipe)
38 bbls (200 sacks) high FL (neat) squeeze slurry (See Cement Data
for recipe)
SQZRETAINER)
Positions cement ~25 bbls inside the DP above the SQZRETAINER. (1470' inside the
DP above the
SQZRETAINER)
Version 3April 2003

Page 13 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
7. Close the choke and then sting into the SQZRETAINER. Set 15 - 20 kips weight down
on the retainer and pressure up 500 - 1,000 psi on the DP by casing annulus. Pump an
additional 119 bbls of 15.7 ppg mud at 4 bpm followed by 5 bbls of freshwater down the
DP. This will leave 2 bbls of cement in the DP above the retainer. Do not overdisplace
the cement.
PUMP SCHEDULE AFTER STINGING INTO THE SQZRETAINER
Description
Densit Pump
y
Rate
119 bbls mud
15.7
5 bbls Fresh Water
8.3
This will leave 2 bbls cement above the SQZRETAINER in the DP. (118' inside the DP
above the SQZRETAINER)
Note: Displacement volumes assume a 12 ppg FCS in the G-series sand at 10,000' TVD.
cement in the drill pipe, perform the following steps: sting out of retainer, POOH 2 stands,
reverse circulate out 2 workstring volumes at the maximum rate while keeping the pipe
moving (do not exceed the casing test pressure of 3520 psi while reversing).
8. PU out of the retainer and dump the last 2 bbls of cement on top of the SQZRETAINER
(TOC @ ~9,922 MD). PU 2 stands and reverse out at the maximum rate possible (do not
exceed the casing test pressure of 3520 psi while reversing). Reverse out at least 2
workstring volumes and keep the pipe moving while reversing.
9. POOH and LD retainer setting tool. PU the 8-1/2 drill out assembly and TIH to 9,750
MD. (180' above expected TOC)
10. After WOC for 18 hours since the cement was pumped, wash down to TOC. Drill
cement/SQZRETAINER and continue drilling out cement. Drill 5'-10' of new hole noting
any voids or changes in wellbore conditions. If high gas and or lost returns are
encountered just below the shoe, contact the Operations Superintendent immediately.
Version 3April 2003

Page 14 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
11. Perform a PIT to 17.0 ppg EMW (2970 psi at the surface with 11.8 ppg mud at 10,317'
TVD). Use the PIT technique at 1/2 bpm and record pressure vs. volume pumped. Do
not test the shoe to higher than 17.0 ppg
EMW.
3.4 SHOE SQUEEZE - RETRIEVABLE PACKER

1. Make a casing scraper run if deemed necessary prior to running in with SQZTOOL. Work
casing scraper thoroughly across the interval of pipe at planned SQZTOOL setting depth.
Circulate bottoms up below the SQZTOOL setting depth. POOH. If it is deemed that a
casing scraper run is not necessary, the following are reconcilers for not making the
casing scraper run:
The SQZTOOL will be set above where cement was tagged when RIH.
the casing of any remaining cement. The SQZTOOL will be set in the
2. Pick up SQZTOOL for CGOD CGWT casing and TIH to TOOLMD MD (305 above the
shoe). Set SQZTOOL @ TOOLMD MD (do not set squeeze tool below 10,005 which is
where cement was tagged when running in the hole to clean out). Ensure that the
squeeze tool will not be set in a casing collar. Verify setting with 15 - 20 kips weight
down on the SQZTOOL and 500-1000 psi on the DP by casing annulus.
7.75 is the maximum OD of the SQZTOOL
Maximum differential pressure for the SQZTOOL = 5,000 psi
Maximum set down weight for the SQZTOOL = 50,000 lbs
3. Test the cement lines and the squeeze manifold to 5000 psi. (Test against TIW valve)
psi ( Engineer to comment on basis for maximum injection pressure. i.e. To stay within
Version 3April 2003

Page 15 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
Do not exceed the PIT test pressure of 3300 psi with 12.7 ppg mud (15.0 ppg EMW) if
injection has not yet been established at this point. This could indicate a satisfactory PIT
has been obtained.
5. Bleed pressure off the annulus, open bypass on SQZTOOL.
Note: While displacing cement down the DP with the bypass open, the flowrate may
outrun the pump rate due to U-tube pressure. Take returns through the choke, if
necessary, so that back pressure can be applied to prevent cement from circulating
above the SQZTOOL before the bypass is closed.
PUMP SCHEDULE BEFORE CLOSING THE BYPASS ON SQZTOOL
Description
Densit Pump
y
Rate
recipe)
38 bbls (200 sacks) high FL (neat) squeeze slurry (See Cement
Data for recipe)
SQZTOOL)
Positions cement ~25 bbls inside the DP above the SQZTOOL. (1470' inside the DP
above the SQZTOOL)
7. Close the choke and then the bypass on the SQZTOOL and pressure up 500 - 1,000 psi
on the DP by casing annulus. Pump an additional 119 bbls of 15.7 ppg mud at 4 bpm
followed by 5 bbls of freshwater down the DP. This should leave TOC 250' below the
SQZTOOL, and 250' above the casing shoe.
PUMP SCHEDULE AFTER CLOSING THE BYPASS ON SQZTOOL
Description
Densit
y
Version 3April 2003

Page 16 of 18
Pump
Rate
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
119 bbls mud

15.7
5 bbls Fresh Water
8.3
This will leave the TOC 250' below the SQZTOOL, and 250' above the casing shoe.
Note: Displacement volumes assume a 12 ppg FCS in the G-series sand at 10000' TVD.
cement in the drill pipe, perform the following steps: release the squeeze tool, POOH 3
stands, reverse circulate out 2 workstring volumes at the maximum rate (do not exceed
the casing test pressure of 3520 psi while reversing), POOH 1 additional stand, set the
packer and put 500-1000 psi on the annulus.
8. Hesitation squeeze.
Stage up to 5.0 bbls of cement into the formation. Pump in 1.0 bbl at 1/4 bpm every 15
minutes for the first
3.0 bbls. Afterwards, pump in 1.0 bbl at 1/4 bpm every 60 minutes for the last 2 bbls
(total squeeze volume =
5.0 bbls). If a pressure break-over is seen prior to finishing each stage, stop pumping
immediately and hold whatever pressure is achieved for required stage time before
continuing with next stage. Stop pumping at any point if 1675 psi is reached (21.0 ppg
EMW). If pressure limit is reached, discontinue staging process and hold final pressure
for WOC time. If 1675 psi is not reached after squeezing 5.0 bbls, stop staging process
and hold whatever pressure is present. Estimated TOC after the hesitation squeeze is
185' above the shoe.
9. Hold the final squeeze pressure for 12 hours. The drill pipe pressure should increase due
to thermal expansion. Allow the drill pipe pressure to rise as high as 4500 psi (21.0 ppg
EMW) before bleeding off any pressure. If the pressure builds to 4500 psi, bleed back to
3500 psi before continuing to hold squeeze pressure. If backside pressure increases
above 500-1000 psi, it may be indicative of a leak in either the packer or the DP.
(Maximum allowed annulus pressure is 1585 psi base on a 21 EMW casing test.)
10. After waiting 12 hours, pressure up to 500 psi over the final squeeze pressure to make
sure cement is set. If OK, release pressure and unseat SQZTOOL and circulate out.
POOH.
11. TIH with 8-1/2" drill out assembly to where SQZTOOL was set, and wash down to TOC.
Drill out cement and 5-10' of new formation noting any voids or changes in wellbore
conditions. If high gas and/or lost returns are encountered just below the shoe, contact
the Operations Superintendent immediately.
Version 3April 2003

Page 17 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
12. Perform a PIT to 17.0 ppg EMW (2970 psi at the surface with 11.8 ppg mud at 10,317'
TVD). Use the PIT technique at 1/2 bpm and record pressure vs volume pumped. Do not
test the shoe to higher than 17.0 ppg
EMW.
5. ENGINEERING FOLLOW-UP
Well Name: WELLNAME
Superintendents: Drilling Supts
Engineer(s): Drilling Engineer
Well engineer is responsible for verbal follow-up with rig supervisor. Engineer is to identify and
document below sections of the procedure which did not meet the drilling team's needs and describe
key learning's to be incorporated into core procedure.
Return follow-up to core procedure owner:
Recommended Modifications to Procedure:
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Version 3April 2003

Page 18 of 18
SQUEEZE PROCEDURE
EMDC DRILLING
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Submitted By:
Phone: (
______________________________________________________________
DATE___________
Version 3April 2003

Page 19 of 18
SECTION 10 - APPENDIX II
Well Name
Rig Name
Previous casing
OD=
16
ID=
15.22
PROPOSED CASING
Annular Volume
DESIGN (bottom to top)
MD=
1000
WGHT GRADE/CONN
TVD= 10001
0.1128
bpf
LENGTH MD
IDCAP. (bpf) CAP. (bbls) DISPLACE.
45.5 K-55,BTC 4900 4900 10.05 0.0982 481.0 0.0166 Excess bbls of cement at 2 0.0000 0.0 0.0000 surface if
gauge hole 341 3 0.0000 0.0 0.0000
0.0000
Req'd height of tail
above shoe
500
Assumed hole size
Washout =
9.2
12.6 ppg
49% 10.75
Sea
Yield:
Casing Point
4900 ' MD
Float
Length=
bbls of
8.7
SPACERS
ppg
seawater spacer.
Post-flush with
20 bbls of
Annular Volume CEMENT
8.7
ppg
80
20
0.1523 bpf
433.1 bbls
displacement
4883 ' TVD
0.0000
feet.
Pre-flush with
16.5 "
Setting MW
Number of
bbls
0.0
Lead Slurry:
seawater spacer.
Class 'H' with liquid additives
72.2
72.2
Mixwater:
at 13.23 gal/sk
MISC.
ENGINEERING
CALCS.
20 bbls displacement
2
10.0
10.0
2.32 cu.ft/sk
Pit gain from casing (bbls): 81.2
630.1
Contingency
60
6 sacks: 1525 Volume:
Pit gain from cementing(bbls)
0
754.1
1526
Calculated=
Bit Size(in)Tail Slurry:
Mixed to:
Class 'H' with liquid
EMW after displacment (ppg)13.0
13.5Mixwater:
Sea
Which is
Number of sacks:
additives
U-tube pressure
@ floats (psi 930
16.2
425 Volume:
at
ppg
4.68 gal/sk
Yield:
1.11 cu.ft/sk
84.0 bbls
425
Calculated=
Tail is estimated at
DISPLACEMENT
shoe.
4400 ' MD
After postflush, displace w/ 453.1 bbls of
9.2
ppg
mud.
4400 ' TVD

500 ' above
PUMP TIMES
Rate
Lead
Tail
casing shoe (assumed hole size). Mix Lead Cement 6 105.0 0.0 If gauge then 1175.3 ' above Mix Tail
Cement 6 14.0 14.0
Drop Top Plug
Proposed Casing
Float Capacity= 7.9
20 bbl postflush
bbls
5.0
5.0
3.3
3.3
Estimated Job Time
270
165
EJT (hours)
4.49
2.74
EJT with contingency

Bottom hole static temperature
Bottom hole circulating temperature
5.49
3.74
138 degrees F (est. from log temps)

110 degrees F (from API Spec 10)
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL -- JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

1 of 2
Well Name
Rig Name
Previous casing
1610.75 " SHOE SQUEEZE
15.22CASING DESIGN (bottom to top)
OD=
ID=
MD=
TVD=
1000WGHT GRADE/CONN
10001
LENGTH MD
ID
CAP. (bpf) CAP. (bbls) DISPLACE.
45.5 K-55,BTC 4900 4900 10.05 0.0982 481.0 0.0166 2 0 0 0 0 0 0.0000 0.0 0.0000
0.0000
0.0
0.0000
WORKSTRING DESIGN (bottom to top)

OD
WEIGHT/CONN LENGTH MD
ID CAP. (bpf) CAP. (bbls) DISPLACE.
19.5 #/NC50/X-9544004400
4.276
0.017268 76.0
0.000000 0.0
0.0078
0.0000
3
Displacement MW
SPACERS
9.2Pre-flush with
of
8.7
Follow cement
20
bbls
ppg seawater spacer.
with
10
bbls of
8.7
ppgseawater
spacer.
CEMENT
Lead Slurry:
Class 'H' with liquid additives
CasingMixwater:
Sea
10.75 "
Number of sacks:
Desired underdisplacement of pre-flush Calculated=

bypass is closed
Mixed to:
at
257 Volume:
257
when
16
13.23 gal/sk
75.5 bbls
Yield:
ppg
1.65 cu.ft/sk
5 bbl
DISPLACEMENT
Close bypass after pumping 71.0 bbls of preflush and cement
Squeeze packer setting depth After spacer, displace w/ 80.5 bbls of 9.2 ppg mud. 4400 ' MD
TOC desired
250 feet above shoe
PUMP TIMES
Rate
Mix Squeeze Cement
Desired squeeze volume
10 bbl spacer
50 bbl
Casing Shoe
4900 ' MD
0 bbl other 4
Bit size:
0.0 Length of new hole:
80.5 bbl displacement

10 '
4883 ' TVD Contingency
9.875 "
New hole volume:
0.95 bbl
Bottom hole static temperature

Bottom hole circulating temperature
Squeeze Slurry
18.9
2.5
20.1
60
Estimated Job Time
102
EJT (hours)
1.69
EJT with contingency
2.69
138 degrees F (est. from log temps)

110 degrees F (from API Spec 10)
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL -- JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

2 of 2
PRESSURE INTEGRITY TESTS
11.0 PRESSURE INTEGRITY TESTS

11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
General
Casing Test
Leak-Off Test
Open Hole Leak-Off Test
1
2
3
4
4
______________________________________________________________________________
11.1
GENERAL
There are three main types of Integrity Tests that are conducted by EMDC drilling. The Casing Test, the Leak Off Test
(LOT), and the Jug Test (PIT). A casing test is used to ensure the casing will not fail in a well control situation or
completion operation. The LOT and PIT tests are used in open hole just below the shoe to determine the equivalent
mud weight that can be held, or that will initiate a fracture and cause leak-off to the formation. One additional type of
test that may be performed during drilling operations is an open hole integrity test. If this test is required the applicable
drilling procedure will detail that test.
Casing tests are to be charted and the chart maintained at the rig and in the office per regulatory agency requirements.
The MMS requirement is to pressure test all casing strings except the drive pipe, to hold the test for 30 minutes
(generally for non-MMS regulated operations, 15 minute tests are sufficient) with <10% loss in pressure, and to
document the test on the IADC report. For all EMDC wells, document the test on the morning report as well.
The EMDC Integrity Test Workbook will be completed for either the LOT or PIT and will be performed in accordance
with the guidelines specified below (located on the LAN or Global Share). The Excel workbook contains help files
with discussion of theory procedures, and test interpretation. Additional information regarding test procedures and
analysis is contained in the EPR publication "Pressure Integrity Test - Field Guide".
The Operations Supervisor is responsible for completing the PIT form and forwarding it to the Drilling Engineer and
Operations Superintendent as soon as practical after completing the test.
General Pressure Testing Guidelines
1. Prior to drilling float equipment, a casing test is to be conducted. This test is to be run to the approved test pressure by
the MMS or other governing regulatory agency.
2. Integrity Tests are required below each string of casing except the drive pipe and conductor casing. Based on geologic
conditions or planned setting depths, a test of the conductor casing shoe may be mandated by the governing regulatory
agency. A test is to be conducted after 10' of new hole has been drilled to determine the formation integrity. Per
MMS or other governing regulatory agency orders, the test is to be conducted after drilling new formation, but must
be performed before drilling 50' of new formation. The test will generally be taken to leak-off, (LOT) but a jug test
(PIT) may be requested (see drilling procedure for details). The test surface pressure will not in any case exceed the
casing test pressure or the surface line pressure.
3. All pressure tests should be conducted in the same manner. The same gauges and pressure charts should be used on
each test. Gauges should be sized for the expected pressure range.
4. Pressure tests will be repeated if any doubt exists as to the validity of the test or if the result is less than anticipated.
5. The cement pump will be used for all pressure tests and, prior to conducting any pressure test, all surface lines will be
tested to greater than the anticipated surface pressure as specified in the Drilling Procedure.
6. The following pressure test data will be recorded as accurately as possible:
Pump Rate
Mud Weight
Pump Pressure vs. Cumulative Barrels Pumped
Total Barrels Pumped
Shut-In Pressure vs. Cumulative Time (Minutes)
Total Barrels Bled Back
7. The guidelines in the "Integrity Testing Workbook" should be followed for plot interpretation.
8. After completing Integrity Testing Workbook, fax or email to the Drilling Engineer and Operations Superintendent for
review and documentation.
11.2
CASING TEST
The Casing Test procedure is as follows:

1. After setting surface casing and all subsequent casing strings, a Casing Test will be conducted using one of the
following methods:
a. After completing the required BOP test, the blind rams will be closed and the casing will be tested against the
blind rams by pumping down the choke/kill line.
b. After finding hard cement or prior to drilling the float collar, the BOP will be closed on the drill pipe and the
casing will be tested by pumping down the drill pipe.
Method "b" is the preferred technique.
2. Pump drilling fluid at 1/4 - 1/2 BPM and record the pressure build up using the cement pump until reaching the casing
test pressure specified in the drilling program. Record bbls pumped to reach the test pressure.
3. Stop pumping and record the shut-in pressure for 30 minutes per MMS requirements or other regulatory agency
requirements (generally, for non-MMS regulated operations, 15-minute tests may be sufficient).
4. Bleed off the pressure and record the bleed back volume. Record the test data in the Integrity Test Workbook.
5. Open the BOP.
11.3
LEAK-OFF TEST
Prior to conducting the Leak-Off Test, the EMDC Integrity Test Workbook is to be prepared for plotting pump pressure
and shut-in pressure as a function of cumulative bbls pumped and shut-in time. The drill pipe float valve, either solid
or ported, can influence the results; take it into consideration. The accompanying equations may be helpful in
calculating pressures and volumes during a leak-off test. Additionally, a spreadsheet to calculate the compressibility of
Water or Oil based muds may be found on the LAN or Global Share. The casing test also provides a good indication of
the expected pressure response if the mud type and density have not been changed.
1. Perform the casing test as described above, drill out the casing shoe and 10' of new hole.
2. Circulate bottoms up and condition the drilling fluid to ensure that is virtually free of cuttings and is of uniform
density. Pull bit up inside the casing.
3. Rig up the cement pump and pump down the drill pipe to ensure all lines are full. Test lines to greater than the
expected surface pressure as specified in the Drilling Procedure. The test surface pressure will not in any case exceed
the surface line test or casing test pressure.
4. Close the BOP.
5. Pump drilling fluid down the drill pipe or choke/kill line and record the pressure build up versus cumulative barrels
pumped. Pump at 1/4 bpm if the wellbore volume is <1000 bbls and 1/2 bpm if greater.
6. Enter the data in 1/4 bbl increments as the test proceeds to determine the leak-off point.
7. Continue pumping until reaching the surface pressure, adjusted for mud weight, specified in the Drilling Procedure, or
leak-off plus 3-4 data points, whichever occurs first.
Do not exceed the casing test pressure.
8. Stop pumping and record the instantaneous shut-in pressure 10 seconds after shut in.
9. Read, record and plot the shut-in pressure at 1 minute intervals. Allow at least 10 minutes for pressure to stabilize. If
pressure is continuing to fall rapidly maintain shut in until it stabilizes.
10. Bleed off pressure and record the bleed back volume from the annulus shoe so that the op float does not restrict flow.
11. Review the gradial plot in the Integrity Test Workbook and determint the LOT. Repeat the test if the interoperation is
not clear. Repeat the PIT test if unacceptable. If it appears that the PIT was unacceptable due to fluid leaking off into
a permeable sand, a seepage spill may be spotted prior to repeating the test. Use 20-30 ppb of 5 micron (fine) CaCO 3.
Discuss this option with Operations Superintendent prior to pumping the second test.
12. Open the BOP.
13. Attempt to identify the minimum stress (MS) from the shut in data and record it in the results section of the Integrity
Test Workbook. If a distinct inflexion is not seen at fracture closure record the MS as "N/A". Complete the
workbook, including the comments section, form and fax or email it to the Drilling Engineer and Operations
Superintendent as soon as practical.
14. Leak-off is assumed to be at the true vertical depth of the casing shoe which should be used to calculate the PIT. PIT
(ppg) = [[ MW (ppg) * 0.052 * TVD of casing shoe (feet) ] + Surface pressure (psi) ] / [ 0.052 * TVD of casing shoe
(feet) ].
11.4
PRESSURE INTEGRITY TEST (JUG TEST)
A jug test or PIT of the casing seat is identical to a leak-off test except that it is not taken to leak-off pressure. The test
plots are similar in all areas except the top of the pressure build-up curve. In the LOT, the plot bends to the right at the
leak-off point. In the jug test, the entire build-up plot should be a straight line because the test is stopped before leakoff pressure is reached.
11.5
OPEN HOLE LEAK-OFF TEST
This Integrity Test determines if there is a significant decrease in the open hole fracture pressure in new formations
drilled. Normally this test is necessary after penetrating porous/permeable formations that have the potential for lost
returns and/or when the mud weight nears the last leak-off value. The same procedure is used as for performing an
open hole test after the bit is pulled up inside the casing.
A higher pump rate may probably be needed than was used in the PIT at the casing shoe because of the extended open
hole section and potential permeability, however the initial attempt should be made at the same rate used for the shoe
test.
This test may be substituted with for a weight up test when a higher mud weight will be needed to TD the hole section.
NOTE: To supplement the compressibility curves the following equations can be used:
Equation 1
Barrels Base Fluid Required = (Test Pressure) (Casing Fluid Volume) (Coefficient of Compressibility C f)
Cf Water = 0.000003
Cf Diesel/SBM = 0.000005
Example - Bbls = (1000 psi)(1500 bbls) (0.000003) = 4.5 bbls required
Equation 2 to adjust Eqn. 1 for Mud Weight

Adjustment for Mud Solids = (Barrels Base Fluid Required) (1- %Solids)
Example 14.8 ppg Mud Weight Adj = (4.5 bbls) (1-0.24) = 3.4 bbls Adjusted for 24% solids
Integrity Test Plot

Well
Csg Size (in)
Rig
RKB (AMSL, ft)
Water Depth (ft)
Field
Country
Test
Example Well
9.625
Example Rig
100
2,000
Example Field
International
Final Interpretati on
Test and interpretation comments...
Depth (ft)
Type
Integ (ppg)
Test 1
Test 2
11,000
0
Test 3
16.2
LOT
MS (ppg)
15.6
Surface Pressure (psi)
Volume Prior to ISIP (bbl), Time After ISIP (1 min / minor division)
Casing Test
Test 1
Test 2
Test 3
FIGURE 11-1 (Intergrity.xls output)

PRODUCTION TESTING
12.0
PRODUCTION TESTING
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
12.10
12.11
12.12
12.13

Well Test Design
Test String
Surface Equipment
Safety
Hydrogen Sulfide
Hydrates
1
1
3
4
4
5
6
9
10
11
11
11
12
______________________________________________________________________________________
For Development Jack-up, Platform, & Barge Rig Drilling Operations, a production test is not usually performed. The
wells drilled in during development are usually completed and brought on production by the Production group after the
drilling rig has moved off location. In the event that a production test is required (e.g. exploratory well), a detailed
Well Testing Procedure will be developed by the Well Test Engineer and/or the Drilling Engineer on a well specific
basis. This procedure will cover the essential equipment and steps to be utilized during the production test (using
industry guidelines and the general information included below). Refer to ExxonMobil Production and Development
Company Safety Manuals for safety guidelines concerning drill stem testing, well testing equipment (i.e., steam
generators, heater treaters, flowlines, gauge tanks, etc.) and H2S contingency requirements. A Risk Assessment will be
conducted prior to initiating Well Production Testing operations.
12.1
PRODUCTION TESTING OBJECTIVES
A production test is a formation evaluation technique which may be designed to provide the following reservoir description
data:
Types and Properties of Formation Fluids From a Particular Zone

Measurements of Reservoir Pressure and Temperature Under Various Flow Conditions
Determination of the Well Flow Efficiency
Existence of Reservoir Heterogeneities or Boundaries
This information will be obtained through either direct physical measurements taken during the production test or
through analytical methods using the appropriate reservoir description model, in conjunction with information obtained
from the well test.
In exploration well testing, the well may be temporarily completed so that reservoir fluids can be flowed to the surface
and measurements of pressure and flow rate can be made. Since hydrocarbons surface during the production test,
extreme caution is to be taken by all personnel involved with testing operations. It is essential to select equipment and
adopt test procedures which will ensure the safety of the drilling rig and its personnel.
12.2
WELL TEST DESIGN
A typical production test consists of four distinct time periods: initial flow, initial build-up, final flow, and final buildup. The reservoir's pressure response during each of these time periods is shown schematically in Figure 12-1. The
length of each time period is dependent on the reservoir producing capability and the type of fluids produced.
Initial Flow Period

The purpose of the initial flow period is to clean out the casing perforations and to ensure that a pressure differential
exists from the formation into the wellbore. The initial flow period is usually short in duration (anywhere from 2
minutes to 1 hour). For an oil well test or bottom hole shut-in test, it is generally not necessary to flow formation fluids
to surface during the initial flow. For a gas well test, all liquids should be completely removed from the wellbore
below the first closed valve to prevent a phase hump in wellbore pressure from forming due to gas rising through
liquids left in the wellbore. For a surface shut-in gas well test, the initial flow period could last several hours.
Initial Build-Up Period
Following the initial flow period, the well is shut-in in order to measure the initial reservoir pressure. Ideally, the initial
build-up period should last until the bottom hole pressure has completely stabilized; however, this is not always
feasible. The initial build-up period will normally be two to four times the length of the initial flow period, with lower
productivity reservoirs receiving the higher multiplier. The minimum length for the initial build-up should be 1 hour
regardless of the length of the initial flow period.
In tests which utilize surface readout bottom hole pressure gauges, it is possible to monitor the bottomhole pressures
and plot the data in real-time on a Horner or superposition plot. The shut-in period should, where practical, last until an
initial reservoir pressure can be obtained unambiguously from extrapolation of the buildup pressures.
Final Flow Period
The purpose of the final flow period is to establish stabilized production from the well and to obtain fluid samples for
laboratory analysis. The pressure transient introduced into the formation during the final flow period will be used to
determine the reservoir permeability-thickness product and identify the existence of reservoir heterogeneities or
boundaries.
The length of the flow period is typically between 6 to 12 hours, but should be sufficient to obtain definitive flow data.
In some cases, flow periods exceeding 12 hours may be required to ensure data quality. If produced liquids are flowed
to storage tanks, then the flow rate and flow time will have to be adjusted so as not to exceed the capacity of the
tank(s).
The fact that stabilized fluid production is necessary for obtaining useful fluid composition data may dictate the actual
length of the final flow period. Fluid samples from both the full well stream and the separator should be taken during
the final flow period.
Final Build-Up Period

During the final build-up period, the well will be shut-in so that the reservoir pressure build-up response can be
measured and recorded. This information will allow the formation permeability, wellbore damage, and indications of
reservoir heterogeneities and boundaries to be determined.
The length of the final build-up period should be at least as long as the final flow period. For low productivity
reservoirs, the build-up period should be 1-1/2 to 2 times the length of the final flow period. If bottom hole samples are
required, they should be taken following the final build-up period.
12.3
TEST STRING
Test String
The test string contains those components necessary for sealing the tubing annulus, shutting in the tubing downhole (if
desired), and suspending pressure and temperature gauges. The shut-in method used will depend on such
considerations as types of fluids produced, objectives of the test, and safety considerations.
The four basic lower test string assemblies are: Surface Shut-in/Permanent Packer; Surface Shut-In / Retrievable
Packer; Bottom Hole Shut-In / Permanent Packer; and Bottom Hole Shut-In / Retrievable Packer. See Figure 12-2 for
a typical lower test string assembly with Surface Shut-In / Permanent Packer.
Shut-In Methods
1.
Surface Shut-In
The simplest method for shutting in a well is with a surface shut-in. In this method, primary well control is at the
surface test tree. No manipulation of the test string is required while the well is "alive". Unfortunately for reservoir
purposes, during surface shut-in the entire wellbore volume is in communication with the formation. This can lead to
two detrimental effects, afterflow and phase redistribution in the wellbore.
Afterflow is defined as flow from the formation into the wellbore after the well is shut-in at the surface. Formation
fluid can flow into the wellbore because of the compressibility of the fluid in the wellbore. Afterflow is usually not a
problem in oil or gas wells having moderate to good productivity. In low productivity wells, afterflow can lead to
difficulty with analysis of data.
Phase redistribution (separation of gas and liquid) may cause problems with analysis of data from high liquid ratio gas
wells and high GOR oil wells. If phase redistribution occurs, it can usually be recognized as a hump in the plot of
build-up data. If pressure humping lasts throughout the test, the build-up data may be of questionable value for
analysis of reservoir properties.
2.
Bottom Hole Shut-In
The bottom hole shut-in method is the ideal way to shut-in a well for a build-up test, because it eliminates the effects of
afterflow and phase redistribution. However, a bottom hole shut-in requires a somewhat complex string of downhole
tools, which increases the probability of a mechanical malfunction. With some test strings, pipe motions are required
to operate tools while the well is "live" which is considered a disadvantage from the standpoint of safety.
A bottom hole shut-in should be considered if:
Phase redistribution (pressure humping) or afterflow is expected to dominate the data.

The surface shut-in pressure of the well is expected to exceed safe conditions.
12.4
SURFACE EQUIPMENT
The surface testing equipment is designed to process produced formation fluids from the surface test tree to a point of
disposal. Typically, the major components of this system are: data header, choke manifold, flow lines, heater,
separator, test/gauge tank, transfer pump, and burner(s). The surface and bottom hole test equipment required for a
particular well test will vary depending upon individual well conditions and specific reservoir requirements and will be
specified in the Well Testing Procedure.
12.5
MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT
Obtaining accurate measurements of bottom hole and surface pressure and temperature is one of production testing's
main objectives. Subsurface pressure and temperature gauges can be either mechanical or electronic downhole
recording devices or wireline run electronic gauges which provide a surface readout. Surface pressures are normally
obtained with either dial gauges or dead weight testers.
Subsurface Measurement Equipment
Subsurface gauges are run into the wellbore to record the reservoir pressure and temperature response during flowing
and shut-in periods. Subsurface pressure and temperature gauges can either be landed in a nipple located below the
perforated joint or run in gauge carriers. There are two basic types of subsurface pressure gauges available, the
subsurface recording gauges and the surface readout subsurface gauges.
1.
Subsurface Recording Gauges
Subsurface recording gauges make a record of pressure and/or temperature versus time. The record can be read at the
surface when the gauges are retrieved. These gauges are self-contained recording devices which do not require a
physical link to surface equipment. Subsurface recording gauges will either be mechanically or electronically
operated.
2.
Surface Readout Subsurface Gauges
Surface readout subsurface gauges allow real time bottom hole pressure and temperature measurements to be read at
the surface. These gauges transmit their data through a monoconductor cable. Because of the electric cable, these
gauges cannot be used with a standard bottom hole shutin test assembly.
Surface Measurement Equipment
Surface pressure and temperature measuring equipment can be connected to the data header located upstream of the
choke manifold. Surface pressure can be measured with either dial type gauges, a dead weight tester, and/or electronic
gauges.
12.6
SAFETY
General Safety Guidelines

1. The drilling supervisor is to hold a safety meeting prior to the initiation of each production test. All personnel are to
attend this meeting.
2. Do not subject Oilfield Explosives (perforating guns, tubing cutters, string shots, severing charges, etc.) to pressures
higher than the allowable (rated) pressure specified by the manufacturer. This includes pressure testing lubricators
that contain electric line conveyed perforating guns, cutters, etc. and also while running explosives into the well (e.g.
multiple runs of through tubing perforating guns/ adding perfs on a "live" well). If necessary, substitute an explosive
device with a higher pressure rating.
3. Testing of the surface equipment should be addressed in the Risk Assessment. It is also recommended that start-up of
the production test be initiated during daylight. Extra lighting may be necessary to insure potential leaks do not go
undetected if testing continues after daylight hours.
4. The drilling rig is to be equipped with a warning system, which will be activated any time the well is being tested.
During this period, it will be necessary for personnel to follow ExxonMobil Safety Manual guidelines for welding,
cutting, electrical work, sand blasting, or other work which could result in a fire or explosion.
5. Cranes will not be operated over "live" test equipment.
6. Personnel not required for duties in conjunction with the test, or for maintenance duties, are to stay clear of
production testing equipment. Smoking is permitted only in designated areas.
7. If H2S is anticipated in formation fluids, H2S detection equipment shall be used to determine if any hydrogen sulfide
is present in the produced formation fluids.
8. At the conclusion of testing operations, all flowlines are to be thoroughly flushed with water.
9. Cement unit should be tied to the surface test tree for use in well kill operations, if necessary.
10. The surface tree lower master valve should be manual operated, the upper master valve & wing valve should be
hydraulic or pneumatic operated with a remote unit located away from the tree.
11. A contractor representative of the tree supplier must be present on the rig floor or near the control unit at all times
when the well is "live".
12. If methanol is utilized, ensure that flame and mitigation detection contingencies are in place and reviewed with all
personnel.
12.7
PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES
The overall responsibility for conducting a safe testing operation rests with the Operations Supervisor. The Operations
Supervisor is to work closely with the Drilling/Well Test Engineer, and Service Company Personnel to ensure that all
test objectives are achieved. Responsibility guidelines for a typical offshore production test are listed below; refer to
Section 2.6 of this manual for additional information.
Drilling/Well Test Engineer
1. Develop test procedures and determine equipment needs.

2. Ensure that all test equipment is mechanically sound and compatible with adjacent equipment. Ensure that critical
spares are available.
3. Witness pressure and function tests of surface and subsurface test equipment. Coordinate Third Party witnessing of
equipment inspections and testing prior to sending equipment to location.
4. Supervise the make-up of the test string and check clearances. Ensure that string spaceout is correct.
5. Ensure that packer, seal assembly, and tail pipe assemblies have the proper OD's, ID's and lengths.
6. Witness perforating operations (if applicable).
7. Ensure that all wireline tools and equipment are available and compatible with durable conditions.
8. Coordinate and gather test data.
9. Evaluate test data on-site for completeness and accuracy.
10. Specify length of flow and build-up periods and size of choke.
11. Supervise surface and bottom hole sampling.
12. Communicate test results to office personnel during and after the test for making tactical decisions.
13. Read and analyze bottom hole pressure charts for evaluation of test results.
14. Follow up on test equipment and service company personnel performance.
Wellsite Geologist
1. Determine number of zones to be tested and provide initial information on pressure, temperature, and types of fluids
contained in the reservoir.
2. Analyze electric logs to determine perforating interval(s).
3. Witness perforating operations (if applicable).
4. Assist in gathering and analyzing test data.

Subsurface Test Tool Personnel
1. Prepare test tools and subs for make-up on drill floor.
2. Function and pressure test tools on pipe rack.
3. Check nitrogen precharge on annulus pressure operated tools.
4. Oversee make-up and running of bottom hole test assembly.
5. Operate down hole test tools, by directing the drill crew, under the direct supervision of the Drilling/Well Test
Engineer.
Production Testing Service Company Personnel
1. Operate surface and downhole test equipment under immediate supervision of the Drilling \ Well Test Engineer.
These responsibilities will include proper functioning of separator, changing orifice and choke sizes, accurate
calibration of gas and liquid meters, operating all valves, observing separator pressures, and monitoring gas and
liquid flow rates, running gauges, etc.
2. Coordinate separator operation with rig floor for emergency shut-in.
3. Ensure the proper functioning of burner(s) and monitor wind direction. Operate all valving under the direction of the
separator operator and help monitor wellhead pressures. Coordinate burner operation with rig floor for emergency
shut-in.
4. Take oil, gas, and water samples. Ensure proper labeling.
5. Assist with monitoring wellhead pressures with deadweight tester and record wellhead temperatures.
6. Operate chemical injection of glycol / methanol, as necessary.
7. Coordinate operation of surface test tree and floor choke manifold and be prepared to handle an emergency shut-in.
8. Ensure that the proper wireline tools are available for test string pressure testing.
9. Ensure that the proper testing and maintenance of the surface test tree and floor choke manifold are carried out.
10. Assist in monitoring casing annulus pressure and production test data.
11. Prepare subsurface recording pressure and temperature gauges. Continuously monitor panel for surface reading
subsurface pressure and temperature gauges.
Mud Logger
1. Take periodic samples of gas at the floor choke manifold during flow periods and analyze samples with the gas
chromatograph.
2. Use gas detectors to determine possible presence of gas on the rig floor and in the wellhead/BOP area.
Drilling Fluids Engineer
1. Ensure the proper maintenance of the drilling fluid in the pits.
2. Catch samples of condensate and/or water being produced and conduct analysis of filtrate and water properties.
Cementer
1. Perform well killing and cementing operations as required. Have pumping equipment in a state of readiness to kill
the well and/or cement at short notice.
2. Maintain adequate number of cement retainers and conversion kits to bridge plugs for casing size used in production
test.
3. Assist drill crew and subsurface test hole personnel in operation testing of downhole equipment.
4. Assist testing personnel in testing surface test equipment.
Rig Toolpusher
1. Ensure that well killing equipment is ready and coordinate the well killing operations.
2. Oversee running of test string and rigging up of surface control equipment.
3. Help coordinate various steps of the production test sequence as pertaining to the rig equipment.
4. Manipulate/operate downhole tools under direction of subsurface test tool personnel.
Driller
1. Ensure pressure integrity of rig floor piping.
2. Coordinate the Assistant Driller and/or floormen to provide constant observation of the casing annulus pressure and
production test data.
3. Ensure that production test string is properly made up.
12.8
PRE-TEST PLANNING AND PREPARATION
Good planning and preparation are essential to conducting a safe and complete production test. Prior to the test, a
meeting is to be held with all key personnel to discuss the test procedures, personnel responsibilities, and safety
considerations. The BOPs are to be fitted with the proper size rams as necessary to accommodate the test string
equipment in the hole. All surface testing equipment is to be pressure and function tested before beginning the test.
Meetings and Drills
The Operations Supervisor is to hold a pre-test meeting prior to the initiation of each production test. All personnel are
to attend this meeting. During the pre-test meeting, the following items are to be reviewed and discussed:
Safety Procedures
Spill Prevention
Test Objectives
Test Equipment and Hook-Up
Test Procedures
Data Collection
Supervisors must ensure that the responsibilities of all personnel associated with the test are clearly understood.
Surface Equipment Preparation
At an appropriate time, well before the test string is run in the hole, the separator, heater, transfer pump, gauge tank and
burner(s) are to be inspected and prepared for operation.
The kill line and flowline connections on the surface test tree are to be checked to ensure that compatible chiksan or
other flexible connections are available. The fail-safe closed valve on the surface test tree flowline is to be checked for
proper operation. The surface test tree, the flowline chiksans, and the floor choke manifold are to be checked for
connection compatibility. The floor choke manifold is to be rigged up with the proper size chokes for the initial flow.
The data header is to be checked and the adapters, if required, for the various gauges and transducers are to be made
up.
Surface Equipment Pressure Testing
Make up the surface test tree and rig floor equipment. Ensure that the data header and all instrumentation is functioning
properly.
Note: Have an OEM (Original Equipment Manufacture) service representative on location during installation
and pressure testing of all Christmas tree equipment. Place a permanent warning sign on the valves which have
the potential for internally trapped pressure "Warning: This valve has the potential to internally trap pressure".
Note: Whenever a back pressure valve (BPV) is to be removed from a tubing hanger, a lubricator shall be
installed and anchored. Prior to retrieving the plug, confirmation of pressure equalization should be made if
possible. If working on a well with H2S gas, all workers in the area should mask up while retrieving the plug.
Pressure test the surface equipment to 200 psi and to the pressures specified in the Production Testing Program, using
the cementing unit, as follows. The test pressure is to be held stable for at least 5 minutes on the low pressure test and
at least 5 minutes on the high pressure test.
12.9
INFORMATION RETRIEVAL
A primary purpose of the production test is to collect sufficient data for making an accurate reservoir description. To
accomplish this objective, it is essential that the data gathering activity be given high priority both in planning and
during testing operations. This can best be accomplished by ensuring that each individual involved in the test fully
understands his responsibilities and the operation of the equipment he is assigned to oversee.
Persons responsible for actually gathering data must know what data to gather and which data form is required for
transcribing the data. During the pre-test meeting, the Drilling/Well Test Engineer is to assign the appropriate form to
each of the individuals involved with data collection. Refer to the EMPC Exploration Well Testing Manual for a listing
of suggested data requirements and forms.
The rate for data collection will vary according to the test period in progress and the state of the well during the period.
In general, data entries should be made more frequently during periods when well conditions are changing rapidly with
time (e.g., immediately following shut-in or flow initiation) and less frequently during stable conditions. The primary
goal is to ensure that data are smooth and continuous when plotted against time. The actual frequency for collecting
data will be specified by the Drilling/Well Test Engineer, but for most test situations, the following guidelines apply:
1. All Flow Periods: Readings should be recorded every 30 minutes during stabilized flow conditions and at an
increased frequency during initial flow.
2. Final Shut-In Period: Record wellhead (surface) pressures and temperatures with the chart recorder and
pressure recorder as follows- ensure high frequency reading downhole for buildup analysis:
Each minute for the first 10 minutes (or at an increased frequency, if appropriate).
Every 5 minutes for the next 20 minutes.
Every 15 minutes for the next hour.
Every 30 minutes for the duration of the shut-in period.
3. Subsurface Pressure Chart Reading:

At the conclusion of the final build-up period, the subsurface pressure gauges are to be recovered and checked for
mechanical malfunction and the pressure readings obtained.
Sample Gathering
Samples of gas, oil/condensate and water are to be collected during each production test for laboratory analysis.
Surface and/or bottom hole samples are to be obtained as described in the Well Testing Procedure.
A master sample list is to be maintained. This list should identify each sample and provide information necessary to
track the sample at a later date. For example, it should identify the sample container by the container serial number and
contain all the data specified on the sample label. This will allow the sample to be correctly identified with the sample
bottle should the label be destroyed.
All pressurized samples are to be packed in the boxes sent out to the drilling rig specifically for this purpose. Bottom
hole samples may be required by Reservoir Engineering. When bottom hole samples are required, they will generally
be taken directly opposite the perforations, if possible, and with the well flowing through a small choke.
12.10
WELL KILLING AND ZONE ABANDONMENT
Well Killing
At the conclusion of the final build-up period, the well may be flowed at a high rate to heat up the wellbore for the
purpose of avoiding formation of hydrates in the test string. Additional downhole work, such as pulling the pressure
gauges, obtaining bottom hole samples, or performing other final actions as specified in the Well Testing Procedure,
can then be completed and the well can be killed. The killing operation will vary with the specific well test string being
used. However, the significant point is to ensure that a column of mud, with sufficient weight to ensure that an
overbalance exists at the formation, is circulated throughout the wellbore.
12.11
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Refer to specific Emergency Procedures developed for rig operations.

12.12
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) is a colorless gas which is both toxic and corrosive. The presence of H2S in the production
stream requires special procedures for conducting the well test and testing equipment that has metallurgical properties
compatible with the H2S environment. Due to the extreme toxicity of H2S, self-contained breathing apparatus
(SCBAs) must be available during the test if H2S is expected. If the potential exists for H2S in the formation fluids, an
H2S contingency plan must be developed and implemented prior to initiating well test operations.
H2S Safety Procedures
The following safety procedures are to be observed on all well tests where H2S is known, expected, or contingent. Also
refer to the well's H2S Contingency Plan.
1. Prior to beginning the well test, all personnel are to be briefed on the hazards of hydrogen sulphide and certified
(i.e. Fit Tested, and applicable certification). H2S drills are to be performed with all personnel on the rig.
2. All surface and downhole equipment which may be exposed to H2S must be designed for use in H2S
environments.
3. Every effort must be made to ventilate the rig floor and separator area before the well is opened.
4. Each individual who will be on the rig floor or working with the hydrocarbon processing equipment (separator,
burners, etc.) is to have a self-contained breathing apparatus available in the work area.
5. When the formation fluid surfaces, every effort is to be made to keep the burner(s) operating.
6. When the formation fluid surfaces, and at 15 minute intervals thereafter, the H2S detector will be used to
determine if any hydrogen sulfide is present in the produced fluids.
12.13
HYDRATES
Hydrate Formation
Hydrates are frozen or ice-like chemical compounds formed when certain light hydrocarbons combine with water.
Hydrate formation is associated with gas production and is a function of temperature and pressure. Figure 12-3 is a
hydrate formation conditions chart. The areas above each curve represent the conditions of temperature and pressure
under which hydrates can form if sufficient water is present.
At low water concentrations and high flow rates, the formation of hydrates may not be sufficient to cause blockage of
the flow stream. However, upon shutting in the well, hydrates may form a blockage and prevent further well flow.
Even minor hydrate formation can interfere with wireline/slickline operation for setting plugs or retrieving data. A hydrate
mitigation plan should be in place if hydrate conditions are possible.
FIGURE 12-1
FIGURE 12-2
Production Tubing
Permanent
Packer
Locator Seal Assembly

Landing
Nipple
Perforated Joint
Spacer
Tube
No-Go Landing Nipple
Wireline Entry Guide
Perforations
Production Casing
Lower String Asssembly for Surface Shut-in (Permanent Packer)

FIGURE 12-3
PLUG AND ABANDOMENT

13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
General
Site Clearance Verification
1
1
4
4
______________________________________________________________________________
FIRST EDETION MAY, 2003
13.1
GENERAL
Before performing any Permanent or Temporary Plug and Abandonment work, regulatory approval must be obtained
from the applicable regulatory agency. The objective of the following general guidelines is to plug and abandon wells
in accordance with the governing regulatory agency and ExxonMobil requirements; such that all hydrocarbon zones,
abnormally pressured water zones, and freshwater aquifers, are isolated to permanently prevent their contents from
escaping into other strata or to the seafloor.
Procedures may be adjusted to fit specific hole conditions but should at least meet the minimum objectives described
in these guidelines (MMS or local regulatory body and ExxonMobil requirements).
During permanent or temporary plug and abandonment operations, the following general guidelines, consistent with local
regulations, shall apply:
1. Critical abandonment plugs which isolate hydrocarbon and injection zones from fresh water aquifers should be
verified by tagging and/or pressure testing. Coordinate any plugs that must be tagged with the applicable
regulatory agency and EMPC.
2. During each phase of the plug and abandonment operation, a means of performing well control is to be maintained.
This is valid until casing with a non-sealed outer annulus (generally surface or conductor casing) is to be cut or
perforated.
3. When casing is cut, pressure control is to be maintained by closing the annular preventer around the drill pipe. This
is valid until casing with a non-sealed outer annulus (generally surface or conductor casing) is to be cut. If
communication from an open formation to the surface via the annulus is found, the flow is to be controlled with kill
mud and the annulus squeeze cemented through the cut or perforations. The annulus is to be pressure tested after
cementing to ensure that it has been properly sealed.
4. When conducting plug and abandonment operations, all mud returns are to be analyzed by the Mud Logging
Unit/Mud Engineer in order to detect any formation fluid influx that might occur.
5. Consideration should be made to treat mud left between cement plugs inside the casing with a corrosion inhibitor
and/or a bactericide.
6. During each phase of the plug and abandonment operation, the mud left in the hole above a cement and/or a
mechanical plug is to have a weight sufficient to withstand, together with the plugs, any pressure which may
develop in the well.
13.2
PERMANENT PLUG AND ABANDONMENT
The following is a sequence for a permanent plug and abandonment operation in which all casing strings and well bore
annulus are permanently sealed. Well specific procedures may vary and will be specified in the Plug and Abandonment
Program:
1. Isolation of Zones in Open Hole
The following method of isolating open hole intervals is acceptable.
In uncased portions of the hole, cement plug(s) shall be spaced to extend from 100' below the bottom to 100'
above the top of the zone(s) to be isolated. Any porous or permeable zone containing hydrocarbons should be
isolated. Typically cement volumes in open hole are based on gauge hole plus 10% excess.
Other methods of abandonment may be more practical. The appropriate regulatory agency and the operations
superintendent must approve these alternate methods.
Note: The placement of a hi-vis pill below cement plugs can be beneficial in preventing the plug from
settling prior to setting up.
2. Isolation of Open Hole from Casing Shoe

The following methods of isolating open hole below casing are acceptable.
Place a balanced cement plug across (100' above and 100' below) the casing shoe.
Set a cement retainer in the casing, 50' - 100' above the shoe, squeeze 100' of cement below the shoe and place 50'
of cement above the retainer.
If lost returns have been experienced place a permanent type bridge plug <150' above the shoe and place 50' of
cement above it.
3. Plugging or Isolating Perforated Intervals

The following methods of isolating perforated intervals are acceptable.
The perforations may be squeezed.
A balanced cement plug placed opposite all open perforations, extending 100' above to 100' below the bottom of
the perforated interval.
Set a cement retainer 50' - 100' above the top of the perforated interval, squeeze cement to 100' below the
perforated interval and place 50' of cement above the retainer.
A permanent type bridge-plug may be set <150' above the top of the perforated interval with 50' of cement placed
above the bridge-plug.
A cement plug that is at least 200' long may be set with the bottom of the cement plug within the first 100' above
the top of the perforated interval.
4. Plugging of Casing Stubs

Cut and pull any casing strings required and isolate all annular spaces by placing a balanced cement plug, 100' above
and below, the remaining stub or one of the following methods:
A cement retainer or a permanent-type bridge plug is set 50' above the stub and 50' of cement placed on top of it.
A cement plug, which is at least 200' long, is set with the bottom of the plug within 100' of the casing stub.
If the stub is below larger size casing plugging shall be accomplished as required to isolate zones or open hole as
described above.
5. Plugging of Annular Space
Any annular space that communicates with open hole and extending to the mud line will be plugged with at least 200'
of cement.
6. Surface Plug
Set a balanced cement plug at least 150' in length with the top of the plug within 150' below the mud line. The
plug will be placed in the smallest string of casing that extends to the mud line.
7. Testing of Plugs
The condition and location of certain cement plugs shall be verified by one of the following methods:
By tagging the cement plug, cement retainer, or bridge plug with 15 kips while circulating against the plug.
Cement placed above a bridge plug or retainer need not be tested.
By pressure testing the plug with a minimum pump pressure of 1000 psi with no more than a 10% pressure drop
in a 15-minute period (MMS). ExxonMobil at least 500 psi in excess of the formation breakdown pressure or
within the working limits of the weakest exposed casing string whichever is less.
Minimum Verification of Abandonment Plugs
The first plug below the surface plug will be verified by one of the above methods (MMS).
8. Clearance of Location
All wellheads, casing, pilings, and other obstructions shall be removed to a depth of 15' below the mud line or to a
total depth approved by the applicable regulatory agency.
13.3
TEMPORARY PLUG AND ABANDONMENT
A temporary abandonment differs from a permanent abandonment in that all casing strings and wellhead seals remain
intact.
During temporary plug and abandonment operations, the following general guidelines shall apply:
1. No holes may be punched in the casing except as required for production testing. Perforations are to be properly
plugged and isolated.
2. The wellhead seal area is to be protected by installing a corrosion cap or an abandonment tree. For long abandonment
periods, the well may be additionally protected by displacing the mud in the seal area with inhibiting fluid.
3. The well is to be equipped with a location marker and identification.
4. Inspection of the wellhead and protective structure is to be carried out at least once per year.
5. A bridge plug or a 100' long cement plug is to be set at the base of the deepest casing string unless the casing has not
been drilled out.
6. A retrievable or permanent-type bridge plug or cement plug at least 100' in length, shall be set in the casing within the
first 200' below the mudline.
7. Exceptions to these guidelines must be approved by the applicable regulatory agency, the operations superintendent
and EMPC.
13.4
SITE CLEARANCE VERIFICATION
Final site clearance after abandonment must be approved by the regulatory agency. Typically one of the following
methods will be acceptable:
1. Drag a trawl in two directions across the location.
2. Perform a diver search around the wellbore.
3. Scan across the location with a side-scan or on-bottom scanning sonar.
WELL CONTROL
14.1
WELL CONTROL
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5

Hole Monitoring
5
Equipment Testing 8
10
14.6
14.7
Well Control Drills 16

19
______________________________________________________________________________________
DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL- JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARAGE RIG DRILLING
14.1
WELL CONTROL - GENERAL
Well Control operations are performed to mitigate well control incidents by minimizing the severity of the influx,
properly shutting-in the well as soon as practical, and surfacing the influx in a safe manner or pumping/bullheading the
influx back into the formation (when bringing the influx to the surface may be too hazardous, like with H 2S).
Uncontrolled flows into the wellbore must always be kept below the blowout preventer stack.
Safety of all personnel on the rig is the primary consideration when conducting well control operations. Integrity
of the drilling unit and adverse economic impacts are of secondary importance.
General step-by-step procedures may vary depending on the BOP configuration on each individual drilling unit. The
Drilling Contractor's specific shut-in procedures for each drilling unit are to be reviewed to determine if they are
acceptable for EMDC's operations. For all locations, a site specific well control plan is to be in place which includes
diverter and well control procedures specific to the drilling unit and BOP stack configuration.
General Well Control Guidelines
General well control guidelines are as follows:
1. All well control equipment will be maintained in a ready state while conducting drilling operations.
2. Conduct drills in accordance with "Well Control Drills" section of this manual.
3. Test well control equipment (i.e., pressure and function test) as specified in "Well Control Equipment Testing"
section of this manual.
4. A current status board of critical drilling parameters will be maintained at the Driller's console in plain view.
Information on this board should consist of the following:
Tool joint distance above the rig floor for closing the hang-off rams
Most recent BOP test date
BOP stack dimensions of the preventer spacing from the wellhead
BOP stack dimensions of the preventer spacing below the rotary table (as tool joint space out is typically
measured from the rotary table)
5. Laminated copies of rig specific shut-in procedures shall be posted on the rig floor near the Driller's console. Rig
specific station bills, listing duties of the crew members, will also be posted on the rig floor and/or bulletin board.
6. Lost Circulation Procedures will be posted on the rig floor.
7. The Driller will be instructed to shut-in the well using his judgment and indicators such as pit gain, flow after
stopping the pumps, or improper fill-up on trips. The Driller does not have to secure permission from the Operations
Supervisor prior to shutting-in the well.
8. The drill string will always include a float valve above the bit and, after setting sufficient casing to shut in the well,
the float valve will be ported, unless a solid float is approved by the Operations Superintendent. Field modification
of drill pipe floats is not allowed.
9. At all times, a full opening, ball type, pressure balanced safety valve (TIW or equivalent) for drill pipe and an inside
BOP, with crossover subs for drill collars and casing, will be on the rig floor and ready for immediate use (i.e., open).
These will be available for all drillstring sizes in use. The safety valve(s) must be function tested and the test must be
documented on the IADC report and DMR. The safety valve will always be picked up first. A safety valve will be
installed in the string during periods of downtime, such as slipping and cutting drill line, etc.
NOTE: API Spec. 7 (November 2001 edition) has divided safety valves into two classes. Class I valves
(standard valves) are rated to working pressure from below only and may not seal from either direction if
pressure is applied from above. Class I valves are not API pressure rated externally and may leak through the
stem. Class II valves are designed for rated working pressure from below and above the ball and externally to
2000 psi minimum. If there is a probability that stripping operations will be required, Class II should be utilized
at the rigsite. Section 8 in the "ExxonMobil Drilling Surface Blowout Prevention and Well Control Equipment
Manual" provides a listing of manufacturers known to be capable of supplying proven Class II safety valves.
10. Circulate choke and kill lines to ensure lines are clear (frequency will depend on drilling fluid).
11. The choke will be in the open position with the first valve downstream of the choke in the closed position as well.
12. Maintain a "Well Kill Worksheet" for the current wellbore configuration and update the worksheet (or KIK PC
program) at least daily while drilling is in progress, or as hole conditions change.
13. Keep the inner choke and kill valves on the BOP in the closed position while drilling. Keep the outer choke and kill
valves in the open position.
14. Have the choke manifold lined up to take returns to the poor-boy degasser.
15. Have the PVT and FLO-SHO alarms set to the lowest practical limits.
16. Rig up an annulus fill-up line from the rig pumps for quick fill up of the annulus.
17. Use the annular to initially shut-in the wellbore. The on-site Operations Supervisor will determine if hanging-off the
drill string is necessary based on existing operating conditions.
18. If an annular is used to circulate out the influx, the closing pressure may be backed off per the manufacturer's
recommendations to reduce wear on the element. Sufficient operating pressure will be maintained to prevent leakage
and avoid gas escaping to the rig floor. Closing pressure can be reduced to allow limited pipe movement to avoid
sticking the drillstring while circulating out an influx. However, tool joints should not be cycled through the annular
element while circulating out an influx.
19. Shut the diverter annular only after opening the diverter line valve(s) to prevent broaching. Assign personnel to
monitor for broaching if diverting the well with only shallow casing set. The diverter lines are to be routed overboard
and downwind.
20. Utilize mud pumps and/or fire hoses to wet gas exiting from diverter lines.
21. Wind socks should be visible from pertinent areas of the rig.
Pressure Recording Guidelines
Pressure recording guidelines are as follows:
1. Record the shut-in pressures on the drill pipe and casing every minute until shut-in pressures stabilize. After
stabilization, record the shut-in pressure on the drill pipe and casing every 10 minutes until well control operations
end.
2. Record the pressure necessary to pump open the float valve as the stabilized drill pipe pressure when using a nonported float valve in the drill pipe.
Note:
The method to determine when the float valve is opening is the same as determining the break-over
limit during a pressure integrity test.
3. Designate specific personnel to record pressures and observations/remarks though out the well control operation.
4. Shut down the pumps and shut-in the well to check pressures if a problem arises while circulating out an influx into
the wellbore.
5. Determine a new friction pressure if using a different pump rate when restarting circulation after shutting in to check
pressures.
6. Determine the new friction pressure in the same manner as the original friction pressure.
Note: The maximum pressure at any point in the wellbore during the killing operation will occur when the top of
the influx is at that point or when the influx is on bottom in the case of short open hole intervals or long
bottom hole assemblies and the top of the bubble is above the casing shoe. This is especially true in deep
wells.
Pump Rate Guidelines
1. Ensure that the selection of the circulation rate considers such factors as: a) formation integrity at the casing shoe, b)
rig well control equipment, c) capacity of barite additions to the mud system, and d) rig pump oiling limitations at
slower rates.
2. Consider the following advantages of a low pump rate. A typical pump rate is in the 1 to 3 BPM range:
Low pump rates allow the choke operator more time to adjust the choke.
Low pump rates minimizes the handling of large gas volumes at the surface
Low pump rates reduces the possibility of lost returns.
3. Understand the limitations of the mud gas separator when 100% gas reaches the surface. Be prepared to bypass the
mud gas separator and go directly to the flare if the liquid leg is lost.
Well Killing Worksheet
A Well Killing Worksheet is critical to a successful well control operation since it helps Operations and Engineering
personnel communicate clearly during the operation and perform the necessary calculations.
After the BOP stack is installed, a "Well Killing Worksheet" will be prepared. The worksheet will be maintained for
the current wellbore configuration and update the worksheet at least daily while drilling is in progress, or as hole
conditions change.
Note: The KIK PC computer program may be used in lieu of the worksheet.
Steps for completion of the "Well Killing Worksheet" are as follows:
1. Calculate the kill mud weight.
Record the original weight of the drilling fluid.
Calculate the necessary increases in drilling fluid weight to balance the formation pressure and to provide an
overbalance.
Calculate the kill weight of the drilling fluid.
2. Calculate the maximum allowable surface pressure:
Record the PIT at the last casing shoe.
Calculate the maximum surface pressure which will fracture the formation.
Record the casing burst pressure and safety factor.
Calculate the allowable surface pressure for each weight and grade of casing.
Select the lower of the two calculated values as the maximum allowable surface pressure (to be used for
information only).
3. Calculate capacities and total active system volume.

4. Calculate the barite required to weight up the active system and the corresponding volume increase.
5. Calculate the circulation rate and the pressure change schedule:
Enter the circulation rate and initial drill pipe circulating pressure.
Calculate the change in circulating pressure that will occur due to a heavier fluid weight.
6. Select the circulation method and prepare the drilling fluid weight schedule. If practical, consult with the Operations
Superintendent as to which of the following methods to use based on well pressures involved, pressure integrity of
the casing shoe, rig gas handling capability, mud system capabilities, and mud material on location.
Driller's Method (original mud weight)
Weight and Wait Method (balance mud weight or kill weight mud)
7. Perform influx height and gradient calculations:
14.2
If the influx gradient is less than 0.2 psi/ft, the influx is probably gas. If the gradient is between 0.2 psi/ft and
0.4 psi/ft, the influx is probably oil. If the gradient is greater than 0.4 psi/ft, the influx is probably salt water.
HOLE MONITORING
Hole Fill-Up
Hole Fill-Up Guidelines:
When tripping out of the hole, into the hole, or when the drill string is out of the hole (i.e., logging, BHA change out,
slip and cutting drill line, etc.) the hole will be continuously monitored for gains or losses using the trip tank. The
following guidelines should be followed to ensure a full column of mud is maintained in the annulus at all times.
1. The hole will be kept full using the trip tank when not pumping down the drill string. The trip tank level will be
recorded a minimum of every 15 minutes when pipe is out of the hole. A trip book will be maintained for each
well and at least one person is to be assigned to monitor the trip tank on a continuous basis while tripping. The
trip book log should compare trips volumes to both the theoretical volume and the previous trip volumes
2. If the rig is equipped with a top drive system, back-reaming and pumping out the first 10 stands of open hole
when tripping should be considered. This is especially relevant while drilling directional wells or wells with
highly reactive formations.
3. The bit will be returned to bottom and the well circulated bottoms-up if observed fill-up volume is less than
calculated or significantly less than fill-up recorded on the previous trip. If the hole does not take the calculated
amount of fluid, the Operations Supervisor will be advised immediately.
Pit levels will be monitored carefully when circulating bottoms-up to detect any expansion of gas and/or well
flow during the circulating operations.
4. Sufficient mud weight will be used that provides at least 200 psi of overbalance before attempting to pull or
pump out of the hole.
5. A trip tank with a minimum capacity of 40 bbls is preferred. The trip tank will be marked in at least 1/2 barrel
increments.
6. A grease type packing is to be used on the centrifugal pump that feeds the trip tank. Water injection will not be
used.
7. The mud loggers should also closely monitor trip tank volumes while tripping out of the hole and confirm the
displacement volumes recorded by the drilling contractor. They should also monitor volumes while tripping in
the hole if requested by the Operations Supervisor or if it is specified in the Drilling Program.
8. The maximum amount of drill pipe than can be run in the hole without being filled must be specified in the
Drilling Program and will be based on that particular well plan (casing depths, amount of open hole, potential gas
sand location, etc.) Section 4 describes a method to calculate the maximum length of pipe that can be run
without filling the drillstring.
9. When tripping in the hole displacement volumes from the well must be accurately monitored using the trip tank.
The FDM can provide an exception to using the trip tank when tripping in hole.
Note:
Field modification of drill pipe floats is not allowed. There are no exceptions to this policy.
Trip Book Guidelines:

Entries in the trip book for trip-to-trip comparison shall be made as follows:
1. The displacement volume for each stand for the first five (5) stands of drill pipe and every five
(5) stands of drill pipe thereafter.
2. The displacement volume for every stand of drill collars and HeviWate drill pipe.
3. Entries shall to be made based on the volume accuracy of the trip tank gauge (1/2 bbl or less).
Flow Check Guidelines

Flow checks and 10-10-10's are to be used as the primary indicators of an under balanced situation. Guidelines for
conducting flow checks are as follows:
1. The well will be flow checked before making a connection.
2. The well will be flow checked after an indication of a pit gain.
3. The well will be flow checked after an indication of abnormal pressure.
4. The well will be flow checked after a drilling break over 5' on an exploration well or after a drilling break over 5'
on a development well if expecting abnormal pressure or hydrocarbons in the zone.
A drilling break is generally defined as a doubling of the rate of penetration (ROP), but can vary depending
upon the area.
5. Flow checks will be planned at intervals less than 100' when drilling with a top drive system in an abnormal
pressure zone.
6. It should be stressed to the driller that the Company will support the driller's judgment when making additional
flow checks (not included in these guidelines) or when shutting-in the well due to flow.
Degasser Guidelines
1. The degasser will be operated whenever there is significant gas in the return flow stream, as indicated by a mud
weight cut or chromatograph instruments readings in the logging unit.
2. The drilling fluid weight will be checked downstream of the degasser, as well as at the shaker, in order to determine
if the degasser is working properly.
3. Dump the degasser suction and discharge tanks as often as practical to maximize utilization.
14.3
EQUIPMENT TESTING
Pressure Tests
The BOPs, choke and kill lines, choke manifold, floor safety valves, inside BOPs, and the top drive system/kelly safety
valves are to be pressure tested in accordance with the following requirements:
BOP Pressure Tests
ACTIVITY
BOP TESTING REQUIREMENTS
1) Initial BOP acceptance test (when the rig Test with water to 200 psi low and rated
comes under contract)
working pressure of preventer/equipment
2) Initial Installation on Wellhead if NOT Test with water to 200 psi low and rated
fully tested to rated working pressure as WP of preventer/equipment or the
per 1) above.
wellhead, whichever is less. At least
once per well the rams must be tested to
their rated WP when the appropriate
wellhead is installed.
3) Initial installation on wellhead if fully Test with water to 200 psi low. Test annular to
70% of rated working pressure or rated working
tested to rated WP as per 1) above.
pressure of wellhead, whichever is less.
For 5k psi rams or lower, test rams/equipment to
rated working pressure. For 10k psi rams or
higher, test rams/equipment to a pressure that
exceeds the maximum anticipated surface
pressure but not less than 5k psi. At least once
per well the rams must be tested to their rated
working pressure when the appropriate wellhead
is installed.
Note: On wells governed by MMS rules, all
rams/equipment must be tested to their rated
working pressure or rated working pressure of
wellhead, whichever is less (unless approved
otherwise by District Supervisor).
4) After setting casing string AND prior to Same as 3) above.

drilling out casing shoes.
5) Subsequent tests not exceeding every 14
Same as 3) above. On workovers governed by
days.
MMS rules, then test frequency is every 7 days
instead of 14.
6) After disconnection or repair of any
Test with water to 200 psi and rated working
pressure containing seal but limited to the
pressure of preventer/equipment or wellhead,
affected component.
whichever is less.
Notes:
1. Regulatory requirements may require variations from the above and will govern, if more stringent.
2. Pressure tests will be alternated between control stations. After pressure testing from one control station, conduct
a complete function test of the BOP at another other station.
3. The test pressures will be in accordance with the above or those specified in the Drilling Program. The pressures
will be held stable for at minimum of 5 minutes on both the low pressure test and on the high pressure test or as
specified in the Drilling Program.
4. The BOP equipment will be pressure tested when initially installed and at least every 14 days thereafter, as
required by OIMS. The high pressure side of the choke manifold is to be pressure tested to the required BOP ram
test pressure. The low pressure side of the choke manifold will be tested to its rated WP (OIMS Manual Section
6).
The results of all BOP tests and any deficiencies and/or repairs will be recorded on the Daily Drilling Report and IADC
Report. Detailed test data will also be recorded by the drilling contractor on a BOP test form designed specifically for
the drilling rig. This report should be reviewed by the Operations Supervisor to ensure they are satisfied that sufficient
data will be recorded to ensure confidence in the proper operation of the BOP equipment.
The completed BOP test form is to be signed by the OIM and the Cementer and will be provided to the Operations
Supervisor, along with the pressure recording chart supporting the BOP testing operation. All pressure charts are to be
dated and properly labeled as to each component tested. All records pertaining to the BOP tests are to be retained on
the drilling rig until completion of the well. The records are then to be forwarded to the Operations Superintendent for
inclusion in the well file upon request.
Function Tests
The diverter system is to be function tested daily and the BOP system is to be function tested weekly. When
conducting these tests, all closing and opening times required to function each component are to be recorded for
comparison with previous tests. Do not pull out of the hole just to function test the BOPs.
Diverter Tests
Guidelines for testing diverters are as follows:
1. Response times required to open diverter valves and close the diverter bag around the drill pipe will be recorded and
reported on the BOP test form.
2. After initial installation, all diverter lines will be pumped through at the maximum rate possible, to detect leaks,
verify correct line up, and inspect for excessive vibration.
14.4
EQUIPMENT
Equipment specifications for well control equipment are provided below. Deviations for less than the guidelines shown
should be based on a risk assessment and should have both EMDC and Drilling Contractor management approval.
Diverter Systems
A "Diverter System" will be installed on all casing strings prior to the surface casing.
The diverter system should conform to the following specifications:
Diverter Design:
1. The diverter system shall consist of:
Annular type diverter packer
Diverter lines (2 lines, 10" ID min, 300 psi WP)
Remote Actuated Ball Valve on each line
Diverter valve 10" ID in the diverter line
Kill line inlet below the diverter (3" nominal)
Valve in the kill line
2. All diverter components (valves, lines, etc.) will be rated for a minimum of 300 psi working pressure. Valve
actuators shall be sized to shut in against a minimum of 300 psi.
3. All diverter Valves shall be full opening (ball valves preferred).
Diverter Closing System
1. Actuation of the diverter must be available from the rig floor and at least one other remote location away from the rig
floor. All diverter functions must be available from these locations.
2. If hydro-pneumatic regulators are used, a nitrogen back-up is required.
3. Diverter Hydraulic Control unit must provide 1.5 times the usable fluid necessary to open the diverter valves and
close the diverter annular and be capable of being operated from the main control panel and remotely from the
Driller's console.
BOP System
A BOP stack and closing system shall be installed for all drilling and completion operations with annular and rams
capable of shutting in on all drill pipe sizes in use for that hole section in accordance with the following specifications:
Note: If Hydrogen Sulfide gas is expected, all BOP components and element seals must be certified for H2S service.
BOP Stack
1. The BOP stack should be arranged as specified in the Surface Blowout Prevention and Well Control Equipment
Manual.
2. BOP elements shall be compatible with the mud type in use.
3. Two rams are to be sized for the larger drill pipe and one ram for the smaller drill pipe if a two pipe size and/or
tapered strings are used. Variable bore rams can be used to meet this criteria. The bottom ram shall be sized for the
larger pipe size. VBRs cannot be used for the master ram. See Section 4.0 of the Surface Blowout Prevention and
Well Control Equipment Manual for details and additional scenarios.
4. All rams, choke/kill lines, and choke/kill valves shall have a working pressure rating equivalent or greater than the
wellhead working pressure rating. Annular shall have working pressure ratings of at least 50 percent of the ram
preventers.
5. Ram and Choke/Kill line outlet placement shall provide the capability to:
Close in on the drill string and on casing or liner and allow circulation.
Close and seal on open hole and allow volumetric well control operations.
Strip the drill string using annular preventer.
Bullhead below the blind rams.
6. Choke outlets are to be minimum of 3" ID.

7. Use of clamps would require exception approval from the Field Drilling Manager.
8. Side outlets on ram bodies must be sealed with a blind flange (valves are acceptable only if they are pressure tested at
the same frequency as the rams).
9. Rams must have locking capability (if locks are manual, a crank with a wheel must be available on the rig).
10. Rams must be capable of hanging off the maximum anticipated drill string load with the tool joints in use and
maintain a seal against wellbore pressure equivalent to the ram body working pressure rating. VBRs are not
recommended as the hang-off rams. If VBRs are to be used as the hangoff rams, the manufacturer's specifications
will be checked for pipe size and hang-off load rating. Only "hang-off" type ram blocks, with a hardened area around
the lip of the ram block, should be used.
11. Drilling spools must have at least the ID clearance and working pressure rating as that of the ram bodies.
Choke and Kill Lines
The Choke and Kill Lines shall be equipped with and have a working pressure rated at least equivalent to the BOP ram
preventer rating. Other specifications as follows:
1. One hydraulic valve (e.g., fail-safe close) on the choke line adjacent to the BOP drilling spool.
2. One manual valve on the choke line between the hydraulic valve and the choke manifold.
3. One hydraulic valve and one manual valve on the kill line between the standpipe or pump manifold and the BOP
drilling spool.
4. Choke lines shall have a minimum ID of 3". Kill lines shall have a minimum ID of 2".
Wellhead
1. The "A" section shall have double valves on one outlet with working pressure at least equivalent to the "A" section
top flange.
2. All wellhead sections shall have a flanged valve with a rated working pressure at least equivalent to the section top
flange.
3. A second valve of the same working pressure shall be installed on any wellhead sections where the casing string
suspended by the section is not cemented to the surface.
Wellhead
4. All sections above the "A" section shall be equipped with a second outlet that has a blind flange installed on the
outlet.
5. A pressure gauge shall be installed on all wellhead sections outside of the valves to facilitate monitoring of casing
annulus pressure.
BOP Control System
BOPs shall be controlled by a Control System meeting the criteria listed below and must meet the following objectives:
Provide redundant control system.
Provide emergency back-ups in case of loss of rig air and/or electrical power.
Allow independent adjustable operating pressures to annular and other BOP functions.
Close each Ram Preventer within 30 seconds.
Close each Annular Preventer < 18-3/4" within 30 seconds and within 45 seconds for preventers 18-3/4". Surface
Accumulator Bottles
1. A sufficient number of accumulator bottles will be installed, at a minimum, to meet EMDC's technical specifications,
API RP 16D (Part I & II), and/or local requirements for accumulator unit sizing. See Section 5.0 of the Surface
Blowout Prevention and Well Control Equipment Manual for details on EMDC requirements.
NOTE: API RP 16E as referenced in the BOP manual has since been recalled. The correct API reference for
accumulator design is now API Spec 16D.
2. The precharge pressure for all accumulator bottles will be verified upon mobilization of the drilling unit and
approximately every 60 days thereafter.
3. Accumulator bottles shall be divided into at least two or more separate banks of generally the same number of bottles
and each bank shall be capable of being separated by isolation valves.
Accumulator Control Unit
1. Back-up pumps, driven by a different power source than the primary pumps (air driven when primary are electric
drive) will be installed.
2. Each pump is to be capable of being isolated for repairs while the others remain operational.
3. The hydraulic fluid reservoir will be of adequate size to hold twice the required useable fluid capacity of the
accumulator bottles.
4. Hydraulic fluid will be strained through 20 mesh or smaller suction strainers.
5. A double needle valve will be installed to bleed off manifold and accumulators into the reserve tank (needed to
perform mini-checks).
6. The charging manifold will have a full opening, valved outlet for an external pump.
7. The manifold will be equipped with a pressure reducing regulator (0 to maximum allowable pressure) plus bypass
and isolation valves.
8. Pressure relief valves will be installed upstream and downstream of the manifold regulator.
9. The entire system should be in an area which is readily accessible to rig personnel and protected from damage from
other rig sources.
10. Check for type of alarm system installed. See required alarms below.
Regulators
1. The control system will have surface regulators for manifold pressure.
2. A pneumatic back-up supply, independent of the rig air system, will be available for the surface regulators, unless
the regulators are of the worm gear type or equivalent, to avoid losing supply pressure in the event of rig air
failure.
3. The annular and manifold regulators will be set to a minimum of 1500 psi for normal shut-in. Refer to the
manufacturers operating manual for information on additional closing pressure requirements for high expected
shut-in pressures and annular pressures for larger sizes of pipe and casing.
BOP Operating Panels
1. Two operating panels will be available, containing all BOP functions, one of which will be located at the accumulator
control unit and the other on the drill floor.
2. All functions shall be kept in the power position and not in the block position.
Blind Ram function is to have a safety guard installed at all panels and at the accumulator unit control station to
prevent inadvertent operation. The guard at the accumulator unit is not to interfere with remote operating
capabilities.
3. If an electrical relay system is used, emergency generator power or a battery back-up system will be available to
operate the remote panels for the accumulator unit.
4. If rig air is used, a back-up air supply will be available to operate the remote panels.
5. All functions on all operating panels will be clearly marked as to their purpose and position.
6. Unless a common alarm can be heard in both areas, the drill floor panel and the accumulator control unit will have
alarms for:
Low accumulator pressure
Low fluid level in reservoir tanks
Loss of air supply
Choke & Kill Manifold

The choke and kill lines will be tied into a choke manifold and should conform to the following specifications:
1. The choke manifold will have the capability of taking returns through one of at least two (2) adjustable chokes of
which one must be a hydraulic choke.
2. A minimum of two (2) valves will be upstream of each choke and one (1) valve between any other outlets on the
manifold such as the standpipe manifold, trip tank bleed line, and the cement unit.
3. Chokes and gauges are to be equipped with and provide the following:
A manual back-up method of some type (e.g., back-up bottle of nitrogen, manual pump, etc.) will be available to
power the hydraulic choke in case of rig air failure.
A control panel for the hydraulic choke(s) that has gauges to read the drill pipe pressure and casing pressure
immediately upstream from the choke in operation. If the control panel has dual chokes, a casing pressure gauge
will be available to monitor pressure upstream of each choke.
A choke panel which contains a gauge indicating choke position, gauges to read pump rate and cumulative pump
strokes, and a control to zero the cumulative pump stroke counter.
A selection of calibrated gauges of various ranges that can help determine shut-in drill pipe and casing pressure
accurately.
4. Adequate pressure sensors will be installed on the choke manifold and standpipe manifold to monitor the annulus and
drill pipe pressure from all choke locations.
5. The pressure rating of all components (flexible hoses, valves, lines, pressure sensors, etc.) between the BOP and the
high pressure valve downstream of the choke will have a working pressure rating equivalent to or exceeding the BOP
ram preventer rating.
6. All turns in the choke and kill lines from the BOP to the choke manifold, within the choke and kill manifold, and
lines downstream of the choke manifold will have targeted tees installed.
7. Manifold outlets will be configured such that well control fluids can be directed from the choke manifold to the
following areas:
Mud Gas Separator
Shakers
Trip Tank
Directly overboard or to reserve pit bypassing the Mud Gas Separator
Mud Gas Separator

A mud gas separator will be installed and should conform to the following specifications:
1. Capable of venting gas to a downwind safe area and salvaging the drilling fluid when circulating through the choke
manifold during a well control operation.
2. Provide a sufficient head to force gas out the vent line as well as separate gas from the drilling fluid.
See Surface Blowout Prevention and Well Control Equipment Manual (page 8-19 and 820 for details).
3. Vent line from the mud gas separator will have a minimum diameter of 8" and contain a minimum number of turns to
reduce the gas friction pressure.
4. An inspection port will be available on the mud gas separator for visual inspection of the separator. During
mobilization and after each use for well control, the separator should be drained, washed and visually inspected.
5. A by-pass valve will be installed which vents gas out a direct vent line and isolates the shale shaker room when the
liquid leg is lost at the mud gas separator. The location of the by-pass valve should be upstream of the mud gas
separator line to the shakers.
14.5
WELL CONTROL DRILLS
General BOP Drill Guidelines

Well control drills shall be conducted in accordance with the guidelines in this section to ensure that drilling personnel can
detect and shut-in the well in the shortest time possible.
Blowout preventer drills will be conducted until the procedure for shutting-in the well both while drilling and tripping
is automatic. The drill crew members must detect a simulated well flow and react in the proper manner within the time
limit required. A schematic of the BOP will be posted on the drill floor showing distances from RKB to the various
BOP components. The Driller must know at all times the position of the drill string tool joint in relation to the BOP
stack.
The well will initially be closed-in using the Annular Preventer. To allow for a "fast shut-in", the first valve
downstream of the hydraulic choke should be in the open position with the choke closed as well.
Drills should be announced or unannounced to the drill crew and simulated by changing pit levels, trip tank levels, etc.
However, the drilling contractor toolpusher on duty should be made aware of the drill prior to changing pit levels to
avoid overreaction by the drill crews he is supervising.
Trip Drill
The purpose of this drill is to reduce the time required for the Driller to detect and react to an influx while making a
trip. After the BOP is installed, this drill must be held with each crew until they are thoroughly familiar with the
procedure and thereafter with each crew at a frequency specified by OIMS.
While tripping and after the drill string has been pulled into the casing, without prior notice, the apparent trip tank level
is to be gradually increased by manually raising the mud pit level float or verbally notifying the Driller from the Trip
Tank Hand or the Mud Logging unit (if being used) that an increase in trip tank level has occurred. The Driller, Drill
Crew, and Mud Loggers should recognize a 10 bbl trip tank gain within 1 minute and shut in the well within an
additional 1 minute by performing the following:
1. Detect the kick and sound the alarm.
2. Record the time to detect the trip tank gain (goal is 1 minute or less).
3. Set the slips with a tool joint at the rotary table.
4. Shut down the trip tank pump and check for flow back into the trip tank.
5. Make up (hand tight) an open safety valve on the drill pipe. Close valve.
6. Check the well for flow.
7. Shut-in the well by opening the HCV valve and closing the anular BOP in one motion, torqueup safety valve. Make
sure the choke manifold valve downstream of the power choke is closed.
8. Immediately notify ExxonMobil Drilling Supervisor and Toolpusher. Record the time to shutin the well after flow is
detected (goal is 1 minute or less to minimize influx volume).
9. Install and make-up Inside BOP. Close the nside BOP. Open Safety Valve. (For stripping operations).
10. Record casing pressure and gain in trip tank. Check accumulator pressures. Check BOP system components and
choke manifold for correct position. Check for leaks and/or flow.
11. Prepare to extinguish sources of ignition. Alert any boat standing by at the drilling rig.
12. Have crane operator standby for possible personnel evacuation.
13. Assess and review proficiency of drill with crew members. Log drill and reaction time on the Daily Drilling Report
and IADC Report.
Note: A typical drill would stop at Step #10, although the documentation under Step #13 would still be
performed. Steps #11 - #12 may be performed for additional training and extended drills.
Pit Drill
The purpose of this drill is to reduce the time required for the Driller to detect and react to a change in the pit level.
After the BOP is installed, this drill will be held with each crew until they are thoroughly familiar with the procedure
and thereafter with each crew at a frequency specified by OIMS.
While drilling on bottom, without prior notice, the apparent pit level is to be gradually increased by manually raising
the mud pit level float or by pumping mud from the trip tank to the active system. The Driller, Drill Crew, and Mud
Loggers should recognize a 10 bbl pit gain within 1 minute and shut in the well within an additional 1 minute by
performing the following:
1. Detect the kick and sound the alarm.
2. Record the time to detect the pit level gain (goal is 1 minute or less).
3. Pick up the drill string until tool joint clears rotary table. Make sure tool joint is not in BOP.
4. Shut down the mud pump(s) and check the well for flow. (Use trip tank if in doubt about the well flowing).
5. If flowing, shut in the well by opening the BOP choke line valve (HCV) and closing the annular.
6. Report the pit gain and flow check results to the Operations Supervisor and Toolpusher.
7. Record drill pipe and casing pressures. Weigh mud in suction pit. Check accumulator pressures. Check BOP system
components and choke manifold for correct position. Check for leaks and/or flow.
8. Complete the Well Killing Worksheet. Determine materials needed to circulate out the kick.
9. Prepare to extinguish sources of ignition. Alert any boat standing by at the drilling unit and/or have security block
off the area if on a land rig.
11. Have crane operator standby for possible personnel evacuation if on a jack-up.
12. Assess and review proficiency of drill with crew members. Log drill and reaction time on the Daily Drilling Report
and IADC Report.
Note: A typical drill would stop at Step #6, although the documentation under Step #12 would still be performed.
Steps #7 #11 may be performed for additional training and extended drills.
Power Choke Drill

Crews are encouraged to conduct power choke drills prior to drilling-out after setting of each casing string. The drill
provides practice for the Drilling Supervisor, Toolpusher, and crew members in operating the power choke. If done
from a floating rig, it is an opportune time to measure the choke line and kill line friction pressures at various kill rates.
The drill should be performed as follows:
1. Circulate the well clean.
2. Conduct a Pit Drill and close in the well using the Annular BOP.
3. Take slow circulation rates at 20, 30, and 40 spm down the drill pipe and out the choke line with the hydraulic power
choke fully open (optional step if already accomplished).
4. Conduct crew training using the power choke. Bring the pump on lie while keeping the casing pressure constant to
desired pump speed. The casing pressure can be varied to illustrate the time required for the pressure pulse to travel
down the annulus and back up the drill pipe pressure gauge.
5. Assess drill and use of hydraulic choke with crew members.
6. Record the drill, slow pump rates/pressures, and mud weights used on the IADC and Daily Drilling Report.
14.6
WELL CONTROL PROCEDURES
Laminated copies of rig specific shut-in procedures shall be posted on the rig floor near the Driller's console.
Rig specific station bills, listing duties of the crew members, will also be posted on the drill floor and/or bulletin
board.
During all well control operations, the following rules will be strictly observed.
1. Smoking will be limited to the quarters area. Violators will be subject to immediate dismissal.
2. Welders will not perform any work without specific instruction and direct supervision by the Senior Drilling
Contractor toolpusher and such work must be cleared with the Operations Supervisor in advance.
3. All grinders, needle guns, etc., will be shut down.
4. Off-duty and personnel that are not required will remain in the quarters area or at a designated muster area.
5. If any of the following occur, the rig site is to be immediately abandoned:
Gas surfaces uncontrolled at the rig floor
Well fluids broach around the casing
Well flow is detected with no diverter or no BOP installed.
6. A pre-job safety meeting will be held with all involved personnel prior to attempting a well kill operation.
Diverter Installed
Successfully diverting a well flow before gas surfaces and without broaching requires that all surface equipment be
ready to close the diverter bag immediately yet have a relief path for the well fluids to prevent broaching.
While drilling with a Diverter System using a Remote Operated Ball Valve, the valve open function should be plumbed
into the diverter close line such that the valve will open prior to the annular closing.
Mud should be pumped through the diverter lines every tour to ensure the line and relief path are not plugged.
If flow is detected, the following procedure should be followed to divert the flow:
1. Shut down the mud pumps if drilling.
2. Pick up to clear the kelly or tool joint above the diverter bag.
3. Check for flow if uncertain well is flowing.
4. Close the diverter annular.
5. Evacuate personnel to a safe area.
6. Notify the Operations Superintendent.
7. If conditions allow, attempt a dynamic kill by pumping all available mud from the pits followed by water from the
water pit if the mud does not kill the well. Pumping will also keep the gas flow wet and reduce the fire hazard.
Note: If tripping, running casing, or out of the hole, it may be necessary to strip back to bottom prior to attempting
the dynamic kill.
8. Personnel should be posted around the site to detect any signs of broaching.
BOP Operations
The well control procedures in this section are applicable when drilling below surface casing with a competent shoe and a
BOP stack installed.
The Operations Supervisor shall make sure the following is in place:
Flowcharts are posted on the rig floor and other appropriate locations for "Shut-In Procedures for Drilling, Tripping,
& Running Casing" and the "Station Bill during Well Control Operations"
The Choke Manifold is lined up to take returns through the "Mud Gas Separator"
The valve downstream of the hydraulic choke is in the closed position during drilling operations.
Flowcheck Procedure - Drilling

1. The well is to be checked for flow if any of the following occur at anytime during drilling or circulating operations:
Increase in Rate of Penetration.
Increase in Mud Return Flow.
Gain in Pits.
Decrease in Pump Pressure and/or Gain in Pump Strokes.
High Gas Units.
Sudden Increase in Torque.
Increase in mud chlorides.
Decrease in mud chlorides.
2. The following procedure is to be used to check for flow:
Pick up the drill string and position a tool joint at the pre-determined shut-in position.
Shut down the mud pump(s)
Check the well for flow. Use trip tank if in doubt about the well flowing.
Shut-In Procedure - Drilling

Whenever flow is detected, the Driller is to shut-in the well on his own initiative without any further approval in the
following manner:
1. Open the remote choke line valves on the Choke line.
2. Close the annular preventer.
3. Make sure that the Choke Manifold is closed downstream of the power choke.
4. Record the shut-in drill pipe and casing pressures, and pit level gain.
5. Notify Operations Supervisor and Toolpusher as soon as practical.
6. Check accumulator pressures. Check BOP system components and confirm that the choke manifold is lined up
properly. Check for leaks and/or flow.
7. Record drill pipe and casing pressure every minute until the pressures stabilize then every 10 minutes thereafter.
8. Complete the 'Well Killing Worksheet'. Select kill method and determine materials needed to circulate out the kick.
9. Adjust regulator pressure on annular preventer. Reciprocate pipe, if possible, to avoid sticking.
10. Prepare to extinguish sources of ignition.
Flowcheck Procedure - Tripping
1. The well is to be checked for flow if any of the following occur at anytime during tripping operations:
Hole not taking the correct amount of fluid.
Gain in trip tank.
2. The following procedure is to be used to check for flow:
Set the slips with a tool joint at the rotary table.
Make up an open safety valve on the drill pipe. Close valve.

Note: When drilling with a TDS, do not make up the top drive into the drill string. Removing the lower
valve in the top drive is time consuming and requires a 65/8 Reg box x 4-1/2" IF box crossover.
3. Observe the well for flow. If there is any question as to whether the well is flowing, it should be shut-in and checked.
Shut-In Procedure - Tripping
Whenever flow is detected, the Driller is to shut-in the well on his own initiative, without any further approval, in the
following manner:
1. Shut down the trip tank pump.
2. Open the remote choke valve in the choke line.
3. Close the annular preventer around the drill pipe or drill collars.
4. Install and make up inside BOP on top of the safety valve.
5. Open the drill pipe safety valve.
6. Notify Operations Supervisor and contractor toolpusher as soon as practical.
7. Record shut-in casing pressure. Record trip tank and/or pit gain. Check accumulator pressures. Check accumulator
pressures. Check BOP system components and choke manifold for correct position. Check for leaks and/or flow.
8. Adjust the annular closing pressure and reciprocate drill pipe to prevent pipe from sticking.
Note: If the casing has pressure and/or the well will flow through the drill pipe, it will be necessary to strip the
drill pipe back to bottom before circulating out the influx. See Stripping Guidelines and Procedure for
Shut-In Procedure (Drill Collars across BOP stack)
1. Install a crossover and make up a safety valve if drill collars are above the rotary table.
2. Initiate shutting-in the well using the same procedures as for drill pipe.
3. Increase annular closing pressure if necessary to obtain a seal around spiral drill collars or spiral HeviWate drill pipe.
Shut-In Procedure (Drill String Out Of Hole)
1. Close the blind rams if the well begins to flow while the drill string is out of the hole.
2. Open choke line valves on first outlet below the blind rams. Monitoring will not be possible through the choke line
on BOP stack configurations where the blind ram is located below the choke and kill line. This would require
monitoring pressure through the annulus valves.
3. Record shut-in casing pressure and gain in trip tank.
4. Notify Operation Supervisor and Contractor toolpusher.
5. Prepare to strip into the hole using the annular. See Stripping Guidelines and Procedures.
Flowcheck Procedure - Running Casing
1. Check the well for flow should one of the following occur at anytime during casing running operations:
Annulus flowing.
Gain in pits greater than casing/pipe displacement.
2. Stop casing running operation.

3. Check for flow.
Shut-In Procedure - Running Casing

1. Open the remote choke valve in the choke line.
2. Close the annular preventer.
The annular closing pressure should have been adjusted for the larger OD pipe prior to starting to run casing.
3. Install a crossover and make up a safety valve.

Note: If the casing float equipment leaks, it may be necessary to open the annular temporarily to relieve flow form
the casing while install the safety valve.
Well Killing Options - Running Casing
There are several possibilities for killing the well, dependent upon the amount of casing run, amount of well flow,
condition of the float equipment, and the annulus pressure. The option selected should be based on actual wellbore
conditions, after consulting with the Operations Superintendent.
Options include the following:
1. Strip casing out of hole.
2. Kill the well at the present casing depth.
3. Strip casing into the hole on drill pipe.
Fluid Weight/Circulating Rate
Fluid Weight
1. The fluid weight for circulating out influxes and killing wells is to be selected after consulting with the Operation
Superintendent, when practical, as to which of the following methods to use based on actual wellbore conditions:
Drillers Method - Circulate out the influx using the original weight fluid, then circulate kill weight fluid around.
The major advantages of this method are relative speed and simplicity. However, this method will result in a
higher maximum surface pressure. If insufficient barite is on hand to weight up the fluid, this method should
generally be used rather than suspending operations until barite becomes available.
Weight and Wait Method - Circulate out the influx in one circulation using a balanced fluid weight. This
method generally results in the lowest surface pressure and minimizes the time lost by returning to normal
drilling operations as soon as possible if a sufficient volume of heavier fluid is available on the Drilling rig and
ready to pump. In some instances, the time necessary to weight up the fluid can be excessive.
2. Mixing rate capabilities of the drilling rig are to be considered. Generally, incremental mud weight increases should
be 1.0 ppg or less.
3. The final kill weight fluid is to have a minimum trip margin of about 200 psi depending on the well. Higher trip
margins may be necessary for wells with swabbing problems, etc.
Circulating Rate Selection:
1. The circulating rates for the well kill operations are to be selected after consulting the Operations Superintendent,
when practical. A pump rate in the 1 to 3 BPM range should typically be used for circulating out an influx. The
advantages of such a low pump rate are:
Allows More Time for the Choke Operator to Adjust the Choke.
Minimizes the Handling of Large Volumes of Gas at the Surface.
Reduces the Possibility of Lost Returns.
2. Factors such as formation integrity at the casing shoe and rig well control equipment (e.g., limitations of the mud
gas separator) are to be considered when selecting a circulating rate.
3. The pump rate should be reduced, if necessary, when gas reaches the surface to prevent loss of the liquid leg in the
mud gas separator.
4. When necessary to change circulating rates, the well is to be shut-in and a new friction pressure determined.
Constant Bottom Hole Pressure Method
Well Kill Procedure
The objective of circulating out influxes is to maintain a constant bottom-hole pressure sufficient to prevent further
influxes while minimizing lost circulation at the casing shoe. Following are steps to achieve this goal.
1. With hydraulic choke closed, open the valve downstream of the choke to allow returns to be taken from the choke
line through the choke manifold and into the Mud Gas Separator.
2. Bring the pump up to speed slowly to the planned circulation rate. Use the hydraulic choke to hold a constant casing
pressure on the annulus equal to the original shut-in pressure on the casing plus a 25 to 50 psi safety margin.
3. Read and record drill pipe pressure after the pump reaches the desired constant speed and after casing pressure
stabilizes to the desired value.
Note: The drill pipe pressure at this point is the pressure necessary to maintain a constant bottom-hole pressure
when circulating at that particular pump speed only. The difference between the initial shut-in pressure
on the drill pipe and the pumping pressure on the drill pipe is the friction pressure necessary to circulate
drilling fluid at that particular pump speed only.
4. Maintain the desired drill pipe pressure at the constant pump rate while circulating out the influx by manipulating the
hydraulic choke taking returns from the annulus.
Changes in pressure due to choke manipulation require approximately 2 seconds per 1000' of drill string to
register on the stand pipe gauge; however, this lag in response time can be longer if a large gas kick is
present.
If original mud weight is used, the drill pipe pressure will be held constant at its reaches the bit.
Be prepared at all times to divert the flow overboard or to the flare as the poor-boy degasser may not be able
to safely handle 100% gas.
5. Circulate using the desired fluid weight increments until kill weight mud is circulated around and it is verified that
the well is dead. Use caution at all times since additional influxes could enter the wellbore.
Stripping Operations
This section is applicable after making the decision to strip in the hole in order to perform a kill operation during a well
control incident.
Stripping Preparation Guidelines:
1. A pre-job meeting is to be conducted with members of the stripping team.
2. Job assignments are to be reviewed and responsibilities designated with each individual on the stripping team.
3. The stripping procedure is to be reviewed and calculations are to be performed for the capacity and displacement of
the drill string for the stripping operations.
4. Ensure that an easy-to-read and accurate pressure gauge is installed on the choke manifold.
5. Ensure that a visual communication system between the person operating the choke and the person monitoring the
trip tank has been established.
6. Ensure that everything is ready to take returns from the choke manifold through the mud gas separator and into the
trip tank. Do not bleed returns into cementing displacement tanks.
General Stripping Guidelines:
1. Only strip in the hole if the buoyed weight of the drill string is greater than the upward force from the wellbore when
the drill string is across the BOP stack.
2. Utilize lubrication techniques if the buoyed weight of the drill string is less than the upward force from the wellbore.
3. Monitor well bore pressures and control the surface pressures using the bubble migration technique/procedures while
rigging up to strip in the hole.
4. Install a non-ported float valve in the bit sub if the drill string is completely out of the hole.
5. Make up additional drill collars, if necessary, for weight to strip in the hole.
6. Install an inside BOP between any drill collars and the drill pipe or above the bit sub if not using drill collars.
Note:
It is only possible to run wireline tools down to the top of the inside BOP.
7. If out of the hole, trip in the hole and position the bit between the annular BOP and the closed blind rams.
8. Bullhead a higher weight drilling fluid down the choke and kill lines to lower the shut-in casing pressure and reduce
the upward force from the wellbore if necessary.
9. Close the annular preventer and pressure up the drill string with the cementing unit to the equivalent casing pressure.
10. Open the blind rams.

11. Bleed off the drill pipe pressure to ensure that the inside BOP is holding.
12. Reciprocate the drill string slowly if in open hole in order to prevent the pipe from sticking while rigging up to strip.
13. Reduce the closing pressure on the annular preventer as necessary in order to minimize wear on the element while
reciprocating the drill string.
14. Rig up to the safety valve and obtain the drill pipe pressure prior to stripping if the drill string has a ported float
valve.
Note:
Ensure the drill pipe safety valve is opened prior to stripping in the hole.
15. Always use the safety valve on the rig floor and not the top drive when shutting in the well on a trip. After
installation of the safety valve, ensure that a backup valve is on the rig floor before stripping operations begin.
Stripping Procedure:
1. Record the shut in casing pressure.
2. Install the inside BOP and open the safety valve.
Note:
Do not forget to open the safety valve.
3. Fill the drill pipe with a gel pill above the inside BOP to prevent trash in the drill string from plugging the valve.
4. Make up a stand of drill pipe and slowly trip in the hole.
5. Apply pipe dope to each tool joint body to ease passage through the annular preventer.
6. Use minimum closing pressure on the annular preventer during the stripping operation.
7. Monitor the flow line for any leakage from the annular preventer while stripping in the hole.
Note: Some leakage from the annular preventer is desirable to increase lubrication between the annular rubber and
the drill pipe.
8. Read and record the casing pressure before starting to lower each stand of drill pipe.
9. Slowly bleed returns from the wellbore using the hand adjustable choke in order to maintain the following,
whichever occurs first:
A returns volume which is equal to the capacity and displacement of the pipe being stripped into the hole, OR:
A casing pressure which is equal to the pressure recorded prior to stripping the stand in the hole, OR:
Gas is returned at the choke.

Note: Fluid is sometimes lost to the formation resulting in reaching a casing pressure that is equal to the
recorded pressure at the start of the stand, before a returns volume equal to the capacity and
displacement of the pipe can be bleed.
Note:
Do not bleed off gas.
10. When gas reaches the surface, maintain the casing pressure constant and continue to strip into the hole until the bit is
back on bottom.
11. Kill the well using the Constant Bottom Hole Method.
Note: It may not be necessary to increase the weight of the drilling fluid to kill the well if the influx to due to
swabbing unless the trip margin is insufficient for safe tripping.
Well Control for Wireline Operations
Procedures and requirements for additional equipment for well control during wireline operations are usually generated
by the affiliate drilling team, unless local regulatory specifications are in effect.
In many cases the well is completely stable with the mud weight in use at the time logging operations occur and no
lubricator system is required. Since the annular preventer may not totally close off the wellbore with wireline in the
hole, wirecutters should be available to cut the wire, if required. Each operational team should plan for this possibility,
including securing the surface cut section of wire, if possible, to prevent wire run away after the cut.
Lubricator systems should be considered where well flows might occur during the logging runs. Areas with open
productive zones (particularly high-pressure gas wells), environmentally sensitive areas, and areas with significant H2S
concentrations could be considered for the use of lubricators, that can cover the entire logging tool string. The
lubricator is usually made up to a pump-in sub and riser assembly that is anchored across a closed element of the
annular preventer or flanged to the top of the annular preventer. If the well starts to flow while the logging tool is in
the hole, the tool string is pulled into the lubricator and the blind rams are shut to isolate the wellbore. Pressure is then
bled off the lubricator and wireline equipment safely rigged down.
Barite Plugs
In most cases, the goal of using a barite slurry is to kill the well using a hydrostatic pressure greater than the formation
pressure.
The following three characteristics of barite plugs are the result of an analysis of industry experience and laboratory
studies:
1. High density and good pump ability are the most important parameters to consider when designing a heavy kill
slurry.
2. The settling of barite from a barite plug is a slow process that is usually of little value in most well control incidents.
3. Lignosulfonate is the best deflocculant to use when designing the slurry for barite to settle.
Barite Plug Preparation Guidelines:
1. Plan in advance for use of a barite plug as part of the drilling operation.
2. Ensure that the necessary materials are available during the planning phase to help minimize confusion during the
plug setting operation.
3. Ensure that each cementing operator is familiar with the problems of mixing and pumping a barite plug.
4. Design a tentative plan for mixing, pumping, and displacement of the barite slurry.
5. Utilize drilling Contractor personnel's expertise during the planning phase as necessary.
6. Ensure that there is a removable crossover line in place to ship barite from the bulk tanks to the cement unit if
plugging occurs.
7. Ensure that a barite deliverability test to the cementing unit is performed prior to attempting to set a barite plug.
Barite Plug Mixing Guidelines:
1. Use either the "Settling Recipe" or "Non-Settling Recipe" shown below when mixing a barite plug.
SETTLING RECIPE
1
2
bbl
Water
(fresh
or
seawater)
Lignosulfonate
lb.
Caustic; pH = 10.5 - 11.5
15
lb.
15
lb.
NON-SETTLING RECIPE
1
bbl
Water
(fresh
or
seawater)
Lignosulfonate
2 lb.
Caustic; pH = 10.5 - 11.5
1 lb.
XC Polymer
As requiredDefoamer
These recipes are for one barrel of mix water.
2. Consider using the "Non-Settling Recipe" for large kill operations.

3. Prepare the mix water prior to adding the barite. The mix water requirement is 54 % of the final slurry volume.
4. Prepare a 21 ppg barite slurry by mixing 700 lbs of barite with 0.54 bbl of mix water. Mix the non-settling recipe by
recirculating it through the mixing hopper several times if necessary.
Barite Plug Pumping Procedure:
1. If possible, the same Drill Crew is to be used during mixing or displacing of a barite plug (do not change the Drill
Crew until operations are complete).
2. A chiksan swivel is to be installed on the drill pipe safety valve and sufficient chiksans are to be rigged up to reach
the cementing manifold. Do not pump through a kelly or top drive system (TDS) when using the "Settling Recipe"
for a barite plug.
3. A bypass line is to be installed in order to discard the initial barite slurry.
4. All connections are to be pressure tested from the mixing pump to the drill pipe safety valve.
5. The manifold valves are to be lined up as necessary in order to use the rig pumps for displacement of the plug in case
the cementing pump fails or the line plugs.
It is necessary to keep the barite plug moving at all times while in the drill pipe to prevent plugging.
6. The valves on the cementing unit fill up line are to be tested for leaks and to ensure they function properly.
7. Ensure that a pressurized mud balance is used to weigh the slurry.
8. The safety valve on the drill pipe is to be closed and the bypass line opened in order to discard the barite slurry, until
obtaining the correct weight.
9. Begin mixing and pumping the barite slurry to the bypass line.
10. Close the bypass line and open the safety valve after measuring the correct slurry weight at the bypass line.
11. Zero the barrel counter and continue mixing the slurry using the cementing unit and cement displacement tanks.
12. Displace the barite plug without shutting down.
Note: Actual displacement volume depends on whether it is possible to pull out of the plug or if the pipe is stuck.
13. Displace the barite slurry at a rate fast enough to get pumping pressure at the stand pipe. The heavier barite in the
drill pipe will tend to fall, and it is desirable to keep up with it by pumping at a fast enough rate to produce pump
pressure at the stand pipe.
14. Pull the drill pipe out of the barite plug after the barite plug is in place. The chance of successfully pulling out of a
barite plug using the "Settling Recipe" is small.
Pulling Pipe Procedure - Barite Plug:

1. The Drill Crew is to be in position to immediately pull out of the barite plug as soon as the displacement is complete.
2. Do not take the time to break out the safety valve and swivel before pulling out of the plug. Ensure that another
safety valve is available on the rig floor.
3. Pull as fast as possible, consistent with the amount of drag, and rotate the pipe in the slips while standing back each
stand.
4. Pull the pipe at least 10 stands above the calculated barite plug top.
5. Circulate bottom up the "long way" after pipe is above the plug at least 10 stands.
6. Wait approximately 8-10 hours before tripping back in the hole and tagging the top of the barite plug in order to be
certain that plug is in place.
ExxonMobil Development Company

Drilling
CREW STATION BILL AND RESPONSIBILITIES DURING WELL CONTROL
OPERATIONS
DRILLER
1) Detect wellbore influx and sound alarm.
2) Pick up drill pipe to proper space out position.
3) Shut down mud pump(s).
4) Check or verify that the well is flowing.
5) Open lower choke valve. Close annular.
6) Notify Operations Supervisor and Toolpusher.
7) Check accumulator pressure. Ensure that the well is properly shutin.
ASSISTANT DRILLER (if applicable) 1) Ensure
hydraulic choke is closed.
2) Check that the first manual valve downstream of choke is closed.
3) Check remainder of choke manifold for proper alignment.
4) Report to Driller.
5) Begin recording drill pipe and casing pressures. 6) Standby for

further instructions from Driller.
DERRICK MAN
1) Record pit level and gain.
2) Mark new pit level.
3) Weigh drilling fluid in pits.
4) Check relief valve(s) on mud pump(s) for flow back from the well.
5) Report Drilling fluid weight and active pit gain to Driller.
6) Prepare to weight up mud system.
7) Standby for instructions from Driller.
SHAKER HAND
1) Check well for flow at shakers.
2) Report to Driller.
3) Check drilling fluid weight at shakers.

4) Monitor return line from choke manifold and flowline. 5) Standby
for instructions from Driller.
FLOOR HANDS
1) Standby rotary to mark pipe for proper space out.
2) Standby for further instructions from Driller.
3) Install safety valve (as required) and close same.
DRILLING OPERATIONS SUPERVISOR
1) Check to assure well is properly shut-in.
2) Check well pressures and pit gain.
3) Develop well kill plan.
4) Call Drilling Operations Superintendent.
TOOLPUSHER
1) Supervise Driller after well is shut-in.
2) Check to assure well is properly shut-in.
3) Monitor drill pipe and casing pressures.
4) Notify Chief Mechanic, Electrician, and Crane Operator.
5) Prepare equipment for well kill operations.
CRANE OPERATOR
1) Assemble roustabout crew.
2) Standby to assist in well control operations. 3) Coordinate
barite material movement.
MUD ENGINEER
1) Check pit volumes, verify mud weight, and report to Derrick Man.
2) Determine barite necessary to increase mud weight. 3) Standby to
assist Derrick Man.
MECHANIC/ELECTRICIAN
1) Check closing unit.
2) Check accumulator pressure.
MUD LOGGERS
1) Monitor pump strokes, gas units, and pit levels.
2) Work up kill sheet.
OPERASI STANDAR MANUAL

JACK-UP / PLATFORM / TONGKANG RIG
DRILLING
DAFTAR ISI
DRILLING
DAFTAR ISI
DRILLING
DAFTAR ISI
DRILLING
DAFTAR ISI
DRILLING
DAFTAR ISI
MARINE OPERASI

DRILLING
MARINE OPERASI
MARINE OPERASI
DAFTAR ISI
MARINE OPERASI
INFORMASI UMUM
MARINE OPERASI
INFORMASI UMUM
BAGIAN 3 "LAMPIRAN G III
OPERASI UMUM
OPERASI UMUM
OPERASI UMUM
OPERASI UMUM
MATRIX RISIKO EMDC
OPERASI UMUM
OPERASI UMUM
MATRIX RISIKO EMDC
OPERASI UMUM
MATRIX RISIKO EMDC
BAGIAN 3 "LAMPIRAN G III
OPERASI
PENGEBORAN
OPERASI
PENGEBORAN
OPERASI
PENGEBORAN
BIT KLASIFIKASI DAN hidrolika
BIT KLASIFIKASI DAN hidrolika
DRILLING SISTEM FLUIDA
DRILLING SISTEM FLUIDA
MARINE OPERASI
MARINE OPERASI
MARINE OPERASI
PEMBENTUKAN EVALUASI
PEMBENTUKAN EVALUASI
CASING & LINER OPERASI
CASING & LINER OPERASI
Penyemenan
Penyemenan
Remas PROSEDUR EMDC DRILLING
Remas PROSEDUR EMDC DRILLING
TES TEKANAN INTEGRITAS
TES TEKANAN INTEGRITAS
PENGUJIAN PRODUKSI
PENGUJIAN PRODUKSI
PLUG DAN DITINGGALKAN
PLUG DAN DITINGGALKAN
BAIK KONTROL
BAIK KONTROL
Pengemban
gan
Pengeboran
OPERASI STANDAR
MANUAL
untuk
JACK-UP /
PLATFORM /
TONGKANG
DRILLING
Edisi Pertama Mei 2003
UNTUK PERUSAHAAN SAJA
Houston, Texas USA
a
a
x
x
o
n
PO Box 4876
Houston, TX 77210-4876
M
o
b
Pengem ent
i
l
P
e
n
g
e
m
b
a
n
g
a
n
P
e
r
u
s
a
h
Mei 2003
E
M
D
C
Pe
ng
eb
or
an
St
an
da
r
O
pe
ra
si
on
al
M
an
ua
l
un
tu
k
Ja
ck
U
p/
La
nd
as
an
/
Ba
rg
e
Dr
illi
ng
Untuk: ExxonMobil Drilling Karyawan
Manual tertutup adalah Edisi Pertama kami
EMDC Drilling Standar Operasi Manual untuk
Jack-Up / Landasan / Barge Drilling. Panduan
ini menggantikan Transisi Versi 1 pengguna
tanggal Oktober 1999. Banyak perubahan dan
upgrade telah dilakukan untuk panduan ini
didasarkan pada komentar dari Tim Bor dan
Pengeboran Grup Dukungan. Pengantar
manual menjelaskan bagaimana pengguna
akan digunakan dalam operasi kami.
Singkatnya, manual:
1. memberikan pedoman untuk melakukan

operasi pengeboran menggunakan jack-up,
platform yang dan tongkang rig,
2. digunakan dalam hubungannya dengan

program-program khusus baik dan prosedur
manual lainnya, termasuk OIMS dan SMP,
untuk memberikan kerangka dasar dan
prinsip-prinsip yang diperlukan untuk
perencanaan dan pelaksanaan operasi
pengeboran, dan
3. harus ditinjau dan dipahami oleh semua

personil dri pengisian.
Penting untuk dicatat adalah bahwa
perubahan yang signifikan (perubahan yang
meningkatkan kesehatan, keselamatan,
masyarakat, risiko lingkungan atau keuangan)
dari manual memerlukan persetujuan dari
Operasi Inspektur dan / atau Bidang
Pengeboran Manager. Juga, pedoman dalam
manual harus tepat dihubungkan dengan
orang-orang yang ditetapkan oleh Kontraktor
Pengeboran dan konflik ditangani oleh Operasi
Inspektur.
Lampiran khusus termasuk dalam setiap
bagian dari manual untuk tim bor untuk
menyesuaikan manual untuk daerah operasi
mereka. Tab untuk lampiran ini diberi label
G untuk informasi umum dan bentuk /
dokumen yang digunakan perusahaan lebar
dan Oesa untuk informasi spesifik dan
bentuk / dokumen yang unik untuk tim bor
individu.
Kami menghargai waktu dan usaha oleh Tim
Bor dan Pengeboran Kelompok Dukungan
dalam meninjau dan mengomentari draft
manual. Lebih dari 150 komentar diterima
dengan sekitar 90% diadopsi di manual baru.
Komentar yang tersisa disebut permintaan
untuk memasukkan praktek-praktek lokal,

bagian dalam draft manual yang telah dihapus,
komentar umum dengan tidak ada perubahan
yang disarankan, item tidak berlaku untuk
panduan ini, dan jumlah yang sangat sedikit
dari item tidak setuju untuk. Untuk menutup
loop, Tim Bor yang menyarankan perubahan
tidak setuju akan menerima umpan balik.
Panduan ini akan direvisi dan ditingkatkan
sesuai dengan proses revisi di
OIMS manual. Secara umum, proses ini akan
melibatkan penelaahan komentar yang
diterima dari Tim Bor, review tahunan MOCS,
dan ulasan secara berkala.
Silahkan mengambil waktu untuk meninjau
panduan ini dan memahami pedoman yang
tertuang dalam.
Tanda tangan pada berkas tanda tangan pada berkas
Tanda tangan pada file____
DR
Anglin JW Kiker CW Sandlin

Manajer Operasional Manajer Operasional
Manajer Operasional
Anak Perusahaan ExxonMobil
KATA PENGANTAR
ExxonMobil Development Company, Operasi
Standar Manual untuk Jack-Up / Landasan / Barge
Pengeboran telah disiapkan untuk memberikan
pedoman untuk melakukan operasi pengeboran
menggunakan jack-up, platform yang dan rig
tongkang di ranah ExxonMobil Pengeboran ini

kegiatan.
Ini manual, digunakan bersama dengan Drilling
baik-spesifik dan Program Penyelesaian dan manual
prosedural lainnya, termasuk Manual Drilling OIMS
dan Program Manajemen Keselamatan Manual,
akan memberikan kerangka dasar dan prinsipprinsip yang diperlukan untuk Operasi Supervisor
dan Pengeboran Insinyur untuk perencanaan dan
pelaksanaan operasi pengeboran. Karena variabel
yang mungkin banyak dan kondisi yang dapat
terjadi, manual ini tidak dapat menggantikan
pengetahuan dan penilaian yang baik dari personil
pengeboran kunci pada rig pengeboran atau di
kantor. Pedoman yang tertuang dalam manual ini
adalah urutan logis dari langkah yang diperlukan
untuk efisien melakukan operasi pengeboran dengan
cara yang aman dan ramah lingkungan pada skala
global sementara menyalahi peraturan yang berlaku.
Meskipun banyak referensi untuk hukum dan
peraturan AS telah dihapus dari versi sebelumnya
karena maksud global manual ini, beberapa tetap
sebagai contoh dan mungkin berharga untuk operasi
internasional.
Pedoman yang terkandung harus ditinjau dan
dipahami oleh semua personil pengeboran terlibat.
Sesuai dengan OIMS "Manajemen Perubahan"
elemen, perubahan yang signifikan (perubahan
yang meningkatkan kesehatan, keselamatan,
masyarakat, lingkungan atau risiko keuangan) dari
pedoman ini tidak akan dilakukan tanpa persetujuan
tertulis dari Operasi Inspektur dan / atau Bidang
pengeboran Manager.
Pedoman yang tertuang dalam manual ini juga harus

tepat dihubungkan dengan orang-orang yang
ditetapkan oleh Kontraktor Pengeboran dan
terkandung dalam manual operasi Drilling
Kontraktor. Konflik prosedural diidentifikasi harus
ditangani oleh Operasi Inspektur dan resolusi
apapun yang dihasilkan harus disediakan untuk
Operasi Pengawas.
tugas dan tidak boleh dibuang hanya untuk

mengikuti langkah yang digariskan dalam setiap
proses atau prosedur
Lampiran khusus termasuk dalam setiap bagian dari

manual untuk tim bor untuk menyesuaikan manual
untuk daerah operasi mereka. Tab untuk lampiran
ini diberi label G untuk informasi umum
dan bentuk / dokumen yang digunakan perusahaan
lebar dan Oesa untuk informasi spesifik dan
bentuk / dokumen yang unik untuk tim bor individu.
Pertama Edition - Mei 2003
Pengguna harus dijaga saat ini dengan termasuk

direkomendasikan perbaikan / perubahan sesuai
dengan proses perubahan yang dijelaskan dalam
EMDC Drilling OIMS Manual. Secara umum,
proses ini akan melibatkan penelaahan komentar
yang diterima dari Tim Bor, review tahunan MOCS,
dan ulasan secara berkala. Proses ini sangat penting
dalam menjaga Pengeboran mengikuti ide-ide baru,
kemajuan teknologi dan perubahan peraturan.
Panduan ini disusun dalam upaya untuk
menggabungkan praktek-praktek terbaik dari tim
bor kami ke dalam satu manual. Meskipun memang
mengandung sedikit informasi yang baik dari
berbagai sumber, tidak mengandung semua
informasi yang dibutuhkan untuk mengebor sumur
bor dan lengkap dalam segala situasi. Penilaian
yang baik baik harus selalu dilakukan dalam setiap
OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL "JACK-UP /

PLATFORM / TONGKANG RIG PENGEBORAN 1 dari 1
CREDO
SAFETY
Kami, Manajemen dan
Karyawan ExxonMobil
Development Company:
Tanpa henti akan mengejar

tujuan akhir kami dari tempat
kerja bebas cedera dan penyakit
Tidak akan berkompromi fokus
kami pada keselamatan untuk
mencapai setiap tujuan bisnis
lainnya
Dan Kami Percaya:
Tindakan keamanan kami yang

paling efektif ketika kita benarbenar peduli tentang satu sama
lain
Setiap dari kita memiliki
tanggung jawab pribadi untuk
keselamatan kita sendiri dan y
safet orang lain - baik di dalam
dan di luar pekerjaan
Semua cedera dan penyakit
dapat dihindari ketika kita
mempraktekkan perilaku yang
aman
1. INFORMASI UMUM
3. Tekanan Pemantauan casing 14
2. Operasi Pengeboran manual 1
4. Kembali Katup Tekanan 14
3. Organisasi 2
5. Rotary Table Insert Bushing Kunci

14
4. Laporan EMDC 3
6. Pohon Natal Peralatan 14
5. Laporan Kontraktor Pengeboran 6
7. Unit Mud Logging 15
6. Layanan Pihak Ketiga Kontraktor
Laporan 9
7. OPERASI UMUM
8. Administrasi kontrak 1
9. Prespud Rapat 2
10. Keamanan 3
11. Tanggung Jawab EMDC Drilling
Operations Personil 3
12. Personil Kontraktor pengeboran
Tanggung Jawab 8
13. Layanan Pihak Ketiga Kontraktor Orang
Tanggung Jawab nel 9
14. Operasi Khusus Kewaspadaan 14
1. Operasi helikopter 14
2. Operasi tambat kapal 14
Formulir Penilaian Risiko Lampiran GI EMDCDO

Paket Penilaian Risiko Lampiran G-II
(contoh)
Lampiran G-III EMDC-DO BOPE Form
Exception
Lampiran G-IV Pengeboran Kinerja
Lingkungan Indikator Form Laporan
1. MARINE OPERASI
2. Site Survey / Bawah Sapu / S IMOPs
ulasan 1
3. Pindah 2
1. Bergerak Rigs Jack-up 2
2. Bergerak Rigs Landasan 4
3. Bergerak Barge Rigs 5
4. Bergerak Dan Positioning 6
3.7.3 Proses Bor Kelautan 26
5. Pra-Loading (Jack-up Only) 7
3.7.4 Api Drills 27
6. Transfer kargo 8
3.7.5 Api Bor-Contoh 29
1. Kewaspadaan 9
3.7.6 Abaikan Rig latihan 30
2. Batas cuaca 9
3.7.7 Abaikan Rig Bor-Contoh 33
3. Lift berat (Jack-Up Lift di

Kelebihan dari 10 MT) 9
3.7.8 Man Overboard Bor 34

3.7.9 Khusus Drills 35
4. Lifting Operasi 10
3.7.10 Aspek Kepala Drills 37
5. Pedoman Rigging 11
3,8 Kapal Collision Avoidance 37
6. Peralatan Pemeliharaan 15
3.6 Transportasi & Personalia Transfer 20
1. Cargo Transport 20
3. Personil Transportasi-Helicopter
22
4. Personil Transportasi-Pasokan atau
Stand-By Boat 24
3,7 Kelautan Pelatihan 24
3.7.1 Umum 24
3.7.2 Pelaporan & Bor Frekuensi 25
3.8.1 Deteksi 38
3.8.2 Radar Perhiasan Prosedur 38
Lampiran GI SIMOPs Checklist Memo
Lampiran G-II SIMOPs Deviasi Formulir
Lampiran G-III Studi Pile Interaksi
dengan Jack-Up Rig Operasi Lampiran
G-IV Pra-Startup Inspeksi untuk Baru
Armada jackup Rig Pengeboran
4.0 DRILLING OPERATION 4.1 Pendahuluan 1

4.2 Operasi Pedoman Umum 1 4.3 Pra-Spud
Operasi 3 4.4 Struktur drive Pipa 4 4.5 Konduktor
dan Permukaan Casing Interval 5 4.6 pengalir
Operasi 6 4.7 Menengah / pelindung Casing
Interval 6 4.8 Produksi Casing / Liner Interval 7
4.9 Slot Pemulihan / Whipstock / Bagian Mill /
Cutt & Pull 7 4.10 sumur bor Anti-Collision
Pedoman 9
5.9 Bahan Referensi 18

6.0 DRILLING SISTEM FLUIDA
6.1 Umum 1
6.2 Padat Control 1
6.3 Drilling Fluid Perawatan 3
4.10.1 Persyaratan untuk "Risiko

Collision" Wells 9 4.10.2 Persyaratan
untuk Semua Directional Wells 10
6.4 Drilling Fluid Cek 5

6.5 Suhu Tinggi Drilling 6
4.11 Directional Survei dan Deviasi Kontrol 11

4.12 Bor String Desain 12 4.13 Bawah Lubang
Sidang 14 4.14 Hidrogen Sulfida Pertimbangan
17 4.15 Hidrogen Sulfida Contingency Rencana
19
6.6 Pipa Terjebak Pills 6

6,7 Hilang Sirkulasi 7
5.0 BIT KLASIFIKASI DAN hidrolika

5.1 Umum 1
6,8 Non-berair Fluid Operasi 15

6.9 Rig-Site Dielektrik Konstan
Pengukuran 33
5.2 Bor Bits 1

6.10 Pengeboran Sistem Fluid Pedoman
5.3 IADC Bit Sistem Klasifikasi 3
5.4 IADC Bit Grading System 6
5.5 Menjalankan Prosedur untuk Cutters
Tetap 8
5.6 Hidrolik Program 10
5.7 Pedoman Hidrolik Optimasi 12
5.8 Hidrolik Optimization 17
34
GI Lampiran Fluid Transfer Checklist
Lampiran G-II NAF / Minyak Pangkalan
Checklist Mud Kesiapan
7.0 DETEKSI TEKANAN NORMAL DI klastik
7.1 Latar Belakang Indikator 1 7.2 Tekanan
Sementara Pengeboran 2 7.3 Abnormal Tekanan
Deteksi Tim Tanggung Jawab 10 7.4 Mud
Logging 11 7.5 Pedoman Operasional 15
8,0 PEMBENTUKAN EVALUASI

8.1 Umum 1
10,6 Referensi 7
Lampiran GI Exxonmobil Pedoman
Pengujian Semen
8.2 konvensional Coring 1

8.3 Wireline Logging Program 8
8.4 Dinding samping Coring Operasi 11
8,5 Wireline Radioaktif Sumber 12
8,6 MWD / LWD Logging 12
8,7 Mud Logging dan Stek Sampel 14
9.0 OPERASI CASING
9.1 Casing Menjalankan 1
9.2 Casing Connection Make-Up 5
10,0 penyemenan
10.1 Umum 1
10.2 Cementing Pedoman 1
10.3 Primer Cementing 3
10.4 Remedial Cementing 5
10,5 Cementing Checklist 6
11,0 TEKANAN INTEGRITAS UJI 11.1 Umum

1 11.2 Casing Test 2 11.3 Leak-Off Uji 3
11,4 Jug Test (Terbatas PIT) 4
PENGUJIAN 12,0 PRODUKSI

12.1 Pengujian Produksi Tujuan 1
12.2 Nah Uji Desain 1
13.3 Sementara Plug dan Pengabaian 4

13.4 Site Jarak Verificationa 4
14,0 BAIK KONTROL
12.3 Uji String 3
14.1 Nah Pengendalian "General 1
12.4 Permukaan Peralatan 4
14.2 Lubang Pemantauan 5
12,5 Peralatan Pengukuran 4
14.3 Peralatan Pengujian 8
12.6 Keselamatan 5
14.4 Peralatan Spesifikasi 10
12,7 Personil Tanggung Jawab 6
14,5 Nah Kontrol latihan 16
Perencanaan 12,8 Pre-test dan Persiapan
14,6 Nah Pengendalian Prosedur 19
9
5 dari 5
12,9 Information Retrieval 10

12.10 Nah Membunuh dan Zona
Pengabaian 11
1.0 INFORMASI UMUM

1.1 Drilling Pedoman Operasi 1
12.11 Prosedur Darurat 11
1.2 Organisasi 2
12.12 Hidrogen Sulfida 11
1,3 EMDC Laporan 3
12.13 Hidrasi 12
1.4 Drilling Kontraktor Laporan 6
13,0 PLUG DAN DITINGGALKAN

13.1 Umum 1
13,2 permanen Plug dan Pengabaian 1
1,5 Layanan Pihak Ketiga Kontraktor

Laporan 9
2.0 OPERASI UMUM
2.1 Kontrak Administrasi 1

Exception
2.3 Keamanan 3
2,4 EMDC Drilling Operations Personil
Tanggung Jawab 3

3.0 OPERASI MARINE
2,5 Pengeboran Personil Kontraktor

Tanggung Jawab 8
2.6 Layanan Pihak Ketiga Personil
Kontraktor Tanggung Jawab 9
3.1 Site Survey / Bawah Sapu / SIMOPs

ulasan 1
3,2 Bergerak 2
2,7 Operasi Khusus Kewaspadaan 14
3.2.1 Bergerak Jack-up rig 2
2.7.1 Helikopter Operasi 14
3.2.2 Pindah Rigs Landasan 4
2.7.2 Mooring Kapal Operasi 14
3.2.3 Pindah Barge Rigs 5
Tekanan 2.7.3 Casing Pemantauan 14
3.3 Bergerak Dan Positioning 6
2.7.4 Kembali Tekanan Katup 14
3.4 Pra-Loading (Jack-up Only) 7
2.7.5 Rotary Table Insert Bushing Kunci
3,5 Cargo Transfer 8
14
3.5.1 Pencegahan 9
2.7.6 Pohon Natal Peralatan 14
3.5.2 Cuaca Batas 9
2.7.7 Mud Logging Unit 15
Formulir Penilaian Risiko Lampiran GI EMDCDO
3.5.3 Lift Heavy (Jack-Up Lift di

Kelebihan dari 10 MT) 9
3.5.4 Lifting Operasi 10

(contoh)
3.5.5 Pedoman Rigging 11
3.5.6 Peralatan Pemeliharaan 15
3.8.2 Radar Perhiasan Prosedur 38

Lampiran G-II SIMOPs Deviasi Formulir
Lampiran G-III Studi Pile Interaksi
dengan Jack-Up Rig Operasi Lampiran
G-IV Pra-Startup Inspeksi untuk Baru
Armada jackup Rig Pengeboran
3.6.1 Cargo Transport 20

3.6.3 Personil Transportasi-Helicopter 22
3.6.4 Personil Transportasi-Pasokan atau
Stand-By Boat 24
3.7.1 Umum 24
3.7.2 Pelaporan & Bor Frekuensi 25
3.7.3 Proses Bor Kelautan 26
3.7.4 Api Drills 27
3.7.5 Api Bor-Contoh 29
3.7.6 Abaikan Rig latihan 30
3.7.7 Abaikan Rig Bor-Contoh 33
3.7.8 Man Overboard Bor 34
3.7.9 Khusus Drills 35
3.7.10 Aspek Kepala Drills 37
3.8.1 Deteksi 38
4.0 DRILLING OPERATION 4.1 Pendahuluan 1

4.2 Operasi Pedoman Umum 1 4.3 Pra-Spud
Operasi 3 4.4 Struktur drive Pipa 4 4.5 Konduktor
dan Permukaan Casing Interval 5 4.6 pengalir
Operasi 6 4.7 Menengah / pelindung Casing
Interval 6 4.8 Produksi Casing / Liner Interval 7
4.9 Slot Pemulihan / Whipstock / Bagian Mill /
Cutt & Pull 7 4.10 sumur bor Anti-Collision
Pedoman 9
4.10.1 Persyaratan untuk "Risiko

Collision" Wells 9 4.10.2 Persyaratan
untuk Semua Directional Wells 10
4.11 Directional Survei dan Deviasi Kontrol 11
4.12 Bor String Desain 12 4.13 Bawah Lubang
Sidang 14 4.14 Hidrogen Sulfida Pertimbangan
17 4.15 Hidrogen Sulfida Contingency Rencana
19
5.1 Umum 1
5.2 Bor Bits 1

Tetap 8

5.8 Hidrolik Optimization 17

7.1 Latar Belakang Indikator 1 7.2 Tekanan
Sementara Pengeboran 2 7.3 Abnormal Tekanan
Deteksi Tim Tanggung Jawab 10 7.4 Mud
Logging 11 7.5 Pedoman Operasional 15
5.9 Bahan Referensi 18
8,0 PEMBENTUKAN EVALUASI
6.0 DRILLING SISTEM FLUIDA
8.1 Umum 1
6.1 Umum 1
8.2 konvensional Coring 1
6.2 Padat Control 1
8.3 Wireline Logging Program 8
6.3 Drilling Fluid Perawatan 3
8.4 Dinding samping Coring Operasi 11
6.4 Drilling Fluid Cek 5
8,5 Wireline Radioaktif Sumber 12
6.5 Suhu Tinggi Drilling 6
8,6 MWD / LWD Logging 12
6.6 Pipa Terjebak Pills 6
8,7 Mud Logging dan Stek Sampel 14
6,7 Hilang Sirkulasi 7

6,8 Non-berair Fluid Operasi 15
6.9 Rig-Site Dielektrik Konstan
Pengukuran 33
9.0 OPERASI CASING

9.1 Casing Menjalankan 1
9.2 Casing Connection Make-Up 5
6.10 Pengeboran Sistem Fluid Pedoman

10,0 penyemenan
34
10.1 Umum 1
10.2 Cementing Pedoman 1

10.3 Primer Cementing 3
10.4 Remedial Cementing 5
10,5 Cementing Checklist 6
10,6 Referensi 7
Lampiran GI Exxonmobil Pedoman
Pengujian Semen
11,0 TEKANAN INTEGRITAS UJI 11.1 Umum
1 11.2 Casing Test 2
11.3 Leak-Off Uji 3
PENGUJIAN 12,0 PRODUKSI


13.4 Site Jarak Verificationa 4
14,0 BAIK KONTROL
12.3 Uji String 3
14.1 Nah Pengendalian "General 1
14.2 Lubang Pemantauan 5
14.3 Peralatan Pengujian 8
12.6 Keselamatan 5
14.4 Peralatan Spesifikasi 10
14,5 Nah Kontrol latihan 16
Perencanaan 12,8 Pre-test dan Persiapan
14,6 Nah Pengendalian Prosedur 19
9
5 dari 5

12.10 Nah Membunuh dan Zona
Pengabaian 11
INFORMASI UMUM
1.0 INFORMASI UMUM
1.1 Drilling Pedoman Operasi 1
1.2 Organisasi 2
12.13 Hidrasi 12
1,3 EMDC Laporan 3

13.1 Umum 1
1.4 Drilling Kontraktor Laporan 6

1,5 Layanan Pihak Ketiga Kontraktor
Laporan 9
______________________________________________
________________________________
OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL-JACK-UP / PLATFORM / barage
RIG DRILLING
PERTAMA EDITION-Mei 2003
1.1 DRILLING OPERASI MANUAL

The EMDC Jack-Up / Landasan / Barge Rig
Pengeboran Operasi Standar Pedoman ini berlaku
untuk produksi dan eksplorasi sumur. Pedoman
pengeboran, prinsip, dan prosedur yang terdapat
dalam panduan ini merupakan praktek pengeboran
yang memastikan komitmen tertinggi Perseroan
untuk keselamatan, kesehatan, dan lingkungan.
Organisasi Pedoman
Panduan ini disusun menjadi beberapa bagian yang
meliputi aspek penting dari Jack-Up / Landasan / Barge
pengeboran Rig. Setiap bagian dibagi menjadi
subbagian, yang membahas aspek-aspek yang relevan
dari setiap topik bagian. Dalam setiap bagian, satu
ayat dikhususkan untuk operasi operasi Bor Tim
spesifik. Lampiran yang berlaku untuk operasi
pengeboran umum terlepas dari daerah operasi
dilambangkan oleh "G" sebelum nomor lampiran.
Lampiran yang berkaitan dengan tim bor tertentu
dilambangkan oleh "S" awalan sebelum nomor
lampiran.
Mana yang berlaku, manual ini akan referensi
dokumen perusahaan dan industri lainnya yang
mengandung informasi tambahan untuk melengkapi
pedoman yang terdapat di sini-di.
Panduan ini akan menyajikan praktek pengeboran

umum untuk berbagai operasi pengeboran, terlepas
dari jenis rig. 1.2 ORGANISASI
Pengeboran Insinyur
Bahan & Drilling Services Pengawas
EMDC - Pengeboran Organisasi
Pengadaan Jasa Advisor
EMDC Drilling bertanggung jawab untuk kegiatan

produksi dan pengeboran eksplorasi di seluruh
dunia ExxonMobil. Drilling Organisasi bertanggung
jawab untuk kontrak layanan dan pemasok bahan,
perencanaan dan persiapan pekerjaan teknik
pengeboran, dan pengawasan langsung dari operasi
pengeboran. Drilling Organisasi harus menyiapkan
pedoman dan prosedur, yang diperlukan, sehingga
operasi dilakukan dengan cara yang aman dan
ramah lingkungan. Tanggung jawab ini akan
dipenuhi oleh personil berikut:
SHE Manager, Drilling
Koordinator lingkungan, Drilling
Manager, Drilling
Pengeboran Operations Manager
Procurement Manager
Pengeboran Technology Manager
Bidang Drilling Manajer
Operasi Inspektur
Engineering Manager
Operasi Pengawas
Mengawasi Insinyur
Pengeboran Kontraktor dan Kontraktor Layanan

Kritis Pihak Ketiga Lainnya
Kontraktor Pengeboran adalah kontraktor
independen yang akan menjalankan program
pengeboran untuk kepuasan Operasi Pengawas di
lokasi. Kontraktor pengeboran juga bertanggung
jawab untuk operasi dan pemeliharaan rig
pengeboran dalam kondisi kerja yang aman dan
sesuai penuh dengan EMDC spesifikasi teknis dan
persyaratan peraturan lokal, termasuk persyaratan
sebagaimana ditentukan dalam kontrak pengeboran.
Kontraktor layanan pihak ketiga penting lainnya
adalah kontraktor independen yang akan membantu
dalam melaksanakan program pengeboran.
Kontraktor ini bertanggung jawab untuk operasi dan
pemeliharaan peralatan mereka secara penuh sesuai
dengan EMDC spesifikasi teknis dan / atau
persyaratan kontrak, dan persyaratan peraturan
lokal.
Pengeboran kontraktor dan kontraktor layanan pihak
ketiga penting lainnya menyediakan layanan di
mana kinerja yang tidak memadai bisa
mengakibatkan Level 1, 2, atau 3 kejadian (OIMS

Element 9). Kontraktor ini harus memenuhi atau
melampaui EMDC persyaratan di daerah yang
kontrak dikeluarkan. Ini meliputi:
Pernyataan Keselamatan, Kesehatan, dan Lingkungan

Kebijakan
Obat dan Alkohol Kebijakan
Program Kontraktor Keselamatan
Dokumentasi Peralatan Teknis
Sistem Kerja Izin
Bahan Berbahaya Penanganan / Penyimpanan Prosedur
Prosedur dure ke Control Equipment / Keamanan

Kebijakan Perubahan
Layanan perusahaan Layanan / Pihak Ketiga

Perusahaan layanan / kontraktor layanan pihak
ketiga adalah kontraktor independen yang akan
membantu dalam melaksanakan program
pengeboran untuk kepuasan Operasi Pengawas di
rig pengeboran. Kontraktor ini juga bertanggung
jawab untuk operasi dan pemeliharaan peralatan
mereka secara penuh sesuai dengan EMDC
spesifikasi teknis dan persyaratan peraturan lokal,
termasuk yang sebagaimana ditentukan dalam
berbagai kontrak.
1.3 EMDC- DRILLING LAPORAN
Kritis informasi operasi pengeboran dan aspek yang

relevan dari kegiatan pengeboran harian akan
didokumentasikan dalam laporan standar yang
dikembangkan oleh EMDC dan kontraktornya.
Panduan ini menjelaskan persiapan dan distribusi
laporan-laporan ini.
Harian Pengeboran Laporan
Operasi Pengawas akan merekam kegiatan
pengeboran pada DRS dan mengirimkan, biasanya
melalui LAN atau saluran telepon (modem), ke
Pusat Informasi Manajemen Drilling (DIMC) setiap
pagi.
The Daily Drilling Report akan mencakup periode
24 jam dengan aktivitas pengeboran hari saat ini.
Meminimalkan biaya pengeboran per kaki dan
mencapai peningkatan secara keseluruhan dalam
efisiensi operasi pengeboran mengharuskan
Manajemen, Operasi Inspektur, dan Teknik
menerima, faktual, laporan lengkap akurat dari rig
Operasi Pengawas setiap hari. Pengendalian
manajemen yang efektif dari operasi pengeboran
tidak dapat dilakukan tanpa masukan dari seluruh
organisasi pengeboran, dan laporan pengeboran
harian adalah dokumen dasar dari yang paling
informasi diambil. Pedoman berikut ini pada
beberapa aspek dari Laporan Harian Pengeboran:
Peristiwa operasi pengeboran harus dipisahkan waktu

untuk sesuai dengan EMDC Kode distribusi rig-waktu
(tidak IADC). DRS pengguna berisi panduan pada coding
operasi.
Kedalaman sumur ditentukan oleh pengukuran garis baja

string bor.
Harus ada kesepakatan yang wajar antara DDR dan

laporan IADC.
Sebuah laporan yang lebih baik akan terjadi jika masingmasing Operasi Pengawas menulis ringkasan operasi
untuk nya / tur nya.
Jangan melaporkan pendapat atau dugaan kecuali mereka

begitu diidentifikasi. Jika pendapat dilaporkan sebagai
fakta, pengawas rig akan tahu ini, tapi staf kantor tidak
mungkin.
Menggunakan singkatan-satunya standar. Jangan

membuat singkatan.
Logging listrik: tentukan log menjalankan, selang

kedalaman login, suhu lubang bawah, dan kedalaman
lubang ketat.
Sirkulasi: menentukan mengapa lumpur sedang beredar,

dan rotasi tingkat sirkulasi / pipa jika ada.
Biaya Laporan Harian

Operasi Pengawas harus menyelesaikan Biaya
Laporan Harian DRS dan mengirimkan ke DIMC
setiap pagi.
Biaya Laporan Harian harus menangkap semua
biaya pengeboran substansial termasuk layanan
dimanfaatkan, sewa peralatan, dan bahan-bahan
dikonsumsi. Dimana biaya yang sebenarnya tidak
diketahui, perkiraan yang wajar harus dilakukan dan
termasuk dalam Biaya Laporan Harian. Beberapa
biaya kontraktor tidak akan diketahui persis sampai
akhir bulan. Rig tidak harus berusaha untuk

memperkirakan apa biaya diskon akan; rig adalah
memasukkan muatan tiket pada layar biaya. Drilling
Engineer bertanggung jawab untuk memantau
potongan bahan dan jasa biaya dan berkomunikasi
penyesuaian dengan Operasi Pengawas untuk
modifikasi lembar biaya.
Ini adalah tanggung jawab Pengeboran Insinyur
untuk termasuk biaya semua bahan dan jasa dalam
prosedur yang sesuai untuk Operasi Pengawas
digunakan dalam menyelesaikan Biaya Laporan
Harian. The Pengeboran Insinyur juga memberikan
biaya tetap awal untuk Operasi Pengawas dan
memeriksa entri untuk kesalahan atau kelalaian.
Bom ATF Checklist Ancaman
Operasi Pengawas harus siap untuk merespon secara
efektif harus mereka menerima ancaman bom
melalui telepon. Hal ini sangat penting untuk
mengambil pemanggil serius. Meminta orang
tersebut untuk mengulangi pesan. Merekam setiap
kata yang diucapkan oleh orang tersebut. Lengkapi
checklist ancaman bom dan mengirimkan ke
Operasi Inspektur. OIMS referensi manual (05/10)
untuk informasi lebih lanjut.
Casing Tally Laporan
The Casing Tally Laporan harus disiapkan untuk
setiap casing string yang dijalankan. Salinan laporan
akan disimpan di kapal pengeboran untuk referensi
selama logging, pengujian produksi, penyelesaian,
plug and ditinggalkan operasi, dll
Operasi Pengawas bertanggung jawab untuk

menyelesaikan laporan penghitungan casing
menjalankan dan meneruskan ke Pengeboran
Insinyur setelah setiap string casing dijalankan.
Meskipun tidak diperlukan untuk mengirimkan
penghitungan off-beban dari rig, perlu untuk
membuat penghitungan DRS off-beban untuk dapat
melengkapi deskripsi casing bagian dari DRS
"sebagai run" penghitungan. OIMS membutuhkan
laporan casing penghitungan DRS mana mungkin.
Laporan kegagalan peralatan akan disiapkan untuk

mendokumentasikan kegagalan peralatan yang
menghasilkan dampak ekonomi yang signifikan atau
kegagalan yang bisa memiliki implikasi keamanan.
Laporan kegagalan peralatan harus cukup
menggambarkan sifat kegagalan, mengidentifikasi
penyebab kegagalan, mendokumentasikan
downtime terkait karena kegagalan, dan
merekomendasikan cara-cara untuk mencegah
kegagalan dari terjadi di masa depan.
Indikator Kinerja Lingkungan (EPI) Laporan

mempersiapkan laporan dan meneruskan ke Operasi
Inspektur. Mesin akan meninjau laporan untuk
menentukan apakah analisis lebih lanjut atau
tindakan yang diperlukan.
Pada akhir setiap baik, Engineer Drilling dan

EMDC Domestik Regulatory Teknisi akan
menyelesaikan Indikator Kinerja Lingkungan (EPI)
Laporan untuk dimasukkan di Final Nah Laporan.
Formulir ini berisi empat bagian; Nah Informasi,
Emisi data, Data Kepatuhan Peraturan Lingkungan,
dan Limbah data.
Pengeboran Sistem Pelaporan (DRS)
Ketika sistem DRS di tempat, laporan DRS berikut
akan dipertahankan dan ditularkan dari rig harian
atau saat berhubungan, 1) Harian Pengeboran
Report, 2) Casing Report, 3) Cementing Report, 4)
litologi, 5) Logging Run, 6) Milestones, 7) Mud, 8)
Penggunaan Mud Produk, 9) perfs, 10) RFT, 11)
drillstring, 12) Cuaca, 13) Nah Test, 14)
Stratigrophy.
Peralatan Kegagalan Laporan
Tangan-Over Catatan
Catatan serah akan disiapkan oleh Operasi
Pengawas (ketika bekerja pada jadwal rotasi) dan
Operasi Pengawas sebelum perubahan kru masingmasing. Tujuan dari catatan ini adalah untuk
mendokumentasikan semua situasi dan / atau
kegiatan yang akan membutuhkan tindak lanjut oleh
personil menghilangkan, serta untuk mengatasi
peristiwa operasional yang signifikan yang terjadi
selama halangan.
Material Transfer / Cargo Manifest
Sebuah manifest transfer material / kargo harus siap
untuk semua pengiriman bahan ke dan dari rig
pengeboran. Memanifestasikan harus disiapkan oleh
Basis Manajer / Bahan Koordinator untuk semua
untuk-rig pengiriman dan oleh pemilik toko rig

pengeboran (jika kontrak) untuk semua dari-rig
pengiriman.
Kargo manifest harus daftar semua bahan ditransfer,
memberikan kuantitas, deskripsi, berat badan, dan
jumlah kontainer yang disimpan.
Transfer materi dipersiapkan untuk EMDC bahan
dan biasanya akan memberikan daftar nomor
komoditas. Bahan berbahaya harus diidentifikasi
pada manifes. Dalam situasi harus digunakan casing
benang pelindung dikirim ke Amerika Serikat dalam
sebuah wadah kecuali semua senyawa benang
dihapus. Akan ada usaha prosedur bahan tertentu.
Setelah selesai, manifest harus ditandatangani oleh
originator dan diteruskan ke penerima barang
dengan cara yang paling bijaksana (biasanya melalui
fax). Salinan manifes harus diberikan kepada kapten
kapal mentransfer. Operasi Pengawas harus
menandatangani manifest untuk barang diterima di
rig. Alat sewa harus dilacak, sebaiknya dalam alat
log book sewa atau dalam clipboard dipertahankan
di rig.
Tekanan Integritas Uji Rekam
Tes tekanan Integritas yang dibahas dalam Bagian
11 dari manual ini. Tes integritas tekanan (PIT)
bentuk akan siap untuk semua tes yang dilakukan.
Informasi tambahan mengenai prosedur PIT dan
analisis yang terkandung dalam publikasi EPRCo
"Tekanan Integritas Uji - Panduan Lapangan".

mengisi formulir PIT dan meneruskan ke Operasi
Inspektur dan Pengeboran Insinyur secepat praktis
setelah menyelesaikan tes.
Keselamatan Insiden dan Laporan Spill
Mengacu pada Keselamatan Manajemen Program
Pengeboran (SMP) dan OIMS Pedoman pedoman
pelaporan insiden.
Sebuah Insiden Reportable Keselamatan
didefinisikan oleh OIMS sebagai sebuah Insiden
Lost Time, Dibatasi Kerja Insiden, atau Insiden
Pengobatan.
Tumpahan minyak adalah setiap rilis hidrokarbon
cair lebih besar dari 1 per barel (atau afiliasi /
minimum yang diperlukan peraturan) yang jatuh ke
air atau ke tanah yang bisa masuk ke air tanah.
Salinan laporan akan diberikan kepada Pengawas
Operasional untuk meneruskan ke Operasi
Inspektur.
Keamanan Rapat Rekam
Operasi Pengawas harus mencatat isu ditujukan /
dibahas pada pertemuan keselamatan umum, serta
topik pertemuan keselamatan pre-tour kru bor dan
setiap pertemuan keselamatan operasi kritis di
meredup dan laporan IADC. Risalah pertemuan
keselamatan umum dapat ditulis tangan dan tidak
perlu digandakan pada laporan meredup. Salinan
maju menit pertemuan keselamatan kontraktor

untuk Operasi Inspektur.
dirancang khusus untuk rig pengeboran. Laporan ini

harus mencakup informasi yang ditentukan dalam
Bagian 14 dari manual ini.
Nah Membunuh Lembar Kerja

Setelah BOP stack diinstal, Lembar Kerja Nah
Membunuh akan disiapkan sesuai dengan pedoman
yang ditetapkan dalam Bagian 14 dari manual ini.
Worksheet akan dipertahankan untuk konfigurasi
sumur bor saat ini dan diperbarui setidaknya setiap
hari (atau juga kondisi berubah) sementara
pengeboran sedang berlangsung atau menjaga data
program KIK PC up to date.
menyelesaikan lembar kerja. Ada beberapa format
yang dapat diterima termasuk bentuk tradisional
EPRCo, bentuk Randy Smith, bentuk EUSA, dan
program PC KIK.
Laporan lainnya
Persyaratan pelaporan tambahan harus diikuti /
diselesaikan sebagaimana tercantum dalam Drilling
OIMS Manual dan Program Manajemen
Keselamatan.
1,4 DRILLING LAPORAN CONTRACTOR
BOP Uji Rekam
Hasil semua tes BOP dan setiap kekurangan harus
dicatat pada Pengeboran Laporan Harian dan IADC
Laporan. Data uji rinci juga akan disimpan oleh
Kontraktor Pengeboran pada formulir tes BOP yang
Menyelesaikan bentuk tes BOP, ditandatangani oleh

operator pompa tes, alat pendorong / OIM, dan
Operasi Supervisor, akan diberikan kepada
Operation Supervisor. Semua grafik uji tekanan
akan tanggal, dan benar diberi label untuk setiap
komponen diuji sesuai dengan EMDC berlaku dan
persyaratan peraturan. Semua catatan yang berkaitan
dengan tes BOP harus dipertahankan pada rig
pengeboran sampai selesai dengan baik. Catatan
kemudian harus diteruskan ke fasilitas produksi
terdekat atau platform host untuk retensi sesuai
dengan persyaratan peraturan yang berlaku atau
diteruskan ke Operasi
Inspektur untuk dimasukkan dalam file baik (operasi
pengeboran eksplorasi internasional).
Dewan Status saat ini
Sebuah papan status harus dipertahankan di stasiun
driller ini. Ini harus mencakup ketinggian ram BOP
dan informasi bermanfaat lainnya dan posting
diamanatkan peraturan atau dokumentasi.
Harian Personil Rekam
Sebuah daftar dari semua personil pada rig (daftar
POB) dan posisi mereka akan hati-hati dipelihara
oleh seorang wakil yang ditunjuk dari Kontraktor
Pengeboran. Daftar POB akan diperbarui dan
didistribusikan setiap hari.
Salinan daftar POB akan diberikan kepada

Pengawas Operasional pada tengah malam. Daftar
ini akan tersedia untuk fax ke Operasi Inspektur bila
diperlukan. Salinan daftar POB saat ini akan
dipertahankan pada rig pengeboran.
Pengeboran Perekam Bagan
Kontraktor Pengeboran harus membubuhi
keterangan semua kegiatan pengeboran utama
(pengeboran, tersandung, beredar, berjalan casing,
penyemenan, dll) pada grafik jalur perekaman
kontinyu yang merekam kedalaman, waktu,
hookload, tekanan pompa, torsi putar, dan berat-onbit , sebagai minimum. Grafik Strip juga harus
dijelaskan oleh Kontraktor Pengeboran untuk dicatat
kegiatan yang signifikan seperti mengisi lubang,
aliran cek, koneksi, lubang ketat, masalah mekanis,
pipa terjebak, dll
Salinan grafik akan diberikan kepada Pengawas
Operasional untuk meneruskan ke Operasi Inspektur
ketika diminta.
Laporan IADC
The IADC Laporan akan disiapkan setiap hari oleh
Kontraktor Pengeboran dan ditandatangani oleh
kedua perwakilan pengeboran senior pengeboran
kontraktor dan Pengawas Operasional. The IADC
Laporan akan detail peristiwa kegiatan pengeboran
setiap hari, memberikan rincian waktu untuk setiap
peristiwa besar.
Acara yang tunduk pada tarif biaya rig yang

berbeda, seperti yang ditentukan dalam kontrak
pengeboran, harus dipisahkan secara jelas. Peristiwa
penting seperti insiden keamanan, pertemuan
keselamatan, tes BOP, kegagalan peralatan utama,
dll akan didokumentasikan pada Laporan IADC.
Personil Kontraktor pengeboran harus diidentifikasi
oleh nama, posisi dan jam kerja (termasuk lembur
ada).
Operasi Pengawas akan mengirimkan asli (putih)
dan salinan merah muda untuk Operasi Inspektur
mingguan. Salinan biru harus disimpan di kantor
Operasi Pengawas diatas kapal pengeboran.
Hijau dan putih (terakhir) copy akan ditinggalkan
untuk Kontraktor Pengeboran.
Operasi Inspektur akan meneruskan asli untuk
bagian akuntansi dan mempertahankan copy merah
muda di file pengeboran kantor.
Keselamatan Insiden Laporan
Mengacu pada Program Manajemen Pengeboran
Keselamatan untuk penjelasan dari laporan yang
diperlukan dari kontraktor.
Kontraktor Pengeboran akan mempersiapkan
laporan insiden insiden semua waktu yang hilang,
kematian, insiden kerja dibatasi, insiden perawatan
medis, perawatan pertolongan pertama, peristiwa
penyakit regional, nyaris celaka, dan merindukan
dekat signifikan onboard rig pengeboran. Laporan
insiden akan, minimal, menggambarkan sifat
kejadian, daftar nama-nama semua orang yang

terlibat (baik saksi dan korban), menggambarkan
keadaan kontribusi, dan mengidentifikasi langkahlangkah perbaikan dan rekomendasi untuk
mencegah kejadian lebih lanjut.
Pada opsi Operasi Supervisor, checklist ini dapat

digunakan sebagai bantuan dalam membangun rig
lantai kru juga mengontrol kompetensi. Checklist ini
dalam Bagian 6 dari OIMS Manual dan pedoman
dalam Bagian 14 dari manual ini.
Keamanan Rapat Laporan
1,5 PIHAK KETIGA LAYANAN

KONTRAKTOR LAPORAN
Kontraktor Pengeboran akan menyiapkan laporan

meringkas diskusi yang diselenggarakan dalam
pertemuan keselamatan umum. Laporan pertemuan
keselamatan harus, minimal, menjelaskan topik
keselamatan dibahas, mengidentifikasi status setiap
item keselamatan luar biasa dan memberikan daftar
semua peserta rapat. Sebuah laporan yang ditulis
tangan dapat diterima. Salinan laporan akan
diberikan kepada Pengawas Operasional untuk
meneruskan ke Operasi Inspektur.
Buku perjalanan
Pemantauan utama dari volume lumpur
ditambahkan ke lubang untuk menggantikan bor tali
perpindahan perjalanan adalah tanggung jawab
awak pengeboran. Ketika penuh lumpur layanan
logging tersedia, penebang lumpur akan
memberikan log book perjalanan cadangan. Tangki
perjalanan akan digunakan untuk semua perjalanan
kecuali dinyatakan ditangani oleh manajer
pengeboran lapangan. Buku perjalanan harus
membandingkan volume yang diukur dengan
volume yang teoritis maupun volume yang
perjalanan sebelumnya. Lihat Bagian 14.
Nah Checklist Kesiapan Kontrol
Penyemenan Bagan
Sebuah grafik perekam penyemenan (tekanan vs
waktu) akan disiapkan untuk semua operasi, seperti
casing cementing, pengujian tekanan peralatan, PIT,
dll grafik akan dijelaskan dengan semua peristiwa
yang signifikan seperti spacer memompa, memompa
memimpin dan ekor semen, menabrak steker, dll
(seperti yang dipersyaratkan oleh afiliasi lokal
dan badan pengatur).
Grafik akan diberikan kepada Pengawas
Operasional untuk meneruskan ke Operasi Inspektur
dan Pengeboran Insinyur ketika diminta atau
dipertahankan seperti yang dipersyaratkan oleh
peraturan daerah.
Harian Pengeboran Cairan Laporan
The Pengeboran Cairan Insinyur akan menyiapkan
Harian Pengeboran Cairan Laporkan sesuai dengan
pedoman yang ditetapkan dalam Bagian 6 dari
manual ini. Kecuali ditentukan lain oleh Pengawas
Operasional, minimal dua lengkap "Di" dan "Out"
cek dari cairan pengeboran harus dilakukan setiap
hari selama operasi pengeboran.
Laporan ini akan diberikan kepada Pengawas

Operasional untuk meneruskan ke Drilling Insinyur
setiap pagi.
Directional data
Untuk sumur directional, yang Drillers Directional
akan mempersiapkan lubang lembar perakitan
bawah dan BHA checklist untuk semua BHA
menjalankan dengan baik sesuai dengan pedoman
yang ditetapkan dalam Bagian 4 dari manual ini.
Directional driller juga akan mempertahankan rekor
sumur bor lintasan dan sumur bor plot saat di kantor
Operasi Supervisor.
The Driller Directional dan Operasi Pengawas harus
bekerja sama untuk menyelesaikan dan
menandatangani directional drilling pra-pekerjaan
lembar data survei (PJSDS) dan maju ke
koordinator directional pengebor serta ke Drilling
Engineer. Sebuah daftar pra-pekerjaan untuk sumur
directional harus digunakan untuk memverifikasi
bahwa semua masalah operasional telah ditangani.
Kedua item di atas adalah OIMS diperlukan
dokumen. Anticollision / baik perhitungan
gangguan harus diperbarui pada setiap titik
survei dan minimal dua perwakilan kontraktor
directional harus onboard ketika masalah
gangguan sumur bor yang ada. Teknik
perhitungan kelengkungan minimum harus
digunakan.
Salinan catatan lintasan sumur bor akan diberikan
kepada Pengawas Operasional untuk forwarding ke
Drilling Insinyur setiap pagi.
Laporan lumpur Logger ini

The penebang Mud akan menyiapkan Log Lumpur
dan Mud Logging Harian Laporan sesuai dengan
pedoman deteksi tekanan abnormal ditentukan
dalam Bagian 7 dari manual ini.
Salinan log / laporan akan diberikan kepada
Pengawas Operasional dan wellsite geologi untuk
meneruskan ke Operasi Inspektur dan operasi
geolog setiap pagi.
Pit Volume penghitung Bagan
Sebuah Pit Volume penghitung (PVT) grafik benar
diberi label dan tanggal harus dipertahankan oleh
perusahaan dikontrak untuk menyediakan sama.
Keselamatan Radiasi Checklist, Nah Site
Penilaian berkala akan dilakukan dari kecukupan
program keselamatan kontraktor situs rig yang
menggunakan sumber radioaktif. Mengacu pada
Keselamatan Program Manajemen Pengeboran dan
daftar periksa OIMS.
Kapal Harian Log
Sebuah harian Log akan selesai semua pasokan /
kapal standby pada kontrak dan diteruskan ke
Pangkalan Manajer / Koordinator Bahan pada
mingguan (atau lainnya tepat waktu) dasar.
OPERASI UMUM
Formulir Penilaian Risiko Lampiran GI

EMDC-DO
2.0 OPERASI UMUM

2.1 Kontrak Administrasi 1
2.3 Keamanan 3
2,4 EMDC Drilling Operations Personil
Tanggung Jawab 3
2,5 Pengeboran Personil Kontraktor
Tanggung Jawab 8
2.6 Layanan Pihak Ketiga Personil
Kontraktor Tanggung Jawab 9

(contoh)
Exception
_____________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - jackup / PLATFORM / barage
RIG DRILLING
PERTAMA EDITION - MAY 2003
2,7 Operasi Khusus Kewaspadaan 14

2.7.2 Mooring Kapal Operasi 14
Tekanan 2.7.3 Casing Pemantauan 14
2.7.4 Kembali Tekanan Katup 14
2.7.5 Rotary Table Insert Bushing Kunci 14
2.7.6 Pohon Natal Peralatan 14
2.7.7 Mud Logging Unit 15
2.1 KONTRAK ADMINISTRASI

Setelah pelaksanaan berbagai kontrak antara
EMDC-Pengeboran dan kontraktor individu,
Operasi Inspektur dan Operasi Pengawas akan
mengelola kontrak berdasarkan tanggung jawab
sebagai berikut:
Operasi Inspektur
1. Mengelola ketentuan kontrak dan ketentuan antara
EMDC-Pengeboran dan Kontraktor Pengeboran dan
kontraktor layanan pihak ketiga kritis dan non-kritis
lainnya.
2. Salinan kontrak yang berlaku dipelihara oleh

kelompok pengadaan EMGSC untuk berbagai
operasi pengeboran.
1. Ada di tempat program keselamatan dan lingkungan

dan membicarakan hal ini dengan EMDC-Drilling
Manajemen bila diminta.
3. Alamat pertanyaan dari Operasi Pengawas mengenai

ketentuan kontrak atau pengecualian.
2. Mengidentifikasi pembuangan metode / situs yang

digunakan untuk limbah kontraktor. Ini adalah
persyaratan kontrak dari kontraktor pihak ketiga
untuk Pengembangan Operasi Pengeboran Timur
AS.
Operasi Pengawas
1. Menjadi akrab dengan setiap kontrak yang
diperlukan untuk melakukan operasi pengeboran dan
mematuhi ketentuan dalam kontrak.
2. Memastikan bahwa semua peralatan pada Rig
Pengeboran sesuai dengan ketentuan kontrak.
3. Pastikan bahwa wakil dari masing-masing
perusahaan layanan melengkapi tiket pelayanan
sesuai dengan ketentuan kontrak.
4. Melakukan safety / operasional ("prespud")
pertemuan sebelum start-up dari operasi pengeboran
dengan manajemen yang tepat dari Kontraktor
Pengeboran dan kontraktor layanan pihak ketiga
penting lainnya. Lihat Drilling Program Manajemen
Keselamatan untuk pedoman pertemuan
5. Mendokumentasikan pertemuan keamanan di DRS
dan menyimpan daftar kehadiran dan materi
presentasi dalam file bidang baik. Catatan masalah
khusus ditangani dan / atau dibahas dalam
pertemuan ini dalam memo kepada Operasi
Inspektur.
Tanggung Jawab kritis Layanan Kontraktor
3. Menyediakan personil dengan kualifikasi yang

memadai sesuai dengan kualifikasi di bagian
Tanggung Jawab (Bagian 2.4) dan jika berlaku
sesuai dengan 3 rd party kebijakan SSE dan
persyaratan.
4. Memiliki program tempat pemeliharaan, program
inspeksi, program pengendalian internal, dll, dan
meninjau ini dengan EMDC-Drilling Manajemen
seperti yang diminta.
5. Hal ini diinginkan untuk memiliki penerimaan
inspeksi checklist untuk layanan pihak ketiga
berikut: mud logging, pengujian peralatan produksi,
pengangkutan sampah, penyimpanan, pembuangan,
peralatan pernapasan, penyemenan Unit, wireline
logging, perforating, dan LWD dengan sumber
radioaktif.
2.2 PRE-SPUD PERTEMUAN
Pertemuan pra-kentang akan diadakan sebelum
dimulainya operasi pengeboran pada setiap
kampanye pengeboran. Personil kunci (Operasi,
Teknik, Geologi, Drilling Contractor, Kontraktor
Pihak Ketiga, dll) harus menghadiri pertemuan ini.
Dalam pertemuan tersebut, hal-hal berikut harus

ditangani:
1. Keselamatan, kesehatan, dan kebijakan lingkungan.
2. Harapan dalam bidang berikut:
Keselamatan
Perencanaan pekerjaan
Komunikasi
Kepatuhan terhadap peraturan
Prosedur darurat dan Rencana

Kontinjensi
Keamanan data baik
3. Pastikan bahwa kontraktor jelas memahami

tanggung jawab mereka untuk transportasi dan
pembuangan limbah kontraktor.
4. Memastikan bahwa kedua EMDC-Pengeboran dan
kontraktor personil jelas memahami rantai komando
dan personil yang bertanggung jawab untuk berbagai
keputusan.
5. Diskusikan pengeboran sumur rencana termasuk
geologi dan pengeboran relevan bahaya.
6. Mengkomunikasikan hasil penilaian risiko.
7. Salinan Program Pengeboran harus diserahkan
kepada Kontraktor Pengeboran dan personil
kontraktor pihak ketiga pada pertemuan pra-kentang,

seperti yang diperlukan.
8. Operasi Integritas Sistem Manajemen, khususnya
Manajemen Perubahan.
9. Pengeboran Program Manajemen Keselamatan
10. Bahan pertemuan pra-kentang proprietary non dapat
diedarkan ke semua personil untuk referensi mereka.
3. KEAMANAN
Semua personil (EMDC-Pengeboran dan
kontraktor) harus mendapatkan, mempertahankan,
dan menyimpan data dengan baik, terutama
informasi yang berkaitan dengan kedalaman,
masalah operasional, dan evaluasi formasi sesuai
dengan persyaratan pekerjaan mereka dan
melepaskan informasi tersebut kepada orang lain
pada ketat "kebutuhan-to- tahu "dasar. Semua
personel akan teringat sifat kepemilikan data baik
geologi dan kritis.
4. EMDC DRILLING OPERASI
PERSONIL TANGGUNG JAWAB
Operasi Tanggung Jawab Superintendent
1. Komunikasi:
Menyediakan komunikasi, yang diperlukan,

antara Operasi Pengawas di Rig Pengeboran
dan Manajemen EMDC-Drilling.
Jauhkan Bidang Pengeboran Manager dan

personil off-situs lain mengenai semua aspek
operasi.
Penyelesaian, dan Program Pengujian

Produksi dan Prosedur.
Melakukan audit, inspeksi, dan program

keselamatan sesuai dengan OIMS dan
Program Manajemen Drilling Keselamatan.
Mengkoordinasikan bahan permintaan dan

logistik dengan Bahan Group dan / atau
Organisasi Produksi untuk memfasilitasi
kedatangan tepat waktu persediaan yang
dibutuhkan.
Menyarankan Bidang Pengeboran Manajer

kapan memulai rotasi Operasi Pengawas
untuk memastikan lead time yang cukup
untuk implementasi penuh OIMS.
Menghadiri pertemuan keamanan situs rig

dan pertemuan keselamatan pre-tour.
Menghadiri rapat koordinasi harian dengan

Supervisor Produksi pada platform berawak.
Antarmuka setiap hari dengan Manajemen

Produksi untuk menjamin kelangsungan
operasional.
Menghadiri rapat koordinasi harian dengan
Supervisor Produksi pada platform berawak
2. Mengawasi Operasi:
Pastikan bahwa semua operasi yang sesuai

dengan OIMS, Drilling Program Manajemen
Keselamatan, Operasi Pengeboran Manual,
dan Drilling disetujui, Penyelesaian, dan
Program Pengujian Produksi dan Prosedur.
Berunding dengan Geological Personil untuk
memastikan akuisisi data maksimum pada
waktu minimum dan biaya.
Berkomunikasi dengan kelompok akuntansi
dan kelompok EMDC-DFS untuk
memastikan dokumentasi yang tepat dan
validitas biaya.
Bekerja dengan Mesin staf untuk

mengkompilasi manual, program, dan
prosedur.
Membantu Operasi Supervisor dengan

keputusan sehari-hari yang diperlukan untuk
membantu Kontraktor Pengeboran
melaksanakan Pengeboran disetujui,
3. Koordinasi Lokal manual, Program dan Prosedur:
Berkomunikasi permintaan dari Operasi

Pengawas untuk membuat pengecualian (s)
dengan pedoman atau prosedur tertentu
dalam Operasi Pengeboran Manual.
Meminta persetujuan lisan dari Lapangan

Drilling Manager untuk pengecualian (s)
dengan pedoman atau prosedur tertentu
sesuai dengan Manajemen Perubahan Proses

yang dijelaskan dalam OIMS.
Catatan: Menggunakan penilaian yang baik,
Operasi Inspektur mungkin mengambil
pengecualian untuk pedoman atau
prosedur worded dengan "harus" dan
"harus" tanpa persetujuan terlebih
dahulu.
Meminta perubahan (s) ke Operasi

Pengeboran Manual dari Operasi Pengawas
sesuai dengan proses perubahan yang
dijelaskan dalam panduan ini.
Dan menyetujui prosedur yang diperlukan

untuk melaksanakan Drilling disetujui,
Penyelesaian, dan Program Pengujian
Produksi dan Prosedur.
Pastikan Operasi Pengawas menerima

prosedur pengeboran pada waktu yang tepat.
Beritahu Bidang Pengeboran Manager,

sesegera mungkin, pengecualian (s) dibuat
dengan pedoman atau prosedur Program
Pengeboran atau Operasi Pengeboran
Manual.
Dan menyetujui rencana operasi keamanan.
4. Kepatuhan dengan ExxonMobil dan Pemerintah

Peraturan:
Menjadi akrab dengan hukum dan peraturan

yang berlaku, dan memastikan kepatuhan.
Pastikan bahwa semua izin peraturan yang

berlaku berada di Rig Pengeboran untuk
melakukan operasi.
Pastikan bahwa laporan yang diperlukan

(seperti yang diidentifikasi dalam Drilling
disetujui, Penyelesaian, dan Program
Pengujian Produksi dan Prosedur) dan / atau
izin operasi dikirim ke badan pengawas yang
berlaku.
Meminta pengecualian peraturan baik dari

badan pengawas yang diperlukan atau kontak
peraturan yang tepat dalam ExxonMobil.
Melaporkan insiden ketidakpatuhan.
Menjaga pengetahuan saat ini panduan

otoritas.
5. Kontraktor Pengawasan:
Catatan: Semua persyaratan worded dengan
"akan", "akan", atau "harus", akan
disetujui oleh Bidang Pengeboran Manajer
sebelum pengecualian.
Pastikan bahwa semua manual keselamatan

dan operasi yang tersedia di situs rig.
Kontraktor Steward dan pemasok untuk

memaksimalkan efektivitas biaya dan
keamanan.
Mengkoordinasikan kontraktor dan pemasok

untuk memastikan kedatangan tepat waktu
peralatan, perlengkapan dan personel.
Memastikan kepatuhan kontraktor dengan

semua ketentuan kontrak.
Memantau kepatuhan kontraktor dengan

kebijakan keselamatan, lingkungan, dan obat
dan alkohol dinyatakan dalam kontrak.
Drilling disetujui, Penyelesaian, dan Program

Pengujian Produksi dan Prosedur.
Memastikan kepatuhan Drilling Kontraktor

dan Pihak Ketiga kontraktor dengan
persyaratan kontrak yang sesuai. Memastikan
bahwa semua pihak memahami tanggung
jawab mereka per Pedoman ini.
Berkomunikasi bahan persyaratan untuk

Operasi Inspektur dan menindaklanjuti
pengiriman; membantu logistik yang
diperlukan. Mengkoordinasikan transportasi
peralatan dan personil ke dan dari rig
pengeboran yang diperlukan.
Pastikan Kontraktor memelihara peralatan

yang diperlukan dan melakukan operasi yang
efisien dengan cara yang aman dan ramah
lingkungan.
Operasi Pengawas Tanggung Jawab

1. Mengawasi Operasional Bor Site:
Pastikan Program Pengeboran dilakukan oleh

karyawan kontrak dengan cara yang aman
dan efisien.
Bekerja dengan Engineering Staff untuk

memastikan tujuan teknis secara operasional
layak. Membuat rekomendasi untuk
perubahan Drilling, Penyelesaian, dan
Produksi Program Pengujian dan Prosedur
untuk meningkatkan keselamatan dan / atau
efisiensi.
Bekerja dengan Kontraktor Pengeboran

untuk mengembangkan prosedur dan
berencana untuk menerapkan Program
Pengeboran.
Meninjau rencana harian Kontraktor
Pengeboran dan mengkoordinasikan kegiatan
Pihak Ketiga Kontrak Personil (yaitu
Layanan Perusahaan) untuk melaksanakan
2. Pastikan Kepatuhan OIMS dan Program Manajemen

Keselamatan Drilling
Berkomunikasi persyaratan ExxonMobil dan

harapan mengenai keselamatan dan kinerja
untuk semua personil situs rig.
Membantu Drilling Kontraktor dengan

menerapkan Program Keselamatan sesuai
dengan Program Manajemen Drilling
Keselamatan.
Memastikan bahwa peralatan dan prosedur

memenuhi pedoman OIMS.
Merekomendasikan perubahan (s) ke OIMS

atau Operasi Pengeboran manual yang
diperlukan untuk meningkatkan atau operasi
tertentu yang benar.
Beritahu Operasi Inspektur, pengecualian (s)

yang perlu dilakukan untuk pedoman atau
prosedur Operasi Pengeboran Pedoman
tertentu. Setelah persetujuan yang tepat
diberikan, mendokumentasikan pengecualian
pada meredup dan mempertahankan catatan
dari semua perubahan yang signifikan di rig.
Memantau operasi sehari-hari untuk

memastikan kepatuhan peraturan.
Melaporkan setiap insiden ketidakpatuhan.
Memastikan bahwa semua laporan dan

catatan yang diperlukan adalah akurat dan
lengkap dan mengeluarkan pada waktu yang
tepat.
Siapkan Pengeboran,
Penyelesaian, dan Program
Pengujian Produksi dan Tata
berdasarkan semua tersedia
informasi geologi dan
pengeboran dari dekat
diimbangi sumur di daerah.
Pengeboran ini dan Program
Evaluasi harus mencakup
teknologi terbaik yang
tersedia untuk operasi
pengeboran.
Jadilah berpengetahuan dari

karakteristik operasi dan
konstruksi dari semua
komponen dalam sistem
pengeboran yang akan
digunakan dan memiliki
pengetahuan tentang sistem
dan prosedur yang mungkin
dilaksanakan untuk
meningkatkan efisiensi
operasional alternatif.
Pastikan staf operasional
memahami dasar-dasar di
balik sukses menerapkan
teknologi baru.
Tanggung Jawab pengeboran Insinyur

1. Memastikan Penerapan Teknologi Terbaik Tersedia
dalam Operasi Pengeboran:
Siapkan Rencana
Pembangunan Situs
mempertimbangkan kendala
permukaan seperti penduduk
lokal, logistik, dampak
lingkungan, survei arkeologi,
menyapu bawah, dan rig
positioning.
2. Siapkan Standar dan Prosedur:
Siapkan situs tertentu Tanggap

Darurat / SIMOPS (jika
berlaku) lampiran untuk
Pedoman Operasi
Siapkan Bor Nah Paket data

untuk memenuhi persyaratan
peraturan.
Pastikan bahwa semua

Standar dan Prosedur yang
sesuai dengan OIMS.
Siapkan Rencana Keselamatan

Operasi sesuai dengan
Program Manajemen
Keselamatan
3. Mengkoordinasikan Penilaian Risiko untuk semua

drillwells:
Mengatur pertemuan dengan

Operasi Supervisor, Operasi
Inspektur, Lapangan Drilling
Manager, personil Produksi,
Kontraktor Pihak Ketiga, dan
lain-lain (yang diperlukan)
untuk menilai dan mengurangi
bahaya tertentu yang terkait
dengan operasi yang
direncanakan.
Selama proses Penilaian
Risiko, yang Pengeboran
Insinyur adalah untuk
memastikan bahwa Formulir
Penilaian Risiko / Action
Laporan Status (Bagian 2
"GI) selesai dan diarahkan
untuk disahkan.
EMDC-DO telah menyusun

daftar kasus dasar skenario
acara kegagalan yang umum
untuk sebagian besar kegiatan
kami. Daftar ini harus ditinjau
selama Risk Assessment dan
jika ada skenario risiko
tambahan diidentifikasi, ini
harus didokumentasikan
dengan menggunakan format
yang disediakan dan
diarahkan untuk disahkan
dengan RAF. Sebuah memo
penutup digunakan untuk
berkomunikasi singkat hasil
Penilaian Risiko. Paket
Penilaian Risiko contoh telah
dimasukkan dalam Bagian 2
"Lampiran G-II. Skenario
risiko kasus dasar dapat
dirujuk di manual OIMS.
Persyaratan tambahan adalah

penilaian BOPs rig untuk
menentukan kepatuhan
dengan Surface Pencegahan
ledakan Dan Nah Kontrol
Peralatan Manual. The
ledakan Preventer
Peralatan berupa Exception (Bagian 2
"Lampiran G-III) akan selesai dan diarahkan
dengan RAF. Pengecualian diminta mengenai
konfigurasi rig BOP akan disetujui melalui
dukungan dari formulir ini.
Semua item tindak lanjut akan

didokumentasikan dalam
paket Risk Assessment.
Counsel Operasi Inspektur dan

Pengawas Operasional pada kegiatan
kritis dan masalah seperti kegagalan
peralatan, lumpur dan masalah lubang
(termasuk tektonik dan stabilitas
lubang sumur), dll
Memberikan bantuan teknis situs rig

di deteksi tekanan abnormal, berjalan
dan penyemenan string kritis casing /
liners, operasi pengujian produksi,
dan kontrol dengan baik.
Memonitor dengan baik biaya dan

memastikan bahwa semua biaya yang
terus up to date dan akurat (termasuk
DRS).
Tinjau DRS Laporan dan memastikan

bahwa input data yang akurat dan
lengkap (coding, dll).
Berpartisipasi dalam penyelidikan

insiden wellsite, seperti yang
dipersyaratkan di SMP.
Lakukan persiapan tawaran dan

analisis dalam hubungannya dengan
Pengadaan Grup EMDC.
Jauhkan Engineer Supervisi /

Engineering Manager informasi dari
semua kegiatan.
Siapkan AFES dan Suplemen.
4. Memberikan Dukungan Rekayasa:
Memberikan pengawasan pengeboran

kemajuan sehari-hari untuk
memastikan bahwa program
pemboran dan Evaluasi dilakukan
untuk menerapkan teknologi terbaik
yang tersedia dan mengusulkan
modifikasi, yang diperlukan.
Mengevaluasi dan merekomendasikan

bahan dan peralatan.
Menganalisis kinerja pengeboran di

kedalaman baik menengah dan
bekerja dengan Operasi Inspektur dan
Pengawas Operasional untuk
menerapkan perubahan dalam
prosedur dan peralatan berdasarkan
hasil analisis ini.
Mengembangkan dan menulis

prosedur tambahan untuk semua
pengeboran dan penyelesaian operasi
besar. Jika penggunaan yang berlaku
Standar Prosedur atau inti template
ditemukan di Pedoman Operasi ini.
Siapkan perkiraan biaya untuk
pemilihan alternatif prosedural
optimal dan modifikasi peralatan.
Lengkapi Final Nah Laporan paket

pada akhir setiap sumur. Umumnya,
ini akan mencakup:
Biaya juga akhir lembar ringkasan
Program Keselamatan
Bentuk EPI
Quality Assurance / Quality Control Program
Akhir Nah Laporan bentuk
Program Kesiapsiagaan Darurat
Produksi Casing dan Tubing

penghitungan
Program Pemeliharaan pencegahan
Program Penilaian Risiko
Sistem Kerja Izin
Program yang sesuai Afiliasi Simultan

Operasi (SIMOPs) untuk operasi pengeboran
pengembangan yang berdekatan dengan
fasilitas produksi.
Program SSE jika berlaku
Memperoleh dukungan teknis dari

Pengeboran Teknis dan / atau URC
yang diperlukan.
2,5 DRILLING PERSONIL KONTRAKTOR
TANGGUNG JAWAB
sistem berikut di tempat dan berfungsi dengan baik

(Drilling OIMS manual Element 8, Bagian E dan
Program Manajemen Keselamatan):
Kontraktor pengeboran Tanggung Jawab:

Mengacu pada Program Manajemen Keselamatan
untuk daftar tanggung jawab tambahan
1. Beroperasi sebagai kontraktor independen dan
melaksanakan Program Pengeboran untuk kepuasan
Operasi Pengawas di Rig Pengeboran.
2. Mengoperasikan dan memelihara Rig Pengeboran
dalam kondisi kerja yang aman dan sesuai penuh
dengan EMDCDrilling spesifikasi teknis dan
persyaratan peraturan lokal, termasuk persyaratan
sebagaimana ditentukan dalam kontrak pengeboran.
3. Mengembangkan dan menggunakan prosedur kerja
yang aman. Memastikan bahwa program dan / atau
4. Menyediakan teknisi ahli yang efisien dapat

mengoperasikan Rig Pengeboran dengan cara yang
aman dan ramah lingkungan.
Lepas pantai Instalasi Manager (OIM)
Perwakilan
1. Mewakili Kontraktor Pengeboran sebagai orang
yang bertanggung jawab dan bertanggung jawab atas
keseluruhan operasi dan keselamatan Unit dan
personil Drilling.
2. Memastikan bahwa operasi rig memenuhi semua

persyaratan peraturan yang berlaku.
6. Melakukan latihan, pertemuan keselamatan, dan

pelatihan.
3. Melaksanakan Kontraktor Drilling Program

Keselamatan
7. Memastikan bahwa operasi pengeboran dokumen

personil Kontraktor Pengeboran benar dan bahwa
semua laporan lengkap (bentuk tes IADC, BOP, log
dek laut, dll)
4. Pastikan bahwa semua peralatan keselamatan dalam

kondisi kerja yang tepat.
Tanggung Jawab Koordinator Keselamatan

5. Mengamankan pelatihan yang diperlukan bagi
personil Kontraktor Pengeboran.
6. Merencanakan dan mengawasi latihan pelatihan.
7. Memastikan kepatuhan / mengawasi Program SSE
jika berlaku
Tanggung Jawab toolpusher
1. Mengawasi personil Kontraktor Pengeboran yang
melakukan operasi pengeboran terkait.
2. Memantau sumur bor untuk masalah lubang dan
indikator tekanan abnormal.
3. Menyediakan link komunikasi antara Operasi
Pengawas dan Kontraktor Pengeboran.
4. Membuat rekomendasi kepada Pengawas
Operasional yang sesuai.
5. Memastikan bahwa perencanaan harian pertemuan
diadakan yang berfokus pada melakukan operasi
yang diperlukan dengan cara yang aman dan efisien.
Lihat Drilling Program Manajemen Keselamatan

2,6 PIHAK KETIGA SERVICE PERSONIL
KONTRAKTOR TANGGUNG JAWAB
Tanggung Jawab Perusahaan Jasa
1. Mengoperasikan sebagai kontraktor independen
yang akan membantu dalam Program Pengeboran
mengeksekusi untuk kepuasan Operasi Pengawas
onboard Rig Pengeboran.
2. Mengoperasikan dan memelihara peralatan layanan
secara penuh sesuai dengan EMDC-Drilling
spesifikasi teknis dan persyaratan peraturan lokal,
termasuk persyaratan yang ditentukan dalam
kontrak.
3. Mengembangkan dan menggunakan praktek kerja
yang aman (termasuk JSAs ditulis untuk tugas-tugas
penting yang berlaku).
4. Menyediakan teknisi ahli yang efisien dapat
melakukan layanan yang diperlukan dengan cara
yang aman dan ramah lingkungan. Mematuhi
persyaratan personil kontrak dan pendek Layanan

Karyawan (SSE) persyaratan program.
5. Setiap perusahaan layanan untuk menunjuk seorang
wakil di lokasi, untuk mengkoordinasikan operasi
dan layanan diarahkan oleh Perusahaan.
6. Memastikan bahwa semua personil perusahaan jasa
menghadiri dan berpartisipasi dalam pertemuan
keselamatan, latihan, dan pertemuan keselamatan
operasi kritis (termasuk pertemuan keselamatan pretour).
Pengeboran Cairan Insinyur Tanggung Jawab
1. Memelihara sistem fluida pengeboran sesuai dengan
Program Pengeboran dan Bagian 6 dari manual ini.
2. Melakukan minimal dua (2) lengkap "Di" dan "Out"
pemeriksaan cairan pengeboran harian selama
operasi pengeboran.
3. Beritahu Operasi Supervisor perubahan signifikan
dalam "Dalam" atau "Out" sifat dari sistem fluida
pengeboran.
4. Beritahu driller dan toolpusher perubahan berat
badan, konten klorida, gas, atau properti lainnya
yang dapat menunjukkan perubahan signifikan
dalam pembentukan atau masuk ke tekanan normal.
Memastikan lumpur dalam kondisi login dengan
statis "penuaan sampel" di "cairan 24-48 jam
sebelum penebangan dan memeriksa properti.
Laporan hasil untuk Operasi Pengawas
5. Mengambil "Out" sampel cairan pengeboran beredar

sebelum menarik keluar dari lubang (POOH) untuk
penebangan dan memberikan kepada Logging
Insinyur Wireline bersama dengan, sampel filtrat
cairan, dan filter cake terkait. Informasi ini akan
disimpan pada log listrik.
6. Menjaga berat fluida pengeboran di pit aktif selama
perjalanan dan setiap saat bahwa string bor keluar
dari lubang.
7. Memastikan bahwa personel Drilling Kontraktor
menimbang cairan pengeboran dan mengukur
viskositas saluran cairan pengeboran dengan
peralatan dikalibrasi dengan benar.
8. Pastikan bahwa Drilling Kontraktor personel
merekam berat cairan pengeboran dan saluran
viskositas pada interval 1530 menit yang diukur
pada garis aliran dan lubang hisap.
9. Memonitor dan membantu Pengeboran personil
Kontraktor ketika terus menerus berat cairan
pengeboran di garis aliran dan hilir degasser ketika
beredar cairan dipotong gas yang tinggi dari lubang
sumur.
10. Menyarankan Operasi Pengawas harian kinerja
semua peralatan padatan kontrol.
11. Membantu dalam mengoptimalkan peralatan padatan
kontrol (misalnya, merekomendasikan ukuran layar
untuk shaker serpih, dll). Menyarankan pengeboran
kontraktor tentang persediaan layar.
12. Memperoleh persetujuan dari Operasi Pengawas

sebelum menipiskan sistem fluida pengeboran untuk
mempertahankan sifat fluida pengeboran ditentukan
dalam Program Pengeboran.
13. Berkomunikasi semua perubahan yang direncanakan
untuk tingkat pit dalam sistem aktif ke Logger
Lumpur dan driller.
14. Memonitor sifat fluida pengeboran setiap hari untuk
membantu mengidentifikasi tren atau perubahan
tiba-tiba dari pengeboran perawatan cairan.
15. Siapkan Harian Pengeboran Cairan Laporkan sesuai
dengan pedoman yang ditetapkan dalam Pasal 6.
3. Pastikan bahwa pengeboran directional praktik

sesuai dengan standar anti-tabrakan yang terkandung
dalam manual ini.
4. Lengkapi directional drilling survei pra-pekerjaan
lembar data, menandatangani, dan hadir untuk
supervisor operasi.
5. Mengisi formulir laporan BHA untuk semua BHA
berjalan dalam sumur yang meliputi jenis koneksi,
BPO, ID, panjang, dan nomor seri untuk setiap
komponen.
16. Menjaga inventarisasi semua produk cairan

pengeboran onboard Rig Pengeboran.
6. Membantu Pengeboran personil Kontraktor, seperti

yang diarahkan oleh Operasi Supervisor, ketika
menyesuaikan parameter pengeboran untuk
mencapai kinerja BHA yang diinginkan. (Bit berat,
RPM, dll)
17. Membantu Operasi Pengawas ketika memesan

dalam jumlah yang tepat dari produk cairan
pengeboran.
7. Mempertahankan rekor sumur bor lintasan di kantor

Operasi Supervisor dengan menghitung azimuth dan
kemiringan lubang sumur dari survei.
18. Pastikan bahwa Lembar Data Keselamatan Bahan

(MSDS) yang tersedia untuk setiap produk cairan
pengeboran di rig pengeboran.
8. Mempertahankan plot sumur bor saat di kantor

Pengawas Operasional menggunakan catatan sumur
bor lintasan.
Tanggung Jawab pembor Directional
9. Memberikan biaya sehari-hari untuk Operasi

Pengawas untuk peralatan directional / alat dan
layanan yang disediakan oleh Directional
Perusahaan.
1. Merekomendasikan Bawah Lubang Sidang (BHA)

ke Operasi Pengawas untuk setiap bagian lubang
sumur directional sebagaimana ditentukan dalam
Program Pengeboran.
2. Mengawasi perakitan semua BHA directional oleh
personel Kontraktor Pengeboran.
10. Menjaga inventarisasi peralatan directional / alat di

Rig Pengeboran.
MWD / LWD Insinyur Tanggung Jawab
1. Mempertahankan MWD Unit / LWD dan peralatan

terkait pada lokasi yang ditentukan dalam kontrak.
Tanggung Jawab lumpur Logger
2. Pastikan bahwa cukup alat MWD / LWD tersedia di

lokasi sebagaimana ditentukan dalam kontrak.
1. Menjaga unit Mud Logging dan peralatan terkait di

Rig Pengeboran sebagaimana ditentukan dalam
kontrak.
3. Mempertahankan pengawasan 24 jam dari lubang

sumur dari unit MWD / LWD selama operasi
pengeboran.
2. Mempertahankan pengawasan 24 jam dari lubang

sumur dari unit Mud Logging selama semua operasi
pengeboran.
4. Mempertahankan catatan semua survei MWD

diambil.
3. Beritahu driller dan Operasi Supervisor semua

istirahat pengeboran, perubahan yang tidak
dilaporkan di tingkat pit, peningkatan aliran, dan unit
gas yang tinggi.
5. Membantu driller Directional, seperti yang diarahkan

oleh Operasi Supervisor, ketika menghitung azimuth
dan kemiringan lubang sumur dari survei MWD.
Pastikan bahwa faktor koreksi survei yang
underst banjir dan disahkan oleh Drilling
Engineer, Operasi Supervisor, dan Directional
Driller.
4. Beritahu driller dan Operasi Pengawas dari setiap

perubahan stek, seperti kuantitas, ukuran dan bentuk
atau parameter yang dapat menunjukkan
peningkatan tekanan air pori atau adanya
hidrokarbon.
6. Lengkapi directional drilling survei pra-pekerjaan

lembar data, menandatangani, dan hadir untuk
supervisor operasi.
5. Memonitor tangki perjalanan sementara di

perjalanan, penebangan, dan waktu lain bahwa
tangki perjalanan digunakan.
7. Menjaga penghitungan pipa yang terpisah dari driller

ini pipa penghitungan.
6. Menjaga penghitungan pipa yang terpisah dari driller

ini pipa penghitungan.
8. Memberikan Operasi Pengawas salinan MWD yang /

LWD log harian dan fax salinan log untuk personil
ExxonMobil seperti yang diarahkan oleh Pengawas
Operasional / Wellsite Geologist.
7. Menjaga sketsa lubang sumur saat yang mencakup

volume dan kapasitas masing-masing bagian lubang
di lubang sumur.
9. Melindungi personil dari paparan sumber radioaktif

jika sumber seperti yang hadir di lokasi untuk
layanan LWD.
8. Mengkalibrasi detektor gas minimal sekali setiap 12

jam dan setelah beredar di luar unit gas dekat
saturasi.
9. Memberikan Operasi Pengawas salinan Mud Log

dan Mud Logging Laporan harian dan fax salinan ke
personil EMDC sebagaimana ditentukan oleh
Pengawas Operasional / Wellsite Geologist.
(MSDS) yang tersedia untuk setiap produk
mudlogging di rig pengeboran.
Catatan: Dimana unit logging lumpur memiliki gas
hidrogen makan Flame Ionization Detector
(FID), tanda-tanda peringatan posting yang
menunjukkan mudah terbakar / karakteristik
ledakan gas. Periksa selang (biasanya polyflow)
setiap 2-3 bulan, dan mengganti jika sudah
terjepit, rapuh, atau berubah warna dari warna
yang jelas atau putih normal (OIMS elemen
manual 6).
Tanggung Jawab Cementer
1. Menjaga unit penyemenan dan peralatan terkait yang
ditentukan dalam kontrak.
5. Mengkalibrasi sistem aditif cair (LAS), jika berlaku,

sebelum memulai operasi penyemenan.
6. Mengumpulkan semen dan aditif semen sampel dari
semen yang diperlukan P-tank dan sistem aditif cair
sebelum memulai operasi penyemenan.
7. Mengoperasikan unit penyemenan selama
penyemenan operasi seperti yang diarahkan oleh
Pengawas Operasional.
8. Menjaga inventarisasi semua aditif semen dan
peralatan penyemenan pada Unit Pengeboran.
9. Membantu Operasi Pengawas ketika memesan
dalam jumlah yang tepat dari produk semen.
10. Dokumen semua memompa / penyemenan kegiatan
sesuai dengan persyaratan peraturan menggunakan
peralatan rekaman (chart recorder, densiometers, dll)
dan memberikan Operasi Pengawas dengan grafik
didokumentasikan dengan baik.
2. Menyarankan Operasi Supervisor setiap kekurangan

dalam peralatan semen penyimpanan / transfer.

(MSDS) yang tersedia untuk setiap produk semen di
rig pengeboran.
3. Menghitung volume lumpur semen, campuran air,

dan perpindahan untuk memperkuat operasi
sebagaimana ditetapkan dalam Program Pengeboran.
2,7. PENCEGAHAN OPERASI KHUSUS
4. Memverifikasi perhitungan Volume semen dengan

Operation Supervisor sebelum memulai operasi
penyemenan.
1. Operasi helikopter
Memberikan kargo akurat dan berat
memanifestasikan untuk semua
transportasi helikopter.
Lebih rendah dan mengamankan semua

booming derek sebelum pendaratan
helikopter / keberangkatan. (Operator
crane harus melangkah keluar dari taksi
derek sampai pilot telah berhenti rotasi
baling-baling.) Membuat pengumuman
dari pendaratan helikopter / keberangkatan.
Memberikan orientasi keselamatan /
membolos petunjuk bagi penumpang.
Menetapkan prosedur pelacakan
penerbangan.
Helideck sistem pemadam kebakaran harus
dijaga saat pengisian bahan bakar.
Cepat / pengisian bahan bakar panas tidak
berwenang. Lihat Keselamatan Manual
untuk pengecualian.
2. Operasi tambat kapal
Gunakan "jelas Deck of Personnel"
kebijakan di perahu bekerja ketika kawat
kerja di bawah tekanan.
3. Casing Tekanan Pemantauan
Tekanan casing anulus harus dipantau
mingguan di semua rig dengan wellheads
permukaan. Jika tekanan casing terdeteksi,
itu harus dilaporkan pada Daily Drilling
Report. Situasi harus ditinjau dengan
Operasi Inspektur untuk menentukan
apakah tindakan korektif, dijamin,
misalnya berdarah off, peningkatan

pemantauan, dll
4. Kembali Katup Tekanan
Setiap kali katup tekanan kembali (BPV)
akan dihapus dari gantungan tabung,
pelumas yang harus dipasang dan berlabuh.
Sebelum mengambil steker, konfirmasi
tekanan pemerataan harus dilakukan, jika
memungkinkan. Jika bekerja pada sebuah
sumur dengan H 2 gas S, semua pekerja di
daerah akan menutupi sampai saat
mengambil steker.
5. Rotary Table Insert Bushing
Kunci
Bushing meja putar insert harus tetap
terkunci di semua kali (atau dihapus)
kecuali jika prosedur khusus meminta
mereka untuk menjadi sementara terkunci.
Sebuah cara visual menentukan status
terkunci harus disediakan.
6. Pohon Natal Peralatan
Punya OEM (Original Equipment
Manufacturer) perwakilan layanan pada
lokasi selama instalasi dan tekanan
pengujian semua peralatan pohon natal.
Semua wellhead dan pohon natal peralatan
memiliki potensi untuk menjebak tiba-tiba
tekanan mematikan antara segel, di
gerbang rongga katup, di bawah colokan
pipa, sekrup kuncian, fitting gemuk dan di
porting kecil yang telah menjadi terpasang.

Beberapa model katup gerbang sangat
rentan untuk menjebak tekanan di rongga
katup gerbang. Tekanan terjebak paling
umum terjadi pada perpecahan katup
gerbang gaya dan terutama model WKM.
Setiap katup yang memiliki alat
kelengkapan layanan, yang mengakses
tubuh katup, harus memiliki tanda
peringatan permanen menyatakan
"PERINGATAN: Katup ini memiliki
potensi untuk internal tekanan
perangkap"
7. Unit Mud Logging
Di mana unit logging lumpur memiliki gas
hidrogen makan Flame Ionization Detector
(FID) tanda-tanda peringatan posting yang
menunjukkan mudah terbakar /
karakteristik ledakan gas ini. Periksa
selang (biasanya Polyflow) setiap 2-3
bulan, dan mengganti jika sudah terjepit,
rapuh, atau berubah warna dari warna
bening atau putih normal.
Tanggung Jawab: Operasi Pengawas
Otoritas persetujuan untuk pengecualian:
Operasi Inspektur.
INFORMASI UMUM
BAGIAN 2 - GI LAMPIRAN
DRILLING OPERASI manual-JACK-UP / PLATFORM / TONGKANG RIG

PENGEBORAN 1 dari 1
BAGIAN 2 - LAMPIRAN G-II
MEMORANDUM
dicatat bahwa keempat skenario dibahas

dalam lembar kerja terlampir unik ke
lokasi ini dan tidak tercakup oleh ada
EMDC Base Case Risk Assessment. The
EMDC Basis Kasus Kegagalan Acara
Skenario Daftar disertakan untuk referensi
Anda.
Jika Anda harus memiliki pertanyaan
tentang penilaian ini, jangan ragu untuk
menghubungi setiap anggota tim untuk
klarifikasi.
xc: HJ Longwell, III
Ensco 99 Drilling Pengawas
EMDC DRILLING ORGANISASI
TO: Clyde J. Baldwin

DARI: Grand Isle 16 OCSG 031 R-22
ST # 1 "Sandberg" Pengeboran Tim
DATE: 17 Februari 2000
SUBJ: OIMS Risk Assessment untuk GI
16 OCSG 031 R-22 ST # 1 "Sandberg" Drillwell
Konsisten dengan Operasi Integritas
Manajemen, tim pengeboran telah
menyelesaikan Risk Assessment
untuk GI mendatang 16 OCSG 031 R-22
ST # 1 "Sandberg" drillwell. Terlampir
silahkan menemukan lembar kerja
skenario untuk empat insiden diidentifikasi
sebagai potensi bahaya oleh tim. Harap
Elemen 2 Kustodian Penilaian

Risiko
ELEMEN
PENILAIAN
RISIKO 2
KEGAGALAN EVENT
SKENARIO LIST - DASAR
CASE
Deskripsi
Permukaan meniup-out dengan BOP

tumpukan pada drillwell.
Tong
kang
Ta
na
h
Pero
n
x
Jack-up **
Permukaan meniup-out dengan

pengalir pada drillwell.
Permukaan blow-out karena

permukaan peralatan
(koneksi drillpipe, katup pengaman,
kepala kontrol) kegagalan selama
perforating underbalance, perforasi
bergelombang, atau juga mengangkat /
pengaliran operasi.
Permukaan meniup-out ketika melakukan
operasi selesai dalam cairan jernih dengan
perforasi terbuka.
Bahan peledak (perforating senjata, tali
tembakan, dll) diledakkan di permukaan.
Cuaca buruk dampak pengeboran

operasi.
Pengeboran ketidakpatuhan peraturan atau

pelanggaran.
Derrick mengangkat tongkang

kecelakaan / kecelakaan.
x
Rig pengeboran derek kegagalan /

operator kecelakaan.
Rig peralatan mengangkat kegagalan /

kecelakaan.
Bor rig dukungan kapal / kendaraan

kecelakaan.
Helikopter / pesawat amfibi kecelakaan

/ kecelakaan.
Berbahaya kecelakaan kimia /

kecelakaan.
Bahan bakar, cairan pengeboran

berbasis minyak, atau minyak
mentransfer tumpahan.
Kritis pasokan atau personil transfer

dilarang oleh cuaca.
Jack-up rig pukulan-melalui.
Tongkang rig terbalik selama tenggelam

operasi / refloating.
Laut tabrakan kapal dengan rig /

platform.
x
Insiden pekerja di rig.
Api / ledakan di rig.
Orang ke laut.
** Berlaku untuk R-22 ST # 1

"Sandberg" drillwell
Sekoci peluncuran kegagalan.
Diver insiden.
TAMBAHAN
SKENARIO
KEGAGALAN
EVENT
KHUSUS UNTUK ENSCO 99 dan R-22
ST # 1 "Sandberg" DRILL BAIK
Deskripsi
Tong
kang
Pengeboran minyak Berdasarkan

Cairan Injeksi annular Kecelakaan /
Kecelakaan
Minyak Berbasis Drilling Fluid
Tumpahan
Pengeboran Cairan Api minyak
Berbasis di Pits
Nah Kontrol Insiden Karena
mencolok Offset baik.
** Berlaku untuk R-22st # 1 "Sandberg"

drillwell
Ta
na
h
R-22 ST # 1 "Sandberg" -SPECIFIC

OPERASI RISIKO KERJA # 1 EMDC MATRIX
RISIKO
B
SEB
UAH
A
k
u
II
A
K
U
A
K
U
A
K
U
Unexpected
ditemukan
ketika
pengeboran
lubang
permukaan
tanpa
konduktor.
KONSEKUE
NSI:
KESEHATAN
DAN
KEAMANAN
Aku
GANGGUAN
PUBLIK
AKU AKU AKU
TANGGAPAN WAKTU: Menit untuk personel

rig untuk menanggapi kejadian awal.
Alternatif UNTUK OPERASI: Bor dan
menetapkan "konduktor 13-3 / 8 pada sekitar
1000 '.
IV
Hipotetis KEGAGALAN
EVENT SKENARIO:
Masalah Gas dangkal yang tidak
direncanakan selama Konduktorkurang Drilling
LOKASI: Jack-up Rig Pengeboran

KETERANGA
N: gas
dangkal
TINDAKAN Pencegahan: Semua tindakan

pencegahan yang bijaksana akan diambil
untuk mencegah kejadian ini.
1. Sebuah tinjauan menyeluruh dari
program pengeboran ST54 terbaru
dilakukan untuk mengamati unit gas
yang diharapkan, bobot lumpur
digunakan, dll.
B21 ST-1 di 2/98 adalah drillwell
terakhir sebelum saat program yang
terencana 3 ini.
DAMPAK LINGKUNGAN
II
B-31, "Hesperides," adalah baik 1 dalam

program 3 dengan baik saat ini. R-22 ST # 1,
"Sandberg," akan menjadi 2 baik dalam
program ini.
2. Langkah-langkah pencegahan dicatat
dan direncanakan untuk R-22 ST # 1
meliputi (1) pengeboran kontrol untuk
mempertahankan lumpur rendah wei
GHT "keluar" untuk preventlost
kembali dan (2) penyusunan rencana
Pengembalian Hilang.
3. Sebuah tinjauan menyeluruh dari
sumur log dekat permukaan
menunjukkan tidak adanya pasir
hidrokarbon-bantalan dangkal. Kedua
originalb-1 log, yang lebih baru B-21
dan B-31 log telah dievaluasi.
4. Tekanan casing telah diukur pada
semua annuli. Yang baik dengan
tekanan terkenal (110 psi) pada casing
permukaan adalah bledto nol dan
tetap nol setelah pemantauan 24 jam;
B-21 akan terus dipantau dan
dilaporkan sampai kentang.
5. Evaluasi gangguan baik menunjukkan
bahwa (a) paling sumur dari "B"
atform -PL dibor secara vertikal dan
karena itu inparallel ke kedalaman
dekat 5000 ', dan (b) arah driller akan
mengebor vertikal untuk ~ 4500' MD,
yang di bawah pengaturan kedalaman
casing permukaan untuk "Sandberg,"

dan kemudian menendang-off
MITIGASI RENCANA:
Sebagai hasil dari pertemuan SIMOPS
dengan pengeboran, produksi, dan personil
operasi yang hadir, rencana berikut
didirikan: 1) PIC adalah EMDCDO Drilling
Superintendent. 2) Link penutupan darurat
ditetapkan oleh operasi lapangan Nopo. 3)
link Komunikasi ditetapkan dengan Nopo
bidang mandor dan GI 16 P basis platform,
yang merupakan platform G.
Pengalir akan nippled dan diuji sementara
lubang permukaan pengeboran.
Latihan pengalir akan dilakukan dengan
semua kru.
Pipa drive offset untuk-B 30 juga, Adonis,
yang belum dibor, akan blanked off di
permukaan untuk mencegah saluran
alternatif ke permukaan.
RISIKO
LEMBAR
KERJA # 1
S
E
B
U
A
Kecelakaan / Kecelakaan
LOKASI: GI 16 R-Platform dan Ensco 99

A
k
u
KETERANGAN: kesalahan penanganan, hasil

kegagalan mekanis dalam eksposur personil
untuk Oil Based Drilling Fluid dan aditif
potensial.
I
I
A
K
U
A
K
U
KONSEKUENSI:
TANGGAPAN WAKTU: Menit untuk

menanggapi cedera personil. Potensi respon
diperpanjang untuk kebakaran.
P
,
E
,
F
Hipotetis KEGAGALAN EVENT SKENARIO:

Minyak Berbasis Drilling Fluid Injection
annular
GANGGUAN
PUBLIK
LINGK
AN
DAM
AKU AKU
AKU
A
K
U
I
V
KESEHATAN
DAN
KEAMANAN
Alternatif UNTUK OPERASI: pengeboran

berbasis minyak Toko stek cairan dalam
kotak dan kapal melalui perahu kembali ke
tanah. Ini akan memberlakukan kenaikan
biaya yang signifikan pada ini juga. Operasi
ini alternatif disertai dengan risiko sendiri itu
nya.
TINDAKAN Pencegahan:
Pelatihan personil (HAZCOM). MSDS
tersedia. APD yang tepat. Peralatan
inspeksi, dan pemeliharaan. Hydrotesting
pengujian / kebocoran dari semua fasilitas
baik injeksi. Injeksi air laut sebelum setiap
IV
IV
minyak berdasarkan lumpur / stek. JSA ini.

Rig akan diatur untuk "Operasi ZeroDischarge," dengan colokan yang sesuai
diatur dalam semua jack-up dek saluran air.
Kontrak dengan kontraktor yang kompeten,
baik Apollo atau Jasa Injection Nasional.
Rok injeksi dipasang di sekitar puncak
casing permukaan
MITIGASI RENCANA: Medic di tempat untuk
lokasi air. Peralatan darurat. APD yang tepat.
Api tim pertempuran dan pelatihan.
RISIKO
LEMBAR
KERJA # 2
Minyak Berbasis Drilling Fluid Tumpahan
S
E
B
U
A
H
A
k
u
I
V
LOKASI: GI 16 R Landasan dan Ensco 99

KETERANGAN: tumpahan minyak di air
selama setiap operasi transfer minyak
karena kegagalan mekanis dan / atau
kesalahan manusia.
KONSEKUENSI:
KESEHATAN
DAN
KEAMANAN
IV
E
,
I
I
A
K
U
E
,
F
a. - Acara potensi kegagalan ini memiliki

potensi untuk perhatian media yang
merugikan.
b. - Ukuran Tumpahan tergantung.
A
K
U
TANGGAPAN WAKTU: Jam untuk hari

mengandung dan membersihkan tumpahan
transfer minyak.
A
K
U
Alternatif UNTUK OPERASI: Jangan gunakan

minyak lumpur berbasis (potensial
diferensial mencuat, torsi yang lebih tinggi,
GANGGUAN
PUBLIK
III (a)
LINGK
DAM
II (b),
dan ketidakmampuan utama untuk

mencapai tujuan target)
TINDAKAN Pencegahan: Kebijakan &
Prosedur Transfer Oil. Ensco 99 akan
berada di "Nol Discharge Operasi".
Berdasarkan personil perusahaan
pembuangan cairan pengeboran minyak di
papan. Terbaru upgrade selang vibrator.
Peralatan untuk diperiksa dan diuji untuk
kebocoran sebelum pengiriman pertama
OBM. Transfer selang harus memiliki
sertifikasi dan pengujian rekaman yang
sesuai sebelum pengiriman pertama OBM.
Transfer selang harus diperiksa secara
berkala dan harus diganti jika ada
kekurangan dicatat. Latihan akan dilakukan
dengan semua personil mentransfer
sebelum pengiriman pertama OBM. Semua
personil yang tepat akan selalu
berkomunikasi selama transfer OBM,
terutama dengan kapten kapal, dan tidak
ada aktivitas yang berhubungan dengan
gerakan OBM akan tanpa pengawasan.
Kondisi cuaca akan menguntungkan untuk
transfer dari kapal dan mooring baris harus
diperiksa secara berkala. Peralatan proteksi
kebakaran akan berlokasi di posisi strategis
untuk melindungi personil dalam ruang dan
kantor perubahan. JSAs untuk semua
kegiatan akan disiapkan dan menyeluruh
Ulasan sebelum aktivitas yang berhubungan
dengan OBM. APD yang tepat akan
digunakan ketika menangani OBM.
MITIGASI RENCANA: Tumpahan Minyak

Rencana Kontinjensi untuk lokasi air, latihan
tanggap darurat.
RISIKO
KERJA # 3
S
E
B
U
A
H
A
k
u
I
I
A
K
U
A
K
U
A
K
U
E
,
F
Alternatif UNTUK OPERASI: Jangan gunakan

berdasarkan pengeboran cairan minyak
(terlalu merugikan kinerja pengeboran dan
biaya). Risiko lainnya yang melekat pada
operasi pengeboran.
E
,
I
V
F
,
P

Minyak Berbasis Pengeboran Api Cairan di
Pits LOKASI: Ensco 99 sementara pengeboran
di GI 16 Platform R.
KETERANGAN: Fire / Ledakan di rig
pengeboran disebabkan oleh pengapian
disengaja cairan pengeboran minyak
berbasis. Hal ini dapat disebabkan oleh
pengelasan, percikan listrik, dll
KONSEKUENSI:
KESEHATAN
DAN
KEAMANAN
I, II, III
(a) - acara Kegagalan ini memiliki potensi

untuk perhatian Media merugikan.
TANGGAPAN WAKTU: Menit ke jam untuk
memadamkan. Potensi respon berlarut-larut
untuk insiden besar.
TINDAKAN Pencegahan: Pits dan shaker memiliki

Skelton Foam Deluge System. Busa Deludge
Sistem: Prosedur uji akan ditinjau, tes air
lengkap sistem & review busa banjir menutup &
prosedur startup. Exxon Keselamatan Manual,
JSAs. Ventilasi yang tepat dan membersihkan
ruang tertutup. Spesifikasi daerah pengelasan
aman dan daerah klasifikasi listrik (lihat API RP
500). Praktik rumah tangga yang baik. Gas dan
deteksi kebakaran sistem. Inspeksi listrik
independen dari rig. Program pemeliharaan
preventif kontraktor. Pelatihan personil tentang
bahaya lumpur berbasis minyak. Lumpur
minyak memiliki titik nyala yang tinggi.
Peralatan kebakaran yang memadai.
GANGGUAN
RENCANA MITIGASI:
PUBLIK
medis di lokasi untuk

operasi air. Kontraktor api pelatihan
pertempuran dan peralatan. Rencana evakuasi
darurat. Latihan kebakaran. Escaid 110 invert
lumpur minyak emulsi biasanya memiliki titik
nyala> 220A F
RISIKO
LEMBAR
KERJA # 4
S
E
KETERANGAN: Sementara pengeboran,

tendangan terjadi sebagai akibat dari
mencolok offset dengan baik. Kembali
kehilangan berikutnya selama operasi
pengendalian juga menyebabkan ledakan
dan tumpahan di permukaan.
B
U
A
H
A
k
u
I
I
KOMENTAR: Hanya satu hidup sumur bor pada

platform R, R-21.
KONSEKUENSI:
A
K
U
A
K
U
KESEHATAN
DAN
KEAMANAN
Aku
P
E
A
K
U
(a) - acara Kegagalan ini memiliki potensi

untuk perhatian Media merugikan.
TANGGAPAN WAKTU: Menit untuk
menanggapi kejadian awal, hari sampai
beberapa minggu untuk mengontrol ledakan.
Alternatif UNTUK OPERASI: risiko Inherent.
Bor berdiri bebas jauh dari lubang bor saat ini.
I
V
KEGAGALAN hipotetis EVENT SKENARIO:

Nah Kontrol Insiden Akibat mencolok Offset
Nah.
LOKASI: Ensco 99 sementara pengeboran di
GI 16 Platform R.
TINDAKAN Pencegahan: Nah desain jalan

dengan penekanan pada menghindari
tabrakan. Gunakan dua pengebor arah
merencanakan bertabrakan saat dekat
untuk mengimbangi lubang bor. Kritis juga
akan sementara P & A'd atas kedalaman
pendekatan terdekat dan GLG berdarah off
dengan baik. Akan menggunakan Op Tek
Bulletin # 99-111 sebagai panduan untuk
LINGK
GANGGUAN PUBLIK IMPACT
III (a) III
menghindari tabrakan lubang sumur. EMDC

praktek pengendalian baik dan kebijakan.
Secara teknis dan operasional praktek
pengeboran suara. Pedoman pengujian
EMDC BOP dan EMDC BOP standar
pengujian fungsi. Spesifikasi desain casing,
program inspeksi casing, koneksi casing
membuat prosedur, tes tekanan casing,
kepala sumur QA / QC program. Rig
pelatihan kontrol dengan baik atasan,
NODO kebutuhan staf tenaga teknis dan
operasional. Personil Ensco juga
mengontrol pelatihan, latihan kemampuan
kru tur pengeboran, rig pengeboran alarm
kritis dan instrumentasi. NODO katup kritis
Program "soft-kunci". Memadai diimbangi
pengeboran sumur dan informasi tekanan
formasi.
MITIGASI RENCANA: medis di lokasi.
Tumpahan minyak rencana tanggap.
Operasi kritis dan rencana pembatasan.
Gagal-aman permukaan dan bawah
permukaan ESD sistem. Peralatan
pemadam kebakaran / pelatihan.
Pengeboran bersama / produksi latihan
evakuasi.
INFORMASI UMUM
digu
nak
BAGIAN 2 - LAMPIRAN G-III

ExxonMobil Pengembangan Perusahaan "Organisasi
Pengeboran
an
kem
bali
di
nonbeb
BOPE PENGECUALIAN
an
bant
alan
Nah Nama: Risiko Kategori: Insinyur
API
Bidang / Prospek: Kedalaman: Engr. Supv. County,
Jeni
s 6B
flen
Negara ppm H 2 S: Opt. Supt.
sa
den
Rig: 250 ppm HS ROE: Drlg. Engr. Mgr.
gan
Typ
Bidang Drlg. Mgr.
eR
alur
dasa
r
b.
Ren
dah
baja
karb
on
Typ
eR
cinc
in
pen
ggu
naa
n
gask
et
dan
bole
h
data
r.
(Fla
nge
baut
pen
geta
tan
pem
erik
saan
dipe
rluk
an,
BO
P
WP
d.
Han
ya
300
satu
katu
psi).
p
kelu
c.
Gas
aran
ket
yan
cinc
in
dipe
baja
rluk
karb
an
on
pad
rend
ah
setia
dipe
rbol
bagi
ehk
an
an
kep
dala
ala
sum
gas
ur
atau
(Xm
min
as
yak
poh
ling
on
kun
WP
gan
asa
(BO
300
WP
psi).
e.
Pan
el
300
kont
rol
psi).
BO
P di
aku
Emisi data
mul
ator
Galon Konsumsi Bahan Bakar Rig (US)
saja.
f.
Kap
asita
s
Data Kepatuhan peraturan
aku
mul
Pelampauan dilaporkan badan pengatur *
ator
cuk
Nomor ke Tidak udara November ini
up
jika
Tidak untuk waterNo. RQ pelampauan
sem
ua p
reve
Tidak untuk LandNo. Denda
nter
s
dap
OtherFines Jumlah ($ US)
at
Total pelampauan
PENGEBORAN 1 dari 1
Tumpahan minyak *> 1 bbl. No. untuk landVol. mendarat bbls. Tidak untuk waterVol.
untuk waterbbls.
INFORMASI UMUM
BAGIAN 2 - LAMPIRAN G-IV
ExxonMobil Pengembangan Perusahaan
Pengeboran Lingkungan Indikator Kinerja Laporan

Nah: Lokasi:
Lepas pantai atau Onshore:
Kimia Tumpahan *> 100 kg. No. untuk landVol. untuk landkgs. Tidak untuk waterVol. untuk
waterkgs.
[Vol. (Gal.) * Khusus Gravity ( 8,3. / 1 gal) * (1kg / 2.2 lbs.)] = Massa (kg)
* Silakan kirim semua tumpahan atau terlampaui laporan ke Drilling Koordinator Lingkungan fax 281-4234337
Data sampah
Pengeboran Cairan Jenis: SW, FW, NAF (OBM / SBM / LAINNYA)
Stek bor (Hanya lengkap untuk bor pemotongan dengan NAF dibuang ke laut)
Termasuk menyelesaikan rekaman dalam Final Nah Laporan dan mengirimkan salinan ke Koordinator EMDC Drilling
Lingkungan.
DRILLING OPERASI manual-JACK-UP / PLATFORM /

TONGKANG RIG PENGEBORAN 1 dari 1
NAF Bor Stek dibuang di Vol laut. bbls. % NAF pada Stek
MARINE OPERASI
Gunakan pengukur volume yang lubang
1. MARINE OPERASI
Limbah Berbahaya (diklasifikasikan sebagai limbah berbahaya oleh pihak berwenang)
Net
Generat
ed
Ekste
rnal
Daur
Ulan
g
(lbs.)
(lbs.)
Berk
elanj
utan
(lbs.)
2. Site Survey / Bawah Sapu / SIMOPs

ulasan 1
3. Pindah 2
1. Bergerak Jack-up rig 3
2. Bergerak Landasan
Rigs 4
3. Bergerak Barge Rigs 5
3. Bergerak dan Positioning 6
Perio
dik
(lbs.)
4. Pra-Loading (Jack-up Only) 7

Insinyur: Eng. Manajer:
5. Kargo Transfer 8
1. Kewaspadaan 9
2. Batas cuaca 9
3. Lift berat (Jack-Up

Lift di Kelebihan dari
10 MT) 9
7. Meninggalkan Rig Bor-Contoh 33
4. Lifting Operasi 10
9. Khusus Drills 35
5. Pedoman Rigging 11
10. Aspek utama dari latihan 37
6. Peralatan
Pemeliharaan 15
1. Cargo Transport 20
3. Personil TransportasiHelicopter 22
4. Personil TransportasiPasokan atau Stand-By
Boat 24
1. Umum 24
2. Pelaporan & Bor Frekuensi 25
3. Proses Bor laut 26
8. Man Overboard Bor 34

1. Deteksi 38
2. Radar Perhiasan Prosedur 38
Form Deviasi Lampiran G-II SIMOPs
Lampiran G-III Studi Pile Interaksi dengan
Jack-Up Rig Operasi
Lampiran G-IV Pra-Startup Inspeksi
untuk Baru Armada jackup Rig
Pengeboran
______________________________________
_____________________________________
___
OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - JACK-UP /
PLATFORM / barage RIG DRILLING
4. Api Drills 27
5. Api Bor-Contoh 29
6. Abaikan Rig latihan 30
3.1 SITUS SURVEY / BOTTOM SWEEP /

SIMOPS REVIEW
Untuk operasi laut yang berlaku, situs studi
pengoperasian tertentu dapat dilakukan oleh EMDC
Technology Group atau Marine Engineering
kontraktor disetujui.
Up-to-date gambar platform produksi dan

fasilitas untuk menilai potensi gangguan dan
mengidentifikasi persyaratan SIMOPs terkait
dengan melakukan Jack-Up Operasi
Pengeboran atas platform produksi.
Diagram dukungan platform Produksi

menumpuk posisi dan didorong kedalaman
untuk menilai JUR spud kaleng dan platform
tumpukan potensi gangguan (pastikan untuk
memperhitungkan untuk platform produksi
kaki adonan). Bagian 3 -Appendix G-IV
("Amoco / McClelland Studi" Jack-Up Rig
Gangguan Tanah ") adalah subyek dari
sebuah memo yang ditulis oleh EJ Henkhaus.
The Drilling Engineer untuk mendamaikan
semua Miru berencana dengan memo ini (dan
Teknologi Sipil ExxonMobil kelompok, jika
diperlukan).
Kegempaan Regional (yaitu, jumlah dan

intensitas gempa bumi) di daerah rawan
gempa.
Adanya rembesan alami.
Sastra (perusahaan dan masyarakat).
Sebelum rig baru ditambahkan ke armada,

serangkaian pemeriksaan harus dilakukan pada rig
baru. Bagian 3 -Appendix GV adalah panduan untuk
inspeksi khusus yang harus dilakukan. Inspeksi
tambahan dapat diselesaikan seperti yang
dipersyaratkan oleh rig atau program pengeboran
persyaratan tertentu.
Sebelum bergerak rig ke lokasi baru atau yang
sudah ada sebelumnya, penilaian bahaya dangkal
situs (OIMS Elemen 3) harus dilakukan. Penilaian
tersebut akan membantu dalam lokasi kabel laut,
jaringan pipa, pelampung, batu, gas dangkal, dll
harus hambatan seperti ada di sekitar lokasi yang
diusulkan. Penilaian harus mencakup tinjauan dari
informasi yang ada untuk bukti bahaya dangkal.
Sumber mungkin termasuk yang berikut:
Offset baik / data tanah, menyapu bawah

sebelumnya, survei lokasi, data geologi dan
geofisika yang tepat, dan offset tekanan baik
casing.
Up-to-date peta jaringan pipa (termasuk

platform yang vent / garis flare) dan data
mengenai posisi dan karakteristik rig
sebelumnya yang bekerja di daerah.
Berdasarkan hasil penilaian bahaya dangkal, survei

situs dapat dilakukan. Survei situs mungkin
termasuk:
Profil batimetri melalui Echo Sounder

profiler Sub-bottom
2-D seismik resolusi tinggi multifold
Side scan sonar
Magnetometer
Meninjau potensi JUR kaki menjalankan atau

pukulan melalui selama operasi pra-beban.
Pengalaman preload sebelumnya di daerah dan /
atau tanah membosankan analisis akan menjadi
prediktor yang baik dari ini.
Sebuah menyapu bawah area di mana JUR akan
diposisikan berdekatan dengan platform produksi
dilakukan untuk setiap program pengeboran JUR /
Produksi.
Perusahaan yang menyediakan menyapu

bawah akan memberikan diagram daerah
menyapu bawah mengidentifikasi pipa
ditandai dan setiap penghalang bawah air
atau kentang sebelumnya dapat lubang
diidentifikasi. Ini harus dimasukkan dalam
Prosedur MIRV.
Jika ada penundaan yang signifikan antara

saat menyapu dilakukan dan ketika rig benarbenar akan pindah ke lokasi (misalnya lebih
dari 30 hari) atau jika ada aktivitas yang
signifikan di dekat platform (misalnya
konstruksi), meninjau dengan Produksi dan
kontraktor rig untuk menentukan apakah
menyapu bawah lain harus dilakukan.
Boring tanah (100 '-150')
Untuk rig JU, kecukupan JUR panjang kaki harus

dipertimbangkan. Ini akan mencakup kentang dapat
penetrasi berdasarkan penetrasi sebelumnya
maksimum atau tanah membosankan analisis
perkiraan (jika yang pertama kali di lokasi)
ketinggian, kedalaman air, diperlukan JUR lambung
celah udara, produksi platform deck, dan peralatan.
EMDC yang tepat dan manajemen EMPC

dan badan pengatur.
Daerah menyapu harus mencakup semua

wilayah di mana rig Jack-Up bisa mengatur
kakinya ke dasar laut (umumnya, ini adalah
dalam 500 'dari platform).
Semua pipa dalam 490 'dari kaleng JUR
kentang harus ditandai dengan reflektor sonar
dan pelampung permukaan, area masuk /
keluar yang aman ditutup dengan spidol, atau
keringanan yang tepat akan diperoleh-dari
Sebuah Memo SIMOPs Checklist (Bagian 3 Lampiran GI) dan review antara EMDC sesuai
Drilling Op. Supt. dan EMPC Op Supt harus
diselesaikan sebelum mobilisasi JUR untuk setiap
program pengeboran JUR / Produksi.
Jika keputusan dibuat untuk membuat
penyimpangan dari pedoman yang
ditetapkan dalam manual SIMOPs, ini
dapat dicapai dengan routing deviasi
SIMOPs untuk disetujui oleh Production.
Sebuah formulir kosong dilampirkan
sebagai Bagian 3 -Appendix G-II.
Pertemuan survei platform yang akan diadakan

untuk membahas isu-isu spesifik platform yang
(misalnya, bergerak tangga, bergerak crane,
perlindungan peralatan proses dekat kantilever, dll).
Pertemuan ini harus mencakup perwakilan dari
EMDC Drilling, EMPC, dan kontraktor rig.
3.2 MOVING
3.2.1 BERGERAK "RIGS JACK-UP
Sebelum dimulainya setiap operasi gerakan laut
sangat penting bahwa review peraturan daerah
untuk pemberitahuan dilakukan untuk
memastikan izin yang diperlukan telah diperoleh.
Informasi ini kemudian dapat digunakan untuk
mengevaluasi potensi dampak eksplorasi dan
operasi mengidentifikasi opsi mitigasi. Debit dan
pengeboran izin yang sah, dari negara dan atau
badan-badan federal, harus dipasang di rig sebelum
Miru rig di lokasi. Izin lainnya DOCD, APD, MMS,
dan Negara O & G Boards Plans untuk
Exploitation juga harus tersedia.
Juklak umum berikut berlaku untuk Jack-Up
tongkang selama persiapan untuk dan pelaksanaan
operasi transit.
1. Prosedur kelautan harus didokumentasikan sesuai
dengan pengeboran contractor s Operasi
Kelautan Manual.
Peraturan Pemerintah
Persyaratan asuransi Contractor s
Arus diharapkan dan cuaca
Jarak dari tow
Persyaratan posisi di lokasi mobilisasi dan

lokasi pengeboran akhir.
4. Sebelum memulai langkah itu, pemeriksaan semua

kapal penarik meliputi:
Penarik kawat dan aksesoris
Tow winch
Tow rigging seperti mata towing, dll
Peralatan komunikasi (harus menyertakan

dua sistem yang terpisah)
Kondisi umum pembuluh tow
5. Semua peralatan onboard, harus benar diamankan

sebelum rig bergerak. Perhatian khusus akan
diberikan kepada tumpukan BOP dan barang tubular.
6. Jack-Up perhitungan stabilitas kapal setelah
pemuatan Perusahaan dan peralatan pihak ketiga.
2. Pengaturan penarik akan dilakukan baik di muka.
7. Fungsi menguji peralatan jacking.
3. Ukuran dan jumlah kapal derek diperlukan

mengingat:
8. Deskripsi dan atau peta rute belakangnya.
9. Sebuah prosedur darurat akan diberlakukan untuk

cuaca berat termasuk:
Ditentukan lokasi penampungan yang aman

atau lokasi di sepanjang rute.
Mengurangi prosedur penarik seperti
memperlambat dan berubah menjadi cuaca
berat.
10. Di daerah di mana rig bergerak berlaku, harus

mempertimbangkan lump-Suma biaya
mobilisasi kutipan yang akan diperoleh dari
kontraktor pengeboran dan analisis ekonomi harus
dilakukan untuk menentukan apakah EMDC
Pengeboran akan menerima proposal lump sum atau
memilih untuk memobilisasi JUR yang pada dayrate.
3.2.2 BERGERAK "RIGS PLATFORM
mengevaluasi potensi dampak operasi pengeboran
dan mengidentifikasi opsi mitigasi. Debit dan
pengeboran izin yang sah, dari lembaga negara dan
atau federal, harus dipasang di rig sebelum memulai
pemboran. Izin lainnya DOCD, APD, MMS, dan
Negara O & G Boards Plans untuk
Exploitation .
Juklak umum berikut berlaku untuk platform selama
persiapan untuk dan pelaksanaan operasi transit.

Kelautan Manual.
2. Seseorang yang ditunjuk oleh tim proyek melakukan
pemeriksaan onsite untuk menentukan penempatan
disukai semua paket rig dalam hubungan dengan
jaringan pipa, peralatan proses fasilitas, sistem
pembuangan, garis ventilasi blowdown, dan
peralatan lain yang mungkin akan terpengaruh.
4. Pengaturan tongkang derek akan dibuat baik di
muka.
5. Periksa platform yang memuat yang berkaitan
dengan peralatan paket rig dan mengamankan
Struktural engineering s persetujuan dengan
rencana mobilisasi rig.
6. Meninjau lokasi yang diusulkan dari tempat tinggal,
jalan keluar, tangki penyimpanan diesel, dll dan
menentukan apa proteksi kebakaran yang diperlukan.
Urutan down load harus direncanakan &
didokumentasikan untuk menentukan urutan di mana
komponen rig harus dimuat ke platform berdasarkan
prioritas.
7. Cari semua stasiun peralatan perlindungan
kebakaran di dek utama, dan menilai kebutuhan
untuk pindah.
8. Survei sistem minuman keras yang Platforma s
untuk menentukan di mana tie-in dapat dibuat untuk
memasok air ke rig api utama, dan bahwa desain
tekanan pipa kompatibel. Pastikan bahwa Platforma

s pompa minuman keras memenuhi persyaratan
GPM untuk fasilitas itu.
9. Periksa semua deck saluran utama untuk memastikan
mereka bebas dari halangan apapun, dan
menentukan apakah ada saluran air harus diisolasi /
dimodifikasi karena posisi dari paket rig.
10. Sebuah gambar yang menggambarkan skala
Platform / rig tata letak peralatan harus
dikembangkan menyoroti daerah yang ditunjuk
aman pengelasan, serta daerah di mana Kerja Hot
dilarang.
11. Cari semua anak tangga pipa masuk dan keluar, dan
menentukan apa perlindungan ini memerlukan
selama Miru dan fase pengeboran.
12. Pastikan bahwa link komunikasi didirikan antara
tongkang dan platform, terutama antara operator
tongkang derek dan orang-orang bercak peralatan di
dek utama dari platform.
13. Pastikan bahwa crane kontraktor memenuhi
persyaratan pemeriksaan API RP2D. Dokumentasi
pemeriksaan ini diperlukan.
14. Meninjau proses kritis (yaitu, garis NGL / injeksi
tekanan tinggi) dan menilai perlunya pertimbangan
khusus dalam hal situasi darurat.
15. Meninjau semua klasifikasi listrik yang berlaku
untuk lokasi yang direncanakan dari tempat tinggal
dan komponen rig.
16. Periksa tangki penyimpanan diesel Platforma s,

penyimpanan air minum, dan berbagai pompa
transfer untuk menentukan apakah mereka
memenuhi kebutuhan rig. Jika platform memiliki
sistem pengisian bahan bakar helikopter, memeriksa
pipa dan menentukan apakah pompa dapat
digunakan jika stasiun pengisian bahan bakar
instalasi pada heliport rig diperlukan.
17. Periksa semua dek kisi, plating, dan pegangan
tangan dan mengatur untuk perbaikan atau
penggantian diperlukan. Memeriksa kondisi setiap
downcomers yang dapat diinstal untuk rig platform
yang dimobilisasi sebelumnya, dan menilai apakah
mereka dapat digunakan kembali.
mengingat:
Persyaratan asuransi Contractor s
Arus diharapkan dan cuaca
Jarak dari tow
Persyaratan posisi di lokasi mobilisasi dan

lokasi pengeboran akhir.
19. Deskripsi dan atau peta rute belakangnya.

Ditentukan lokasi penampungan yang aman

atau lokasi di sepanjang rute.
Mengurangi prosedur penarik seperti

memperlambat dan berubah menjadi cuaca
berat.
3.2.3 BERGERAK "RIGS TONGKANG

mengevaluasi potensi dampak operasi pengeboran
dan mengidentifikasi opsi mitigasi. Debit dan
pengeboran izin yang sah, dari lembaga negara dan
atau federal, harus dipasang di rig sebelum memulai
pemboran. Izin lainnya DOCD, APD, MMS, dan
Negara O & G Boards Plans untuk
Exploitation .
Juklak umum berikut berlaku untuk tongkang
selama persiapan untuk dan pelaksanaan operasi
transit.
Kelautan Manual.
2. Jika data historis tidak ada, sampel bore tanah dapat
dianalisis untuk memfasilitasi desain / bangunan dari
rockpad a.
3. Survei dan pengerukan pengaturan akan dilakukan
baik di muka.

mengingat:
Persyaratan asuransi Contractor

s
Cuaca diharapkan
Jarak dari tow
Persyaratan posisi di lokasi mobilisasi

dan lokasi pengeboran akhir.
6. Semua peralatan onboard, harus benar diamankan

sebelum rig bergerak. Perhatian khusus akan
diberikan kepada tumpukan BOP dan barang tubular.
7. Deskripsi dan atau peta tow rute dan lokasi
penyeberangan pipa dan fasilitas lainnya yang dapat
mempengaruhi rig bergerak.
Pra-ditentukan lokasi penampungan
yang aman atau lokasi di sepanjang rute.

9. Untuk tongkang rig bergerak rincian pembayaran harus
ditentukan dalam kontrak pengeboran (yaitu, dayrate atau
lump sum).
3.3 MOVING DAN POSITIONING
Prosedur untuk bergerak dan posisi

di lokasi pengeboran meliputi:
Towing
1. Sebuah memimpin kapal dan derek master akan
didirikan jelas.
2. Mendapatkan cuaca dari layanan cuaca dan / atau
sekitarnya rig / kapal sepanjang jalan belakangnya
yang diusulkan.
Catatan: derek ini tidak akan dilakukan jika
angin dan laut diperkirakan akan
melebihi 25 knot dan / atau 5 kaki di
lokasi mobilisasi, rute tow, lokasi akhir,
atau selama jack-up dan pre-loading
operasi akhir. Persyaratan asuransi Rig
Kontraktor harus dipertimbangkan.
3. Hadir kapal derek yang harus terpasang dengan
penarik kabel ke Jack-Up sebelum jackdown akhir.
Operasi ini harus dilakukan dalam cuaca yang baik
dan di siang bila memungkinkan. GOM produksi
JUR malam bergerak-in dan positioning memerlukan
persetujuan EMDC yang tepat dan manajemen
EMPC melalui SIMOPs checklist / proses review
dan tepat keringanan / persetujuan dari MMS (jika
semua pipa yang tidak ditandai memadai).
4. Rancangan yang sebenarnya, setelah semua kaki
bebas dari dasar laut, akan dibandingkan dengan
jumlah dihitung untuk memastikan perhitungan
stabilitas yang benar.
5. Para kru harus memastikan bahwa cek terus menerus

dipertahankan pada rancangan lambung selama tow.
6. Semua lampu navigasi di rig akan beroperasi.
7. Kabut tanduk akan diuji untuk memastikan bahwa
itu adalah operasional.
8. Sebuah arloji 24 jam akan dipertahankan, selama
seluruh belakangnya, untuk lalu lintas pelayaran dan
hambatan (pelampung, platform, dll).
Catatan: individu tertentu yang akan
ditugaskan tugas jaga dan tugas tersebut tidak
akan lebih dari 2 jam terus menerus tanpa
istirahat.
Positioning
Sebuah positioning system permukaan akan
dimanfaatkan untuk memantau posisi rig
pengeboran itu seperti yang berlayar ke lokasi yang
diusulkan. Prosedur navigasi tertentu akan
tergantung pada lokasi dengan baik dan akan
ditentukan dalam Move-In Prosedur Rig-Up. Posisi
akhir dari rig pengeboran harus diverifikasi setelah
kaki telah disematkan. Lokasi yang sebenarnya
pengeboran rig, ditentukan setelah jumlah yang
memadai satelit lewat, adalah untuk berada dalam
toleransi dinyatakan sebagai ditentukan dalam
prosedur Miru. Untuk rig kantilever melalui
platform yang ada, posisi akan dianggap diterima
jika persyaratan hookload dapat dipenuhi setelah
posisi paket bor selama slot yang sesuai (s).
Judul pengeboran rig akan ditentukan dalam MoveDalam program pengeboran Prosedur Rig-Up atau
prosedur tambahan tersebut. Ini umumnya akan
ditentukan oleh kantilever / rotary aksesibilitas tabel
slot juga konduktor yang diinginkan pada platform
produksi dan arah angin menonjol dan kekuatan
gelombang untuk lokasi yang diusulkan dan waktu
tahun. Insinyur akan menentukan beban kantilever
maksimum yang akan tersedia dalam posisi skiddeddi Rig-Up Prosedur Move-in dan mengkonfirmasi
bahwa ini akan memenuhi beban desain juga
maksimal baik sebelum dan sesudah posisi JUR
akhir. Dalam program pengeboran multi-baik,
hookloads untuk semua sumur dan posisi harus
diterima. Faktor-faktor seperti posisi crane,
workboat logistik, dll juga dapat mempengaruhi pos
diprogram rig.
Catatan: Jangkar tidak akan digunakan untuk
menahan Jack-Up tongkang di lokasi
sebelum menjepit kaki. Setiap
penggunaan jangkar akan memerlukan
penggunaan prosedur rinci dan akan
memerlukan pengecualian untuk standar
(persetujuan Bidang Pengeboran
Manager).
3.4 PRE-LOADING (JACK-UP ONLY)
Sebelum penetrasi kaki dari dasar laut (menjepit),
pemeriksaan dasar laut dapat dilakukan untuk
memastikan bahwa jaringan pipa, bangkai kapal,
persenjataan menghabiskan, dan sampah lainnya
tidak hadir. Pemeriksaan ini dapat dimasukkan
dalam survei situs jika ada yang dilakukan.
Sebelum jacking-sampai ketinggian pekerjaan yang

telah ditentukan, pra-beban harus diterapkan. Secara
umum, preloading harus dilakukan konsisten dengan
kontraktor rig dan prosedur operasi standar rig
produsen. Namun, panduan umum berikut berlaku
sebagai pos pemeriksaan.
1. Pra-beban untuk siklus pertama diterapkan dengan
bagian bawah lambung sekitar 3-5 kaki di atas garis
aksi gelombang. Setelah lambung tongkang
menyentuh garis aksi gelombang selama pra-loading,
semua air ballast dibuang dan Jack-Up tongkang
kemudian dapat mendongkrak ke 5 kaki celah udara
di atas garis aksi gelombang.
Lanjutkan pra-loading sampai Jack-Up berdiri
kokoh tanpa penurunan. Final pra-beban akan
diselenggarakan selama minimal 3 jam tanpa
penurunan lebih lanjut.
2. Persyaratan preload yang harus sesuai dengan
Drilling Kontraktor Standard Operating Procedure,
biasanya di atau dekat pembebanan maksimum.
Catatan: bobot Preload adalah untuk
dimasukkan dalam Core Jack-Up Move-In RigUp Prosedur.
3. Penetrasi kaki yang sebenarnya harus dibandingkan
dengan nilai-nilai dihitung dan sebelumnya Jack- Up
posisi rig di platform produksi yang sama, dan, jika
berbeda nyata, tambahan core tidur laut harus
dipertimbangkan untuk menentukan alasan untuk
perbedaan dan dasar laut yang sebenarnya integritas.
4. Selama operasi jacking, air laut menara keharusan

operasional setiap saat, dengan pasokan normal air
laut yang tersedia dalam situasi darurat.
3,5 TRANSFER CARGO
Kargo transfer
Sertif
ikasi /
Pedo
man
Kom
Transfer kargo antara pasokan kapal dan offshore

rig / platform merupakan salah satu usaha yang
lebih berbahaya di lingkungan lepas pantai. Sebuah
Buoy Kembali-Down ketika melayani rig Jack-Up
dianjurkan, terutama selama arus kondisi / angin
kencang. Ketika menetapkan Buoy Kembali-Down,
pastikan bahwa itu tidak diatur pada pipa bawah laut
atau bahaya lainnya. Jangan menggunakan platform
produksi untuk menyimpan peralatan pengeboran
tanpa melibatkan EMPC untuk memastikan struktur
dapat menangani beban yang direncanakan dengan
faktor keamanan yang dapat diterima.
unika
Pedoman dalam bagian ini mencakup beberapa

operasi mentransfer utama. Sementara tidak ada
pengganti untuk akal sehat yang baik, Kelautan dan
Jack-Up personil rig yang menggunakan panduan
ini dan penilaian yang baik untuk melakukan
operasi mentransfer dengan cara yang aman. Sebuah
JSA (Job Safety Analysis) diperlukan sebelum
semua operasi mengangkat. Sebuah JSA adalah
wajib bagi semua lift buta dan lift personil.
iki
Definisi: angkat berat didefinisikan sebagai

setiap mengangkat lebih dari 10 (sepuluh) MT.
3.5.1 PENCEGAHAN
si
JackUp
Kontr
aktor
adala
h
memil
dan
memb
erikan
:
1. Sertifikasi Pihak Ketiga untuk semua crane Jack-Up
sesuai dengan API RP 2D.
2. Dokumen sertifikasi untuk semua Jack-Up operator
crane.
3. Semua sling yang telah bersertifikat dan ditandai

untuk peringkat mereka termasuk pemutusan akhir
dan harus kembali bersertifikat-setiap 6 bulan.
4. Derek kait dilengkapi dengan kait yang berfungsi
keselamatan, yang berada dalam kondisi yang bisa
diterapkan baik.
5. Operator crane yang terlatih dan bersertifikat untuk
Jack-Up kerja.
6. Komunikasi yang baik selama semua operasi kargomentransfer (yaitu, headset radio, talkie
talkie, dll).
3.5.2 BATAS CUACA
Kargo transfer Pedoman Cuaca
1. Sebuah kekosongan transfer kargo umum dalam
kondisi cuaca yang berat, terutama lift berat.
2. Pertimbangkan menangguhkan operasi pengeboran
sampai kondisi cuaca membaik sebelum mentransfer
kargo berat dalam cuaca berat.
3. Hanya mentransfer kecil buah peralatan, diperlukan
untuk menghindari penghentian operasi, dari kapal
pasokan dalam kondisi cuaca berat dan hanya jika
kapten kapal, DIM, dan Pengawas Operasional
adalah semua dalam perjanjian itu adalah aman
untuk melakukannya.
Catatan: "Snatch Lift" yang akan dilakukan
hanya dengan lift pra-tersampir di mana
sling melekat kargo dapat dilampirkan
ke crane kait. Memborgol sling untuk

kargo ketika sling melekat derek tidak
diizinkan untuk Lift merebut.
3.5.3 LIFTS BERAT (JACK-UP Cabut
MELEBIHI 10 MT)
Berikut ini berlaku untuk Lift berat:
1. Lift di lebih dari 10 MT yang akan diawasi oleh
Pengawas Operasional dan OIM Kontraktor atau
menunjuk nya.
2. Lift berat harus direncanakan untuk siang hari bila
memungkinkan.
3. Lift berat harus memiliki pra-tersampir, sling
mengangkat bersertifikat dan belenggu.
4. Mengadakan pertemuan koordinasi untuk Lift berat
(yaitu, lebih dari 10 MT) dengan Crane Operator,
Toolpusher, dan Operasi Pengawas hadir dan
membahas:
Jenis kecurangan yang diperlukan.
Inspeksi visual tali-temali.
Signaling metode.
Keseluruhan rencana off pemuatan dan

penempatan angkat.
Catatan: di atas berlaku untuk mengangkat

setiap berarti, yaitu, crane, BOP troli, atau
perangkat mengangkat lainnya.
3.5.4 OPERASI LIFTING
lain dan komunikasi melalui radio (walkietalkie).
Crane Operator Tanggung Jawab

1. Mengoperasikan crane dengan cara yang aman dan
masuk akal.
2. Lengkap inspeksi derek harian dan sekarang laporan
inspeksi lengkap untuk supervisor.
3. Lakukan perawatan harian pada crane dan peralatan
rigging.
3. Memecah lift berat ke lift yang lebih kecil jika di

semua praktis.
4. Mengadakan pertemuan koordinasi untuk Lift berat
(yaitu, lebih dari 10), dengan operator crane,
toolpusher, dan Operasi Pengawas hadir dan
membahas:
Jenis kecurangan yang diperlukan.
4. Menjaga rumah yang baik menjaga di daerah kargo.
Inspeksi visual tali-temali.
5. Gunakan pengaturan melempar memadai dan aman.
Signaling metode.
6. Partisipasi dalam derek inspeksi oleh Perusahaan

Personil.
Keseluruhan rencana untuk off-loading dan

penempatan angkat.
7. Memastikan komunikasi yang baik digunakan antara

signaler dan dirinya sendiri.
8. Mendapatkan Izin Kerja untuk Lift berat atau angkat
lebih fasilitas Platform (jika ada).
5. Memperoleh persetujuan dari Operasi Inspektur dan

OIM sebelum melakukan lift ganda
(yaitu, penggunaan dua atau lebih crane untuk
mengangkat tunggal).
Pedoman Lifting
6. Jelas menandai semua lift di atas 1 MT di dermaga

sebelum memuat ke workboat tersebut.
1. Menangani kargo sehingga tetap terlihat dengan

Crane Operator bila memungkinkan.
7. Jauhkan beban vertikal di bawah hook booming

untuk menghindari berayun sebanyak praktis.
2. Gunakan personil estafet dalam situasi di mana

kargo tidak terlihat Crane Operator (JSA Wajib).
8. Pastikan derek hook vertikal berpusat di lift sebelum

mengangkat off dari kapal pasokan mengambil dari
deck rig.
Catatan: Crane Operator dan personil estafet

yang memiliki kontak visual dengan satu sama
9. Gunakan garis tag pada semua lift.
10. Melampirkan sling longgar untuk setiap beban, yang

tidak pra-tersampir di kapal pasokan sebelum
menghubungkan beban ke crane kait.
Catatan: derek ini tidak mendukung gendongan
saat menyambung sling untuk beban.
Catatan: Satu-satunya pengecualian adalah
penggunaan bar pallet untuk off-loading
palet dan kait casing untuk off-loading
casing.
yang memadai, bar pallet diproduksi dan kait

casing, dll).
Off-Loading Kebijakan
Pipa bundel tidak akan off diambil dari sebuah kapal
pasokan dalam keadaan apapun jika salah satu
kondisi berikut:
Pipa bundel memiliki sling yang hanya

membungkus tunggal sekitar bundel pipa,
11. Gunakan minimal dua (2) deck tangan saat

menangani kargo dan melampirkan sling pada
supply vessel.
Pipa bundel memiliki sling pendek, yang

mengakibatkan sudut derek kail lebih dari 30
derajat.
12. Pastikan bahwa semua personel mengenakan Hidup

Rompi / Jaket sementara di dek kapal saat
mentransfer kargo dari kapal pasokan.
Pipa bundel memiliki sling sekitar bundel

pipa, yang lebih dari 25% dari panjang pipa
dari ujung bundel pipa.
13. Mengambil tindakan pencegahan untuk menghindari

tamparan pengikat kembali saat melepas pengikat
rantai di kargo dari kapal pasokan.
Catatan: kapal Pasokan akan menggunakan
pengikat rantai untuk mengamankan
kargo dan menjaga dari pergeseran
selama kondisi laut kasar.
3.5.5 PEDOMAN RIGGING
Lifting Equipment Kebijakan
Peralatan yang tepat yang akan digunakan untuk
off-beban kargo (yaitu, sling dan belenggu ukuran
Kebijakan Rigging Sling

Sling yang memiliki penutup plastik yang tidak
digunakan dalam kondisi apapun. Menutupi
memungkinkan korosi terjadi yang dapat terdeteksi.
Pedoman Tubular Off-Loading
Tergantung pada ukuran tabung, memanfaatkan
pengaturan sling berikut:
30 "Gunakan hanya kain yang melekat pada

belenggu, 1 bersama per angkat maksimum
20 "Gunakan hanya kait casing, 1 bersama

per angkat maksimum
13-3 / 8 "" Gunakan hanya casing kait, 2

sendi per angkat maksimum
9-5 / 87 "Gunakan hanya casing kait, 2 sendi

per angkat maksimum
5 "Gunakan baik kait casing atau sling, 4

sendi per angkat maksimum Gunakan pratersampir, jumlah yang wajar dari sendi (atau
lebih kecil)
Catatan: bundel Pra-tersampir yang memiliki

dua sling, masing-masing memiliki dua
membungkus di sekitar pipa dengan
minimal lima sambungan pipa per
bundel untuk ukuran sampai dengan 5 ".
Catatan: bundel Pra-tersampir untuk casing
yang lebih besar dari 5 "sampai 7"
casing adalah memiliki minimal empat
sendi per bundel.
Catatan: Jangan pra-sling casing 7 "dan
lebih besar.
2. Angkat maksimal dua palet pada satu waktu dan

tidak melebihi 6 ft tinggi (yaitu, total untuk dua
palet).
3. Gunakan sling dengan jumlah yang sama dari kaki
sebagai jumlah tali pada tas untuk mengangkat tas
besar. Menghubungkan semua tali tas individual ke
kaki sling.
Catatan: Jangan membelenggu bersama tali tas
di kaki selempang yang sama dan tidak
mengangkat tas kecuali menggunakan
semua tali di tas untuk berbagi beban
antara tali.
4. Off-load hanya satu tas per angkat.
5. Meninggalkan tas yang telah merusak tali pada kapal
pasokan.
6. Gunakan pengaturan sling empat kaki untuk
mengangkat kontainer kargo dan keranjang.
7. Membelenggu setiap kaki sling ke padeyes
mengangkat ditunjuk pada kontainer kargo dan
keranjang.
Pedoman Umum Rigging
8. Gunakan kain, rantai, dan link yang memadai untuk

mengangkat tertentu.
1. Gunakan bar pallet diproduksi untuk mengangkat

palet (yaitu, tidak gaya dibuat di lokasi rig.).
9. Gunakan Tabel pada akhir bagian ini untuk informasi

tambahan dan spesifikasi.
Tabel No I - Wire Rope Sling Banyak Kerja

Aman
Tabel No.2 - Rantai Sling Aman Kerja

Banyak
Tabel No.3 - Banyak Guru link Aman Kerja
Tabel No.4 -Installation Wire Rope Klip
Cargo Transportation Pedoman

1. Pastikan kargo kontainer adalah metode utama untuk
mengangkut drum. Drum harus ditempatkan pada
dan diamankan ke palet dalam kontainer kargo untuk
kemampuan forklift.
Catatan: Menghapus drum dari keranjang sulit
dan berbahaya.
Catatan: Dalam situasi kritis atau darurat dan
jika kontainer kargo tidak tersedia,
selempang hanya satu drum yang pada
waktu per angkat menggunakan drum
yang kait yang tepat.
2. Botol gas transportasi (yaitu, oksigen, acetylene,
nitrogen, dll) menggunakan botol rak yang tepat
yang memiliki titik angkat padeye tunggal.
Catatan: Jangan mengangkut botol gas longgar.
3. Hanya mengangkut bahan radioaktif dan bahan
peledak dalam wadah yang tepat yang dibuat khusus
untuk bahan tersebut.
Sling Rigging Pedoman
1. Menghitung beban kerja yang aman dari sling

dengan membagi katalog melanggar kekuatan gigi
pengangkat oleh faktor keamanan.
2. Gunakan berikut untuk menentukan berlaku faktor
keamanan.
Fakt
or
Operasi
kese
lama
tan
Sling Wire Rope
5.0
Rantai dan tali-temali mengatasi
3,5
Personil keranjang
10,0
3. Menghitung beban per kaki selempang dengan

membagi total beban vertikal dengan jumlah sling
kemudian membagi lagi dengan cosinus dari sudut
angkat (yaitu, sudut antara sling di derek kait).
4. Pastikan bahwa kain yang cukup panjang sehingga
sudut maksimum antara sling di crane hook 60
derajat untuk kontainer, dll dan maksimum 30
derajat untuk pipa dibundel (yaitu, 50 ft panjang
selempang untuk 40 ft pipa bundel dan 40 ft panjang
sling selama 30 ft pipa bundel).
Catatan: Jika panjang kaki sling sama atau
melebihi jarak horizontal antara titik
lampiran beban (yaitu, padeyes), sudut
angkat adalah 60 derajat atau kurang.
5. Cari setiap kaki sling jarak yang sama dengan 15

persen dari panjang pipa dibundel saat mengangkat
bundel pipa (yaitu, 6 ft. Dari akhir untuk 40 ft
sambungan pipa).
6. Menggunakan kawat sling tali.
Catatan: sling tali kawat istirahat satu untai
pada suatu waktu sedangkan sling rantai
istirahat dengan sedikit atau tanpa
peringatan. Juga, rantai kurang tahan
terhadap shock loading.
7. Gunakan tali kawat galvanis bila memungkinkan.
14 Gunakan belenggu yang baik tipe sekrup atau

jenis pin-baut-mur.
Catatan: Banyak yang memiliki secara
permanen belenggu berdedikasi, yang
memiliki pasak luar mur belenggu.
15. Gunakan casing kait yang diri pengetatan
dengan kunci tekanan dan rilis manual.
Catatan: Jika tipe terbuka kait yang diperlukan,
gunakan tarikan garis interkoneksi
longitudinal antara kait.
3.5.6 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

8. Pastikan bahwa rantai galvanis tidak digunakan
dalam lingkungan lepas pantai sebagai kekuatan
Definisi: pemeliharaan yang baik adalah sering
memburuk untuk beberapa nilai yang tidak diketahui
inspeksi, pembersihan, dan
dari waktu ke waktu.
pelumasan peralatan rigging.
9. Menggunakan kawat Hitches tali kalung yang
memanfaatkan slip melalui atau bidal mata reeve.
10. Hanya menggunakan geser kait choker yang dari
desain kait keselamatan.
11. Jangan menggunakan belenggu keselamatan melalui
mata lembut-line untuk membuat sambungan
halangan.
Panduan Perawatan peralatan

1. Mempertahankan rantai, tali kawat, belenggu, kait
dan semua peralatan rigging lain secara periodik.
2. Periksa semua peralatan rigging pada operasi startup dan setiap 3 bulan setelahnya. Sling harus
disertifikasi ulang setiap 6 bulan.
12. Pastikan bahwa sling kait serta derek kait memiliki

aman kait kait gagal.
3. Menghancurkan peralatan rigging yang memiliki

korosi, keausan berlebihan, kabel terdampar, atau
dalam kondisi sebaliknya tersangka.
13. Pastikan beban terlibat sepenuhnya tentang

tenggorokan kail dan titik pemuatan tidak terjadi
untuk sling pada crane kait.
4. Melumasi semua peralatan rigging selama setiap

pemeriksaan.
5. Pastikan peralatan rigging bersih dan kering sebelum

aplikasi pelumas.
6. Terapkan pelumas yang tepat benar untuk peralatan
rigging.
7. Sikat minyak ringan langsung di tali-temali peralatan
dari wadah minyak.
8. Menengah panas untuk minyak berat sebelum
menerapkan peralatan rigging.
9. Gunakan pelumas yang tidak mengandung logam
(yaitu, tidak menggunakan minyak crankcase).
10. Gunakan pelumas yang anti air dan memiliki
kemampuan penetrasi yang baik.
11. Pertimbangkan pelumas untuk sling, belenggu,
rantai, dll dari daftar berikut:
Rocal Rd 105
Sea King Sk 620
Canggih Pelumas Svcs. Esso Surett

Fluin 4k
Rocal Rd 05 Aerosal Esso Rustban

395
Esso Petroleum il 795 Mobil Oil

Mobiltac 81
British Tali Britlube IOB / 69b
Pedoman Wire Rope

1. Melumasi tali kawat lebih sering daripada hanya
selama inspeksi.
Catatan: tali kawat ini perlu pelumas ketika
karakteristik berikut dicatat:
Berderit suara sementara tali yang

spooling.
Melanggar kabel di lembah tali

tanpa indikasi seragam untai
nicking.
Catatan: Berikut ini adalah contoh dari

pengurangan kekuatan dalam "karatterikat" tali kawat dengan asumsi
diameter tali kawat tetap konstan (yaitu,
tidak ada pengurangan karena korosi).
Baru 7/8 ", 6 x 36, IWRC tali

kawat dengan aslinya
pelumasan Minimum kekuatan
putus adalah 34 ton dengan 4,51
persen peregangan.
Tali kawat yang sama dalam

kondisi yang tidak terpakai
tetapi dengan korosi ringan akan
istirahat sekitar 22 ton dengan
hanya 1,63 persen peregangan.
TABLE NO. 1
KAWAT TALI SLING BEBAN KERJA AMAN
Galvanis, BS 6166: 1981 Cara Uniform Load / penambahan
Imp. Membajak Baja (180 kgf / mm2)
38 (1-1 / 2 ")
18,5 MT
19,4 MT
25,9 MT
38,8 MT
51 (2 ")
34,8 MT
36,5 MT
48,7 MT
73.1 MT
TABLE NO. 2
Maksimum Angkat Angle = 60 Deg. - (Semua kawat tali

6x36 IWRC)
CHAIN SLING BEBAN KERJA AMAN
Max. Lds aman Kerja (Metrik Ton) (faktor keamanan =

5) - Max Aman Ld Kerja (Mt)
Panas Ditangani Alloy Steel (800N / mm2) -Bs 6166: 1981

Metode beban Uniform
Tali Dia.
SingleLeg
Dua Kaki
Max.
Angkat Angle = 60 Deg
Dua Kaki
Ganda
Choker
Max. Banyak Kerja Aman (Metrik Ton) - (faktor

Halanga = 4)
keamanan
n
mm (in)
Halanga
n
9 (3/8 ")
1.0 MT
1.1 MT
Rantai Dia
1.4 MT
13 (1/2 ")
2.1 MT
2.2 MT
2,9 MT
mm (in)
16 (5/8 ")
3.3 MT
3.4 MT
4.6 MT
6 (1/4 ")
6.4 MT
8 (5/16 ")
8,7 MT
10 (3/8 ")
12,0 MT
13 (1/2 ")
14,0 MT
16 (5/8 ")
18.3 MT
19 (3/4 ")
4.6 MT
4.8 MT
22 (7/8 ")
6.2 MT
6.5 MT
26 (1 ")
8.6 MT
9.0 MT
28 (1-1 / 8 ")
32 (1-1 / 4 ")
10,0 MT
13,1 MT
10,5 MT
13,7 MT
Single-Leg
Halanga
n
Dua Kaki
Ganda
Choker
Dua Kaki
Halang
an
EmpatLeg
Halang
an
1,5 MT
1.6 MT
2.1 MT
3.1 MT
2.0 MT
2.1 MT
2.8 MT
4.2 MT
3.2 MT
3.3 MT
4.4 MT
6.7 MT
5.4 MT
5.6 MT
7.5 MT
11,3 MT
8.0 MT
8.4 MT
11.2 MT
16,8 MT
19 (3/4 ")
12,5 MT
13,1 MT
17,5 MT32 mm (1-1 / 4 ")
13,3 MT
15.2 MT
22 (7/8 ")
16,0 MT
16,8 MT
22,4 MT38 mm (1-1 / 2 ")
18.1 MT
24,0 MT
26 (1 ")
20,0 MT
21.0 MT
28,0 MT45 mm (1-3 / 4 ")
23,6 MT
34,5 MT
32 (1-1 / 4
")
32,0 MT
33,6 MT
44,8 MT
51 mm (2 ")
36,9 MT
47,2 MT
57 mm (2-1 / 4 ")
45.1 MT
64 mm (2-1 / 2 ")
55,7 MT
70 mm (2-3 / 4 ")
67,4 MT
TABLE
NO. 3
BEBAN
MASTER
LINK
AMAN
KERJA
TABLE
NO. 4
PEMAS
ANGAN
KAWAT
TALI
KLIP
Tunggal Guru
Tautan
Saham Diameter
(satu atau dua kaki

selempang)
Faktor keselamatan
= 6: 1
Wire Rope
Minimum
Nomor
Klip
Tali Hidupkan
kembali
Momen
13 mm (1/2 ")
1,8 MT
Diameter
Dari Thimble
16 mm (5/8 ")
2,5 MT
6 mm (1/4 ")
121 mm
2 kgm (15 ft-lb)
19 mm (3/4 ")
3.9 MT
9 mm (3/8 ")
165 mm
6 kgm (45 ft-lb)
26 mm (1 ")
9.2 MT
13 mm (1/2 ")
292 mm
9 kgm (65 ft-lb)
16 mm (5/8 ")
305 mm
19 mm (3/4 ")
457 mm
22 mm (7/8 ")
483 mm
25 mm (1 ")
660 mm
29 mm (1-1 / 8
")
864 mm
32 mm (1-1 / 4
")
940 mm
38 mm (1-1 / 2
")
1219 mm
51 mm (2 ")
1803 mm
3.6 TRANSPORTASI & PERSONIL

TRANSFER
Transportasi & Personalia transfer Kata
Pengantar
Bagian ini berisi pedoman untuk mengangkut kargo
dan personil ke dan dari situs lepas pantai. Untuk
panduan yang lebih rinci ketika mentransfer tenaga
dari fasilitas lepas pantai, lihat EMPC Keselamatan
Manual.
2. Beritahu Bahan Pengawas jenis kargo dan waktu

kedatangan yang diharapkan untuk memastikan
penanganan yang efisien dari peralatan dan alat-alat
di Base.
3. Semua materi kembali harus ditunjukkan pada
Material Transfer Cargo Manifest (MTCM) dan
dikirim pada kapal pasokan dengan bahan yang
menunjukkan informasi berikut:
Deskripsi Barang
Keselamatan personil adalah tujuan utama ketika

bergerak personel dan kargo lepas pantai. Ketika
ada keraguan tentang segala aspek keselamatan
personil, transfer tidak harus terjadi sampai bahaya
(s) menyebabkan keraguan dieliminasi atau dikelola
secara efektif.
Kondisi Barang (1 -New, 2

-Digunakan, 3 -Needs Perbaikan, 4
- Sampah)
Pemilik Barang (Affiliate atau

Kontraktor Nama)
Untuk kebanyakan operasi, helikopter akan menjadi

pilihan sarana transportasi personil antara Shore
Base dan rig. Pasokan kapal mungkin menjadi
sarana utama pada beberapa operasi dan dapat
digunakan pada operasi lain jika kondisi cuaca
melarang penerbangan helikopter. Transfer hanya
harus dilakukan pada saat kondisi laut tenang (yaitu,
5 kaki atau kurang).
Disposisi Barang (kembali ke

saham, kembali ke Kontraktor,
perbaikan)
3.6.1 CARGO TRANSPORT

Kapal pasokan
1. Mengkoordinasikan bongkar muat kapal pasokan di
dasar melalui Bahan Pengawas.
Catatan: Setiap kargo berbahaya adalah untuk

secara jelas ditandai seperti pada kedua
MTCM dan wadah item.
Catatan: MTCMs terpisah harus digunakan
untuk pemilik bahan yang berbeda, yaitu, alat
sewa dikembalikan ke Kontraktor berbeda harus
ditampilkan pada memanifestasikan terpisah.
4. Semua kargo di geladak kapal pasokan berangkat
dasar harus diamankan.
5. Cuaca memungkinkan, semua kargo pada pasokan

deck kapal berangkat dari lepas pantai harus
diamankan.
6. Pembuluh akan memiliki gerbang di batang mereka
setiap saat, kecuali ketika menangani jangkar atau
menetapkan pelampung.
7. Tidak ada individu akan diizinkan di dek kapal
pasokan sementara kapal sedang berlangsung atau
berdiri dengan ketika ada kargo di dek.
8. Tubulars 5 "dan lebih kecil harus pra-tersandang
dalam jumlah yang tepat per bundel kedua outbound
dan inbound.
Helikopter
1. Transportasi kargo melalui helikopter terbatas pada
barang-barang kecil ringan kecuali penting untuk
operasi. Persetujuan yang tepat harus di tempat
sebelum mengangkut setiap kargo selain item kecil
ringan. Biasanya, prosedur / peralatan yang
digunakan untuk airlift berat, non item standar akan
memerlukan konsultasi dengan Departemen
Penerbangan kontak dan Lapangan Drilling
Manager.
2. Bahan yang berpotensi berbahaya seperti baterai, cat,
bahan kimia asam atau korosif, dll tidak akan
diangkut melalui helikopter.
3. Sebuah kargo akurat dan berat nyata untuk semua
transportasi helikopter, termasuk penumpang, harus
selesai sebelum naik (OIMS manual Element 6).
3.6.2 OPERASI HELICOPTER

Helideck
1. Pilot untuk mengunci rem saat helideck jika
helikopter memiliki roda.
2. Helideck adalah memiliki tali tikar atau permukaan
non-selip.
Catatan: Rope tikar harus dari ukuran yang
tepat untuk menghindari belitan
helikopter meluncur / roda.
3. Tali tikar harus aman terikat.
4. Helideck harus ditandai dengan jelas dengan
lingkaran arahan dan memiliki nama lokasi jelas
terlihat dari udara.
Landing & Takeoff
1. Hanya Jack-Up helideck harus digunakan untuk
operasi helikopter. Setiap pengecualian untuk
menggunakan helideck platform harus dibersihkan
dengan Operasi Inspektur & Produksi.
2. Semua crane harus ditutup 10 menit sebelum landing
/ lepas landas (OIMS manual Element 6).
3. Pasokan kapal / perahu siaga harus off anchor dan
siap untuk merespon selama mendarat dan
berangkat.
4. Pemadam kebakaran harus dijaga dengan tim api
terlatih siap untuk menanggapi setiap kali helikopter
mendarat, pengisian bahan bakar, atau berangkat,

dan selama mesin startup / shutdown. (OIMS manual
Element 6).
5. Helideck harus dibersihkan dari semua tiba /
berangkat penumpang dan / atau kargo sebelum
pindah penumpang dan / atau kargo ke helideck
untuk boarding.
6. Beritahu Shore Base kedatangan helikopter dan
keberangkatan. (OIMS manual Element 6).
Catatan: Shore Base adalah bertanggung
jawab atas "Flight Tracking System".
(OIMS manual Element 6).
Mengawasi operasi pengisian bahan bakar.
Bahan bakar tes untuk air dan sedimen

segera sebelum pengisian bahan bakar.
Helikopter tanah dengan kawat tanah

disetujui selama operasi pengisian bahan
bakar.
4. Semua peralatan pengisian bahan bakar harus

dipertahankan dalam kondisi sangat baik.
5. Helideck sistem pemadam kebakaran akan diawaki
saat pengisian bahan bakar operasi (OIMS manual
Element 6).
7. Personil terlatih akan ditunjuk untuk awalnya

mendekati helikopter setelah mendarat untuk
membuka dan menutup pintu helikopter dan
kemudian hanya setelah menerima izin dari pilot.
Penjadwalan & Terwujud (OIMS manual

Element 6)
8. Pengumuman akan dilakukan dari semua pendaratan

helikopter / keberangkatan pada sistem komunikasi
publik rig (OIMS Pedoman Element 6).
1. Faks akan dikirim ke Shore Basis Dispatcher hari

sebelum penerbangan, kecuali dalam keadaan
darurat, daftar;
3.6.3 PERSONIL TRANSPORT-HELICOPTER
Pengisian bahan bakar Darurat Situasi Hanya
Nama penumpang
1. Matikan helikopter, menghapus helideck semua

personil non-esensial dan manusia peralatan
pemadam kebakaran helideck selama operasi
pengisian bahan bakar. (OIMS manual Element 6).
Perusahaan Afiliasi
.Weight Penumpang dan Bagasi
2. Hanya menggunakan peralatan pengisian bahan

bakar disetujui.
3. Pilot untuk pribadi:
2. Lepas pantai daftar faks terikat akan dikirim dari

Shore Base dan pantai terikat daftar faks akan
dikirim dari situs lepas pantai.
3. Terwujud akan menemani semua penerbangan daftar

penumpang dan Perusahaan mereka; (OIMS
Pengguna Element 6)
a. Penerbangan Outbound: Manifest akan
disiapkan oleh Shore Basis Dispatcher dan
salinan diberikan kepada situs lepas pantai
operator saat kedatangan helikopter.
b. Penerbangan Inbound: Manifest akan
disiapkan oleh Lepas Pantai Situs operator
dan diberikan kepada helikopter sebelum
keberangkatan dari lepas pantai.
4. Helikopter tidak akan dijadwalkan pada malam hari
kecuali keadaan darurat medis ada (beberapa
penerbangan malam geografis mungkin diperlukan
karena siang hari tertentu).
Tanggung Jawab
Helikopter Penumpang
1. Pendekatan helikopter dari 3 atau 09:00 posisi
setelah diarahkan oleh pilot.
2. Tunggu pengawalan di rig / shorebase sebelum
memulai / mendarat.
5. Kenakan PFD atau kehidupan inflatable jaket saat

helikopter saat terbang di atas air.
6. Kencangkan sabuk pengaman sebelum lepas landas
dan menjaga sabuk pengaman sampai helikopter tiba
di tempat tujuan.
7. Tidak pernah bergerak kabin ketika helikopter
tersebut dalam penerbangan.
8. Pastikan bahwa pendaratan helikopter selesai
sebelum membuka kancing sabuk pengaman.
9. Jangan tidak merokok saja saat di atau dekat
helikopter.
Helikopter Percontohan
1. Semua penumpang akan diberikan orientasi
keselamatan / membolos petunjuk sebelum naik
helikopter di lokasi dasar pantai. (OIMS manual
Element 6)
2. Instruksikan penumpang untuk tetap di papan sampai
pisau rotor adalah di halte lengkap jika mematikan
helikopter.
3. Beban dan membongkar penumpang dengan pisau
rotor bergerak hanya setelah mengumumkan kepada
penumpang bahwa helikopter tidak akan menutup
dan untuk melanjutkan dengan hati-hati.
3. Berjalan sebagai dekat dengan hidung helikopter

mungkin saat melintasi di depan helikopter
memperhatikan tabung poros yang mungkin
panas.
Lepas pantai Instalasi Manajer
4. Tidak pernah berjalan di bawah bagian ekor atau

sekitar bagian belakang helikopter.
1. Pastikan penumpang masuk dan berat catatan badan

dan bagasi.
2. Pastikan manifest selesai. (OIMS manual Element 6)

3. Pastikan personil pertemuan helikopter personel
(yaitu, tim kebakaran dan dispatcher) dilatih,
terorganisir dengan baik, dan dalam posisi sebelum
helikopter kedatangan / keberangkatan.
4. Memastikan bahwa pengumuman publik dibuat
sebelum semua pendaratan helikopter /
keberangkatan. (OIMS manual Element 6).
3.6.4 PERSONIL TRANSPORT -suplai OR
STAND-BY BOAT
Secara umum, metode yang disukai transportasi,
bahkan dalam keadaan darurat, adalah melalui
helikopter. Namun, ketika kapal yang digunakan,
JSA yang harus disiapkan dan ditinjau dengan
semua personil sebelum asrama.
3.7 PELATIHAN MARINE
3.7.1 UMUM
Laut Bor Tujuan
Tujuan dari latihan laut pada unit pengeboran lepas

pantai mobile untuk melatih semua pengeboran
papan kontraktor personil on (yaitu, siang dan
malam kru) untuk merespon dengan tepat ketika
menghadapi situasi darurat. Tujuan sama pentingnya
adalah untuk melatih dan memastikan bahwa semua
personil lainnya on-board (biasanya sementara atau
sementara untuk rig) bagaimana mengidentifikasi
sinyal darurat, bagaimana menanggapi, dan cara
aman mengungsi.
General Kelautan Pedoman Pelatihan
1. Memastikan bahwa setiap bor menunjukkan
kemampuan kru untuk menanggapi keadaan darurat
dan benar mengoperasikan peralatan keselamatan
yang diperlukan.
2. Jadwal latihan untuk memungkinkan partisipasi
penuh dari kru dan meminimalkan gangguan operasi
pengeboran.
3. Latihan rencana, yang mensimulasikan keadaan
darurat realistis dan menunjukkan langkah-langkah
yang diperlukan untuk mengurangi darurat nyata.
4. Memastikan bahwa setiap anggota awak bor
memahami tugas mereka darurat yang ditunjuk
untuk skenario bor (yaitu, mengamankan dengan
baik).
5. Berjalan melalui latihan dan personil kunci pelatih
yang diperlukan untuk memastikan awak akrab
dengan tugas mereka yang ditunjuk dan bahwa
semua orang lain tahu sinyal, mengumpulkan poin,
dan prosedur evakuasi.
6. Memanfaatkan pengumuman atas sistem alamat

publik yang diperlukan.
7. Mengadakan sesi diskusi setelah menyelesaikan area
pengeboran dan kritik untuk perbaikan.
8. Setiap bor, termasuk diskusi kelompok dan kritik,
harus mengambil sekitar satu jam.
3.7.2 PELAPORAN & DRILL FREKUENSI
Pelaporan
1. Merekam semua latihan di Harian Drilling Report.
2. Merekam semua latihan di Harian IADC Laporan.
3. Meneruskan Bor Kelautan Darurat Formulir Laporan
untuk Operasi Inspektur.
Catatan: Lihat "Form Kosong" dalam manual
ini (Bagian 3 -Appendix G-III) untuk
Kelautan Darurat Bor Formulir Laporan.
Laut Bor Frekuensi
1. "Api Drills" latihan -Initial yang diperlukan untuk
merencanakan dan mengatur Api Melawan ing
Skuad dan mingguan setelahnya.
Catatan: Perilaku latihan kebakaran selama
jam kegelapan dan / atau memegang bor
tanpa prior pemberitahuan kepada awak
sekali setiap bulan.
2. "Abaikan Latihan Rig" -Frequently sampai semua

personil tahu stasiun dan prosedur ditinggalkan dan
mengumpulkan cek yang memuaskan (yaitu, semua
personil melaporkan mengumpulkan poin).
Melakukan latihan mingguan setelahnya.
Catatan: Melakukan "Abaikan Latihan Rig"
selama jam kegelapan dan / atau
memegang bor tanpa pemberitahuan
sebelumnya kepada awak sekali setiap
bulan.
3. "Man Overboard Drills" -Initially yang diperlukan
untuk merencanakan dan mengatur Response Tim
dan setiap dua minggu sesudahnya.
Catatan: Perilaku manusia ke laut bor selama
jam kegelapan dan / atau memegang bor
tanpa pemberitahuan sebelumnya
kepada awak sekali setiap bulan.
4. "Khusus Drills" -Seperti diperlukan untuk melatih
tim respon yang ditunjuk untuk memastikan anggota
tim yang mahir di tugas mereka ditugaskan. Jenis
pelatihan tidak dengan sendirinya memenuhi
persyaratan untuk latihan mingguan karena hanya
bagian dari kru berpartisipasi. Namun demikian,
yang berharga dalam mengembangkan awak terlatih.
Catatan: Tahan Api Bor dan Abaikan Rig Bor
bersamaan sebagai bor mingguan ketika praktis.
Catatan: Melakukan pelatihan dalam
penggunaan peralatan penyelamatan dan tugas
tugas sebagai pengganti manusia ke laut latihan

pada hari-hari cuaca buruk.
3.7.3 MARINE DRILL PROSES
Proses Bor laut
Rencana Bor: Hati-hati merencanakan
latihan untuk fokus pada pelatihan untuk kebutuhan
tertentu.
Melakukan Bor: latihan Realistis
mensimulasikan kondisi
aktual dan membutuhkan
kru untuk melakukan
seolah-olah situasi
darurat yang sebenarnya
ada.
Bor kritik: Diskusi: sesi akan mengidentifikasi
masalah dan membantu
mengidentifikasi area
untuk perbaikan.
Pedoman Perencanaan Bor laut
1. Desain setiap bor untuk menekankan satu aspek
merespon situasi darurat. Ini harus meningkatkan
kemungkinan aspek ini ditarik dalam keadaan
darurat.
2. Menekankan aspek-aspek pokok yang tercantum
dalam Bagian 3.7.1 selama latihan.
3. Pilih lokasi yang sesuai untuk menekankan aspek

tertentu selama latihan.
4. Tuliskan skenario untuk bor dan mendistribusikan ke
berbagai pemimpin tim.
5. Menindaklanjuti dengan bor direncanakan berusaha
untuk tidak mengubah kondisi bor
6. Bervariasi hari dan waktu latihan untuk memastikan
bahwa semua anggota awak siap untuk bereaksi
secara efisien untuk darurat nyata.
7. Ketika praktis, pertemuan keselamatan rencana
untuk mengikuti bor untuk mendorong diskusi bor.
Laut Drills Pedoman
1. Hindari mengekspos awak atau Jack-Up kondisi
yang dapat menempatkan mereka dalam bahaya.
Misalnya, tidak menggunakan gas beracun
ketika pelatihan awak dalam penggunaan alat
bantu pernapasan selfcontained atau mulai
kebakaran untuk menguji sistem pemadam
kebakaran.
2. Sebuah kekosongan menempatkan kru dalam situasi
berisiko tinggi; Namun, menghindari semua risiko
tidak harus menjadi dasar untuk gagal untuk menguji
beberapa peralatan keselamatan.
Misalnya, meluncurkan sekoci di laut ringan
dapat memerlukan beberapa risiko; Namun,
risiko ini dapat diterima karena operasi
peralatan ini meningkatkan kemungkinan

penyebaran sukses dalam darurat nyata.
Mengkritisi Pedoman
Pastikan bahwa kunci kritik personel pengawas bor
dan memimpin diskusi, yang berfokus pada aspek
pokok bor segera mengikuti semua latihan. Semua
personil Jack-Up harus didorong untuk
berpartisipasi dalam sesi diskusi berikut bor.
Kritik dan diskusi sesi harus:
Tinjau penekanan bor.
Diskusikan masalah, yang terjadi selama

latihan.
Menilai apakah bor berfokus pada aspek

tertentu seperti yang direncanakan.
Menentukan apakah bor dilakukan dengan
cara yang realistis.
Diskusikan situasi yang bisa dikembangkan

jika ini telah situasi darurat nyata.
Membangun disepakati daerah untuk

perbaikan yang perlu latihan selama latihan
masa depan.
3.7.4 latihan kebakaran

Tujuan dari Api Bor
Siapkan Tim Tanggap (yaitu, Fire Fighting Skuad)
untuk mengurangi api dan menyelamatkan personil
terluka dan / atau terperangkap. Juga, menunjukkan

bahwa anggota Fighting Skuad Api memahami
tugas mereka yang ditunjuk dan melakukan mereka
dengan cara yang dapat diterima.
Fire Fighting Anggota Squad
Satu (I) Pemadam Kebakaran pemimpin

Squad
Empat (4) Fire Fighters
Pedoman api Bor

1. Lima orang Pemadam Kebakaran Squad harus
diselenggarakan untuk setiap shift 12-jam.
2. Setiap anggota dari Fire Fighting Skuad harus
memiliki on the job training.
3. The Fire Fighting Leader Squad harus telah
menyelesaikan kursus pelatihan pemadam
kebakaran.
4. Menetapkan petugas medis on-board untuk Fire
Fighting Squad praktis.
5. Salah satu anggota di setiap Fire Fighting Squad
adalah untuk diangkat pemimpin Squad asisten.
6. Off-tugas personil harus berpartisipasi dalam latihan
ini jika memungkinkan.
7. Melakukan latihan kebakaran tanpa pemberitahuan
dan / atau malam bor sekali setiap bulan
8. Latihan harus mencakup cedera mengejek dan / atau

situasi penyelamatan.
9. Sesekali menunjuk pemimpin Squad sebagai orang
yang terluka selama situasi penyelamatan sehingga
asisten bahwa pemimpin Squad memimpin Fire
Fighting Squad.
baik dalam posisi dan dekat BOP kecuali ketika di

lubang terbuka).
7. Memobilisasi stand-dengan perahu atau kapal
pasokan, jika tersedia, ke posisi standby.
8. Berkomunikasi laporan selama setiap fase bor untuk
ditunjuk "pusat komando"
10. Lokasi kebakaran harus bervariasi.

Prosedur api Bor
Langkah-langkah berikut merupakan suatu latihan
kebakaran yang efektif:
1. Pengamat api harus membunyikan alarm dan
menyarankan fasilitas lokasi kebakaran.
9. Semua personil tidak terlibat dalam memerangi api

atau dalam operasi rig kritis untuk mengumpulkan di
stasiun kerahkan mereka yang ditunjuk.
10. Sebuah kerahkan harus diambil untuk memastikan
bahwa semua personil dicatat dan hasilnya
dilaporkan kepada Orang Dalam Mengisi (PIC).
2. Person In Charge (PIC) atau utusannya harus segera

pergi ke pusat komando pra-ditunjuk (misalnya,
ruang radio, jembatan, ruang kontrol, dll).
11. The Pemadam Kebakaran Squad respon untuk

menyertakan simulasi tindakan yang diperlukan
untuk mengurangi api jika keadaan darurat yang
sebenarnya sedang berlangsung.
3. Peralatan komunikasi rig dan prosedur yang akan

diuji oleh menyiagakan ditunjuk pantai dasar bahwa
"latihan kebakaran" sedang berlangsung.
12. Pemimpin pasukan adalah untuk berkomunikasi

situasi bahan berbahaya untuk Orang Dalam Mengisi
(PIC) atau utusannya.
4. The Skuad Pemadam Kebakaran yang

mengumpulkan di lokasi kebakaran.
13. Personil yang ditunjuk harus siaga untuk tindakan

yang diperlukan untuk mendukung Fire Fighting
Squad. Ini akan mencakup tugas seperti pembawa
tandu, dll
5. Person In Charge (PIC) atau utusannya akan

memberitahu kru bor untuk mengamankan sumur
dan mengaktifkan sistem Shut Down (ESD) / Bah
Darurat.
6. Bor awak mengamankan dengan baik (yaitu, ketika
pengeboran / tersandung, posisi pipa untuk menutup-
14. Memasukkan menonton kebakaran setelah api keluar

untuk menjaga terhadap pengapian.
15. Orang Dalam Mengisi (PIC) bertanggung jawab

untuk de-penyiraman operasi dan pemantauan kapal
siaga seluruh operasi pemadaman kebakaran.
16. Pemimpin pasukan adalah untuk mempersiapkan
kritik setelah latihan kebakaran dan mengadakan sesi
diskusi.
17. Lengkapi Bor Laporan dan maju ke Operasi
Inspektur.
MERAKIT
3.7.5 KEBAKARAN DRILL -example

SKENARIO
TANGGAL
WAKTU:
4-25-84 / 0030 LEVEL: Serius
MENGUSU
T
LOKASI:
Penyemenan Room KEBAKARAN:
TERLUKA:
No.2 LOKASI: Terjebak dalam ruang dekat api
PENEKANA
N:
Pencari yang efektif untuk hilang awak.
KEBAKARA
N
SKENARIO:
Periksa Komunikasi. Sebut pantai dasar & kapal.
Kru yang belum ditetapkan untuk mengumpulkan di daerah

ditugaskan.
Gulung memanggil Jack-Up stasiun ditinggalkan.
Beritahu Orang Dalam Mengisi (PIC) dari siapa pun hilang dar
roll.
Api kru untuk merakit dekat daerah api.
- Ditugaskan anggota tim pemadam kebakaran untuk memeriksa

area kebakaran.
Tim api singkat pada kondisi

kebakaran.
Panggilan untuk pesta penyelamatan

medis -Masukkan.
Bocor saluran bahan bakar diesel semprotan

pada berjenis
MEMBATA
- Api Kru mengandung api untuk
menyebabkan kebakaran untuk menelan SI
mesin. Dua operator memungkinkan penyelamatan dari cedera.
berlindung di kantor yang keluar hanya terbakar.
PERILAKU
ALARM
SUARA
Alarm suara
Mengumumkan Bor lokasi -Fire.
Penyelamatan awak untuk bergerak terluka

ke daerah yang aman.
Medic untuk menghadiri personil yang

terluka.
RESCUE
Minimum Life Boat Pelengkap:

PEMADAM
Menyebarkan tim kebakaran untuk
memadamkan api.
Memadamkan Api.
Kritik
Satu (I) Boat Komandan Bersertifikat sebagai

Komandan
Satu (I) Mekanisme Rilis Operator Bersertifikat Life

Boatman (Coxswain)
Merakit semua pengawas dan tim pemadam
Dua (2) anggota awak lainnya bersertifikat sebagai
kebakaran.
Hidup Boatman (Coxswain)
Diskusikan tujuan drill - apakah itu dicapai?
Satu (I) Electrician atau Mechanic -Operate winch
perahu kehidupan
Diskusikan prosedur atau peralatan masalah.
DISKUSI
- Lengkap Bor Laporan dan

mengirimkan salinan ke kantor.
LAPORAN
Dokumen bor di IADC dan Harian

Pengeboran Laporan
Maju Laporan Bor untuk Operasi
Inspektur.
3.7.6 ABANDON latihan RIG

Tujuan dari Abaikan Rig Bor
Memastikan bahwa personil rig dapat melakukan
tugas mereka ditugaskan dan menunjukkan operasi
sekoci dan peralatan terkait dan bahwa semua
personel on-board (terutama non-Rig kontraktor
personil) tahu bagaimana / kapan harus aman
mengumpulkan dan mengevakuasi.
Untuk membantu rekoneksi sekoci menurunkan

garis setelah bor selesai dan untuk membantu dalam
mengoreksi masalah mekanis yang tak terduga, ini
adalah pelengkap minimum yang diperlukan untuk
launching bor.
Abaikan Pedoman Rig Bor
1. Pastikan bahwa frekuensi radio rig, lokasi rig, dan
judul untuk perlindungan yang aman yang diposting
di setiap sekoci.
2. Kadang-kadang memegang bor tanpa pemberitahuan
sebelumnya kepada kru.
3. Sebagian rendah (yaitu, 10-15 kaki) semua sekoci
minggu sekali setiap, cuaca memungkinkan.
4. Sekoci peluncuran, navigasi di perairan terbuka, dan
mengambil bulanan jika mungkin tapi setidaknya
sekali per kuartal.
5. Hanya meluncurkan sekoci selama kondisi cuaca /

laut yang wajar dan ketika pasokan kapal / standby
siap untuk menyelamatkan jika diperlukan.
6. Melakukan mendadak meninggalkan rig pengeboran
dan / atau malam bor sekali setiap bulan, dan
setidaknya sekali per bulan, bor harus mencakup
cedera tiruan atau situasi penyelamatan.
7. Personil tidak diperlukan di dalam sekoci sementara
sebagian menurunkan dan menaikkan.
8. Mesin uji dan sistem sprinkler di sekoci mingguan
saat air dapat diberikan.
9. Jangan menurunkan sekoci ke dalam air sampai
mesin (s) sedang berjalan.
2. Suara alarm yang ditunjuk untuk meninggalkan rig.

Jenis alarm tagihan stasiun rig di berbagai lokasi.
Mengumumkan bahwa ini adalah latihan atas sistem
alamat publik.
3. Peralatan komunikasi rig dan prosedur diuji oleh
memperingatkan ditunjuk pantai dasar bahwa
"Sekoci Launching Bor" sedang berlangsung.
4. Semua personil untuk melaporkan segera ke mereka
tugas tagihan stasiun dan mengumpulkan kartu
ditinggalkan mereka dari pemegang kartu kecuali
dimaafkan untuk melanjutkan operasi. Alasan
membutuhkan persetujuan terlebih dahulu dari
Operasi Pengawas dan oleh pengecualian saja.
10. Pastikan minimal empat (4) orang berada di sekoci

ketika diluncurkan.
5. Semua personil untuk memakai pakaian yang tepat

dan membawa peralatan survival untuk mengebor
(yaitu, baik jaket pelampung atau kelangsungan
hidup sesuai tergantung pada lingkungan).
11. Man sekoci derek dengan individu yang memenuhi

syarat (misalnya, rig listrik atau mekanik) selama
peluncuran dan pemulihan dari sekoci.
6. Hidup Boatmen mempersiapkan kehidupan Boat

untuk naik (yaitu, pasang grip dan liontin
keselamatan),
12. Mensimulasikan mengamankan sumur dan

mengaktifkan sistem rig ESD / Deluge.
7. Personil masukkan Life Boat petunjuk berikut

dengan Boat Commander dan kencangkan sabuk
pengaman mereka segera.
Langkah-langkah berikut merupakan suatu efisien

Abaikan Rig pengeboran:
1. Memastikan bahwa / kapal pasokan stand-by
dipindahkan ke sekitar daerah pendaratan sekoci
sebelum menurunkan sekoci jika peluncuran yang
sebenarnya harus dilakukan.
8. Orang yang kartu tetap dalam pemegang kartu di

ditinggalkannya stasiun berada.
9. Kontak radio dibuat sebelum meluncurkan dan
dijaga setiap waktu pada frekuensi yang jelas telah
ditentukan antara Boat Commander dan Orang In
Charge (PIC) atau utusannya yang memiliki muatan

keseluruhan bor.
10. Mesin (s) dimulai dan dioperasikan selama beberapa
menit.
11. Perahu Komandan adalah untuk menjelaskan
prosedur operasi dan menurunkan.
12. Jika TIDAK LAUNCHING Kehidupan Boat,
semua personil kapal Life Boat adalah untuk keluar
secara teratur dan kerahkan untuk diskusi bor.
13. Jika LAUNCHING Kehidupan Boat, semua
personil kapal Life Boat kecuali "Minimum Life
Boat Pelengkap" yang keluar secara teratur dan
kerahkan untuk diskusi bor.
14. Komandan perahu untuk memastikan daerah
pendaratan yang jelas di bawah sekoci sebelum
menurunkan.
15. Setelah sekoci meninggalkan davits, tidak ada orang
selain Boat Commander akan melakukan apa pun
untuk mempengaruhi menurunkan sekoci.
16. Perintah untuk melepaskan sekoci dari menurunkan
garis tidak akan diberikan oleh pihak lain selain
perahu Komandan dan tidak akan diberikan olehnya
sampai ia memastikan dengan cara visual yang
sekoci adalah ditularkan melalui air.
17. Boat Commander akan merilis dan manuver sekoci
jauh dari rig ke titik kumpul yang ditunjuk pra.
Praktis, mengoperasikan semua peralatan untuk
memastikan berfungsinya.
18. Perahu Komandan adalah untuk manuver sekoci

sepanjang sisi rig, melampirkan menurunkan kait
line untuk sekoci.
19. Angkat sekoci kembali ke davits dan aman sebelum
keluar personil sekoci.
20. Perahu Komandan adalah untuk melakukan kritik
verbal dengan krunya setelah menyelesaikan bor.
Diskusi harus fokus pada daerah untuk perbaikan
dan prosedur ditinggalkan alternatif.
21. Orang yang bertanggung jawab adalah untuk
mengkritik bor dengan Komandan Kapal.
3.7.7 ABANDON RIG DRILL -example
SKENARIO
TANGGAL
WAKTU:
4-25-84 / 0030 LEVEL: MAJOR
LOKASI:
Sekoci Memanjang KEBAKARAN: Tidak ada
TERLUKA:
Nomor 0 LOKASI:
KERUSAK
AN:
Maju sekoci dioperasi
PENEKANA
N:
Ditinggalkan tertib dengan satu sekoci yang rusak.
SITUASI:
PERILAKU
Badai telah merusak maju sekoci dan kapal adalah daftar.

Pengabaian harus memanfaatkan sekoci belakang dan dua rakit.
CRITIOUE
ALARM
SUARA
MERAKIT
PERAHU
LAUNCH
(Simulasikan)
PERAHU
LAUNCH
(Aktual)
Suara Alarm.
Mengumumkan maju perahu tidak beroperasi.
DISKUSI
Periksa Komunikasi. Sebut dasar pantai / perahu.
Merakit semua pengawas dan komandan

sekoci.
Membahas tujuan bor -adalah itu dicapai?
Diskusikan prosedur atau peralatan masalah.
Muster di perahu belakang daerah.
LAPORAN
Dewan Life Boat pergeseran fwd awak ke rakit.
Gulung menelepon.
- Dokumen bor di IADC dan Harian Drilling Report.
Mencari orang hilang dari roll.
3.7.8 Man Overboard DRILL
- Instruksikan pada Launching Boats.
- Lengkap Bor Laporan dan mengirim

salinan kantor.
Tujuan dari Man Overboard Bor
Memastikan bahwa personil rig dapat melakukan

tugas mereka ditugaskan ketika seseorang masuk ke
Mengoperasikan Semua Peralatan. dalam air.
Mulai mesin.
Instruksikan pada Pengabaian Alternatif.
Anggota Tim penyelamat:
Satu (I) pemimpin tim penyelamat
Satu (I) Penyelamatan Boat

- Turun semua personil kecuali awak perahu kehidupan (4). Commander
- Stasiun Electrician di winch.

- Peluncuran sekoci.
Satu (I) Penyelamatan Kapal Rilis

Mekanisme Operator (Coxswain)
Dua (2) anggota awak lainnya yang

Coxswains berkualitas
Satu (I) Electrician atau Mechanic

untuk mengoperasikan penyelamatan
kapal winch
Pedoman Bor Man Overboard

1. Menyelenggarakan (6 orang) Tim Penyelamat untuk
setiap kru.
2. Praktis, menetapkan medis rig ke salah satu Tim
Penyelamat.
3. Latihan rencana untuk menekankan titik kunci (s)
atau daerah untuk perbaikan.
3. Memasukkan pandangan-keluar (s) pada titik terbaik

dengan teropong yang tanggung jawab adalah untuk
menjaga melihat orang laut, selama mungkin, dan
terus-menerus menunjuk ke arahnya.
4. Peralatan rig komunikasi dan prosedur diuji oleh
memperingatkan ditunjuk pantai dasar bahwa
"manusia kapal bor" sedang berlangsung.
5. Melemparkan cincin kehidupan di sekitar manusia
ke laut (yaitu, boneka apung) sesegera mungkin.
Berkala, menggunakan lampu dan flare asap
menambah realisme untuk mengebor.
4. Hanya memulai penyelamatan kapal selama kondisi

cuaca dan laut yang wajar ketika pasokan kapal /
standby siap untuk menyelamatkan jika diperlukan.
6. Orang yang bertanggung jawab adalah untuk

mengumpulkan Rescue Team di rescue boat. Rig
medis adalah untuk memberikan pertolongan
pertama kepada manusia ke laut.
5. Melakukan man laut bor tanpa pemberitahuan dan /

atau malam bor sekali setiap bulan, dan setidaknya
sekali per bulan, bor harus mencakup cedera tiruan
atau situasi penyelamatan.
7. Jika pasokan atau kapal stand-by tersedia,

memberitahukan kapal bantuan. Kapal yang
menggunakan jaring untuk berebut secepat praktis.
Prosedur Overboard Man

Langkah-langkah berikut merupakan suatu Man
Overboard bor efisien:
1. Untuk mensimulasikan seorang pria ke laut,
melempar boneka apung ke dalam air yang ukuran
perkiraan, bentuk dan berat seorang pria.
2. Lulus kata-kata "Man Overboard" pada melempar
boneka ke laut.
8. Jika pengambilan dimungkinkan dengan crane,

operator crane adalah menurunkan keranjang
personel dengan dua anggota kru, mengenakan
lifejackets, untuk mengambil orang itu ke laut.
9. Ketika cuaca memungkinkan, peluncuran
penyelamatan kapal dan mengambil Man Overboard.
Pastikan bahwa Electrician atau Mechanic operasi
penyelamatan kapal winch di rig. Dalam skenario
ini, menganggap individu (s) tidak dapat membantu
diri mereka sendiri dan menentukan kesesuaian alat
pengambilan dan teknik untuk memulihkan individu
terluka atau tidak sadar setelah pergi ke laut. Menilai
kesesuaian teknik jika kondisi cuaca secara

signifikan lebih buruk.
10. Jika penyelamatan perahu tidak diluncurkan,
mengambil Man Overboard dummy dengan pasokan
kapal / standby.
11. Kerahkan seluruh kru ke lokasi pra-ditunjuk.
Lakukan apel untuk menentukan jumlah dan namanama anggota yang hilang awak (s). Laporan hasil
untuk orang yang bertanggung jawab.
12. Setelah menyelesaikan bor, membuat entri log yang
sesuai termasuk waktu yang dibutuhkan untuk
memulihkan pria laut.
13. Rescue Team Leader adalah untuk mempersiapkan
kritik dan tahan sesi diskusi dengan Tim penyelamat
dan Personalia rig.
3.7.9 latihan KHUSUS
Tujuan dari Bor Khusus
Melibatkan tim respon dan / atau kelompokkelompok kecil dari kru dalam pelatihan khusus
sehingga pelatihan yang dapat fokus pada
keterampilan khusus dalam bidang yang perlu
perbaikan dan mengembangkan tim respon yang
efektif.
Beberapa contoh jenis keterampilan cocok untuk
pelatihan ini adalah:
Kehidupan perahu LaunchingKecil jumlah peluncuran kru

dan mengoperasikan kapal.
Penyelamatan Operasi
-Rescue Tim berlatih mankapal bor atau penyelamatan
atau korban kebakaran.
Kebakaran helikopter -Fire

Berjuang Squad tes sistem
busa untuk api helikopter.
Pemberat Kontrol -React

peralatan gagal.
Kebakaran khusus -Fire Berjuang praktek Squad

mengurangi kebakaran di ruang tertutup dengan
menggunakan peralatan pernapasan. 3.7.10 ASPEK
UTAMA latihan
Skenario bor harus berempati keterampilan yang

tercantum di bawah ini.
Api Dr penyakit:
Komunikasi koordinasi
Koordinasi Penanggulangan Kebakaran
Skuad
Koordinasi Penyelamatan Tim
Penanganan Situasi Api Complex:
Ruang tertutup
Akses terbatas
Kombinasi di atas
Berjuang jenis api yang berbeda
Personil terluka
Penggunaan Peralatan seperti:
Bernapas Peralatan
Usungan
Api selang
Radio
3,8 KAPAL menghindari tabrakan
Kapal Tabrakan Penghindaran Kata Pengantar

Unit pengeboran tidak boleh berlokasi dekat jalur
pelayaranRig:
maupun antara jalur pelayaran batas jika
Abaikan Latihan
memungkinkan. Jika perlu, sumur directional dapat
dibor
untuk menghindari daerah-daerah. Jika Unit
Komunikasi
koordinasi
Pengeboran harus ditempatkan di daerah tersebut,
Meninggalkan
sekoci
-satuuntuk
dinonaktifkan
penilaian
risiko
operasi harus mencakup
kedekatan Unit Pengeboran untuk kapal daerah lalu
Meninggalkan
rute -escape diblokir
lintas.
Operasi sekoci
di lokasi
jalur laut
Semua
Satuan Pengeboran diusulkan harus
diteliti untuk pengiriman jalur kedekatan dan lalu
Muster & personil
lintas di akuntabilitas
daerah dan tepat "Deteksi Prosedur"
penilaian disiapkan dan risiko selesai.
Satu-satunya cara untuk menghindari tabrakan
Man Overboard
Latihan:
adalah untuk
melihat kapal bandel awal dan
mengeluarkan peringatan. Prosedur dan pedoman
Tanggapanyang
awaldijelaskan
bagi manusia
ke lautharus diikuti.
di bawah
Menggunakan
kehidupan dan
3.8.1perahu
DETEKSI
penyelamatan kapal
Umum Deteksi Pedoman -Untuk MODU di atau
Pemberiandekat
pertolongan
pertama
jalur pelayaran
Koordinator
Komunikasi
Semua
personil on-board Unit Pengeboran
bertanggung jawab untuk kewaspadaan dalam
Koordinasi kerajinan lain di daerah
mendeteksi kapal yang bersalah mendekati situs.
Namun, tingkat pelaksanaan program deteksi resmi
Posting dan menjaga lookout
akan tergantung pada kedekatan Unit Pengeboran
untuk pengiriman jalur dan / atau lalu lintas kapal
berat. Ada banyak "tidak resmi" jalur pelayaran
yang digunakan oleh kapal sesingkat-luka dan
beberapa program deteksi selalu diperlukan.
1. Pastikan semua sistem radar reflektor beacon

fungsional setiap saat.
2. Selama kondisi berkabut, memasukkan menonton
radar di Unit Pengeboran.
Di daerah-daerah berisiko tinggi, yaitu, dekat

jalur pelayaran atau berat bepergian rute,
prosedur radar dijelaskan di bawah harus
dilaksanakan pada unit pengeboran.
Operasi Radar
3. Terus menerus 24 jam radar jam tangan dan / atau

pembuluh standby harus digunakan ketika di sekitar
kapal yang tinggi lalu lintas dan pengiriman jalur.
4. Radar menonton dan / atau kapal prosedur menonton
siaga bila beroperasi di dekat kapal lalu lintas harus
diselesaikan dan disetujui oleh Manajer Bidang
Pengeboran untuk memasukkan;
Rencana aksi untuk berbagai

pendekatan radar dan tentu saja kapal
judul. Rencana pemberitahuan kapal
Pengabaian prosedur
5. Memastikan bahwa semua alat bantu navigasi

(pencahayaan dan peluit kabut) yang operasional.
6. Menyarankan semua personel Satuan Pengeboran
selama Pertemuan Keselamatan untuk waspada
untuk mendekati kapal.
7. Segera memberitahukan Offshore Installation
Manager setelah bercak kapal dipertanyakan atau
kapal mendekati
8. Sebuah pinger sonar akan dipasang dan beroperasi
setiap saat setelah rig diposisikan.
3.8.2 RADAR PROSEDUR PERHATIKAN
1. Instalasi radar Drilling Unit harus berada:
Di daerah menyediakan kontak visual

dengan laut luar sekitarnya, yaitu,
jembatan, dll
Jauh dari daerah berat bepergian dan

berisik, yaitu, tidak berada di ruang
radio. Dekat radio VHF Marine.
2. Operator radar berkualitas dan terlatih untuk lakilaki stasiun radar 24 jam per hari dan akan hilang
dengan personil kelautan yang memenuhi syarat
setidaknya setiap 3 jam untuk istirahat.
3. Pengaturan satuan radar harus dipelihara sebagai
berikut:
Scanning utama diatur ke 12 nm.
Audio alarm ditetapkan untuk 5 nm.
Batin Penjaga Cincin ditetapkan

untuk 2 nm.
4. Tugas Radar Perhiasan Operator harus mencakup:
Terus manusia stasiun radar kecuali

bila lega untuk istirahat.
Mempertahankan pengaturan satuan

radar dijelaskan di atas.
Melacak semua kapal dalam 12

nautical mil dan menentukan berbagai
pos saja mereka.
Kapal kontak mencapai 5 mil laut

berbagai posisi dan permintaan kapal
Drilling Unit mempertahankan 2
pemisahan mil laut.
Radio Kontak Tidak Didirikan
Radar Perhiasan Operator akan

memberitahukan Offshore Installation
Manager (OIM).
OIM akan mengirimkan pasokan

kapal / standby untuk menarik
perhatian kapal (misalnya, selang
kebakaran, kapal tanduk, radio).
Menjaga buku catatan dari semua

kontak dengan kapal.
Prosedur peringatan
1. Kapal dalam rentang radar 12 mil laut utama akan
ditandai dengan "EBL" oleh Penyelenggara Radar
yang akan melacak pos kapal dan menentukan judul
saja.
2. Kapal mencapai kisaran 5 NM akan dihubungi oleh
Penyelenggara Radar:
Meminta kapal mempertahankan 2

mil laut dari pemisahan Unit
Pengeboran.
3. Kapal mencapai kisaran 4 NM dan tentu saja:

Radar Perhiasan Operator
Beritahu OIM.
Hubungi kapal untuk mengalihkan

jalurnya dan / atau menentukan
apakah kapal mengalami kesulitan
mekanik.
Radio Hubungi Didirikan
Verifikasi awak kapal menyadari

posisi instalasi Drilling Unit.
Beritahu Operasi Pengawas bertugas

yang tabrakan adalah mungkin.
Mengkonfirmasi bahwa kapal

tersebut tidak dalam kesulitan
mekanik.
Beritahu pasokan kapal / standby

untuk mencegat kapal.
4. Kapal mencapai kisaran 4 NM dan pada jalur

tabrakan yang tidak bisa dihubungi dan / atau
memiliki kesulitan mekanik (mesin / kegagalan

kemudi):

untuk membantu rig ditinggalkan.
Abaikan rig.

untuk kembali ke rig jika kapal tidak
dapat disadap.
Beritahu Operasi Pengawas bertugas.
Terdengar alarm dan mengumpulkan

personil rig di stasiun ditinggalkan
mereka.
Operasi Pengawas
Beritahu Bor kru untuk

mengamankan sumur.
Beritahu Shore Basis yang tabrakan

adalah mungkin dan dekat.
5. Kapal mencapai 2 NM radar penjaga cincin pada

bertabrakan:
Menentukan kebutuhan untuk

ditinggalkan.
Membunyikan alarm ditinggalkan

untuk Unit Pengeboran.
Disiarkan peringatan navigasi terus

menerus.
MEMORANDUM
ExxonMobil Development Co Pengeboran

DATE:
UNTUK: PRODUKSI DAN DRILLING OPT.
SUPTS
DARI: KANTOR TEKNIK TEAM
SUBJECT:
"" Landasan Drilling
Program SIMOPS Rapat / Miru
LATAR BELAKANG
The
jack-up rig
pengeboran dijadwalkan mulai beroperasi pada ""
Platform tentang
.
Pada
, Pertemuan SIMOPS
diadakan untuk mengevaluasi risiko yang terlibat
dengan simultan pengeboran dan produksi operasi
di platform. Berikut ini adalah ringkasan dari
tinjauan dari SIMOPS Pindah-In / Rig-Up Checklist
untuk Jack-Up Rig Pengeboran.
SIMOPS Miru DAFTAR REVIEW
1. Sebuah survei mudline dengan penyelam dan / atau

sisi scan sonar mungkin diperlukan untuk
memeriksa setiap rintangan atau puing-puing yang
mungkin di daerah mana rig tersebut akan
diposisikan. Menentukan apakah pipa daerah perlu
didukung untuk pendekatan direncanakan rig. Pada
saat-platform di mana rig jack-up telah beroperasi
sebelumnya, jejak dari rig yang akan dipelajari
untuk menentukan apakah dapat digunakan kembali.
(Catatan: Sisi scan sonar biasanya dilakukan jika
rig jack-up belum di lokasi withi n 12 bulan, atau
jika ada konstruksi atau workover kerja yang cukup
besar telah dilakukan dalam tahun lalu). Catatan,
jika ada pipa berada dalam 490 ft dari rig, MMS
membutuhkan pelampung, kecuali pengabaian
diperoleh. Global positioning biasanya cukup untuk
mendapatkan pengabaian kecuali kaleng kentang
sangat dekat (~ 50 kaki) ke pipa.
2. Mengevaluasi potensi pukulan-melalui kaki rig.
3. Mengevaluasi adonan leg platform yang dan posisi

lumba-lumba gangguan potensial dengan kaki rig.
Rekayasa pengeboran / Bawah Permukaan akan
memberikan gambar skala rig, kaleng kentang, dll
4. Meninjau lokasi semua pipa, garis flare bawah air,

peralatan rocess p jalur ventilasi, penambah pipa,
dll dan menentukan apakah ada relokasi atau
perlindungan kerja yang diperlukan. Pipa aktif yang
diharapkan akan terletak di bawah tongkang jack-
up akan tekanannya selama MOB / DEMOB. Bagi

mereka baris untuk diaktifkan kembali setelah Miru,
keputusan bersama oleh Pengeboran dan Operasi
Produksi Manajemen dibuat mengenai tindakan
pencegahan khusus diperlukan untuk memastikan
bahwa tingkat yang sesuai keselamatan tetap
terjaga.
5. D etermine jika produksi dek proce utama peralatan

ssing terletak di bawah kantilever membutuhkan
perlindungan atau relokasi. (Catatan: Ada tidak ada
kapal yang tidak dilindungi bertekanan proses,
seperti separator, menara kontak glikol, dll, terletak
di bawah kantilever, maupun gas ventilasi di t
daerahnya).
6. Peralatan proses yang tidak dilindungi terletak 10 ft.

Kantilever harus memiliki monitor api, dioperasikan
dari rig, diarahkan di atasnya.
7. Cari semua stasiun peralatan perlindungan

kebakaran di dek utama, dan menentukan apakah
mereka memerlukan relokasi.
8. Jika platform memiliki sistem minuman keras,

memastikan bahwa itu adalah beroperasi dan
memenuhi deliverabilityrequirements untuk fasilitas
itu.
9. Pastikan bahwa lokasi yang ditunjuk daerah aman

pengelasan rig memenuhi semua MMS dan
peraturan ExxonMobil (mempertimbangkan distan

ces dari bahan yang mudah terbakar atau peralatan
proses yang mengandung hidrokarbon yang ada).
10. Sebuah gambar yang menggambarkan skala

Platform / rig tata letak peralatan harus
dikembangkan menyoroti daerah yang ditunjuk
aman pengelasan, serta daerah di mana Kerja Hot
adalah proh ibited.
11. Periksa semua platform yang dek kisi-kisi, plating,

papan, dan pegangan tangan, dan mengatur
perbaikan atau penggantian yang diperlukan.
12. Memastikan bahwa semua bantuan ke menu

beroperasi dengan benar.
13. Merekam semua tekanan casing pada kedua

memproduksi dan non-penghasil wel ls. Informasi
ini ditransmisikan ke Drilling atau Workover
Engineer.
tekanan Casing pada SEMUA adalah sebagai
berikut:
Nama baik
Di dalam drive
Pipa
Konduktor dalam
Permukaan dalam
Catatan: NA berarti bahwa tidak ada tekanan segel &

Gauge di annulus.
14. Tinjau dengan Lapangan Inspektur jadwal bergerak
rig untuk mengkoordinasikan Operasi Produksi
sementara rig sedang dimobilisasi / didemobilisasi
dan kantilever ke posisi atas platform.
Bidang Supts:
atau
&
, x-
18. Jika rig terletak pada platform dengan tempat

produksi, sistem alarm darurat rig terhubung ke
sistem alarm produksi dan alarm ini akan
kompatibel.
19. Pastikan bahwa pencahayaan darurat yang cukup

tersedia di semua pintu keluar kuartal hidup,
sepanjang rute pelarian, dan pada kapsul melarikan
diri untuk memberikan transit yang aman ke daerah
kerahkan.
EMDC Pengeboran Supts:

at ( )
ORANG YANG BERTUGAS (PIC)
15. Sebuah gambar skala yang menunjukkan posisi rig

dan kantilever dalam kaitannya dengan peralatan
proses Platform, peralatan perlindungan kebakaran,
pencahayaan, melarikan diri rute, dll dikembangkan
dan didistribusikan.
16. Pastikan crane kontraktor memenuhi persyaratan

pemeriksaan API RP2D. Dokumentasi pemeriksaan
ini diperlukan.
17. Rencana Evakuasi Darurat (EEP) lembar data

selesai dan diajukan untuk persetujuan kepada
Pejabat lokal di Charge Kelautan Inspeksi Amerika
Serikat Coast Guard sebelum s pud. Bidang
Inspektur harus mengumpulkan data untuk EEP dan
meneruskannya ke Regulatory Affairs Engineer.
The
akan PIC. Drilling dan Lapangan Pengawas akan
bekerja sama untuk mengkoordinasikan mengikat rig
dan platform ESD sistem bersama-sama,
memanfaatkan I & E Teknisi, per SIMOP itu
Manual.
PIC dan Lapangan Inspektur harus berkomunikasi

setiap hari sebelum pertemuan keselamatan Produksi
06:00 mengenai isu-isu keamanan dan status
pekerjaan.
PERSETUJUAN
Ops pengeboran. Supt.
Ops produksi. Supt.
SIMOPS Rapat Peserta:
MARINE OPERASI
AS-TIMUR SIMULTAN OPERATIONS
DEVIASI REQUEST
DATE:
LOKASI:
Originator:
FIELD PIC:
JENIS OPERASI:
KEGIATAN JENIS:
PERSYARATAN NO:
IDENTIFIKASI JENIS
KEBUTUHAN: MMS HARUS
harus MASA DEVIASI: DARI
ATAS URAIAN DEVIASI:
PENCEGAHAN KHUSUS DIAMBIL:
PERSETUJUAN DIBUTUHKAN:
FIELD
SUPERINTE
NDENT:
originator OA
ID:

PENGEBORAN 1 dari 1
MARINE OPERASI
BAGIAN 3 "LAMPIRAN GIV
PEMERIKSAAN PRA-STARTUP UNTUK
BARU UNTUK ARMADA jackup DRILLING
RIGS
3. Pedoman Exxon untuk Menyiapkan dan Melakukan

Efektif latihan pada MOU.
Sebuah perusahaan pihak ketiga (ModuSpec) dengan
surveyor terlatih dalam pedoman ini telah dikontrak
untuk melakukan inspeksi dan melaporkan temuan.
1.2 Integritas Struktural
1.0 Tujuan
1.2.1 Penilaian
Untuk mendokumentasikan praktek saat kepatuhan

dengan Bagian Satuan Keamanan di Laut Mobile
Offshore dari ExxonMobil Hulu Desain Bimbingan
manual
Untuk MOU atau desain yang telah memiliki

penilaian integritas struktural di masa lalu.
Penilaian terdiri dari:
1.1 Pemeriksaan Kritis Kelautan dan Peralatan

Darurat / Survey Marine Safety
Inspeksi tersebut memastikan bahwa peralatan
MOU sesuai dengan Hulu Desain Bimbingan
Manual, dipertahankan, dan operasional. Selain itu
akan membahas kompetensi personel dan kinerja
personil dalam fungsi kelautan kritis dan tanggap
darurat.
Pemeriksaan dilakukan sesuai dengan pedoman
berikut:
1. Hulu Desain Bimbingan Pedoman Mobile Offshore
Satuan Marina Keselamatan
2. Lepas pantai melarikan diri Instalasi, Evakuasi, dan
Analisis Pedoman Penilaian Rescue, EPR.61PR.96
1. Sebuah tinjauan lambung dan kaki

inspeksi sebelumnya termasuk
Klasifikasi Masyarakat (ABS, D & V,
Lloyd) Periodik Survey khusus.
Bantuan teknis dalam mengkaji
dokumen-dokumen ini tersedia dari
Stan Christman di Drilling
Technology Group.
2. Sebuah tinjauan sejarah operasi
sebelumnya
3. Sebuah tinjauan dari kondisi
lingkungan situs tertentu.
Untuk MOU baru desain analisis struktural dan
kelelahan diperlukan dan harus diselesaikan dengan
bantuan teknis dari Hulu Penelitian Perusahaan.
4.4 Struktur drive Pipa 4
OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - JACK-UP / PLATFORM /

4,5 Konduktor dan Permukaan Casing

Interval 5
MARINE OPERASI
4,6 pengalir Operasi 6
1.2.2 Inspeksi
Pemeriksaan jika diperlukan terdiri dari visual dan
NDT dari bidang-bidang berikut: kantilever, crane
tiang, helideck, sistem jacking, struktur jackhouse,
kaleng kentang, dan kaki.
Rencana pemeriksaan untuk pemeriksaan rutin
dapat dikembangkan oleh Bennett & Associates
atau ModuSpec. URC harus dihubungi untuk
rencana pemeriksaan untuk aplikasi jackup tidak
biasa seperti es laut, seismicicty tinggi, kondisi
tanah yang tidak biasa, dll
4,7 Menengah / pelindung Casing Interval 6

4.8 Produksi Casing / Liner Interval 7
4,9 Slot Pemulihan / Whipstock / Bagian
Mill / Cut & Pull 7
4.10 lubang sumur Anti-Collision Pedoman
9
4.10.1 Persyaratan untuk "Risiko Collision"
Wells 9
4.10.2 Persyaratan untuk Semua Directional
Wells 10

4.11 Survei Directional dan Deviasi Kontrol

11
4.12 Bor String Desain 12
4.0 DRILLING OPERATION
4.13 Bawah Lubang Sidang 14
4.1 Pendahuluan 1
4.14 Hidrogen Sulfida Pertimbangan 17
4.2 Umum Operasi Pedoman 1

4.3 Pra-Spud Operasi 3
4.15 Hidrogen Sulfida Contingency Rencana

19
__________________________________________
____________________________________
DRILLING OPERATIOS MANUAL - JACK-UP / PLATFORM
barage RIG DRILLING
4.1 PENDAHULUAN
Bagian ini memberikan pedoman untuk melakukan
operasi pengeboran yang aman, efisien, dan ramah
lingkungan. Pedoman ini dapat dimodifikasi
berdasarkan kondisi baik sebenarnya setelah
persetujuan sebagaimana ditentukan dalam OIMS.
Persyaratan khusus untuk masing-masing juga akan
dibahas dalam prosedur pengeboran inti yang
ditunjuk oleh masing-masing tim bor untuk operasi
pengeboran khusus mereka. Untuk rincian tentang
pemasangan berbagai komponen kepala sumur, lihat
manual wellhead produsen operasi.
Menerapkan teknologi pengeboran terbukti operasi
rig efisien adalah penting untuk meminimalkan
biaya pengeboran. Karena setiap lubang bor
berbeda, pengawas pengeboran harus tetap fleksibel
dan melakukan penilaian yang baik dalam meminta
izin untuk melakukan perubahan prosedur yang
telah disetujui. Perencanaan dan desain kriteria luas
telah pergi ke dalam susunan sebuah disetujui
pengeboran prosedur. Jika upgrade diperlukan
karena atau pengetahuan langsung onsite
pembelajaran ini, Menhub (Manajemen Perubahan)
proses harus digunakan (lihat Bagian 4
"Lampiran VII untuk Form MOC disarankan).
Proses ini memastikan bahwa semua anggota tim
bor memiliki kesempatan untuk input dan
menyadari semua perubahan.
Ada sejumlah faktor yang berkontribusi untuk
berpuasa, masalah pengeboran bebas: 1) secara
konsisten mengikuti praktek yang baik, 2) tes
penerimaan rig lengkap dan pelatihan keselamatan

kru sebelum spudding, 3) mengatur komunikasi dan
sistem sebelum spudding pelaporan, 4) memiliki
semua bahan dan peralatan yang diperlukan untuk
pekerjaan di lokasi dan diperiksa, 5) memiliki
sistem perlindungan lingkungan terpasang dan
berfungsi sebelum spudding, 6) pilih bit yang tepat,
7) benar merancang majelis lubang bawah, 8)
menjalankan padatan rendah pengeboran cairan, 9)
hidrolika optimal, anggota tim 10) bor
mempertahankan kesadaran kondisi lubang, 11)
menerapkan dan mengikuti praktik pencegahan pipa
terjebak, dan 12) mengakui juga mengontrol tandatanda peringatan dini segera.
Tujuan dari panduan ini bukan untuk memberikan
rekomendasi spesifik untuk setiap situasi tetapi
untuk memberikan pedoman. Personil pengeboran
juga harus mengandalkan pengalaman dan pelatihan
mereka untuk melengkapi manual ini.
4.2 UMUM OPERASI PEDOMAN
1. Semua pengukuran kedalaman harus dibuat dari titik
acuan yang konsisten, bagian atas drive bushing
kelly. "RKB" ketika ditentukan pada rig dengan
sistem penggerak atas berarti permukaan meja putar.
Setelah nippling up kepala casing, catatan atas
laporan pengeboran harian elevasi spool flange
relatif terhadap RKB.
2. Slip menangani harus diikat untuk mencegah
menjatuhkan disengaja pipa selama kondisi berikut:
Setiap kali BHA dekat atau di atas

kepala sumur.
Waktu lain ada kemungkinan lift

memukul pipa di slip.
3. Selama pengeboran rutin di zona tekanan normal,

WOB dan RPM harus bervariasi sebagai diperlukan
untuk mempertahankan performa maksimal. Ketika
pengeboran di dekat diantisipasi zona tekanan
abnormal, parameter pengeboran harus dijaga
konstan untuk memungkinkan deteksi tekanan yang
lebih akurat.
4. Di bawah setiap string dari casing, kecuali
konduktor, tes integritas tekanan harus dilakukan
setelah 10 'lubang baru telah dibor untuk
menentukan integritas formasi. The PIT biasanya
akan dibawa ke bocor-off atau kendi diuji untuk
tekanan ditentukan dalam prosedur, tetapi tidak akan
melebihi tekanan tes casing (lihat Bagian 11 dari
manual ini).
5. Perjalanan, domba-domba jantan buta akan ditutup
ketika string bor dihapus dari sumur bor. Perhatian
akan digunakan ketika domba buta dibuka, karena
potensi tekanan terperangkap. Setiap rig harus
memiliki prosedur di tempat untuk memonitor
tekanan di bawah ekor domba jantan buta ketika
mereka ditutup.
6. Ketika pipa keluar dari lubang, penutup rotary akan
dipasang.
7. Mekanisme penguncian untuk mengunci bushing
guru dalam rotary dan mangkuk di bushing induk
harus bebas dan fungsional untuk rotary

dipertimbangkan operasional. The kelly bushing
akan terkunci sepanjang waktu (atau dihapus)
kecuali jika prosedur khusus meminta mereka untuk
menjadi sementara terkunci.
8. Sementara tersandung dalam lubang, mengisi string
bor sering. Frekuensi akan ditentukan oleh pengawas
pengeboran berdasarkan berat saat lumpur, kondisi
lubang, dan kedalaman. Tangki perjalanan akan
digunakan sementara berjalan di lubang kecuali
dinyatakan ditangani oleh Bidang Pengeboran
Manager. Jika digunakan, pompa lumpur tangki
perjalanan di shaker serpih ketika mengosongkan.
Adalah lebih baik untuk menggunakan drop
tingkat lumpur maksimum yang dapat diterima
dalam anulus bukan jumlah tegakan dijalankan
sebagai string bor mengisi pedoman sementara
tersandung lubang. Sebagai contoh, asumsikan
lima inci 19 1/2 pipa bor PPF sedang berjalan di
sebuah lubang dan mengambang pipa bor
memungkinkan ada lumpur untuk memasukkan
string bor. Setelah menjalankan 1.860 kaki, float
pipa bor gagal memungkinkan lumpur ke Utabung dan keseimbangan dalam pipa bor dan
anulus. Tergantung pada ukuran lubang, tingkat
lumpur akan turun sebagai berikut:
Lubang Ukuran, inci tingkat Mud drop, kaki
8 520
12 238
17 114
19 94
Persamaan khusus untuk 5 inci 19 1/2 pipa bor
PPF untuk menghitung penurunan kadar cairan
untuk skenario di atas adalah:
d = L x [18,32 / ((D x D) 6.68)]
di mana: d adalah penurunan lumpur di
annulus, di kaki
L adalah panjang 5
inci pipa bor berjalan
tanpa mengisi, di kaki
D adalah diameter
lubang, dalam inci
Sebuah persamaan umum untuk menghitung
penurunan lumpur untuk ukuran string yang
berbeda yang dijalankan di dalam lubang adalah:
d = (C x L) / (A + C)
di mana: d
a
d
a
l
a
h
p
e
n
u
r
u
n
a
n
l
u
m
p
u
r
d
i
a
n
n
u
l
u
s
d
i
k
a
k
i
C
a
d
a
l
a
h
k
a
p
a
s
i
t
a
s
d
r
i
l
l
s
t
r
i
n
g
d
a
l
a
m
b
b
l
/
k
a
k
i
L adalah panjang drill string
yang berjalan tanpa mengisi
kaki
A adalah kapasitas anulus di
bbl / kaki
Insinyur pengeboran dapat dengan mudah
menghasilkan serangkaian tabel untuk sumur
tertentu dan mengisi jadwal optimal berdasarkan
pada penurunan tekanan downhole diterima yang
akan didasarkan pada perkiraan tekanan pori
sementara pengeboran.
9. Penyelesaian atau plug and Program ditinggalkan
harus dikembangkan sementara hasil pengeboran.
Hal ini memungkinkan peralatan yang akan dibeli
secara tepat waktu dan selesai atau P & A
pertimbangan, seperti casing sendi anjing berjalan
untuk membantu mengendalikan kedalaman
perforasi, yang akan dilaksanakan selama fase
pengeboran.
10. Sebuah float non-porting akan dijalankan ketika
pengeboran melalui casing ditetapkan pada cukup
mendalam untuk memungkinkan sumur untuk
menutup di. Setelah casing yang cukup diatur untuk
memungkinkan baik yang akan ditutup, pelampung
porting akan dijalankan. Modifikasi float pipa bor,
termasuk port, tidak harus dilakukan di rig. Bidang
modifikasi pipa bor mengapung tidak
diperbolehkan. Entah Model "F" (plunger) atau

Model "G" (flapper) dapat digunakan sebagai
mengambang padat. Hanya Model "G" dapat
digunakan dengan port mengeras di flapper. Ukuran
umum dari katup mengambang adalah:
Bit Ukuran 6 inci 8 1/2 inci 12 1/4 inci
Alat bersama 3 1/2 Reguler 4 1/2 Reguler
6 5/8 Reguler ukuran katup mengambang
2F-3R 4R 5F-6R
Sebuah katup pengaman (bola terbuka) dan di
dalam BOP (plunger dikunci) akan berada di
lantai rig. Sebuah katup pengaman dan dalam
BOP akan tersedia, di lantai rig, untuk setiap
ukuran pipa bor yang saat ini digunakan. Sebelum
menjalankan atau menarik setiap kapal casing
atau tubing, cross-over kembali ke katup
pengaman dan katup pengaman harus berada di
lantai rig. Katup pengaman harus fungsi diuji dan
tes harus didokumentasikan pada laporan IADC
dan DMR.
11. The Crown-O-Matic akan diperiksa setiap hari dan
setelah tergelincir garis pengeboran. Hasil
pemeriksaan ini harus dicatat setiap hari sesuai
dengan Peraturan MMS.
12. Mengalir periksa semua koneksi.
13. Cepat (keras) menutup-dalam metode menggunakan
pencegah annular untuk menutup-dalam sumur akan
digunakan.
14. Jangan menguji pelumas dengan perforating senjata

dalam untuk tekanan lebih tinggi dari senjata
perforasi yang dinilai.
15. Tekanan annulus casing harus dipantau setiap hari
pada semua rig dengan wellheads permukaan. Jika
tekanan casing terdeteksi, itu harus dilaporkan pada
Daily Drilling Report. Situasi harus ditinjau dengan
Operasi Inspektur untuk menentukan apakah
tindakan perbaikan yang diperlukan, misalnya
berdarah off, peningkatan pemantauan, dll (OIMS
manual Element 6).
16. Pipa tegak atau pompa lumpur hisap layar yang lebih
baik untuk mengebor pipa layar. Hanya menjalankan
layar downhole bila tidak ada alat sumber nuklir di
BHA. Selalu membahas penggunaan DP atau layar
downhole dengan Operasi Inspektur.
4.3 PRE-SPUD OPERATIONS
1. Mengembangkan rencana pembuangan limbah yang
membahas berikut:
Plastik dan styrofoam
Logam (tidak digunakan benang

casing pelindung yang akan dikirim
ke Amerika Serikat)
Sampah (termasuk sisa makanan

tanah) sesuai dengan USCG
MARPOL
undang-undang
Kertas dan kardus
Mesin yang digunakan minyak Kontraktor Tanggung Jawab
Mud - Per berlaku NPDES manual
Padatan bor (di mana peraturan

mengharuskan) -NPDES manual
Limbah dan limbah - Per Program

Kepatuhan Manual atau Discharge
NPDES (memastikan
bahwa pabrik pengolahan unit pengeboran
adalah operasional)
Nah Penyelesaian / Workover /

Pengobatan Cairan - per NPDES
manual
2. Mengadakan pertemuan pra-kentang.

3. Lengkap penerimaan rig sebelum mengambil rig dan
lagi pada frekuensi yang ditentukan oleh Operasi
Inspektur. Tes minimum akan yang dibutuhkan
dalam kontrak pengeboran. Minimal semua rig
memasuki armada ExxonMobil akan diperiksa oleh
Inspektur Operasi atau yang ditunjuk sebelum
penerimaan.
4. Pastikan bahwa daftar kerahkan telah selesai dan
semua personil dicatat.
5. Melakukan pertemuan keselamatan umum, meninjau
semua yang bersangkutan Keselamatan Alarm.
6. Pastikan bahwa lumpur kentang telah dicampur
sesuai program pengeboran.
4. STRUKTUR DRIVE yang PIPA

Waktu yang paling efektif metode pengaturan
perjalanan pipa adalah untuk mengarahkan ke
penolakan (biasanya kurang dari 225 pukulan per
kaki) dengan diesel / hidrolik palu. Plain-end atau
pipa koneksi cepat digunakan dan dilas / dibuat-buat
sebagai sendi ditambahkan ke string. Untuk
perkiraan tinggi, gunakan 45 kaki untuk diesel /
hidrolik palu dan sling dan 42 kaki untuk bersama
drive pipa. Meskipun tidak penting, penggunaan
mesin pipa bevel dan dua mesin las akan sangat
mempercepat proses mengemudi untuk pipa yang
harus dilas. Adalah penting bahwa mengemudi tidak
berhenti setelah dimulai (misalnya semalam ditutup)
sebagai pipa mungkin tidak akan mulai bergerak
lagi.
Mengemudi pipa dengan diesel / hidrolik palu
memerlukan lebih tinggi dari risiko yang normal.
Pipa akan dicabut oleh padeyes yang mungkin tidak
akan memiliki las diperiksa. Saat mengemudi, pipa
berkendara bisa masuk zona lembut dan drop cepat.
Sebuah jenis koneksi koneksi cepat memungkinkan
penggunaan meja putar palsu dan lift, dan
mempercepat waktu mengemudi sementara
menghilangkan bidang pengelasan.
Hal ini kadang-kadang diperlukan untuk mencuciout drivepipe selama operasi mengemudi jika
pukulan drive yang palu per kaki mencapai
maksimum yang disarankan sebelum mencapai
direncanakan / memadai mendorong penetrasi pipa.
Cuci-out drive pipa selama operasi mengemudi
membutuhkan penilaian risiko termasuk
pertimbangan bahaya dangkal, persetujuan MMS

sebelumnya, dan EMDC tepat dan persetujuan
manajemen EMPC.
5. KONDUKTOR DAN PERMUKAAN
CASING INTERVAL
D & E prosedur memberikan rincian untuk operasi
berikut: lubang konduktor pengeboran; konduktor
casing berjalan, penyemenan & hang-off; prosedur
pengalir; pengeboran lubang permukaan; permukaan
casing berjalan, penyemenan, hang-off, dan
pemasangan wellhead.
1. Tujuan dari casing konduktor adalah untuk
memberikan yang memadai Nah Kontrol integritas
untuk memungkinkan pengeboran ke titik casing
permukaan. Casing konduktor biasanya diperlukan
bila:
Sebuah program pengeboran yang aktif

belum dilakukan pada platform tertentu
dalam 12 bulan sebelumnya.
Ada gas dangkal yang signifikan dan / atau

pengembalian hilang potensial hadir.
Offset baik casing tekanan dan potensi

kebocoran casing menyajikan kemungkinan
menghadapi formasi dibebankan dangkal dari
kedalaman casing permukaan.
2. Tujuan dari casing permukaan adalah untuk

memberikan yang memadai Nah Kontrol integritas
untuk memungkinkan pengeboran ke titik
pengaturan casing depan (pelindung atau casing
produksi mendalam). Casing Permukaan adalah

pertama casing string pada yang penuh 5 pencegah
BOP stack nippled-up. Casing permukaan
mendukung berat semua string berikutnya casing,
tabung dan permukaan peralatan (yaitu preventers
ledakan atau kepala sumur dan pohon). Pengaturan
mendalam akan berkisar dari 2000 kaki ke beberapa
ribu kaki. Casing permukaan disemen ke permukaan
baik selama pekerjaan semen primer atau setelah
pekerjaan utama dengan pekerjaan nat.
Kecuali ditentukan lain dalam program pengeboran,
konduktor dan permukaan lubang akan dibor dari
bawah sepatu berkendara pipa ke ~ 20 'di bawah
kedalaman sepatu direncanakan untuk casing
masing. Pastikan untuk berhenti pengeboran
sebelum melebihi maksimum kedalaman diizinkan
untuk interval lubang. Rathole kurang kritis dengan
kepala sumur las-on seperti itu mungkin diinginkan
untuk mengatur konduktor atau permukaan pipa di
bagian bawah. Konduktor dan permukaan lubang
umumnya akan dibor dengan sistem SW-gelCLS
lumpur ke kedalaman total.
Mana risiko gas dangkal yang signifikan
diidentifikasi, konduktor atau permukaan lubang
dapat dibor memanfaatkan lubang percontohan
untuk memfasilitasi operasi kontrol dengan baik.
Cara utama kontrol baik selama lubang percontohan
pengeboran adalah membunuh dinamis. The annular
clearance antara kerah bor dan sumur bor
memberikan penurunan tekanan gesekan, untuk
membantu meningkatkan BHP efektif pada tingkat
yang beredar tinggi dalam hal masalah kontrol
dengan baik. Jika tendangan dengan baik, beredar
lumpur pengeboran di tingkat maksimum. Bit harus

berada dalam jarak 200 kaki dari bawah. Spot satu
ppg berat lumpur atau barit steker jika aliran juga
tidak dapat dibunuh dengan lumpur biasa. Beredar
lumpur berat sekitar dapat menyebabkan sirkulasi
hilang.
Pedoman umum berikut ini untuk operasi
pengeboran lubang percontohan:
1. Sebuah volume satu ppg lebih berat dari berat badan
pengeboran membunuh lumpur dapat dicampur dan
dipelihara dalam cadangan sampai lubang
percontohan telah dibor. Minimum volume lumpur
menjadi dicampur akan ditentukan dalam program
pengeboran dan umumnya akan menjadi jumlah
volume anulus antara string bor dan lubang pilot dari
TD ke flowline ditambah volume yang dibutuhkan
untuk menghentikan aliran waduk sebagaimana
ditentukan oleh dinamis membunuh simulasi untuk
lubang geometri dan waduk ketentuan yang berlaku.
Di daerah di mana potensi keberadaan gas dangkal
rendah, simulasi membunuh dinamis tidak akan
diperlukan. Jika perhitungan membunuh dinamis
dibuat, volume dipompa terhadap tingkat pompa
rencana akan diproduksi yang memiliki No
Membunuh Daerah dan Bunuh Region.
2. Selama operasi kritis (pengeboran, tersandung, dll)
yang dilakukan sementara pengeboran lubang
percontohan, baik supervisor operasi atau alat
pendorong harus pada atau dekat lantai rig.
3. Jika rig dilengkapi dengan drive atas, berputar
sambil menarik keluar dari lubang akan mengurangi
efek swabbing dan mengurangi kemungkinan
masuknya. Memompa keluar dari lubang juga

merupakan pilihan.
4. Meminimalkan lubang washout, menghindari
rembesan lumpur yang berlebihan, mengendalikan
berat badan lumpur kembali, dan directional control /
sumur bor menghindari lebih penting daripada
tingkat tinggi penetrasi untuk konduktor dan
permukaan bagian lubang.
4.6 OPERASI pengalir
Sebuah perakitan pengalir terdiri dari gulungan
spacer, pengeboran lintas, dan annular akan nippled
up selama semua konduktor dan permukaan lubang
pengeboran. Sebuah garis kill akan terhubung ke
salah satu outlet spool dan garis pengalir akan
terhubung ke dua 10 "outlet samping. Pertimbangan
utama adalah untuk memiliki garis pengalir lurus
dengan katup non-restriktif (bola atau katup
gerbang). Garis pengalir harus melampaui kantilever
rig dan tidak harus diarahkan ke platform atau
menuju rig pengeboran dan harus memperhitungkan
arah angin umum.
Kontrol harus diurutkan untuk mencegah menutup
annular sebelum turun pengalir angin katup kalimat
pembuka. Jangkar akhir garis pengalir.
Pertimbangkan perlu untuk menginstal garis flare
terpencil ignitor.
4,7 INTERMEDIATE / PELINDUNG CASING
INTERVAL
Pengeboran Menengah Lubang
Tekanan formasi di lubang bawah casing permukaan

menentukan jenis baik yang dibor - normal atau
abnormal tekanan. Di daerah di mana formasi
tekanan abnormal ditemui atau kondisi lubang
mandat pembentukan isolasi, casing menengah atau
pelindung mungkin diperlukan sebelum mencapai
kedalaman total. Casing kursi atau TD Hunts
mungkin diperlukan. Gradien fraktur formasi yang
dihadapi harus diperkirakan berdasarkan drillwells
offset. Jika tidak ada yang berlaku offset yang
sumur, perkiraan dari data empiris seperti kurva
Eaton dapat digunakan.
Berjalan dan Cementing Menengah Casing
Sebuah string penuh casing akan dijalankan dan
tergantung dari di kepala sumur. Casing string yang
akan mencakup sepatu mengambang, mengambang
kerah, dan mungkin casing sendi anjing. The
penyemenan perakitan akan mencakup atas dan
colokan wiper bawah, dan semen kepala /
bermacam-macam. The Casing dan Cementing
Bagian manual ini harus dirujuk ke ketika
merencanakan pekerjaan ini.
Setelah penandaan semen dengan bit dan sebelum
pengeboran dari sepatu, lakukan latihan kontrol
dengan baik. Ulasan ditutup dalam prosedur dengan
kedua kru. Menutup dengan baik dan mengedarkan
baik melalui manifold choke. Membiarkan anggota
kru pengeboran bekerja tersedak. (Bergantian ini
dapat dilakukan setelah menggusur lubang dengan
lumpur untuk menentukan penurunan tekanan garis
choke untuk perhitungan tendangan.) Sebuah tes
casing biasanya akan dimandatkan oleh badan
pengawas yang mengatur sebelum pengeboran dan

setelah mendarat BOP stack. Menjalankan tes
integritas tekanan setelah pengeboran bawah casing
string yang menengah. Perbarui lembar tendangan
harian sementara pengeboran.
4,8 CASING PRODUKSI / LINER INTERVAL
Pengeboran lubang Produksi
Pedoman yang sama diberikan dalam Drilling
bagian Menengah Lubang berlaku ketika
pengeboran bagian lubang ini. Jika menggunakan
drive atas, mengambil pipa bor yang cukup untuk
mengebor total kedalaman. Sebuah bor porting pipa
mengapung akan digunakan di bawah permukaan
casing sekali baik dapat menutup di atas tendangan.
Setelah penandaan semen dengan bit dan sebelum
pengeboran dari sepatu, lakukan latihan kontrol
dengan baik. Ulasan ditutup dalam prosedur dengan
kedua kru. Menutup dengan baik dan mengedarkan
baik melalui manifold choke. Biarkan pengeboran
kru bekerja tersedak. (Bergantian ini dapat
dilakukan setelah menggusur lubang dengan lumpur
untuk menentukan penurunan tekanan garis choke
untuk perhitungan tendangan.) Casing / kapal akan
tekanan diuji sesuai dengan persyaratan peraturan
yang berlaku. Perbarui lembar tendangan harian
sementara pengeboran.
4,9 SLOT RECOVERY / WHIPSTOCK /
BAGIAN MILL / CUT & PULL
Penawaran diskusi berikut dengan metode

pengeboran sumur baru atau bagian lubang dari
dalam atau sekitar sumur yang ada. Pemulihan Slot
memungkinkan untuk sumur baru dari permukaan
sementara whipstocks dan casing cut & menarik
menggunakan kembali casing yang ada untuk
mencapai tujuan baru. Secara umum, whipstocks
mendalam akan lebih murah daripada memotong &
menarik (C & P), yang umumnya lebih murah
daripada pemulihan Slot dan sumur bor baru.
Ketika memutuskan apakah atau tidak untuk
menggunakan kembali sumur bor, faktor untuk
menyertakan adalah: arah yang ada baik
dibandingkan dengan tujuan yang diinginkan (s),
ada program yang casing vs ukuran lubang dan
penyelesaian diperlukan, kehidupan masa depan
penyelesaian yang ada, kemampuan untuk mencapai
(dan lain-lain pada program multiwell) dan telah
diperlukan hookload, dan lain-lain.
Jika sumur yang ada adalah untuk memiliki bagian
dari itu digunakan kembali, upaya maksimal harus
dilakukan untuk mengkonfirmasi kesesuaian dengan
baik sebelum bergerak rig ke lokasi. Ini termasuk
meneliti menyeluruh sejarah sumur (misalnya,
pengeboran pakai, tes tekanan mencatat, catatan
semen), pemeriksaan kepala sumur oleh teknisi
servis yang memenuhi syarat, tekanan pengujian
casing mungkin, dan melakukan semua yang
mungkin P & A bekerja. Jika pekerjaan semen untuk
string casing dipertanyakan, kadang-kadang
disarankan untuk menjalankan alat pencitraan
berkualitas tinggi (misalnya, Schlumberger usit log)
untuk menentukan kualitas semen dan TOC balik
casing; ini dapat membantu dalam penempatan

Whipstock dan membantu memutuskan apakah C &
P adalah mungkin.
Banyak kali, berbagai prosedur yang dijelaskan
akan dijalankan bersama-sama (misalnya casing
produksi C & P untuk memungkinkan Whipstock
dari casing permukaan). Ini akan menjadi penting
untuk memverifikasi sesuai dengan pedoman
peraturan yang tepat dan mendapatkan persetujuan
untuk operasi.
Slot Pemulihan
Slot Pemulihan adalah metode membuka ruang pada
platform untuk drillwell baru yang telah memiliki
semua slot konduktor yang digunakan oleh sumur
sebelumnya. Hal ini membantu menghindari
modifikasi platform yang mahal yang sebenarnya
dapat diperlukan. Diver Alihkan and Drive Pipa
Whipstock adalah dua jenis pemulihan slot yang
tersedia untuk digunakan setelah subjek juga telah
sepenuhnya P & A'd (lihat Bagian 13 untuk rincian
tentang operasi P & A).
Untuk pemulihan Slot Diver Alihkan, semua string
dari casing (termasuk berkendara pipa) dipotong dan
pulih dari ~ 5 kaki di atas garis lumpur. Pipa drive
baru diturunkan melalui panduan konduktor
platform untuk di bawah garis air di mana penyelam
kemudian memandu pipa drive baru ke sisi bertopik
casing yang ada. Pipa drive baru kemudian didorong
ke kedalaman yang diinginkan dan juga operasi
dilanjutkan seperti biasa. Hal ini sering diinginkan
untuk memiliki drive sepatu menyimpang di bagian
bawah pipa berkendara untuk membantu

memastikan pemisahan dari sumur tua secepat
mungkin.
Untuk pemulihan Slot drive Pipa Whipstock, semua
string dari casing (termasuk berkendara pipa)
dipotong dan pulih 60 "80 kaki di bawah
garis lumpur. Sebuah whipstock melekat ke bagian
bawah pipa drive baru dan diturunkan melalui
panduan platform konduktor ke bertopik casing
yang ada. Whipstocks tersedia dengan baik tombak
atau overshot dan dapat berorientasi ke arah yang
diinginkan. Setelah whipstock tersebut dikawinkan
dengan konduktor ditinggalkan, pipa drive baru
yang terpotong dari whipstock dan pipa drive
didorong ke kedalaman yang diinginkan. Sekali
lagi, operasi sekarang dapat melanjutkan seperti
biasa.
Whipstocks pipa drive umumnya pilihan yang lebih
disukai karena tidak ada persyaratan bagi para
penyelam untuk berada di air. Kedua pilihan
memerlukan evaluasi khusus dari diantisipasi
berkendara pipa defleksi untuk menentukan apakah
satu atau lebih platform yang panduan konduktor
harus dihapus.
Whipstocks
Casing Whipstocks adalah perangkat mekanik
mengatur dalam casing yang ada dan digunakan
untuk keluar dari sebelumnya dibor sumur. The
Whipstocks dapat berupa satu kali perjalanan atau
beberapa perjalanan. Perbedaan harga antara satu
kali perjalanan dan multiple-perjalanan harus
dievaluasi untuk setiap situasi (umumnya, sistem

satu kali perjalanan akan lebih ekonomis pada
keluar lebih dalam sementara beberapa perjalanan
yang baik untuk keluar dangkal di mana perjalanan
yang cepat). Rencana umum operasi adalah bahwa
Whipstock dijalankan di dalam lubang, berorientasi,
dan mengatur (baik secara mekanis atau hidrolik).
The Whipstock harus berorientasi ke arah yang
diinginkan untuk sidetrack (umumnya ~ 30 "45
dari highside). Kemudian, pabrik casing yang
digunakan untuk keluar casing dan membuat lubang
baru yang cukup untuk melakukan PIT a. Setelah ini
selesai, operasi pengeboran baru dapat melanjutkan.
Hal ini penting untuk tidak pernah memutar apapun
di muka whipstock tersebut; ini akan membantu
mencegah whipstock dari berputar dan
menyebabkan lubang baru yang akan hilang. Sistem
fluida harus cukup kental dan memiliki magnet parit
di tempat untuk membantu menghilangkan serutan
logam dari sistem.
Bagian Penggilingan
Bagian penggilingan mirip dengan whipstocking
dalam sumur bor yang ada keluar oleh penggilingan
lubang di casing. Perbedaan utama adalah bahwa
cara keluar casing bukan merupakan alat mekanis.
Bagian Mill, underreaming-jenis pabrik casing
dijalankan ke dalam casing string yang ada dan
lubang digiling dalam casing (biasanya, ~ 100 ').
Sebuah plug semen kemudian ditempatkan di
interval giling dan juga teralihkan dari plug semen
ini. Metode ini lebih disukai daripada operasi
Whipstock ketika bagian lubang baru akan lama,
terarah kompleks, atau menyebabkan keausan
berlebihan dan air mata pada whipstock yang dapat

menyebabkan kegagalan (dan dengan demikian
kehilangan lubang baru).
Casing Cut & Pull
Manfaat dari casing Cut & Menarik untuk
sidetracking lubang baru adalah peningkatan ukuran
lubang yang tersedia dengan menghapus satu atau
lebih string casing. Rencana dasar untuk C & P
adalah untuk menurunkan pemotong casing
(umumnya hidrolik) ke dalam lubang dengan
kedalaman pemotongan yang diinginkan, memotong
casing, kemudian berusaha untuk menarik casing
lama dari lubang. Berdasarkan kedalaman dipotong,
penghapusan casing bisa baik mengekspos
pembentukan atau casing string yang sebelumnya.
4.10 lubang sumur PEDOMAN ANTICOLLISION
Pedoman anticollision sumur bor di bagian ini
adalah minimum yang disarankan standar untuk
semua operasi. Pedoman ini harus ditinjau baik oleh
basis baik. Setiap pengecualian untuk standar ini
memerlukan persetujuan Operasi Inspektur.
1. Bagian paling penting dari informasi di arena antitabrakan adalah kualitas data. Semua survei Platform
dan RKB harus ditinjau oleh individu yang
memenuhi syarat untuk memastikan data yang benar,
wajar dan bebas dari kesalahan. Bayar perhatian
khusus pada azimuth tinggi round-off error dan RKB
datum (ini telah salah di masa lalu).
2. Setelah jalan baik telah dihasilkan, memiliki

kontraktor directional menjalankan laporan antitabrakan. Meninjau laporan dan mengidentifikasi
sumur yang akan perlu ditangani secara individual.
Mendapatkan sketsa sumur bor terbaru untuk setiap
baik pada platform dan untuk semua sumur yang
lulus dekat diusulkan juga (sumur mungkin berasal
dari sebuah platform yang berdekatan atau lokasi
perairan terbuka). Perhatikan sumur tubingless,
sumur produksi, gas mengangkat sumur, dan
terpasang sumur.
3. Dalam pertemuan SIMOPS diadakan antara EMDC
dan EMPC, membahas status sumur diidentifikasi
sebelumnya. Rencana untuk menutup di, berdarah
off dan atau set colokan di sumur dekat dengan jalan
baik yang diusulkan.
4. Selama pengeboran operasi dekat masalah gangguan,
survei setiap berdiri dan menggunakan teknologi saat
ini untuk memberikan informasi yang terbaik (yaitu,
permukaan pembacaan gyro). Memiliki pasokan
kontraktor directional driller sebuah directional
tambahan untuk menjalankan proyeksi dan laporan
anticollision saja. Gunakan perakitan pengaliran
untuk mengarahkan dekat gangguan. Meminimalkan
Bor tali rotasi (JANGAN GUNAKAN MOTOR)
sementara di dekat yang lain juga. Pantau terus
untuk torsi, LR, stek besi, semen, atau parameter lain
yang bisa menunjukkan gangguan.
4.10.1 PERSYARATAN COLLISION Riska
WELLS
1. Perencanaan menghindari
tabrakan dan kebutuhan
operasi (Item 1-7) akan

berlaku untuk Collision
Risiko wellsa . Wells Risiko
tabrakan didefinisikan
sebagai:
2. Apa yang dibor dari pad
multi-baik atau struktur
(termasuk ditinggalkan
sumur).
3. Operasi tunggal-baik, jika
lintasan yang direncanakan
diharapkan untuk lulus dalam
100 m (330 kaki) dari yang
dari offset juga.
4. Jika SIMOPS atau persyaratan
lokal menghindari tabrakan
peraturan yang lebih ketat dari
persyaratan EMDC,
persyaratan yang lebih
konservatif akan diikuti.
5. Entah Wolff & DeWardt atau
ISCWSA model dapat
digunakan untuk
mengembangkan menghindari
tabrakan dan perhitungan
EOU. Vendor bertanggung
jawab untuk pemilihan faktor
kesalahan alat dan kinerja
perangkat lunak berpemilik
mereka.
6. Metode paling jarak akan

digunakan untuk menghitung
pemisahan antara elips.
7. Ellipse perhitungan
ketidakpastian akan
didasarkan pada 2 standar
deviasi (2 ).
8. Offset pemantauan dan
menutup-in persyaratan untuk
Wells Risiko Tabrakan
ditentukan oleh
Separation Distance atau
Separation Factor
persyaratan, mana yang lebih
besar. Persetujuan FDM
diperlukan untuk
mengoperasikan dengan EOU
Pemisahan Jarak <10 kaki,
atau Pemisahan Factor <1,5.
FDM dapat menyetujui
pengecualian untuk menutup
persyaratan jika risiko dapat
dikurangi ke tingkat yang
dapat diterima melalui praktik
operasional.
PEMISAHAN DISTANCE
Jika EOU Pemisahan

Jarak diproyeksikan ke
titik survei berikutnya
adalah <10 ft,
memantau berlaku
diimbangi anulus terus

menerus.
Jika EOU Pemisahan

Jarak diproyeksikan ke
titik survei berikutnya
adalah <5 kaki,
menutup di offset dan
mengatur plug bawah
kedalaman mencegat
diperkirakan (atau
SSSV dekat jika ita
s di bawah titik
mencegat). Memonitor
anulus terus menerus.
PEMISAHAN FACTOR
Jika EOU Pemisahan

Factor diproyeksikan
ke titik survei
berikutnya adalah
<1,5, memantau
berlaku diimbangi
anulus terus menerus.
Jika EOU Pemisahan
Factor diproyeksikan
ke titik survei
berikutnya adalah
<1,2, menutup di
offset dan mengatur
plug bawah kedalaman
mencegat diperkirakan
(atau SSSV dekat jika
ita s di bawah
titik mencegat).
Memonitor anulus
terus menerus.
Sebagai cek perencanaan

akhir, directional driller
penukaran adalah untuk
menjalankan profil
menghindari tabrakan
independen untuk Collision
Risiko Wells sebelum
memulai pekerjaan.
Plot anti-tabrakan akan

dipertahankan untuk Collision
Risiko Wells di lokasi rig.
Pembaruan yang diperlukan
berikut setiap survei sampai
titik mencegat potensi
dilewatkan.
4.10.2 PERSYARATAN UNTUK SEMUA

WELLS Directional
1. Ditulis rencana directional dan
kedekatan pemantauan akan
dimasukkan dalam program.
Insinyur, pengawas teknik
baris pertama, dan operasi
pengawas harus mendukung
rencana sebelum pelaksanaan
lapangan.
2. Persetujuan FDM dari MOC
diperlukan untuk perubahan
lintasan setelah persetujuan
rencana akhir yang

menciptakan 1) Collision
Risiko Wella , atau 2)
perubahan dalam menutup
dalam persyaratan offset juga
(per Pemisahan Factor atau
Pemisahan Jarak aturan).
3. Program pemboran akan
menentukan jenis alat survey
dan frekuensi minimal survei
di setiap interval.
4. Data perencanaan pra-bor
kritis akan diringkas dan
ditransmisikan ke survei
kontraktor anddirectional
secara tertulis. Data akan
mencakup, tetapi tidak
terbatas pada:
Magnetik Deklinasi
Deskripsi target dan

kendala garis keras
Jenis alat survey dan

frekuensi, dengan
selang
Semua data survei akan dikomunikasikan antara

pihak di lokasi rig dalam format standar. Baik
kontraktor atau ExxonMobil dapat mengembangkan
format (elektronik atau tertulis).
Insinyur pengeboran akan meninjau informasi dalam

survei juga akhir untuk akurasi dan awal itu sebelum
didistribusikan.
Persyaratan menargetkan Geologi akan diperoleh

dari organisasi klien secara tertulis.
Rencana survei dan lintasan akan memastikan bahwa

wellbore s dua-sigma elips ofuncertainty cocok
sepenuhnya dalam target geologi yang ditentukan
pada baris direncanakan pendekatan. Jika hal ini
tidak dapat dicapai, persetujuan manajemen klien
diperlukan untuk mengebor lintasan dengan
probabilitas mengurangi mendarat dalam area target.
Nama baik
Awal Referensi
Elevation
Slot / Yah Permukaan

Koordinat
Perpindahan dari Slot

ke Platform Tie Titik
4.11 SURVEYING Directional DAN

PENGENDALIAN DEVIASI
Azimuth Referensi
Koreksi (True North,
Grid Utara)
Tujuan dari pedoman dalam bagian ini adalah untuk

mempertahankan kontrol arah pada semua sumur
(vertikal dan directional) sebagai pengeboran
berlangsung. Kontrol arah memastikan lokasi
lubang bawah dikenal dan lintasan dengan baik

untuk menghindari tabrakan / kerusakan untuk
mengimbangi sumur bor dan efisien untuk tujuan
geologi (s) dan sasaran bantuan baik jika perlu.
Untuk tujuan relief well, penting untuk mengetahui
posisi baik untuk dalam 50 kaki, yang merupakan
jarak efektif log kebisingan dan alat MagRange.
Untuk tujuan penerapan persyaratan survei umum
berikut, baik vertikal didefinisikan sebagai baik
yang memiliki kurang dari tiga derajat kemiringan
dari permukaan ke kedalaman total. Tabel berikut
merangkum persyaratan survei minimum:
Jenis Nah Kebutuhan
Vertikal Well (kurang dari 3 )
Kecenderungan Survey setiap 1000
'Directional Nah selama
Kecenderungan normal dan
Azimuth setiap 500' pengeboran
Directional Nah selama
direncanakan inklinasi dan
Azimuth setiap 100 'perubahan
sudut
Sebelum pengaturan permukaan dan inklinasi
lebih dalam dan Azimuth 500 'dari sepatu
CSG casing di kedua arah dan
sumur vertikal
Total Kedalaman pada kedua
Kecenderungan arah dan Azimuth
500 'dari TD dan vertikal sumur
Sebuah survei komposit baik dari pipa drive atau

konduktor sepatu untuk TD harus disediakan sesuai
kebutuhan MMS.
Survei Pedoman
1. Jika survei juga diperlukan di luar minimum yang
dirangkum di atas, mereka akan ditentukan dalam
program pengeboran.
2. Untuk menentukan survei kebutuhan, definisi casing
berikut akan digunakan:
Drive, atau Struktural, - pipa yang digerakkan
untuk mendukung deposito unconsolidated dan
memberikan lubang stabilitas untuk operasi awal
(biasanya 20-30 inci).
Konduktor - Mengatur bawah berkendara pipa
dan sebelum pipa permukaan untuk mengurangi
beberapa bahaya pengeboran dangkal.
Permukaan - pencegah tumpukan ledakan yang
nippled-up di atas string ini dan tes integritas
tekanan dijalankan setelah sepatu casing yang
dibor. Casing permukaan tidak dapat digunakan
sebagai casing produksi, tanpa pengecualian
tertulis dari manajer pengeboran lapangan.
3. Sebuah survei penyimpangan gyro akan diambil
pada total kedalaman lubang berkendara pipa atau
sepatu. Biasanya lang harus dijalankan karena pipa
didorong di tempat.
4. Survei diambil dengan alat MWD yang definitif, dan

tidak perlu untuk mengkonfirmasi survei MWD
dengan survei tembakan. Pipa tegak atau pompa
lumpur hisap layar yang lebih baik untuk mengebor
pipa layar. Hanya menjalankan layar downhole bila
tidak ada alat logging sumber nuklir di BHA. Selalu
membahas penggunaan layar pipa bor dengan
Operasi Inspektur.
5. Dalam kasus di mana bawah lokasi lubang sangat
penting, multi-shot elektronik atau survei gyroscopic
dapat dijalankan. EPRCo ini Wellpath program atau
vendor perangkat lunak dapat digunakan untuk
memperkirakan jumlah kesalahan yang dihasilkan
dari menggunakan berbagai alat survey dan bantuan
dalam keputusan untuk menjalankan multi-shot atau
survei gyro.
6. Pengeboran pengawas harus memberikan data
directional secara terus menerus. Untuk sumur
directional, yang driller directional dan pengeboran
insinyur yang mempertahankan rekor sumur bor
lintasan dan lubang sumur plot saat. Semua plot
directional harus diperbarui, dan setiap
penyimpangan yang signifikan dari program terarah
direncanakan akan disampaikan kepada pengawas
operasi segera. Teknik perhitungan kelengkungan
minimum harus digunakan.
7. Hasil survei harus dilaporkan pada layar survei
laporan pengeboran harian dan IADC Laporan.
Semua informasi directional harus dikonversi ke
pengukuran GRID ketika melaporkan dan diplot.
4.12 DRILL STRING DESIGN
Bor String Pedoman

1. Semua koneksi drill string yang harus torqued untuk
API nilai dianjurkan kecuali sebagaimana tercantum
dalam prosedur yang tepat.
Jet-Lube ini Kopr-Kote dapat digunakan untuk
setiap koneksi dari bit ke kelly / top drive.
KoprKote tidak mengandung seng atau timbal.
Sebelum penerapan Kopr-Kote, alat benang
bersama harus dibersihkan telanjang logam.
Untuk mencegah menyakitkan dari komponen
non-magnetik saat menggunakan Kopr-Kote,
koneksi harus dibersihkan, diperiksa, dan diberi
MAG-COAT. Tanpa MAG-COAT, koneksi bukan
magnetik akan memiliki insiden yang lebih tinggi
dari menyakitkan menggunakan Kopr-Kote.
2. Mengubah pipa bor berdiri istirahat pada setiap
perjalanan.
3. Menjaga tali akurat dari pipa bor di lantai rig. Sumur
kedalaman ditentukan oleh STM yang driller ini.
4. Gunakan jar pengeboran yang memiliki ID besar
sehingga dimungkinkan untuk menggunakan string
tembakan wireline atau biaya pemutusan jika
diperlukan.
5. Komponen bor tali harus memiliki OD sambungan
dasar yang sama kecuali crossover bottlenecked
digunakan untuk menyediakan transisi. Semua
komponen drillstring koneksi OD ini harus eksternal
fishable untuk ukuran lubang mereka digunakan
dalam. Pengecualian harus disetujui oleh Operasi

Inspektur.
BAIK
SERVICE
6. Jika memungkinkan, string bor harus dirancang

untuk menahan minimal 100,000. dari overpull di
lubang lurus dan 150.000. dari overpull di lubang
terarah.
KATEGORI
Layanan
kritis
7. Bor string harus dirancang untuk menahan diprediksi

gabungan torsi dan ketegangan beban menggunakan
program FORCAL (lihat Directional Drilling BHA)
untuk sumur directional sulit dan / atau sumur kritis.
Standar
Pelayanan
8. Membatasi torsi putar selama operasi pengeboran

yang normal untuk mengebor pipa koneksi torsi
makeup untuk mencegah over-torquing koneksi pipa
bor. Periksa torsi makeup yang sebenarnya
digunakan oleh Kontraktor Pengeboran.
9. Jika pipa bor baru atau diperbaharui, memeriksa
sendi alat untuk banding keras abrasif yang dapat
merusak casing.
Drill Collar / BHA Komponen

Pipa
bor
6 "dan
lebih kecil
6-1 / 4 "dan
lebih besar
1500
150
200
2500
250
300
Interval di atas harus disesuaikan berdasarkan

pengalaman dan pengalaman kegagalan.
Metode pemeriksaan yang direkomendasikan untuk
bor komponen tali harus sesuai dengan Standar DS1, Bor Stem Desain dan Inspeksi, Edisi Kedua, oleh
TH Hill dan Associates, Maret 1998 panduan.
Kategori inspeksi layanan, kriteria penerimaan /
penolakan, dan pengecualian untuk DS-1 diberikan
dalam ECIDO Drilling OIMS Manual.
Bor String Inspeksi
Ada beberapa klasifikasi kategori baik dan OIMS

mengharuskan drill string yang pemeriksaan
frekuensi serta desain casing didasarkan pada
kategori baik.
Komponen bor string yang akan memerlukan

pemeriksaan berkala berdasarkan jam dan jenis
layanan pengeboran (yaitu kritis atau standar)
berputar. Berikut frekuensi pemeriksaan dianjurkan:
The OIMS pengguna menunjuk kategori layanan

serta standar atau penting dalam Elemen 3 dan
daftar tiga kondisi yang memenuhi syarat serta
kritis.
10. Lakukan break-in prosedur yang tepat untuk koneksi

pipa bor yang baru dipotong.
Berputar Jam Antara

Pemeriksaan
Atas drive harus memiliki pemeriksaan partikel

magnetik dari permukaan terkena pada semua
komponen bantalan beban setiap tahun untuk
menentukan adanya indikasi kelelahan retak.
Harus benar melumasi bahu dan benang
Harus menggunakan torsi yang tepat - Harus

diukur
4.13 rakitan LUBANG BOTTOM
Harus segera memperbaiki kerusakan kecil
Umum
Pedoman dalam bagian ini membahas desain,
perawatan, dan cermin majelis lubang bawah untuk
pengeboran operasi untuk memenuhi tujuan-tujuan
berikut:
Kontrol atau Menginduksi Perubahan Lubang

Deviasi
Meningkatkan Kinerja Bit
Memberikan Berat pada Bit
Memastikan Gauge Lubang Penuh
Mengurangi Kerentanan untuk Diferensial Perekat

dan / atau Seating Key
Mengurangi Downhole Getaran
Mencegah / Mengurangi Masalah BHA Seperti

Wash-out dan Twist-off
Pedoman Operasional BHA

1. Tiga keharusan untuk kinerja bor yang baik kerah
adalah:
2. Tidak pernah membuat kerah bor atau komponen

BHA dengan membalik meja putar. Kencangkan
setiap koneksi secara terpisah. Jangan ganda untuk
menghemat waktu.
3. Ketika pecah kerah bor, memutar perlahan dengan
tarik ke atas sedikit di blok. Jangan biarkan benang
untuk melompat setelah kerah didukung keluar.
4. Untuk menghindari menyakitkan, praktik rig yang
baik adalah untuk "berjalan keluar" sendi bor kerah
menggunakan penjepit rantai.
5. Mengubah istirahat berdiri pada kerah BHA / bor
pada setiap perjalanan.
6. Mengoptimalkan penempatan jar dengan
menjalankan guci dekat kemungkinan besar titik
macet.
7. Menjaga gambar yang akurat dari semua komponen
BHA termasuk dimensi masing-masing komponen
(OD ini, ID, panjang, nomor seri, dll). Dimensi harus
diukur dengan cara seperti untuk berkontribusi
terhadap sukses memancing. Dimensi diameter luar
harus diambil dengan caliper yang hanya akan
tergelincir seluruh tubuh berat sendiri.
8. Mengukur bit setelah makeup akan memastikan

bahwa itu tidak terjepit oleh bit breaker. Lihat
Bagian 5 (Klasifikasi Bit dan Hidrolik) untuk
mengukur bimbingan.
9. Menjaga blade stabilizer OD, sesuai dengan desain
BHA diprogram, dengan mengukur mereka setiap
perjalanan dan mengganti yang diperlukan. Adalah
lebih baik untuk tidak mengubah lebih dari satu
stabilizer per perjalanan. Ikuti panduan pengukuran
diberikan dalam bagian bit.
10. Pin angkat sub harus dibersihkan, diperiksa, dan
dilumasi pada setiap perjalanan. Jika pin ini telah
rusak dan tidak diketahui, mereka akhirnya akan
merusak semua kotak bor kerah.
BHA Desain
Lubang perakitan bawah yang akan digunakan
dalam setiap bagian lubang akan ditentukan dalam
prosedur pengeboran yang bersangkutan.
Pertimbangan berikut harus dimasukkan saat
melakukan desain BHA:
1. HeviWate pipa bor yang dikelola antara kerah bor
dan pipa bor menyediakan zona transisi serta
tersedia tambahan string yang berat. Di sumur yang
lebih dalam dengan meningkatnya sudut,
meminimalkan HWDP untuk membantu dalam
mengoptimalkan pengeboran hidrolik adalah praktek
umum.
2. Pastikan bahwa crossover dari besar kerah diameter
bor untuk kerah bor kecil atau pipa bor tidak
melebihi "pengurangan ukuran 2, atau bahwa rasio
kekakuan tidak melebihi 5,5 untuk sumur noncritical

atau 3,5 untuk kritis baik.
3. Bor kerah diterima dan alat BHA lentur rasio
kekuatan adalah 2,25-3,20.
4. Ini rasio kekuatan lentur tidak mungkin dengan
ukuran bor kecil kerah seperti kerah 4 3/4 inci bor
dengan 3 1/2 IF (NC 38) koneksi. Pengalaman
menunjukkan bahwa bahu rotary kegagalan koneksi
jarang terjadi menggunakan 4 3/4 inci kerah bor
bahkan dengan BSR bawah 2,0.
5. Pilih komponen dari BHA mengingat hilang sirkulasi
kebutuhan bahan dan potensi drill string yang
menempel dan operasi penangkapan ikan berikutnya
(nozel, motor, MWDs, dll mungkin pasang ketika
memompa LCM).
6. Pastikan bahwa semua koneksi BHA memiliki
koneksi kotak menghilangkan stres boreback dan
alur menghilangkan stres pada pin.
7. Kerah bor spiral lebih disukai untuk meminimalkan
potensi mencuat diferensial.
8. Lurus stabilisator pisau dilas meminimalkan
swabbing di bagian gumbo. Stabilisator dengan
bidang kontak peningkatan dinding area support lagi
di formasi lembut. Stabilisator dengan bidang kontak
yang lebih pendek lebih disukai dalam formasi keras.
Pertimbangkan penggunaan spiral, stabilizer pisau
terpisahkan dengan luas yang memadai untuk
memotong sudut tinggi, directional membersihkan
lubang sumur.
BHA Pengeboran directional

Pedoman ini tidak dimaksudkan untuk menjadi
standar fleksibel kebijakan atau tetapi harus menjadi
landasan yang menjadi dasar keputusan untuk
desain baik yang spesifik.
Dari sekitar 1950-1980, pipa bor dan HeviWate pipa
bor tidak pernah dijalankan di kompresi karena
takut kegagalan kelelahan akibat tekuk. Namun,
kecenderungan sumur bor jarang diperhitungkan
dalam menghitung diperlukan berat bor kerah.
Akibatnya sebagian besar operator tidak
menambahkan kerah sebagai lubang sudut
meningkat yang tidak diragukan lagi menyebabkan
pipa bor yang akan dijalankan di kompresi.
Kegagalan kelelahan diharapkan untuk pipa bor
dijalankan di kompresi tidak terjadi.
Industri telah menetapkan bahwa pipa bor dapat
membawa beban tekan tinggi di sumur sudut tinggi
tanpa tekuk dan kegagalan kelelahan. Tekuk tidak
menyebabkan kerusakan dipercepat kelelahan dan
alat sendi keausan yang dapat ditoleransi untuk
jangka waktu yang singkat terutama jika itu akan
menghemat perjalanan atau mengurangi
kemungkinan bor string yang berbeda-beda terjebak.
Dasar kesimpulan ini adalah bahwa string bor

meletakkan di sisi rendah dari lubang cenderung
sangat tahan terhadap tekuk sejak mendukung
lubang dan membatasi pipa sepanjang panjangnya.
Manfaat penting dari menjalankan pipa bor di
kompresi adalah bahwa panjang HeviWate dan
kerah bor dapat dikurangi dan hidrolika, lubang
pembersihan, dan ROP dapat ditingkatkan.
Izin FORCAL desain drill string berdasarkan
diijinkan pipa bor kompresi untuk lubang bor yang
menyimpang atau lurus. ROB memprediksi tingkat
membangun atau drop untuk rotary majelis lubang
bawah. Penempatan stabilizer di bagian bawah dari
BHA untuk kontrol arah dapat dianalisis serta
bagaimana kerah bor akan menekuk antara
stabilisator. Perusahaan jasa directional dapat
menyediakan perangkat lunak desain pipa bor yang
sama. Pastikan untuk mencatat keterbatasan
perangkat lunak tertentu yang digunakan dan
periksa ini terhadap situasi yang dianalisis (misalnya
kebutuhan FORCAL dimodifikasi masukan ketika
model casing berjalan karena didasarkan pada teori
string).
Metode desain baru BHA yang mengambil
keuntungan dari berkurangnya BHA tekuk
kecenderungan di sumur directional telah digunakan
sejak awal 1980-an dengan hasil yang luar biasa.
Bor pendek panjang kerah diperlukan (sering hanya
MWD peralatan / LWD untuk operasi GOM)
mengakibatkan penurunan torsi dan drag dan
mengurangi frekuensi berbeda-beda terjebak BHA.
Jumlah pipa bor, HeviWate pipa bor, dan kerah bor
berjalan dalam kompresi baik spesifik dan
tergantung pada ukuran lubang, berat lumpur, baik

sudut, WOB diinginkan, dan torsi dan tarik kendala.
Semua operasi pengeboran harus mengambil
keuntungan dari metode desain yang dapat
meminimalkan masalah dengan torsi dan drag dan
terjebak BHA.
Ketika tekanan diferensial melebihi sekitar 1.500
psi, berhati-hati untuk menghindari berbeda-beda
mencuat string bor. Menerapkan prosedur khusus
seperti membuat koneksi berputar, mengendalikan
lumpur kehilangan cairan dan lumpur kualitas kue,
memastikan pembersihan lubang yang efektif (yaitu,
membatasi stek dune tinggi, dll), dan memompa
keluar dari lubang di rig dengan sistem penggerak
atas. Untuk tekanan lebihan diferensial lebih besar
dari 2.500 psi mempertimbangkan penggunaan
lebihan tinggi, "Seal-Sementara-Pengeboran"
teknik.
Untuk sumur antara 15-35 derajat dari sudut,
menerapkan pedoman BHA umum berikut. Untuk
sumur dengan> 45 derajat dari sudut praktek
pengeboran khusus mungkin diperlukan.
1. Meminimalkan jumlah kerah bor dan menjalankan
jumlah maksimum pipa bor dan HeviWate pipa bor
di kompresi seperti yang ditunjukkan oleh program
FORCAL. Dalam kebanyakan kasus hanya non-mag
kerah diperlukan selain kerah MWD / LWD
berdasarkan sudut baik, ukuran lubang, berat badan
yang diinginkan pada bit, baik sudut, berat lumpur,
dan torsi dan tarik kendala.
2. Jangan menjalankan lebih dari satu yang tidak

didukung drill collar di atas stabilizer atas sumur
directional. Ini juga dapat dihilangkan jika non-mag
spacer tidak diperlukan, atau jika non-mag HWDP
tersedia untuk dijalankan di tempat kerah non-mag.
Pada sudut tinggi, tambahan DC membuat stres
lentur yang sangat tinggi dalam koneksi stabilizer
atas. Mereka juga menciptakan potensi untuk pipa
terjebak jika mereka melorot menghubungi dinding.
3. Program komputer ROB dalam hubungannya dengan
arah perusahaan jasa perangkat lunak / pengalaman
harus digunakan untuk merancang penempatan
stabilizer untuk BHA. Dalam kebanyakan daerah,
terutama di daerah di mana diferensial mencuat
adalah kekhawatiran, stabilisator harus ditempatkan
setiap 60 kaki.
4. Kontraktor pengeboran directional harus
memberikan direkomendasikan BHA untuk evaluasi
oleh Drilling Engineer.
5. Bersaing dengan tekanan diferensial antara berat
lumpur dan tekanan pori. Mengambil tindakan
pencegahan khusus untuk mencegah string bor macet
kapan diferensial tekanan melebihi sekitar 1.500 psi
terlepas dari pembentukan jenis dibor.
6. Dalam formasi keras, reamers rol kadang-kadang
digunakan sebagai pengganti stabilisator. Roller
reamers sering digunakan ketika jumlah signifikan
reaming diantisipasi atau pengurangan torsi putar
yang diinginkan. Non-berputar bor pelindung pipa
atau lengan harus dipertimbangkan ketika
pengurangan torsi yang diinginkan.
7. Untuk dapat dikendalikan rakitan pengeboran PDM,

mengoptimalkan lumpur bermotor dan alat
konfigurasi LWD untuk diantisipasi dengan baik
kondisi termasuk: pengeboran jenis cairan, debit,
suhu downhole, diantisipasi waktu antara perjalanan,
jenis bit, dan pengeboran WOB dan persyaratan
torsi. Untuk GOM Directional sumur menggunakan
kinerja tinggi, diperpanjang kekuasaan bagian
Methods bila memungkinkan.
Software V.5.02 FORCAL memperkirakan torsi dan
tarik pada tubular diberikan geometri sumur bor,
konfigurasi tubular, arah gerakan, dan koefisien
gesekan. Gerakan ini dapat aksial, rotasi, atau
gabungan. Dua koefisien gesekan dapat digunakan,
satu untuk bagian casing dari sumur dan yang
lainnya untuk bagian lubang yang terbuka.
Tersandung tubulars masuk dan keluar dari lubang
sumur dapat dimodelkan. Mengingat torsi diukur
atau hookload, FORCAL dapat menghitung
koefisien gesekan.
Software ROB V.5.01 memprediksi kinerja
membangun / drop dan berjalan dari rotary dan
motor BHA perakitan. Pengguna dapat melakukan
analisis sensitivitas untuk memprediksi efek dari
berbagai parameter pada kinerja BHA. Efek geologi
seperti perlapisan juga dapat dimasukkan dan modul
kalibrasi memungkinkan pengguna untuk
mengambil keuntungan dari pengalaman lokal. ROB
melakukan pengeboran ke depan dan juga
memperpanjang perhitungan bersama dengan 2-D
dan 3-D juga berencana.
V.3.8 powerplan juga dimanfaatkan dan

memiliki kemampuan prediksi kedua torsi /
drag dan membangun / drop dan berjalan
berbeda BHA ini.
Torsi dan tarik pengawasan harus dipantau untuk
semua lubang pelindung dan produksi lebih dari 40
dengan lebih dari 1500 'MD dari openhole.
Contoh termasuk dalam Bagian 4 "Lampiran
VIII.
4.14 HIDROGEN PERTIMBANGAN sulfida
(OIMS manual Element 10)
Hidrogen sulfida adalah gas yang sangat beracun.
Dalam pengeboran operasi, berbagai konsentrasi
hidrogen sulfida dapat ditemukan. Efek dari
konsentrasi ini juga berkisar luas - dari bau yang
tidak menyenangkan atau gangguan mata pada
konsentrasi rendah untuk penyakit serius atau
bahkan kematian pada konsentrasi yang lebih tinggi.
Semua karyawan yang bekerja di daerah di mana
mereka dapat terkena hidrogen sulfida harus dilatih
untuk mengenali dan memahami bahaya dan untuk
melindungi diri dari efek berbahaya (kontraktor dan
layanan personil perusahaan harus H2S disertifikasi
sebelum datang ke rig). Personil harus dilatih untuk
menyelamatkan korban dan mengelola pertolongan
pertama bagi mereka yang mengatasi, tanpa
membahayakan diri mereka sendiri. Semua personel
di rig harus memiliki akses ke paket melarikan diri.
Hidrogen sulfida adalah (1,18 berat jenis) gas sangat
beracun, tidak berwarna, lebih berat dari udara.
Luka bakar dengan api biru dan menghasilkan sulfur
dioksida gas yang sedikit kurang beracun dari

hidrogen sulfida, namun dapat menyebabkan mata
dan paru-paru iritasi dan cedera serius. Dalam
konsentrasi rendah, hidrogen sulfida memiliki bau
telur busuk. Membentuk campuran meledak dengan
udara pada konsentrasi antara 4,3% dan 46%
volume. Hal ini larut dalam air dan minyak tetapi
menjadi kurang larut dengan naiknya suhu cairan.
Sensor - lokasi, kalibrasi, visual dan sinyal

terdengar, tetap dan tangan memegang
Prosedur darurat
Latihan dan pertemuan keselamatan periodik
Pedoman operasi
Ketika ada potensi untuk menghadapi hidrogen

sulfida, berikut ini harus dipertimbangkan dan
ditangani:
Kaus kaki angin dan daerah perakitan aman
Transportasi dan evakuasi
Pemantauan
Bagian dari proses Penilaian Risiko
Penggunaan alat bantu pernapasan
MMS atau lainnya Badan Pengatur H 2 S

Contingency Rencana Pembangunan & Persetujuan
Posisi alat bantu pernapasan
Pelatihan peralatan
Lokasi berbahaya
Pemilihan bahan - BOP dan peralatan kontrol baik

H2S dipangkas
Contoh pedoman pada rambut dan korektif lensa

wajah sebagai berkaitan dengan peralatan
pernapasan bisa:
Peraturan
Pertolongan pertama
Dicukur bersih di daerah-wajah-piece penyegelan

dan tidak harus memiliki rambut wajah yang dapat
mengganggu fungsi masker.
Kode tanduk udara atau bel alarm
Respon pada berbagai tingkat konsentrasi hidrogen

sulfida
Sebelum mengenakan respirator dengan sepotong

penuh wajah, setiap kepala meliputi, gelas dan
barang-barang asing di mulut harus dihapus
API RP 55 dapat memberikan bimbingan pada

operasi yang melibatkan hidrogen sulfida dan berisi
meja pada efek fisiologis berbagai konsentrasi.
Memakai lensa kontak dengan respirator tidak

diizinkan.
Pemakai kacamata resep yang ditugaskan ke daerahdaerah di mana respirator wajah penuh mungkin
diperlukan harus disediakan dengan cara
melampirkan lensa resep untuk masker wajah. Unit
Jalan keluar berkerudung memungkinkan untuk
penggunaan kacamata resep selama evakuasi darurat.
Pedoman Untuk Pengeboran

Untuk semua operasi di mana H2S yang diproduksi
pada platform atau di mana H2S mungkin ditemui
saat pengeboran, rencana kontingensi akan
dikembangkan dan disetujui oleh badan pengawas
yang berlaku seperti yang diperlukan. Sulfida
hidrogen pemantauan harus terus menerus
sementara pengeboran mana saja yang dicakup oleh
rencana kontingensi. Pemantauan harus dilakukan
dengan sensor jarak jauh yang terletak di minimal
dekat puting bel, di lantai rig, dan di atas shaker
shale. Gas perangkap gas dan daerah rawan juga
dapat dipantau. Rencana kontinjensi disetujui akan
memiliki rincian tentang di mana sensor harus
ditempatkan. Pemeliharaan dan kalibrasi login
penting. Pada indikasi pertama H2S, konfirmasi
harus dilakukan dengan meteran tangan.
Jika pengeboran di daerah H2S, Garrett Gas Kereta
sulfida bacaan pada filtrat lumpur juga akan
diminta. Dianjurkan untuk memulai lima hari
pengeboran sebelum memasuki diprediksi zona
hidrogen sulfida untuk membangun konsentrasi latar
belakang. Draeger baru-baru ini berubah skala pada
tabung mereka, dan faktor tabung yang diberikan

dalam API RP 13B-1 harus hati-hati diperiksa untuk
memastikan faktor tabung sesuai dengan tabung
yang digunakan.
4.15 HIDROGEN RENCANA KONTINGENSI
SULFIDE
Sebuah rencana hidrogen sulfida khas kontingensi
memiliki tiga fase:
Jika kadar H2S yang diukur adalah sepuluh ppm
atau kurang, tetapi lebih besar dari nol kemudian,
Lanjutkan pengeboran yang normal
Peka kru dengan latihan dan pertemuan keselamatan
Pastikan pemulung H2S (seng karbonat dasar)

adalah pada lokasi dan mendiskusikan Selain untuk
sistem lumpur
Menjaga pH lumpur sebesar 9,5 atau lebih tinggi
Mempertimbangkan untuk meningkatkan jumlah

kemasan udara pada lokasi
Periksa kalibrasi sensor
Batasi pengunjung dan personil yang tidak perlu

pada lokasi
Periksa penyala pada gasbuster garis flare
Driller dan lumpur penebang untuk tetap komunikasi
Jika diukur H 2 tingkat S adalah dua puluh ppm atau

kurang, tetapi lebih besar dari sepuluh ppm
kemudian,
Menghentikan operasi pengeboran dan melakukan

upaya untuk menekan H2S sebelum melanjutkan
dengan pengeboran.
H suara 2 S alarm dan menerangi lampu berkedip
Rig kru segera don alat bantu pernapasan dan

sirkulasi berhenti untuk mengontrol sumber hidrogen
sulfida. Driller adalah untuk mengetahui apakah
sumur harus ditutup di. Beritahu toolpusher dan ECI
pengeboran pengawas
Semua personil non-esensial melanjutkan ke

melawan angin daerah perakitan. Tidak ada personil
non-esensial akan diizinkan berada di area dengan
kemungkinan H 2 S paparan.
Melakukan pertemuan keselamatan dan review
berencana untuk kembali ke pengeboran. Respon
rencana dalam hal konsentrasi hidrogen sulfida
melebihi dua puluh ppm. Ulangi pertemuan
keselamatan sebelum kru datang pada tur.
Semua personil memeriksa peralatan keselamatan

mereka untuk operasi yang tepat dan lokasi. Orang
tanpa peralatan pernapasan ditugaskan tidak bisa
bekerja di daerah berbahaya.
Perlakukan lumpur dengan pemulung yang

diperlukan
Beritahu pengawas operasi sebelum kembali ke

pengeboran
Gunakan 'Buddy Sistem' "tidak ada individu akan

diizinkan untuk bekerja di daerah yang terkena
sendiri
Jika H diukur 2 tingkat S lebih besar dari dua puluh

ppm kemudian,
H suara 2 S alarm
Don Rig awak bernapas alat dan menutup di dalam

sumur
Semua personil melanjutkan ke melawan angin

daerah perakitan aman
Menangguhkan operasi pengeboran dan menilai

kembali rencana kontingensi dengan inspektur
Pedoman Untuk Pengendalian Nah

Dalam situasi tendangan, di mana H 2 S sebelumnya
telah terdeteksi dalam filtrat cairan pengeboran atau
dengan analisis gas lumpur logging, semua personel
yang terlibat langsung dengan operasi yang
memiliki tersedia diri individu terkandung bernapas
aparat (SCBA). Semua personil lainnya harus
waspada dan dibuat sadar daerah yang ditunjuk
aman pengarahan (s) yang akan digunakan selama
operasi juga membunuh.
Selama sirkulasi tendangan, personil di atas adalah
untuk mengenakan SCBA mereka, sebagai
minimum, 30 menit sebelum waktu kedatangan

dihitung dari cairan tendangan dan tetap sampai 30
menit setelah cairan tendangan vented bawah garis
suar SCBA ini. Mencoba untuk membakar gas
tendangan jika kondisi memungkinkan, dan
Persetujuan Peraturan yang tepat telah diperoleh.
Selama seluruh sirkulasi tendangan, anggota yang
ditunjuk dari kru bor adalah untuk memeriksa
(dengan SCBA di) daerah pengocok untuk
konsentrasi H2S. Juga, cairan pengeboran kembali
harus dipantau untuk H 2 S di seluruh operasi juga
membunuh.
Jika pada setiap saat selama sirkulasi tendangan, H 2
konsentrasi S melebihi 20 ppm atau lebih dalam
suasana kerja (udara), baik itu harus ditutup dan
personil non-esensial untuk dipindahkan ke daerah
pengarahan aman (s) atau dievakuasi (tergantung
pada konsentrasi H 2 S).
Dalam hal terjadi situasi kontrol dengan baik di
mana terjadinya H 2 S kemungkinan, pertimbangan
harus dibuat untuk bullheading cairan formasi
kembali ke dalam formasi, daripada beredar
tendangan keluar dan melepaskan H 2 S di
permukaan.
Pedoman Untuk Coring Dan Produksi Pengujian
Lihat Bagian 8 dan 12 manual ini untuk informasi /

pedoman mengenai H2S di coring dan pengujian
produksi operasi. Jika bekerja pada sebuah sumur
dengan gas hidrogen sulfida, semua pekerja di
daerah harus menutupi sementara mengambil katup
tekanan kembali.
BIT CLASSFICATION
DAN hidrolika
5.1 Umum 1
5.2 Bor Bits 1
Tetap 8
5,8 Hidrolik Optimization 17
Referensi
________________________________________
________________________________________
______
OPERASI PENGEBORAN
MANUAL - JACK-UP / PLATFORM
/ barage RIG DRILLING FIRST
EDITION - MAY, 2003
5.1 UMUM
Drilling Program harus menentukan pilihan bit dan

hidrolika program yang direkomendasikan berdasarkan
diimbangi dengan baik data dan kondisi pengeboran
(atau) diantisipasi. Program bit dan hidrolika ditentukan
dalam Program Pengeboran harus dilihat sebagai
pedoman saja dan penyesuaian harus dibuat yang
diperlukan di lapangan untuk memperhitungkan kondisi
pengeboran yang sebenarnya.
5.2 BITS DRILL
Pedoman Operasional bit
1. Menetapkan parameter bit optimal di awal bit
run. Tes bor-Off harus digunakan untuk
menentukan titik di mana ROP mulai menurun
dengan meningkatnya WOB. Titik menggelepar
di bor-off tes adalah WOB di mana bit yang
mulai bola. Dimungkinkan untuk meningkatkan
WOB dan ROP jika sedikit pembersihan
ditingkatkan. Pilihan untuk meningkatkan sedikit
pembersihan meningkat hidrolik, mengurangi
pisau pada PDCs, aditif lumpur (ROP penambah)
jika MW <10 ppg, dan lumpur inhibitive.
Bervariasi berat pada bit (WOB) dan kecepatan
putar (RPM) yang diperlukan untuk
mempertahankan performa maksimal, dengan
persyaratan deteksi pertimbangan tekanan
abnormal, gas bor tinggi, dan daya dukung
lumpur (kemampuan untuk menghapus potongan
efisien).
2. Ketika pengeboran di dekat diantisipasi zona
tekanan abnormal, parameter pengeboran harus
dijaga konstan untuk memungkinkan deteksi
tekanan yang lebih akurat.
3. Monitor tren bit ROP untuk menentukan kapan

break even point, berdasarkan pada peningkatan
biaya per kaki, telah tercapai.
Biaya Per Foot (CPF) = Bit biaya + Rig
biaya (Perjalanan Waktu + Pengeboran
Time)
Footage dibor
4. Gunakan Driller otomatis, jika tersedia, ketika
pengeboran bawah casing permukaan.
5. Kelas masing-masing bit untuk memakai dan
kerusakan menurut IADC Sistem Grading Bit
Kusam disajikan pada akhir bagian ini.
3. Di bagian lubang yang lebih dalam, di mana

beberapa bit berjalan diperlukan, pemilihan bit
adalah harus didasarkan pada optimalisasi
kinerja sedikit, kecuali operasi mendatang
potensial (coring, log menengah, casing kursi
berburu, dll) mendikte sebaliknya.
BIT SELEKSI BAGAN

FORMASI
IADC BIT KLASIFIKASI

1 st KARAKTER
KARAKTERIST
IK
TYPE
ROCK
Pemotong
TETAP
BITS
Bit Seleksi
GIGI
INSE
RT
Pemilihan bit disediakan untuk Rig Pengeboran harus

cukup untuk menutupi berbagai kondisi pengeboran.
Panduan berikut diberikan untuk seleksi bit:
1. Temukan bit umumnya akan memanggil untuk
bit paling agresif yang akan berdiri dengan
litologi diantisipasi. Lembut bit gigi pabrik
pembentukan umumnya akan menjadi sedikit
pilihan untuk lubang permukaan pengeboran.
2. Disegel bantalan (bearing dan mungkin jurnal)
bit gigi umumnya akan direkomendasikan untuk
pengeboran lubang sedimen permukaan yang
lembut dalam upaya untuk mengebor bagian ini
dalam satu bit run.
1 st & 2 nd
KARAKTER
PD
C
M
(S)
1
M
Liat, Marl,
Gumbo, Red
LEMBUT: Sticky,
kuat tekan rendah
dan drilabilitas
tinggi.
Tempat tidur,
tidak
dikonsolidasi
Pasir & Shales,
Halite
(S)
2
1
M
(S)
3
S
(M)
DIAMO
ND
LEMBUT
UNTUK
MEDIUM:
Kekuatan tekan
rendah interbeded
dengan lapisan
keras.
Dolomit, Rijang
Pasir, Shale,
Anhydrite,
Sandstone lembut
dan lembut
lapisan abrasif.
1
Kapur, shaley
Kuarsa, batu
pasir
Batu kapur
SANGAT
KERAS: Sangat
keras dan kasar.
Shale, Chalk,
Pasir,
MEDIUM: Sulit
dengan kuat tekan
moderat.
Anhidrit, shaley
2
Kapur, batu
kapur lembut
dengan keras
Gurat.
Shale, batulanau,
pasir,
MEDIUM
UNTUK KERAS:
Padat dengan
meningkatnya kuat
tekan tetapi non
atau semi-abrasif.
KERAS: Keras
dan padat dengan
kuat tekan yang
tinggi, beberapa
Kapur,
Anhydrite,
Dolomit,
Calcareous
Sandstone,
Sandstone
dengan Rijang &
Pyrite Gurat
Pasir, batulanau,
Kuarsit, granit,
Konglomerat,
Abrasive
Sandstone &
Limestone.
Konglomerat,
Volkanik seperti
Basalt, Gabbo,
Rholite, Granit.
Tabel di atas berkorelasi karakteristik pembentukan

terhadap jenis bit berdasarkan sistem klasifikasi bit
IADC. Meskipun ini adalah cukup lurus ke depan untuk
bit rock, itu lebih samar-samar untuk bit cutter tetap
(khususnya, berbagai PDC). Penggunaan PDC hanya
datang dengan sendirinya dalam beberapa tahun
terakhir; dibandingkan dengan bit batu teknologi ini
masih dalam "tahap balita". Akibatnya, baik, tekan,
jelas sistem klasifikasi belum dikembangkan. Untuk
mengklasifikasikan pemotong tetap, Dunia Oil s
1995 Klasifikasi Bor Bit Tabel Ulasan untuk
menentukan bit jenis yang direkomendasikan oleh
manufaktur untuk formasi tertentu. Karakter berani
menunjukkan Sedikit klasifikasi yang muncul paling
sering di bawah formasi tertentu. Ukuran relatif indikasi
sekunder seberapa sering jenis bit tertentu dianjurkan.
Sebuah diskusi yang komprehensif dari sistem
klasifikasi IADC berikut.
5.3 IADC SISTEM KLASIFIKASI BIT
M7
8
M8
IADC Klasifikasi Bit
5. - Soft ke Medium
The IADC Bit Sistem Klasifikasi mengidentifikasi bit

menggunakan sistem penomoran. Untuk rol kerucut bit,
angka-angka ini mengidentifikasi jenis formasi / gigi,
tingkat kekerasan dalam dasar pembentukan dan
bantalan jenis. Untuk bit cutter tetap, karakter
mengidentifikasi bahan tubuh, kepadatan cutter PDC
atau ukuran Diamond, ukuran PDC atau jenis Diamond,
dan profil bit. The IADC Klasifikasi Bit Sistem
dijelaskan di bawah ini.
6. - Medium ke Hard, Semi-Abrasi
Roller Cone Bits

Misalnya, IADC klasifikasi khas untuk sedikit rol
kerucut adalah 1-1-1.
Karakter pertama:. Pemotongan Struktur Series (1-8)
Mengacu pada karakteristik formasi.
Dalam kelompok gigi baja dan
insert, formasi menjadi lebih keras
dan lebih abrasif sebagai nomor seri
meningkat.
Bits Mill Tooth (1-3)
1. - Soft
2. - Medium ke Medium Keras
3. - Hard, Semi-Abrasive / Abrasive
Insert Bits (08/04)
4. - Soft
7. - Hard, Semi-Abrasive / Abrasive

8. - Sangat keras, Abrasive
Kedua Karakter:. Pemotongan Jenis Struktur (1-4)
Mengacu pada tingkat kekerasan
dalam jenis formasi.
1 - formasi Paling lembut => 4 - formasi Hardest
Karakter ketiga: Jenis Bantalan / Gage Perlindungan
(1-9).
1. = Standard Roller Bearing
2. = Roller Bearing, Air Cooled
3. = Roller Bearing, Gage Dilindungi
4. = Sealed Roller Bearing
5. = Sealed Roller Bearing, Gage Dilindungi
6. = Sealed Gesekan Bantalan
7. = Sealed Gesekan Bearing, Gauge Dilindungi
8. = Directional
9. = Lainnya, Reserved Untuk Masa Depan
Gunakan
Keempat Karakter:. Fitur Khusus (karakter Alpha)

Mendefinisikan fitur tambahan
roller cone bit berkaitan dengan
struktur pemotongan, bantalan,
segel, hidrolik, dan aplikasi
khusus.
N = InsertsZ Terutama kerucut = Sisipan Bentuk

Lain
Tetap Cutter Bits:
Baru (sekarang) IADC Klasifikasi:
A. = Air Application (Journal bearing dengan

nozzles)
Misalnya, IADC klasifikasi khas untuk cutter bit tetap

adalah M-1-2-1.
B. = Bantalan khusus Seal
Karakter pertama:. Body Bahan (Alpha Character)

Mengacu pada jenis konstruksi tubuh. M =
Matrix atau S = Baja (hanya dua sebutan)
C. = Pusat Jet
D. = Deviasi Kontrol
E. = Diperpanjang Jets (panjang penuh)
A = Ekstra Gage / Perlindungan Tubuh
B = Horizontal / Pengarah Aplikasi
J = Jet Lendutan
L. = Lug Pads
M. = Motor Aplikasi
L = Standar Baja Tooth Model
M = Dua Cone
L = Peningkatan Struktur Cutting
M = Sisipan Tooth Terutama pahat
Karakter kedua:. Cutter Density Untuk bit PDC ini

mengacu pada jumlah total cutter,
termasuk pemotong pengukur
standar. Untuk Diamond bit ini
mengacu pada ukuran berlian.
Seperti bit rock, semakin besar
jumlah yang lebih cocok untuk
aplikasi yang lebih abrasif sulit.
PDC Bits (1- 4) Penunjukan 1 merupakan cahaya
diatur sementara 4 merupakan set
yang berat. Count Cutter
didasarkan pada 1/2 "ukuran cutter,
cutter (besar / kecil) ukuran yang
diproyeksikan sebagai 1/2"
kepadatan cutter.
1. = 30 atau lebih sedikit 1/2 "pemotong
2. = 30 sampai 40, 1/2 "pemotong
3. = 40 sampai 50, 1/2 "pemotong
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
4. = 50 atau lebih besar 1/2 "pemotong

Diamond Bits (6-8) Sebuah penunjukan 6
merupakan berlian yang lebih besar sementara 8
merupakan berlian yang lebih kecil
6. = <3 batu per karat
7. = 3-7 batu per karat
8. => 7 batu per karat
Catatan: (0, 5, & 9) adalah undesignated
dan disediakan untuk penggunaan masa
depan.
Desain khusus menggunakan pemotong tambahan
pengukur, seperti sidetrack bit, atau bit untuk
pengeboran horisontal, tidak dianggap untuk
tujuan klasifikasi.
Karakter ketiga:. Ukuran atau Jenis Cutter Untuk bit
PDC, karakter ketiga mengacu ukuran
cutter sementara untuk Diamond bit,
mengacu pada jenis berlian.
PDC Bits (1- 4) Ukuran
1.
=>
2
4
m
m
2.
=
1
4
m
m
k
e
2
4
m
m
d
i
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
4 = Diresapi Berlian Bit (Berlaku hanya Bits

kepadatan tertinggi)
Karakter keempat Profil atau Body. Memberikan

gambaran tentang penampilan dasar
bit, berdasarkan panjang keseluruhan
pemotongan wajah bit.
9
m
m
k
e
PDC Bits (1- 4)

1. = Fishtail
1
3
m
m
2. = Datar Wajah
3. = Profil bit Panjang
d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
4. = Profil bit Semakin lama

Diamond Bits (1- 4)
1. = Datar Wajah TSP dan Alam Berlian
2. = Panjang
3 = Lagi
4 = <8mm diameter
Diamond Bits (1- 4) Ketik

1. = Diamonds Alam
2. = TSP (termal Stabil Polycrystalline) Diamonds
Cutters 3 = Kombinasi (seperti berlian alami
dan TSP)
4
=
S
e
m
a
k
i
n
S = Baja Tubuh PDC T = termal Stabil

Polycrystalline
L
a
g
i
O = Lainnya (TSP)
Nomor pertama: Profil Bit (Gauge Point ke Cone)
O
l
d
1 = Panjang Taper, Deep Cone 2 = Panjang

Taper, Medium Cone
I
A
D
C
3 = Panjang Taper, Dangkal Cone 4 =

Medium Taper, Deep Cone
5 = Medium Taper, Medium Cone 6 =
Medium Taper, Cone Dangkal
K
l
a
s
i
f
i
k
a
s
i
:
7 = pendek lancip, Deep Cone 8 = Pendek

Taper, Medium Cone
9 = pendek lancip, Cone Dangkal
Nomor kedua: Desain hidrolik
Ketik Tubuh diganti Jets Pelabuhan Tetap Terbuka
Tenggorokan
Berbilah 1 2 3
Misalnya, IADC klasifikasi khas untuk cutter bit tetap

adalah D-2-1-2.
Surat: Cutter Jenis dan Bahan Tubuh
D = Alam Berlian M = Matrix Tubuh PDC
Bergaris 4 5 6
Terbuka Menghadapi 7 8 9
Sebutan alternatif: R = Radial Flow, X = Cross
Flow, O = Lainnya
Jumlah ketiga: Cutter Ukuran dan Densitas
Cutter Ukuran Cahaya Density Med.

Kepadatan Berat Density
IADC
BIT MEMBOSANKAN KODE GRADING
Besar 1 2 3
CUTTING STRUKTUR
Sedang 4 5 6
ROW
Kecil 7 8 9
INNER
Diresapi 0 0 0
Catatan Definisi Distribusi Ukuran
OUTE
R
ROW
CHAR
LOKA
kusam.
SI
(1) CUTTING STRUKTUR INNER
Kecil Lebih dari 7 batu / karat untuk

Diamond alami.
BEARING
SEALS
GAUG
E 1/16
"
KETERANG
CHAR
LAIN.
(2) CUTTING STRUKTUR - OUTER
Batin 2/3 bit.
Outer 1/3 dari bit.
BITS
Kurang dari 3/8 "diameter tinggi yang dapat
INSERT -
Ukuran
digunakan untuk PDC bit.
linear
hilang,
usang dan /
Medium 3-7 batu / karat untuk berlian alami.
atau rusak
sisipan. (0-
3/8 "untuk 5/8" diameter tinggi yang

dapat digunakan untuk PDC bit.
tidak ada
BITS GIGI STEEL - Ukuran linear struktur pemotongan hilang akibat abrasi atau kerusakan. (0 - tidak ada kerugian dari pemotongan struktur
kerugian,
akibat abrasi atau kerusakan, 8 - kerugian total pemotongan struktur akibat abrasi atau kerusakan.
dikenakan
dan / atau
Besar Kurang dari 3 batu / karat untuk

berlian alami.
sisipan
rusak, 8-
semua
sisipan
usang dan /
dapat digunakan untuk PDC bit.

5.4 IADC SISTEM BIT GRADING
hilang,
Lebih besar dari 5/8 "diameter tinggi yang
atau rusak.)
(3) UTAMA KARAKTERISTIK kusam
(5)
BEARIN
G/
C
O
N
E
* SM - Patah Cone
N - Hidung Row
M - Row Tengah
S
e
b
2
G - Gage Baris
o
A - Semua Rows
n
e
E
m
j
s
e
F
m
j
s
g
X
m
j
(Kode-kode ini juga digunakan untuk Kolom 7)
ROLLER CONE
a
H
i
d
u
n
g
u
d
r
-
a
k
p
e
a
n
G
a
-
d
a
G
a
i
d
u
p
a
S
e
m
u
y
a
n
g
a
d
A
r
e
a
i
g
u
n
a
k
a
n
,
8semua
kehidup
an
digunak
an,
yaitu,
tidak
BU - mengepalkan Bit
* CC - Cracked Cone
BT - Patah Gigi / Cutters
* CD - Cone Menyeret
CI - Cone Interferensi
CR - Cored
FC - Wear Crested datar
CT - Chipped Gigi / Cutters
ER - Erosi
HC - Panas Pemeriksaan
LN - Hilang Nozzle
LT - Hilang Gigi / Cutters
JD - Sampah Kerusakan
* LC - Hilang Cone
OC - Off-Pusat Wear
PB - Terjepit Bit
PN - Terpasang Pipa / Arus Ayat
RG - Dibulatkan Gauge
RO - Dikelilingi Out
SD - Kerusakan bagian bawah kemeja
TR - Pelacakan
WO - Dicuci Out
SS - Self Sharpening Wear
WT - Gigi Worn / Cutters
NO - Tidak ada Mayor / Karakteristik Kusam Lainnya
* - Ditampilkan cone # atau

# s di bawah lokasi
5.5 PROSEDUR RUNNING UNTUK TETAP

pemotong
Berikut ini adalah panduan umum untuk digunakan
ketika menjalankan cutter tetap (PDC dan Diamond)
bit.
MEMPERSIAPKAN HOLE:
Gunakan PDC peralatan mengambang dibor.
Periksa bit sebelumnya untuk kerusakan sampah

dan pengukur keausan.
Membuat perjalanan cleanout jika perlu dengan

sampah keranjang.
Cari bit dan pemutus di meja putar dan membuat

hingga torsi direkomendasikan.
Tripping DI LUBANG:
Hapus bit breaker dan sedikit hati-hati yang lebih

rendah melalui meja putar.
Perjalanan hati-hati melalui BOPs, sepatu casing,

dan kapal gantungan.
Hati-hati menghapus bit dari kotak. Jangan

mengatur sedikit langsung di decking baja.
Menggunakan kayu atau karet tikar.
Perjalanan perlahan-lahan melalui tepian, kaki

anjing, dan tempat-tempat yang ketat.
Cuci tiga sendi terakhir ke bawah dengan aliran

penuh pada 50 - 60 RPM.
Periksa bit untuk kerusakan.
Sedikit catatan nomor seri.
Pendekatan bottom mengamati indikator berat

badan dan torsi putar.
Tag bawah dengan lembut dan mengambil 6-12

inci dari bagian bawah.
Edarkan 5 - 10 menit dengan aliran penuh pada

50 - 60 RPM.
PASTIKAN LUBANG IS BERSIH.
MEMPERSIAPKAN BIT THE:
Transportasi bit dalam kotak ke lantai rig untuk

menghindari kerusakan cutter.
Periksa O-cincin, nozel, dan sedikit pengukur

(tidak berlaku untuk bit berlian).
Periksa dalam bit untuk penghalang atau benda

asing.
PEMBUATAN UP THE BIT:
Reaming:
Reaming UNDERGAGE LUBANG TIDAK

DIANJURKAN.
Fit bit breaker untuk bit dan terlibat latch.
Bersih dan minyak pin.
Rim tempat ketat dengan aliran penuh untuk

menjaga pemotong keren.
Drill string yang lebih rendah ke atas pin dan

terlibat benang.
Gunakan 2.000 - 4.000 WOB dan 50 - 60

RPM.
Rim perlahan - menghindari TORQUE TINGGI.

BIT BREAK IN:
Lebih rendah sedikit ke bawah dengan aliran

penuh pada 60-80 RPM. Penggunaan motor akan
menghasilkan kecepatan rotasi yang lebih tinggi.
Bandingkan diharapkan vs hidrolik yang

sebenarnya.
biasanya akan menghasilkan nilai torsi yang

lebih tinggi.
Jika torsi atau RPM bersepeda parah, mengontrol

dengan WOB ringan atau meningkat RPM.
MEMBUAT SAMBUNGAN:
Setelah membuat sambungan, lebih rendah ke

bawah perlahan-lahan dengan aliran penuh dan
50 - 60 RPM.
Rekam tekanan stand-pipa dan stroke pompa.
Bor pola lubang bawah dengan 2.000 - 4.000

WOB.
Memeriksa tekanan pipa tegak dan pompa stroke

dan mematikan bawah.
BREAK BIT DI perlahan - JANGAN

TERBURU-BURU.
Meningkatkan RPM ke tingkat sebelumnya dan

menambah berat perlahan.
Setelah tiga kaki, menambah bobot 2.000 pound

bertahap dan meningkatkan putar untuk RPM
optimal.
JANGAN JAM BIT THE BACK ON BOTTOM.
DRILLING DEPAN:
Menentukan parameter pengeboran yang optimal

dengan mengubah WOB dan RPM dalam
pedoman yang direkomendasikan.
Melakukan drill-off tes untuk memaksimalkan
ROP.
Menarik diri dari HOLE:
Memperlambat melalui bintik-bintik ketat,

sepatu casing, kapal gantungan, dan BOPs.
Melampirkan bit breaker dan keluar sedikit di

meja putar.
Hindari kerusakan cutter ketika menghapus bit.

Jangan letakkan sedikit langsung di atas meja
putar.
Jangan ragu untuk menyesuaikan parameter

pengeboran.
Rotary torsi harus perkiraan bahwa dari bit batu

di sama ROP dan WOB. ROP lebih cepat
Kembali sedikit ke kotak setelah evaluasi kusam.

5.6 PROGRAM hidrolika
Program hidrolik yang direkomendasikan untuk setiap

bagian lubang akan ditentukan dalam Program
Pengeboran berdasarkan parameter pengeboran
diprediksi seperti berat lumpur, konfigurasi BHA,
kemampuan pompa, kerugian tekanan, dll Bit hidrolik
yang akan dihitung ulang onboard Kapal Pengeboran
berdasarkan parameter aktual . Desain ini memiliki tiga
wilayah aliran berdasarkan laju alir kritis Q Crit, laju
aliran di mana total tenaga kuda yang tersedia
digunakan pada tekanan permukaan maksimum yang
diijinkan, P Surf.
KASUS I: tekanan permukaan terbatas (kondisi tidak
dibatasi oleh kendala tekanan permukaan).
Tingkat aliran tinggi dan tekanan
permukaan rendah. Di wilayah ini dampak
hidrolik dimaksimalkan ketika 74% dari
tekanan yang tersedia dikeluarkan pada bit
dengan laju alir di atas Q Crit. Kondisi ini
biasanya terjadi pada kedalaman dangkal di
konduktor dan permukaan casing bagian
dari lubang di mana total kerugian tekanan
dalam sistem rendah. Liners sering lebih
besar dan / atau perubahan yang tidak
dibenarkan untuk lubang atas cepat,
menghalangi hidrolik optimal sampai
pengeboran bawah lubang permukaan.
Tingkat aliran tinggi adalah parameter
untuk kunci pada.
P Bit = 0,74 P Surf Alir> Q Crit
KASUS II: Menengah antara Kasus I & II Case. Laju
aliran tetap konstan sementara beredar
tekanan meningkat dengan kedalaman. Di
wilayah ini tingkat sirkulasi tetap konstan

pada Q Crit sementara tekanan permukaan
meningkat hingga 48% dari tekanan
maksimum yang diijinkan dikeluarkan di
bit. Kondisi ini biasanya terjadi di bagian
casing menengah / pelindung lubang.
P Bit = (0,48-0,74) P Surf Alir = Q Crit
KASUS III: Terbatas tekanan permukaan (kondisi
dibatasi oleh tekanan permukaan
maksimum yang diijinkan, Pmax). Tekanan
permukaan tetap konstan sementara tingkat
yang beredar berkurang. Di wilayah ini
dampak hidrolik dimaksimalkan ketika
48% dari tekanan maksimum yang
diijinkan dikeluarkan di bit. Kondisi ini
biasanya terjadi di bagian yang lebih dalam
dari lubang bawah permukaan atau casing
pelindung. Seringkali perubahan dalam
ukuran kapal diperlukan di bawah casing
pelindung.
P Bit = 0,48 P Surf Alir <Q Crit
Dalam ExxonMobil masa lalu umumnya menggunakan
Reed Log-Log Metode Grafis untuk menghitung
optimal rig hidrolik seperti dijelaskan di atas. Sebuah
diskusi rinci dari metode ini dapat ditemukan di EUSA
Drilling Sekolah Teknik Manual dan tua Operasi EUSA
Pengeboran Manual (Buku Merah). Saat ini program
komputer Reed hidrolik digunakan.
Persamaan hidrolik
HHP = (HP) (Em)

(Ev) HHP =
(P) (Q) 1714
HP = Masukan daya kuda dari tabel kinerja

pompa lumpur (hp)
Q Crit = 1714 (HHP) V N = 0,32 (Q)

P Surf A 2
P N = (MW) (Q) 2
Daya HHP = Mud keluaran pompa hidrolik

kuda (hp)
MW = Mud berat (ppg)
F B = (MW) (V N)
(Q)
12.042 (Cd) 2 A 2
1932
Sebuah V = 24,5 (Q)
P. = Tekanan Beredar, tekanan pipa

tegak (psi)
P N = P Bit, penurunan tekanan di
nozel bit (psi)
P Surf = P Max, tekanan sirkulasi
maksimum yang diijinkan (psi)
(DH) 2 - (DP) 2
Dimana: A = TFA, total luas aliran nosel (di
2)
Sebuah V = Velocity annular (fpm)
Cd = koefisien Nozzle = 1.03
DH = Diameter lubang (di)
DP = Diameter pipa di lubang (di)
Em = efisiensi Teknik pompa lumpur (%)
Ev = efisiensi volumetrik pompa lumpur (%)
FB = hidrolik dampak berlaku pada bit (lbs)
Q. = Beredar tingkat (gpm)

Q Crit tingkat = Sirkulasi di yang
total tersedia tenaga
kuda digunakan pada
tekanan permukaan
maksimum yang
diijinkan, P Surf (gpm)
V N = kecepatan Nozzle (fps)
5.7 PEDOMAN hidrolika OPTIMALISASI
Berikut pedoman, rekomendasi, dan aturan-ofthumb dimaksudkan untuk menyediakan sarana
untuk memantau kondisi di rig dan untuk
mendapatkan merasakan seberapa baik hal
tersebut terjadi. Mereka tidak "jawabannya" tapi
bendera saja, menunjukkan apakah pemeriksaan
lebih lanjut diperlukan atau sebagai titik awal

untuk perencanaan program hidrolik
Lubang Pembersihan
Gejala utama dari pembersihan lubang miskin
tergantung pada lubang sudut. Pada sudut yang rendah
(<20) stek cenderung jatuh downhole segera setelah
pompa dihentikan. Tanda terbaik pembersihan miskin
adalah mengisi di bagian bawah, baik pada koneksi atau
setelah tersandung. Dalam kasus ekstrim mungkin sulit
untuk menarik dari bawah dengan pompa off. Pada
sudut tinggi (> 50) stek jatuh ke sisi rendah dari lubang
membentuk stek tidur stasioner. Ada biasanya tidak ada
mengisi pada koneksi bawah dan tidak ada kesulitan
membuat. Bukti utama membersihkan lubang miskin
terlihat pada perjalanan. String mungkin menarik ketat
atau terjebak off bawah ketika mencoba untuk menarik
melalui stek kamar. Pada menengah sudut (40 60) stek
jatuh ke sisi rendah dari lubang membentuk tempat
tidur stek. Tempat tidur ini tidak stasioner; akibatnya,
ketika sirkulasi dihentikan tidur stek mungkin mulai
geser (avalanche) downhole. Gejala membersihkan
lubang miskin untuk kasus sudut menengah, akan
berkisar antara yang terlihat untuk sudut rendah dan
sudut tinggi sumur. Dalam hal apapun, jika drag
mendapat tinggi, Rih 2-3 berdiri, menempatkan
drive atas dan mengedarkan dan memutar pada
tingkat maksimum sampai lubang dibersihkan;
jangan mencoba untuk menarik melalui tempat
yang ketat. Mungkin perlu untuk memompa keluar
atau kembali rim keluar dari lubang di sudut yang
lebih tinggi sumur. Backreaming keluar dari lubang
memerlukan persetujuan Operasi Inspektur.
Memanfaatkan sedikit dengan luas penampang rendah
kemungkinan, atau area terbuka setinggi mungkin, akan

memberikan manfaat ketika tersandung melalui
menengah dan tinggi sudut lubang stek tidur.
Daya Dukung Index (CCI)
Untuk sudut rendah dan lubang menengah hingga 35,
CCI masih muncul untuk menjadi indikator terbaik dari
lubang pembersihan. Tidak ada derivasi matematika
untuk CCI; observasi lapangan menunjukkan bahwa
produk numerik dari K, kecepatan annular, dan berat
lumpur harus sama atau melebihi 400.000 untuk
membersihkan lubang yang baik. Daya dukung lumpur
tergantung pada perbedaan kepadatan antara stek dan
cairan pengeboran, kecepatan annular, dan viskositas
fluida di annulus. Sebagai salah satu dari angka-angka
ini meningkat, daya dukung meningkat lumpur.
CATATAN: The CCI hanya berarti ketika beredar.
Sebuah kapasitas suspensi cairan pengeboran
juga dibutuhkan untuk membuat ramuan dan
melumpuhkan stek di washouts selama
perjalanan. Kekuatan gel yang memadai
diperlukan untuk perjalanan.
CCI = (MW) (K) (AV) Baik lubang
pembersihan terjadi ketika CCI> 1
400.000
K = (511) 1-n (PV + YP) Dimana: MW =
Mud Berat (ppg)
AV = annular Velocity (fpm)
n = 3,322 log PV + YP 2PV + YP PV =

Plastik Viskositas (cp) YP = Yield Titik (lb / 100 ft2)
K adalah indeks konsistensi yang sesuai dengan
viskositas lumpur pada laju geser dari satu detik timbal
balik, dan n adalah ukuran dari perilaku aliran nonNewtonian dalam model rheologi kuasa hukum, SS = K
(SR) n. Grafik berikut memberikan solusi grafis untuk
PV nilai K memanfaatkan dan YP dari lumpur.
lubang pembersih berdasarkan desain drill string yang

(desain bit, ukuran lubang, kerah, pipa bor), pipa bor
berputar kecepatan, pengeboran reologi cairan, laju
aliran, dan baik profil. EMURC saat ini sedang
mengembangkan sebuah program PC untuk
pengawasan di lapangan.
HCR = H / H crit. Baik lubang pembersihan
terjadi ketika HCR> 1.1
Dimana: H = ketinggian keseimbangan
wilayah bebas atas
tempat tidur stek dan
merupakan fungsi dari
variabel yang tercantum
dalam gambar 1. di
bawah ini.
Solusi grafis untuk Low Shear Tingkat

Viskositas - K
Rasio lubang Cleaning (HCR)

Untuk menengah dan tinggi lubang sudut yang
mengembangkan stek tidur, EMURC telah
mengembangkan parameter yang disebut Rasio Lubang
Cleaning (HCR) yang sangat korelatif dengan masalah
lubang pembersih. Karena banyak variabel pengeboran
dan sistem fisik yang rumit yang terlibat, sederhana
"Direkomendasikan annular Velocity" meja yang
muncul dalam literatur EPR masa lalu tidak lagi
didukung. Sebagai gantinya, EMDRC telah
mengembangkan alat baru dari teori mekanika fluida,
data laboratorium yang diterbitkan, data eksperimen
baru, dan data lapangan yang menyediakan kombinasi
yang optimal dari variabel pengeboran untuk
membersihkan lubang efisien. Telah digunakan untuk
perencanaan atau desain dengan baik untuk
memprediksi kemungkinan menghadapi masalah
H crit = ketinggian kritis

adalah terutama fungsi dari bit
geometri.
Rasio lubang Cleaning (HCR)
(lanjutan)
Lubang Pembersihan Operasi
(Menengah dan Tinggi Angle Lubang)

Berdasarkan pekerjaan ini, memompa keluar prosedur
berikut direkomendasikan untuk bagian menyimpang
dari sumur bor di mana masalah karena stek tidur
dicurigai.
Memonitor torsi dan tarik menggunakan Torque

& Drag Surveillance spreadsheet.
Mengedarkan dan memutar drillpipe di aliran

yang diijinkan / direkomendasikan tarif
maksimum sebelum memulai perjalanan.
Pengalaman menunjukkan bahwa 2 sampai 3
bottoms up volume mungkin diperlukan untuk
membersihkan lubang yang cukup untuk
tersandung. Jika sidetracking mungkin, bergerak
sedikit perlahan-lahan selama interval pendek
Putar akan membantu membangkitkan dan

menghapus potongan tidur terutama jika banyak
sliding dilakukan. Lihat EMDC Technology
Group untuk pedoman rinci.
Pada bagian menyimpang, POH perlahan seperti

yang dijelaskan dalam prosedur pengeboran (~ 21 / 2 sampai 3-1 / 2 menit per berdiri).
Jika kelebihan tarik diindikasikan, berhenti

menarik, mengendur 1 bersama, kemudian
beredar dan memutar setidaknya satu dasar di
laju aliran maksimum yang diijinkan. Berputar
bantu signifikan untuk lubang pembersihan di
lubang sudut tinggi (praktek normal adalah 100120 rpm).
Kemudian, jika drive atas tersedia, memompa

keluar dari lubang di / laju aliran
direkomendasikan maksimum sementara
menarik di 2-1 / 2-3-1 / 2 menit per berdiri atau
lebih, terus sampai lubang membebaskan-up.
Setelah di bagian sudut bawah lubang sumur
(sebaiknya di dalam casing), beredar setidaknya
dua pantat di laju aliran maksimum sampai stek
kembali menurun.
Setelah lubang bersih, finish POH tanpa

pemompaan.
Untuk pengeboran operasi dengan bagian lubang

diperpanjang di atas 45, backreaming mungkin
diperlukan. Rincian operasional akan diberikan
dalam prosedur pengeboran yang berlaku.
Memastikan bahwa bahaya backreaming di
lubang yang tinggi-sudut secara menyeluruh
dibahas sebelum memulai dengan baik sehingga
setiap orang jelas pada strategi yang akan
digunakan.
Aturan-of-Thumb
1. Laju alir: laju aliran pengeboran lepas pantai

Biasanya jatuh antara 50 hingga 70 GPM per inci
diameter bit. Namun, laju aliran lebih besar dari
70 GPM per inci diameter bit tidak pernah
terdengar di sumur sudut tinggi.
Jangan mengorbankan laju aliran

untuk mendapatkan lebih banyak
tenaga kuda, kecepatan jet, atau
penurunan tekanan sedikit.
Terlalu rendah laju aliran

kehendak bola sedikit dan
mengurangi pembersihan lubang
yang efektif.
Laju aliran anulus terlalu rendah

untuk menyebabkan erosi.
Namun, kecepatan nozzle yang
biasanya 200-400 ft / sec dapat
menyebabkan pembesaran di batu
kekuatan rendah (<1.500 psi).
Batasi nozzle kecepatan untuk

<400 fps di soft rock.
Pengeboran cepat dengan bobot

lumpur rendah membutuhkan
minimal 50 GPM per inci
diameter bit untuk lubang <20;
lubang sudut yang lebih tinggi
mungkin memerlukan lebih
banyak.
3. Bit Pressure Drop: Ketika beroperasi di bawah Q

Crit, desain hidrolik untuk penurunan tekanan
48% menjadi 65% di seluruh bit yang; ini
biasanya terjadi di bawah permukaan casing.
Optimal Hidrolik Dampak terjadi

ketika 48% dari hilangnya
tekanan sistem di bit sementara
optimal hidrolik Horsepower
terjadi dengan 65% dari kerugian
pada bit.
Jika total drill string dan

kehilangan tekanan annulus lebih
besar dari 52% dari tekanan
pompa yang tersedia, nozel kecil
diperlukan. Namun, tidak
beroperasi di bawah 30 GPM per
inci diameter bit. Pertimbangkan
untuk menggunakan pipa bor
yang lebih besar.
Saat menjalankan sebuah PDM,

dianjurkan bahwa tekanan
diferensial di seluruh bit yang
tidak melebihi 1.000 psi untuk
mencegah keausan dipercepat dari
perakitan rotor / stator.
2. Horsepower hidrolik: Menjaga 2-7 horsepower

hidrolik per inci persegi luas lubang bor (HHP /
di 2).
PDC bit dengan OBM

membutuhkan lebih sedikit HHP /
di 2 dibandingkan dengan WBM.
Total laju aliran lebih penting
ketika pengeboran dengan bit
PDC dan OBM dari HHP / di 2.
Pengeboran cepat umumnya

memerlukan HHP tinggi / di 2;
Namun, beberapa bit PDC di
OBM dapat bertahan dengan
sesedikit 2 HHP / di 2.
Bit yang lebih besar

membutuhkan lebih HHP. Namun,
berkali-kali di lubang yang lebih
besar ukuran tinggi HHP tidak
mungkin. Dalam kasus ini,
memompa volume maksimal.
Maksimum HHP / di 2 harus

dipertimbangkan hanya jika
kelebihan pompa tenaga kuda
tersedia.
4. Jet Velocity: kecepatan jet Baik biasanya antara

350 dan 450 kaki per detik (menggunakan
kurang dari 400 fps di batu sangat lembut untuk
menghindari washout).
kecepatan Jet akan mempengaruhi
chip yang terus turun dan ROP.
5,8 Hidrolik Optimization (GOM Pengeboran
untuk referensi)
Kecuali di batu sangat lembut, hidrolika don t harfiah
bor. Namun, mereka membersihkan sedikit sehingga
stek membangun tidak mulai untuk membawa WOB
yang harus di gigi (balling). Hidrolik memperpanjang
titik flounder, yang merupakan titik di mana bit mulai
bola.
1. Dalam ROP tinggi, directional, kriteria desain
hidrolik utama adalah lubang pembersihan.
Tenaga kuda hidrolik optimum pada bit dapat
dimanfaatkan untuk memberikan pembersihan
yang efektif dari bit.
2. Optimasi hidrolik harus ditentukan oleh kinerja
peralatan rig dan hasil sebelumnya bit run (s).
3. Nozel bit harus setidaknya 12/32 "untuk
menghindari plugging untuk operasi pengeboran
normal dan 14/32" jika kembali
kehilangan diantisipasi. Peralatan MWD dan
motor juga mungkin perlu dirancang khusus jika
kembali kehilangan diantisipasi untuk mencegah
mencolokkan drillstring dengan LCM. Layar
downhole telah digunakan jika tidak ada alat
sumber nuklir yang dijalankan. Penggunaan bor
layar pipa downhole atau permukaan harus

disetujui oleh Operasi Inspektur.
4. Dalam lembut, formasi yang tidak terkonsolidasi,
membatasi kecepatan jet untuk meminimalkan
lubang wash-out (<400 fps)
5. Dalam pengeboran cepat dan lubang sudut
tinggi, memaksimalkan laju alir untuk
membersihkan lubang yang lebih baik.
6. Hati-hati menganalisis ECDs dan gradien frac
untuk menentukan tarif sirkulasi yang tepat.
7. Sering dalam operasi pengeboran GOM, bit PDC
mampu ROPs lebih dari kemampuan kita untuk
membersihkan lubang. Untuk situasi ini, sangat
penting untuk mengoptimalkan RPM dan
hidrolika untuk secara efektif membersihkan
lubang, belum tentu memaksimalkan ROP.
Memanfaatkan software HOLECLEAN untuk
mencapai desain hidrolik dengan HCR> 1.1.
5.9 REFERENSI BAHAN:
Klasifikasi bit
1. Dunia Oil s 1995 Bor Bit
Classifier.
2. Trinidad s Operasi
Pengeboran Manual, Operasi
Pengeboran Bagian, Halaman 27.
3. Teluk Mexico s Operasi
Pengeboran Manual.
4. Hughes Tool Company, Bit

Kusam Grading Kode grafik.
5. IADC Drilling Manual, Kesebelas
Penambahan, Bab A, Bagian 2,
Page 2 & 3; Bagian 3, Page 1;
Bagian 4, Page 3 & 4.
6. EPR Pengeboran Mekanika,
Bagian 4-Roller Cone Bits,
Halaman 34.
5. Praktek pengeboran Manual,

Preston L. Moore, Bab 10Hidrolik di Rotary pengeboran.
6. Randy Smith Pengeboran Sekolah
Handbook, BENAR-Yah Rencana
Sec., Hidrolik Perencanaan.
7. Reed Tool Company Program
Hidrolik Manual.
7. Hycalog s Tetap Cutter

Handbook.
8. Reed Tool Company Hidrolik

Slide-Peraturan dan Pompa
Kinerja Charts.
8. Geologi, A Golden Gratis, Frank

HT Rhodes, Klasifikasi beku
Rocks
9. IADC Drilling Manual, Kesebelas

Penambahan, Bab R, Bagian 13,
Page 1.
1. Pedoman EUSA Pengeboran

Sekolah Teknik, Bagian Hidrolik.
10. Trinidad s Operasi

Pengeboran Manual, Operasi
Pengeboran Bagian, Halaman 2-7.
(tersedia dari Rivers RE (EMDC)
Hidrolika
2. EUSA Operasi Pengeboran

Manual (Buku Merah) Rig
Hidrolik Bagian.
3. EPR Directional Drilling
Workshop ECI, Surveillance dan
Tindak Lanjut Bagian.
4. IADC / SPE Kertas 27.464
Lubang Cleaning di besar, tinggiAngle lubang bor, Marco Rasi,
EPR
11. Dr Leon Robinson s Dibor

Padat Manajemen Seminar.
DRILLING SISTEM
FLUIDA
1. DRILLING SISTEM FLUIDA

barage RIG DRILLING
PERTAMA EDITION MAY 2003
1. UMUM
2. Umum 1
3. Padatan Kontrol 1
4. Pengeboran Perawatan Fluid 3
5. Pengeboran Cairan Cek 5
6. Suhu tinggi Pengeboran 6
7. Terjebak Pipa Pills 6
8. Kehilangan Sirkulasi 7
9. Non-berair Fluid Operasi 15
10. Rig-Site Dielektrik Konstan
Pengukuran 33
11. Pengeboran Sistem Fluid Pedoman 34
____________________________________________
__________________________________
Sistem fluida pengeboran yang paling efisien

tergantung pada keseimbangan biaya isu-isu
lingkungan (material dan waktu rig), stabilitas
lubang sumur perlu, karakteristik pembentukan dan.
Sebuah sistem fluida pengeboran efektif
meminimalkan jumlah komponen kimia yang
berbeda diperlukan untuk mencapai sifat fluida
pengeboran ditentukan dalam Program Pengeboran.
Memeriksa persyaratan lokal untuk bahan untuk
menjaga di tangan.
Pengembangan program pengeboran akan
menggabungkan pemahaman kontinjensi
berdasarkan hasil analisis risiko dalam jenis bahan
dan persyaratan melalui berbagai tahapan dengan
baik.
2. PADATAN KONTROL
Mempertahankan kontrol yang rendah padatan
gravitasi konten di cairan pengeboran akan
memaksimalkan kinerja sistem fluida pengeboran.
Dua cara umum untuk mempertahankan padatan
kontrol: (1) peralatan padatan kontrol dan (2) dilusi.
Keseimbangan antara kedua metode ini diperlukan
untuk menjaga sistem cairan pengeboran dengan
biaya yang efektif.
Kecuali jika cairan pengeboran tertimbang, metode

yang paling ekonomis padatan kontrol adalah dengan
menggunakan padatan peralatan kontrol. Hal ini
memerlukan pemeliharaan peralatan padatan kontrol
dalam kondisi optimal sehingga melakukan sesuai
dengan spesifikasi pabrik. Namun, peralatan padatan
kontrol tidak 100% efisien dan beberapa padatan
kontrol dengan pengenceran selalu diperlukan.
Shaker serpih adalah cara yang paling efisien untuk
menghilangkan padatan. Mereka melihat cairan
pengeboran segera karena keluar dari lubang
sebelum stek berkurang dalam ukuran dengan
peralatan pengolahan permukaan. Penggunaan
shaker berkualitas tinggi, dengan layar baik
dipertahankan per rekomendasi pabrik, adalah biaya
yang paling efektif metode menghilangkan padatan.
Sebuah centrifuge biasanya ekonomis dalam lumpur
yang tinggi berat (> 14 ppg) atau dalam lumpur berat
badan rendah jika fase cair mahal (beberapa lumpur
polimer atau lumpur non-berair). Pengenceran adalah
metode yang paling mahal dari padatan kendali
ketika menggunakan pengeboran cairan tertimbang
(> 11,0 ppg).
Pedoman pengenceran
1. Mempertahankan padatan gravitasi rendah
sebagaimana ditentukan dalam Program Pengeboran
terutama oleh penggunaan peralatan padatan kontrol
dan hanya encer bila diperlukan. Beberapa
pengenceran diperlukan pada kebanyakan lumpur.
2. Jika penambahan langsung air pengenceran yang

dibuat untuk sistem aktif, harus menyadari bahwa
aditif lumpur juga akan diperlukan untuk menjaga
sifat lumpur konstan.
3. Encerkan sistem aktif untuk kandungan padatan
yang diinginkan dalam satu sirkulasi oleh
perpindahan parsial (membuang sebagian dari sistem
lumpur aktif sebelum menipiskan dengan seluruh
lumpur). Perhatikan bahwa pembuangan lumpur
biasanya diatur oleh badan pemerintah lokal. Jangan
melebihi tingkat lumpur debit per jam maksimal dan
selalu memastikan bahwa kondisi debit yang tepat
terpenuhi sebelum dibuang.
4. Encerkan sistem aktif sebelum pembobotan atas
cairan pengeboran untuk menghindari dilusi biaya
cairan pengeboran yang lebih tinggi.
5. Pemantauan ukuran partikel lumpur di lumpur
cahaya atau tertimbang dapat mendorong keputusan
untuk mencairkan lebih agresif.
Pengenceran - Premixed Drilling Fluid
Keuntungan menggunakan cairan pengeboran
premixed (seluruh lumpur) ketika menipiskan
sistem aktif adalah sebagai berikut:
Mudah bagi Pengeboran Cairan Insinyur untuk

menjaga dengan konsentrasi produk.
Menyediakan lebih bahkan konsentrasi bahan kimia

dalam sistem fluida pengeboran.
Mengurangi kebutuhan untuk menambahkan bahan

massal (garam, barit) ke sistem aktif saat beredar.
meningkatkan kapasitas pengolahan. Hindari

menggunakan layar bergelombang pada panel akhir
atau pada panel yang tidak sebagian besar terendam.
Kerugian meliputi:
Pedoman Hidrosiklon
Menambahkan produk yang tidak diperlukan
Mencegah praktek membiarkan lumpur tren properti

berkendara yang bahan yang digunakan
Mengikat ruang mud pit terus menerus.
1. Gunakan Hidrosiklon terus ketika beredar cairan

pengeboran tertimbang dalam kebanyakan situasi.
2. Periksa kerucut setiap tur untuk memasukkan.
Shale Shaker Pedoman
3. Pastikan kerucut beroperasi di debit semprotan

sebanyak mungkin.
1. Gunakan shaker serpih sebagai primer berarti untuk

mengontrol kandungan padatan dari sistem fluida
pengeboran.
4. Pastikan bahwa hilangnya cairan pengeboran dari

bagian bawah kerucut bukan karena inlet
memasukkan.
2. Berinvestasi di sejumlah dermawan dari shaker

teknologi terbaru yang tersedia.
5. Harga pakan ke hidrosiklon harus sekitar 125% dari

tingkat pompa downhole.
3. Gunakan ukuran layar yang memungkinkan shaker

serpih untuk memproses aliran aliran fluida
pengeboran seluruh dengan aliran arus sekitar dua
pertiga untuk mengakhiri layar.
6. Pastikan kerucut inlet berjenis memiliki kepala

gauge dan beroperasi pada 75 ft. Kepala.
Pedoman lumpur Cleaner
4. Mengoptimalkan penghapusan padatan dengan

mengevaluasi ukuran layar pengocok terus menerus
dan menggunakan layar terkecil yang mungkin
mempertimbangkan tingkat pompa yang diperlukan
dan tingkat penetrasi.
1. Gunakan pembersih lumpur untuk tertimbang atau

mahal cairan pengeboran tertimbang (garam tinggi,
PHPA polimer, dll) hanya jika padatan gravitasi
tinggi rasio padatan gravitasi rendah, ppb, kurang
dari 2 di debit layar (yaitu HGS, ppb <150 = 1,5).
5. Jauhkan shaker serpih dalam kondisi operasi yang

baik. Menjaga ketegangan layar yang tepat dan
segera menggantikan layar robek. Bergelombang
("Piramida") layar gaya telah terbukti efektif untuk
LGS 100
2. Periksa kerucut setiap tur untuk memasukkan.
3. Pastikan kerucut beroperasi di debit semprotan

sebanyak mungkin.
4. Pastikan bahwa hilangnya cairan pengeboran dari
bagian bawah kerucut bukan karena inlet
memasukkan.
5. Tunggu satu atau dua sirkulasi sebelum
mengoperasikan lumpur bersih saat menambahkan
jumlah besar barit ke sistem.
6. Menjalankan lumpur bersih ketika menggunakan
layar yang lebih halus dari 180 jala dapat
mengakibatkan kelebihan debit barit. Biasanya,
lumpur cleaner adalah tidak ekonomis bila
menggunakan layar lebih dari 180 mesh lumpur
berat yang tinggi (> 14 ppg).
Pedoman Centrifuge
1. Feed centrifuge dengan cairan pengeboran dari
sistem aktif saja.
2. Jalankan centrifuge hanya sebanyak yang diperlukan
untuk memelihara atau memulihkan reologi lumpur
dan filtrasi sifat diterima.
3. Tidak melebihi laju umpan maksimum yang
ditentukan oleh produsen.
4. Bilas dan flush centrifuge setelah digunakan untuk
mencegah kerusakan dari barit menetap.
5. Sementara pengeboran depan, centrifuge tidak akan
mengurangi LGS tetapi akan membantu
mempertahankan status quo.
CATATAN: Referensi URC MANUAL - Pedoman

untuk pemilihan, penggunaan, dan
evaluasi Padat Kontrol Metode.
6.3 DRILLING FLUID PERAWATAN
Pengeboran Pedoman Pengobatan Fluid
1. Melakukan minimal dua (2) lengkap "Di" dan "Out"
pemeriksaan cairan pengeboran harian selama
operasi pengeboran.
2. Memproses cairan pengeboran kembali dari lubang
sumur sehingga sifat fluida cairan pengeboran akan
kembali ke dalam lubang yang dalam kisaran yang
ditentukan dalam Program Pengeboran.
3. Uji coba perubahan yang signifikan direncanakan
untuk sistem fluida pengeboran sebelum membuat
perubahan.
4. Mengukur dan mencatat berat fluida pengeboran dan
saluran viskositas pada 15 menit interval dari garis
aliran dan lubang hisap.
5. Jangan menambahkan minyak atau aditif apapun
untuk sistem fluida pemboran yang tidak disetujui
untuk debit selama debit cairan yang diinginkan.
6. Beritahu Driller dan Mud Logger perubahan
direncanakan untuk volume sistem aktif.
7. Prehydrate semua bentonit di air tawar sebelum
menambahkannya ke sistem aktif dalam lumpur air
asin.
8. Jika tersedia, gunakan perangkat geser untuk

memaksimalkan hasil gel dan polimer saat
prehydrating.
9. Campur semua penambahan kaustik dalam tong
tertutup sebelum menambahkan ke sistem aktif
(bukan dari hopper a).
10. Presolubilizing semua polimer di air tawar sebelum
menambahkan ke sistem lumpur garam yang tinggi
lebih disukai.
11. Memaksimalkan pemanfaatan semua bahan kimia
oleh pra-hydrating mereka di air tawar sebelum
menambahkan ke sistem aktif.
12. Pastikan bahwa gerbong yang mematikan jika tidak
digunakan untuk pencampuran.
13. Bahan lumpur (terutama bahan massal) harus diuji
secara berkala untuk memastikan bahwa kualitas dari
bahan memenuhi standar API, atau standar yang
ditentukan oleh kontrak dengan pemasok. (yaitu, tes
berat jenis barit)
Pengeboran Cairan Peralatan Pengujian
3. HTHP filter press jika sesuai untuk jenis lumpur dan

lingkungan downhole.
4. PH meter digital dan elektroda dan kalibrasi buffer
pH = 7 dan 10.
5. Pilot test kit lengkap dengan kecepatan tinggi
Waring mixer (Hamilton Beach, Waring Blender
atau setara).
6. Portabel rol oven dan 2-3 sel panas-usia.
7. Methylene blue test kit.
8. Keseimbangan lumpur bertekanan lengkap dengan
kalibrasi kit.
9. Kit Garrett Gas Kereta untuk mengukur karbonat
dan hidrogen sulfida untuk baik lumpur air atau nonaquious cairan (NAF) jika sesuai.
Cairan Pengeboran Laporan Pedoman
The Drilling Fluids Engineer untuk memberikan
Harian Pengeboran Cairan Laporan kepada
Pengawas Operasional yang meliputi:
Drilling Fluids Engineering Company adalah untuk

menjaga peralatan pengujian berikut di rig:
Harian dan kumulatif Penggunaan Drilling Fluid

Produk
1. Satu lengkap pengujian lumpur kit dengan bahan

kimia pengujian dan API pers.
Biaya harian dan kumulatif Drilling Fluid Produk

Digunakan
2. Enam-kecepatan Fann viscometer lengkap dengan

secangkir panas.
Harian dan kumulatif Volume Dilusi
Harian dan kumulatif Pengeboran Volume Cairan

yang Hilang (Perkiraan) Lebih Padat Kontrol
peralatan, Sirkulasi Hilang, Atau Tidak Dicatat
Untuk di The Volume Pengenceran
Rekam kumulatif Semua Pengeboran Cek Cairan
Benar Dicap sebagai Time dan Kedalaman Bit
6.4 DRILLING FLUID CEK

The Drilling Fluids Engineer adalah untuk membuat
pengukuran berikut untuk setiap cek lumpur pada
cairan pengeboran waterbase.
Pengeboran Berat Fluid
Corong Viskositas
PV (Plastik Viskositas) @ 120 F
YP (Yield Point) @ 120 F
Rheometer Bacaan Untuk 600, 300, 200, 100, 6, dan

3 Bacaan rpm Dial di 120 F
Gel Kekuatan @ 120 F (10 detik., 10 min., Dan

30 menit.)
API Rugi air pada 100 psi dan Suhu Kamar
HTHP Rugi Cairan pada 500 psi Differential dan

Suhu Berdasarkan Program lumpur ExxonMobil.
Metilen biru Test (MBT)
pH Pengukuran Menggunakan Digital pH meter
Pf, Mf, dan Pm dititrasi dengan pH meter
Konten klorida penambahan Bor Air / Air Rig ini

(Barel)
Konten chloride untuk lumpur make-up air
Klorida dan Total Hardness lumpur filtrat
Air, minyak dan Padat Isi (cekatan)
Low Gravity Padat Isi / Pasir Konten
KCl (wt%) dan Potasium (mg / L) jika menggunakan

Sistem Fluid KCl Drilling
PHPA (PPB) jika menggunakan Sistem Fluid PHPA

Drilling
H 2 S jika Ditentukan di Drilling Program (Garrett

Gas Kereta Pengukuran Sulfida.) (Mg / L)
Karbonat menggunakan Garrett Gas kereta api (mg /

L)
Lime Konten
5. SUHU TINGGI DRILLING
Hot Roll dan Static Age Sampel

Lumpur pengeboran berpotensi dapat memiliki
masalah gelasi signifikan ketika terkena suhu tinggi
untuk waktu yang lama. Masalah-masalah ini dapat
sangat akut di lumpur berat tertimbang yang

dibutuhkan untuk mengebor formasi normal tertekan.
Insinyur lumpur atau asistennya adalah untuk
gulungan panas dan statis sampel lumpur usia
diantisipasi suhu lubang bawah secara sering
(minimal 1 / minggu) setiap saat suhu lubang bawah
statis melebihi 250 derajat Fahrenheit. Kecuali
ditentukan lain dalam Program Pengeboran, sampel
harus canai panas selama 12 jam dan statis berusia
selama 24 jam baik di Diperkirakan suhu lubang
bawah. Reologi, Gel kekuatan, pH, dan HTHP
pembacaan kehilangan cairan dari usia / sampel
canai panas harus dibandingkan dengan bacaan prausia untuk mengevaluasi stabilitas lumpur dan untuk
membantu menentukan apakah pengobatan
tambahan diperlukan.
6. PIL PIPA STUCK
Terjebak Pedoman Pill Pipa
1. Untuk pipa berbeda-beda terjebak, Campur pil
dengan volume yang cukup besar untuk menutupi
BHA, termasuk kelebihan 50% untuk lubang
washout, ditambah sekitar 25-50 bbls. Volume ini
cukup cairan untuk memompa 0,5-1,0 per barel
setiap 30 menit selama 24 jam.
2. Mencampur pil pipa terjebak yang dapat diterima
lingkungan ketika praktis.
3. Pastikan bahwa tekanan hidrostatik tidak berkurang
di bawah tekanan pori formasi saat menggusur pil.
4. Campur pil di slugging pit atau cadangan pit.
5. Spot pil seluruh BHA sesegera mungkin

menggunakan pompa semen.
6. Pompa barel bercak cairan setiap 30 menit selama 24
jam sementara menggelegar.
7. Jika pil pipa terjebak harus dicampur, memastikan
bahwa itu digulung secara teratur untuk membantu
mencegah pengendapan. Hal ini terutama penting
dalam berat lumpur yang tinggi dan dalam kondisi
cuaca dingin.
8. Untuk tambahan dan tidak boleh dilakukan pada
bercak cairan, meninjau "ExxonMobil Pipa Terjebak
Bercak Pedoman Fluid" "tersedia dari Drilling
Operations Technical Support.
6,7 HILANG SIRKULASI
Prioritas pertama ketika menghadapi kehilangan
sirkulasi adalah untuk mengisi lubang secepat
mungkin dengan air atau cairan ringan lainnya untuk
menjaga lubang penuh. Ini adalah tanggung jawab
driller, penebang lumpur, dan insinyur lumpur untuk
waspada untuk kehilangan sirkulasi. Tanda-tanda
peringatan adalah sebagai berikut:
1. Rugi di Pit Tingkat
2. Rugi lengkap Pengembalian
3. Kehilangan Pompa Tekanan
Sebuah data pihak ketiga dengan sistem akuisisi data
yang pengarsipan dan alarm harus dipertimbangkan jika
pemantauan pengembalian hilang sangat penting.
Membangun Integritas
Hilang kembali terjadi ketika tekanan di lubang
sumur melebihi stres menolak di batu. Integritas
ditentukan oleh stres penutupan (psi) di fraktur yang
dibuat. Stres Penutupan dibangun dengan
menerapkan tekanan untuk meningkatkan lebar
fraktur, yang menekan batu sehingga mendorong
kembali dengan kekuatan yang lebih besar. Semakin
besar lebar dicapai, semakin besar peningkatan
integritas. Namun, dalam rangka untuk menerapkan
tekanan yang dibutuhkan untuk kompres batu,
pertama-tama perlu untuk mengisolasi ujung fraktur
yang dinyatakan akan terus tumbuh pada tekanan
yang sangat rendah. LCM konvensional isolat ujung
dengan menjadi massa unpumpable karena
kehilangan cairan carrier karena perjalanan
menyusuri fraktur wajah permeabel. LCM juga
berfungsi untuk berkemas fraktur terbuka sehingga
stres penutupan lebih tinggi dipertahankan. Bahkan
relatif partikel-partikel kecil yang efektif dan akan
menjadi massa unpumpable jika leakoff yang tinggi.
Leakoff tinggi dan konsentrasi padatan tinggi adalah
fitur kunci dalam desain pil. Pertumbuhan fraktur
tidak dihentikan dengan memblokir dengan partikel
besar, dihentikan oleh hilangnya cairan pembawa
dan pengembangan massa unpumpable.
Pil mungkin memiliki kerugian lonjakan intrinsik
tinggi dan belum menjadi tidak efektif jika
permeabilitas yang rendah. Ragu-ragu meremas
sangat penting dalam permeabilitas yang rendah
(<500 + md) karena memungkinkan waktu untuk
cairan pembawa bocor off. Beberapa lapisan LCM
yang akhirnya dibangun di dekat kawasan lubang
sumur yang mencapai lebar rekahan yang cukup dan
stres penutupan untuk memungkinkan pengeboran

untuk melanjutkan.
Integritas tidak dapat dibangun kecuali patah tulang
dibuat dan lebarnya meningkat. Jika peningkatan
yang diperlukan dalam stres penutupan sangat
rendah, padatan lumpur saja dapat mencapai lebar
diperlukan ketika mikro-patah tulang hanya memulai
dan tidak ada kerugian yang diamati. Jika kenaikan
sedikit lebih lebar diperlukan, maka baik mungkin
take sebuah drinka dan kemudian pengeboran
dapat terus. Ketika kerugian lengkap terjadi
pendekatan yang paling efektif yang tersedia harus
digunakan pada upaya pertama. Hal ini dibenarkan
oleh tingginya biaya waktu rig untuk beberapa upaya
untuk membangun integritas. Campur tinggi pil
kehilangan cairan, menggunakan konsentrasi
tertinggi LCM mungkin, dan berencana untuk raguragu meremas. Ini mungkin bukan yang terbaik
first respon dalam kasus di mana zona loss isna
ta pasir selama sekitar 100md atau underbalance
oleh lebih dari 1000psi.
Mengisi Lubang
Jika kembali kehilangan terjadi dan tingkat cairan
anulus tetes adalah penting untuk mengisinya segera.
Ketika kehilangan diamati:
1. Segera mengambil dari bawah minimal 15 ft (jelas
kelly bushing jika menggunakan kelly).
2. Matikan pompa lumpur.
3. Mengamati tingkat cairan dalam anulus, (bell
puting) jika terlihat.
4. Jika tidak berdiri penuh, mengisi awalnya dengan 020 bbls lumpur berat bor untuk melihat apakah
kerugian tersebut menurun.
5. Jika kerugian tidak jadi t penurunan, isi dengan
air atau minyak dasar melalui tangki perjalanan
sampai kerugian berhenti. Anulus akan stabil ketika
kepala Total sama dengan stres penutupan fraktur di
zona loss. Mengukur dan mencatat volume cairan
cahaya yang diperlukan untuk mengisi annulus.
6. Hitung stres penutupan fraktur (integritas) di zona
kerugian berdasarkan jumlah mengisi dan
melaporkan volume mengisi dan FCS pada laporan
harian.
FCS ppg = [(Light Isi Tinggi) (Light Isi
Density) + (Mud Tinggi) (MW)]
(Perkiraan Kedalaman Rugi)
7. Amati anulus. Jika mengisi cahaya upaya untuk
mengalir kembali kemungkinan bahwa aliran
bawah tanah terjadi. Diam di segera untuk
mencegah flowback dan memonitor tekanan.
Segera hubungi Operasi Inspektur.
8. Setelah anulus stabil, mungkin terus menurun
perlahan-lahan karena rembesan. Mulailah
mengisi dengan seluruh lumpur daripada mengisi
cahaya untuk menghindari underbalancing zona
dangkal dengan cahaya mengisi.
Mencoba untuk Membangun Sirkulasi

1. Dalam kebanyakan kasus, hal ini diinginkan untuk
menarik pipa ke dalam sepatu casing sebelumnya.
2. Setelah menarik ke sepatu, memungkinkan 2-4 jam
sebelum mencoba untuk memastikan sirkulasi cairan
dalam fraktur telah bocor off, memungkinkan untuk
menutup. Memonitor pada tangki perjalanan.
3. Bekerja string bor perlahan dan menggunakan choke
pipa tegak jika diperlukan ketika memulai sirkulasi
setelah menunggu penutupan fraktur.
4. Beredar pantat naik dari sepatu casing sebelum
tersandung kembali ke dalam lubang terbuka.
5. Perjalanan di lubang terbuka perlahan-lahan dan
sirkulasi istirahat sering.
Pengobatan Seleksi
1. Memanfaatkan Gambar 6-1 untuk memilih
pengobatan yang tepat untuk acara kehilangan
berat.
Prosedur rinci untuk setiap jenis pengobatan

yang terkandung dalam EMDC Generic Hilang
Mengembalikan Prosedur diposting di Dunia
Share. Diposting dokumen ini terus diperbarui
dengan pembelajaran dalam praktek operasional
dan formulasi pil. Gambar 6-1
Hilang Mengembalikan
Pengobatan Panduan
Pemilihan
(Lihat EMDC Generic
Hilang Mengembalikan
Prosedur untuk rincian)
LCM Pengobatan konvensional untuk Kerugian

Parah
1. Jika sumur tidak akan beredar, posisi bit dalam
sepatu casing sebelumnya dan mempersiapkan
diri untuk operasi bullhead. Jika sumur dapat
diedarkan tempat sedikit di bawah zona loss dan
mengedarkan LCM seluruhnya dari bit untuk
posisi itu di anulus. Tarik sedikit ke dalam sepatu
sebelumnya untuk melakukan meremas.
2. Jika pil tersebut akan beredar di luar, mencampur
LCM sedikit lebih berat dari lumpur sehingga
jatuh kembali untuk mengisi perpindahan pipa
ketika menarik DP. Gunakan pelampung yang
solid untuk mencegah aliran balik ke dalam
BHA. Isi anulus dengan seluruh lumpur. String
akan menarik basah.
3. Campur pil dengan menambahkan air, 15ppb

Attapulgite, dan LCM. Jika Attapulgite tidak
tersedia, gunakan karet 0,5 ppb Xanthan sebagai
viscosifier. Setelah pencampuran LCM,
menambahkan barit untuk mencapai kepadatan
yang diperlukan.
4. Gunakan konsentrasi tertinggi LCM yang dapat
dipompa melalui komponen drill string yang.
5. Jangan gunakan bahan yang mengurangi
hilangnya dorongan (misalnya kalsium karbonat
baik, microfiber, pati dan bentonit).
6. Jangan biarkan cairan untuk kembali dari anulus
sambil meremas LCM. Diam di sebelum
memulai pemindahan dan memonitor dan
merekam tekanan. Setiap perubahan dalam
tekanan anulus adalah ukuran langsung dari
perubahan stres penutupan fraktur (integritas).
7. Ragu-ragu meremas memaksimalkan stres
penutupan fraktur. Menempatkan sekitar dari
LCM ke fraktur dan menutup. Melakukan
setidaknya dua meremas dengan keragu-raguan
antara masing-masing untuk memungkinkan
cairan pembawa LCM bocor off. Ragu untuk 1-4
jam antara setiap pemerasan. Tinggalkan 1020 bbls dari LCM di atas zona kerugian setelah
meremas akhir
8. Tahan tekanan antara meremas. Jika arus balik
diperbolehkan sebelum cairan pembawa bocor
off, lebar fraktur dan stres akan menurun.
9. Memberikan tekanan dan volume data ke

insinyur pengeboran untuk merencanakan dan
pengarsipan dalam catatan baik.
10. Setelah memegang tekanan pemerasan akhir
untuk minimal 4 jam, pendarahan tekanan dan
tahap pompa perlahan-lahan. Tahap string bor ke
bawah, melanggar sirkulasi pada setiap titik dan
pemantauan kembali untuk keuntungan atau
kerugian tambahan.
Formulasi pil
Formulasi pil terus meningkatkan. Pembelajaran
yang terus-menerus diperbarui dan dipublikasikan
dalam EMDC Generic Hilang Mengembalikan
Prosedur, yang diposting di Dunia Share. Hubungi
Drilling Operations Technical Support untuk bantuan
tambahan dalam desain pil.
Pil harus menjadi desain yang paling ekonomis yang
berhasil akan membangun integritas. Kemudahan
yang integritas dibangun tergantung pada leakoff
(permeabilitas) dan peningkatan yang diperlukan
dalam fraktur stres (lebar). Jika permeabilitas tinggi
atau peningkatan yang diperlukan kecil, konsentrasi
yang relatif rendah menengah LCM mungkin efektif
(20-40 ppb). Permeabilitas yang sangat rendah dan
sangat ditarik pasir konsentrasi lebih dari 100 ppb
telah menjadi praktek standar.
Konsentrasi LCM yang dapat dipompa terbatas oleh
ukuran partikel dan pembatasan dalam drill string
yang. Serat media telah dipompa melalui MWD pada
80 ppb. Lebih kecil 400 mikron LCM (misalnya,
Steel Seal, SweepWate) telah dipompa melalui
MWD pada konsentrasi lebih dari 300 ppb.

Konsentrasi yang lebih tinggi dari partikel yang lebih
kecil lebih efektif daripada konsentrasi rendah bahan
menengah, tetapi juga lebih mahal. Pengalaman
lapangan diperlukan untuk menentukan pendekatan
yang lebih efektif biaya. Karena tingkat penyebaran
untuk rig pengeboran tinggi, preferensi umumnya
harus diberikan kepada pendekatan yang lebih
mungkin untuk bekerja pada upaya pertama
(konsentrasi tinggi dari 400 mikron).
Terlepas dari ukuran partikel atau jenis, cara di mana
sebuah LCM digunakan lebih penting daripada apa
yang digunakan. Kombinasi tinggi desain kehilangan
cairan dan ragu-ragu meremas sangat meningkatkan
efektivitas dari berbagai bahan.
Balon
Balon mengacu pada kerugian dan arus balik dari
lumpur yang kadang-kadang diamati ketika sirkulasi
dimulai dan berhenti. Hal ini disebabkan oleh
perluasan fraktur kembali hilang karena ECD terkait
dengan sirkulasi, dan kemudian kontraksi fraktur
ketika ECD dihapus. Hal ini umumnya terkait
dengan lembut, formasi permeabilitas yang rendah.
Ini dapat terjadi pada permeabilitas lebih tinggi jika
lumpur lowleakoff seperti NAF sedang digunakan.
Pencegahan Ballooning
Balon dapat dicegah jika berat lumpur berkurang
sehingga total ECD kurang dari stres penutupan
fraktur dan patah tulang tidak dapat dibuka kembali.
Hal ini juga mungkin untuk menghentikan balon
dengan memperlakukan fraktur dengan Flexplug
(NAF) atau DOB2C (WBM) untuk membangun stres

penutupan melebihi ECD. Semen juga telah berhasil
digunakan, tetapi menciptakan potensi untuk
sidetracking. Ini lebih mungkin berhasil jika fraktur
terbatas pada pasir diskrit daripada jika balon yang
terjadi di shale a.
Kondisi lain untuk Kehilangan Pengembalian
1. Jika sumur tidak akan berdiri penuh, pil LCM
akan overdisplaced oleh kepala hidrostatik
lumpur bor-berat. Overdisplacement dapat
dikontrol dengan memompa cairan cahaya yang
cukup di akhir untuk menempatkan kolom pipa
bor underbalance stres penutupan fraktur di zona
loss. Mengisi cahaya disebut sebagai pipa bor
hydrostatic packer . Perhitungan untuk
merancang packer hidrostatik disediakan di
Generik Hilang Pengembalian Prosedur.
2. Diskusikan pemotongan berat lumpur dengan
Operasi Inspektur. Ketika kembali hilang BHP
jatuh ke kekuatan menolak di fraktur, yang
disebut sebagai stres penutupan fraktur (FCS).
Jika anulus tetap stabil setelah mengisi, aliran
tidak terjadi dengan BHP sama dengan FCS. Ini
adalah diagnostik yang penting yang
menunjukkan bahwa berat lumpur dapat dengan
aman dipotong untuk sama dengan yang dihitung
FCS tanpa memperhatikan aliran.
3. Menurut definisi, rembesan adalah hilangnya
seluruh lumpur ke dalam tenggorokan pori
formasi (tidak ada propagasi fraktur). Rembesan
dihentikan ketika padatan baik pasang
tenggorokan pori melalui mana seluruh lumpur
melarikan diri. Di lumpur berat badan rendah

(<10 ppb), tambahkan saja kalsium karbonat di
5-8 ppb untuk tujuan ini (5 mikron CaCO 3).
Namun, penambahan bahan blocking baik
dipertanyakan di bobot lumpur tinggi di mana
sudah ada volume yang cukup partikel barit
ukuran ini untuk memblokir tenggorokan pori.
Misalnya, lumpur 13.0 ppg memiliki lebih dari
100 ppb partikel ukuran yang sama dengan baik
kalsium karbonat. Juga, jangan menggunakan
lost returns LCM untuk kontrol rembesan.
Bahan yang lebih besar seperti serat menengah
dan kacang steker tidak sesuai dengan
tenggorokan pori dengan baik dan menghasilkan
kue yang lebih tebal. Sementara mereka
memperlambat kerugian, mereka meningkatkan
potensi diferensial mencuat.
4. Pengobatan sistem lumpur seluruh dengan
pengembalian yang hilang LCM tidak
disarankan. Efek merugikan dari LCM media
tentang sifat lumpur dan padatan kontrol
signifikan. Pengobatan sistem kadang-kadang
dianjurkan bila interval yang sangat panjang
kembali hilang diantisipasi yang tidak dapat
diobati dengan pil diskrit. Namun, ketika hal ini
terjadi secara umum mungkin untuk memotong
MW dan bor seluruh selang sebelum melakukan
pengobatan tunggal.
5. Jika rembesan dan kontrol filtrat sangat penting,
mempertimbangkan penggunaan Bor dan Seal
perawatan. Proses ini dijelaskan secara rinci
dalam Generic Hilang Mengembalikan Prosedur
diposting di Dunia Share. Bor dan Seal
digunakan ketika filter cake terkait dengan
lanjutan kerugian rembesan dan filtrasi rendah

dapat menyebabkan diferensial mencuat, torsi
dan drag, atau menempel wireline.
6. LCM konvensional tidak bekerja jika batu
adalah kedap air dan cairan pembawa tidak dapat
bocor off (serpih). Alternatif yang
direkomendasikan untuk batuan kedap yang
DOB2C dalam basis air lumpur atau
Halliburton s Flexplug di lumpur dasar
minyak. Tidak membutuhkan leakoff agar dapat
berfungsi. DOB2C adalah campuran minyak,
bentonit, semen dan air yang membentuk bubur
yang sangat kental yang akhirnya mengeras.
Flexplug adalah produk eksklusif yang
membentuk bahan karet pada suhu lubang
bawah. Prosedur rinci untuk setiap disediakan
dalam Generic Hilang Mengembalikan Prosedur
Global Share.
7. Menurut definisi, formasi vugular adalah mereka
dengan> 1 / 16A bukaan. Definisi praktis
adalah bahwa mereka formasi dengan leher pori
yang tidak dapat diblokir dengan LCM
konvensional (misalnya, karbonat, tempat tidur
tiram, kerikil). Pengobatan yang dianjurkan
untuk menurunkan vugular yang tidak akan
menanggapi kasar LCM adalah semen di lumpur
dasar minyak, atau DOB2C di lumpur dasar air.
Semen juga dapat digunakan di WBM tapi
DOB2C memiliki keuntungan dalam bahwa hal
itu dapat dibor keluar tanpa memperhatikan
sidetracking. DOB2C tidak dapat digunakan
dalam NAF.
Pengeboran Tanpa Pengembalian
Jika semen atau LCM pil gagal untuk mengontrol

sirkulasi hilang, dimungkinkan, (dalam jangka waktu
pendek) untuk mengebor tanpa pengembalian.
Sebuah stek tidur build-up di arah baik dapat
menghasilkan pipa terjebak karena untuk
membersihkan lubang yang tidak memadai.
Pengeboran kering digunakan di banyak daerah
operasi sebagai alternatif ketika kembali utama yang
hilang yang ditemukan.
Cairan pengeboran dipompa pada tingkat dikurangi
untuk:
Jauhkan bit dilumasi dan sejuk
Jauhkan bit dari mencolokkan
Membawa stek ke zona loss untuk membantu dalam

memasukkan.
Perawatan harus diambil ketika pengeboran kering,
setiap sendi mungkin harus reamed beberapa kali
untuk membersihkan lubang cukup, dan hanya
boleh dilakukan dengan persetujuan Manajer
Bidang Pengeboran.
Penurunan tekanan hidrostatik harus
dipertimbangkan ketika pengeboran kering.
Pengeboran Melewati Shakers

Membawa LCM dalam sistem dan melewati shaker.
Ini (segel sementara Anda menelusuri) metode yang
baik untuk menjaga dari menggunakan LCM untuk
hanya satu sirkulasi sehingga mengurangi biaya,
tetapi bisa menambah masalah jika berkepanjangan.

Jika shaker yang memungkinkan untuk tetap olehmelewati terlalu lama, kandungan padatan dari
sistem lumpur akhirnya akan mencapai titik yang
lubang bor tidak dapat mempertahankan peningkatan
berat badan atau viskositas. Padatan kecil memiliki
kecenderungan untuk menempel, (piggy-back) pada
LCM dan diedarkan kembali downhole
meningkatkan padatan dan dengan demikian
meningkatkan berat lumpur.
Tentu saja ada pengecualian untuk kedua hal di
atas, ini bukan untuk mengatakan bahwa mereka
tidak boleh digunakan jika diperlukan, tetapi
bereksperimen dengan salah satu atau kedua dan
pengalaman dengan mereka akan meningkatkan
kegunaan dan kesuksesan mereka.
Plug semen
Jika semen murni digunakan sendiri untuk melawan
kembali hilang, berat bubur 15,8 ppg telah terbukti
menjadi yang paling efektif. Colokan seimbang akan
terlihat melalui pipa bor berakhir terbuka diposisikan
di zona pencuri dan pipa bor ditarik ke sepatu casing.
Jika lubang tidak mengambil lumpur apapun setelah
bercak steker semen, sebuah bradenhead meremas
lembut dapat diterapkan setelah pipa bor adalah
dalam sepatu casing. Gel semen memiliki kepadatan
yang lebih rendah mungkin diperlukan dengan zona
yang memiliki integritas yang sangat sedikit atau
mungkin patah menggunakan semen rapi. Dalam
pencampuran jenis semen, bubur berikut ini:
13.2 ppg
Massa
jenis
100 sxs
Kelas G
Semen
8%
Gel
24,3 bbls
Air segar
1/4 ppb
Sodium
karbonat
1/4 ppb
Pedas
(The natrium karbonat dan kaustik digunakan untuk

menghapus ion kalsium dan magnesium.)
Semen seperti Cal-Seal (mengandung gypsum),
Thixotropic (mengandung tanah liat dan polimer),
dan Gilsonite (batu kapur hancur-up) juga dapat
digunakan, meskipun mereka belum terbukti jauh
lebih efektif daripada semen biasa dalam berat
kejadian kembali hilang .
DOB2C
DOB2C efektif dalam menghentikan propagasi
fraktur baik rendah atau tinggi permeabilitas batuan.
Namun, keuntungan utama lebih LCM konvensional
adalah permeabilitas rendah. Karena LCM
konvensional membutuhkan leakoff dari cairan
pembawa, itu tidak jadi t tampil baik di formasi
yang sangat ketat atau shale. DOB2C hanya dapat
digunakan di WBM.
DOB2C mencapai integritas melalui proses yang

berbeda dari LCM konvensional. Karena viskositas
yang sangat tinggi, tekanan lubang sumur yang
diperlukan untuk memeras itu turun kembali hilang
disebabkan fraktur tinggi. Tekanan tinggi pada
lubang sumur meningkatkan lebar fraktur dan fraktur
stres penutupan (FCS). Tekanan diadakan sementara
semen di set DOB2C, dan lebar rekahan dan
peningkatan stres penutupan dipertahankan secara
permanen.
DOB2C sering juga disukai untuk semen dalam
menghalangi kerugian vugular karena bahan rendahkekuatan yang tersisa di lubang sumur mudah dibor
tanpa risiko sidetracking. Keuntungan lain adalah
bahwa karena viskositas tinggi adalah mungkin
untuk menerapkan tekanan squeeze tinggi untuk
DOB2C yang memastikan bahwa bahan tersebut
dipaksa semua bukaan vugular. Semen dapat
mengalir bebas ke dalam yang terbesar dari bukaan
tanpa mengembangkan tekanan kembali cukup untuk
memaksa semen tambahan ke vugs lebih kecil.
Meskipun diesel ini paling sering digunakan sebagai
cairan dasar untuk membawa bentonit dan semen,
minyak rendah toksisitas lain dan lumpur sintetis
berbasis telah berhasil digunakan.
Flexplug
Halliburton FlexPlug adalah campuran dari lateks
dan aditif lain yang bercampur dengan lumpur untuk
membentuk bahan karet dalam kondisi downhole.
Flexplug berhenti pertumbuhan fraktur dengan
menghalangi fraktur dekat sumur bor, dan kemudian
deformasi untuk mempertahankan penyumbatan
sebagai fraktur melebar di bawah tekanan

pemerasan. Tekanan ekstrusi bahan cukup tinggi
bahwa tekanan lubang sumur tidak menular ke ujung
fraktur dan pertumbuhan fraktur (pengembalian
hilang) dicegah. Tekanan meremas diadakan sampai
set suhu diaktifkan terjadi. Karena FlexPlug tidak
mencapai kuat tekan yang signifikan (seperti halnya
DOB2C) mungkin ada beberapa kehilangan lebar
fraktur dan integritas ketika tekanan squeeze
dilepaskan. Namun, pengalaman lapangan
menunjukkan bahwa dalam banyak situasi stres
berkelanjutan memadai.
FlexPlug adalah sistem calon dalam 1) NAF, dan 2)
permeabilitas rendah, karena tidak memerlukan
leakoff untuk fungsi, seperti halnya LCM
konvensional. Hal ini juga akan berfungsi dalam
permeabilitas tinggi, LCM namun konvensional
lebih murah dan sama efektif saya permeabilitas
tinggi.
6,8 NON-AIR OPERATIONS FLUID
Petunjuk umum
Pertimbangan keamanan:
1. Bahaya tergelincir
Kebersihan stres di sekitar rig: Menyediakan bahan
penyerap untuk menjaga lantai rig dan catwalk
kering. Sebuah vakum lumpur minyak rig, mirip
dengan "Max Vac" sistem harus dipasang dengan
outlet menghubungkan ke lantai rig, shaker, ruang
pompa, BOP dek, dll mengandung lumpur yang
terakumulasi selama perjalanan, ketika bekerja pada
pompa, atau ketika tumpahan terjadi. Lantai rig nonselip, bertabur tikar putar harus digunakan. Sering
menggunakan pembersih uap dianjurkan.
2. Bahaya kebakaran
Menyediakan ventilasi yang baik di daerah tertutup,
terutama pada lubang bawah geladak lepas pantai.
Dua periode dari resiko kebakaran terbesar adalah
ketika lumpur mengandung gas formasi, dan ketika
lubang pertama pengungsi dan ringan, ujung lebih
tidak stabil dari base oil yang hilang ke atmosfer. Api
tidak terbuka, rokok, pengelasan, dll harus diizinkan
dekat lumpur minyak. Rig harus diperiksa untuk
celana pendek listrik dan untuk setiap peralatan atau
operasi yang bisa menciptakan bunga api; motor
listrik harus ledakan-bukti. Sebuah penekanan busa
api sistem pertempuran harus dipertimbangkan untuk
ruang pit dan daerah pengocok.
3. Kualitas udara
Menyediakan ventilasi yang baik di ruang tertutup,
terutama lubang lumpur, shaker dan daerah lumpur
pencampuran. Pertukaran udara dari 90 volume
kamar per jam biasanya memadai. Telah ruangan
yang didedikasikan untuk pengujian lumpur yang
tersedia; pengujian laboratorium insinyur lumpur
juga harus memiliki ventilasi yang baik karena
pelarut yang mudah menguap yang diperlukan untuk
memecah emulsi selama banyak tes lumpur minyak.
4. Kontak kulit
Semua kontraktor dan EMDCDO karyawan yang

mungkin mendapatkan lumpur minyak pada kulit
mereka harus dibuat sadar bahwa itu adalah iritasi
dan harus dihapus secepat mungkin. Pakaian
pelindung, sarung tangan, sepatu karet, dan
keselamatan kacamata harus tersedia. Air krim
pembersih larut (untuk menghilangkan lumpur dari
kulit) dan pelindung krim tangan harus disediakan.
Kru harus diberitahu pertimbangan kesehatan dan
bagaimana mengatasinya. Ini harus konsisten dengan
ExxonMobil OSHA (berlaku untuk operasi non-US
East) Program Komunikasi Bahaya dan
dikomunikasikan kepada keselamatan kontraktor dan
pemimpin Pertolongan Pertama di rig.
Melindungi Lingkungan dan Meminimalkan
Kerugian Mud
1. A lebih rendah kelly, katup lumpur-saver harus
dipasang (yaitu Drilco ini Mud Periksa Valve atau
setara).
2. Sebuah ember lumpur dengan saluran ke saluran
aliran harus digunakan. Pneumatik Bucket Jenis
Mud telah terbukti sangat bermanfaat ketika
membuat perjalanan basah atau kembali reaming
keluar dari lubang.
3. Kedua OD dan ID bor wiper pipa harus digunakan
ketika membuat perjalanan kecuali masalah kontrol
juga mencegah penggunaan yang aman dari ID
wiper. ID wiper harus memiliki tepat leher ukuran
ikan.
4. Sebuah panci menetes harus digunakan untuk rak

pipa dan wajan menangkap dipasang dimana tepat
(misalnya, di bawah sentrifugal atau pompa
transfer).
5. Wilayah kerja langsung di lantai rig harus disisir
dengan 3 "datar bar dilas di tepi, atau setara, dan
dikeringkan dengan garis aliran atau jebakan pasir
dengan pilihan untuk pergi ke bah pembuangan.
6. Instal barang karet tahan minyak di valving; BOPs
(elemen annular dan ram blok segel); memompa
penyeka; tunggangan layar pengocok; dan selang
fleksibel. Pompa sentrifugal harus dipasang dengan
sil mekanik.
12. Rig up katup menutup-off untuk tangki pasokan

minyak dasar jauh dari lubang.
13. Penghapusan stek dan sistem pembuangan harus
dipasang. Stek kotak atau mengantongi sistem harus
memenuhi semua persyaratan peraturan.
14. Penambahan agen pembasahan minyak dan
pengenceran dengan minyak dasar harus
dipertimbangkan ketika membangun OBM siput
dalam sistem lumpur kepadatan tinggi. Siput
viskositas rendah telah terbukti lebih efektif,
terutama ketika menggunakan bor string yang
runcing.
15. Sebuah sistem vakum memberikan banyak manfaat.
7. Pastikan air hujan tidak bisa mengkontaminasi

lumpur di lubang terbuka.
8. Kosong off semua sumber air di sekitar lubang
lumpur. Air merupakan kontaminan serius dalam
lumpur minyak.
9. Sebuah pompa, jalur suplai, dan nozzle untuk
membersihkan layar pengocok dan pengocok daerah
kadang-kadang disediakan, namun perlu diingat
bahaya kebakaran menghasilkan semprotan halus
minyak, khususnya diesel dengan titik nyala rendah
+/- 140-150 F .
10. "No Smoking" tanda-tanda harus ditempatkan di
lokasi mencolok di sekitar lubang lumpur.
11. Sebuah tugas berat ledakan bukti listrik uap bersih /
pressure washer harus tersedia.
16. Pit lumpur saluran air harus blanked off

(penggorengan diinstal) untuk memastikan bahwa
lumpur minyak tidak dapat diarahkan ke laut.
OIL SPILL TINDAKAN PENCEGAHAN
Komunikasi
1. Harus ada prosedur transfer tertulis di rig dan kapal
pasokan yang menguraikan berikut (minimal):
produk untuk mentransfer
urutan operasi transfer
transfer rate
keterangan mentransfer dan menerima sistem
prosedur darurat
pemotongan dan pengelasan izin yang

dikembalikan dan ditunda sampai transfer
OBM atau base oil selesai
tumpah prosedur penahanan
menonton dan menggeser pengaturan
Prosedur Transfer penutupan
persyaratan pelaporan tumpahan dan

prosedur
2. Pertemuan pra-Transfer harus dilakukan pada rig dan

pasokan kapal untuk meninjau prosedur pengalihan
dengan semua personil yang terlibat.
3. Sementara mentransfer base oil atau OBM dari kapal
suplai untuk rig, anggota kru yang ditunjuk akan
ditugaskan untuk mengamati kebocoran dari kapal
rig / pasokan ke laut.
4. Komunikasi radio akan tersedia antara ruang rig
kontrol, rig pengamat, dan kapal pasokan setiap saat
selama operasi.
5. Sebuah izin kerja harus dikeluarkan sebelum
mentransfer produk hidrokarbon apapun.
Transfer Hose
1. Selang harus dinilai untuk cairan hidrokarbon.
2. Selang desain Peringkat meledak akan menjadi salah

satu yang berikut, mana yang lebih besar:
a. setidaknya 600 psi, atau
b. Pengaturan tekanan katup empat kali pompa
perpindahan plus hidrostatik cairan, atau
c. empat kali output pompa perpindahan
ditambah hidrostatik cairan bila tidak ada
katup dipasang.
3. Selang tekanan kerja akan menjadi salah satu
berikut, mana yang lebih besar:
a. sedikitnya 150 psi, atau
b. pelepas tekanan pengaturan katup pompa
perpindahan ini ditambah hidrostatik cairan,
atau
c. empat kali output pompa perpindahan ini
ditambah hidrostatik cairan bila tidak ada
katup tekanan diinstal.
4. Selang akan diperiksa secara visual untuk air mata,
tusukan, bintik lembut, atau tonjolan di selang
eksterior, segera sebelum transfer.
5. Ini harus diverifikasi bahwa koneksi kapal rig dan
pasokan yang kawin pasangan.
6. Sebuah katup bola akan dipasang pada pasokan akhir
kapal dari selang transfer.
7. Akan ada topi penyegelan positif pada ujung selang

transfer.
8. Panjang selang harus cukup untuk kapal pasokan
untuk pindah ke batas luar garis mooring.
9. Selang harus memadai didukung untuk menghindari
ketegangan yang berlebihan pada kopling selang
10. Tidak boleh ada Kinks dalam selang transfer ketika
terhubung ke kapal pasokan.
11. Jika selang transfer terputus dari pipa riser, topi
penyegelan akan dipasang di ujung riser.
PERSIAPAN RIG SEBELUM MENGAMBIL ON
NAF MUD
1. Harus ada prosedur rinci, dengan daftar periksa,
(lihat Daftar Periksa Kesiapan NAF / OBM di
Bagian 6 "Lampiran G-II) untuk mempersiapkan
rig untuk mengambil lumpur minyak-base. Prosedur
harus sangat menekankan tindakan yang harus
dilakukan untuk mencegah terjadinya tumpahan
sebelum memuat produk dan sementara itu
digunakan.
2. Harus ada lumpur skema pipa yang tersedia di
fasilitas untuk sistem sirkulasi. Skema ini harus
menyoroti lokasi semua katup pembuangan dan
setiap potensi sumber tumpahan lainnya.
3. Pertimbangan harus diberikan untuk warna coding
semua menangani operasi katup pembuangan dengan
mengecat warna khas mereka (misalnya, kuning dan
hitam garis-garis). Katup ganda dengan katup
gerbang di akhir dan tanda ijin kerja untuk membuka

katup.
4. Sebelum menutup setiap katup pembuangan di
jebakan pasir atau lubang lumpur, kursi dan katup Oring harus diperiksa secara visual akan
memverifikasi bahwa keduanya bersih, bebas dari
kotoran atau obstruksi, dan tidak rusak. Setiap katup
kemudian harus ditutup sementara visual mengamati
tempat duduk katup. Setelah penutupan penuh, katup
kemudian harus dikemas dengan pasta gel-air untuk
lebih meningkatkan segel.
5. Semua lubang lumpur dan perangkap pasir katup
pembuangan harus double-valved, terkunci dalam
posisi tertutup, dan diposting dengan tanda, dicetak
dalam bahasa Inggris dan bahasa asli, yang
menyatakan "izin kerja yang diperlukan untuk
mengoperasikan". Dalam beberapa kasus, dua
valving telah dicapai dengan memasang katup
gerbang hilir katup pembuangan di garis debit umum
untuk jebakan pasir dan / atau lubang lumpur.
CATATAN: Jika katup gerbang belum diinstal di
garis debit, menginstal satu kemungkinan besar akan
memerlukan persetujuan oleh badan pengawas
seperti ABS dll Metode lain untuk menghalangi
OBM dari mendapatkan ke laut adalah dengan
menginstal wajan di semua baris.
6. Pertimbangan harus diberikan untuk memasang garis
pompa-out antara susunan ganda-valved (yaitu,
antara katup pembuangan dan katup gerbang) untuk
memungkinkan memompa keluar setiap polutan
yang dapat bocor oleh katup pembuangan.
7. Persyaratan izin kerja harus di tempat untuk

mengoperasikan katup pembuangan. Sebuah izin
kerja juga harus diperlukan sebelum OBM dapat
ditransfer ke setiap tangki atau pit yang telah
memiliki katup pembuangan dioperasikan,
diperbaiki, atau disegel kembali.
8. Transfer OBM tidak boleh dilakukan selama jam
kegelapan, selama waktu makan, atau selama
perubahan tur kecuali situasi darurat mendikte atau
kecuali kebijakan tertulis telah dibentuk untuk secara
efektif menangani situasi.
9. Sementara mentransfer OBM dari kapal pasokan ke
lubang lumpur, anggota kru yang ditunjuk harus
ditugaskan untuk mengamati kebocoran dari bagian
bawah rig ke laut.
10. Checklist A harus diselesaikan untuk transfer ke /
dari rig hidrokarbon (yaitu, Minyak Pangkalan
Lumpur, Diesel, dll) dan harus mencakup
pemeriksaan jalur pemuatan, pengujian tekanan
pembebanan
baris, proteksi kebakaran, sistem komunikasi
verbal antara sumber kapal dan tujuan.
Checklist telah dimasukkan dalam Bagian 3
"Lampiran GI.
Frekuensi Sebelum koneksi selang
OnLoading untuk setiap siklus
perpindahan (Bagian Program
Manajemen Keselamatan 5.4.1).
11. Lubang tikus / lubang tikus harus disegel dengan
selang diarahkan ke tangki pembuangan.
12. Saluran ruangan pompa harus dialihkan ke tangki

pembuangan.
13. Harus ada panci menguras bawah meja putar dengan
garis kembali dialihkan ke jalur aliran.
14. Semua lantai saluran rig harus dialihkan ke tangki
pembuangan.
15. Tergelincir kemasan sendi dan segel garis aliran
harus karet tahan minyak. Menyelinap barel bersama
harus diperiksa untuk memastikan permukaan yang
halus dan bebas dari sabut.
16. Base oil atau OBM tidak harus disimpan dalam pit
lebih lama dari yang sebenarnya diperlukan.
Memegang lubang harus dibersihkan pada akhir
setiap pekerjaan yang membutuhkan OBM.
17. Periksa semua BOP dan rig katup untuk karet dan
tangguh segel kompatibilitas dengan OBM.
18. Sebelum loading Mud Minyak ke tangki lumpur rig,
menginstal produk karet baru di semua tekanan
rendah katup lumpur dan pompa katup hisap.
19. Persediaan pada produk karet cadang untuk katup
dan peralatan pengolahan lumpur.
20. Periksa semua katup dalam sistem sirkulasi sebelum
loading Mud Minyak ke dalam tangki rig.
21. Buat genangan air ekstra di sekitar pompa dan rig
substruktur untuk minyak perangkap.
22. Menggunakan pompa vakum untuk membersihkan

genangan air, dan untuk membersihkan pompa
selama perbaikan kerja.
3. Pilot menguji perubahan yang signifikan

direncanakan untuk sistem lumpur sebelum
membuat perubahan.
23. Pastikan bahwa semua peralatan penanganan lumpur

dan pencampuran pompa memiliki panci drip.
4. Ketika pengeboran, ukuran dan merekam pada

interval 30 menit berat fluida pengeboran dan
saluran viskositas dari garis aliran dan lubang pompa
hisap.
24. Tambahkan baris 2 "menguras antara lubang tikus

dan tangki perjalanan (atau tangki dengan
kemampuan untuk memompa lumpur ke shaker).
Dengan saluran ini, lumpur yang mengalir dari kelly
dapat disimpan dan dipompa seluruh shaker.
25. Katup ganda semua lini tangki. Jika memungkinkan,
gunakan pipa keras (dilas Jadwal 40) untuk jalur
daripada selang.
26. Menginstal overflow umum antara tangki
penyimpanan untuk mencegah tumpahan selama
pemuatan dan mentransfer.
NAF DRILLING CAIRAN
Pedoman pengobatan
1. Lakukan minimal dua (2) lengkap (In and Out)
pemeriksaan cairan pengeboran setiap 24 jam selama
operasi pengeboran.
2. Memproses cairan pengeboran kembali dari lubang
sumur sehingga sifat fluida cairan pengeboran akan
kembali ke dalam sumur bor berada dalam kisaran
yang dapat diterima sesuai dengan spesifikasi dalam
Drilling Program disetujui.
5. Beritahu Driller dan Mud Logger perubahan

direncanakan untuk volume sistem aktif.
6. Gunakan perangkat geser untuk memaksimalkan
hasil pengemulsi, agen pembentuk gel, dan untuk
mendapatkan emulsi minyak / air yang ketat.
7. Pastikan bahwa gerbong tertutup-off jika tidak
digunakan untuk pencampuran.
Uji Peralatan
Alat uji yang tercantum dalam pameran B dari Bahan
Lumpur dan Mud Engineering Services Kontrak
harus dipelihara di rig. Lihat kontrak untuk rincian.
Item tertentu yang diperlukan untuk menguji lumpur
minyak dasar meliputi:
1. Peralatan untuk analisis kimia dari lumpur minyak
sebagaimana tercantum dalam API RP 13B-2.
2. Referensi - API RP 13B-2 "Direkomendasikan
Praktek - Prosedur Standar Untuk Bidang Pengujian
Minyak Berbasis Pengeboran Cairan", Desember
Edition 1991 atau yang lebih baru.
3. Mud Balance bertekanan dengan Kalibrasi Kit.
4. Fann 6-speed VG meter.
7. HPHT Filtrasi pada 500 psi diferensial pada suhu

yang ditentukan dalam Program Pengeboran.
5. Termostatik dikendalikan cup viskometer.

8. Alkalinitas dan Lime Kelebihan.
6. Thermometer (32-220 F).
9. Air Tahap Salinitas.
7. HTHP filter press.
10. Kalsium.
8. 10 atau 20 cc retort lumpur.
11. Kegiatan oleh electrohygrometer.
9. Stabilitas meteran listrik dengan kalibrasi kit.
12. Stabilitas listrik.
10. Electrohygrometer dengan kalibrasi kit.
13. Air, minyak, dan kandungan padatan (retort).
Rincian lebih lanjut tentang alat uji diberikan dalam
ExxonMobil Oil dan Mud Sintetis Pedoman
Pengujian.
14. Minyak Rasio Air.
Lumpur Periksa Pedoman
Rincian lebih lanjut tentang pemeriksaan lumpur

diberikan dalam ExxonMobil Oil dan Mud Sintetis
Pedoman Pengujian.
Kecuali ditentukan lain dalam Program Pengeboran,

yang Pengeboran Cairan Insinyur harus membuat
pengukuran berikut untuk setiap "Mud Periksa"
pada cairan pengeboran minyak-base.
Cairan Pengeboran Laporan Pedoman
1. Lumpur Berat.
The Drilling Fluids Engineer untuk memberikan

Harian Pengeboran Cairan Laporan kepada harian
operasi pengawas yang meliputi:
2. Corong Viskositas.
Harian dan kumulatif Penggunaan Drilling Fluid

Produk
Biaya harian dan kumulatif Drilling Fluid Produk

Digunakan
Harian dan kumulatif Volume Dilusi
3. Plastik Viskositas (PV) pada 120 F.

4. Yield Titik (YP) pada 120 F.
5. Gel Kekuatan pada 120 F.
6. API Filtrasi pada 100 psi diferensial.
Harian dan kumulatif Pengeboran Volume Cairan

yang Hilang (Perkiraan) Lebih Padat kontrol
peralatan, Sirkulasi Hilang, Atau Tidak Dicatat
Untuk di The Volume Pengenceran
Rekam kumulatif Drilling Cek Cairan Dicap sebagai

Time dan Kedalaman Bit
Awak yang bekerja dengan lumpur atau

lumpur pompa harus mengenakan kimiatahan (misalnya Neoprene) sarung tangan.
Kacamata keselamatan dengan perisai

samping.
Topi keras.
Lengkap jas hujan jas atau apron kimia.
Ekstra APD harus disimpan dalam rumah

anjing untuk personil lainnya yang sering
dipanggil untuk bekerja di lantai bor.
Sepatu karet.
Handuk kertas dispenser, tangan bersih,

dispenser krim penghalang, dan mencuci air
di daerah pit lumpur. "ZEE" krim kulit telah
bekerja dengan baik dalam mencegah iritasi
kulit.
Alat Pelindung Diri dan Fasilitas

1. Memastikan bahwa pekerja melaporkan untuk
bekerja setiap tur dalam pakaian kerja yang bersih
dan bahwa setiap pekerja memiliki pakaian kerja
ekstra bersih di lokasi. Secara umum, pakaian
direndam minyak harus diubah sesegera mungkin.
2. Menyediakan sarana yang memadai bersih-bersih
untuk pekerja yang memiliki kontak kulit dengan
lumpur minyak.
3. Menyediakan pembersih tangan dan krim
penghalang untuk menghilangkan minyak dari kulit
dan melindungi kulit. Barang-barang ini harus
disimpan di semua stasiun cuci mata.
4. Peralatan pelindung berikut pribadi (PPE) harus
tersedia untuk digunakan oleh karyawan yang
bekerja dengan lumpur minyak:
Sarung tangan kerja (ganti ketika jenuh

minyak). Sarung tangan tahan kimia yang
dikenakan di bawah sarung tangan kerja
dapat digunakan untuk meminimalkan kontak
kulit. (Lateks-jenis sarung tangan bedah
bekerja dengan baik)
Pelatihan Industri Hygiene-Terkait

1. Sebelum memulai pekerjaan lumpur minyak,
program pelatihan untuk personil rig harus dilakukan
untuk menjelaskan bahaya kesehatan yang
berhubungan dengan paparan lumpur minyak.
2. Kontraktor pengeboran harus memastikan bahwa
pekerja yang akrab dengan MSDS (data keselamatan
Bahan Lembar) untuk minyak dasar dan semua aditif
lumpur minyak.
3. Program pelatihan harus menjelaskan penggunaan

yang tepat dari APD. Persyaratan mengenai
penggunaan APD harus dinyatakan dengan jelas
sebelum menggunakan lumpur minyak.
a. Gunakan volume yang diperlukan untuk

mencapai ketinggian spacer dari 200-500 ft
di anulus. Gunakan ketinggian yang lebih
besar untuk lubang terbuka, ketinggian yang
lebih rendah di dalam casing.
Pemindahan Mud minyak

Perpindahan sukses dari Air-Base Mud oleh Mud
Oil-Base bisa sulit. Kecuali tercakup dalam Program
Pengeboran, Prosedur Tambahan yang
menggambarkan prosedur yang diperlukan akan
ditulis oleh Drilling Insinyur. Prosedur contoh
diselesaikan menggunakan EMDC Timur AS
Pengeboran Kelompok Inti OBM Pemindahan
Prosedur dapat ditemukan di Bagian 6 "Lampiran
SI.
1. Gunakan spacer. Pertimbangkan untuk menggunakan
pewarna.
a. Di mana tekanan diferensial memungkinkan,
spacer sederhana seperti minyak dasar murni
sering bekerja terbaik.
b. Jika spacer tertimbang diperlukan, lumpur
minyak tanpa kalsium klorida yang terbaik.
Dalam operasi penyemenan spacer yang
tidak harus mengandung kalsium klorida atau
pengaturan lampu kilat bisa terjadi.
2. Spacer Volume rekomendasi:
b. BAIK PENGENDALIAN PERHATIAN:

Hitung efek spacer pada tekanan hidrostatik.
3. Cairan menggusur harus lebih berat dari cairan yang
akan mengungsi. Kepadatan dari kedua cairan harus
diperiksa pada suhu yang sama.
4. Kondisi air lumpur oleh deflocculating ke titik hasil
yang lebih rendah dan kekuatan gel. Beredar pantatup pada tingkat pompa tinggi segera sebelum
memulai perpindahan.
Prosedur perpindahan
Hal ini sangat penting untuk merencanakan
perpindahan dengan hati-hati. Memiliki tipis, baru
beredar dasar air lumpur di lubang sebelum
perpindahan.
1. Beredar dan tipis lumpur dasar air secara
menyeluruh sebelum menutup untuk mengganti
lumpur air di lubang dengan lumpur minyak. Pada
beberapa rig, kembali dapat dialihkan ke palung
logam (lumpur selokan) dari shaker ke pit hisap; jika
demikian, sirkulasi lumpur air dapat terus sedangkan
lubang yang tersisa dikeringkan lumpur air dan
dibersihkan.
2. Membersihkan lubang setelah menghapus lumpur
air.
3. Masukan 40-60 layar mesh pada shaker serpih untuk

menangani lumpur minyak tebal. Memiliki layar
yang lebih halus siap untuk instalasi setelah lumpur
minyak telah beredar di sekitar.
4. Masukan spacer di slugging pit dan mengisi lubang
lain dengan lumpur minyak.
10. Beredar di sekitar sekali, dan setelah menentukan

bahwa lumpur air dan spacer telah datang kembali
mengalihkan kembali atas shaker dan mulai
perawatan lumpur minyak perbaikan dengan
pengemulsi dan agen pembasahan. Perawatan khas
berada di kisaran 0,5-1,0 ppb untuk setiap aditif
selama sirkulasi berikutnya.
5. Nol pompa Stroke kontra setelah spacer dipompa

dan sebelum pertama lumpur minyak yang baik
dimulai downhole. Rekam jumlah stroke yang ketika
lumpur air dan lumpur air antarmuka lumpur /
minyak telah mengungsi dan kembali lumpur
minyak yang cukup baik yang terlihat. Mulai shaker,
lumpur langsung ke lubang.
11. Menjalankan pemeriksaan untuk sifat aliran, ES, dan

HTHP sesegera mungkin setelah lumpur yang baik
telah datang kembali (perawatan perbaikan harus
sudah telah dimulai) dan menilai kondisi lumpur.
Lanjutkan mengobati seperlunya, dan jangan
berhenti beredar sampai sifat lumpur diterima
tercapai.
6. Putar dan membalas pipa dur ing perpindahan.
12. Mengganti pengocok layar untuk mesh terkecil yang

mungkin segera setelah shaker bisa mengatasinya.
7. Memompa pada tingkat yang cepat selama

perpindahan. Tingkat mengurangi jika tekanan
meningkat. Jangan berhenti memompa setelah
perpindahan telah dimulai kecuali benar-benar
diperlukan.
8. Membuang lumpur air atau pindah ke penyimpanan
sementara memompa.
9. Menangkap spacer / air lumpur / antarmuka lumpur
minyak dan buang sesuai kebutuhan disetujui.
13. Gunakan pompa hitungan langkah untuk

memperkirakan tingkat penyaluran oleh lumpur
minyak. Ini akan membantu menentukan berapa
banyak air lumpur yang tersisa di dalam lubang.
14. Dimulai pengeboran ketika lumpur minyak pameran
reologi stabil, stabilitas listrik, dan menunjukkan
sedikit atau tidak ada air dalam filtrat HTHP.
Pengujian dan penyejuk Selama Pemindahan
1. Tes untuk air lumpur / spacer antarmuka setiap
15-20 menit sampai 75% dari perpindahan telah
dipompa, kemudian menguji terus menerus.
2. Rekor jumlah Stroke pompa ketika kembali
lumpur minyak yang cukup baik terlihat pada
shaker. Gunakan count Stroke untuk menghitung

berapa banyak air lumpur yang tersisa di dalam
lubang. Jika jumlah yang signifikan dari lumpur
air-base yang tersisa di dalam lubang, itu
mungkin disebabkan oleh lubang terbuka sangat
washedout. Lumpur air dapat berdarah ke dalam
lumpur minyak selama beberapa hari setelah
perpindahan; pencampuran ini dapat
melemahkan emulsi lumpur minyak.
3. PENANGANAN KONTAMINASI: Setelah
kembali lumpur minyak baik diarahkan selama
shaker, emulsifier dan pembasah dapat
ditambahkan pada shaker, di hisap, atau di kedua
tempat. Terus beredar dan kondisi lumpur selama
beberapa sirkulasi dan sifat aliran tes, dan listrik
Stabilitas. Periksa Suhu Tinggi / High Pressure
kehilangan cairan untuk ada atau tidak adanya
air; pengeboran tidak harus dimulai sampai
HTHP adalah
<1.0 cc atau air gratis. Proses menggusur dan
kemudian pendingin dapat mengambil 24 jam
atau lebih dan tidak boleh terburu-buru.
Pastikan lumpur diperlakukan-sebelum baik
pengeboran depan.
4. FLUIDA IDENTIFIKASI: Untuk membantu
mengidentifikasi ketika lumpur minyak yang
baik akan datang kembali, run
Dispersi dan Listrik Stabilitas Tes sebagai
berikut:
Dispersibilitas Uji
1. Isi satu gelas bersih atau wadah plastik dengan

minyak dasar, yang lainnya dengan air.
2. Tempatkan beberapa tetes cairan kembali di masingmasing dan mengamati tanda-tanda dispersibility:
Jika cairan menyebar dalam air dan tidak

dalam minyak, itu adalah lumpur air.
Jika cairan menyebar dalam minyak dan

tidak di dalam air, itu adalah lumpur minyak.
Jika minyak bentuk licin di permukaan air

atau fraksi tidak bercampur, itu adalah
campuran air dan minyak.
Listrik Uji Stabilitas

1. Memeriksa secara berkala ES pada sampel cairan
kembali.
2. Jika ada lumpur air yang cukup dalam cairan, ES
akan menjadi nol (sangat konduktif).
3. Ketika jumlah lumpur air menurun menjadi sekitar
20-25% dalam lumpur minyak, meteran ES akan
mulai memberikan pembacaan yang rendah (100200 volt). Pada saat ini, memperlambat pompa dan
mempersiapkan untuk menempatkan lumpur selama
shaker.
A. Persiapan Rig
1. Semua perbaikan pengelasan pada pompa, lubang,
dan lantai rig harus diselesaikan sebelum mengambil
Mud Oil.
2. Perubahan putar pengepakan dan kosong dari semua

saluran air ke pit. Menjaga di situs pasokan drum
pembuangan 55-galon untuk limbah berminyak.
2. Memanfaatkan jenis sekrup conveyor (s) atau unit

vakum untuk stek mengumpulkan, pengumpulan
dan debit dari Unit Mixing untuk area
penyimpanan.
B. Basis Penyimpanan Minyak

MINYAK DASAR PEMANFAATAN DAFTAR
1. Banteng plug berakhir garis tangki bila tidak
digunakan.
2. Menjaga base oil yang memadai di lokasi atau
perahu.
Gunakan checklist OBM dalam Program

Manajemen Keselamatan
1. EPR - Mud Minyak manual
3. Menggunakan pompa mencuci-down udara didorong

untuk layar mencuci botol dan peralatan lainnya.
Pastikan bahwa pompa hisap dilindungi dengan
layar.
2. EUSA - Lab Mud Pedoman Pengujian Mud Manual /

Minyak
C. Seluruh Storage Mud
4. NODO Operasi & Buletin Teknis No. # 94-21 /

Bagaimana membangun high-density OBM siput.
1. Mempertahankan minimal 500 lumpur tertimbang

bbl di tank di lokasi.
3. NODO - OBM Praktek operasi manual
5. Pengeboran Program Manajemen Keselamatan
2. Tangki penyimpanan lumpur seluruh harus terus

gelisah jika memungkinkan.
LOADING MUD MINYAK DASAR ATAU BASE

OIL DARI PENAWARAN KAPAL UNTUK RIG
3. Memantau kekuatan gel pada lumpur disimpan;

kekuatan gel yang lebih tinggi diperlukan untuk
mencegah barit menetap.
Tanggung jawab
D. solidifikasi
1. Memanfaatkan Pengeringan Shaker untuk
mendapatkan potongan bor sekering mungkin dan
untuk mendaur ulang sebanyak base oil mungkin
(misalnya Sweco LM-3 Shaker, Derrick Hi-G
Shaker, dll).
1. OIM atau Barge Insinyur / Kapten bertanggung

jawab operasi.
2. Alat pendorong adalah untuk bertanggung jawab
untuk persiapan rig terkait. Asisten Driller dan
Derrick manusia adalah untuk membantu Tool
pendorong.
Persiapan
1. OIM atau Barge Eng. / Kapten untuk pertemuan pralubang transfer dengan anggota kru yang terlibat.
2. Periksa secara visual Transfer selang untuk
kerusakan segera sebelum mentransfer. Transfer
selang harus dinilai untuk cairan hidrokarbon dan
memiliki tekanan kerja yang aman dari 150 psi.
Pastikan tekanan pasokan kapal memompa tidak
akan melebihi tekanan kerja yang aman dari selang.
3. Transfer selang memiliki katup pada akhirnya, di sisi
supply vessel, dan telah diperiksa untuk kerusakan.
4. Semua outlet lain pada garis beban yang ditutup
dengan flens buta atau katup yang benar ditutup dan
digembok (yaitu, daftar katup tertentu).
5. Katup pada outlet sampel di setiap stasiun pemuatan
ditutup.
6. Katup pada semua berlawanan stasiun sisi memuat
ditutup dan diamankan (yaitu, digembok).
7. Alat pendorong dan ExxonMobil pengeboran
pengawas akan memverifikasi bahwa semua
persiapan yang tercantum di sini telah dibuat
sebelum memulai transfer. Juga, Alat pendorong dan
ExxonMobil pengeboran pengawas akan
memastikan bahwa "checklist" sepenuhnya selesai
sebelum memulai operasi. Salinan selesai "checklist"
akan diberikan kepada ExxonMobil pengeboran
pengawas.
8. Transfer selang akan diperiksa secara visual untuk
kerusakan sebelum mentransfer.
9. Lubang lumpur, lubang pengocok dan kotak

pengocok telah dikosongkan dan dibersihkan per
persetujuan insinyur lumpur. Semua katup
pembuangan telah ditutup, dijamin, dan menandai.
10. Lumpur katup utama pada baris debit laut ditutup
dan digembok (sebutkan katup).
11. Tangki perjalanan yang akan dibersihkan. Katup
pembuangan tangki perjalanan yang akan ditutup
dan diamankan.
12. Laut katup dari lantai rig menguras ditutup dan
diamankan. Lantai rig saluran berbaris untuk
menguras tangki.
13. Saluran air di ruang pompa, ruang perawatan
lumpur, ruang shaker, daerah pencampuran lumpur,
dan ruang semen disegel.
14. Semua katup unit semen ditutup. Katup pembuangan
dari unit semen perpindahan dan pencampuran
tangki ditutup dan digembok.
15. Katup isolasi di lumpur ruang pit antara garis OBM
dan garis air bor ditutup dan diamankan.
16. Katup utama pada air laut jalur suplai dan semua
katup air di lubang lumpur, ruang pompa, dan shaker
serpih ditutup dan menandai.
17. Main jalur suplai diesel katup telah ditutup,
digembok dan menandai.
18. Transfer pompa yang tersedia untuk digunakan

dalam hal tumpahan di dek atau untuk mentransfer di
pit.
33. Personil tambahan pada rig untuk memotong

penanganan yang diperlukan.
34. Drillpipe dalam dan luar wiper berada di rig.
19. DeSander dan pakan desilter katup baris berjenis

ditutup dan diamankan.
Komunikasi
20. Katup pada possum perut debit ditutup dan

diamankan.
1. Semua rig dan kapal pasokan personel yang terlibat

untuk memiliki radio VHF.
21. Sistem pembilasan air di shaker layar ditutup dan

diamankan.
2. Salah satu anggota awak rig yang ditunjuk untuk

ditugaskan sebagai pengintai selama transfer untuk
mengamati kebocoran dari rig atau pasokan kapal
dan untuk memantau perpindahan selang.
22. Stek laut gerbang di shale pengocok pemotongan

melalui disegel.
23. Stek mentransfer augers operasional.
24. Shaker memotong jalur ke lubang lumpur ditutup.
25. Gumbo garis kotak Bypass ditutup.
3. Mentransfer lumpur dasar minyak harus dilakukan di

siang hari saja, kecuali operasi ExxonMobil
pengawas menyetujui transfer malam. Langkahlangkah perencanaan tambahan akan diperlukan
untuk mengatasi masalah yang bisa dihadapi dengan
transfer selama kegelapan.
27. Retakan di lantai rig dimeteraikan dengan

"Pembangun Foam".
4. OIM, alat pendorong, ExxonMobil pengeboran

pengawas, insinyur lumpur, lumpur logger dan
kontrol operator ruang akan diinformasikan sebelum
transfer OBM.
28. Tersedak garis debit berjenis ditutup dan menandai.
Mentransfer
29. Kantong sampah besar yang rig jika diperlukan.

30. Kotak pemotongan yang di rig.
1. OIM atau Barge Eng. / Kapten dan orang derek

akan berlipat ganda cek line up dari loading
stasiun ke lubang lumpur.
31. Absol adalah di rig.
2. Izin kerja akan selesai sebelum transfer.
26. Gumbo tampilan kotak menetas disegel.
32. Sistem vakum beroperasi.
2.a Cutting dan izin pengelasan harus kembali dan

ditunda sampai transfer OBM atau base oil
selesai.
3. Hubungkan Transfer selang untuk memasok
kapal. OIM atau Barge Eng / Kapten.
Mengkonfirmasi dengan kapten kapal pasokan
yang mentransfer sambungan selang flange
adalah pasangan yang tepat untuk flens di kapal
pasokan.
4. Transfer sekarang siap untuk memulai. The
derek pria akan memantau volume yang
dipompa dan berubah dari yang diperlukan,
membuka katup pada lubang berikutnya untuk
diisi sebelum menutup katup pada lubang hanya
diisi. Derrick manusia dan lumpur penebang
akan memantau volume yang diterima secara
berkala di seluruh operasi dan setelah selesai
transfer cairan.
5. Jika ada perbedaan antara volume dipompa dan
volume menerima harus terjadi, menghentikan
transfer segera. Alat pendorong dan ExxonMobil
pengeboran pengawas harus diberitahu tentang
perbedaan dan penyelidikan akan dilakukan
untuk menemukan alasan untuk penyimpangan.
Solusi yang dapat diterima untuk masalah ini
akan dilaksanakan sebelum melanjutkan operasi.
6. Insinyur lumpur akan melakukan pemeriksaan
kualitas cairan ditransfer secara periodik selama
operasi.
7. Ketika mentransfer selesai, menghentikan pompa
pemindahan dan menutup katup loading baris di
kamar pit. Menutup katup di stasiun pemuatan,

selang pengalihan kemudian harus berdarah
untuk kapal pasokan. Katup di ujung selang
transfer di kapal pasokan harus ditutup sebelum
melepaskan selang dari flens di kapal.
8. Semua garis campuran, garis hisap dan garis
transfer ke unit semen dan tangki perjalanan
harus memerah. Semua lumpur air / minyak
antarmuka lumpur dari operasi pembilasan harus
ditangkap dan dipompa ke tangki air kotor.
Setelah pembilasan, semua katup harus ditutup.
Menggusur AIR LUMPUR DASAR DARI sumur
bor DENGAN MINYAK DASAR LUMPUR
Tanggung jawab
1. Alat pendorong dan ExxonMobil Drilling
Supervisor untuk bertanggung jawab atas operasi
menggusur.
Persiapan
1. Alat pendorong dan Mud Insinyur akan mengadakan
pertemuan pra perpindahan dengan semua anggota
kru yang terlibat.
2. Pastikan koneksi adaptor flowline diperketat.
3. Shaker memotong jalur ke lubang lumpur ditutup.
4. Shaker memotong garis ke dalam kotak gumbo
diperiksa, ditutup, tagged dan dijamin.
5. Gumbo tampilan kotak menetas ditutup dan

diperiksa.
18. Stek laut gerbang di shale stek pengocok melalui

disegel.
6. Katup dump di degasser diperiksa, ditutup, tagged

dan dijamin.
19. Menetas pada stek auger di posisi yang benar.

20. Stek mentransfer augers operasional.
7. Tangki perjalanan telah dikosongkan dan

dibersihkan.
8. Perjalanan katup tangki dump diperiksa, ditutup,
tagged dan digembok.
21. Saluran air di shaker, karung, semen dan kamar

perawatan disegel.
22. Katup berjenis deSander dan feed line desilter
diperiksa, ditutup, tagged dan dijamin.
9. Lantai rig saluran berbaris ke tangki air kotor.

10. Katup pada jalur laut dari lantai rig / tangki slop
harus diperiksa, ditutup, tagged dan digembok.
23. Tabung meluap dan satuan semen garis tangki

perpindahan saluran katup diperiksa, ditutup, tagged
dan dijamin.
11. Shaker pit dan kotak pengocok dibersihkan untuk

memenuhi persetujuan insinyur lumpur.
24. Retak / bukaan di lantai rig dimeteraikan dengan

"busa Building".
12. Katup lubang pembuangan Shaker harus diperiksa,

ditutup, tagged dan digembok.
25. Tersedak berjenis katup garis debit ditutup dan

menandai.
13. Katup pada pelepasan possum perut diperiksa,

ditutup, tagged dan dijamin.
26. Air dioperasikan ember lumpur di rig dan

operasional.
14. Shaker debit berbaris untuk memotong jebakan pasir.
27. Pipa bor dalam / luar wiper adalah di rig.
15. Semua saluran air di mana OBM bisa habis akan

dipasang atau diarahkan ke tangki air kotor.
28. Tas besar berada di rig jika diperlukan.

29. Sistem vakum pada rig dan operasional.
16. Transfer Air pompa yang tersedia di rig.

17. Katup sistem pembilasan air untuk layar pengocok
akan ditutup dan menandai.
30. Personil tambahan yang tersedia untuk menangani

stek auger / stek kotak.
31. Rencana telah dikembangkan untuk menangani

lumpur dasar air yang dipindahkan dari sumur bor.
32. Rencana di tempat untuk menangkap lumpur dasar
air antarmuka / OBM.
1. Alat pendorong dan manusia derek akan

mengkonfirmasi satu sama lain bahwa semua katup
berbaris dengan benar sebelum memulai operasi
perpindahan.
34. Kedua insinyur lumpur berada di tur.
2. Jika ada kebocoran atau tumpahan terdeteksi,

menghentikan operasi perpindahan segera.
Menerapkan langkah-langkah korektif dan
memastikan semua personil yang terlibat akan
diberitahu sebelum restart operasi perpindahan
35. Jika operasi perpindahan harus dilakukan selama

kegelapan, memastikan pencahayaan yang cukup
tersedia.
3. Para insinyur lumpur berkala akan memeriksa ES

dari lumpur kembali untuk menentukan whento
menempatkan arus balik melintasi shaker shale.
Komunikasi
4. Setelah perpindahan, semua lini campuran,

penyedotan garis dan garis transfer akan memerah
dan antarmuka apapun akan dibuang dalam tangki
air kotor.
33. Bahan kimia onboard untuk mengobati OBM setelah

perpindahan selesai.
1. Semua personel yang terlibat dalam perpindahan

akan memiliki akses radio VHF.
2. Alat pendorong, ExxonMobil pengeboran pengawas,
insinyur lumpur dan lumpur penebang akan terlibat
dalam operasi perpindahan.
6,9 RIG-SITUS DIELEKTRIK PENGUKURAN

KONSTAN
Pendekatan umum
3. Salah satu anggota awak rig yang ditunjuk akan

ditugaskan sebagai pengintai selama operasi
perpindahan untuk mengamati kebocoran.
4. OIM, alat pendorong, ExxonMobil pengeboran
pengawas, insinyur lumpur, lumpur logger dan
kontrol operator ruang akan diinformasikan sebelum
perpindahan operasi.
Menggusur
Secara umum, model stabilitas lubang sumur yang

dibangun berdasarkan analisis stek (untuk
menentukan area permukaan) dari beberapa
mengimbangi sumur. Luas permukaan kemudian
stratigrafi berkorelasi, konsistensi data dievaluasi,
dan profil luas permukaan yang dihasilkan.
Untuk menerapkan profil luas permukaan offset
untuk calon baik, correlativity dari stratigrafi harus
ditentukan (yaitu, Bagaimana sumur diimbangi
mengikat untuk prospek baik?). Biasanya,
penyesuaian sederhana untuk puncak stratigrafi

dibuat untuk menghubungkan daerah permukaan.
Kadang-kadang, kedalaman daerah permukaan offset
"ditarik" atau "dikompresi" untuk mengakomodasi
diantisipasi selang penebalan atau menipis. Profil
luas permukaan ini digunakan sebagai data masukan
untuk model stabilitas lubang sumur yang digunakan
untuk perencanaan dengan baik. Stek daerah
permukaan dapat diukur di rig-situs untuk
memverifikasi atau memodifikasi model stabilitas
lubang sumur sementara pengeboran. Kualitatif, kita
dapat menentukan apakah sumur bor harus
pengeboran lebih atau kurang stabil daripada model
juga tergantung pada perbandingan nyata
dibandingkan daerah permukaan diasumsikan.
Kuantitatif, daerah permukaan nyata dapat
digunakan untuk merevisi jadwal berat Model dan
lumpur.
umumnya item jalur kritis untuk analisis off-site.

Sebuah biaya analisis khas adalah $ 15-20 per
sampel. Independen opsi pengukuran, sekitar 30-50
sampel dapat dianalisis setiap hari. Frekuensi sampel
normal adalah sekitar sekali setiap 30 kaki.
Keterbatasan
Tujuan dari pengukuran apapun untuk mengaktifkan
beberapa respon, jika perlu. Dalam beberapa kasus,
pilihan untuk bertindak atas pengukuran luas
permukaan rig-situs mungkin terbatas.
Sumur tertentu menghadapi situasi yang sulit di

mana gradien runtuhnya pendekatan, atau bahkan
melintasi gradien fraktur. Keadaan seperti itu dapat
disebabkan oleh tekanan tektonik abnormal tinggi
atau biasa anisotropic, atau ketika kekuatan batuan
sangat lemah dibandingkan dengan bahkan tekanan
normal. Karena persyaratan yang bertentangan untuk
menstabilkan lubang sumur (berat lumpur yang lebih
tinggi) dan menghindari pengembalian hilang (berat
lumpur rendah) satu-satunya pilihan adalah untuk
mengelola gejala ketidakstabilan saat mendekati
gradien fraktur sedekat praktis. Pertemuan terakhir
dengan situasi ini (lihat contoh di bawah) telah
memotivasi penelitian URC saat ini pada
peningkatan prediksi leakoff dan mitigasi kembali
hilang.
Sementara EPR korelasi kekuatan shale tergabung

dalam perangkat lunak WBSD akurat untuk sebagian
besar serpih, perilaku kekuatan serpih luas
permukaan yang lebih rendah tertentu telah diamati
untuk berada di luar database dari mana korelasi
disampaikan. Serpih di Malaysia dan Laut Irlandia,
Pengukuran Pilihan
Real-time pengukuran luas permukaan dapat dibuat
dengan portabel, di tempat DCM kit. Keputusan
apakah untuk memobilisasi di tempat pengukuran luas
permukaan harus mempertimbangkan hal berikut:
DCM memerlukan terlatih, berdedikasi lumpur

logger.
Sebuah kit DCM biaya sekitar $ 16.000, ditambah

biaya tambahan untuk persediaan habis
Atau, stek telah dikirim dari wellsite ke EMURCo di

Houston atau Labs di Aberdeen untuk analisis.
Waktu transportasi (untuk Houston atau Aberdeen)
misalnya, daerah permukaan rekor 100-200 m /

gm sementara menunjukkan sifat mekanik konsisten
dengan 400-500 m / gm. Kerja laboratorium
sedang berlangsung untuk menyelesaikan
pengecualian tersebut ke database ini.
Aplikasi
Berikut ini ikhtisar bagaimana real-time (on-site)
pengukuran luas permukaan telah atau dapat
digunakan untuk mempengaruhi operasi
pengeboran:
Elli: berat lumpur yang sebenarnya digunakan

mengambil keuntungan dari 1 ppg "konservatisme"
(berdasarkan pengalaman Laut Utara) di prediksi
berat lumpur dari model stabilitas lubang sumur.
Pengukuran luas permukaan realtime ditunjukkan
shale sedikit lebih kuat dari yang diasumsikan, yang
diperkuat kepercayaan berat lumpur yang dipilih.
Bolivia: The pre-drill Model stabilitas lubang sumur
dibatasi untuk data dari jauh lubang nearsurface inti
untuk braket daerah permukaan diharapkan. Realtime pengukuran luas permukaan yang digunakan
untuk kualitatif memeriksa sensitivitas serpih dan
memonitor efek inhibisi glikol.
6.10 DRILLING PEDOMAN SISTEM FLUIDA

Di tempat pengukuran luas permukaan dianjurkan
jika:
Data Offset jarang.
Korelasi dengan sumur diimbangi dicurigai, dan atau
Pemodelan awal menunjukkan fleksibilitas

operasional untuk bertindak pada model stabilitas
lubang sumur prediksi (yaitu, berat lumpur dan / atau
kimia dapat diubah tanpa kehilangan keuntungan).
Di tempat pengukuran luas permukaan menyediakan

data yang berguna, tapi mungkin tidak
mempengaruhi keputusan operasional saat:
Berat lumpur dibatasi oleh gradien leakoff.
Kimia lumpur dibatasi oleh persyaratan

penghambatan hidrat, dan / atau
Kekuatan Shale tidak konsisten dengan korelasi data

base.
Jika kondisi terakhir diduga sebelumnya, off-duduk

pengukuran luas permukaan mungkin lebih nyaman
dan hemat biaya karena data akan digunakan
terutama untuk:
Update / mengkalibrasi model stabilitas untuk sumur

masa depan, dan / atau
Melakukan analisis post-mortem untuk masalah

lubang di dalam sumur saat ini.
Pastikan ESD karya
Sebelum transfer cairan, semua Rig dan Boat
personil akan bertemu dan meninjau JSA sesuai
yang, MSDS Sheets. Prosedur transfer cairan, dan
membangun komunikasi dua arah. Setelah selesai
pertemuan pengalihan pra-pekerjaan, semua orang
yang terlibat dalam transfer akan menandatangani
dokumen ini menunjukkan prosedur ini telah
ditinjau.
Individu ditugaskan untuk stasiun ESD

selama transfer
C. Cari dan Fire Fighting Equipment Periksa
Tinjau Fire Fighting Prosedur
Memastikan bahwa Peralatan Pemadam
Kebakaran adalah dalam rangka bekerja
dan dekat di tangan
I. TRANSFER DARI PERUSAHAAN MUD KE

BOAT
D. Periksa Menerima Kapal
A. Sebelum Memuat Boat Periksa Semua

Selang, kopling, dan Garis
Mencari celah dan selang berjumbai
Menetas terbuka dan memeriksa untuk

kebersihan (jika cuaca memungkinkan)
Memastikan koneksi yang ketat

Pastikan peralatan polusi di tempat (misalnya, 5-gal ember, panci
tetes / menangkap)
Individu ditugaskan untuk memantau perpindahan (memiliki
radio tersedia)
Absorben bantalan yang tersedia di lokasi
B. Lokasi dan Ulasan ESD Operasi dan
Prosedur
Meninjau dan merumuskan (jika perlu)
Prosedur ESD
Catatan jika tangki diisolasi dari lautdada dengan wajan atau kosong
Menginformasikan Kapten dan kru
bahwa cairan tersebut tidak akan
digulung atau dipindahkan selama
transit
E. Memuat Boat
Pastikan semua personil di stasiun mereka ditugaskan (tidak

meninggalkan kecuali lega)
Memonitor kebocoran ketika transfer dimulai - menutup dan kembali
pasangan jika perlu
memverifikasi volume untuk ditransfer
Individu ditugaskan untuk memantau perpindahan

Sebelum memompa, sampel akan diambil di situs penyimpananAbsorben
Mud
bantalan yang tersedia di lokasi
Perusahaan
Meninjau dan akrab dengan prosedur tumpahan.
Menangkap sampel komposit di perahu saat mentransfer pertama 10%,
menengah, dan terakhir 10% dari produk dan membagi sampel antara
perahu dan perwakilan Exxon
Prosedur
Verifikasi volume transfer di selesai
prosedur
ESD
II. MEMINDAHKAN CAIRAN
Tekankan bahwa cairan tidak akan
meluncur, pindah dari ditransfer sementara
pengangkutan ke lokasi
Jika cuaca memungkinkan, secara berkala
terdengar tank untuk memverifikasi tidak ada
perubahan
AKU AKU AKU. TRANSFER DARI KAPAL KE
LOKASI (DRILLING RIG)
A. Tahan Pre-Job Pertemuan Keselamatan dan
Ulasan JSA, MSDS, dan Kebijakan transfer
Perahu aman untuk menerima Rig
Pastikan ESD karya

selama transfer
Pastikan Peralatan Pemadam
dan dekat di tangan
D. Menerima Tank
Pastikan tangki bersih dan disegel
Verifikasi volume untuk ditransfer
Pastikan peralatan polusi di tempat (misalnya, 5-gal ember, panci E. Mentransfer Lumpur untuk Rig
tetes / menangkap)
Menangkap sampel lumpur pada awal

transfer untuk memverifikasi komposisi

tetes / menangkap)
Pada penyelesaian transfer menutup

katup di rig untuk mencegah menyedot
Tiriskan selang transfer kembali ke
perahu
Individu ditugaskan untuk memantau perpindahan (memiliki

radio tersedia)
Signature / Perusahaan / Tanggal

_________________ Signature / Perusahaan /
Tanggal ______________________
Tanggal ______________________
BAGIAN 6 - LAMPIRAN I (lanjutan)

Sebelum transfer cairan, semua Rig dan Boat
personil akan bertemu dan meninjau JSA sesuai
yang, MSDS Sheets. Prosedur transfer cairan, dan
membangun komunikasi dua arah. Setelah selesai
pertemuan pengalihan pra-pekerjaan, semua orang
yang terlibat dalam transfer akan menandatangani
dokumen ini menunjukkan prosedur ini telah
ditinjau.
IV. TRANSFER DARI RIG KE BOAT
A. Sebelum Memuat Boat Periksa Semua
Selang, kopling, dan Garis

Prosedur
Prosedur ESD
Pastikan ESD karya
selama transfer
Memastikan bahwa Peralatan Pemadam
dan dekat di tangan
D. Periksa Menerima Kapal
Menetas terbuka dan memeriksa untuk
kebersihan (jika cuaca memungkinkan)
Catatan jika tangki diisolasi dari dada
laut dengan wajan atau kosong
Menginformasikan Kapten dan kru

bahwa cairan tersebut tidak akan
digulung atau dipindahkan selama
transit
E. Memuat Boat
Pastikan semua personil di stasiun mereka ditugaskan (tidak
meninggalkan kecuali lega)
A. Tahan Pre-Job Pertemuan Keselamatan dan

Ulasan JSA, MSDS, dan Kebijakan transfer
Perahu aman untuk menerima Rig
tetes / menangkap)
Memonitor kebocoran ketika transfer dimulai - menutup dan

memperbaiki jika perlu
Individu ditugaskan untuk memantau perpindahan
memverifikasi volume untuk ditransfer
Sebelum memompa, sampel akan diambil di situs penyimpananMeninjau

Mud
dan akrab dengan prosedur tumpahan.
Perusahaan
menengah, dan terakhir 10% dari produk dan membagi sampel antara Prosedur
perahu dan perwakilan Exxon
Verifikasi volume transfer di selesai
prosedur ESD
V. TRANSPORTASI FLUID
Tekankan bahwa cairan tidak akan
meluncur, pindah dari ditransfer sementara
pengangkutan ke lokasi
Jika cuaca memungkinkan, secara berkala
terdengar tank untuk memverifikasi tidak ada
perubahan
VI. TRANSFER DARI KAPAL KE DOCK
PERUSAHAAN MUD
Pastikan ESD karya

selama transfer
Pastikan Peralatan Pemadam

dan dekat di tangan
D. Menerima Tank
Pastikan tangki bersih dan disegel
Verifikasi volume untuk ditransfer
Menangkap sampel untuk memverifikasi komposisi sebelum mentransfer
cairan
menengah, dan terakhir 10% dari produk dan membagi sampel antara
perahu dan Mud perwakilan Perusahaan
Tanggal ______________________
Tanggal ______________________
Kacamata keselamatan dengan perisai sisi dipakai
Banjir mandi "lumpur pencampuran area, lantai rig
Banjir mandi "lantai rig
Tanda Posted " Oeno Merokok & ada Hot Work
Stasiun pencuci mata "lantai rig, lumpur pencampuran daerah, daerah

lain paparan potensial
Peralatan listrik ledakan bukti "motor, lampu
Cuci cekungan dengan tangan bersih yang tersedia "lantai rig, lumpur
pencampuran daerah, daerah lubang lumpur, wilayah rak pipa, daerah lain
yang terkena dampak
Alat pelindung diri:
Pengiriman Bahaya:
berat), sepatu, pelindung muka, respirator
MINYAK DASAR LUMPUR KESIAPAN

DAFTAR Form D-200
Rig lantai daerah "baju jas hujan (atau celemek), sarung tangan kerja,
sarung
tanganyaitu,
karet, sepatu bot
Kualitas & Ledakan Air: (daerah yang terkena lumpur dasar
minyak,
shaker, lubang)
Celana panjang / kemeja lengan panjang yang dikenakan
Ventilasi yang memadai "mengubah-out air setiap 5 menit. atau kurang
Lab lumpur "yang didedikasikan untuk pengujian lumpur hanya
Lab lumpur "ledakan Jadwal Bukti
Lab lumpur "jauh dari lubang lumpur atau Pressurized
Daerah lumpur "PPE ganti penuh dengan apron, sarung tangan (tugas
Anak tangga dibungkus dengan goni atau memiliki permukaan non-selip

Menangkap Pan bawah Rig Floor "terkuras untuk basin pembuangan
Tikar lantai ditempatkan di semua pintu masuk ke tempat tinggal
Pelat tendangan sekitar utama dek / daerah rak pipa
Rotary memiliki non skid tikar
Pelat tendangan di lantai rig
Bahan penyerap tersedia untuk lantai rig, daerah tumpahan lainnya
Katup Dump valved ganda, terkunci, dan tanda-tanda diposting dengan

Work izin memerlukan operate
Uap bersih atau tekanan tinggi Unit mencuci-down yang tersedia
Wiper pipa bor yang digunakan "dalam dan di luar
Pembuangan:
Lebih rendah kelly lumpur saver digunakan
Ratholes / Mouseholes disegel dengan selang ke baskom pembuangan

Segel ember lumpur dalam kondisi baik
Pencemaran Air:
Saluran pipa Rack "terkuras untuk basin pembuangan
Lubang lumpur terbuka tertutup
Lubang dibersihkan dan katup isolasi diuji
Garis lumpur minyak dasar dengan selang dan nozel dipasang "lantai
rig, lumpur ruang pit, daerah pengocok
Roustabouts ekstra untuk tugas up bersih
Pembatasan kerja jam dijadwalkan
Rapat Keselamatan Umum "menjelaskan OBM bahaya dan tindakan

pencegahan menjelaskan, yaitu, pakaian bersih, kamar mandi banjir,
pembersih tangan
Gunakan dan perlu untuk menjelaskan PPE
Sumber air terisolasi "lantai rig, lumpur ruang pit, daerah shaker,
lumpur pencampuran daerah
Personil dan Pelatihan:

Packing Elemen di sentrifugal pompa minyak didinginkan, bukan air
didinginkan "tangki perjalanan, pompa pencampuran
Dua insinyur lumpur di lokasi
Menengah dan kasar non-air menyerap LCM di rig

MINYAK DASAR LUMPUR KESIAPAN

DAFTAR (lanjutan) Form D-200
Kerusakan barang karet:
Pendapat umum:
Base oil rendah hidrokarbon aromatik, yaitu anilin di atas 145 Deg.
Tahan (nitrile) unsur minyak karet, yaitu, segel katup lubang lumpur, segel katup
shaker, tunggangan shaker, dan selang
Tahan (nitrile) unsur minyak yang digunakan dalam BOP, segel ram, annulars
Laporkan Oleh: Posisi: Tanggal:

Lokasi: Rig:
Kontraktor:
Distribusi: Operasi Inspektur

File Rig

DETEKSI TEKANAN ABNORMAL

DI klastik
7.1 Latar Belakang 1
7.2 Indikator Tekanan Sementara
Pengeboran 2
7.3 Abnormal Tekanan Deteksi Tim
Tanggung Jawab 10
7.4 Mud Logging 11
7.5 Pedoman Operasional 15
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__

barage RIG DRILLING
Hidrostatik Tekanan - tekanan yang

diberikan oleh ketinggian vertikal
kolom cairan.
7.1 LATAR BELAKANG

Untuk semua Operasi Pengeboran casing kursi atau
TD berburu akan disiapkan bersamaan dengan
Operasi Geologist. Parameter deteksi tekanan
konvensional normal seperti yang dijelaskan dalam
bab ini umumnya berlaku untuk urutan klastik.
Tidak ada metode yang dapat diandalkan untuk
mendeteksi terjadinya tekanan abnormal di bagian
karbonat. Ketika pengeboran urutan didominasi
karbonat, sangat hati-hati harus dilakukan termasuk
pengeboran dikendalikan, sering aliran-cek,
kesiapan untuk kehilangan keuntungan / patah
tulang dan pertimbangan korelasi (bila
memungkinkan). Sebaliknya, di klastik, teknik
deteksi yang terkandung dalam bagian ini dapat
diandalkan dengan tingkat yang jauh lebih tinggi
keberhasilan.
Definisi Tekanan yang normal - tekanan sama dengan

tekanan hidrostatik yang diberikan
oleh kolom air dari kepadatan tertentu
memanjang dari permukaan ke
kedalaman formasi. Tekanan normal
biasanya mengacu 8,5 9,2 ppg formasi
yang dapat dibor dengan aman dengan
9 - 10 ppg lumpur.
Abnormal Tekanan - tekanan lebih
besar dari tekanan normal untuk
baskom diberikan.
Transisi Tekanan - interval di mana

perubahan gradien tekanan fluida
normal gradien tekanan fluida yang
abnormal.
Kapan
tekanan
abnorma
l terjadi
Abnormal tekanan tinggi ditemukan di seluruh dunia.

Tekanan tersebut terjadi ketika cairan dalam ruang pori mulai
supp ort lebih overburden dari berat hanya cairan; yaitu,
tidak semua kekuatan kompresi ditularkan oleh matriks batu.
Banyak faktor yang dapat menyebabkan tekanan formasi

abnormal tinggi. Di beberapa daerah, kombinasi faktor
berlaku. Penyebab paling umum dijelaskan dari sedimen
normal tertekan atau over-tekanan di bawah-pemadatan.
Penyeba
b
tekanan
abnorma
l
Penyebab lainnya dianggap:
Diagenesis kimia
Mengangkat
Sebaliknya densitas fluida
Diisi ulang atau re-tekanan formasi,

dan
Faulting.
Karena kondisi dapat bervariasi,

perawatan khusus harus diambil
untuk tidak berasumsi bahwa
penyebab tekanan abnormal didirikan
dari pengalaman di daerah yang
terkenal tentu adalah penyebab dari
kondisi serupa di baskom lain yang
belum cukup diuji oleh pengeboran.
Dokumentasi Idealnya, Operasi Geologi harus

mendefinisikan normal yang spesifik dari dikenal
baik-penyebab tekanan untuk baik untuk
meningkatkan pemahaman dan operasional
tertentu perencanaan untuk menghadapi tekanan
ketika mengalami.
T
e
k
a
n
a
n
n
o
r
m
a
l
7.2 Indikator Tekanan Sementara

Drilling
Berikut alat & parameter, tercantum dalam
urutan mereka keandalan, digunakan
untuk memantau tekanan abnormal di
bagian klastik sementara pengeboran:
Tingkat Curves Penetrasi (termasuk d

dan dc eksponen)
Total Dibor Gas (BGG, CG, TG, dll)
Properti lumpur (klorida, viskositas,

suhu flowline, dll)
Analisis stek (litologi, kepadatan

shale)
Paleontologi dan Paleobathymetry
Ketidakstabilan lubang bor (lubang

mengisi, torsi dan drag)
Korelasi (Mud log & LWD dengan

offset log)
Real Time Pore Pressure Plot (LWD

Sonic, Density atau Tahanan)
Peningkatan ROP dengan parameter konstan menunjukkan tekanan diferensial, dan

tren drill-off dan umumnya menunjukkan peningkatan
litologi
tekanan. Namun, mempertahankan ROP konstan selama
interval panjang mungkin juga mengindikasikan peningkatan
tekanan sejak itu diharapkan sedikit menumpulkan trend Referensi: Lihat Bagian III dari
Tekanan Teknologi Abnormal
(penurunan ROP) tidak terjadi.
pengguna untuk informasi tambahan.
Tergantung pada jenis bit, meningkat ROP di zona transisi
secara konsisten menjadi salah satu indikator yang paling Catatan: Manual direferensikan harus
ditinjau sebelum menafsirkan parameter
definitif masuk ke overpressures ketika parameter pengeboran
ini selama tekanan perburuan abnormal.
lainnya maintaine d konstan.
Peringk
at dari
Penetras
i
(ROP)
Interpre
tasi
ROP plotting Plotting ROP digunakan untuk

membedakan drill-off tren tekanandiinduksi dari biasanya diharapkan
Faktor yang
Keberhasilan penggunaan ROP untuk mendeteksi
tren sedikit menumpulkan.
mempengar
menumpulkan tren dan tren drill-off tergantung pada
Kecenderungan ini didasarkan pada
uhi
mempertahankan parameter pengeboran konstan. Faktor- asumsi umum bahwa ketika sedikit
faktor berikut mempengaruhi semua ROP:
adalah pertama kali dijalankan dalam
ROP
lubang dan mulai memutar, ia mulai
aus atau kusam yang menghasilkan
(trend menumpulkan) ROP lebih
berat pada bit
lambat.
kecepatan putar
Jenis bit / ukuran
ROP
dan
Kondisi bit
litologi
viskositas lumpur
hidrolika
Hal ini penting untuk dicatat perubahan litologi ketika

merencanakan ROP. Biasanya, bor-off (pengeboran istirahat)
akan terjadi pada silty-serpih atau batu pasir. Dengan
demikian, ketika mencari drill-off dan menumpulkan tren,
"bersih" interval shale harus digunakan.
"d"
ekspone
n Curv e
kuantitatif antara unit gas dan tekanan

Kurva lain digunakan untuk memprediksi peningkatan
pori.
tekanan pori adalah "d" eksponen kurva. Eksponen
pengeboran ini digunakan untuk menormalkan ROP data dan
perubahan berat badan sedikit, kecepatan putar, dan ukuran
lubang untuk mendeteksi peningkatan tekanan formasi.
Deteksi tekanan abnormal, dan bahkan evaluasi zona bunga,
Interpreta
Referensi: Lihat Bagian III dari
adalah masalah membandingkan parameter melalui selang
si
yang bersangkutan dengan tren yang ditetapkan sebelumnya.
pembacaa
Kunci untuk penafsiran bukanlah besarnya pembacaan gas
n gas
tetapi perubahan relatif dalam pembacaan.
Catatan: Manual direferensikan harus
Berbagai jenis gas adalah sebagai berikut:
"dc" eksponen kurva lain yang digunakan dalam

dikoreksi "d" eksponen ("dc"). Nilai ini kurva yang
"d" nilai dikoreksi gradien cekungan di mana sumur
dibor, dan untuk berat lumpur.
Jenis gas
Referensi: Lihat Bagian III dari

Catatan: Manual direferensikan harus
Unit Gas Salah satu parameter pengukuran permukaan

yang paling penting yang digunakan
untuk menunjukkan tekanan abnormal
adalah "unit gas". Tidak ada korelasi
Latar
Belakang
Gas (BGG)
Latar Belakang Gas (BGG), juga disebut Bor

Gas
Gas perjalanan (TG)
Koneksi Gas (CG)
Beredar Gas (CIRC BGG)
Tampilkan Gas, dan
Shutdown Gas.
Latar Belakang Gas (BGG), atau Bor Gas adalah gas rata
diamati saat pengeboran, eksklusif acara. Gas latar belakang
merupakan gas dibebaskan dari pori-pori di batu yang sedang
tanah oleh bit.
alias Bor
Gas
Pengaruh
pipa bor
menarik
kecepatan
gas
perjalanan
Untuk menjadi parameter bermakna, koneksi harus dibuat

secara konsisten, membutuhkan jumlah waktu yang sama dan
kecepatan pick-up untuk menyelesaikan setiap koneksi. Ketika
Konsiste
mengambil untuk membuat sambungan, pompa harus
Menarik pipa dapat membuat efek swabbing,nsi
yang
dibiarkan sampai alat bersama adalah di break titik keluar.
menurunkan efektif lubang bawah tekanan hidrostatik
koneksi selama
Ketika pengeboran dengan top-drive, sering diinginkan untuk
tersandung. Pipa bor menarik kecepatan harus dikurangi
mensimulasikan koneksi untuk meningkatkan frekuensi
bagian penting dari sumur ke tingkat wh
indikator gas koneksi.
swabbing untuk memastikan bahwa gas perjalanan akan
menjadi parameter yang valid mencerminkan tingkat aktual
lebihan dari tekanan pori dengan berat lumpur statis.
Gas perjalanan (TG) perjalanan GAS (TG) adalah

gas maksimum diamati di dasar
setelah perjalanan. Gas perjalanan
merupakan jumlah pakan gas ke
dalam lubang ketika pompa yang
shutdown dan pipa tersandung.
Koneksi
Gas (CG)
Kelly memotong gas Fenomena kadang-kadang

dikaitkan dengan koneksi adalah kelly
memotong gas. Ini hasil dari udara
masuk ke string bor saat sambungan
berlangsung. Ketika ini "void" dalam
pipa bor beredar di sekitar (bottoms up
kapasitas ditambah pipa bor
kapasitas), kadang-kadang
menunjukkan puncak gas. Fenomena
ini harus dibedakan dari gas koneksi.
Koneksi Gas (CG) adalah gas maksimum diamati pada pantat

up setelah sambungan. Gas koneksi mewakili jumlah pakan
gas ke dalam lubang ketika pompa shutdown Circulat
sementara
ing
membuat sambungan. Ketika pompa adalah shutdown,
berat
lumpur yang efektif, atau setara beredar density (ECD)
Gasannulus.
menurun karena kehilangan efek gesekan aliran
Beberapa bagian dari gas koneksi mungkin juga karena
swabbing ketika memilih untuk sambungan. (CIRC
Beredar Gas (CIRC BGG) adalah tingkat stabil gas diamati

setelah semua stek telah beredar keluar dari lubang. Ini
merupakan gas sisa dalam sistem lumpur setelah gas stek
baru-baru ini telah beredar keluar dari sumur.
BGG)
Waktu
untuk
beredar gas
untuk
menstabilka
n
Shutdown Gas Shutdown Gas adalah gas yang

dihasilkan dari periode penutupan
pompa; yaitu, untuk perbaikan
B gas ackground (saat pengeboran) atau bottoms-up gas peralatan, dll
(setelah tersandung) harus drop cepat ke tingkat stabil
setelah beredar keluar stek atau perjalanan gas. Jika waktu
yang signifikan diperlukan untuk mencapai tingkat stabil,
gas bisa makan di karena berat lumpur cukup.Pelaporan Gas Tabel di bawah ini menjelaskan cara
melaporkan berbagai jenis gas.
Jenis gas
Laporkan sebagai
Tampilkan Gas acara Gas adalah gas stek diamati

sementara pengeboran interval waduk
potensial (biasanya berhubungan
dengan istirahat pengeboran).
Reaksi
untuk
menunj
ukkan
gas
Latar
belakan
g
Berat lumpur tidak harus dibesarkan semata-mata dalam
menanggapi menunjukkan gas dari stek. Jika Gas
ragu, beredar
untuk menentukan tingkat gas latar belakang (BGG)
yang beredar.
Jika unit gas yang berlebihan turun dengan cepat
aliaske bawah
Bor Gas
tingkat latar belakang pengeboran, gas

berasal dari stek bor. Jika unit gas
terus menjadi berlebihan setelah
beredar keluar, baik bisa di atau dekat
sangat kondisi keseimbangan.
BGG (Depth ke Kedalaman)
Contoh
BGG
40
unit
dari
7000
'untu
k
7500
' dan
60
unit
dari
7500
'untu
k
8000
'.
100
unit
atau
100
unit
lebih
BGG
Koneksi
Gas
(CG)
Gas
perjalan
an (TG)
Gas maksimum diamati dari perjalanan kedalaman

dikurangi gas latar belakang sebelum perjalanan.
Juga perhatikan waktu antara B / U puncak gas
perjalanan dan kembali ke tingkat gas latar belakang
dan melaporkan jika lebih dari normal.
Gas maksimum diamati dari koneksi mendalam gas

latar belakang dikurangi sebelum koneksi. Juga
perhatikan waktu antara B / U puncak gas dan
kembali ke tingkat sebelum gas dan melaporkan jika
lebih dari normal.
Gas
latar
bela
kang
sebel
um
kone
ksi:
50
unit
Gas
maksim
um
diamati
dari
kedala
man
koneksi
: 75
unit
Lapork
an
Connec
tion
Gas
Beredar
gas
jatuh
ke
25
unit.
Lapo
ran
CIR
C
BGG
25
unit
atau
25
unit
lebih
Unit gas stabil tanpa gas bor atau gas perjalanan.
Gas
(CIRC
BGG)
BGG
.
Tampilk
an Gas
Gas maksimum diamati dari pengeboran istirahat

gas latar belakang dikurangi.
Gas
latar
bela
kang
sebel
um
peng
ebor
an
istira
hat:
50
unit
Gas
sebel
um
penu
tupa
n:
50
unit
Gas
maksim
um
diamati
dari
periode
penutup
an: 75
unit
Laporka
n
Shutdow
n Gas
sebagai:
25 unit
atau 25
unit
lebih
BGG
Shutdo
wn Gas
Sifat lumpur
untuk
Gas maksimum diamati dari periode shutdownmerencanak
yang
an
gas latar belakang dikurangi sebelum shutdown.
Sifat lumpur yang akan diplot meliputi:
density lumpur
Total klorida (dititrasi atau resistivitas)
suhu
ion perubahan (kalsium dan natrium)
viskositas lumpur (corong, plastik, titik luluh dan

gel) dan faktor pH.
corong viskositas viskositas

plastik, dan
yield point.
Ketika mempertimbangkan beredar suhu lumpur untuk

mendeteksi zona transisi, sangat penting untuk diingat bahwa
suhu ini tergantung pada item berikut:
Frekuensi
sifat lumpur
memeriksa
Ketika mencari tekanan yang abnormal, sifat lumpur harus

dijaga konstan mungkin. Sifat lumpur (baik dalam dan luar
sampel) harus diperiksa setiap empat (4) jam atau lebih sering
jika lumpur gas dipotong. Bottoms up setelah setiap perjalanan
juga harus diperiksa.
Faktor
Metode merencanakan Sifat lumpur harus diplot
dalam bentuk grafik atau kolumnar.
Perubaha
n sifat
reologi
Perubaha
n klorida
mempeng
aruhi
suhu
Setiap perubahan signifikan dalam sifat reologi cairan

pengeboran (terutama lumpur air tawar) ketika pengeboran
over-tekanan formasi mungkin merupakan indikasi dari
kondisi lubang sumur bawah seimbang.
suhu lingkungan
tingkat sirkulasi
volume sistem (tangki lumpur, dll)
kalinya sejak sirkulasi
padatan konten di lumpur
Selain cairan dan aditif (kelembaban, hujan lebat jika lubang

terbuka), dan
tingkat penetrasi.
Peningkatan total klorida atas rata-rata untuk bagian

tekanan
normal dari lubang dapat menunjukkan masuknya air formasi dan
Rasio
/ air minyak Jika pengeboran dengan lumpur
masuk ke tekanan pori lebih tinggi. Peningkatan
klorida
menyebabkan perubahan kimia cairan pengeboran
berbasis minyak, rasio / air minyak
sebagai peningkatan:
mungkin menjadi indikator masuknya
air formasi.
Sebuah gradien suhu perubahan yang ditunjukkan dengan
suhu kembali lumpur di flowline mungkin menunjukkan

bahwa over-tekanan sedimen sedang dibor. Umumnya,
perubahan ini akan terjadi peningkatan suhu flowline karena
lebih tinggi geotherma l gradien di zona overpressured.
Namun, perubahan dalam gradien suhu juga dapat
menunjukkan:
Perubahan
gradien
suhu
Pedoman
suhu
merencanaka
n
persimpangan dari
kesalahan
sebuah
ketidakselarasan, atau
perubahan litologi.
n sifat
fisik stek
Memonitor dan merekam secara

bersamaan inlet (hisap) dan outlet
(shaker) suhu.
Plot dengan parameter lainnya.
Pertimbangkan jeda waktu

berkorelasi suhu dengan kedalaman.
Jangan menetapkan gradien suhu

lumpur sampai setelah efek
tersandung telah dinormalisasi
(biasanya 30 '40' pengeboran).
Mengamati peningkatan mendadak
dalam diferensial outlet / inlet.
Stek dari zona transisi akan memiliki sifat fisik yang berbeda
dari stek biasanya tertekan. Beberapa perubahan fisik adalah:
Pedoman berikut direkomendasikan untuk mendapatkan

data suhu yang berarti yang dapat berasimilasi ke dalam
Perubaha
bentuk indikator tekanan.
Membangun gradien untuk setiap bit

run.
Komposisi
Warna
Tekstur
Ukuran
Bentuk
Fraktur kuantitas, dan
bulk density.
Berubah warna perubahan warna sering dicatat
dari multi-warna coklat hijau, kemerahan,

tan dan serpih non-laut abu-abu
terang dalam sedimen biasanya
tertekan ke abu-abu dan coklat tua
sering gelap hingga abu-abu serpih
laut di zona normal tertekan.
mulai meledak ke dalam sumur bor.

Kadang-kadang, ada secara bersamaan
torquing dari pipa bor dan tekanan
meningkat pompa. Juga, ini umumnya
ketika Anda mendapatkan mengisi di
bagian bawah setelah membuat
sambungan.
Kepadatan mengubah Penurunan atau keberangkatan

Perubahan tekstur perubahan tekstur di shale mungkin
dari berlumpur dan kasar untuk lilin,

licin atau sabun.
Shape mengubah Sebuah perubahan bentuk dapat
terjadi dari semi-datar, bulat stek untuk

sudut, datar, splintery dan sering
bergerigi dan memanjang (balingbaling berbentuk) stek melengkung
cekung. Stek kadang-kadang besar
beberapa inci panjang, yang dikenal
sebagai spalling shale, dicatat saat
pengeboran underbalance.
Kuantitas kuantitas stek sering meningkat ketika

overpressure menjadi berubah lebih besar dari tekanan
dari tren pemadatan normal pada

kepadatan penjualan stek adalah
indikasi lain dari pengeboran shale
overpressured.
7.3 Abnormal Tekanan Deteksi

Tanggung Jawab Tim
Tim make-up Ketika dikerahkan tim deteksi tekanan
abnormal harus terdiri dari anggota

sebagai berikut:
Rig Pengawas
Wellsite Geologist
Pengeboran Engineer (jika

diperlukan)
Paleontolog (jika diperlukan)
kolom lumpur. Hal ini terjadi ketika formasi
Mudloggers, dan personil MWD

Tangan Rig
Driller, dan tangan Shaker
Wellsite
Geologis
t
Tugas yang Wellsite Geologist adalah untuk merencanakan dan

menafsirkan berbagai indikator tekanan abnormal geologi,
menafsirkan dan berkorelasi log (log MDS / LWD, log wireline
listrik, log lumpur, dll), dan menghitung tekanan pori estimasi
dari kayu dan shale densit y plot.
Pengebor
an
Insinyur
Tugas Drilling Engineer adalah untuk menafsirkan parameter

pengeboran. The Geologist dan Pengeboran Insinyur harus
menjaga komunikasi yang erat dan erat menganalisis berbagai
indikator seperti lubang yang dibor.
Paleontol
og
Tugas yang Paleontolog (jika diperlukan) untuk mengidentifikasi

zona mikrofosil korelatif, membangun peta paleobatimetri, dan
membantu tim lebih memahami geologi.
Lumpur Insinyur
Ketika harus Semua anggota tim harus di lokasi

sumur 24 jam sebelum tim tiba zona
transisi yang diharapkan. Hal ini memungkinkan

waktu untuk memantau semua indikator
sehingga "tren normal" garis referensi dapat
dibentuk.
MWD
Misi tim
Insinyur
Anggota tim Tabel di bawah ini menjelaskan

tanggung jawab masing-masing anggota tanggung
jawab tim.
Peran
Rig
Pengawas
Tanggung Jawab
Mudlogg
er
Tugas yang MWD Engineer adalah untuk mempertahankan QC

kayu LWD, dan perkiraan perubahan tekanan pori dari plot log.
Tugas yang Mudlogger adalah untuk merekam semua parameter
tekanan abnormal, membuat deskripsi litologi dari stek,
menonton untuk menunjukkan hidrokarbon, dan
mempertahankan parameter log litologi / pengeboran diplot up to
date terus juga sedang dibor.
Tugas driller adalah untuk mempertahankan parameter

pengeboran (WOB dan
Rig Pengawas bertanggung jawab atas rig pengeboran dan semua
kegiatan di lokasi dan ditunjuk sebagai KetuaMesin
Tim. Supervisor RPM) sebagai konstan mungkin dan seperti yang ditentukan oleh
memiliki wewenang penukaran tertinggi padapembor
saat menaikkan Pengawas Rig.
berat lumpur, berhenti pengeboran, dan log berdasarkan saran
Dia harus segera memberitahukan Supervisor Rig perubahan
dari lembaga lainnya anggota tim er.
apapun.
Lumpur
Insinyur
Tugas Mud Engineer adalah untuk mengukur berat lumpur pada
interval yang ditentukan oleh Pengawas Operasional dan

menjaga anggota tim lainnya diperbarui.
Shaker
Tangan
Tugas shaker tangan adalah untuk membantu insinyur lumpur

dalam memantau sifat lumpur, memantau dipotong
dan volume, dan memantau untuk aliran ketika pompa turun.
* Operasi deteksi tekanan Kebanyakan normal

dilakukan oleh kontrak Geologist tanpa Geologist
EMDC atau Insinyur di situs. Komunikasi yang tepat
harus dilakukan melalui dengan anggota tim di lokasi
rig dan kantor.
7.4 Mud Logging
deteksi gas
background gas
koneksi gas gas
perjalanan, dll
Dimanak
ah
bacaan kromatografi
Jasa logging lumpur dan selang akan ditentukan dalam

Program Pengeboran.
Spesifika
si
ditemuka
n
deskripsi litologi
Parameter
tekanan
abnormal
dipantau
Parameter tekanan abnormal yang dipantau oleh mudloggers
dan mungkin termasuk yang berikut:
Tingkat penetrasi d /
dc
kepadatan shale, luas permukaan dan deskripsi
"Dalam" dan "Out" sifat lumpur, dan

berat
suhu
klorida, dll
kondisi lubang
momen
menyeret
mengisi, dll
Merencanakan data Sementara pengeboran, yang
Mudloggers akan plot data ditentukan

pada log lumpur secara terus menerus
dan mempertahankan pengawasan 24
jam dari sumur bor.
The akan Mudloggers:
Distribus
i/
frekuensi
laporan
Semua instrumen di bagian non-bertekanan unit akan

intrinsik aman.
memberikan Pengeboran Pengawas salinan laporan log lumpur
dan lumpur logging harian, dan
memperbaiki salinan ke personel Perusahaan sebagaimana

ditentukan oleh Geologist Drilling Supervisor / Wellsite.
Catatan: Ini mungkin diperlukan untuk fax log lumpur ke

kantor lebih sering ketika pengeboran di atau dekat zona
transisi yang mungkin (biasanya, minimal dua kali sehari ke
kantor untuk Operasi Geologist, dan review Inspektur itu).
Spesifikasi
Unit mud
logging
Tekanan insinyur (jika diperlukan),

dan personil lain yang diperlukan.
Unit harus memiliki alarm untuk mendeteksi

depressurization.
Spesifikasi rinci untuk unit mud

logging dan peralatan yang terkait
akan di kontrak mudlogging.
gas A Hydrogen api ionisasi gas

Unit mud logging harus memenuhi spesifikasiDeteksi
sebagai
Detector
(FID) dan peralatan Hidrogen sistem api
berikut:
ionisasi gas Kromatografi akan
Sebuah unit logging bertekanan cukup besar untuk

disediakan pada unit dengan
menampung personil yang dibutuhkan harus

sistem kedua yang disediakan
digunakan. Ini dapat mencakup:
sebagai cadangan.
Mudloggers
Integrator akan dipasok untuk
perhitungan persentase gas dari
Wellsite Geologist
kromatografi tersebut.
Pembacaan gas akan dikalibrasi ke:

Keseimbangan 2% metana
di udara (2% = 100 unit),
dan keseimbangan metana
20% dalam nitrogen (2% =
1000 unit).
Sebuah lag karbida (atau di Oil Basis
Mud beberapa jenis lain dari lag)
akan dilakukan setiap 24 jam untuk
memeriksa operasi detektor gas dan
jeda waktu.
Perangkap gas Perangkap gas utama harus

dibangun sehingga lumpur yang masuk peralatan
melalui 1,5 "untuk 2" lubang di piring bawah pada

perangkap. Dua (2) bertentangan, behel terbuka
pisau (melengkung atau lurus) agitator harus
digunakan. Sebuah motor udara lebih disukai.
Komputer Minimal tiga (3) monitor akan

dipasang seperti ditunjukkan peralatan di bawah
ini:
satu di kantor Drilling Supervisor
satu (Div 1, Kelas 1, secara
intrinsik aman) di lantai rig,
dan satu di unit mud logging.
Perangkat lunak komputer dan

instrumentasi mampu mengukur dan
menampilkan data berikut ideal:
ROP
Momen
tekanan pompa
total gas
Sebuah perangkap gas cadangan

harus tersedia di lokasi setiap saat.
tingkat pit
Perangkap gas sekunder ekstrak

jumlah yang tepat dari lumpur dari
perut possum dan secara otomatis
ekstrak gas entrained di lumpur. Ini
harus mengkalibrasi-diri dan
menggabungkan dua (2) Jumlah besar
sebagai sensor.
lumpur resistivitas
Eksponen DXC (dihitung)
suhu
RPM
WOB
Stroke pompa
laju alir
tingkat tangki perjalanan
torsi putar, dan
density lumpur
Perangkat lunak ini dan instrumentasi
harus independen dari instrumentasi
rig dan memiliki alarm dengan
tinggi / tingkat rendah.
Litologi kotak sinar UV dengan tow (2) 3600
lampu UV angstrom ditambah satu deskripsi (1)

cahaya putih. Peralatan kualitas tinggi teropong
mikroskop dengan cahaya intensitas tinggi.
Litologi kimia menentukan (misalnya,

HCL, Alizarin Red).
Probe, pinset, sampel nampan dan

saringan.
Pedoman Pedoman untuk pengeboran di daerah
The PVT dan FLO-SHO alarm harus

ditetapkan untuk batas praktis
terendah.
BOP harus diuji dan berfungsi, dan

kru bor bertekad untuk menjadi
berkualitas dan kompeten (melalui
pelatihan dan latihan) di FlowCheck
dan prosedur baik menutup-in sesuai
dengan Seksi Pengendalian Nah dari
manual ini.
Referensi: Lihat Seksi
Pengendalian Nah manual ini
untuk informasi tambahan.
Parameter deteksi tekanan yang

abnormal ditentukan dalam Program
Pengeboran harus dipantau terus
menerus.
Parameter pengeboran harus

distabilkan sesegera mungkin selama
setiap bit run dan dijaga konstan
untuk memungkinkan deteksi tekanan
yang lebih akurat.
Cairan pengeboran harus stabil pada

berat yang telah ditentukan.
Barit yang memadai harus berada di

rig pengeboran untuk menurunkan
berat sampai setidaknya berat lumpur
diharapkan (minimal: semakin tinggi
1000 karung atau 1 ppg peningkatan
lebih berat lumpur saat ini).
Jika berat lumpur harus dinaikkan

dalam menanggapi indikator tekanan
abnormal, pengeboran harus berhenti
dan baik harus diedarkan sampai
sistem distabilkan pada berat lumpur
baru. Setelah berkonsultasi dengan
Operasi Inspektur, berat lumpur dapat
ditingkatkan secara bertahap
sementara pengeboran jika kondisi
memungkinkan.
Barit diperlukan harus ditangani di

daerah kembali hilang.
Kuantitas barit di tempat harus

mematuhi peraturan Badan Negara
MMS atau. Periksa persediaan
perusahaan lumpur dari barit di
pangkalan mereka dan seberapa cepat
dapat dimobilisasi ke lokasi rig.
Pertimbangan harus diberikan untuk

menggunakan bit gigi pabrik karena
mereka telah menjadi yang paling
dapat diandalkan dalam merespon
indikator tekanan abnormal. Sukses
perburuan tekanan abnormal telah
dilakukan dengan bit insert, dan PDC
bit di daerah dengan pengetahuan
lokal yang signifikan dan di mana
mengimbangi pengalaman ada.
tekanan abnormal adalah:
The PVT dan FLO-SHO alarm harus

ditetapkan untuk batas praktis
terendah.
Parameter deteksi tekanan yang

abnormal ditentukan dalam Program
Pengeboran harus dipantau terus
menerus.
Parameter pengeboran harus

distabilkan sesegera mungkin selama
setiap bit run dan dijaga konstan
untuk memungkinkan deteksi tekanan
yang lebih akurat.
Jika berat lumpur harus dinaikkan

dalam menanggapi indikator tekanan
abnormal, pengeboran harus berhenti
dan baik harus diedarkan sampai
sistem distabilkan pada berat lumpur
baru. Setelah berkonsultasi dengan
Operasi Inspektur, berat lumpur dapat
ditingkatkan secara bertahap
sementara pengeboran jika kondisi
memungkinkan.
Pertimbangan harus diberikan untuk

menggunakan bit gigi pabrik karena
mereka telah menjadi yang paling
dapat diandalkan dalam merespon
indikator tekanan abnormal. Sukses
perburuan tekanan abnormal telah
dilakukan dengan bit insert, dan PDC
bit di daerah dengan pengetahuan
lokal yang signifikan dan di mana
mengimbangi pengalaman ada.
Pedoman Pedoman untuk pengeboran di daerah
tekanan abnormal adalah:
BOP harus diuji dan berfungsi, dan

kru bor bertekad untuk menjadi
berkualitas dan kompeten (melalui
pelatihan dan latihan) di FlowCheck
dan prosedur baik menutup-in sesuai
dengan Seksi Pengendalian Nah dari
manual ini.
Referensi: Lihat Seksi
Pengendalian Nah manual ini
untuk informasi tambahan.
Cairan pengeboran harus stabil pada

berat yang telah ditentukan.
Barit yang memadai harus berada di

rig pengeboran untuk menurunkan
berat sampai setidaknya berat lumpur
diharapkan (minimal: semakin tinggi
1000 karung atau 1 ppg peningkatan
lebih berat lumpur saat ini).
Barit diperlukan harus ditangani di

daerah kembali hilang.
Kuantitas barit di tempat harus

mematuhi peraturan Badan Negara
MMS atau. Periksa persediaan
perusahaan lumpur dari barit di
pangkalan mereka dan seberapa cepat
dapat dimobilisasi ke lokasi rig.
PEMBENTUKAN
EVALUASI
________________________________________
________________________________________
______
1. PEMBENTUKAN EVALUASI
barage RIG DRILLING
2. Umum 1
3. Coring konvensional 1
4. Program Logging Wireline 8
5. Sidewall Coring Operasi 11
6. Wireline Radioaktif Sumber 12
7. MWD / LWD Logging 12
8. Mud Logging dan Stek Sampel 14
1. UMUM
Evaluasi pembentukan banyak bentuk dan dalam
banyak hal adalah provinsi geologi wellsite. Namun,
pengoperasian peralatan dan efeknya pada
keselamatan baik, adalah tanggung jawab supervisor
operasi. Oleh karena itu, setiap metode utama dari
evaluasi formasi akan dibahas dalam pandangan
pertimbangan operasional.
2. CORING KONVENSIONAL
Untuk semua Operasi Pengeboran, prosedur
tambahan akan disiapkan merinci operasi coring.
Tujuan dari coring adalah untuk mendapatkan sampel
formasi untuk evaluasi geologi atau reservoir,
menentukan permeabilitas, porositas, komposisi batu,
dan untuk melakukan studi aliran. Karena informasi
yang berharga, yang menyediakan core, tujuan
pengeboran adalah untuk memberikan pemulihan
maksimum inti, kerusakan inti minimal, dan biaya
operasional minimum.
Untuk melakukan hal ini, perencanaan adalah
langkah pertama penting untuk memastikan bahwa
program analisis inti sukses dan bahwa uang yang
digunakan untuk mendapatkan dan menganalisa inti
dihabiskan dengan baik. Menentukan tujuan coring,

jenis lumpur, metode pemotongan inti, dan prosedur
penanganan inti di permukaan adalah langkah
pertama dalam proses perencanaan.
Metode yang paling banyak digunakan saat ini adalah
coring tabung ganda konvensional (dalam dan luar)
per barel inti dengan kepala inti PDC atau berlian.
Berlian dipotong dengan tindakan geser dan dengan
demikian sangat mengurangi patahan dari inti. Ini
meningkatkan pemulihan karena inti non-retak
kurang suka macet laras inti sebelum inti full-length
telah dipotong.
Penangkap inti standar secara rutin digunakan dengan
sukses di daerah dengan formasi konsolidasi.
Tertutup sistem inti penangkap seperti Baker Hughes
Inteq ini "Hydro-Angkat", yang digunakan hampir
secara eksklusif di Teluk Meksiko, yang digunakan
dalam coring formasi yang tidak terkonsolidasi untuk
meningkatkan pemulihan. Dalam kasus ini,
penggunaan sedikit wajah debit (di mana barel inti
dapat meluas ke daerah tenggorokan bit) dianjurkan
untuk meminimalkan erosi inti seperti yang dipotong.
Pre-Coring Rapat
Pertemuan pra-coring harus dilakukan satu atau dua
minggu sebelum coring, dan harus dihadiri (jika
mungkin) oleh semua personel yang akan terlibat.
Pada pertemuan tersebut, tujuan coring dan rencana
coring dapat ditinjau dan perubahan kecil dapat
dilakukan jika diperlukan. Peran dan tanggung jawab
dari semua personil juga harus dibahas. Ini akan
membantu setiap orang menyadari coring yang
merupakan upaya tim, dan bahwa peran setiap orang

adalah penting.
Peralatan Coring konvensional
Inti Bits
Berlian bit inti tersedia dalam berbagai desain untuk
pengeboran berbagai jenis formasi. Secara umum,
untuk formasi lembut, berlian besar spasi relatif
berjauhan, sedangkan di formasi keras, berlian yang
lebih kecil diatur lebih dekat bersama-sama. Biaya
bit inti tergantung pada berat total karat berlian
ditambah biaya pengaturan. Bit yang digunakan
dikembalikan untuk penyelamatan dari berlian dan
untuk menerima kredit untuk batu dapat digunakan
kembali.
Selain penempatan PDC / berlian, perbedaan utama
dalam desain kepala inti adalah lokasi, ukuran, dan
jumlah pengeboran bagian cairan untuk
membersihkan dan mendinginkan bit. Desain ini
tergantung pada formasi yang akan berintikan
bersama dengan pompa yang tersedia tenaga kuda.
Kursus cairan besar relatif mengizinkan tarif
sirkulasi cairan yang lebih tinggi untuk pembilasan
lubang sementara memotong serpih lengket. Lebih
kecil, berbagai kursus cairan memberikan
pendinginan yang lebih baik dari berlian sementara
coring formasi keras abrasif.
Ketika coring di formasi lembut, EMDC dapat
memilih untuk memiliki perusahaan coring
memproduksi bit inti dengan "tenggorokan" mereka
1/8 "lebih kecil dari laras dalam atau kapal diameter
dalam. Izin ini akan memungkinkan serpih

membengkak dan mudah-mudahan mencegah laras
dari kemacetan dan mengakibatkan pemulihan
miskin. Hadapi kepala inti debit juga dapat
mengurangi erosi karena aliran fluida melewati inti.
Dalam lubang bor formasi keras, perjalanan awal
dalam lubang dengan sedikit inti harus dilakukan
dengan pemantauan cermat untuk tarik berlebihan,
terutama di bagian bawah yang terakhir sedikit
berjalan. Sebagai sedikit bor formasi keras,
perlindungan mengukur bit dapat memakai
menciptakan lubang di bawah diukur. Sebagai penuh
pengukur coring perakitan memasuki bagian lubang,
bit dan mengukur penuh stabilisator pada laras inti
bisa menempel. Jika hambatan menjadi berlebihan,
perakitan harus ditarik dari lubang dan pembuka
lubang atau menjalankan reamer untuk membukanya
untuk mengukur penuh.
Konvensional barel ketebalan dinding umumnya

tersedia dalam ukuran berikut:
Outer Barrel Diameter inti Diameter
2-1 /
8"
4-1 / 8 "
4-3 / 4 "
2-5 /
8"
5-3 / 4 "
3-1 /
2"
6-1 / 4 "
4
"
6-3 / 4
7"
43
/
8
"
8"
51
/
4
"
Inti Barrel
Laras inti konvensional untuk berlian coring terdiri
dari laras luar yang rumah gratis, non-rotating, barel
inti yang terbuat dari cahaya baja berat, aluminium,
atau fiberglass. Dalam rangka untuk mendapatkan
inti yang baik, laras batin tidak harus memutar
dengan laras luar. Hal ini dilakukan dengan
menangguhkan barel dalam pada perakitan putar
yang memanfaatkan lumpur dilumasi bantalan antigesekan. Bit inti terdiri atas bagian bawah laras luar
sementara barel batin dilengkapi dengan penangkap
rakitan inti di bagian bawah nya.
4"
Jika salah satu barel menjadi bengkok, unit harus

diganti karena ban mungkin akan berputar dengan
tabung luar. Laras batin harus memiliki bore seragam
halus untuk memungkinkan bagian dari inti dan
untuk mencegah wedging. Unit harus selalu diperiksa

sebelum memulai dalam lubang. Perakitan dapat
digantung di derek dan barel dalam tangan-diputar
sebelum membuat kepala inti.
diyakini mengurangi inti gesekan barel dalam dan

oleh karena itu mengurangi kemacetan.
Dalam Barrel Plastik Liners
Pengukur penuh (1 / 32a bawah) stabilisator

berbilah terpisahkan dekat bagian atas dan tepat di
atas sedikit akan terus laras dari bergoyang-goyang
saat coring, dan harus diganti bila dikenakan turun
lebih dari 1/8 ". Jika di bawah stabilisator diukur
digunakan dalam pengeboran bagian dari lubang
tepat di atas titik inti, ini stabilisator pengukur penuh
dapat menyebabkan hambatan berlebihan sementara
akan di lubang yang bisa menempel perakitan.
Sebuah perjalanan tambahan dengan reamer atau
lubang pembuka mungkin diperlukan sebelum coring
dapat dimulai.
Ketika coring di lembut, formasi yang tidak

terkonsolidasi, liner plastik dapat dijalankan yang
akan membantu mencegah barel dalam dari
kemacetan, dan membantu melindungi dan
melestarikan inti selama penghapusan dan
transportasi. Dalam media untuk formasi keras,
liners ini biasanya tidak berjalan.
Ada tiga jenis liners plastik: 1) Polivinil klorida
(PVC) dengan keterbatasan suhu hingga 150 derajat
F, 2) Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) dengan
keterbatasan suhu hingga 180 derajat, dan 3)
Butyrate, liner plastik bening yang memiliki
keterbatasan suhu 140 derajat F. PVC kapal plastik
biasanya dijalankan ketika coring formasi lembut,
meskipun liners aluminium telah digunakan dalam
lubang panas di mana BHT melebihi 180 derajat F.
Penggunaan ini liners plastik akan mengurangi ukuran
inti yang dapat dipotong, oleh 3/8 "untuk 1/2"
tergantung pada ukuran barel yang digunakan.
Bergalur Aluminium batin Barrel
Pemulihan yang sangat tinggi dari interval waktu
yang panjang buang biji telah dicapai dengan laras
batin aluminium bergalur di Norwegia. Desain
Stabilisator
Keamanan Bersama
Sebuah sendi keamanan di bagian atas laras inti
memungkinkan pemulihan barel dalam dan inti harus
laras luar menjadi terjebak. Ini akan meninggalkan
hanya laras luar dan inti bit untuk memancing dari
lubang.
Perlu dicatat bahwa sendi keselamatan dibuat dengan
benang kiri yang hanya membutuhkan 50% dari torsi
make-up untuk melepaskan. Di sudut tinggi
directional sumur mungkin mustahil untuk bekerja
turun cukup torsi tangan kiri ke sendi keamanan
tanpa dukungan-off string bor pada titik yang lebih
tinggi.
Pompa-Out Sub
A (sub beredar) pompa-out sub harus dijalankan di

atas perakitan coring yang dapat dibuka dalam hal
ayat-ayat aliran sekitar sedikit harus menjadi
terpasang selama operasi coring. Sebuah bola
biasanya dijatuhkan dan string bor ditekan-up pecah
disk yang terbuka port aliran di sub. Berbagai
tekanan dinilai disk dapat dijalankan, biasanya
menggunakan set yang pecah pada 3500 psi.
Sirkulasi kemudian dapat melanjutkan dan lubang
dibersihkan sebelum menarik keluar dari lubang.
Perusahaan coring memberikan ini selam pompa-out.
Jars coring
Guci mekanik TIDAK harus dijalankan ketika coring
karena mereka dapat melakukan kerusakan serius
pada majelis inti barel. Jika string bor terjebak di
sedikit, guci mekanik telah dikenal untuk merobek
tenggorokan dari sedikit inti. Sebuah jar hidrolik
(seperti Bowen atau Houston Engineering) lebih
disukai oleh sebagian besar perusahaan inti karena
pukulan menggelegar dapat dikontrol oleh overpull
dari lantai rig. Guci ini ditempatkan baik ke bagian
bawah dari pipa bor HeviWate, atau di bagian atas
dari kerah bor.
TEKNIK CORING KONVENSIONAL
Mempersiapkan ke Core
Hal ini sangat penting bahwa lubang menjadi bersih
dari setiap puing-puing (gigi agak rock, bantalan, dll)
untuk mencegah kerusakan pada PDC atau berlian.
Jika perlu, keranjang sampah boot dapat digunakan
selama yang terakhir sedikit lari sebelum coring. Jika
ada sampah diduga di bawah setelah bit terakhir

dijalankan sebelum coring menjalankan booting
keranjang dianjurkan. Insinyur pengeboran harus
bekerja sama dengan produsen inti bit untuk memilih
desain terbaik dan jenis bit untuk jenis formasi yang
akan buang biji, sifat lumpur diantisipasi, dan
tersedia tenaga kuda hidrolik.
Seperti dengan semua majelis pengeboran,
pengukuran yang akurat dari laras rakitan inti
termasuk BHA harus dilakukan sebelum masuk
lubang. Setelah menyentuh bawah sementara beredar,
bit harus diadakan sekitar 3 kaki off-bawah dan
sirkulasi terus mencuci lubang bersih dari setiap
mengisi yang mungkin telah terakumulasi selama
perjalanan bit.
Properti lumpur
Sementara pengeboran hanya sebelum PDC / berlian
coring, viskositas lumpur harus dikurangi sebanyak
mungkin tanpa mengorbankan lubang pembersihan.
Sebuah lumpur kehilangan air yang rendah akan
mengurangi filter cake build-up dan meminimalkan
kemungkinan mencuat. Viskositas rendah dan
kehilangan air yang rendah juga akan membantu
mengurangi tekanan pompa.
Dalam studi yang dilakukan oleh Conoco pada tahun
1986, mereka menemukan bahwa pemulihan inti
yang sangat baik (100%) diperoleh dalam operasi
lepas pantai mereka ketika tekanan dari kolom
lumpur disimpan setidaknya 300 psi di atas tekanan
formasi menggunakan air asin / New Jenis Bor
lumpur sistem. Coring berjalan di lubang
menggunakan lumpur lignosulfonat air tawar tidak

sesukses (serpih menjadi bengkak menyebabkan
mereka menjadi lengket dan jamming laras inti), dan
pada mereka operasi dilakukan dengan tekanan
diferensial yang sangat rendah, tidak ada inti pulih.
menghasilkan berdebar di bawah dan dapat

mengakibatkan kerusakan parah pada kepala inti dan
coring perakitan. Kecepatan putar harus tetap konstan
selama operasi coring.
Coring Operasi Pedoman
LCM dapat dipompa melalui barel inti, tetapi bahan

harus dibatasi untuk bahan halus saja. Batasi LCM
untuk konsentrasi maksimum 15-20 ppb.
WOB, RPM dan tingkat pompa harus sesuai dengan

rekomendasi yang sedikit produsen inti ini. Pedoman
umum adalah sebagai berikut:
Coring Operasi Pedoman
Untuk 8-1 / 2 "lubang, WOB umumnya harus

antara 4.000 dan 6.000 lbs. Di lembut untuk
menengah-keras formasi dan 10.000 hingga
20.000 lbs. Dalam formasi keras
Sirkulasi maksimum harus dibatasi tingkat yang

tidak akan mengikis sedikit matriks inti atau
melemahkan inti. Tingkat sirkulasi 200-500 GPM
yang paling umum ketika memotong "inti 4.
Kecepatan putar umumnya harus antara 50 dan

100 rpm. Kecepatan putar di atas 100 rpm dapat
merusak laras inti dari torsi yang berlebihan.
Parameter pengeboran (tekanan pompa vs tingkat

pompa, berputar torsi vs rpm, ROP vs WOB, dll)
harus dimonitor selama operasi coring.
Perubahan parameter apapun mungkin signifikan
untuk coring sukses.
Pemotongan Core
Sebelum menjatuhkan bola untuk memulai coring,
beredar pantat-up. Sebuah bola baja dipompa ke
bawah string bor dan duduk di atas laras batin. Cairan
coring kemudian dialihkan antara barel dalam dan
luar dan muncul di pelabuhan cairan bit.
Untuk performa maksimal, laras inti harus distabilkan
sebaik mungkin dalam lubang. Sebuah stabilizer
tepat di atas sedikit biasanya akan memberikan
stabilisasi cukup jika tidak diperbolehkan untuk
mendapatkan lebih dari 1/8 "di bawah diameter bit.
Ketika memulai inti, itu adalah praktik yang baik
untuk memotong pertama 12 sampai 18 inci dengan
hanya 2.000 sampai 4000 menggigit berat badan
dan dengan mengurangi kecepatan putar. Setelah
stabilizer dimakamkan di lubang inti, bit berat dan
kecepatan putar dapat ditingkatkan. Sementara
coring, berat bit harus dipertahankan terus menerus
dan berat tidak boleh diizinkan untuk mengebor-off.
Memungkinkan berat untuk mengebor-off akan
Ketika inti sedang dipotong dan mulai memasuki

barel batin, tekanan pompa akan meningkat 200-300
psi dan merupakan hasil dari penurunan tekanan di
seluruh bit berlian. Tekanan ini harus dipantau
selama operasi coring, kenaikan atau penurunan

biasanya menunjukkan bahwa sesuatu yang abnormal
terjadi dan penyebabnya harus ditentukan. Operasi
coring harus berhenti, bit harus mengambil-up dari
bawah, dan tekanan pipa tegak diamati.
Jika tetes tekanan tapi kemudian segera kembali

ke tekanan abnormal tinggi ketika bit diatur
kembali di bagian bawah, sedikit mungkin telah
gagal. Sebuah cincin berlian yang telah rusak
akan memungkinkan formasi untuk memotong ke
dalam matriks, membatasi aliran air dan
menyebabkan peningkatan tekanan. Ketika ini
terjadi, tarik sedikit untuk mencegah kerusakan
lebih lanjut.
Jika peningkatan tekanan tetap ketika bit

dinaikkan dari bawah, ditusuk dari bagian cairan
di bit atau sistem peredaran darah mungkin
menjadi penyebabnya. Terus tekanan tinggi juga
dapat menjadi indikasi kegagalan putar sehingga
menurunkan laras dalam dan penutupan saluran
cairan. Dalam kondisi baik tarik bit.
Peningkatan mendadak tekanan pipa tegak dapat

disebabkan oleh penyumbatan laras inti dari
akumulasi partikel asing dalam sistem lumpur
seperti karet, LCM, atau skala pipa.
Penurunan tekanan saat coring mungkin karena

sejumlah faktor, termasuk kebocoran dalam
peralatan permukaan, atau lubang di bor. Jika
penurunan tekanan ini disertai dengan penurunan
tingkat penetrasi DAN kurang torsi, inti terjepit
mungkin telah dikembangkan memegang sedikit
dari bawah. Jika kondisi ini terus berlanjut
setelah mengambil dan menetapkan turun sedikit,

tarik keluar dari lubang dan memulihkan apa inti
telah dipotong.
Ketika tekanan pompa berfluktuasi terus menerus

dan ROP yang tidak menentu, adalah mungkin
bahwa wedging alternatif dan menghancurkan
inti terjadi. Laras harus ditarik untuk
menghindari hilangnya pemulihan.
Membuat Koneksi dan Menarik Core

Sebuah set lengkap pipa bor sendi anjing harus
tersedia ketika coring untuk mencegah membuat
koneksi tambahan. Ini adalah praktik yang baik untuk
meninggalkan kaki di atas kelly bersama sebelum
membuat sambungan. Jika lebih dari 30 inti kaki
sedang berusaha dan sambungan diperlukan,
menghentikan meja putar dan memilih inti barel dari
bawah perlahan-lahan. Sebuah lompatan terlihat pada
indikator akan terjadi ketika istirahat inti. Jika inti
adalah sulit untuk istirahat, menarik 15.000 untuk
30.000 di atas berat string, mengatur rem dan
perlahan-lahan batu rotary sampai istirahat inti.
Setelah membuat sambungan, kembali ke bawah dan
memutar perlahan-lahan sampai bit tersebut lagi
memotong dan inti baru memasuki barel batin.
Prosedur yang sama harus digunakan sebelum
menarik inti untuk menghindari meninggalkan bagian
inti dalam lubang. Perlu dicatat bahwa tidak semua
barel inti memiliki kemampuan untuk memotong
lebih dari 30 kaki inti.
Ketika keluar dari lubang dengan inti, sangat

penting bahwa string bor ditarik perlahan dan tidak
diputar untuk mencegah kehilangan inti. Jangan
memompa siput, dan menggunakan tangki
perjalanan untuk memastikan bahwa lubang sumur
mengambil jumlah yang tepat dari lumpur.
Membunuh baik dengan perakitan coring di dalam
lubang akan sulit dan rumit karena laras inti penuh
dalam string.
Inti Penanganan
Ketika laras inti ditarik ke permukaan, ada dua
metode yang umum digunakan untuk menghapus inti.
Di daerah formasi keras di mana kapal batin plastik
tidak digunakan, laras dalam dapat dilepas dari
bagian atas laras inti dan diletakkan di atas catwalk di
mana inti pulih. Inti juga dapat dihapus sementara
laras yang tersisa tergantung di derek beberapa inci di
atas lantai rig.
Penangkap inti dan sepatu yang lebih rendah akan
dihapus dan inti meluncur keluar dari laras dalam
dan dipotong menjadi 3 bagian kaki.
Di daerah di mana lembut, formasi tak terkonsolidasi
berintikan, liner plastik didorong keluar dari laras
dalam dan dipotong menjadi bagian seperti yang
dihapus di atas catwalk. Bagian ini ditandai dengan
garis-garis orientasi, nama baik, dan kedalaman
coring. Lubang kecil biasanya dibor ke setiap bagian
3 kaki melalui PVC / fiberglass / aluminium kapal
untuk melampiaskan setiap gas yang terperangkap.
Lubang ini kemudian direkam ditutup sebelum
mengangkut.
Inti dikemas dalam es kering untuk melumpuhkan

cairan pembentukan dan disiapkan untuk pengiriman.
Pembekuan inti di lokasi dengan baik dan
menjaganya agar tetap beku di seluruh pengiriman
dan pengambilan sampel fase akan meminimalkan
gangguan sampel. Inti juga dapat distabilkan dengan
resin atau gypsum.
Ketika menarik inti melalui meja putar, Draeger
Tabung detektor akan digunakan untuk menentukan
apakah inti mengandung H 2 S. Jika bekerja di daerah
H2S, semua personil di lantai rig akan mengenakan
alat bantu pernapasan mandiri (SCBA) sebelum
menarik inti melalui meja putar.
Coring Tinggi Angle Lubang
Coring sudut tinggi dan sumur horizontal akan
memerlukan perubahan dalam coring perakitan khas.
Bila menggunakan mekanisme downhole rotary
drive, alat MWD, dll, bola konvensional untuk
menutup barel batin tidak dapat dipompa ke bawah.
Katup pelepas batin khusus harus dipasang di
permukaan karena tidak mungkin bahwa bola akan
tetap duduk di sumur horizontal. Jangan gunakan
MWD atau motor saat coring.
Dorong dan radial bantalan tambahan harus dibangun
ke dalam perakitan coring juga untuk mencegah barel
batin dari berputar. Stabilisasi internal barel batin
untuk meminimalkan lentur nya di dalam laras luar
mungkin juga diperlukan. Adalah bijaksana untuk
menjalankan hanya 30 kaki inti panjang barel pada
kebanyakan kasus, kecuali kondisi yang sangat
menguntungkan.
Fiberglass barel batin harus dipertimbangkan untuk

mengurangi gesekan dari inti di sisi bawah dinding
bagian mana inti bertumpu karena memasuki.
Perintah berjalan logis, dengan GR run pada setiap

log untuk kontrol mendalam, adalah:
1. IES atau IES-Sonic yang diperlukan;
Sebuah barel core dengan benang torsi tinggi

direkomendasikan untuk coring di sumur sudut yang
lebih tinggi. Jenis barel memungkinkan coring dalam
formasi yang lebih sulit, dan akan memungkinkan
lebih banyak torsi yang harus diberikan kepada
kepala inti. Ini thread torsi tinggi tidak mengubah
kekuatan tubuh atau mengurangi ukuran inti.
Sebuah prosedur penanganan inti rinci akan
diberikan oleh Geologi berdasarkan tujuan coring
dari sumur dan jenis analisis inti yang diperlukan.
8.3 WIRELINE PROGRAM LOGGING
Sebuah program logging wireline, yang menentukan
jenis kayu yang akan dijalankan, interval
penebangan, dan urutan di mana untuk menjalankan
log akan dimasukkan dalam prosedur pengeboran
yang berlaku.
Logging Urutan
Untuk mengurangi waktu rig dan menyelesaikan
sebanyak berjalan logging sebanyak mungkin
sebelum perjalanan udara, Operasi Pengawas dan
wellsite geologi harus benar-benar membahas
berbagai log dan urutan yang tepat di mana mereka
yang akan dijalankan. Jika ada pertanyaan, Operasi
Pengawas harus memberitahukan Operasi Inspektur.
2. GR dan / atau FDC / CNL yang

diperlukan;
3. Pendingin perjalanan jika diperlukan;
4. MDT / RFT sebagai diperlukan;
5. Dipmeter yang diperlukan; 6. survei
Velocity jika diperlukan.
1. Pendingin perjalanan jika diperlukan;
2. Core dinding samping yang
diperlukan;
Timbangan yang benar (5 "atau 1") untuk setiap log
harus didiskusikan dengan insinyur logging dan
diperiksa untuk mencegah harus login kembali
dengan baik. Insinyur logging harus diinstruksikan
untuk melaporkan kepada Pengawas Operasional
setiap hambatan pada berjalan logging berturut-turut
dan menempel atau spudding dengan alat logging.
Pedoman Logging Wireline
1. Pertemuan pra-pekerjaan akan dilakukan dengan
insinyur penebangan sebelum memulai setiap
pekerjaan logging. Perusahaan persyaratan teknis
untuk penebangan dan program penebangan tertentu
harus dibahas, bersama dengan prosedur
keselamatan untuk penanganan alat radioaktif dan

senjata sidewall inti (SWCs).
2. Penebangan Insinyur akan merekam data logging
digital dan memberikan jumlah yang diperlukan
salinan log akhir sesuai dengan program logging dan
untuk kepuasan ahli geologi wellsite.
3. Dua termometer akan hadir pada setiap run logging.
4. Sebuah menjalankan perangkat kabel-kepalaketegangan, jika tersedia, untuk membaca
ketegangan yang sebenarnya pada soket tali ("titik
lemah" dari sistem) harus dijalankan.
5. Batas waktu stasiun harus ditetapkan sebelum
menjalankan alat RFT dengan mempertimbangkan
kondisi lubang dan pengalaman sebelumnya di
daerah tersebut. Biasanya sampel harus diambil di
zona terdalam dari bunga pertama dan sampel
berikutnya diambil sebagai alat ini berhenti sumur
bor untuk mengurangi potensi mencuat wireline.
Namun, mungkin tepat bervariasi urutan, untuk
memastikan interval prioritas tertinggi diuji, dalam
hal kondisi lubang yang merugikan mengurangi atau
mencegah semua pencobaan yang diinginkan.
6. Periode selama pengelasan dan radio harus ditutup
(saat menangani bahan peledak, selama log tertentu,
dll) akan ditentukan. Selalu menutup radio ketika
alat ini adalah pada atau di atas BOP stack.
7. Perjalanan wiper untuk sepatu casing biasanya harus
dibuat dan lubang harus diedarkan bersih sebelum
menarik keluar dari lubang untuk penebangan.
Sebuah tinggi gel menyapu viskositas untuk
menghapus potongan longgar mungkin diperlukan

selama sirkulasi ini. Sebuah pil logging dapat terlihat
di bawah untuk membantu menangguhkan stek yang
tersisa di lubang selama operasi penebangan. Pil ini
akan dirinci dalam prosedur pengeboran yang tepat.
8. The Pengeboran Cairan Insinyur akan mengambil
"Out" sampel cairan pengeboran sebelum berhenti
beredar sebelum pooh untuk penebangan dan
memberikan sampel cairan pengeboran, filtrat
cairan, dan kue filter ke Logging Insinyur Wireline
untuk merekam pada log.
9. Tangki perjalanan akan digunakan saat login untuk
menjaga lubang penuh. Bor kru akan mencatat
tingkat tangki perjalanan pada interval dijadwalkan
(15 menit maksimum). The penebang Mud juga akan
merekam tingkat tangki perjalanan pada interval
yang sama sebagai crosscheck a. Jumlah cairan
pengeboran diperlukan untuk mengisi lubang akan
dilaporkan pada Daily Drilling Report.
10. Operasi Pengawas akan diberitahu setiap perubahan
abnormal pada tingkat tangki perjalanan (mengingat
volume line) ketika berjalan di / keluar dari lubang
selama operasi penebangan.
11. Personil non-esensial akan menjauhkan diri dari
semua alat logging, wireline, dan peralatan terkait
setiap saat.
12. Hanya petugas yang berwenang akan memasuki unit
logging selama operasi wireline.
13. Beban tidak akan bergerak melintasi kabel wireline
logging ketika sedang berlangsung.
14. Sebuah wiper wireline akan digunakan untuk

membersihkan kabel ketika sedang dihapus dari
lubang. Membasuh air tidak akan digunakan karena
hal ini akan mempersulit perjalanan pembacaan
tingkat tangki.
Wireline Perusahaan Tanggung Jawab
15. Informasi lubang caliper (jika tersedia) dan suhu

logging lubang bawah akan dikirim ke Engineer
Drilling dan Geologist secepat praktis selama operasi
penebangan.
2. Pastikan bahwa alat yang cukup (primer dan backup) yang onboard rig pengeboran sebagaimana
ditentukan dalam kontrak.
16. Semua tempat yang ketat dan tepian di lubang akan

dicatat untuk kemungkinan reaming sebelum
menjalankan casing.
17. Hanya penebangan personil perusahaan akan
menangani setiap alat yang mengandung sumber
radioaktif (misalnya, kepadatan neutron alat) atau
bahan peledak. Sebuah ijin kerja diperlukan untuk
radioaktif / peledak alat penanganan.
18. Logging personil perusahaan akan memakai
perangkat monitoring radioaktif yang tepat dan
mengambil tindakan pencegahan yang diperlukan
ketika menjalankan alat logging dengan sumber
radioaktif.
19. Semua personil di lantai rig akan mengenakan
mandiri alat bernafas (SCBA) dalam H 2 daerah S
sebelum mengeluarkan sampel dari alat pengambilan
sampel seperti MDT / RFT (Atlas FMT).
20. Kontainer sampel yang mengandung H 2 gas S akan
ditandai seperti itu.
1. Menjaga Unit Logging Wireline dan peralatan terkait

onboard rig pengeboran sebagaimana ditentukan
dalam kontrak.
3. Pastikan bahwa semua alat-alat yang dalam rangka

operasi segera setelah tiba di wellsite tersebut.
Memberikan sejarah pelayanan WL lingkungan
merinci bekerja di dan layanan lalu.
4. Memberikan Operasi Pengawas dengan dimensi
keseluruhan dan gambar masing-masing alat logging
berjalan dalam lubang.
5. Pastikan bahwa Grapple overshot dan memotong
jalur dan peralatan yang tersedia di rig pengeboran
untuk setiap ukuran yang berbeda dari leher
memancing sebelum menjalankan alat logging.
6. Pastikan bahwa penebangan alat yang tidak stasioner
dalam lubang sumur kecuali ketika mengambil
sampel / tekanan menggunakan MDT / alat RFT.
7. Beritahu operasi pengawas masalah lubang (drag
berlebihan / kecenderungan menempel).
8. Pastikan bahwa geologi prospek memiliki semua
log, kaset, dan / atau film strip, core dinding
samping, dll, sebelum meninggalkan lokasi.
9. Pastikan bahwa daerah sekitarnya unit logging bersih

dari semua puing-puing, sampah, dan jejak minyak
atau pelumas sebelum meninggalkan lokasi.
10. Pastikan bahwa semua peralatan disimpan dengan
benar (alat radioaktif di area penyimpanan yang
ditunjuk, bahan peledak di majalah disetujui, dll).
11. Gunakan radioaktif dan ledakan checklist kesiapan
dalam Program Manajemen Keselamatan.
Terjebak Operasi Wireline
Filosofi dasar untuk pemulihan alat logging terjebak
adalah untuk memotong dan strip di kebanyakan
kasus, khususnya di sumur directional dan alat
sumber radioaktif. Pedoman berikut akan diamati
ketika mencoba untuk alat terjebak gratis:
1. Sebuah 75% kriteria akan digunakan untuk overpull

maksimum alat terjebak / wireline (yaitu, overpull
tidak akan melebihi 75% dari nilai baik soket tali
atau wireline yang). Jika kabel kepala tegangan
permukaan membaca-out tersedia, tegangan garis
permukaan akan digunakan untuk menentukan tarik
pada wireline, dan kabel kepala tegangan permukaan
membaca-out dapat digunakan untuk menentukan
jumlah tarikan pada soket tali. CATATAN : Jika
peralatan mengambang telah dibor keluar dengan
sedikit berukuran yang menghasilkan inti dari semen
yang tersisa pada sendi sepatu, perhatikan baris
tempat duduk utama. Jika alat logging menjadi
macet, menahan diri dari tarikan berulang pada
wireline, untuk mencegah merusak dan memotong
garis. Meskipun memakan waktu, pekerjaan striplebih memiliki risiko kurang dari pekerjaan wirelinememancing.
2. Semua personel akan dibersihkan dari lantai rig dan
dari daerah manapun di bawah wireline ketika
menarik pada wireline terjebak.
3. Persetujuan akan diperoleh dari Operasi Inspektur
sebelum melebihi 75% kriteria overpull.
8.4 dinding samping OPERASI CORING
Pedoman berikut akan diamati selama operasi
sidewall coring:
1. Setelah gun inti dimuat, daerah sekitar gun (catwalk,
dll) akan ditutup dan ditandai sebagai "Berbahaya Bahan Peledak Dalam Gunakan" sampai run dalam
lubang.
2. Radio diam akan dipertahankan pada semua radio

dan setiap pengelasan harus ditutup pada rig
pengeboran ketika memilih-up, meletakkan-down
dan tersandung di lubang dengan senjata sidewall
inti sampai senjata yang jauh di bawah mudline
tersebut.
3. Semua helikopter dan perahu di daerah akan
diberitahu untuk menjaga keheningan radio sampai
pemberitahuan lebih lanjut.
4. Dasar pantai akan disarankan dari awal keheningan
radio dan akhir zaman.
5. Semua personil non-esensial akan dibersihkan dari
lantai rig saat menangani pistol inti di lantai rig.
6. Semua karyawan yang bekerja di bawah lantai rig
(misalnya, daerah dek Texas rig dan baik bay / + 15
daerah dari platform) akan diberitahu dan dihapus
dari daerah ketika menjalankan pistol inti dinding
samping ke dalam sumur bor. Setelah pistol adalah
di bawah garis lumpur, kerja normal dapat
melanjutkan. Ketika menarik pistol SWC dari sumur
bor dan pistol berada pada atau di atas garis lumpur
tindakan pencegahan yang disebutkan di atas akan
diambil.
* CATATAN: Lihat EMDC Keselamatan Manual
untuk direkomendasikan praktek kerja yang aman di
Wireline
Perforating dan bagian lain elektrik
meledakkan Operasi.
Wellsite Geologist Tanggung Jawab:
1. Pilih poin dinding samping inti dalam relatif

mengukur bagian lubang untuk menghindari
"menembak off peluru" dan meninggalkan puingpuing di dalam lubang.
2. Membuat deskripsi dari inti sidewall di Wellsite
segera setelah bongkar senjata.
3. Pastikan bahwa Operasi Pengawas memiliki laporan
tentang pemulihan peluru yang mencakup jumlah
misfires, jumlah peluru yang tersisa di lubang,
jumlah core pulih, setiap bagian gun lainnya yang
tersisa di lubang, dan kedalaman semua tembakan.
5. WIRELINE RADIOAKTIF SUMBER
Lihat Program Manajemen Keselamatan
6. MWD / LWD LOGGING
Logging Sementara Drilling (LWD) tujuan adalah:
Memberikan korelasi real time dan deteksi tekanan.
Memperoleh informasi untuk keputusan operasional

awal.
Gunakan sebagai pengganti atau asuransi untuk log

wireline yang mungkin lebih mahal.
Gunakan untuk mengevaluasi sumur yang sangat

menyimpang di mana wireline logging tidak
mungkin. Log LWD adalah log yang paling umum di
Teluk Meksiko karena lubang sudut dan directional
kendala.
Alat Penempatan / stabilisasi

1. Alat MWD / LWD harus ditempatkan sedekat
mungkin dengan sedikit praktis untuk
mendapatkan data berkualitas tinggi sebelum
erosi lubang dan invasi, dan untuk memfasilitasi
perburuan normal tekanan, kursi casing, dan poin
inti.
2. Alat MWD / LWD dengan stabilizer pisau
terpisahkan harus digunakan jika dekat bit
stabilizer perlu.
Pipa terjebak
Alat MWD / LWD harus dijalankan dekat bit sejak
diameter dalam alat akan mencegah akses wireline
untuk bebas menunjuk terjebak pipa. Beberapa
sistem memungkinkan wireline bagian setelah
mengambil paket elektronik. Penggunaan layar
downhole tepat di atas MWD untuk mencegah
jamming dapat digunakan tapi bisa menghilangkan
mengambil sumber atau elektronik dalam hal terjadi
BHA terjebak. Keputusan layar DP harus disetujui
oleh Operasi Inspektur.
Filter Layar & Tarif Arus
1. Filter layar pada debit pompa lumpur harus
menjadi ukuran untuk menghilangkan kotoran
apapun yang mungkin menyebabkan masalah
dalam alat LWD (lihat Op Tek Buletin).
2. Jangan menggunakan layar filter dalam pipa bor
pada setiap sambungan. Menempatkan layar
filter di dalam pipa bor pada setiap koneksi akan
mencegah penggunaan alat wireline jika pipa bor

menjadi terjebak atau selama operasi kontrol
dengan baik. Penggunaan layar penyaring
downhole tepat di atas MWD diizinkan, tetapi
dapat mencegah pengambilan sumber atau
elektronik. Penggunaan layar downhole harus
dikoordinasikan dengan Operasi Inspektur.
3. The MWD / LWD daya turbin (jika tidak baterai
dioperasikan) harus menjadi ukuran untuk
mendapatkan berbagai laju aliran yang
dibutuhkan untuk pengeboran bagian lubang
diharapkan akan menembus di jalankan itu
(berkoordinasi dengan personel perusahaan jasa).
Selain itu, persyaratan tekanan hidrolik MWD /
LWD peralatan harus dimodelkan dan
dimasukkan ke dalam pengeboran hidrolik.
Penanganan
1. The MWD / LWD tray transportasi akan digunakan
untuk gerakan alat LWD dari kapal suplai dan sekitar
rig pengeboran.
2. Hati-hati harus dilakukan ketika bergerak alat
MWD / LWD ke lantai rig untuk mencegah pukulan
yang tidak perlu atau guci yang dapat menyebabkan
kerusakan internal. Alat-alat ini tidak memiliki
ketebalan dinding kerah bor dan mereka dapat
menekuk cukup mudah. Penanganan yang kasar
dapat merusak paket elektronik internal dari alat.
3. Hanya petugas layanan MWD / LWD akan
menangani alat seperti beberapa log LWD memiliki
bahan radioaktif.
Sirkulasi kehilangan Material (LCM)

Pilihan pengobatan sirkulasi hilang terbatas dengan
alat MWD / LWD di lubang (memeriksa dengan
personil LWD untuk rincian alat khusus). Jika
sirkulasi parah hilang diharapkan, alat MWD / LWD
tidak boleh digunakan. Alat ini beredar sangat mahal
dan kalah dapat dengan mudah menghasilkan pipa
terjebak dan hilangnya alat atau kerusakan pada alat.
Harus kehilangan sirkulasi terjadi dengan alat
MWD / LWD di dalam lubang, langkah-langkah
berikut harus diambil
Jika kembali kehilangan diharapkan, ukuran dan

set-up yang MWD / LWD dan motor yang berlaku
untuk mengakomodasi konsentrasi tinggi baik
untuk LCM menengah.
Tarik untuk sepatu casing dan membiarkan lubang

menyembuhkan cukup untuk POOH dan
meletakkan alat jika mungkin.
Jika perlu, pompa halus atau menengah LCM kelas

tercampur. Batas LCM (nutplug) untuk konsentrasi
maksimum sekitar 30 ppb baik, atau 20 ppb media
ketika memompa melalui alat MWD / LWD.
Untuk bahan LCM tertentu atau konsentrasi

berkonsultasi dengan perusahaan jasa dan mengacu
pada prosedur pengeboran yang berlaku. Alat
MWD / LWD generasi yang lebih baru memiliki
toleransi yang lebih tinggi untuk bahan sirkulasi
hilang; tenaga pelayanan dapat memberikan
perkiraan yang baik pada konsentrasi bahan setiap
alat dapat menahan sebelum memasang. Beberapa
alat dapat "dimatikan" dengan menyesuaikan laju

aliran. Hal ini dapat mengurangi potensi kemacetan
saat memompa LCM.
Nah Kontrol
Alat MWD / LWD harus memiliki kemampuan untuk
mengedarkan laju aliran minimum 1000 GPM bila
digunakan di bagian atas dari lubang di mana
membunuh dinamis mungkin diperlukan.
8,7 MUD LOGGING dan stek SAMPEL
Jasa lumpur logging akan ditentukan dalam prosedur
pengeboran. Mud logging, yang juga merupakan
bagian dari evaluasi formasi, sebelumnya telah
dibahas dalam Bagian 7 dari manual ini. Stek sampel
juga akan dikumpulkan, sebagaimana ditentukan
dalam program pengeboran. Biasanya, beberapa set
stek dicuci dan kotor sampel akan diperlukan.
Sampel ini akan dikumpulkan pada interval yang
ditentukan dalam program pengeboran.
Catatan: Dimana penebang lumpur unit memiliki
gas hidrogen makan Flame Ionization Detector
(FID), tanda-tanda peringatan posting yang
menunjukkan mudah terbakar / karakteristik
ledakan gas. Periksa selang (biasanya Polyflow)
setiap 2-3 bulan, dan mengganti jika sudah
terjepit, rapuh, atau berubah warna dari warna
yang jelas atau putih normal (OIMS manual
Element 6).
OPERASI CASING
________________________________________
________________________________________
______
1. OPERASI CASING

barage RIG DRILLING
2. Casing Menjalankan 1
3. Casing Connection Make-up 5
4. Casing Checklist 5
9.0 CASING & LINER OPERASI

Untuk semua operasi pengeboran, casing atau kapal
berjalan prosedur rinci akan disiapkan. Ketika rig siap
untuk memiliki casing dikirim ke lokasi, Operasi
Supervisor adalah untuk memanggil dan mengatur
pengiriman dari dasar pantai ..
Kecuali jika disebutkan dalam prosedur yang berlaku,
pedoman operasi casing dalam bagian ini akan
berlaku. Ini adalah tanggung jawab Pengawas
Operasional untuk memastikan bahwa casing berjalan
atau kapal menjalankan operasi dilakukan sesuai
dengan pedoman dan persyaratan dalam manual ini
dan / atau prosedur disetujui. Dalam kasus konflik
antara manual ini dan prosedur yang telah disetujui,
prosedur yang disetujui harus diikuti.
Sebuah Analisis Keselamatan Kerja (JSA) akan

selesai sebelum semua operasi casing / kapal dan
semua personel yang terlibat dengan casing / kapal
berjalan akan meninjau JSA.
OIMS PERSYARATAN: Gunakan spreadsheet Excel

untuk menghasilkan laporan casing penghitungan. Asli
harus diteruskan ke Drilling Engineer dan harus
dimasukkan dalam laporan akhir dengan baik (OIMS
Pedoman Bagian 4). Selain itu, OIMS membutuhkan

laporan casing penghitungan DRS mana mungkin.
9.1 CASING RUNNING
Casing Pedoman Penyusunan
1. Pastikan rak pipa bersih dan dibersihkan dari
puing-puing, tersandung bahaya, dan daerah licin.
2. Membongkar casing menggunakan metode yang
tepat. Segera setelah bongkar casing, jumlah sendi
akan dihitung dan dibandingkan dengan manifes
kargo. Setiap perbedaan akan dicatat dan direkam.
kru rig untuk memastikan bahwa semua

personil memahami apa bidang koneksi
adalah daerah penyegelan.
6. Casing akan melayang sementara di rak pipa
untuk memeriksa dan menghilangkan kotoran
internal. Drift OD biasanya API penyimpangan
tetapi mungkin drift khusus (referensi prosedur
yang berlaku). Rekomendasi drift 'bar (3' 1 bar
hanyut biasanya digunakan di halaman pipa).
7. Semua casing akan diberi nomor dan diikat.
Tegap dinding penopang ulir casing untuk

berlian sebagai benang membuat hanya
untuk berlian (1-2 inci sebelum thread runout pada akhir pin). Hal ini dapat
mengakibatkan sepatu casing yang lebih
dalam daripada yang diantisipasi jika
pengukuran dilakukan untuk thread runout. Pastikan tali adalah untuk
memperbaiki posisi pada casing.
Gunakan benang lari keluar template untuk

koneksi premium dan mengukur dari ujung
pin benang.
3. Berat dan kelas masing-masing bersama casing

akan diperiksa untuk memastikan bahwa casing
yang tepat disampaikan (cek casing ID untuk
memastikan casing berat badan yang benar
disampaikan).
4. Pastikan casing memeras benar untuk pick up dan
berjalan.
5. Thread pelindung akan dihapus dan benang
dibersihkan jika perlu. Sebagian besar koneksi
waktu akan "lapangan disiapkan" dan diolah
dengan senyawa benang yang tepat di halaman
sebelum mengirimkan ke lokasi. Casing, benang
dan kopling akan diperiksa secara visual untuk
setiap tanda-tanda kerusakan.
Mengambil tindakan pencegahan khusus

untuk mencegah kerusakan daerah segel
pada sambungan ketika menghapus benang
pelindung, pembersih dll Ulasan dengan
8. Sebuah laporan casing penghitungan akan

disiapkan untuk setiap casing atau kapal run,
menunjukkan jumlah sendi, casing deskripsi
termasuk sendi jenis (berat, kelas), panjang
bersama, kedalaman sendi, jenis sambungan, dan
lokasi komponen casing tali utama (peralatan
pelampung , sendi anjing, crossover, tag RA,
centralizers, lampiran kepala sumur, dll). Salinan
laporan akan disimpan di rig untuk referensi
selama penebangan, penyelesaian, P & A operasi,

dll
9. Setidaknya dua orang akan memeriksa
penghitungan casing.
10. Saat menjalankan casing produksi, sendi anjing
harus ditempatkan di atas puncak zona produktif
mungkin desain dalam rangka memfasilitasi
korelasi masa depan. RA (radioaktif) Tags
mungkin juga berguna untuk memastikan dasi
akurat di saat pengeboran sudut tinggi directional
sumur atau ketika thread casing premium mungkin
sulit untuk melihat dengan casing kerah locator
log (misalnya CRA casing, koneksi terpisahkan).
Penggunaan perangkat tersebut akan ditentukan
dalam prosedur casing sesuai. Jika tag RA
digunakan, menginstal setidaknya satu tag 50m di
atas paling zona membayar atas.
11. Rathole harus cukup bawah sepatu casing untuk
memungkinkan mengisi, bersama ekstra, dll
pedoman umum tentang rathole tidak lebih dari
+/- 50 'TVD dari kedalaman izin, cukup dalam
untuk mendapatkan semua informasi yang
diperlukan LWD bawah pasir bawah, atau cukup
dalam sehingga peralatan pelampung tidak perlu
dibor pada casing produksi. Rathole lebih penting
untuk jenis mandrel gantungan di mana casing
tidak direncanakan akan dipotong.
Penyemenan Pedoman Aksesori
1. Kecuali ditentukan lain dalam prosedur casing atau
kapal berjalan berlaku, dua sendi casing harus
dijalankan antara sepatu mengambang dan
mengapung kerah sebagai sendi float. Biasanya satu

sendi dengan float kerah dibuat pada akhir dan
benang terkunci dan satu sendi dengan sepatu
mengambang dibuat pada akhir dan benang terkunci
dirakit di halaman dan dikirim ke rig. Sebuah
cadangan set peralatan pelampung juga dikirim ke
rig lepas.
2. Semua koneksi sampai dengan dua sendi di atas
pelampung kerah akan threadlocked.
3. Centralizers menjalankan, turbolizers, scratchers,
keranjang semen, dll seperti yang dijelaskan dalam
prosedur yang berlaku.
Pedoman casing Menjalankan
CATATAN: Lengkapi pertanyaan dalam Bagian
9.3 sebelum operasi awal penyemenan.
1. Sebuah lubang pembuka run dilakukan setelah TD
dari semua bagian lubang sebelum menjalankan
casing jika dianggap perlu.
2. Sebelum menjalankan casing, pertemuan
perencanaan akan diselenggarakan dengan
personel yang terlibat langsung dengan pekerjaan
casing untuk memastikan bahwa personil kunci
memahami tugas dan tanggung jawab khusus
mereka. Prosedur casing berjalan akan ditinjau
dan akan diverifikasi bahwa tanggung jawab
pekerjaan dan tindakan pencegahan keselamatan
yang jelas untuk semua personil.
3. Jika gantungan jenis mandrel casing direncanakan,
string mendarat lengkap dengan kepala semen
harus spasi jika mungkin, sehingga gantungan

casing mandrel dapat menjalankan semua jalan
melalui stack dan mendarat tanpa harus membuat
sambungan sementara gantungan adalah di BOP.
4. Casing hanger dan alat wellhead berjalan akan
hati-hati diperiksa dan diservis sebelum
menjalankan. Alat-alat ini harus dibuat dan berdiri
kembali derek jika mungkin sebelum perjalanan
wiper sebelum menjalankan casing.
5. Bor string yang harus diikat keluar dari lubang
setelah TD dari bagian lubang. Jika perbedaan itu
ada, pipa harus kembali diikat di lubang pada
lubang pembuka run.
6. Bintik-bintik ketat harus reamed, yang diperlukan,
di perjalanan wiper sebelum penebangan.
7. Ketika menarik keluar dari lubang pada perjalanan
terakhir sebelum menjalankan casing, kemudian
mengganti set top dari domba pipa casing domba
jantan dan menguji segel kap ketika keluar dari
lubang sebelum menjalankan casing .. (Urutan di
mana domba casing dipasang mungkin
kebijaksanaan berubah pada Opt tersebut. Supt.
berdasarkan kondisi baik saat ini.) Sebelum
menarik keluar dari lubang di perjalanan wiper
setelah penebangan, cairan pengeboran akan
dikondisikan untuk memastikan bahwa itu adalah
hampir bebas dari stek dan kepadatan seragam,
dengan sifat diterima. Berdasarkan kondisi
lubang, pil casing berjalan dapat melihat setelah
pengkondisian sifat fluida dan sebelum menarik
keluar dari lubang.
8. Metode kontrol baik utama adalah berat cairan.

The annular pencegah akan digunakan sebagai
sarana sekunder kontrol baik dengan domba
casing sebagai metode ketiga selama casing
operasi berjalan. Sebelum menjalankan casing,
mengurangi tekanan regulator pada pencegah
annular sesuai spesifikasi pabrikan untuk ukuran
casing untuk mencegah runtuhnya casing.
9. Memakai bushing harus ditarik sebelum
menjalankan casing.
10. Pastikan rating dari semua alat casing (laba-laba,
elevator dan link) sudah cukup untuk casing berat
string pada kedalaman total ditambah 200.000.
dari overpull.
11. Memastikan bahwa katup pengaman pada casingby-pipa bor crossover pembukaan katup bola
lengkap seperti katup Tiw.
Melakukan uji fungsi dari katup pengaman
pada casing-by-pipa bor crossover dan casing
swedge sebelum menjalankan casing.
Merekam ini tes fungsi katup pengaman pada
IADC Laporan Harian dan laporan pagi.
12. Untuk liners berat, beban casing dan keterbatasan
overpull akan dihitung untuk memastikan bahwa
pipa bor memiliki kekuatan tarik yang cukup
untuk memungkinkan untuk digunakan sebagai
string pendaratan.
13. Bagian dalam sendi mengambang akan diperiksa
untuk sampah hanya sebelum membuat up.
14. Peralatan mengapung akan diperiksa untuk

operasi yang tepat setelah menjalankan kerah
mengambang dan satu sendi dari casing dengan
mengisi casing dengan cairan dan mengambil
untuk memastikan bahwa cairan tetes keluar dari
casing dan tetap keluar setelah menjalankan itu
kembali lubang (jika peralatan auto-Fill tidak
digunakan).
15. Casing akan diisi secara teratur saat mengambil
sendi berikutnya dan mengisi itu harus
dikonfirmasi secara berkala. Casing harus diisi
dengan cairan pengeboran digunakan saat
pengeboran lubang. Berhenti di lubang cased dan
mengisi casing sepenuhnya sebelum menjalankan
casing / kapal ke dalam lubang yang terbuka.
Setelah casing dalam lubang terbuka mengisi
casing sebagai run tapi tidak berhenti untuk
mengisi casing. (Penggunaan mengisi alat dapat
membantu dalam casing mengisi.)
16. Jumlah yang benar bagian dalam slip dan klem
akan digunakan untuk casing ukuran makhluk run.
17. Klem keselamatan akan digunakan sampai ada
cukup berat untuk menahan slip bawah dan
menangkal efek apung casing di lumpur (efek
apung dapat mengusir casing dari slip dan casing
bisa jatuh downhole).
18. Pengembalian akan dipantau (menonton untuk
indikasi sumur mengalir) dan kecepatan lari
disesuaikan untuk meminimalkan kehilangan
cairan pengeboran untuk lubang. Setiap
pembatasan casing kecepatan lari akan ditentukan
9.2 CASING CONNECTION MAKE-UP

1. Make-up torsi akan ditentukan dalam Program
Pengeboran berdasarkan jenis sambungan, lapisan
pabrik pada benang, dan senyawa benang yang
akan digunakan. Untuk semua sumur lepas pantai
menggunakan API STC dan koneksi LTC untuk
setiap string, nilai EMURC Torque-Posisi akan
digunakan. Untuk API koneksi BTC,
menggunakan EMURC Torque-Posisi nilai
Manual dan Torque Posisi untuk ukuran casing
kurang dari atau sama dengan 7-5 / 8 ". Untuk
koneksi BTC di casing ukuran lebih besar dari 7-5
/ 8" menggunakan EMURC torque Posisi
Pedoman metode 4-T. Untuk koneksi premium,
koneksi akan dibuat per direkomendasikan
prosedur produsen. (Referensi Operasi Teknologi
Buletin 98-68 direvisi 1998/11/09.) Koneksi API
Modified dengan cincin meterai harus dijalankan
dengan hati-hati dan sesuai dengan Torque-Posisi
catatan Manual.
2. Senyawa benang dinilai untuk suhu layanan dan
sesuai dengan spesifikasi API akan digunakan.
3. Gunakan tong dipasang komputer untuk melacak
setiap koneksi make-up. Perusahaan casing akan
memastikan bahwa hard copy dari kurva make-up
untuk semua sendi menjalankan dikirim ke
Drilling Engineer. The Pengeboran Insinyur
adalah untuk memastikan bahwa laporan ini di file
baik dalam hal masalah casing depan ditemui
(misalnya casing kebocoran) dan make-up torsi
perlu ditinjau.
9.3 CASING DAFTAR

T
i
d
a
k
Selubung
1. Apakah kondisi casing diterima?
Y
a
5. Apakah kelebihan casing cukup di papan?
2. Apakah ukuran dan kondisi casing drift yang memadai?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
6. Apakah penomoran sendi casing yang benar?
3. Apakah casing telah melayang, diikat, dihitung dan diverifikasi?

7. Apakah benang jenis senyawa dan kuantitas diterima?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
Operasi
4. Apakah kondisi benang casing diterima?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
5
.
Apakah lantai bor dan catwalk jelas peralatan non-esensial?
1. Apakah keuntungan teoritis dan casing mengisi perhitungan volume yang

benar?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
6
.
Telah pertemuan keamanan telah digelar sebelum rigging up peralatan?
2. Apakah isi-up dan volume perpindahan yang benar?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
7
.
Apakah lubang dipantau pada tangki perjalanan sambil menyelesaikan

rig up?
3. Apakah pengurangan tekanan hidrostatik karena volume spacer masalah?
8
.
4. Apakah sebanyak rig up selesai mungkin selama
HO run, dan operasi penebangan? Ya Tidak
Apakah Driller tahu kecepatan casing jalannya yang tepat?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
Y
a
3. Apakah peringkat laba-laba / elevator / link diterima untuk pekerjaan
casing?
9
.
Apakah tangan Tong mengetahui kecepatan make-up yang benar dan

torsi?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
Casing Menjalankan Peralatan
4. Apakah tong mati ukuran yang benar dan dalam kondisi baik?
5. Apakah penjepit-on pelindung ukuran yang benar dan kuantitas pada
1. Apakah semua peralatan casing berjalan onboard dan dalam kondisi yang
dapat diterima?
papan diterima?
6. Apakah kekuatan tarik dari string pendaratan yang cukup?

2. Apakah casing slip ukuran yang benar dan dalam kondisi baik?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
Y
a
Meningkatkan izin penggunaan stabbingi papan & review JSA.
Penyemenan Peralatan / Aksesori
T
i
d
a
k
7. Apakah casing / bor benang pipa Crossover cocok casing?

Y
a
1. Apakah penyemenan kepala ukuran yang benar, benang, dan dalam kondisi
baik?
8. Apakah thread swedge beredar sesuai casing?
9. Telah katup pengaman telah digerakkan, kiri dalam posisi terbuka, dan dicatat
2. Apakah selam casing dan swedges ukuran yang benar, benang, dan dalam
kondisi baik?
laporan / pagi IADC?
10. Telah papan penusukan telah diperiksa dan ditemukan untuk dapat
diterima?
3. Apakah inspeksi visual operasi pengawas dari semua benang lainnya
lengkap?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
Y
a
4. Apakah peralatan float benar ukuran, berat, dan benang?
T
i
d
a
k
a
k
5. Apakah centralizers ukuran yang benar, nomor, dengan cukup berhenti
berdering?
9. Memiliki colokan wiper diperiksa dan terpasang dengan benar di kepala
semen?
6. Apakah ada cukup Thread-Lok dan Threadkote atau setara untuk pekerjaan
casing?
ExxonMobil Drilling Superintendent untuk
memverifikasi pemuatan tepat colokan di kepala.
7. Apakah mengapung sepatu dan mengapung kerah bersih dan bebas dari
kotoran dan semen
BAHAN REFERENSI
1. API Bul 5 A2, "API Bulletin pada Thread Senyawa
untuk Casing, Tubing, dan Pipa Line," American
Petroleum Institute, Dallas, Texas, Fifth Edition,
April 1972.
tidak rusak?
8. Apakah sendi arahan / penyemenan kepala terdiri?
2. API RP 5C1, "Praktek Direkomendasikan untuk

Perawatan dan Penggunaan Casing dan Tubing",
American Petroleum Institu te, Dallas, Texas,
Kelimabelas Edition, 31 Mei 1987.
3. API Spec 5B, "Spesifikasi Threading, Mengukur,
dan Thread Inspeksi Casing, Tubing, dan Pipa Line,"
American Petroleum Institute, Dallas, Texas,
Ketigabelas Edition, 31 Mei 1988.
4. Hari, JB, Moyer, MC, dan Hirshberg, AJ, "Metode
Makeup Baru untuk Koneksi API," SPE / IADC
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
18.697, makalah yang dipresentasikan pada SPE /

IADC Drilling Conference, New Orleans, LA, Maret
1989.
5. ExxonMobil Hulu Penelitian Perusahaan, TorquePosisi Pedoman Ketiga Edisi 1 Desember 999, Wells
dan Divisi Bahan.
6. EUSADO, Operasi Buletin Teknis 98-68, direvisi
November 9, 1998.
Penyemenan
1. Penyemenan
2. Umum 1
3. Penyemenan Pedoman 1
4. Primer Cementing 3
5. Remedial Cementing 5
6. Penyemenan Checklist 6
7. Referensi 7
Lampiran GI ExxonMobil Pedoman
Pengujian Semen
________________________________________
________________________________________
______
OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - JACK-UP / PLATFORM / barage
RIG DRILLING
1. UMUM
Bagian ini memberikan pedoman dan prosedur
penyemenan operasi. Bila mungkin, grafik perekam
penyemenan (tekanan, volume, kepadatan vs waktu)
harus digunakan untuk semua operasi (yaitu casing
cementing, memeras penyemenan, pengujian tekanan
garis dan peralatan, PIT, dll). Grafik harus dijelaskan

dengan semua peristiwa yang signifikan seperti
pengujian tekanan, memompa spacer, pencampuran
memimpin dan ekor lumpur, perpindahan, menabrak
steker, dll
Untuk semua Operasi Pengeboran, prosedur
penyemenan rinci akan ditulis. Untuk jenis lain dari
operasi penyemenan prosedur harus ditulis dengan
menggunakan panduan yang ada dalam bagian ini
sebagai
referensi (misalnya busi seimbang dan colokan KO).
2. Penyemenan PEDOMAN
Perencanaan pekerjaan
1. Sebelum operasi penyemenan, pertemuan
perencanaan harus dilakukan dengan semua
personil yang terlibat langsung dengan pekerjaan
semen untuk memastikan bahwa personil kunci
memahami tugas dan tanggung jawab khusus
mereka. Prosedur penyemenan harus ditinjau dan
diverifikasi bahwa tanggung jawab pekerjaan dan
tindakan pencegahan keselamatan yang jelas
untuk semua personil.
2. Sebuah sistem komunikasi yang baik antara lantai
rig dan unit semen diperlukan. Telepon rig atau
radio genggam adalah alat komunikasi yang dapat
diterima.
3. Menetapkan satu individu (sebaiknya Operasi
Supervisor) untuk mengkoordinasikan dan operasi
langsung antara lantai rig dan unit penyemenan.
4. Semua lini termasuk manifold semen harus

tekanan diuji dengan tekanan yang ditentukan
dalam prosedur penyemenan berlaku sebelum
penyemenan.
Untuk casing penuh tali penyemenan

baik unit semen atau pompa rig dapat
digunakan untuk perpindahan. Sebagai
pedoman, menggunakan unit semen
untuk perpindahan <200 bbls atau di
mana casing tidak akan dibor keluar.
Gunakan pompa rig untuk perpindahan>
200 bbls atau jika string akan dibor
keluar. Setiap pekerjaan harus
dipertimbangkan secara individual
berdasarkan kondisi pada saat pekerjaan
semen.
Untuk liners, pompa penyemenan harus

digunakan sampai steker atas
diluncurkan, maka pompa rig dapat
digunakan, jika diinginkan, untuk
menyelesaikan perpindahan dan benjolan
steker. Jika tekanan tinggi (yaitu> 3000
psi) diantisipasi mungkin terbaik untuk
melanjutkan perpindahan dengan unit
penyemenan.
5. Semua peralatan penyemenan, termasuk

densiometer, harus benar-benar diperiksa untuk
memastikan itu adalah dalam perbaikan dan
fungsi yang baik benar.
6. Informasi lubang calliper dan suhu logging lubang
bawah harus dikirim ke Drilling Insinyur sesegera
praktis selama penebangan operasi untuk
menyelesaikan volume semen dan
mengkonfirmasi semen penebalan kali. Kaliper
lubang dapat didukung dari data yang LWD sama
dan beberapa alat wireline logging.
Pemindahan
1. Perpindahan semen dapat dilakukan dengan baik
unit semen atau pompa rig. Volume perpindahan,
waktu kerja secara keseluruhan, tingkat pompa
yang diinginkan, dan tekanan diharapkan adalah
penting untuk dipertimbangkan saat memutuskan
memompa digunakan untuk perpindahan.
Berikut ini adalah panduan umum:
Untuk bagian-string penyemenan, pompa

penyemenan harus digunakan untuk
seluruh operasi. Stinger harus dijalankan
untuk sekitar 60 kaki di atas pelampung
sepatu / kerah. Semen harus mengungsi
ke sekitar 20 kaki di bawah stinger.
2. Jika semen harus mengungsi dengan pompa rig,

pompa harus dikalibrasi menggunakan tangki
perjalanan sebelum memulai pekerjaan semen.
Sebagai kontingensi mud pit perpindahan untuk
diamati untuk kehilangan cairan saat memompa
dengan pompa rig.
3. Pastikan unit semen siap untuk menyelesaikan
perpindahan semen jika pompa rig mengalami
masalah dan sebaliknya. Memiliki kemampuan
untuk beralih dari pompa rig ke pompa semen
yang diperlukan.
4. Jangan terlalu menggantikan semen oleh lebih

dari 50% dari volume sendi float. Jika casing
yang akan dibor keluar, tidak lebih menggusur
sama sekali.
5. Dua atau lebih mandiri perhitungan volume yang
harus dilakukan pada perpindahan.
6. Tekanan harus dipantau dan dicatat untuk
pekerjaan semen seluruh. Hal ini akan
membutuhkan meninggalkan garis terbuka ke
unit semen jika semen dipindahkan dengan
pompa rig.
Semen Kepala / Manifold
1. Semua katup pada semen kepala / manifold, serta
mekanisme melepaskan, harus diperiksa untuk
memastikan mereka berada di urutan kerja yang
tepat dan bahwa perangkat keselamatan di tempat
untuk mencegah peluncuran dini colokan.
2. Gunakan perpindahan positif untuk memulai busi
(yaitu tidak bergantung pada gravitasi atau jatuh
kadar cairan). Peluncuran Plug harus disaksikan oleh
Pengawas Perusahaan atau utusannya.
5. Jika casing / kapal yang akan membalas atau diputar

selama pekerjaan semen, atas semen berkendara
kepala / Peringkat berjenis harus memadai untuk
mendukung casing dan mendarat berat tali ditambah
100.000. dari overpull.
Penyemenan Nah Kontrol
1. Menguji semua garis semen dan semen sebagaimana
ditentukan dalam berlaku Cementing Prosedur.
2. Ketika menggunakan spacer unweighted,
memastikan bahwa penurunan tekanan hidrostatik
tidak cukup memadai untuk memungkinkan
masuknya untuk masuk di mana saja di seluruh
sumur bor.
3. Pastikan beredar swedges (Casing x Drill Pipe dan
Casing x setengah laki-laki dari Chiksan Union)
yang tersedia di lantai untuk sesuai ukuran dan
benang casing. Fungsi menguji katup ini dan
dokumen laporan pagi dan pada IADC.
Pengatur jarak
1. Spacer akan digunakan pada semua pekerjaan
semen.
3. Gunakan menalangi cukup lama untuk kait elevator

di bawah kepala semen untuk memungkinkan
balasan dari casing / kapal selama perpindahan dari
semen.
2. Spacer air akan digunakan kecuali ditentukan lain

dalam berlaku Cementing Prosedur.
4. Sebuah berjenis semen yang dirancang untuk sistem

penggerak atas akan digunakan, jika berlaku.
3. Sebuah spacer pra-flush digunakan untuk

menginduksi turbulensi, untuk membantu
perpindahan lumpur yang baik, dan untuk membantu
mencegah penyaluran. The postflush spacer
digunakan untuk membantu mencegah kontaminasi

semen.
10.3 PRIMARY penyemenan
Primer Cementing Pedoman
1. Pastikan bahwa semen yang memadai di rig
bersama dengan jumlah yang cukup cairan / aditif
kering. Jika praktis, harus ada 50-100% kelebihan
semen dan 100% kelebihan cairan / aditif kering di
lokasi rig.
2. Pastikan bahwa fasilitas transfer dari P-tank ke
unit semen beroperasi dengan benar. Pastikan Ptank telah menepuk-nepuk dengan udara yang jelas
sebelum mentransfer.
3. Pastikan bahwa jalur udara tidak mengandung air
(uap air atau air di jalur pasokan dapat
menyebabkan penyumbatan selama transfer
semen).
4. Setidaknya dua orang akan menghitung total
volume pekerjaan semen, termasuk volume yang
dibutuhkan untuk menggantikan steker atas ke
float kerah.
5. Volume air campuran dipompa akan digunakan

untuk menghitung volume aktual semen dipompa.
Tidak pernah bergantung pada volume P-tank.
6. Beredar dan kondisi lubang sebelum penyemenan.
Cairan pengeboran harus dikondisikan untuk
memastikan bahwa itu adalah hampir bebas dari

stek, gas yang kembali ke tingkat latar belakang
dan bahwa itu adalah densitas seragam dengan
sifat diterima.
7. Pastikan bahwa kepala semen / mekanisme
melepaskan berjenis bekerja dengan benar dan
bahwa personil akrab dengan operasi mereka.
8. Operasi Pengawas akan menyaksikan cementer
yang memuat colokan wiper dalam penyemenan
kepala / bermacam-macam. Disarankan bahwa
pekerjaan semen dipompa dengan urutan sebagai
berikut: steker bawah, preflush spacer, memimpin
semen, ekor semen, atas steker, postflush spacer.
9. Memonitor pengembalian terhadap volume yang
dipompa seluruh pekerjaan semen. Apa diduga
kembali hilang selama operasi penyemenan harus
dilaporkan pada laporan harian pagi, mencatat
waktu kehilangan dan tekanan. Jalankan ECD
menghitung perangkat lunak pada pekerjaan
semen di mana pengembalian hilang adalah
mungkin untuk tarif lagu perpindahan halus.
10. Bubur berat badan harus dijaga konsisten mungkin
untuk menjaga dari memperluas atau
memperlambat kali pengaturan. Aditif cair lebih
sensitif terhadap fluktuasi berat daripada dicampur
kering.
11. Berat bubur semen harus sering diperiksa
menggunakan keseimbangan lumpur bertekanan
untuk memverifikasi keakuratan alat ukur
kepadatan pada unit semen.
12. Beberapa sampel, spasi seluruh pekerjaan, timbal

dan ekor lumpur harus diambil selama
penyemenan. Secangkir kopi styrofoam / kertas
diisi tiga perempat penuh, disimpan dalam
kawasan lindung adalah sampler memadai.
13. Setelah pencampuran semen, melepaskan steker
atas dan pompa spacer dengan unit semen
menempatkan volume kecil semen di atas plug
wiper. Jika diinginkan, beralih ke pompa rig untuk
menyelesaikan perpindahan.
14. Menggantikan casing volume yang dihitung atau
sampai benjolan plug. Jangan lebih menggusur
kecuali diperintahkan untuk melakukannya dalam
prosedur penyemenan yang berlaku.
15. Berdarah tekanan casing ke nol cepat dan
memeriksa mengapung. Jika mengapung tidak
memegang, mencoba untuk rock mereka di kursi
oleh repressuring string casing. Jika mengalir
kembali berlanjut, ditutup di dan tahan tekanan
pada casing setidaknya sampai sampel permukaan
setup atau tidak arus balik terjadi.
10.4 penyemenan Remedial
Penyemenan perbaikan kadang-kadang diperlukan
untuk memperbaiki miskin kebocoran-off bawah
casing sepatu, perbaikan casing atau kapal atas
kebocoran, memeras off perforasi, dll teknik utama
yang digunakan untuk operasi ini akan mengikuti
prosedur yang sama dengan yang dijelaskan dalam
prosedur inti dalam Bagian 10. Namun, diakui
bahwa setiap situasi akan modifikasi yang berbeda
dan luas untuk prosedur ini mungkin diperlukan.
Ketika prosedur pemerasan disiapkan, dua bubur

semen harus dirancang dan diuji. Jika tingkat injeksi
yang rendah adalah semua yang dapat membentuk
cairan kerugian lumpur semen rendah harus dipompa
untuk mencegah semen dari menjadi dehidrasi
karena diperas pergi. Jika tingkat injeksi yang tinggi
dapat dibentuk, bubur semen dengan kehilangan
cairan yang lebih tinggi (lebih murah) harus
dipompa. Tergantung pada jenis pemerasan
diperlukan, a-cairan rendah kerugian lumpur dapat
diikuti oleh lumpur kerugian tinggi cairan.
Prosedur Squeeze Braden Kepala
1. Rih dengan terbuka pipa berakhir bor (atau tubing
stinger pada pipa bor tali kerja) ke bagian bawah
yang diinginkan semen.
2. Beredar dan kondisi lubang sebelum penyemenan.
Cairan pengeboran harus dikondisikan untuk
memastikan bahwa itu adalah hampir bebas dari
stek, gas yang kembali ke tingkat latar belakang, dan
bahwa itu adalah densitas seragam dengan sifat
diterima.
3. Rig up garis penyemenan untuk pipa bor, dengan
katup pengaman pembukaan penuh dipasang di
bagian atas string. Menguji garis semen untuk
tekanan ditentukan dalam Prosedur penyemenan.
4. Pompa ditentukan preflush spacer (umumnya air),
maka tempat plug semen seimbang dengan bagian
atas minimal 165 'di atas sepatu casing. Mencoba
untuk memutar bor string untuk meningkatkan
perpindahan lumpur oleh semen.
5. Pompa postflush spacer (umumnya air) dan lumpur

yang diperlukan untuk keseimbangan.
6. Perlahan POOH sekitar 5 tribun atas puncak dihitung

semen.
Y
a
7. Tutup BOP dan menekan volume semen ditentukan

dalam Prosedur penyemenan dengan memompa
lumpur ke bawah string kerja:
2. Apakah ada alat penanganan yang tepat untuk stinger di rig?

Penyemenan Peralatan / Aksesori
CATATAN: tekanan Squeeze tidak boleh

melebihi tekanan tes casing.
8. Menutup dalam sumur sampai sampel permukaan
telah menyiapkan atau sampai mencapai kuat tekan
yang diinginkan. Jangan terus memompa, atau
berdarah tekanan selama tertutup dalam periode.
9. Melepaskan tekanan pada string kerja, memeriksa
aliran balik dan membuka BOP.
Y
a
1. Apakah colokan wiper ukuran yang benar untuk casing dan bebas dari
luka dan / atau cacat?
10. Beredar pantat dan kondisi lumpur sampai

kontaminasi semen di pengembalian lumpur
diterima. POOH.
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
5. Penyemenan DAFTAR
Memeras / Open Lubang Plug Kerja Strings
T
i
d
a
k
2. Saksi pemuatan colokan wiper di penyemenan kepala / berjenis?
Pasokan semen
1. Apakah ada (+/- 700 ') dari stinger (2-7 / 8 "atau 3-1 / 2" TBG, atau 3-1 /
2 "DP) di rig?
1. Apakah jenis yang tepat dan jumlah (50-100% berlebih jika praktis)
semen di rig?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
Y
a
1. Do cementer dan personil kunci setuju pada semua volume dan tarif?
2. Apakah jumlah yang memadai (100% kelebihan jika praktis) aditif

onboard,?
2. Apakah cementer memahami rencana kontingensi / prosedur?
2. Pemeriksaan penyimpanan semen dan fasilitas transfer lengkap?
3. Apakah dua individu ditugaskan untuk mencatat volume perpindahan?

Semen Pumping
3. Apakah ada sumber alternatif (s) semen jika garis pneumatik istirahat
atau colokan?
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
Penyemenan Personil
1. Dalam kasus kegagalan pompa semen, adalah pompa rig siap mengambil
alih?
Y
a
Y
a
2. Apakah efisiensi pompa rig dikenal dengan memompa ke dalam tangki
dikalibrasi?
Semen Mixing
T
i
d
a
k
a
k
1. Apakah peralatan pencampuran semen bekerja dengan benar sebelum
penyemenan?
1. Apakah kualitas dan pasokan dari campuran air semen memuaskan?
2. Apakah kalibrasi keseimbangan lumpur bertekanan menyelesaikan?

2. Apakah kualitas dan pasokan cairan perpindahan memuaskan?
Pengujian tekanan / Keselamatan
3. Apakah densiometers beroperasi dengan benar sebelum penyemenan

(dikalibrasi)?
1. Apakah garis Chiksan dari bermacam-macam semen aman dirantai untuk
menghubungkan atau menalangi?
4. Apakah dicampur wadah sampel yang memadai tersedia?
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
Y
a
T
i
d
a
k
Mix Air / Pemindahan Cairan

2. Apakah pengujian garis semen untuk tekanan kerja yang ditentukan
3. Halliburton, Data Teknis Cementing Notebook

4. Halliburton, Cementing Tabel Handbook.
selesai?
3. Memiliki berjenis semen menjadi tekanan diuji untuk tekanan kerja yang
ditentukan?
4. Memiliki katup pengaman telah dipasang di atas tali kerja.
6. REFERENSI
1. EPR, Semen bubur Desain Pedoman
2. EPR, primer dan Remedial Cementing
BAGIAN 10 - LAMPIRAN I
EXXONMOBIL
PENGEMBANGAN
PERUSAHAAN
DRILLING ORGANISASI
7-5 / 8 "CASING PELINDUNG SHOE
SQUEEZE PROSEDUR
1. INFORMASI UMUM
Bidang: fieldname Nah: WELLNAME Rig:
RIGNAME
1.1 PERSETUJUAN
Pengeboran Insinyur:
Kantor: (____) ______ ______-Home: (_____)

________ DATE________
Mengawasi Engineer:
Kantor: (____) _____-_______ Home:
(_____) ________ DATE________
Operasi Inspektur:
SETUJU DENGAN ATAU INGIN KLARIFIKASI ON

DENGAN ENGINEER DAN / ATAU O perations S
Kantor: (____) _____ ______-Home: (_____)

______ Pager: 1 -____-____-______
DATE________
UPERINTENDENT. D ISTRIBUTE PROSEDUR ke
Rekayasa Arah
S ignificant PERUBAHAN OPERASI DARI PROSEDUR

MEMERLUKAN EVALUASI DAN DOKUMENTASI. D
(Prosedur ini berisi teks tersembunyi yang

luas, yang menyediakan penjelasan dan
saran untuk menyesuaikan prosedur untuk
aplikasi khusus. Komentar dan teks
tersembunyi dapat dilihat dengan memilih
View pada menu bar dan Komentar dari
menu drop down. Simbol ayat () pada
standar toolbar juga ternyata teks
tersembunyi dan mematikan.)
Teknik / Operasi Komentar Revisi JWB / AMK
1.2 TUJUAN PROSEDUR DAN ISU

UTAMA
Prosedur ini memberikan rincian untuk
memompa semen tambahan untuk
memastikan integritas tekanan pada sepatu
7-5 / 8 pelindung / produksi kapal atas /
casing di 7500 '. Ini sepatu kapal atas / casing
memerlukan tes tekanan sukses 2.500 psi
dengan 12 lumpur ppg untuk mengebor
depan (18,4 ppg EMW) (sesuai kebutuhan
MMS). [Catatan]: Komentar tambahan yang
berkaitan dengan isu-isu kunci yang sesuai.
lapangan PERSONIL UNTUK PERALATAN DAN

PROSEDUR VERIFIKASI.
ISCUSS DENGAN ANGGOTA TIM YANG TEPAT DAN

LENGKAP MOC FORMULIR.
1.3 SAFETY
Sebelum memulai setiap jenis yang berbeda
dari operasi, melakukan pertemuan keamanan
dengan semua personel yang terlibat dan
rencana job. Mempersiapkan dan meninjau JSA
untuk semua operasi kritis. Rig Superintendent
dan Toolpusher harus meninjau setiap JSA
sebelum mulai bekerja untuk ketelitian,
identifikasi bahaya yang tepat, dan mitigasi
risiko.
1,4 DAFTAR BERLAKU Buletin OPTECH

BUL
ETI
N
NO
MO
R
26
Kegagalan untuk menggunakan direkomendasikan set sekrup w / EZ

hasil punggawa semen dalam pekerjaan nelayan mahal.
56
Pertimbangan untuk kapal atas memeras penyemenan di OBM di Lu
T HOROUGHLY BACA INI PROSEDUR DAN SELURUH

MEMBAHAS SETIAP DETAIL ANDA MUNGKIN TIDAK
TITLE
Directional
Terjebak "Fasdrill" punggawa pada baru-baru ini Pecan Pulau dengan
baik.
98
1,6 DAFTAR ISI
INFORMASI 1,5 SERVICE COMPANY

SERVICE
PERUSAH
AAN
LOKASI
Houma
Penyemenan
Operasi
Laboratorium
BJ
Service
s
New
Orlean
s
New
Orlean
s
Penjualan
Houma
Penyedia alat
Squeeze
Halliburt
on
New
Orlean
s
New
Orlean
s
PERWAKILAN
2. DESIGN DASAR
2.1 INFORMASI UMUM
Casing Squee Sepatu ze
Sebelum Pembukaan Setelah Squeeze Squeeze Alat
Li ner Top Squeeze

Sebelum Pembukaan Setelah Squeeze Squeeze
Alat
Peras ToolSqueeze Alat
@ 9315 '@ 8800'

A
t
a
s
L
i
n
e
r
@
9
1
5
0
'
Casing sepatu
@ 9315 '
2.2 STATUS LANCAR

Pipa Set
MD (ft)
24a drive Pipa
20A Konduktor Casing
16A Permukaan Casing
9-5 / 8 pelindung Casing
8.500 : Drift diameter 9-5 / 8

casing
Casing di mana alat pemerasan akan diatur
dalam: 7-5 / 8 "39,0 # 6,625" ID
Casing Peringkat meledak w / (1,375) SF: - psi
Casing berhasil diuji untuk - psi atau - ppg
EMW @ casing sepatu / kapal atas
Diperkirakan tekanan pori di casing sepatu: psi atau - ppg EMW
Diperkirakan tekanan Frak di casing sepatu:
Siku-siku maksimal dalam sumur bor di atas

TVDdirencanakan alat pemerasan mendalam: 1,5
per 100 '
Lumpur Berat: - ppg

Jenis lumpur (WBM / OBM):
D EPTHS F ROM RKB

Deskripsi
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
Mendalam untuk Top of

Liner / Casing Sepatu
9315
9315
Kedalaman rencana
Squeeze Packer
8915
8915
Direncanakan Tinggi
Semen di Casing
150
200
Perkiraan TOC di casing
9165
9165
C APACITIES / D ISPLACEMENTS
- psi atau - ppg EMW

PIT diinginkan atau Liner Uji Top adalah - psi
atau - ppg EMW
Ukur
an
Berat
No
m.
ID
Sudut maksimum di sumur bor di atas

direncanakan alat pemerasan mendalam: 5
7-5 /
39 #
Dr
ift
ID
-
Panjan
gnya
250 '
Kapa
sita
s
BP
F
Peminda
han
bbls
0,054
10.70
---- Cf / sk hasil
8"
3-1 /
2
"JIK
A
-
---- Gal / sk mencampur air o F BHST
13.
3#
S135
-
8915 '
x
---- Bbl Volume lumpur o F BHCT (jadwal
sqz)
2.3 SEMEN DATA RINGKASAN

Semen Perusahaan: Dowell @ 512456-9874
Tingkat injeksi tinggi / rendah tekanan injeksi
bubur
x
x
---- Bbl Volume air

---- Perkiraan pompa timePilot Uji Diminta
Tingkat injeksi Rendah / injeksi Tinggi
tekanan bubur
Penyemenan Lumpur
---- Sacks Kelas "" Penebalan Waktu
---- Aditif psi 12 jam kuat tekan
Penyemenan Lumpur Percontohan Tes t

Hasil
---- Sacks Kelas "" Penebalan Waktu

---- Aditif cc kehilangan air / 30 min
---- Ppg slurryml / 250ml Air Gratis
---- Cf / sk hasil
---- Aditif cc kehilangan air / 30 min
---- Gal / sk mencampur air o F BHST
---- Ppg slurryml / 250ml Gratis Air
---- Bbl Volume lumpur o F BHCT (jadwal

sqz)
Pilot Tes t
Hasil
---- Bbl Volume air
Setelah menentukan bahwa

meremas diperlukan, BH A
tersandung dan diputar di bagian
bawah casing beberapa kali untuk
membersihkan ID casing semen
yang tersisa. The SQZRETAINER
akan ditetapkan dalam interval
yang dibersihkan dengan
stabilisator.
Pompa berada di saat

membersihkan casin g untuk
menghilangkan stek semen. Rig
beredar BU cukup sebelum
POOH untuk memastikan semua
stek semen telah dihapus.
---- Perkiraan pompa timePilot Uji Diminta
3. PROSEDUR
3.1 TOP OF LINER SQUEEZE - PACKER
dibor
1. Membuat casing scraper dijalankan jika
dianggap perlu sebelum menjalankan dengan
SQZRETAINER. Casing kerja scraper secara
menyeluruh di seluruh selang pipa di
direncanakan SQZRETAINER kedalaman
pengaturan. Beredar pantat up di bawah
SQZRETAINER kedalaman pengaturan. POOH.
Jika dipandang bahwa casing scraper run tidak
diperlukan, berikut adalah reconcilers untuk
tidak membuat casing scraper run:
The SQZRETAINER akan

ditetapkan di atas di mana semen
ditandai ketika Rih.
Sebuah dikemas BHA digunakan

selama drillout tersebut.
Penempatan Stabilizer adalah
sebagai berikut: 8-1 / 2 "pengukur
penuh dekat sedikit menusuk, 81 / 2" penuh pengukur menusuk
15 'di atas sedikit, dan 8-1 / 2
"penuh pengukur menusuk 45' di
atas bit.
2. Pick up SQZRETAINER untuk CGOD CGWT

casing dan TIH ke TOOLMD MD (305 di
atas puncak kapal). Set SQZRETAINER @
TOOLMD MD (tidak diatur punggawa bawah
10.005 yang mana semen ditandai ketika
berjalan di lubang untuk membersihkan).
Pastikan bahwa punggawa tidak akan diatur
dalam kerah casing. Verifikasi pengaturan
dengan 15-20 kips berat di atas
SQZRETAINER dan 500-1000 psi pada th e DP
oleh casing annulus.
7,75 adalah OD maksimum

dari SQZRETAINER
Tekanan diferensial maksimum

untuk SQZRETAINER = 5.000 psi
Maksimum ditetapkan berat untuk

SQZRETAINER = 50.000 lbs
3. Garis semen tes dan meremas manifold untuk

5.000 psi. (Uji terhadap T IW valve)
4. Tutup annular BOP dan tekanan pada DP oleh
casing anulus ke 500-1000 psi. Membangun
tarif injeksi pada 1/2, 1, 2, 3, dan 4 bpm tanpa
melebihi tekanan injeksi 4500 psi (Engineer
untuk mengomentari dasar untuk tekanan
injeksi maksimum. Yaitu Untuk tetap dalam
batas tekanan meledak bersih (7.927 psi w /
1,375 SF ) dari 9-5 / 8 casing dengan
asumsi 15,7 ppg lumpur di sumur bor dan 9.0
ppg EMW back-up di belakang 9-5 / 8 ).
Memonitor annulus c arefully untuk respon
tekanan indikasi packer atau DP kebocoran.
Perhatikan bahwa CGOD CGWT casing
terakhir diuji untuk 3.825 psi dengan 15,7 ppg
lumpur, garis semen telah diuji untuk 5.000 psi,
dan SQZTOOL berperingkat untuk 5.000 psi
tekanan diferensial.
Gunakan merencanakan teknik PIT tekanan
rekor vs volume yang dipompa. Hubungi
Operasi Inspektur dan Pengeboran Insinyur
untuk membahas hasil tes injeksi (injektivitas
akan menentukan jika perubahan yang
diperlukan dalam desain semen atau pompa
volume).
Jangan melebihi tekanan tes atas kapal dari
3300 psi dengan 12,7 ppg lumpur (15,0 ppg
EMW) jika injeksi belum ditetapkan pada saat
ini. Ini bisa menunjukkan memuaskan uji kapal

atas telah diperoleh.
5. Berdarah tekanan dari anulus, PU keluar dari
SQZRETAINER, dan membangun tekanan
membalikkan pada 3 - 6 bpm.
6. Campur dan menggantikan bubur berikut
dengan menggunakan unit penyemenan
[EUSADO20]:
Catatan: Sementara menggusur semen
turun DP sementara menyengat dari
punggawa, laju aliran dapat berlari lebih
cepat dari laju pompa karena tekanan Utube. Mengambil kembali melalui choke,
jika perlu, sehingga tekanan yang kembali
dapat diterapkan untuk mencegah semen
dari beredar di DP sebelum menyengat ke
SQZRETAINER.
PUMP JADWAL SEBELUM menyengat KE
SQZRETAINER
Deskripsi
30 bbls pra-flush spacer (MCS-3)

38 bbls (150 karung) FL pemerasan bubur rendah (Lihat data
Cement untuk resep)
Mass
a
jenis
38 bbls (200 karung) tinggi FL (rapi) pemerasan bubur (Lihat

119 bbls lumpur
data Cement untuk resep)
5 bbls Air Tawar
10 bbls pasca-flush spacer (MCS-3)
Ini akan meninggalkan 2 bbls semen di atas
SQZRETAINER di DP. (118 'di dalam DP di
38 bbls lumpur (lead posisi spacer ~ 15 bbls dalam DP di atas
atas SQZRETAINER yang)
SQZRETAINER yang)
Posisi semen ~ 25 bbls dalam DP di atas
SQZRETAINER. (1470 'di dalam DP di atas
SQZRETAINER yang)
5a 19,5 # S-135 kapasitas DP = 0,01701
BPF; 9-5 / 8 53,5 # kapasitas casing =
0,0708 BPF.
7. Tutup choke dan kemudian menyengat ke
dalam SQZRETAINER. Set 15-20 kips berat di
atas punggawa dan tekanan up 500 - 1.000 psi
pada DP oleh casing annulus. Pompa
tambahan 119 bbls dari 15,7 lumpur ppg di 4
bpm diikuti oleh 5 bbls dari air tawar ke DP. Ini
akan meninggalkan 2 bbls semen di DP di atas
ainer ret. Jangan overdisplace semen.
PUMP JADWAL SETELAH menyengat KE
SQZRETAINER
Deskripsi
Catatan: volume Pemindahan mengasumsikan

12 ppg FCS dalam G-series pasir di 10.000
'TVD. 5 bbls dari perpindahan air harus
menyediakan sekitar 200 tekanan positif psi.
Jika kendi baik atas atau tekanan permukaan
naik ke 4500 psi selama operasi pemerasan
dengan semen dalam pipa bor, lakukan
langkah berikut: menyengat dari punggawa,
POOH 2 berdiri, membalikkan beredar keluar 2
volume workstring pada tingkat maksimum
sambil menjaga pipa bergerak (tidak melebihi
tekanan tes casing dari 3520 psi sementara
membalikkan).
8. PU dari punggawa dan membuang yang
terakhir 2 bbls semen di atas SQZRETAINER
(TOC @ ~ 9922 MD. Hal ini membuat 2 8
'semen di atas SQZRETAINER yang). PU 2
berdiri dan membalikkan keluar pada tingkat
maksimum yang mungkin (tidak melebihi
membalikkan). Membalikkan setidaknya 2
volume workstring dan menjaga pipa bergerak
sementara membalikkan.
9. PO OH dan alat pengaturan LD punggawa. PU
yang 8-1 / 2 membersihkan perakitan dan
15,7
8.3
TIH ke 9750 MD. (180 'di atas TOC

diharapkan).
10. Pastikan 18 jam telah berlalu sejak semen
dipompa dan mencuci ke TOC. Bor semen /
SQZRETAINER dan terus pengeboran turun ke
LNROD kapal atas @ 10.255 MD.
Jangan memutar berlebihan di atas kapal untuk
menghindari kerusakan wadah tie-back. C & C
lumpur untuk membersihkan lubang sumur.
Catatan: Jika semen usang dan / atau lembut
ditemui sedalam 90 'di atas TOC diharapkan,
PU 3 berdiri dan mengedarkan keluar 1 siklus.
Memonitor kondisi lumpur / properti dan
membuang semua lumpur buruk semen yang
terkontaminasi. Hubungi Operasi Inspektur
untuk membahas waktu WOC dan operasi
maju jika semen tidak sulit.
11. Tekanan menguji LNROD atas kapal ke 2.300
psi dengan 15,7 ppg lumpur. Gunakan teknik
PIT di 1/2 bpm dan merekam tekanan vs
volume yang dipompa. Tahan tekanan tes
selama 30 menit. Setelah tes, catatan volume
lumpur berdarah kembali. POOH.

direncanakan SQZTOOL kedalaman
SQZTOOL kedalaman pengaturan. POOH. Jika
dipandang bahwa casing scraper run tidak
The SQZTOOL akan ditetapkan di

atas di mana semen ditandai
ketika Rih.

atas bit.

meremas diperlukan, B HA
yang tersisa. The SQZTOOL akan
ditetapkan dalam interval yang
dibersihkan dengan stabilisator.

membersihkan casing untuk
12. Setelah tes berhasil, lanjutkan dengan prosedur

pengeboran yang lebih dalam.
3.2 TOP OF LINER SQUEEZE - PACKER

dpt
SQZTOOL. Casing kerja scraper secara

potongan semen telah dihapus.
2. Pick up SQZTOOL untuk CGOD CGWT casing
dan TIH ke TOOLMD MD (305 di atas
puncak kapal). Set SQZTOOL @ TOOLMD MD
(tidak menetapkan memeras terlalu l bawah
10.005 yang mana semen ditandai ketika
berjalan di lubang untuk membersihkan).
Pastikan bahwa alat pemerasan tidak akan
diatur dalam kerah casing. Verifikasi
pengaturan dengan 15-20 kips berat di atas
SQZTOOL dan 500-1000 psi pada DP oleh
casing ann ulus.

dari SQZTOOL

untuk SQZTOOL = 5.000 psi

SQZTOOL = 50.000 lbs

Monitor anulus ca refully untuk respon tekanan
indikasi packer atau DP kebocoran.
volume).
Jangan melebihi tekanan tes atas kapal dari
3300 psi dengan 12,7 ppg lumpur (15,0 ppg
EMW) jika injeksi belum ditetapkan pada saat
ini. Ini bisa menunjukkan memuaskan uji kapal
atas telah diperoleh.
3. Menguji garis semen dan manifold pemerasan

ke 5000 psi. (Uji terhadap Tiw valve)
5. Tekanan berdarah off anulus, terbuka b ypass

pada SQZTOOL.


dengan menggunakan unit penyemenan:
turun DP dengan bypass terbuka, debit
dapat berlari lebih cepat dari laju pompa
karena tekanan U-tube. Mengambil kembali
melalui choke, jika perlu, sehingga tekanan
balik dapat diterapkan untuk mencegah
semen dari yang beredar di atas SQZTOOL

sebelum bypass ditutup.
POMPA JADWAL SEBELUM MENUTUP
BYPASS PADA SQZTOOL
Deskripsi
7. Tutup choke dan kemudian bypass pada

SQZTOOL dan tekanan up 500 - 1.000 psi
harus meninggalkan TOC 250 'di bawah
SQZTOOL, dan 250' di atas puncak kapal.
PUMP JADWAL SETELAH MENUTUP
BYPASS PADA SQZTOOL
Deskripsi

Cement untuk resep)
119 bbls lumpur
5 bbls Air Tawar
Ini akan meninggalkan TOC 250 'di bawah

SQZTOOL, dan 250' di atas puncak kapal.
SQZTOOL yang)
SQZTOOL. (1470 'di dalam DP di atas
SQZTOOL) 5a 19,5 # S-135
kapasitas DP = 0,01701 BPF;
9-5 / 8 53,5 # kapasitas
casing = 0,0708 BPF.

12 ppg FCS dalam G-series pasir di 10000
langkah-langkah berikut: melepaskan alat
pemerasan, POOH 5 berdiri, membalikkan
beredar keluar 2 volume workstring pada
Mass
a
jenis
15,7
8.3
P
m
a
T
g
t
tingkat maksimum (tidak melebihi tekanan tes

casing dari 3520 psi sementara membalikkan),
POOH 1 berdiri tambahan, mengatur packer
dan menempatkan 500-1000 psi pada anulus.
mungkin menjadi indikasi kebocoran baik dalam

packer atau DP. (Diperbolehkan tekanan
annulus maksimum adalah 1.585 psi dasar
pada 21 EMW tes casing.)
8. Ragu-ragu meremas
Tahap hingga 5.0 bbls semen ke dalam formasi.
Pompa di 1,0 bbl di 1/4 bpm setiap 15 menit
untuk pertama
10. Setelah menunggu 12 jam, tekanan hingga 500

psi selama tekanan squeeze akhir untuk
memastikan semen diatur. Jika OK, tekanan
rilis, menggeser SQZTOOL, dan beredar keluar.
POOH.
3.0 bbls. Setelah itu, pompa di 1,0 bbl di 1/4 bpm

setiap 60 menit untuk terakhir 2 bbls (total volume
pemerasan = 5.0 bbls). Jika tekanan break-lebih
terlihat sebelum menyelesaikan setiap tahap,
berhenti memompa segera dan tahan tekanan apa
pun yang dicapai untuk waktu tahap yang
diperlukan sebelum melanjutkan dengan tahap
berikutnya. Berhenti memompa pada titik apapun
jika 1.675 psi tercapai (21,0 ppg EMW). Jika batas
tekanan tercapai, menghentikan proses
pementasan dan tahan tekanan akhir waktu WOC.
Jika 1675 psi tidak tercapai setelah meremas 5.0
bbls, menghentikan proses pementasan dan tahan
tekanan apa pun yang hadir. Perkiraan TOC
setelah meremas ragu-ragu adalah 185 'di atas
puncak kapal.
9. Tahan tekanan pemerasan akhir untuk 12 jam.
Bor tekanan pipa harus meningkat karena
ekspansi termal. Memungkinkan tekanan pipa
bor untuk naik setinggi 4500 psi (21,0 ppg
EMW) sebelum perdarahan off tekanan. Jika
tekanan membangun ke 4500 psi, berdarah
kembali ke 3500 psi sebelum melanjutkan untuk
menahan tekanan pemerasan. Jika tekanan
meningkat belakang di atas 500-1000 psi,
11. TIH dengan 8-1 / 2 "membersihkan perakitan ke

tempat SQZTOOL ditetapkan dan mencuci ke
TOC. Bor semen turun ke LNROD atas kapal @
10.255 MD. Jangan memutar berlebihan
di atas kapal dan menghindari kerusakan
wadah tie-back. C & C lumpur untuk
membersihkan lubang sumur.
12. Tekanan menguji LNROD atas kapal ke 2.300
psi dengan 15,7 ppg lumpur (20 ppg EMW di
atas kapal). Gunakan teknik PIT di 1/2 bpm dan
merekam tekanan vs volume yang dipompa.
Tahan tekanan tes selama 30 menit. Setelah te
st, rekor volume lumpur berdarah kembali.
POOH.
13. Setelah tes berhasil, lanjutkan dengan operasi

pengeboran per prosedur pengeboran yang
lebih dalam.
3.3 SHOE SQUEEZE - PACKER dibor

SQZRETAINER. W ork casing scraper secara
direncanakan SQZRETAINER kedalaman
SQZRETAINER kedalaman pengaturan. POOH.
Jika dipandang bahwa casing scraper run tidak
The SQZRETAINER akan

ditetapkan di atas di mana semen
ditandai ketika Rih.

selama illout dr. Penempatan
Stabilizer adalah sebagai berikut:
8-1 / 2 "pengukur penuh dekat
sedikit menusuk, 8-1 / 2" penuh
pengukur menusuk 15 'di atas
sedikit, dan 8-1 / 2 "penuh
pengukur menusuk 45' di atas bit.

meremas diperlukan, BHA itu
tersandung dan diputar di seluruh
t ia bagian bawah casing
beberapa kali untuk
yang tersisa. The SQZRETAINER

akan ditetapkan dalam interval
yang dibersihkan dengan
stabilisator.

membersihkan casing untuk
beredar BU cukup sebelum TOOH
untuk memastikan semua
2. Pick up SQZRETAINER untuk CGOD CGWT

casing dan TIH ke TOOLMD MD (305 di
atas sepatu). Set SQZRETAINER @ TOOLMD
MD (tidak diatur punggawa bawah 10.005
yang mana c ement tagged ketika berjalan di
lubang untuk membersihkan). Pastikan bahwa
punggawa tidak akan diatur dalam kerah
casing. Verifikasi pengaturan dengan 15-20
kips berat di atas SQZRETAINER dan 5001000 psi pada DP oleh casing annulus.

dari SQZRETAINER

untuk SQZRETAINER = 5.000 psi

SQZRETAINER = 50.000 lbs
3. Garis semen tes dan pemerasan berjenis ke

5.000 psi. (Uji terhadap Tiw valve)

injeksi maksimum. Yaitu Untuk sta y dalam
1,375 SF) dari 9-5 / 8 casing dengan
Memantau anulus hati-hati untuk respon
Perhatikan bahwa CGOD CGWT terakhir diuji
untuk 3.825 psi dengan 15,7 ppg lumpur, garis
semen telah diuji untuk 5.000 psi, dan
SQZRETAINER berperingkat untuk 5.000 psi
volume).
Jangan melebihi tekanan tes PIT dari 3300 psi
dengan 12,7 ppg lumpur (15,0 ppg EMW) jika
injeksi belum ditetapkan pada saat ini. Ini bisa
menunjukkan PIT memuaskan telah diperoleh.
5. Berdarah tekanan dari anulus, PU keluar dari
SQZRETAINER, dan membangun tekanan
membalikkan pada 3 - 6 bpm.

turun DP sementara menyengat dari
punggawa, laju aliran dapat berlari lebih
cepat dari laju pompa karena tekanan Utube. Mengambil kembali melalui choke,
jika perlu, sehingga tekanan yang kembali
dapat diterapkan untuk mencegah semen
dari beredar di DP sebelum menyengat ke
SQZRETAINER.
PUMP JADWAL SEBELUM menyengat KE
SQZRETAINER
Deskripsi

Cement untuk resep)
SQZRETAINER yang)
Mass
a
jenis

SQZRETAINER. (1470 'di dalam DP di atas
SQZRETAINER)
5a 19,5 # S-135 kapasitas DP = 0,01701
0,0708 BPF.
7. Tutup choke dan kemudian menyengat ke
dalam SQZRETAINER. Set 15-20 kips berat di
atas punggawa dan tekanan up 500 - 1.000 psi
akan meninggalkan 2 bbls semen di DP di atas
retainer. Jangan overdisplace semen.
PUMP JADWAL SETELAH menyengat KE
SQZRETAINER
Deskripsi

12 ppg FCS dalam G-series pasir di 10.000
langkah berikut: menyengat dari punggawa,
POOH 2 berdiri, membalikkan beredar keluar 2
volume workstring pada tingkat maksimum
sambil menjaga pipa bergerak (tidak melebihi
membalikkan).
8. PU dari punggawa dan membuang yang
terakhir 2 bbls semen di atas SQZRETAINER
(TOC @ ~ 9922 MD). PU 2 berdiri dan
membalikkan keluar pada tingkat maksimum
yang mungkin (tidak melebihi tekanan tes
casing dari 3520 psi sementara membalikkan).
Membalikkan setidaknya 2 volume workstring
dan menjaga pipa bergerak sementara
membalikkan.
9. POOH dan alat pengaturan LD punggawa. PU
yang 8-1 / 2 bor keluar perakitan dan TIH ke
9750 MD. (180 'di atas diharapkan TOC)
119 bbls lumpur

5 bbls Air Tawar
Ini akan meninggalkan 2 bbls semen di atas
SQZRETAINER di DP. (118 'di dalam DP di atas
SQZRETAINER yang)
10. Setelah WOC untuk 18 jam sejak semen

dipompa, mencuci ke TOC. Bor semen /
SQZRETAINER dan terus pengeboran keluar
semen. Bor 5'-10 'lubang baru mencatat setiap
rongga atau perubahan kondisi sumur bor. Jika
gas yang tinggi dan atau pengembalian hilang
ditemui di bawah sepatu, hubungi Operasi

Inspektur segera.
11. Lakukan PIT untuk 17,0 ppg EMW (2970 psi di
permukaan dengan 11,8 ppg lumpur di 10.317
'TVD). Gunakan teknik PIT di 1/2 bpm dan
Jangan menguji sepatu untuk lebih tinggi dari
17,0 ppg
EMW.
The SQZTOOL akan ditetapkan di

atas di mana semen t agged
ketika Rih.

atas bit.

meremas diperlukan, BHA itu
yang tersisa. The SQZTOOL akan
ditetapkan dalam interval yang
dibersihkan dengan stabilisator.
Pompa berada di sementara ing

bersih casing untuk

lebih dalam.
3.4 SHOE SQUEEZE - PACKER dpt

SQZTOOL. Casing kerja scraper secara
direncanakan SQZTOOL kedalaman
SQZTOOL kedalaman pengaturan. POOH. Jika
dipandang bahwa casing scraper run tidak
2. Pick up SQZTOOL untuk CGOD CGWT casing

dan TIH ke TOOLMD MD (305 di atas
sepatu). Set SQZTOOL @ TOOLMD MD (tidak
diatur meremas alat di bawah 10.005
yang mana semen ditandai ketika berjalan di
lubang untuk membersihkan). Pastikan bahwa
alat pemerasan tidak akan diatur dalam

kerah casing. Verifikasi pengaturan dengan 1520 kips berat di atas SQZTOOL dan 500-1000
psi pada DP oleh casing annulus.

dari SQZTOOL

untuk SQZTOOL = 5.000 psi

SQZTOOL = 50.000 lbs
3. Menguji garis semen dan manifold pemerasan

ke 5000 psi. (Uji terhadap T IW valve)
Memonitor annulus c arefully untuk respon

volume).
Jangan melebihi tekanan tes PIT dari 3300 psi
dengan 12,7 ppg lumpur (15,0 ppg EMW) jika
injeksi belum ditetapkan pada saat ini. Ini bisa
menunjukkan PIT memuaskan telah diperoleh.
5. Tekanan berdarah off anulus, terbuka
memotong pada SQZTOOL.
turun DP dengan bypass terbuka, debit
dapat berlari lebih cepat dari laju pompa
karena tekanan U-tube. Mengambil kembali
melalui choke, jika perlu, sehingga tekanan
balik dapat diterapkan untuk mencegah
semen dari yang beredar di atas SQZTOOL
sebelum bypass ditutup.
POMPA JADWAL SEBELUM MENUTUP
BYPASS PADA SQZTOOL
Deskripsi
Mass
a
jenis
P
m
a
T
g
a
jenis

Cement untuk resep)
119 bbls lumpur
5 bbls Air Tawar
Ini akan meninggalkan TOC 250 'di bawah
SQZTOOL, dan 250' di atas sepatu casing.
SQZTOOL yang)
12 ppg FCS dalam G-series pasir di 10000
SQZTOOL. (1470 'di dalam DP di atas
SQZTOOL yang)
5a 19,5 # S-135 kapasitas DP = 0,01701
0,0708 BPF.
7. Tutup choke dan kemudian bypass pada
SQZTOOL dan tekanan up 500 - 1.000 psi
harus meninggalkan TOC 250 'di bawah
SQZTOOL, dan 250' di atas sepatu casing.
PUMP JADWAL SETELAH MENUTUP
BYPASS PADA SQZTOOL
Deskripsi

langkah-langkah berikut: melepaskan alat
pemerasan, POOH 3 berdiri, membalikkan
beredar keluar 2 volume workstring pada
tingkat maksimum (tidak melebihi tekanan tes
casing dari 3520 psi sementara membalikkan),
POOH 1 berdiri tambahan, mengatur packer
dan menempatkan 500-1000 psi pada anulus.
8. Ragu-ragu meremas.
Tahap hingga 5.0 bbls semen ke dalam formasi.
Pompa di 1,0 bbl di 1/4 bpm setiap 15 menit untuk
pertama
15,7
8.3
m
a
T
g
t
3.0 bbls. Setelah itu, pompa di 1,0 bbl di 1/4 bpm

setiap 60 menit untuk terakhir 2 bbls (total volume
pemerasan =
5.0 bbls). Jika tekanan break-lebih terlihat sebelum
menyelesaikan setiap tahap, berhenti memompa
segera dan tahan tekanan apa pun yang dicapai
untuk waktu tahap yang diperlukan sebelum
melanjutkan dengan tahap berikutnya. Berhenti
memompa pada titik apapun jika 1.675 psi tercapai
(21,0 ppg EMW). Jika batas tekanan tercapai,
menghentikan proses pementasan dan tahan
tekanan akhir waktu WOC. Jika 1675 psi tidak
tercapai setelah meremas 5.0 bbls, menghentikan
proses pementasan dan tahan tekanan apa pun
yang hadir. Perkiraan TOC setelah meremas raguragu adalah 185 'di atas sepatu.
9. Tahan tekanan pemerasan akhir untuk 12 jam.
Bor tekanan pipa harus meningkat karena
ekspansi termal. Memungkinkan tekanan pipa
bor untuk naik setinggi 4500 psi (21,0 ppg
EMW) sebelum perdarahan off tekanan. Jika
tekanan membangun ke 4500 psi, berdarah
kembali ke 3500 psi sebelum melanjutkan untuk
menahan tekanan pemerasan. Jika tekanan
meningkat belakang di atas 500-1000 psi,
mungkin menjadi indikasi kebocoran baik dalam
packer atau t dia DP. (Diperbolehkan tekanan
annulus maksimum adalah 1.585 psi dasar
pada 21 EMW tes casing.)
10. Setelah menunggu 12 jam, tekanan hingga 500
psi selama tekanan squeeze akhir untuk
memastikan semen diatur. Jika OK, tekanan
rilis dan menggeser SQZTOOL dan beredar

keluar. POOH.
11. TIH dengan 8-1 / 2 "bor keluar perakitan ke
tempat SQZTOOL ditetapkan, dan mencuci ke
TOC. Bor keluar semen dan 5-10 'dari formasi
baru mencatat setiap rongga atau perubahan
kondisi sumur bor. Jika gas yang tinggi dan /
atau hilang kembali ditemui di bawah sepatu,
hubungi Operasi Inspektur segera.
12. Lakukan PIT untuk 17,0 ppg EMW (2970 psi di
permukaan dengan 11,8 ppg lumpur di 10.317
'TVD). Gunakan teknik PIT di 1/2 bpm dan
Jangan menguji sepatu untuk lebih tinggi dari
17,0 ppg
EMW.
lebih dalam.
5. ENGINEERING TINDAK LANJUT

Nah Nama: WELLNAME
Pengawas: Pengeboran Supts
Engineer (s): Pengeboran Insinyur
Nah engineer bertanggung jawab untuk lisan tindak
lanjut dengan rig pengawas. Insinyur adalah untuk
mengidentifikasi dan mendokumentasikan bawah
bagian dari prosedur yang tidak memenuhi
kebutuhan tim pengeboran dan menggambarkan
pembelajaran kunci untuk dimasukkan ke dalam
prosedur inti.
Kembali tindak lanjut untuk pemilik prosedur inti:
Modifikasi dianjurkan untuk Prosedur:
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_______________
Disampaikan oleh:
__________________________________________
____________________
Telepon: () DATE___________
BAGIAN 10 - LAMPIRAN II
p
i
Nama
baik
n
d
a
Casing Sebelumnya Nama
Rig
h
a
n
MISC.
ENGINEERING
calcs.
2
0
Gain pit dari casing

(bbls): 81,2
b
Gain pit dari
penyemenan (bbls)
754,1
s
49
EMW setelah
displacment (ppg)
13.0
'M
D
Tekanan U-tabung @
2,
10,
p
i
n
mengapung (psi 930
d
a
C4
67
a3
s3
i ,
n1
g
b
Tb
i l
ts
i
72.
48
60 6
'T
kp
Lubang Asumsi ukuran Pra-rata dengan 20 bbls 8,7 ppg air laut
spacer.
P
a
n
16,5 "Post-siram
dengan 20 bbls 8,7 ppg air laut
spacer.
Mengatur MW annular Volume SEMEN
9.2 0,1523 BPF Timbal Lumpur: Class 'H' dengan aditif cair Campur ke:
=
12.6 ppg
OD = 16
49% Mixwater: Sea di 13.23 gal / sk Yield: 2,32 cu.ft / sk
Jumlah karung: 1525 Volume: 630,1 bbls
ID = 15,22 annular Volume USULAN CASING DESIGN (bawah ke

atas)
Dihitung = 1526
MD = 1000 0.1128 BPF WGHT GRADE / CONN PANJANG MD ID
Bit Ukuran (di) Tail Lumpur: Class 'H' dengan aditif cair Campur ke:
CAP. (BPF) CAP. (bbls) ALIH.

16,2 ppg
TVD = 10001 45,5 K-55, BTC 4900 4900 10,05 0,0982 481,0 0,0166 bbls
13.5Mixwater: Sea di 4.68 gal / sk Yield: 1.11 cu.ft / sk
Kelebihan semen pada 2

0,0000 0,0 0,0000
Jumlah karung: 425 Volume: 84,0 bbls
permukaan jika lubang

Dihitung = 425
ukuran 341 3 0,0000 0,0

0,0000
Ekor diperkirakan PEMINDAHAN
4 0,0000 0,0 0,0000
4400 'MD Setelah postflush, menggantikan w / 453,1 bbls lumpur 9.2

ppg.
4400 'TVD
Tinggi req 'd ekor di atas sepatu 500 kaki.
Spacer
500 'di atas PUMP KALI Tingkat Timbal Tail
sepatu
Usulan Casing 20 bbl postflush 6 3.3 3.3
casing
(ukura
n
Mengapung Kapasitas = 7,9 bbls Waktu Perkiraan Pekerjaan 270 165
lubang
diasu
msika
EJT (jam) 4.49 2.74
EJT dengan kontingensi 5.49 3.74
n).
Camp
Bawah lubang suhu statis 138 derajat F (est. Temps dari log)
ur
Bawah lubang sirkulasi suhu 110 derajat F (dari API Spec 10)
Timbal
Seme
n6
105,0
0,0

Jika
mengu
kur
Nama baik
kemud
ian
Casing Sebelumnya Nama
1.175,
Rig
OD = 16 10,75
3 'di
"SHOE SQUEEZE
atas
Mix
ID = 15.22CASING DESIGN (bawah ke atas)
Tail
Seme
n6
MD = 1000WGHT GRADE / CONN PANJANG MD ID CAP. (BPF)

CAP. (bbls) ALIH.
14,0
TVD = 10001 45,5 K-55, BTC 4900 10,05 0,0982 4900 0,0166 481,0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0.0000 0.0000 0.0
14,0
3 0 0 0 0 0 0.0000 0.0000 0.0
Penurunan Top Plug 5.0 5.0
WORKSTRING DESIGN (bawah ke atas)
e
r
OD BERAT / CONN PANJANG MD ID CAP. (BPF) CAP. (bbls) ALIH.

d
1.
19,5 # /
NC50 / X-
954400
4400 4,276
0,017268
l
a
76,0
0,0078
2.
0.000000
0,0 0.0000
m
e
n
d
MW perpindahan spacer
9.2Pre-siram dengan 20 bbls 8,7 ppg air laut spacer.
i
n
Ikuti semen dengan 10 bbls 8,7 ppg air laut spacer.
g
i
SEMEN
Memimpin Lumpur: Class 'H' dengan aditif cair Campur ke: 16 ppg
n
k
a
n
CasingMixwater: Sea di 13.23 gal / sk Yield: 1,65 cu.ft / sk
10.75 "Jumlah karung: 257 Volume: 75,5 bbls
p
r
s
h
d
i
5 bbl PEMINDAHAN
Tutup memotong setelah memompa 71,0 bbls dari preflush dan
semen
5
7
Remas
packe
peng
atura
kedal
aman
Setel
ah
space
r,
meng
gantik
an w /
80,5
bbls
lump
ur 9.2
ppg.
4400
'MD
PUMP KALI Tingkat Squeeze Lumpur
TOC diinginkan 250 kaki di atas sepatu Mix Squeeze Semen 4 18,9
Diinginkan pemerasan Volume 10 bbl spacer 4 2.5
50 bbl Casing Shoe 80,5 perpindahan bbl 4 20.1
4900 'MD 0 bbl lainnya 4 0.0 Panjang lubang

baru: 10' 4883 'TVD Contingency 60
Ukuran bit: 9,875 "Perkiraan Waktu Kerja 102
New lubang Volume: 0,95 bbl EJT (jam) 1.69
EJT dengan kontingensi 2,69
Bawah lubang suhu statis 138 derajat F (est. Temps dari log)
Bawah lubang sirkulasi suhu 110 derajat F (dari API Spec 10)

TES TEKANAN
INTEGRITAS
11,0 TEKANAN TES INTEGRITAS
11.1 Umum 1
11.2 Casing Test 2
11.3 Leak-Off Uji 3
11,5 Terbuka Lubang Leak-Off Test 4
____________________________________________
__________________________________
barage RIG DRILLING
11.1 UMUM
Ada tiga jenis utama dari Tes Integritas yang
dilakukan oleh EMDC pengeboran. The Casing Test,
Leak Off Test (LOT), dan Uji Jug (PIT). Sebuah tes
casing yang digunakan untuk memastikan casing
tidak akan gagal dalam situasi kontrol dengan baik
atau operasi selesai. The BANYAK dan PIT tes yang
digunakan dalam lubang terbuka tepat di bawah
sepatu untuk menentukan berat lumpur setara yang
dapat diselenggarakan, atau yang akan memulai
patah tulang dan menyebabkan kebocoran-off untuk
formasi. Salah satu jenis tambahan tes yang mungkin
dilakukan selama operasi pemboran adalah tes

integritas lubang terbuka. Jika tes ini diperlukan
prosedur yang berlaku pengeboran akan detail tes itu.
Tes casing harus memetakan dan grafik
dipertahankan pada rig dan di kantor sesuai
kebutuhan badan pengawas. Persyaratan MMS
adalah untuk menekan tes semua string casing
kecuali pipa drive, untuk menahan tes selama 30
menit (umumnya untuk non-MMS operasi diatur, 15
tes menit sudah cukup) dengan <kehilangan 10%
tekanan, dan untuk mendokumentasikan tes laporan
IADC. Untuk semua sumur EMDC,
mendokumentasikan tes pada laporan pagi juga.
The EMDC Integritas Uji Workbook akan selesai
untuk baik LOT atau PIT dan akan dilakukan sesuai
dengan pedoman yang ditentukan di bawah (terletak
di LAN atau Global Share). Excel workbook berisi
file bantuan dengan pembahasan prosedur teori, dan
interpretasi tes. Informasi tambahan mengenai
prosedur pengujian dan analisis yang terkandung
dalam publikasi EPR "Tekanan Integritas Uji Panduan Lapangan".
mengisi formulir PIT dan meneruskan ke Engineer
Drilling dan Operasi Inspektur secepat praktis
setelah menyelesaikan tes.
Tekanan Pedoman Umum Pengujian
1. Sebelum peralatan pengeboran float, tes casing yang
akan dilakukan. Tes ini akan dijalankan untuk
menguji tekanan disetujui oleh MMS atau badan

pengawas yang mengatur lainnya.
2. Tes Integritas diperlukan di bawah setiap string dari
casing kecuali pipa drive dan casing konduktor.
Berdasarkan kondisi geologi atau kedalaman
pengaturan yang direncanakan, tes konduktor casing
sepatu dapat diamanatkan oleh badan pengawas yang
mengatur. Sebuah tes yang akan dilakukan setelah 10
'lubang baru telah dibor untuk menentukan integritas
formasi. Per MMS atau perintah badan pengawas
yang mengatur lainnya, tes ini akan dilakukan
setelah pengeboran formasi baru, tetapi harus
dilakukan sebelum pengeboran 50 'dari formasi baru.
Tes umumnya akan diambil bocor-off, (LOT) tapi tes
kendi (PIT) dapat diminta (lihat prosedur
pengeboran untuk rincian). Tekanan permukaan uji
tidak akan dalam hal apapun melebihi tekanan tes
casing atau tekanan garis permukaan.
3. Semua tes tekanan harus dilakukan dengan cara yang
sama. Alat pengukur yang sama dan grafik tekanan
harus digunakan pada setiap tes. Pengukur harus
berukuran untuk rentang tekanan yang diharapkan.
4. Tes tekanan akan diulang jika ada keraguan
mengenai validitas tes atau jika hasilnya kurang
daripada yang diantisipasi.
5. Pompa semen akan digunakan untuk semua tes
tekanan dan, sebelum melakukan apapun tes
tekanan, semua lini permukaan akan diuji lebih besar
dari tekanan permukaan diantisipasi sebagaimana
ditentukan dalam Prosedur Drilling.
6. Data uji tekanan setelah akan disimpan seakurat

mungkin:
Pompa Tingkat
Lumpur Berat
Pompa Tekanan vs Barel Kumulatif

Bergairah
Total Barel Bergairah
Diam-In Tekanan vs Waktu kumulatif

(menit)
Jumlah Barel Bled Kembali
7. Pedoman dalam "Integritas Pengujian Workbook"

harus diikuti untuk interpretasi petak.
8. Setelah menyelesaikan Integritas Pengujian
Workbook, fax atau email ke Drilling Engineer dan
Operasi Inspektur untuk diperiksa dan dokumentasi.
11.2 CASING UJI
The Casing Prosedur uji adalah sebagai berikut:
1. Setelah pengaturan casing permukaan dan semua
string casing berikutnya, Test Casing akan dilakukan
menggunakan salah satu metode berikut:
a. Setelah menyelesaikan tes BOP
yang diperlukan, domba-domba
jantan buta akan ditutup dan casing
akan diuji terhadap domba jantan
buta dengan memompa bawah

choke / membunuh line.
b. Setelah menemukan semen keras
atau sebelum pengeboran float
kerah, BOP akan ditutup pada pipa
bor dan casing akan diuji dengan
memompa bawah pipa bor.
Metode "b" adalah teknik yang lebih disukai.
2. Memompa cairan pengeboran di 1/4 - 1/2 BPM dan
mencatat tekanan membangun menggunakan pompa
semen hingga mencapai tekanan uji casing
ditentukan dalam program pengeboran. Rekam bbls
dipompa untuk mencapai tekanan tes.
3. Berhenti memompa dan mencatat tekanan menutupin selama 30 menit per persyaratan MMS atau
persyaratan badan pengawas lainnya (umumnya,
untuk non-MMS operasi diatur, tes 15 menit
mungkin cukup).
4. Berdarah off tekanan dan merekam volume berdarah
kembali. Merekam data tes dalam Integritas Uji
Workbook.
5. Buka BOP.
11.3 LEAK-OFF UJI
Sebelum melakukan Leak-Off Test, EMDC Integritas
Uji Workbook adalah harus siap untuk merencanakan
tekanan pompa dan menutup-tekanan sebagai fungsi
bbls kumulatif dipompa dan menutup-waktu. Pipa
bor mengambang katup, baik padat atau porting,
dapat mempengaruhi hasil; mengambil menjadi

pertimbangan. Persamaan menyertainya dapat
membantu dalam menghitung tekanan dan volume
selama tes kebocoran-off. Selain itu, spreadsheet
untuk menghitung kompresibilitas air atau lumpur
minyak berbasis dapat ditemukan pada LAN atau
Global Share. Tes casing juga memberikan indikasi
yang baik dari respon tekanan diharapkan jika jenis
lumpur dan kepadatan belum berubah.
1. Lakukan tes casing seperti dijelaskan di atas, bor
keluar sepatu casing dan 10 'lubang baru.
2. Beredar pantat dan kondisi cairan pengeboran untuk
memastikan bahwa hampir bebas dari stek dan
kepadatan seragam. Tarik sedikit di dalam casing.
3. Rig up pompa semen dan pompa bawah pipa bor
untuk memastikan semua lini penuh. Garis tes untuk
lebih besar dari tekanan permukaan diharapkan
sebagaimana ditentukan dalam Prosedur Drilling.
Tekanan permukaan uji tidak akan dalam hal apapun
melebihi tes garis permukaan atau casing tekanan
tes.
4. Tutup BOP.
5. Memompa cairan pengeboran bawah pipa bor atau
tersedak jalur / membunuh dan mencatat tekanan
membangun vs barel kumulatif dipompa. Pompa di
1/4 bpm jika volume lubang sumur adalah <1000
bbls dan 1/2 bpm jika lebih besar.
6. Masukkan data dalam 1/4 bertahap bbl sebagai tes
hasil untuk menentukan titik kebocoran-off.
7. Lanjutkan memompa sampai mencapai tekanan

permukaan, disesuaikan dengan berat lumpur,
ditentukan dalam Prosedur Drilling, atau kebocoranoff ditambah 3-4 titik data, mana yang lebih dahulu.
Jangan melebihi tekanan tes casing.
8. Berhenti memompa dan merekam menutup-tekanan
sesaat 10 detik setelah menutup di.
9. Baca, catatan dan plot tekanan menutup-in pada
interval 1 menit. Memungkinkan setidaknya 10
menit untuk tekanan untuk menstabilkan. Jika
tekanan terus turun dengan cepat mempertahankan
ditutup di sampai stabil.
10. Berdarah off tekanan dan merekam berdarah kembali
volume dari sepatu anulus sehingga op mengambang
tidak membatasi aliran.
11. Tinjau plot gradial di Integritas Uji Workbook dan
determint LOT. Mengulang ujian jika interoperation
tidak jelas. Ulangi tes PIT jika tidak dapat diterima.
Jika tampak bahwa PIT itu tidak dapat diterima
karena cairan bocor off menjadi pasir permeabel,
tumpahan rembesan dapat melihat sebelum
mengulangi tes. Gunakan 20-30 ppb dari 5 mikron
(baik) CaCO 3. Diskusikan pilihan ini dengan
Operasi Inspektur sebelum memompa tes kedua.
12. Buka BOP.
13. Mencoba untuk mengidentifikasi stres minimum
(MS) dari menutup di data dan merekamnya dalam
hasil bagian dari Integritas Uji Workbook. Jika
infleksi yang berbeda tidak terlihat pada rekor
penutupan fraktur MS sebagai "N / A". Lengkapi

buku kerja, termasuk bagian komentar, bentuk dan
fax atau email ke Engineer Drilling dan Operasi
Inspektur secepat praktis.
14. Leak-off diasumsikan pada kedalaman vertikal
sebenarnya dari sepatu casing yang harus digunakan
untuk menghitung PIT. PIT (ppg) = [[MW (ppg) *
0,052 * TVD dari casing sepatu (kaki)] + tekanan
Permukaan (psi)] / [0,052 * TVD dari casing sepatu
(kaki)].
11.4 PRESSURE INTEGRITAS TEST (JUG
TES)
Sebuah tes kendi atau PIT dari kursi casing identik
dengan kebocoran-off tes kecuali bahwa itu tidak
diambil bocor-off tekanan. Plot uji serupa di semua
bidang kecuali atas tekanan build-up kurva. Dalam
BANYAK, plot membungkuk ke kanan pada titik
kebocoran-off. Pada uji kendi, seluruh plot build-up
harus menjadi garis lurus karena tes ini dihentikan
sebelum tekanan kebocoran-off tercapai.
11,5 OPEN LUBANG LEAK-OFF UJI
Uji Integritas ini menentukan apakah ada penurunan
yang signifikan dalam lubang tekanan fraktur
terbuka di formasi baru dibor. Biasanya tes ini
diperlukan setelah menembus pori / formasi
permeabel yang memiliki potensi untuk kembali
hilang dan / atau ketika berat lumpur mendekati nilai
kebocoran-off lalu. Prosedur yang sama digunakan
sebagai untuk melakukan tes lubang terbuka setelah
sedikit ditarik di dalam casing.
Tingkat pompa yang lebih tinggi mungkin mungkin

diperlukan dari yang digunakan dalam PIT pada
sepatu casing karena diperpanjang bagian lubang
terbuka dan potensi permeabilitas, namun upaya
awal harus dilakukan pada tingkat yang sama
digunakan untuk uji sepatu.
Tes ini bisa diganti dengan untuk berat sampai tes ketika
berat lumpur yang lebih tinggi akan diperlukan untuk
TD bagian lubang.
CATATAN: Untuk melengkapi kurva
kompresibilitas persamaan berikut dapat digunakan:
Persamaan 1
Barel Basis Cairan Diperlukan = (Uji Tekanan)
(Casing Volume Cairan) (Koefisien Compressibility
"C f)
Contoh "14,8 ppg Mud Berat Adj = (4,5 bbls) (10,24) = 3,4 bbls Disesuaikan dengan 24% padatan
Integritas Uji Plot

Baik
Misalnya Nah
Csg Ukuran (di)
9,625
Memperlengkapi
Misalnya Rig
RKB (AMSL, ft)
100
Kedalaman air (ft)
2.000
Bidang
Misalnya Lapangan
Negara
Internasional
Contoh - bbls = (1000 psi) (1500 bbls)

(0,000003) = 4,5 bbls diperlukan
Persamaan 2 "untuk menyesuaikan Eqn. 1
untuk Mud Berat
Penyesuaian untuk Padat Mud = (Barrels Basis Fluid
Diperlukan) (1-% Padat)
komentar ...
Akhir Interpretati
Cf Air = 0.000003
Cf Diesel / SBM = 0.000005
Tes dan interpreta
Uji
Jen
is
Kedalaman (ft) Integ (ppg)
Test 1
11.000
Test 2
Uji 3
pad
a
16.2
BA
NY
AK
MS (ppg)
15,6
Volume Sebelum ISIP (bbl), Waktu

Setelah ISIP (1 menit / divisi minor)
Casing Uji
Test 1
Test 2
U
j
i
3
GAMBAR 11-1
(output
Intergrity.xls)
PENGUJIAN
PRODUKSI
12,0 PENGUJIAN PRODUKSI
12.3 Uji String 3
12.6 Keselamatan 5
Perencanaan 12,8 Pre-test dan Persiapan 9
12.10 Nah Membunuh dan Zona Pengabaian
11
Pembangunan Jack-up, Platform, & Barge Rig

Operasi Pengeboran, tes produksi tidak biasanya
dilakukan. Sumur dibor di selama pengembangan
biasanya selesai dan dibawa pada produksi oleh
kelompok Produksi setelah rig pengeboran telah
dipindahkan dari lokasi. Dalam hal tes produksi
diperlukan (misalnya sumur eksplorasi), rinci Nah
Pengujian Prosedur akan dikembangkan oleh Nah
Test Engineer dan / atau Engineer Drilling secara
baik tertentu. Prosedur ini akan mencakup peralatan
penting dan langkah-langkah yang akan digunakan
selama uji produksi (menggunakan pedoman industri
dan informasi umum termasuk di bawah). Mengacu
Produksi ExxonMobil dan Pengembangan
Perusahaan Keselamatan Manual untuk panduan
keselamatan mengenai drill stem pengujian, baik
pengujian peralatan (yaitu, generator uap, treaters
pemanas, flowlines, tank gauge, dll) dan persyaratan
kontingensi H2S. Sebuah Penilaian Risiko akan
dilakukan sebelum memulai operasi Nah Pengujian
Produksi.
12.1 TUJUAN PENGUJIAN PRODUKSI

Sebuah tes produksi adalah teknik evaluasi formasi

yang dapat dirancang untuk menyediakan data
deskripsi waduk berikut:
12.13 Hidrasi 12
Jenis dan Sifat Cairan Pembentukan Dari Zona

khusus
Pengukuran Reservoir Tekanan dan Suhu Dibawah

Berbagai Kondisi Arus
_________________________________________________
_____________________________________
barage RIG DRILLING
Penentuan Efisiensi Nah Arus
Keberadaan Waduk heterogenitas atau Batas
Informasi ini akan diperoleh baik melalui

pengukuran fisik langsung diambil selama tes
produksi atau melalui metode analisis menggunakan
reservoir Model deskripsi yang tepat, dalam
hubungannya dengan informasi yang diperoleh dari
uji sumur.
Dalam eksplorasi pengujian sumur, sumur mungkin
untuk sementara selesai sehingga fluida reservoir
dapat mengalir ke permukaan dan pengukuran
tekanan dan laju aliran dapat dibuat. Sejak
hidrokarbon permukaan selama uji produksi, sangat
hati-hati harus diambil oleh semua personil yang
terlibat dengan operasi pengujian. Sangat penting
untuk memilih peralatan dan mengadopsi prosedur
pengujian yang akan menjamin keamanan rig
pengeboran dan personilnya.
12.2 BAIK UJI DESIGN
Sebuah tes produksi khas terdiri dari empat periode
waktu yang berbeda: aliran awal, awal build-up,
aliran akhir, dan akhir build-up. Tanggapan tekanan
reservoir selama setiap periode waktu tersebut
ditunjukkan secara skematis pada Gambar 12-1.
Panjang setiap periode waktu tergantung pada
reservoir memproduksi kemampuan dan jenis cairan
yang diproduksi.
Periode Arus awal
Tujuan dari periode awal aliran adalah untuk

membersihkan perforasi casing dan untuk
memastikan bahwa ada perbedaan tekanan dari
formasi ke lubang sumur. Periode awal aliran
biasanya pendek dalam durasi (mana saja dari 2
menit sampai 1 jam). Untuk tes sumur minyak atau
lubang bawah menutup-in test, umumnya tidak perlu
mengalir fluida formasi ke permukaan selama arus
awal. Untuk uji sumur gas, semua cairan harus
benar-benar dihapus dari lubang sumur bawah
pertama ditutup katup untuk mencegah punuk fase
tekanan sumur bor dari pembentukan karena gas naik
melalui cairan yang tersisa di lubang sumur. Untuk
uji sumur gas menutup-in permukaan, periode awal
aliran bisa bertahan beberapa jam.
Periode Build-Up awal
Setelah periode aliran awal, sumur ditutup-in untuk
mengukur tekanan reservoir awal. Idealnya, masa
build-up awal harus bertahan sampai tekanan lubang
bawah telah benar-benar stabil; Namun, hal ini tidak
selalu layak. Awal periode build-up biasanya akan 24 kali panjang periode aliran awal, dengan reservoir
produktivitas rendah menerima multiplier yang lebih
tinggi. Panjang minimum untuk awal build-up harus
1 jam tanpa panjang periode aliran awal.
Dalam tes yang memanfaatkan pembacaan
permukaan alat pengukur tekanan lubang bawah,
adalah mungkin untuk memantau tekanan dasar
sumur dan plot data secara real-time pada Horner
atau superposisi petak. Periode shut-in harus, di
mana praktis, lalu sampai suatu tekanan reservoir
awal dapat diperoleh jelas dari ekstrapolasi dari

tekanan penumpukan.
Periode Arus akhir
Tujuan dari periode aliran akhir adalah untuk
membangun produksi stabil dari sumur dan untuk
mendapatkan sampel cairan untuk analisis
laboratorium. Transien tekanan diperkenalkan ke
dalam formasi selama periode arus akhir akan
digunakan untuk menentukan reservoir produk
permeabilitas-ketebalan dan mengidentifikasi
keberadaan heterogeneities waduk atau batas.
Panjang periode aliran biasanya antara 6 sampai 12
jam, tetapi harus cukup untuk memperoleh data
aliran definitif. Dalam beberapa kasus, periode aliran
melebihi 12 jam mungkin diperlukan untuk
memastikan kualitas data. Jika cairan yang
dihasilkan dialirkan ke tangki penyimpanan, maka
laju alir dan waktu aliran harus disesuaikan agar
tidak melebihi kapasitas tangki (s).
Fakta bahwa stabil produksi cairan diperlukan untuk
mendapatkan data komposisi cairan yang berguna
dapat mendikte panjang sebenarnya periode aliran
akhir. Sampel cairan dari kedua aliran baik penuh
dan separator harus diambil selama periode arus
akhir.
Periode Build-Up akhir
Selama periode build-up akhir, sumur akan ditutup-in
sehingga tekanan reservoir respon build-up dapat
diukur dan dicatat. Informasi ini akan
memungkinkan permeabilitas formasi, kerusakan

sumur bor, dan indikasi heterogeneities waduk dan
batas-batas yang ditentukan.
Panjang periode build-up akhir harus setidaknya
selama periode aliran akhir. Untuk waduk
produktivitas rendah, periode build-up harus 1-1 / 22 kali panjang periode aliran akhir. Jika sampel
lubang bawah yang diperlukan, mereka harus
diambil setelah periode build-up final.
12.3 UJI STRING
Uji String
Tes string yang berisi komponen-komponen yang
diperlukan untuk menyegel anulus tubing, menutup
di downhole tubing (jika diinginkan), dan
menangguhkan tekanan dan temperatur alat
pengukur. Menutup-in metode yang digunakan akan
tergantung pada pertimbangan seperti jenis cairan
yang dihasilkan, tujuan dari tes, dan pertimbangan
keamanan.
Empat majelis tes lebih rendah tali dasar adalah:
Permukaan Shut-in / permanen Packer; Permukaan
Shut-In / dpt Packer; Lubang bawah Shut-In /
permanen Packer; dan Bawah Lubang Shut-In / dpt
Packer. Lihat Gambar 12-2 untuk rendah tes tali
perakitan khas dengan Surface Shut-In / permanen
Packer.
Diam-In Metode
1. Permukaan Shut-In
2. Bawah Lubang Shut-In
Metode paling sederhana untuk menutup dengan baik

adalah dengan permukaan menutup-in. Dalam
metode ini, kontrol baik primer di pohon tes
permukaan. Tidak ada manipulasi string tes
diperlukan sementara baik adalah "hidup".
Sayangnya untuk tujuan waduk, selama permukaan
menutup-dalam seluruh volume lubang sumur dalam
komunikasi dengan formasi. Hal ini dapat
menyebabkan dua efek merugikan, afterflow dan
fase redistribusi dalam lubang sumur.
Lubang bawah menutup-dalam metode adalah cara

yang ideal untuk menutup-dalam dengan baik untuk
tes build-up, karena menghilangkan efek afterflow
dan fase redistribusi. Namun, lubang bawah
menutup-in membutuhkan string agak rumit alat
downhole, yang meningkatkan kemungkinan
kerusakan mekanik. Dengan beberapa string tes,
gerakan pipa yang diperlukan untuk mengoperasikan
alat sementara baik adalah "hidup" yang dianggap
merugikan dari sudut pandang keamanan.
Afterflow didefinisikan sebagai aliran dari formasi

ke lubang sumur setelah sumur menutup-in di
permukaan. Fluida formasi dapat mengalir ke dalam
sumur bor karena kompresibilitas cairan di lubang
sumur. Afterflow biasanya tidak menjadi masalah di
sumur minyak atau gas harus moderat untuk
produktivitas yang baik. Di sumur produktivitas
rendah, afterflow dapat menyebabkan kesulitan
dengan analisis data.
Sebuah lubang bawah menutup-in harus

dipertimbangkan jika:
Tahap redistribusi (pemisahan gas dan cair) dapat

menyebabkan masalah dengan analisis data dari
sumur gas rasio cair tinggi dan tinggi sumur minyak
GOR. Jika fase redistribusi terjadi, biasanya dapat
diakui sebagai punuk di plot data build-up. Jika
tekanan humping berlangsung selama pengujian,
data build-up mungkin nilai dipertanyakan untuk
analisis sifat reservoir.
Tahap redistribusi (tekanan humping) atau afterflow

diperkirakan akan mendominasi data.
Permukaan tekanan menutup-in dari sumur

diperkirakan akan melebihi kondisi aman.
4. PERMUKAAN PERALATAN
Peralatan pengujian permukaan dirancang untuk

memproses diproduksi fluida formasi dari pohon tes
permukaan ke titik pembuangan. Biasanya,
komponen utama dari sistem ini adalah: header data,
choke manifold, garis aliran, pemanas, pemisah, uji /
tangki gauge, pompa transfer, dan burner (s).
Permukaan dan lubang bawah alat uji yang
dibutuhkan untuk uji sumur tertentu akan bervariasi
tergantung pada kondisi baik individu dan
persyaratan waduk tertentu dan akan ditentukan
dalam Pengujian Sumur Prosedur.
5. PERALATAN PENGUKURAN
Memperoleh pengukuran yang akurat dari lubang
bawah dan tekanan permukaan dan suhu merupakan
salah satu tujuan utama pengujian produksi ini.
Tekanan bawah permukaan dan alat pengukur suhu
dapat berupa alat perekam downhole mekanik atau
elektronik atau wireline menjalankan alat pengukur
elektronik yang menyediakan pembacaan
permukaan. Tekanan permukaan biasanya diperoleh
dengan baik alat pengukur cepat atau penguji bobot
mati.
Peralatan Pengukuran bawah permukaan
Pengukur bawah permukaan dijalankan ke dalam
sumur bor untuk merekam tekanan reservoir dan
respon suhu selama mengalir dan menutup-dalam
periode. Tekanan bawah permukaan dan suhu alat
pengukur baik dapat mendarat di puting terletak di
bawah sendi berlubang atau berjalan di operator
gauge. Ada dua tipe dasar dari alat pengukur tekanan
bawah permukaan yang tersedia, alat pengukur
rekaman bawah permukaan dan bawah permukaan
alat pengukur pembacaan permukaan.
1. Bawah Permukaan Recording pengukur

Pengukur rekaman bawah permukaan membuat
catatan tekanan dan / atau suhu terhadap waktu.
Catatan dapat dibaca di permukaan ketika pengukur
yang akan diambil. Pengukur Ini adalah perangkat
perekaman mandiri yang tidak memerlukan link fisik
untuk peralatan permukaan. Pengukur rekaman
bawah permukaan baik akan mekanis atau elektronik
dioperasikan.
2. Permukaan pembacaan Bawah Permukaan
pengukur
Permukaan alat pengukur pembacaan bawah
permukaan memungkinkan real time tekanan lubang
bawah dan suhu pengukuran untuk dibaca di
permukaan. Pengukur ini mengirimkan data melalui
kabel monoconductor. Karena kabel listrik, alat
pengukur tersebut tidak dapat digunakan dengan
standar lubang bawah shutin tes perakitan.
Permukaan Peralatan Pengukuran
Tekanan permukaan dan peralatan pengukuran suhu
dapat dihubungkan ke header data yang terletak hulu
manifold choke. Tekanan permukaan dapat diukur
dengan kedua jenis alat pengukur cepat, tester bobot
mati, dan / atau alat pengukur elektronik.
12,6 SAFETY
Pedoman Keselamatan Umum
1. Pengeboran supervisor untuk mengadakan
pertemuan keselamatan sebelum memulai setiap tes
produksi. Semua personil untuk menghadiri

pertemuan ini.
2. Jangan Bahan Peledak Oilfield subjek (perforating
senjata, pemotong pipa, tali tembakan, biaya
pemotongan, dll) ke tekanan yang lebih tinggi
daripada yang diijinkan (dinilai) tekanan ditentukan
oleh produsen. Ini termasuk pengujian tekanan
lubricators yang berisi garis listrik disampaikan
perforating senjata, pemotong, dll dan juga saat
menjalankan peledak ke dalam sumur (misalnya
beberapa berjalan dari tabung melalui perforasi
senjata / menambahkan perfs pada "hidup" dengan
baik). Jika perlu, mengganti bahan peledak dengan
rating tekanan yang lebih tinggi.
3. Pengujian peralatan permukaan harus ditangani
dalam Penilaian Risiko. Hal ini juga dianjurkan
bahwa start-up dari uji produksi dimulai selama
siang hari. Pencahayaan tambahan mungkin
diperlukan untuk memastikan kebocoran potensial
tidak terdeteksi jika pengujian berlanjut setelah siang
hari.
4. Rig pengeboran yang akan dilengkapi dengan sistem
peringatan, yang akan diaktifkan setiap saat sumur
sedang diuji. Selama periode ini, akan diperlukan
bagi personil untuk mengikuti ExxonMobil
Keselamatan pedoman Manual untuk pengelasan,
pemotongan, pekerjaan listrik, peledakan pasir, atau
pekerjaan lain yang dapat mengakibatkan kebakaran
atau ledakan.
5. Crane tidak akan dioperasikan lebih "hidup" alat uji.
6. Personil tidak diperlukan untuk tugas-tugas dalam

hubungannya dengan ujian, atau untuk tugas
pemeliharaan, harus tetap jelas dari peralatan
pengujian produksi. Merokok diizinkan hanya di
wilayah yang ditetapkan.
7. Jika H2S diantisipasi dalam cairan formasi, peralatan
deteksi H2S akan digunakan untuk menentukan
apakah hidrogen sulfida hadir dalam cairan formasi
yang dihasilkan.
8. Pada akhir operasi pengujian, semua flowline harus
benar-benar memerah dengan air.
9. Unit semen harus diikat ke pohon tes permukaan
untuk digunakan dalam operasi juga membunuh, jika
perlu.
10. Pohon permukaan katup induk lebih rendah harus
panduan dioperasikan, master valve & sayap katup
atas harus hidrolik atau pneumatik dioperasikan
dengan remote terletak jauh dari pohon.
11. Seorang wakil kontraktor pemasok pohon harus
hadir di lantai rig atau dekat unit kontrol setiap saat
ketika baik adalah "hidup".
12. Jika metanol digunakan, memastikan bahwa
kontinjensi api dan mitigasi deteksi berada di tempat
dan Ulasan dengan semua personil.
12,7 PERSONIL TANGGUNG JAWAB
Tanggung jawab keseluruhan untuk melakukan
operasi pengujian yang aman terletak pada Operasi
Pengawas. Operasi Supervisor adalah untuk bekerja
sama dengan Drilling / Nah Test Engineer, dan Jasa

Perusahaan Personil untuk memastikan bahwa semua
tujuan pengujian tercapai. Pedoman tanggung jawab
untuk tes produksi lepas pantai khas tercantum di
bawah ini; lihat Bagian 2.6 manual ini untuk
informasi tambahan.
10. Tentukan panjang aliran dan membangun-up periode

dan ukuran choke.
11. Mengawasi permukaan dan bawah lubang sampling.
Pengeboran / Yah Test Engineer
12. Mengkomunikasikan hasil-hasil tes untuk personil

kantor selama dan setelah tes untuk membuat
keputusan taktis.
1. Mengembangkan prosedur pengujian dan

menentukan kebutuhan peralatan.
13. Membaca dan menganalisis grafik tekanan lubang

bawah untuk evaluasi hasil tes.
2. Pastikan bahwa semua peralatan uji mekanis suara

dan kompatibel dengan peralatan yang berdekatan.
Pastikan bahwa suku cadang penting tersedia.
14. Menindaklanjuti alat uji dan kinerja personel

perusahaan jasa.
3. Tekanan saksi dan tes fungsi permukaan dan bawah

permukaan alat uji. Mengkoordinasikan Pihak
Ketiga menyaksikan inspeksi peralatan dan
pengujian sebelum pengiriman peralatan ke lokasi.
4. Mengawasi make-up dari string uji dan memeriksa
izin. Memastikan bahwa string spaceout benar.
Wellsite Geologist
1. Menentukan jumlah zona yang akan diuji dan
memberikan informasi awal tentang tekanan,
temperatur, dan jenis cairan yang terkandung dalam
reservoir.
2. Menganalisis log listrik untuk menentukan
perforating selang (s).
5. Pastikan packer itu, segel perakitan, dan majelis tail

pipe memiliki OD yang tepat, KTP dan panjang.
3. Saksi perforating operasi (jika ada).
6. Saksi perforating operasi (jika ada).
4. Membantu dalam pengumpulan dan uji analisis data.
7. Pastikan bahwa semua alat wireline dan peralatan

yang tersedia dan sesuai dengan kondisi tahan lama.
Bawah permukaan Uji Alat Personil
8. Mengkoordinasikan dan mengumpulkan data uji.

9. Mengevaluasi data uji di tempat untuk kelengkapan
dan akurasi.
1. Siapkan alat uji dan subs untuk make-up di lantai

bor.
2. Fungsi dan tes tekanan alat di rak pipa.
3. Periksa precharge nitrogen pada tekanan anulus alat

dioperasikan.
4. Mengawasi make-up dan menjalankan bawah lubang
uji perakitan.
5. Mengoperasikan bawah alat lubang tes, dengan
mengarahkan kru bor, di bawah pengawasan
langsung dari Pengeboran / Yah Test Engineer.
Pengujian produksi Perusahaan Layanan
Personil
1. Mengoperasikan permukaan dan peralatan uji
downhole di bawah pengawasan langsung dari
Drilling \ Nah Test Engineer. Tanggung jawab ini
akan mencakup berfungsinya pemisah, mengubah
lubang dan tersedak ukuran, kalibrasi akurat dari gas
dan cairan meter, operasi semua katup, mengamati
tekanan separator, dan gas dan laju aliran cairan
pemantauan, berjalan pengukur, dll
2. Mengkoordinasikan operasi pemisah dengan lantai
rig untuk darurat menutup-in.
3. Menjamin berfungsinya burner (s) dan memonitor
arah angin. Mengoperasikan semua valving bawah
arahan operator pemisah dan membantu tekanan
memantau sumur. Mengkoordinasikan operasi
burner dengan lantai rig untuk darurat menutup-in.
4. Mengambil minyak, gas, dan sampel air. Pastikan
label yang tepat.
5. Membantu dengan pemantauan tekanan kepala

sumur dengan bobot mati tester dan suhu kepala
sumur rekor.
6. Mengoperasikan injeksi kimia dari glikol / metanol,
yang diperlukan.
7. Mengkoordinasikan operasi uji permukaan pohon
dan lantai choke berjenis dan bersiaplah untuk
menangani keadaan darurat shut-in.
8. Pastikan alat wireline yang tepat tersedia untuk
pengujian tekanan tes tali.
9. Memastikan bahwa pengujian yang tepat dan
pemeliharaan pohon tes permukaan dan lantai choke
berjenis dilakukan.
10. Membantu dalam memantau tekanan annulus casing
dan uji produksi data.
11. Siapkan tekanan rekaman bawah permukaan dan alat
pengukur suhu. Terus memantau panel untuk tekanan
bawah permukaan membaca permukaan dan alat
pengukur suhu.
Lumpur Logger
1. Mengambil sampel periodik gas pada manifold lantai
choke selama periode aliran dan menganalisa sampel
dengan kromatografi gas.
2. Menggunakan detektor gas untuk menentukan
kemungkinan adanya gas di lantai rig dan di kepala
sumur / daerah BOP.
Pengeboran Cairan Insinyur

1. Menjamin pemeliharaan yang tepat dari cairan
pengeboran di pit.
3. Membantu mengkoordinasikan berbagai langkah

dari urutan uji produksi yang berkaitan dengan
peralatan rig.
4. Memanipulasi / mengoperasikan alat downhole
bawah arahan uji bawah permukaan alat personil.
2. Sampel menangkap kondensat dan / atau air yang

diproduksi dan melakukan analisis filtrat dan air
sifat.
Mesin pembor
Cementer
1. Memastikan integritas tekanan lantai rig pipa.
1. Tampil baik membunuh dan penyemenan operasi

yang diperlukan. Telah memompa peralatan dalam
keadaan kesiapan untuk membunuh dengan baik dan
/ atau semen pada pemberitahuan singkat.
2. Mengkoordinasikan Asisten Driller dan / atau

floormen untuk memberikan pengamatan konstan
data tekanan casing annulus dan uji produksi.
3. Memastikan bahwa uji produksi string benar dibuat.
2. Menjaga jumlah yang memadai pengikut semen dan

kit konversi untuk menjembatani colokan untuk
ukuran casing yang digunakan dalam uji produksi.
3. Membantu kru bor dan bawah permukaan personil
lubang uji dalam pengujian pengoperasian peralatan
downhole.
4. Membantu pengujian personil dalam peralatan uji
permukaan pengujian.
Rig Toolpusher
1. Memastikan bahwa peralatan juga membunuh siap
dan mengkoordinasikan operasi dengan baik
membunuh.
2. Mengawasi menjalankan tes tali dan tali-temali up
dari peralatan kontrol permukaan.
12,8 PRE-TEST DAN PERSIAPAN

PERENCANAAN
Perencanaan yang baik dan persiapan sangat penting
untuk melakukan tes produksi yang aman dan
lengkap. Sebelum tes, pertemuan akan diadakan
dengan semua personil kunci untuk membahas
prosedur pengujian, tanggung jawab personel, dan
pertimbangan keamanan. The BOPs harus dilengkapi
dengan ukuran yang tepat domba yang diperlukan
untuk mengakomodasi peralatan tes string di dalam
lubang. Semua peralatan pengujian permukaan
adalah menjadi tekanan dan fungsi diuji sebelum
memulai tes.
Pertemuan dan Drills
Operasi Supervisor adalah untuk mengadakan

pertemuan pre-test sebelum memulai setiap tes
produksi. Semua personil untuk menghadiri
pertemuan ini. Dalam pertemuan pre-test, item
berikut ini untuk ditinjau dan dibahas:
Prosedur Keselamatan
Pencegahan Tumpahan
Tujuan uji
Uji Peralatan dan hook-up
Prosedur pengujian
Personil Tanggung Jawab
Pengumpulan data
Supervisor harus memastikan bahwa tanggung

jawab semua personel yang terkait dengan tes
dipahami dengan jelas.
Permukaan Peralatan Persiapan
Pada waktu yang tepat, baik sebelum string tes
dijalankan dalam lubang, pemisah, pemanas, pompa
pemindahan, tangki gauge dan burner (s) yang akan
diperiksa dan dipersiapkan untuk operasi.
Garis membunuh dan flowline koneksi pada pohon
tes permukaan harus diperiksa untuk memastikan
bahwa koneksi yang fleksibel kompatibel Chiksan
atau lainnya yang tersedia. Gagal-aman katup
tertutup di pohon uji flowline permukaan harus
diperiksa untuk operasi yang tepat. Pohon

permukaan uji, yang chiksans flowline, dan manifold
lantai choke harus diperiksa untuk kompatibilitas
koneksi. Lantai choke berjenis harus dicurangi
dengan ukuran yang tepat untuk tersedak aliran awal.
Header data akan diperiksa dan adapter, jika
diperlukan, untuk berbagai alat pengukur dan
transduser harus dibuat.
Permukaan Pengujian Tekanan Peralatan
Make up peralatan pohon uji permukaan dan lantai
rig. Memastikan bahwa header data dan semua
instrumentasi berfungsi dengan baik.
Catatan: Punya OEM (Original Equipment
Manufacture) perwakilan layanan pada lokasi
selama instalasi dan tekanan pengujian semua
peralatan pohon Natal. Tempatkan tanda
peringatan permanen pada katup yang memiliki
potensi untuk terjebak internal tekanan
"Peringatan: Katup ini memiliki potensi untuk
internal tekanan perangkap".
Catatan: Setiap kali katup tekanan kembali
(BPV) akan dihapus dari gantungan tabung,
pelumas yang harus dipasang dan berlabuh.
Sebelum mengambil steker, konfirmasi tekanan
pemerataan harus dilakukan jika
memungkinkan. Jika bekerja pada sebuah sumur
gas H2S dengan, semua pekerja di daerah harus
menutupi sampai saat mengambil steker.
Tekanan menguji peralatan permukaan untuk 200 psi
dan tekanan ditentukan dalam Program Pengujian
Produksi, menggunakan unit cementing, sebagai

berikut. Tekanan uji yang akan diadakan stabil
selama minimal 5 menit pada tes tekanan rendah dan
setidaknya 5 menit pada tes tekanan tinggi.
12,9 INFORMASI TEMU
Tujuan utama dari uji produksi adalah untuk
mengumpulkan data yang cukup untuk membuat
deskripsi waduk akurat. Untuk mencapai tujuan ini,
adalah penting bahwa kegiatan pengumpulan data
diberikan prioritas tinggi baik dalam perencanaan
dan selama operasi pengujian. Ini dapat
disempurnakan dengan memastikan bahwa setiap
individu yang terlibat dalam ujian sepenuhnya
memahami tanggung jawabnya dan pengoperasian
peralatan yang ditugaskan untuk mengawasi.
Orang yang bertanggung jawab untuk benar-benar
mengumpulkan data harus tahu data apa untuk
mengumpulkan dan data formulir yang diperlukan
untuk menyalin data. Dalam pertemuan pre-test,
Drilling / Yah Test Engineer adalah untuk
menetapkan bentuk yang sesuai untuk masingmasing individu yang terlibat dengan pengumpulan
data. Lihat Manual EMPC Eksplorasi Nah Pengujian
untuk daftar kebutuhan data yang disarankan dan
bentuk.
Tingkat pengumpulan data akan bervariasi sesuai
dengan periode tes berlangsung dan keadaan baik
selama periode tersebut. Secara umum, entri data
harus dilakukan lebih sering selama periode ketika
kondisi baik berubah dengan cepat dengan waktu
(misalnya, segera setelah menutup-in atau aliran
inisiasi) dan kurang sering selama kondisi stabil.

Tujuan utama adalah untuk memastikan bahwa data
yang halus dan kontinyu ketika diplot terhadap
waktu. Frekuensi aktual untuk mengumpulkan data
akan ditentukan oleh Drilling / Nah Test Engineer,
tetapi untuk situasi tes yang paling, panduan berikut
ini berlaku:
1. Semua Arus Periode: Bacaan harus dicatat
setiap 30 menit selama kondisi aliran stabil dan
pada peningkatan frekuensi selama arus awal.
2. Akhir Shut-In Periode: Rekam wellhead
(permukaan) tekanan dan temperatur dengan
perekam grafik dan perekam tekanan sebagai
berikut- memastikan frekuensi tinggi membaca
downhole untuk analisis penumpukan:
Setiap menit untuk 10 menit pertama (atau

peningkatan frekuensi, jika sesuai).
Setiap 5 menit selama 20 menit berikutnya.
Setiap 15 menit untuk satu jam berikutnya.
Setiap 30 menit selama periode menutup-in.
3. Bawah permukaan Tekanan Bagan Reading:

Pada akhir periode build-up akhir, alat pengukur
tekanan bawah permukaan harus pulih dan diperiksa
untuk kerusakan mekanik dan pembacaan tekanan
diperoleh.
Sampel Temu
Sampel gas, minyak / kondensat dan air harus

dikumpulkan selama setiap pengujian produksi untuk
analisis laboratorium. Permukaan dan / atau lubang
bawah sampel harus diperoleh seperti yang
dijelaskan dalam Pengujian Sumur Prosedur.
Sebuah daftar sampel master untuk dipertahankan.
Daftar ini harus mengidentifikasi setiap sampel dan
memberikan informasi yang diperlukan untuk
melacak sampel di kemudian hari. Misalnya, harus
mengidentifikasi sampel kontainer dengan nomor
seri kontainer dan berisi semua data yang tercantum
pada label sampel. Hal ini akan memungkinkan
sampel untuk diidentifikasi dengan benar dengan
botol sampel harus label dihancurkan.
Semua sampel bertekanan harus dikemas dalam
kotak dikirim ke rig pengeboran khusus untuk tujuan
ini. Sampel lubang bawah mungkin diperlukan oleh
Reservoir Engineering. Ketika sampel lubang bawah
yang diperlukan, mereka umumnya akan diambil
langsung berlawanan perforasi, jika mungkin, dan
dengan baik mengalir melalui choke kecil.
12.10 BAIK DAN PEMBUNUHAN ZONE
DITINGGALKAN
akhir lainnya sebagaimana ditentukan dalam Sumur

Pengujian Prosedur, maka dapat diselesaikan dan
baik dapat dibunuh. Operasi pembunuhan akan
bervariasi dengan string spesifik tes juga digunakan.
Namun, titik penting adalah untuk memastikan
bahwa kolom lumpur, dengan berat yang cukup
untuk memastikan bahwa lebihan ada di formasi,
yang diedarkan ke seluruh sumur bor.
12.11 PROSEDUR DARURAT
Mengacu pada Prosedur Darurat spesifik
dikembangkan untuk operasi rig.
12.12 hidrogen sulfida
Hidrogen sulfida (H2S) adalah gas tidak berwarna
yang baik beracun dan korosif. Kehadiran H2S
dalam aliran produksi memerlukan prosedur khusus
untuk melakukan tes dengan baik dan peralatan yang
memiliki sifat metalurgi yang kompatibel dengan
lingkungan H2S pengujian. Karena toksisitas ekstrim
H2S, alat bantu pernapasan mandiri (SCBAs) harus
tersedia selama pengujian jika H2S diharapkan. Jika
ada potensi untuk H2S dalam cairan formasi, rencana
kontingensi H2S harus dikembangkan dan
dilaksanakan sebelum memulai operasi uji sumur.
Nah Membunuh
Prosedur Keselamatan H2S
Pada akhir periode build-up akhir, sumur dapat
mengalir pada tingkat tinggi untuk memanaskan
sumur bor untuk tujuan menghindari pembentukan
hidrat dalam string tes. Kerja downhole tambahan,
seperti menarik alat pengukur tekanan, memperoleh
sampel lubang bawah, atau melakukan tindakan
Prosedur keselamatan berikut harus diamati pada

semua tes baik di mana H2S dikenal, diharapkan, atau
kontingen. Juga mengacu H2S Contingency Plan
sumur.
1. Sebelum memulai tes dengan baik, semua personil

harus diberitahu tentang bahaya hidrogen sulfida
dan bersertifikat (yaitu Fit Diuji, dan sertifikasi
yang berlaku). Latihan H2S yang harus dilakukan
dengan semua personel di rig.
2. Semua permukaan dan peralatan downhole yang
mungkin terkena H2S harus dirancang untuk
digunakan dalam lingkungan H2S.
3. Setiap upaya harus dilakukan untuk ventilasi lantai
rig dan pemisah daerah sebelum sumur dibuka.
4. Setiap individu yang akan di lantai rig atau bekerja
dengan peralatan pengolahan hidrokarbon
(pemisah, pembakar, dll) adalah memiliki alat
bantu pernapasan mandiri tersedia di area kerja.
dari suhu dan tekanan. Gambar 12-3 adalah hidrat

kondisi formasi grafik. Daerah atas setiap kurva
mewakili kondisi suhu dan tekanan di mana hidrat
dapat terbentuk jika air yang cukup hadir.
Pada konsentrasi air rendah dan tingkat aliran tinggi,
pembentukan hidrat mungkin tidak cukup untuk
menyebabkan penyumbatan aliran arus. Namun,
setelah menutup di dalam sumur, hidrat dapat
membentuk penyumbatan dan mencegah lebih lanjut
baik mengalir.
Bahkan pembentukan hidrat kecil dapat
mengganggu operasi wireline / slickline untuk
pengaturan colokan atau mengambil data. Sebuah
rencana mitigasi hidrat harus di tempat jika kondisi
hidrat yang mungkin.
5. Ketika permukaan fluida formasi, setiap usaha

harus dilakukan untuk menjaga burner (s) yang
beroperasi.
6. Ketika permukaan fluida formasi, dan pada 15
menit interval sesudahnya, detektor H2S akan
digunakan untuk menentukan apakah hidrogen
sulfida hadir dalam cairan yang dihasilkan.
GAMBA
R 12-1
GAMBAR 12-2
Produksi Tubing
12.13 hidrat
Pembentukan hidrat
Hidrat dibekukan atau senyawa kimia es seperti
terbentuk ketika hidrokarbon ringan tertentu
menggabungkan dengan air. Pembentukan hidrat
dikaitkan dengan produksi gas dan merupakan fungsi
Locator Seal Assembly

Landing
Nipple
Berlubang Bersama
Spacer
Tabung
No-Go Landing Nipple
Wireline Masuk Gratis
Perforasi
Produksi Casing
Lebih rendah String Asssembly
untuk Surface Shut-in (Permanent
Packer)
GAMB
AR 123
PLUG DAN
ABANDOMENT
13.1 Umum 1
Verifikasi Jarak 13.4 Site 4
____________________________________________
__________________________________
barage RIG DRILLING
PERTAMA EDETION MAY 2003
13,1 UMUM
Sebelum melakukan Plug dan Pengabaian pekerjaan
permanen atau sementara, persetujuan peraturan
harus diperoleh dari lembaga peraturan yang berlaku.
Tujuan dari pedoman umum berikut adalah plug dan
meninggalkan sumur sesuai dengan badan pengawas
yang mengatur dan persyaratan ExxonMobil;
sehingga semua zona hidrokarbon, normal zona air
tertekan, dan akuifer air tawar, terisolasi untuk
mencegah permanen isinya melarikan diri ke strata
lain atau ke dasar laut.
Prosedur dapat disesuaikan agar sesuai kondisi
lubang tertentu tetapi setidaknya harus memenuhi
tujuan minimum yang dijelaskan dalam panduan

ini (MMS atau badan pengawas lokal dan
persyaratan ExxonMobil).
Selama plug and ditinggalkan operasi permanen
atau sementara, pedoman umum berikut, konsisten
dengan peraturan daerah, berlaku:
1. Colokan ditinggalkan kritis yang mengisolasi
hidrokarbon dan injeksi zona dari akuifer air
tawar harus diverifikasi oleh penandaan dan /
atau pengujian tekanan. Mengkoordinasikan
setiap colokan yang harus dengan lembaga
peraturan yang berlaku dan EMPC tag.
2. Pada setiap tahap dari plug dan ditinggalkan
operasi, sarana melakukan pengendalian dengan
baik adalah untuk dipertahankan. Ini berlaku
sampai casing dengan anulus non-disegel luar
(umumnya permukaan atau casing konduktor)
yang akan dipotong atau dilubangi.
3. Ketika casing dipotong, kontrol tekanan harus
dipertahankan dengan menutup pencegah
annular sekitar pipa bor. Ini berlaku sampai
casing dengan anulus non-disegel luar
(umumnya permukaan atau casing konduktor)
yang akan dipotong. Jika komunikasi dari
formasi terbuka ke permukaan melalui anulus
ditemukan, aliran itu harus dikendalikan dengan
membunuh lumpur dan meremas anulus disemen
melalui pemotongan atau perforasi. Anulus harus
tekanan diuji setelah penyemenan untuk
memastikan bahwa telah tertutup dengan benar.
4. Ketika melakukan plug and ditinggalkan operasi,

semua kembali lumpur yang akan dianalisis oleh
Mud Logging Unit / Mud Insinyur untuk
mendeteksi formasi masuknya cairan yang
mungkin terjadi.
5. Pertimbangan harus dilakukan untuk mengobati
lumpur kiri antara colokan semen di dalam
casing dengan inhibitor korosi dan / atau
bakterisida a.
6. Pada setiap tahap dari plug dan ditinggalkan
operasi, lumpur yang tersisa di lubang di atas
semen dan / atau plug mekanis adalah memiliki
berat badan yang cukup untuk menahan,
bersama-sama dengan colokan, tekanan yang
dapat berkembang di dalam sumur.
13,2 PLUG PERMANEN DAN
DITINGGALKAN
Berikut ini adalah urutan untuk plug dan
ditinggalkan operasi permanen di mana semua string
casing dan sumur bor anulus disegel secara
permanen. Nah prosedur tertentu dapat bervariasi
dan akan ditentukan dalam Program Plug dan
Pengabaian:
1. Isolasi Zona di Terbuka Lubang
Metode berikut mengisolasi interval lubang
terbuka diterima.
Dalam porsi uncased lubang,

steker semen (s) harus spasi untuk
memperpanjang dari 100 'di
bawah bagian bawah untuk 100'

di atas puncak zona (s) yang akan
diisolasi. Zona berpori atau
permeabel mengandung
hidrokarbon harus diisolasi.
Biasanya volume semen di lubang
terbuka didasarkan pada lubang
pengukur ditambah 10% berlebih.
Metode lain ditinggalkan

mungkin lebih praktis. Badan
pengawas yang sesuai dan
pengawas operasi harus
menyetujui metode-metode
alternatif.
Catatan: Penempatan pil hi-vis bawah busi

semen dapat bermanfaat dalam mencegah
steker dari menetap sebelum menyiapkan.
2. Isolasi Terbuka Lubang dari Casing Sepatu
Metode berikut mengisolasi lubang terbuka di
bawah casing dapat diterima.
Tempatkan plug semen seimbang di

seluruh (100 'di atas dan 100' di
bawah ini) sepatu casing.
Mengatur punggawa semen di casing,

50 '- 100' di atas sepatu, memeras 100
'semen bawah sepatu dan
menempatkan 50' semen di atas
retainer.
Jika kembali kehilangan telah

mengalami tempat plug tipe jembatan
permanen <150 'di atas sepatu dan
menempatkan 50' semen di atasnya.
Metode lain ditinggalkan mungkin

lebih praktis. Badan pengawas yang
sesuai dan pengawas operasi harus
menyetujui metode-metode alternatif.
Sebuah plug semen yang setidaknya

200 'panjang dapat ditetapkan dengan
bagian bawah plug semen dalam
pertama 100' di atas puncak interval
berlubang.
Metode lain ditinggalkan mungkin

lebih praktis. Badan pengawas yang
sesuai dan pengawas operasi harus
menyetujui metode-metode alternatif.
3. Ditusuk atau Mengisolasi berlubang Interval

Metode berikut mengisolasi interval berlubang
dapat diterima.
Perforasi dapat diperas.
Sebuah plug semen seimbang

ditempatkan berlawanan semua
perforasi terbuka, memperluas 100 'di
atas untuk 100' di bawah bagian
bawah interval berlubang.
Menetapkan semen punggawa 50 '100' di atas puncak interval

berlubang, memeras semen untuk 100
'di bawah interval berlubang dan
menempatkan 50' semen di atas
retainer.
Sebuah jembatan jenis-plug permanen
dapat ditetapkan <150 'di atas puncak
interval berlubang dengan 50' semen
ditempatkan di atas jembatan-plug.
4. Penyumbatan Casing Rintisan

Potong dan tarik setiap string casing diperlukan
dan mengisolasi semua ruang annular dengan
menempatkan sebuah plug semen seimbang, 100
'atas dan di bawah, rintisan yang tersisa atau salah
satu metode berikut:
Sebuah punggawa semen atau tipe

permanen konektor jembatan diatur
50 'di atas rintisan dan 50' semen
ditempatkan di atasnya.
Sebuah plug semen, yang setidaknya

200 'panjang, diatur dengan bagian
bawah steker dalam 100' dari rintisan
casing.
Jika rintisan berada di bawah lebih

besar casing ukuran plugging harus
diselesaikan seperti yang diperlukan
untuk mengisolasi zona atau lubang
terbuka seperti dijelaskan di atas.
5. Memasukkan dari annular Ruang
Setiap ruang annular yang berkomunikasi dengan

lubang terbuka dan memperluas ke garis lumpur
akan terpasang dengan setidaknya 200 'semen.
6. Permukaan Plug
Mengatur plug semen seimbang setidaknya
150 'panjang dengan bagian atas plug dalam
150' di bawah garis lumpur. Steker akan
ditempatkan dalam string terkecil casing yang
meluas ke garis lumpur.
7. Pengujian Plug
Kondisi dan lokasi colokan semen tertentu harus
diverifikasi oleh salah satu metode berikut:
Dengan penandaan plug semen,

punggawa semen, atau konektor
jembatan dengan 15 kips sementara
beredar terhadap steker. Semen
ditempatkan di atas sebuah plug
jembatan atau punggawa tidak perlu
diuji.
Dengan tekanan pengujian steker
dengan tekanan pompa minimal 1000
psi dengan tidak lebih dari penurunan
tekanan 10% dalam waktu 15 menit
(MMS). ExxonMobil setidaknya 500
psi lebih dari tekanan formasi
kerusakan atau dalam batas-batas
kerja yang paling lemah terkena
casing string yang mana yang kurang.
Minimum Verifikasi Pengabaian Plug
Steker pertama di bawah steker

permukaan akan diverifikasi oleh
salah satu metode di atas (MMS).
8. Clearance Lokasi
Semua wellheads, casing, tiang, dan penghalang
lainnya harus dihapus untuk kedalaman 15 'di bawah
garis lumpur atau total kedalaman disetujui oleh
badan pengawas yang berlaku.
13,3 PLUG SEMENTARA DAN
DITINGGALKAN
Sebuah ditinggalkan sementara berbeda dari
ditinggalkan permanen bahwa semua string casing
dan segel kepala sumur tetap utuh.
Selama plug and ditinggalkan operasi sementara,
pedoman umum berikut berlaku:
1. Tidak ada lubang dapat menekan casing kecuali
diperlukan untuk pengujian produksi. Perforasi harus
terpasang dengan benar dan terisolasi.
2. The wellhead daerah segel harus dilindungi dengan
memasang topi korosi atau pohon ditinggalkan.
Untuk periode ditinggalkan lama, juga mungkin
tambahan dilindungi oleh menggusur lumpur di
daerah segel dengan menghambat cairan.
3. Baik itu harus dilengkapi dengan penanda lokasi dan
identifikasi.
4. Pemeriksaan struktur kepala sumur dan pelindung
harus dilakukan setidaknya sekali per tahun.
5. Sebuah plug jembatan atau 'plug 100 semen panjang

harus ditetapkan di dasar casing tali terdalam kecuali
casing belum dibor keluar.
6. Sebuah plug jembatan dpt atau tipe permanen atau
konektor semen setidaknya 100 'panjang, harus
diatur dalam casing dalam pertama 200' di bawah
mudline tersebut.
7. Pengecualian untuk panduan ini harus disetujui oleh
badan pengawas yang berlaku, pengawas operasi dan
EMPC.
13,4 SITUS CLEARANCE VERIFIKASI
Situs akhir pembersihan setelah ditinggalkan harus
disetujui oleh badan pengawas. Biasanya salah satu
metode berikut akan diterima:
1. Tarik trawl di dua arah di lokasi.
2. Melakukan pencarian penyelam sekitar lubang
sumur.
3. Scan di lokasi dengan sisi-scan atau di bawahscanning sonar.
BAIK KONTROL
1. BAIK KONTROL
2. Nah Pengendalian "General 1
3. Lubang Pemantauan 5
4. Peralatan Pengujian 8
5. Peralatan Spesifikasi 10
6. Nah Kontrol latihan 16
7. Nah Pengendalian Prosedur 19
________________________________________
________________________________________
______
DRILLING OPERASI manual-JACK-UP / PLATFORM / barage RIG
DRILLING
14,1 BAIK KONTROL - UMUM

Nah Pengendalian operasi dilakukan untuk
mengurangi baik mengendalikan insiden dengan
meminimalkan keparahan masuknya, benar
menutup-dalam juga sesegera mungkin, dan
permukaan masuknya dengan cara yang aman atau
memompa / bullheading masuknya kembali ke dalam
formasi (ketika membawa masuknya ke permukaan
mungkin terlalu berbahaya, seperti dengan H 2 S).
Arus yang tidak terkendali ke dalam sumur bor harus
selalu dijaga di bawah tumpukan pencegah ledakan.
Keselamatan semua personel di rig adalah
pertimbangan utama ketika melakukan operasi
kontrol dengan baik. Integritas unit pengeboran
dan dampak ekonomi yang merugikan
kepentingan sekunder.
Umum prosedur langkah-demi-langkah dapat
bervariasi, tergantung pada konfigurasi BOP pada
setiap unit pengeboran individu. Prosedur shut-in
spesifik Drilling Kontraktor untuk setiap unit
pengeboran yang ditinjau untuk menentukan apakah
mereka dapat diterima untuk operasi EMDC ini.
Untuk semua lokasi, rencana pengendalian baik situs
tertentu adalah untuk berada di tempat yang meliputi
pengalir dan kontrol dengan baik prosedur khusus

untuk unit pengeboran dan BOP tumpukan
konfigurasi.
General Nah Pedoman Pengendalian
5. Salinan dilaminasi dari rig prosedur shut-in tertentu

harus dipasang di lantai rig dekat konsol pembor itu.
Rig spesifik tagihan stasiun, daftar tugas awak, juga
akan dipasang di lantai rig dan / atau papan
pengumuman.
Pedoman pengendalian umum juga adalah sebagai

berikut:
6. Kehilangan Prosedur Sirkulasi akan diposting di

lantai rig.
1. Semua peralatan kontrol juga akan dipertahankan

dalam keadaan siap ketika melakukan operasi
pengeboran.
7. The Driller akan diperintahkan untuk menutupdalam juga menggunakan penilaian dan indikator
nya seperti keuntungan pit, mengalir setelah
menghentikan pompa, atau tidak layak mengisi-up di
perjalanan. The Driller tidak harus mendapatkan izin
dari Pengawas Operasional sebelum menutup-dalam
juga.
2. Melakukan latihan sesuai dengan "Yah Kontrol

Drills" dari manual ini.
3. Uji peralatan kontrol dengan baik (yaitu, tekanan dan
tes fungsi) sebagaimana tercantum dalam "Yah
Kontrol Peralatan Pengujian" dari manual ini.
4. Sebuah papan status parameter pengeboran kritis
akan dipertahankan pada konsol Driller ini terlihat
jelas. Informasi di forum ini harus terdiri dari:
Alat jarak sendi di atas lantai rig untuk

menutup hang-off domba
Kebanyakan tanggal tes BOP baru-baru ini
BOP tumpukan dimensi jarak pencegah dari

kepala sumur
BOP tumpukan dimensi jarak pencegah

bawah meja putar (sebagai alat gabungan
ruang keluar biasanya diukur dari meja putar)
8. Bor String akan selalu menyertakan katup

pelampung di atas bit dan, setelah pengaturan casing
cukup untuk menutup dalam sumur, katup
pelampung akan porting, kecuali pelampung yang
solid disetujui oleh Operasi Inspektur. Modifikasi
bidang mengapung pipa bor tidak diperbolehkan.
9. Setiap saat, pembukaan penuh, jenis bola, katup
tekanan keselamatan seimbang (Tiw atau setara)
untuk pipa bor dan BOP dalam, dengan subs
Crossover untuk kerah bor dan casing, akan berada
di lantai rig dan siap untuk segera digunakan (yaitu ,
membuka). Ini akan tersedia untuk semua ukuran
drillstring digunakan. Katup pengaman (s) harus
fungsi diuji dan tes harus didokumentasikan pada
laporan IADC dan DMR. Katup pengaman akan
selalu dijemput pertama. Sebuah katup pengaman
akan dipasang dalam string selama periode
downtime, seperti tergelincir dan memotong garis

bor, dll
CATATAN: API Spec. 7 (November edisi 2001)
telah membagi katup pengaman dalam dua kelas.
Saya katup kelas (katup standar) yang dinilai
untuk tekanan kerja dari bawah dan mungkin tidak
menutup dari kedua arah jika tekanan diterapkan
dari atas. Katup kelas I tidak tekanan API dinilai
eksternal dan mungkin bocor melalui batang.
Kelas katup II dirancang untuk rated tekanan kerja
dari bawah dan di atas bola dan eksternal untuk
2.000 psi minimum. Jika ada probabilitas bahwa
operasi pengupasan akan diperlukan, Kelas II
harus dimanfaatkan di rigsite tersebut. Bagian 8 di
"ExxonMobil Pengeboran Permukaan Pencegahan
ledakan dan Nah Pengendalian Peralatan Manual"
menyediakan daftar produsen diketahui mampu
memasok Kelas II katup pengaman terbukti.
10. Beredar tersedak dan membunuh garis untuk
memastikan garis yang jelas (frekuensi akan
tergantung pada cairan pengeboran).
11. Choke akan berada dalam posisi terbuka dengan
katup pertama hilir choke dalam posisi tertutup juga.
12. Mempertahankan "Yah Bunuh Lembar Kerja" untuk
konfigurasi sumur bor saat ini dan memperbarui
lembar kerja (atau program PC KIK) setidaknya
setiap hari sementara pengeboran sedang
berlangsung, atau sebagai kondisi lubang perubahan.
13. Jauhkan choke dalam dan membunuh katup pada
BOP dalam posisi tertutup sementara pengeboran.
Jauhkan choke luar dan membunuh katup dalam

posisi terbuka.
14. Memiliki manifold choke berbaris untuk mengambil
kembali ke degasser miskin-anak.
15. Memiliki PVT dan FLO-SHO alarm diatur ke batas
praktis terendah.
16. Rig up garis mengisi-up anulus dari pompa rig untuk
cepat mengisi up dari annulus.
17. Gunakan annular untuk awalnya menutup-in sumur
bor. On-site Operasi Pengawas akan menentukan
apakah menggantung-off string bor diperlukan
berdasarkan kondisi operasi yang ada.
18. Jika annular digunakan untuk mengedarkan keluar
masuknya, tekanan penutupan dapat mundur per
rekomendasi produsen untuk mengurangi keausan
pada elemen. Tekanan operasi yang cukup akan
dipertahankan untuk mencegah kebocoran dan
menghindari gas melarikan diri ke lantai rig.
Tekanan penutupan dapat dikurangi untuk
memungkinkan gerakan pipa terbatas untuk
menghindari mencuat drillstring sementara beredar
keluar masuknya. Namun, sendi alat tidak harus
bersepeda melalui elemen annular sementara beredar
keluar masuknya.
19. Menutup annulus pengalir hanya setelah membuka
katup pengalir baris (s) untuk mencegah broaching.
Menetapkan personil untuk memantau menggerek
jika mengalihkan baik dengan hanya dangkal casing
set. Garis pengalir harus dialihkan ke laut dan
melawan arah angin.
20. Memanfaatkan pompa lumpur dan / atau selang

kebakaran untuk membasahi gas yang keluar dari
garis pengalir.
5. Tentukan tekanan gesekan baru jika menggunakan

tingkat pompa yang berbeda ketika restart sirkulasi
setelah menutup untuk memeriksa tekanan.
21. Kaus kaki angin harus terlihat dari daerah yang

bersangkutan dari rig.
6. Menentukan tekanan gesekan baru dalam cara yang

sama seperti tekanan gesekan asli.
Pedoman Recording tekanan

Pedoman tekanan perekaman adalah sebagai
berikut:
1. Merekam menutup-tekanan pada pipa bor dan casing
setiap menit sampai tekanan menutup-in
menstabilkan. Setelah stabilisasi, mencatat tekanan
menutup-in pada pipa bor dan casing setiap 10 menit
sampai operasi kontrol juga berakhir.
2. Merekam tekanan yang diperlukan untuk memompa
membuka katup pelampung sebagai bor tekanan pipa
stabil bila menggunakan katup pelampung nonporting di pipa bor.
Catatan: Metode untuk menentukan kapan
katup float membuka sama menentukan
batas break-lebih selama tes integritas
tekanan.
3. Menunjuk personil khusus untuk merekam tekanan
dan pengamatan / komentar meskipun keluar operasi
kontrol dengan baik.
4. Matikan pompa dan menutup-in baik untuk
memeriksa tekanan jika masalah muncul ketika
beredar keluar masuknya ke dalam sumur bor.
Catatan: Tekanan maksimum pada setiap titik

dalam sumur bor selama operasi
pembunuhan akan terjadi ketika bagian
atas masuknya adalah pada saat itu atau
saat masuknya adalah di bagian bawah
dalam kasus interval lubang terbuka
pendek atau majelis lubang bawah
panjang dan atas gelembung berada di
atas sepatu casing. Hal ini terutama
berlaku di sumur dalam.
Pompa Tingkat Pedoman
1. Pastikan bahwa pemilihan tingkat sirkulasi
mempertimbangkan faktor-faktor seperti: a)
integritas formasi di sepatu casing, b) peralatan
kontrol rig baik, c) kapasitas penambahan barit ke
sistem lumpur, dan d) keterbatasan pompa rig
meminyaki pada tingkat yang lebih lambat .
2. Pertimbangkan keuntungan sebagai berikut dari
tingkat pompa rendah. Tingkat pompa khas adalah
dalam kisaran 1 sampai 3 BPM:
Tarif pompa rendah memungkinkan operator

choke lebih banyak waktu untuk
menyesuaikan choke.
Tarif pompa rendah meminimalkan

penanganan volume gas besar di permukaan
Catat berat asli dari cairan

pengeboran.
Tarif pompa rendah mengurangi

kemungkinan kembali hilang.
Menghitung kenaikan diperlukan

berat fluida pengeboran untuk
menyeimbangkan tekanan formasi
dan untuk memberikan lebihan.
Menghitung berat membunuh cairan

pengeboran.
3. Memahami keterbatasan pemisah gas lumpur ketika

gas 100% mencapai permukaan. Bersiaplah untuk
memotong pemisah gas lumpur dan langsung ke
flare jika kaki cairan hilang.
Nah Membunuh Lembar Kerja
Sebuah Worksheet Nah Membunuh sangat penting
untuk operasi kontrol juga sukses karena membantu
Operasi dan personil Teknik berkomunikasi dengan
jelas selama operasi dan melakukan perhitungan
yang diperlukan.
Setelah BOP stack diinstal, "Yah Membunuh Lembar
Kerja" akan disiapkan. Worksheet akan
dipertahankan untuk konfigurasi sumur bor saat ini
dan memperbarui lembar kerja setidaknya setiap hari
sementara pengeboran sedang berlangsung, atau
sebagai kondisi lubang perubahan.
Catatan: Program komputer KIK PC dapat
digunakan sebagai pengganti worksheet.
Langkah-langkah untuk penyelesaian "Lembar
Kerja Nah Membunuh" adalah sebagai berikut:
1. Hitung berat lumpur membunuh.
2. Hitung tekanan permukaan maksimum yang

diijinkan:
Catat PIT di sepatu casing lalu.
Hitung tekanan permukaan

maksimum yang akan patah formasi.
Catat casing pecah tekanan dan

keselamatan faktor.
Hitung tekanan permukaan yang

diijinkan untuk setiap berat badan dan
kelas casing.
Pilih yang lebih rendah dari dua nilai

dihitung sebagai tekanan permukaan
maksimum yang diijinkan (yang akan
digunakan untuk informasi saja).
3. Hitung kapasitas dan volume total sistem aktif.

4. Hitung barit diperlukan untuk berat sampai sistem
aktif dan peningkatan volume yang sesuai.
5. Menghitung tingkat sirkulasi dan jadwal perubahan

tekanan:
Lubang Fill-Up
Lubang Fill-Up Pedoman:
Masukkan tingkat sirkulasi dan awal

pipa bor tekanan beredar.
Menghitung perubahan dalam
sirkulasi tekanan yang akan terjadi
karena berat cairan yang lebih berat.
6. Pilih metode sirkulasi dan mempersiapkan

pengeboran jadwal berat cairan. Jika praktis,
berkonsultasi dengan Operasi Inspektur untuk yang
satu metode berikut untuk digunakan berdasarkan
tekanan baik yang terlibat, integritas tekanan dari
sepatu casing, rig kemampuan penanganan gas,
kemampuan sistem lumpur, dan material lumpur di
lokasi.
Metode Driller ini (berat lumpur asli)
Berat dan Tunggu Metode

(keseimbangan berat lumpur atau
membunuh lumpur berat badan)
7. Lakukan tinggi masuknya dan perhitungan gradien:

Jika gradien masuknya kurang dari 0,2 psi /
ft, masuknya tersebut mungkin gas. Jika
gradien adalah antara 0,2 psi / ft dan 0,4 psi /
ft, masuknya tersebut mungkin minyak. Jika
gradien lebih besar dari 0,4 psi / ft, masuknya
tersebut mungkin garam air.
14,2 LUBANG MONITORING
Ketika tersandung keluar dari lubang, ke dalam

lubang, atau ketika string bor keluar dari lubang
(yaitu, penebangan, BHA mengganti, tergelincir dan
memotong garis bor, dll) lubang akan terus dipantau
untuk keuntungan atau kerugian menggunakan
tangki perjalanan. Panduan berikut harus diikuti
untuk memastikan kolom penuh lumpur
dipertahankan dalam anulus setiap saat.
1. Lubang akan terus penuh menggunakan tangki
perjalanan ketika tidak memompa bawah string
bor. Tingkat tangki perjalanan akan disimpan
minimal setiap 15 menit ketika pipa keluar dari
lubang. Sebuah buku perjalanan akan
dipertahankan untuk setiap baik dan setidaknya
satu orang yang akan ditugaskan untuk
memantau tangki perjalanan secara terus
menerus sementara tersandung. Log book
perjalanan harus membandingkan perjalanan
volume untuk kedua volume teoritis dan volume
perjalanan sebelumnya
2. Jika rig dilengkapi dengan sistem penggerak
atas, back-reaming dan memompa keluar
pertama 10 stand dari lubang terbuka ketika
tripping harus dipertimbangkan. Hal ini sangat
relevan sementara pengeboran sumur directional
atau sumur dengan formasi yang sangat reaktif.
3. Bit akan dikembalikan ke bawah dan juga
beredar pantat-up jika volume yang mengisi-up
diamati kurang dari dihitung atau secara
signifikan kurang dari mengisi-up direkam pada

perjalanan sebelumnya. Jika lubang tidak
mengambil jumlah dihitung cairan, Operasi
Pengawas akan disarankan segera.
tingkat Pit akan dipantau secara hati-hati
ketika beredar pantat-up untuk mendeteksi
perluasan gas dan / atau juga mengalir selama
operasi beredar.
4. Berat lumpur yang cukup akan digunakan yang
menyediakan setidaknya 200 psi dari lebihan
sebelum mencoba untuk menarik atau memompa
keluar dari lubang.
5. Sebuah tangki perjalanan dengan kapasitas
minimal 40 bbls lebih disukai. Tangki perjalanan
akan ditandai dalam setidaknya 1/2 bertahap per
barel.
6. Sebuah jenis grease kemasan yang akan
digunakan pada pompa sentrifugal yang feed
tangki perjalanan. Injeksi air tidak akan
digunakan.
7. Penebang lumpur juga harus memantau volume
tangki perjalanan sementara tersandung keluar
dari lubang dan mengkonfirmasi volume
perpindahan dicatat oleh kontraktor pengeboran.
Mereka juga harus memantau volume sementara
tersandung di lubang jika diminta oleh Pengawas
Operasional atau jika ditentukan dalam Program
Pengeboran.
8. Jumlah maksimum pipa bor daripada yang dapat
dijalankan di dalam lubang tanpa diisi harus
ditentukan dalam Program Pengeboran dan akan

didasarkan pada rencana baik tertentu
(kedalaman casing, jumlah lubang terbuka,
potensi lokasi pasir gas, dll) Bagian 4
menjelaskan metode untuk menghitung panjang
maksimum pipa yang dapat dijalankan tanpa
mengisi drillstring tersebut.
9. Ketika tersandung dalam volume lubang
perpindahan dari sumur harus akurat dipantau
menggunakan tangki perjalanan. FDM dapat
memberikan pengecualian untuk menggunakan
tangki perjalanan ketika tersandung di lubang.
Catatan: Bidang modifikasi pipa bor
mengapung tidak diperbolehkan. Tidak
ada pengecualian untuk kebijakan ini.
Perjalanan Pedoman Buku:
Entri dalam buku perjalanan untuk perjalanan-keperjalanan perbandingan harus dilakukan sebagai
berikut:
1. Volume perpindahan untuk setiap berdiri untuk
pertama lima (5) berdiri dari pipa bor dan setiap lima
(5) berdiri dari pipa bor setelahnya.
2. Volume perpindahan untuk setiap stand kerah bor
dan HeviWate pipa bor.
3. Entri harus dibuat berdasarkan pada keakuratan
volume pengukur tangki perjalanan (1/2 bbl atau
kurang).
Arus Periksa Pedoman
Pemeriksaan aliran dan 10-10-10 adalah untuk

digunakan sebagai indikator utama dari situasi yang
seimbang di bawah. Pedoman melakukan
pemeriksaan aliran adalah sebagai berikut:
1. Degasser yang akan dioperasikan setiap kali ada gas

yang signifikan dalam aliran arus balik, seperti yang
ditunjukkan oleh instrumen berat lumpur cut atau
kromatografi bacaan di unit logging.
1. Juga akan aliran diperiksa sebelum membuat

sambungan.
2. Berat fluida pengeboran akan diperiksa hilir degasser

itu, serta di shaker, untuk menentukan apakah
degasser tersebut bekerja dengan benar.
2. Juga akan diperiksa setelah aliran indikasi

keuntungan pit.
3. Juga akan diperiksa setelah aliran indikasi tekanan
abnormal.
4. Juga akan aliran diperiksa setelah istirahat
pengeboran lebih dari 5 'pada sumur eksplorasi
atau setelah istirahat pengeboran lebih dari 5' pada
pembangunan baik jika mengharapkan tekanan
abnormal atau hidrokarbon di zona tersebut.
Istirahat pengeboran secara umum
didefinisikan sebagai dua kali lipat dari
tingkat penetrasi (ROP), tetapi dapat
bervariasi tergantung pada daerah.
3. Membuang hisap degasser dan tangki pembuangan

sesering praktis untuk memaksimalkan pemanfaatan.
14.3 PERALATAN PENGUJIAN
Tekanan Tes
The BOPs, tersedak dan membunuh garis, tersedak
manifold, katup pengaman lantai, di dalam BOPs,
dan sistem drive atas / katup pengaman kelly yang
menjadi tekanan diuji sesuai dengan persyaratan
sebagai berikut:
BOP Tekanan Tes
KEGIATAN
5. Cek aliran akan direncanakan pada interval kurang

dari 100 'ketika pengeboran dengan sistem
penggerak teratas di zona tekanan abnormal.
6. Perlu ditekankan kepada driller bahwa Perusahaan
akan mendukung putusan driller ketika membuat
pemeriksaan aliran tambahan (tidak termasuk
dalam pedoman ini) atau ketika menutup-dalam
sumur karena mengalir.
Pedoman Degasser
BOP PENGUJIAN PERSYARATAN
1) uji penerimaan BOP awal (saat rig

berada di bawah kontrak)
Tes dengan air untuk 200 psi rendah dan

dinilai tekanan kerja pencegah / peralatan
2) Instalasi awal pada Wellhead jika tidak

sepenuhnya diuji untuk dinilai
tekanan kerja per 1) di atas.
Tes dengan air untuk 200 psi WP

rendah dan dinilai dari pencegah /
peralatan atau kepala sumur, mana yang
kurang. Setidaknya sekali per sumur
domba jantan harus diuji untuk dinilai
WP mereka ketika kepala sumur yang
tepat diinstal.
Tes dengan air untuk 200 psi rendah. Uji

annular 70% dari tekanan kerja dinilai atau
dinilai tekanan kerja kepala sumur, mana
yang kurang.
3) instalasi awal pada wellhead jika

sepenuhnya diuji untuk dinilai WP
per 1) di atas.
Untuk domba jantan psi 5k atau lebih

rendah, ekor domba jantan uji / eq uipment
untuk dinilai tekanan kerja. Untuk 10k
ekor domba jantan psi atau lebih tinggi,
ekor domba jantan uji / peralatan untuk
tekanan yang melebihi maksimum
diantisipasi tekanan permukaan tetapi tidak
kurang dari psi 5k. Setidaknya sekali per
sumur domba jantan harus diuji untuk
dinilai tekanan mereka bekerja ketika
kepala sumur yang tepat diinstal.
Catatan: Pada sumur diatur oleh aturan
MMS, semua domba / peralatan harus diuji
untuk dinilai tekanan mereka bekerja atau
dinilai tekanan kerja dari kepala sumur,
mana yang kurang (kecuali disetujui lain
oleh Kabupaten Pengawas).
4) Setelah pengaturan casing tali DAN

sebelum pengeboran sepatu casing.
Sama seperti 3) di atas.
5) tes berikutnya tidak melebihi setiap

14 hari.
Sama seperti 3) di atas. Pada workovers

diatur oleh aturan MMS, maka frekuensi
uji setiap 7 hari bukan 14.
6) Setelah pemutusan atau perbaikan

tekanan yang berisi segel namun
terbatas untuk komponen yang terkena
dampak.
Catatan:
formulir tes BOP yang dirancang khusus untuk rig

Tes dengan air untuk 200 psi dan diberi
pengeboran. Laporan ini harus ditinjau oleh
tekanan kerja pencegah / peralatan atau
Pengawas Operasional untuk memastikan mereka
kepala sumur, mana yang kurang.
puas bahwa data yang cukup akan disimpan untuk
memastikan kepercayaan dalam operasi yang tepat
dari peralatan BOP.
1. Persyaratan peraturan mungkin memerlukan

variasi dari atas dan akan memerintah, jika lebih
ketat.
2. Tes tekanan akan berganti-ganti antara stasiun
kontrol. Setelah pengujian tekanan dari salah
satu stasiun kontrol, melakukan tes fungsi
lengkap dari BOP di stasiun lain lain.
3. Tekanan tes akan sesuai dengan di atas atau yang
ditetapkan dalam Program Pengeboran. Tekanan
akan diselenggarakan stabil selama minimal 5
menit pada kedua tes tekanan rendah dan pada
tes tekanan tinggi atau sebagaimana ditentukan
4. Peralatan BOP akan tekanan diuji ketika awalnya
diinstal dan setidaknya setiap 14 hari
sesudahnya, seperti yang dipersyaratkan oleh
OIMS. Sisi tekanan tinggi dari manifold choke
harus tekanan diuji untuk BOP tekanan tes ram
yang dibutuhkan. Sisi tekanan rendah dari
manifold choke akan diuji untuk dinilai WP-nya
(OIMS Pedoman Bagian 6).
Hasil semua tes BOP dan setiap kekurangan dan /
atau perbaikan akan disimpan pada Pengeboran
Laporan Harian dan IADC Laporan. Data uji rinci
juga akan disimpan oleh kontraktor pengeboran pada
Bentuk tes BOP yang selesai harus ditandatangani

oleh OIM dan Cementer dan akan diberikan kepada
Operasi Supervisor, bersama dengan grafik rekaman
tekanan mendukung operasi pengujian BOP. Semua
grafik tekanan harus tanggal dan benar diberi label
untuk setiap komponen diuji. Semua catatan yang
berkaitan dengan tes BOP harus dipertahankan pada
rig pengeboran sampai selesai dengan baik. Catatan
yang kemudian diteruskan ke Operasi Inspektur
untuk dimasukkan dalam file baik atas permintaan.
Tes fungsi
Sistem pengalir harus diuji fungsi sehari-hari dan
sistem BOP harus diuji fungsi mingguan. Ketika
melakukan tes ini, semua menutup dan membuka
kali dibutuhkan untuk berfungsi setiap komponen
harus dicatat untuk perbandingan dengan tes
sebelumnya. Jangan menarik keluar dari lubang
hanya untuk uji fungsi BOPs.
Tes pengalir
Pedoman untuk pengujian diverters adalah sebagai
berikut:
1. Waktu respon yang dibutuhkan untuk membuka
katup pengalir, dan menutup tas pengalir sekitar pipa
bor akan dicatat dan dilaporkan pada formulir tes

BOP.
2. Setelah instalasi awal, semua lini pengalir akan
dipompa melalui pada tingkat maksimum yang
mungkin, untuk mendeteksi kebocoran, pastikan
benar berbaris, dan memeriksa untuk getaran yang
berlebihan.
14,4 PERALATAN
Spesifikasi peralatan untuk peralatan kontrol baik
yang disediakan di bawah. Penyimpangan kurang
dari pedoman ditampilkan harus didasarkan pada
penilaian risiko dan harus memiliki kedua EMDC
dan persetujuan manajemen Kontraktor Pengeboran.
Pengalir Sistem
Sebuah "pengalir System" akan diinstal pada semua
string casing sebelum casing permukaan.
Sistem pengalir harus sesuai dengan spesifikasi
sebagai berikut:
Pengalir Desain:
1. Sistem pengalir terdiri dari:
Jenis annular pengalir packer
Baris pengalir (2 baris, 10 "ID min, 300 psi

WP)
Terpencil digerakkan Ball Valve pada setiap

baris
Katup pengalir 10 "ID di garis pengalir
Membunuh baris inlet bawah diverter (3

"nominal)
Katup di garis kill
2. Semua komponen pengalir (katup, garis, dll) akan

dinilai untuk minimal 300 psi tekanan kerja.
Aktuator katup harus menjadi ukuran untuk menutup
di atas minimal 300 psi.
3. Semua Katup pengalir akan membuka penuh (katup
bola disukai).
Pengalir Sistem Penutupan
1. Aktuasi dari pengalir harus tersedia dari lantai rig
dan setidaknya satu lokasi terpencil lain yang jauh
dari lantai rig. Semua fungsi pengalir harus tersedia
dari lokasi tersebut.
2. Jika regulator hydro-pneumatik digunakan, nitrogen
back-up diperlukan.
3. Unit pengalir hidrolik kontrol harus menyediakan
1,5 kali cairan yang dapat digunakan yang
diperlukan untuk membuka katup pengalir, dan
menutup annulus pengalir dan mampu dioperasikan
dari panel kontrol utama dan jarak jauh dari konsol
pembor itu.
BOP Sistem
Tumpukan BOP dan sistem penutupan harus

dipasang untuk semua pengeboran dan penyelesaian
operasi dengan annular dan domba jantan mampu
menutup di atas semua ukuran pipa bor digunakan
untuk bagian lubang sesuai dengan spesifikasi
sebagai berikut:
Catatan: Jika gas Hidrogen Sulfida diharapkan,
semua komponen BOP dan segel elemen
harus disertifikasi untuk layanan H2S.
4. Semua ekor domba jantan, tersedak / membunuh

garis, dan tersedak / membunuh katup harus
memiliki kerja rating tekanan setara atau lebih besar
dari kepala sumur bekerja rating tekanan. Annular
harus memiliki kerja penilaian tekanan minimal 50
persen dari preventers ram.
5. Ram dan Choke / Membunuh penempatan
stopkontak baris harus menyediakan kemampuan
untuk:
BOP Stack
Menutup dalam pada string bor dan casing

atau kapal dan memungkinkan sirkulasi.
1. BOP tumpukan harus diatur sebagaimana ditetapkan

dalam Permukaan Pencegahan ledakan dan Nah
Kontrol Peralatan Manual.
Tutup dan segel pada lubang terbuka dan

memungkinkan operasi pengendalian
volumetrik dengan baik.
2. Elemen BOP akan kompatibel dengan jenis lumpur

digunakan.
Strip drill string menggunakan pencegah

annular.
Bullhead bawah ekor domba jantan buta.
3. Dua ekor domba jantan harus berukuran untuk pipa

bor lebih besar dan seekor domba jantan untuk pipa
bor kecil jika dua ukuran pipa dan / atau string
runcing yang digunakan. Variabel ekor domba jantan
bore dapat digunakan untuk memenuhi kriteria ini.
Bagian bawah ram harus berukuran untuk ukuran
pipa yang lebih besar. VBRs tidak dapat digunakan
untuk ram induk. Lihat Bagian 4.0 dari Permukaan
Pencegahan ledakan dan Nah Kontrol Peralatan
Manual untuk rincian dan skenario tambahan.
6. Outlet choke harus menjadi minimal 3 "ID.

7. Penggunaan klem akan memerlukan persetujuan
pengecualian dari manajer Lapangan Drilling.
8. Outlet samping pada tubuh ram harus disegel dengan
flange buta (katup dapat diterima hanya jika mereka
adalah tekanan diuji pada frekuensi yang sama
seperti domba jantan).
9. Rams harus memiliki kemampuan penguncian (jika
kunci yang manual, engkol dengan roda harus
tersedia di rig).
10. Rams harus mampu menggantung maksimum

diantisipasi beban drill string dengan sendi alat yang
digunakan dan mempertahankan segel terhadap
tekanan lubang sumur setara dengan tubuh ram
rating tekanan kerja. VBRs tidak direkomendasikan
sebagai hang-off ekor domba jantan. Jika VBRs
yang akan digunakan sebagai domba jantan hangoff,
spesifikasi pabrik akan diperiksa untuk ukuran pipa
dan hang-off nilai beban. Hanya "hang-off" blok
jenis ram, dengan daerah mengeras di sekitar bibir
blok ram, harus digunakan.
11. Gulungan pengeboran harus memiliki setidaknya ID
cukai dan bekerja rating tekanan seperti yang dari
tubuh ram.
Mata air
1. "A" bagian harus memiliki katup ganda pada satu
outlet dengan tekanan kerja setidaknya setara dengan
"A" bagian atas flange.
2. Semua bagian kepala sumur harus memiliki katup
flens dengan dinilai tekanan kerja paling tidak setara
dengan bagian atas flange.
3. Sebuah katup kedua dari tekanan kerja yang sama
harus dipasang pada setiap bagian kepala sumur di
mana casing string yang ditangguhkan oleh bagian
tidak disemen ke permukaan.
Mata air
Tersedak dan Bunuh Garis

The Choke dan Bunuh Garis harus dilengkapi
dengan dan memiliki tekanan kerja dinilai
setidaknya setara dengan ram BOP Peringkat
pencegah. Spesifikasi lainnya sebagai berikut:
1. Satu katup hidrolik (misalnya, gagal-aman dekat)
pada baris choke berdekatan dengan spool
pengeboran BOP.
2. Satu katup manual pada baris choke antara katup
hidrolik dan manifold choke.
3. Satu katup hidrolik dan satu katup manual pada baris
membunuh antara pipa tegak atau pompa berjenis
dan BOP pengeboran spool.
4. Garis Choke harus memiliki minimal ID dari 3 ".
Bunuh garis harus memiliki minimal ID dari 2".
4. Semua bagian atas "A" bagian harus dilengkapi

dengan outlet kedua yang memiliki flens buta
diinstal pada outlet.
5. Sebuah pengukur tekanan harus dipasang pada
semua bagian kepala sumur di luar katup untuk
memfasilitasi pemantauan tekanan casing annulus.
BOP Control System
BOPs dikuasai oleh pertemuan Control System
kriteria yang tercantum di bawah ini dan harus
memenuhi tujuan sebagai berikut:
Menyediakan sistem kontrol berlebihan.
Menyediakan darurat back-up dalam kasus

hilangnya rig udara dan / atau daya listrik.
Memungkinkan tekanan operasi disesuaikan

independen untuk annular dan fungsi BOP
lainnya.
Tutup setiap Ram Preventer dalam waktu 30
detik.
Tutup setiap annular Preventer <18-3 / 4
"dalam waktu 30 detik dan 45 detik untuk
jarak preventers 18-3 / 4". Permukaan Botol
Accumulator
1. Sebuah jumlah yang memadai botol akumulator akan

dipasang, minimal, untuk memenuhi spesifikasi
teknis EMDC ini, API RP 16D (Bagian I & II), dan /
atau persyaratan lokal untuk unit akumulator sizing.
Lihat Bagian 5.0 dari Permukaan Pencegahan
ledakan dan Nah Kontrol Peralatan Manual untuk
rincian tentang persyaratan EMDC.
CATATAN: API RP 16E sebagai
direferensikan di manual BOP sejak itu
telah ditarik. Referensi API yang benar
untuk desain akumulator sekarang API
Spec 16D .
2. Tekanan precharge untuk semua botol akumulator
akan diverifikasi pada mobilisasi unit pengeboran
dan kira-kira setiap 60 hari sesudahnya.
3. Botol akumulator akan dibagi menjadi setidaknya
dua bank atau lebih yang terpisah dari umumnya
jumlah yang sama botol dan masing-masing bank
harus mampu dipisahkan oleh katup isolasi.
Akumulator Control Unit

1. Back-up pompa, didorong oleh sumber listrik yang
berbeda dari pompa utama (udara didorong ketika
primer adalah drive listrik) akan dipasang.
2. Setiap pompa adalah untuk mampu terisolasi untuk
perbaikan sementara yang lain tetap beroperasi.
3. Reservoir cairan hidrolik akan menjadi ukuran yang
memadai untuk menahan dua kali kapasitas bisa
digunakan yang dibutuhkan cairan dari botol
akumulator.
4. Cairan hidrolik akan disaring melalui 20 mesh atau
saringan hisap kecil.
5. Sebuah katup jarum ganda akan dipasang berdarah
off berjenis dan akumulator ke dalam tangki
cadangan (yang dibutuhkan untuk melakukan minicek).
6. Pengisian berjenis akan memiliki pembukaan penuh,
valved outlet untuk pompa eksternal.
7. Manifold akan dilengkapi dengan tekanan
mengurangi regulator (0 tekanan maksimum yang
diijinkan) ditambah memotong dan isolasi katup.
8. Katup pelepas tekanan akan dipasang hulu dan hilir
dari regulator bermacam-macam.
9. Seluruh sistem harus di daerah yang mudah diakses
personil rig dan dilindungi dari kerusakan dari
sumber rig lainnya.
10. Periksa jenis sistem alarm yang terpasang. Lihat

alarm diperlukan di bawah ini.
mencegah operasi yang tidak disengaja.

Penjaga di unit akumulator tidak
mengganggu kemampuan operasi jarak jauh.
Regulator
1. Sistem kontrol akan memiliki regulator
permukaan untuk tekanan manifold.
2. Sebuah back-up pasokan pneumatik, independen
dari sistem udara rig, akan tersedia untuk
regulator permukaan, kecuali regulator adalah
cacing jenis gigi atau setara, untuk menghindari
kehilangan tekanan pasokan dalam hal kegagalan
rig udara.
3. The annular dan regulator berjenis akan
ditetapkan ke minimal 1500 psi untuk normal
menutup-in. Mengacu pada produsen operasi
panduan untuk informasi tentang persyaratan
tekanan penutupan tambahan untuk tinggi
diharapkan menutup-tekanan dan tekanan
annular Untuk ukuran lebih besar dari pipa dan
casing.
Panel BOP Operasi
1. Dua panel operasi akan tersedia, berisi semua fungsi
BOP, salah satunya akan berlokasi di unit kontrol
akumulator dan yang lainnya di lantai bor.
2. Semua fungsi harus disimpan dalam posisi
kekuasaan dan tidak dalam posisi blok.
Fungsi Ram buta adalah memiliki penjaga

keamanan dipasang di semua panel dan pada
akumulator stasiun unit kontrol untuk
3. Jika sistem relai listrik digunakan, daya generator

darurat atau back-up sistem baterai akan tersedia
untuk mengoperasikan panel remote untuk unit
akumulator.
4. Jika rig udara digunakan, pasokan udara back-up
akan tersedia untuk mengoperasikan panel terpencil.
5. Semua fungsi pada semua panel operasi akan jelas
ditandai untuk tujuan dan posisi mereka.
6. Kecuali alarm umum dapat didengar di kedua
daerah, panel lantai bor dan unit kontrol akumulator
akan memiliki alarm untuk:
Tekanan akumulator rendah
Tingkat cairan rendah dalam tangki

penampungan
Kehilangan pasokan udara
Choke & Bunuh Manifold

Choke dan membunuh garis akan terikat ke
manifold choke dan harus sesuai dengan spesifikasi
sebagai berikut:
1. Choke berjenis akan memiliki kemampuan untuk
mengambil keuntungan melalui salah satu
setidaknya dua (2) choke adjustable yang satu harus
menjadi choke hidrolik.
2. Minimal dua (2) katup akan hulu setiap choke dan

satu (1) katup antara setiap outlet lain di manifold
seperti manifold pipa tegak, tangki perjalanan garis
berdarah, dan unit semen.
3. Tersedak dan pengukur harus dilengkapi dengan dan
menyediakan berikut:
Sebuah metode back-up petunjuk dari

beberapa jenis (misalnya, back-up botol
nitrogen, pompa manual, dll) akan tersedia
untuk daya choke hidrolik dalam kasus
kegagalan rig udara.
Sebuah panel kontrol untuk choke hidrolik
(s) yang memiliki alat pengukur untuk
membaca tekanan pipa bor dan tekanan
casing segera hulu dari choke beroperasi.
Jika panel kontrol memiliki choke ganda,
pengukur tekanan casing akan tersedia untuk
memantau hulu tekanan masing-masing
choke.
Sebuah panel choke yang berisi alat
pengukur menunjukkan posisi choke,
pengukur untuk membaca tingkat pompa dan
stroke pompa kumulatif, dan kontrol ke nol
kumulatif tak pompa counter.
Sebuah pilihan alat pengukur dikalibrasi dari
berbagai rentang yang dapat membantu
menentukan menutup-dalam pipa bor dan
tekanan casing akurat.
4. Sensor tekanan yang memadai akan dipasang pada

manifold choke dan pipa tegak berjenis untuk
memantau anulus dan bor tekanan pipa dari semua

lokasi choke.
5. Rating tekanan dari semua komponen (selang
fleksibel, katup, garis, sensor tekanan, dll) antara
BOP dan katup tekanan tinggi hilir choke akan
memiliki tekanan kerja Peringkat setara dengan atau
melebihi BOP Peringkat ram pencegah.
6. Semua ternyata di choke dan membunuh garis dari
BOP ke manifold choke, dalam choke dan
membunuh manifold, dan garis hilir manifold choke
akan tee diinstal ditargetkan.
7. Outlet Manifold akan dikonfigurasi sehingga cairan
kontrol juga dapat diarahkan dari manifold choke
untuk bidang sebagai berikut:
Lumpur Gas Separator
Shaker
Tank perjalanan
Langsung ke laut atau ke pit cadangan

melewati Mud Gas Separator
Lumpur Gas Separator

Sebuah pemisah gas lumpur akan dipasang dan
harus sesuai dengan spesifikasi sebagai berikut:
1. Mampu ventilasi gas ke daerah yang aman melawan
arah angin dan menyelamatkan cairan pengeboran
ketika beredar melalui manifold choke selama
operasi kontrol dengan baik.
2. Memberikan kepala yang cukup untuk memaksa gas

keluar garis ventilasi serta gas yang terpisah dari
cairan pengeboran.
Lihat Permukaan Pencegahan ledakan
dan Nah Kontrol Peralatan Manual (halaman 8-19
dan 820 untuk rincian).
3. Melampiaskan garis dari pemisah gas lumpur akan
memiliki diameter minimal 8 "dan mengandung
jumlah minimum bergantian untuk mengurangi
tekanan gesekan gas.
4. Port pemeriksaan akan tersedia pada pemisah gas
lumpur untuk inspeksi visual dari separator. Selama
mobilisasi dan setelah digunakan untuk kontrol
dengan baik, separator harus dikeringkan, dicuci dan
diperiksa secara visual.
5. Sebuah katup by-pass akan dipasang ventilasi yang
gas keluar garis ventilasi langsung dan mengisolasi
ruang pengocok shale ketika kaki cair hilang di
pemisah gas lumpur. Lokasi katup by-pass harus
hulu lumpur pemisah gas baris ke shaker.
14,5 BAIK PENGENDALIAN latihan
Pedoman Bor umum BOP
Nah control latihan harus dilakukan sesuai dengan
pedoman dalam bagian ini untuk memastikan bahwa
personil pengeboran dapat mendeteksi dan
menutup-in dengan baik dalam waktu sesingkat
mungkin.
Latihan pencegah ledakan akan dilakukan sampai

prosedur untuk menutup-dalam sumur kedua
sementara pengeboran dan tersandung otomatis. Para
anggota kru bor harus mendeteksi aliran baik
simulasi dan bereaksi dengan cara yang tepat dalam
batas waktu yang diperlukan. Skema dari BOP akan
diposting di lantai bor menunjukkan jarak dari RKB
ke berbagai komponen BOP. The Driller harus tahu
setiap saat posisi bor tali alat bersama dalam
kaitannya dengan BOP stack.
Sumur awalnya akan ditutup-in menggunakan
annular Preventer. Untuk memungkinkan untuk
"cepat menutup-in", katup pertama hilir choke
hidrolik harus dalam posisi terbuka dengan choke
ditutup juga.
Latihan harus diumumkan atau tanpa pemberitahuan
kepada kru bor dan disimulasikan dengan mengubah
tingkat pit, tingkat tangki perjalanan, dll Namun,
toolpusher kontraktor pengeboran bertugas harus
dibuat sadar bor sebelum mengubah tingkat pit untuk
menghindari reaksi berlebihan oleh kru bor ia
mengawasi.
Bor perjalanan
Tujuan dari latihan ini adalah untuk mengurangi
waktu yang dibutuhkan untuk Driller untuk
mendeteksi dan bereaksi terhadap masuknya
sementara membuat perjalanan. Setelah BOP
terinstal, bor ini harus dipegang dengan masingmasing kru sampai mereka benar-benar akrab dengan
prosedur dan selanjutnya dengan masing-masing kru
pada frekuensi yang ditentukan oleh OIMS.
Sementara tersandung dan setelah string bor telah

ditarik ke casing, tanpa pemberitahuan sebelumnya,
tingkat tangki perjalanan jelas adalah untuk secara
bertahap meningkat secara manual menaikkan
lumpur tingkat pit mengambang atau secara lisan
memberitahukan Driller dari perjalanan Tank Tangan
atau Logging Mud Unit (jika digunakan) bahwa
peningkatan tingkat tangki perjalanan telah terjadi.
Driller itu, Bor Crew, dan Penebang Mud harus
mengakui keuntungan tangki 10 perjalanan bbl
dalam 1 menit dan menutup dalam baik dalam
tambahan 1 menit dengan melakukan hal berikut:
1. Mendeteksi tendangan dan suara alarm.
2. Mencatat waktu untuk mendeteksi gain tangki
perjalanan (tujuannya adalah 1 menit atau kurang).
3. Mengatur slip dengan alat bersama di meja putar.
4. Matikan perjalanan pompa tangki dan memeriksa
aliran kembali ke dalam tangki perjalanan.
5. Make up (tangan ketat) merupakan katup pengaman
terbuka pada pipa bor. Katup dekat.
6. Periksa baik untuk aliran.
7. Menutup-di dalam sumur dengan membuka katup
HCV dan menutup BOP anular dalam satu gerakan,
torqueup katup pengaman. Pastikan choke valve
berjenis hilir kekuatan choke ditutup.
8. Segera memberitahukan ExxonMobil Pengeboran
Pengawas dan Toolpusher. Mencatat waktu untuk
shutin baik setelah aliran terdeteksi (tujuannya

adalah 1 menit atau kurang untuk meminimalkan
volume yang masuknya).
9. Menginstal dan make-up dalam BOP. Tutup nside B
OP. Buka Keselamatan Valve. (Untuk operasi
stripping).
10. Tekanan casing merekam dan keuntungan dalam
tangki perjalanan. Periksa tekanan akumulator.
Periksa komponen sistem BOP dan tersedak
ragamnya untuk posisi yang benar. Periksa
kebocoran dan / atau aliran.
11. Bersiaplah untuk memadamkan sumber api.
Waspada setiap perahu berdiri di rig pengeboran.
12. Memiliki derek Operator siaga untuk kemungkinan
personil evakuasi.
13. Dan mengkaji kemampuan bor dengan anggota kru.
Log bor dan waktu reaksi pada Pengeboran Laporan
Harian dan IADC Laporan.
Catatan: Sebuah bor khas akan berhenti di
Langkah # 10, meskipun dokumentasi di
bawah Langkah # 13 masih akan
dilakukan. Langkah # 11 - # 12 dapat
dilakukan untuk pelatihan tambahan dan
latihan diperpanjang.
Pit Bor
Tujuan dari latihan ini adalah untuk mengurangi
waktu yang dibutuhkan untuk Driller untuk
mendeteksi dan bereaksi terhadap perubahan dalam
tingkat pit. Setelah BOP terinstal, bor ini akan

diadakan dengan masing-masing kru sampai mereka
benar-benar akrab dengan prosedur dan selanjutnya
dengan masing-masing kru pada frekuensi yang
ditentukan oleh OIMS.
7. Rekam pipa bor dan casing tekanan. Timbang

lumpur hisap pit. Periksa tekanan akumulator.
Periksa komponen sistem BOP dan tersedak
ragamnya untuk posisi yang benar. Periksa
kebocoran dan / atau aliran.
Sementara pengeboran di bawah, tanpa

pemberitahuan sebelumnya, tingkat pit jelas adalah
untuk secara bertahap meningkat secara manual
menaikkan tingkat mengambang lubang lumpur atau
dengan memompa lumpur dari tangki perjalanan ke
sistem aktif. Driller itu, Bor Crew, dan Penebang
Mud harus mengakui keuntungan 10 lubang bbl
dalam 1 menit dan ditutup di sumur dalam
tambahan 1 menit dengan melakukan hal berikut:
8. Lengkapi Lembar Kerja Nah Membunuh. Tentukan

bahan yang dibutuhkan untuk mengedarkan keluar
tendangan.
Waspada setiap perahu berdiri di unit pengeboran
dan / atau memiliki blok keamanan dari daerah jika
pada rig darat.
1
Memiliki derek Operator siaga untuk kemungkinan

evakuasi personel jika pada jack-up.
Dan mengkaji kemampuan bor dengan anggota kru.

Log bor dan waktu reaksi pada Pengeboran Laporan
Harian dan IADC Laporan.
1. Mendeteksi tendangan dan suara alarm.

2. Mencatat waktu untuk mendeteksi gain tingkat pit
(tujuannya adalah 1 menit atau kurang).
3. Mengambil string bor sampai alat bersama
membersihkan meja putar. Pastikan alat bersama
tidak di BOP.
4. Matikan pompa lumpur (s) dan periksa baik untuk
aliran. (Gunakan tangki perjalanan jika ragu tentang
sumur mengalir).
5. Jika mengalir, menutup di dalam sumur dengan
membuka BOP garis choke valve (HCV) dan
menutup annulus tersebut.
6. Melaporkan keuntungan pit dan mengalir hasil cek
ke Pengawas Operasional dan Toolpusher.
Catatan: Sebuah bor khas akan berhenti pada

Langkah # 6, meskipun dokumentasi di
bawah Langkah # 12 masih akan
dilakukan. Langkah # 7 "# 11 dapat
dilakukan untuk pelatihan tambahan dan
latihan diperpanjang.
Daya Choke Bor
Kru didorong untuk melakukan latihan kekuatan
choke sebelum pengeboran-out setelah pengaturan
dari setiap string casing. Bor memberikan latihan
untuk Drilling Supervisor, Toolpusher, dan anggota
kru dalam mengoperasikan kekuatan choke. Jika
dilakukan dari rig mengambang, itu adalah waktu

yang tepat untuk mengukur garis choke dan
membunuh tekanan gesekan line di berbagai tingkat
membunuh. Bor harus dilakukan sebagai berikut:
1. Mengedarkan baik bersih.
2. Melakukan Bor Pit dan dekat di dalam sumur
menggunakan annular BOP.
3. Ambil tarif sirkulasi lambat pada 20, 30, dan 40 spm
bawah pipa bor dan keluar garis choke dengan
kekuatan choke hidrolik terbuka penuh (langkah
opsional jika sudah tercapai).
4. Melakukan pelatihan awak menggunakan kekuatan
choke. Membawa pompa pada kebohongan sambil
menjaga tekanan casing konstan untuk kecepatan
pompa yang diinginkan. Tekanan casing dapat
divariasikan untuk menggambarkan waktu yang
dibutuhkan untuk pulsa tekanan untuk melakukan
perjalanan ke anulus dan cadangan pengukur tekanan
pipa bor.
tugas awak, juga akan dipasang di lantai bor

dan / atau papan pengumuman.
Selama semua operasi kontrol dengan baik, aturan
berikut akan ketat.
1. Merokok akan terbatas pada wilayah tempat.
Pelanggar akan dikenakan pemecatan langsung.
2. Tukang las tidak akan melakukan pekerjaan apapun
tanpa instruksi spesifik dan pengawasan langsung
oleh Senior Kontraktor Pengeboran toolpusher dan
pekerjaan tersebut harus dibersihkan dengan Operasi
Pengawas di muka.
3. Semua penggiling, senjata jarum, dll, akan ditutup.
4. Off-tugas dan personil yang tidak diperlukan akan
tetap di daerah tempat atau area kerahkan ditunjuk.
5. Jika salah satu dari berikut terjadi, situs rig yang
akan segera ditinggalkan:
Permukaan gas yang tidak terkendali di lantai

rig
Nah cairan memulai pembicaraan sekitar

casing
Nah aliran terdeteksi tanpa pengalir atau

tidak ada BOP diinstal.
5. Menilai bor dan penggunaan choke hidrolik dengan

awak.
6. Catat bor, tarif pompa lambat / tekanan, dan bobot
lumpur digunakan pada IADC dan Harian Drilling
Report.
14,6 BAIK PENGENDALIAN PROSEDUR
Salinan dilaminasi dari rig prosedur shut-in
tertentu harus dipasang di lantai rig dekat konsol
pembor itu. Rig spesifik tagihan stasiun, daftar
6. Pertemuan keselamatan pra-pekerjaan akan

diselenggarakan dengan semua personil yang terlibat
sebelum mencoba baik membunuh operasi.
Pengalir Terpasang
Berhasil mengalihkan aliran baik sebelum
permukaan gas dan tanpa broaching mensyaratkan
bahwa semua peralatan permukaan siap untuk
menutup tas pengalir segera belum memiliki jalur
bantuan bagi cairan dengan baik untuk mencegah
broaching.
Sementara pengeboran dengan Sistem pengalir
menggunakan Remote Operated Ball Valve, katup
fungsi terbuka harus menyelami ke dalam garis dekat
pengalir sehingga katup akan membuka sebelum
penutupan annular.
Lumpur harus dipompa melalui jalur pengalir setiap
tur untuk memastikan garis dan jalur bantuan yang
tidak terpasang.
Jika aliran terdeteksi, prosedur berikut harus diikuti
untuk mengalihkan aliran:
7. Jika kondisi memungkinkan, mencoba membunuh

dinamis dengan memompa semua lumpur yang
tersedia dari lubang diikuti oleh air dari lubang air
jika lumpur tidak membunuh baik. Memompa juga
akan menjaga aliran gas basah dan mengurangi
bahaya kebakaran.
Catatan: Jika tersandung, berjalan casing, atau
keluar dari lubang, mungkin perlu untuk
strip kembali ke bawah sebelum
mencoba membunuh dinamis.
8. Personil harus dipasang di sekitar lokasi untuk
mendeteksi tanda-tanda broaching.
BOP Operasi
Prosedur pengendalian baik dalam bagian ini
berlaku ketika pengeboran bawah permukaan casing
dengan sepatu yang kompeten dan setumpuk BOP
diinstal.
1. Matikan pompa lumpur jika pengeboran.
Operasi Pengawas harus memastikan berikut ini di

tempat:
2. Ambil untuk menghapus kelly atau alat bersama di

atas kantung pengalir.
Diagram alur yang diposting di lantai rig dan lokasi

lain yang sesuai untuk "Shut-In Prosedur untuk
pengeboran, Tripping, & Running Casing" dan
"Stasiun Bill selama Nah Pengendalian Operasi"
The Choke Manifold berbaris untuk mengambil

kembali melalui "Mud Gas Separator"
Katup hilir dari choke hidrolik adalah dalam posisi

tertutup selama operasi pengeboran.
3. Periksa aliran jika tidak pasti juga mengalir.

4. Tutup annular pengalir.
5. Mengevakuasi personil ke daerah yang aman.
6. Beritahu Operasi Inspektur.
FlowCheck Prosedur - Pengeboran

1. Baik itu harus diperiksa untuk aliran jika salah satu
dari berikut terjadi kapan saja selama pengeboran
atau beredar operasi:
Setiap kali aliran terdeteksi, Driller adalah untuk

menutup-dalam sumur atas inisiatifnya sendiri tanpa
persetujuan lebih lanjut dengan cara berikut:
1. Membuka remote katup choke baris pada baris
Choke.
Kenaikan Tingkat Penetrasi.
Kenaikan Mud Kembali Flow.
Keuntungan di Pits.
3. Pastikan bahwa Choke Manifold ditutup hilir

kekuatan choke.
Penurunan Pompa Tekanan dan / atau Gain di

Pompa Strokes.
4. Merekam menutup-dalam pipa bor dan tekanan

casing, dan keuntungan tingkat pit.
Unit Gas tinggi.
5. Beritahu Operasi Pengawas dan Toolpusher secepat

praktis.
Kenaikan mendadak Torque.
Kenaikan klorida lumpur.
Penurunan klorida lumpur.
2. Prosedur berikut akan digunakan untuk memeriksa

aliran:
Mengambil string bor dan posisi alat bersama

di posisi menutup-in yang telah ditentukan.
Matikan pompa lumpur (s)
Periksa baik untuk aliran. Gunakan tangki

perjalanan jika ragu tentang sumur mengalir.
Diam-In Prosedur - Pengeboran
2. Tutup pencegah annular.
6. Periksa tekanan akumulator. Periksa komponen

sistem BOP dan mengkonfirmasi bahwa manifold
choke berbaris dengan benar. Periksa kebocoran
dan / atau aliran.
7. Rekam pipa bor dan tekanan casing setiap menit
sampai tekanan menstabilkan kemudian setiap 10
menit sesudahnya.
8. Lengkapi "Yah Membunuh Lembar Kerja '. Pilih
metode membunuh dan menentukan bahan yang
dibutuhkan untuk mengedarkan keluar tendangan.
9. Sesuaikan tekanan regulator pada pencegah annular.
Membalas pipa, jika mungkin, untuk menghindari
mencuat.
FlowCheck Prosedur - Tripping

1. Baik itu harus diperiksa untuk aliran jika salah satu
dari berikut terjadi kapan saja selama operasi
tersandung:
Lubang tidak mengambil jumlah yang benar

cairan.
Keuntungan dalam tangki perjalanan.
2. Prosedur berikut akan digunakan untuk memeriksa

aliran:
Mengatur slip dengan alat bersama di meja

putar.
Membuat sebuah katup pengaman terbuka
pada pipa bor. Katup dekat.
Catatan: Ketika pengeboran dengan TDS,

jangan membuat drive atas ke string
bor. Melepaskan katup yang lebih
rendah di drive atas memakan waktu
dan memerlukan 65/8 kotak Reg x 41 / 2 "JIKA kotak crossover.
3. Amati baik untuk aliran. Jika ada pertanyaan apakah
sumur mengalir, itu harus ditutup-in dan check.
Diam-In Prosedur - Tripping
Setiap kali aliran terdeteksi, Driller adalah untuk

menutup-dalam sumur atas inisiatifnya sendiri,
tanpa persetujuan lebih lanjut, dengan cara sebagai
berikut:
1. Matikan pompa tangki perjalanan.
2. Membuka katup choke terpencil di garis choke.
3. Tutup pencegah annular sekitar pipa bor atau drill
collars.
4. Menginstal dan membuat dalam BOP di atas katup
pengaman.
5. Membuka katup pengaman bor pipa.
6. Beritahu Operasi Pengawas dan kontraktor
toolpusher secepat praktis.
7. Rekam menutup-tekanan casing. Tangki catatan
perjalanan dan / atau keuntungan pit. Periksa tekanan
akumulator. Periksa tekanan akumulator. Periksa
komponen sistem BOP dan tersedak ragamnya untuk
posisi yang benar. Periksa kebocoran dan / atau
aliran.
8. Sesuaikan tekanan penutupan annular dan membalas
pipa bor untuk mencegah pipa menempel.
Catatan: Jika casing memiliki tekanan dan / atau
sumur akan mengalir melalui pipa bor,
maka akan diperlukan untuk strip pipa
bor kembali ke bawah sebelum beredar
keluar masuknya. Lihat Pedoman
Stripping dan Prosedur untuk informasi

tambahan.
Diam-In Prosedur (kerah Bor di BOP stack)
1. Menginstal crossover dan membuat katup pengaman
jika kerah bor di atas meja putar.
2. Memulai menutup-dalam sumur menggunakan
prosedur yang sama seperti untuk pipa bor.
FlowCheck Prosedur - Menjalankan Casing

1. Periksa baik untuk aliran harus salah satu dari
berikut terjadi kapan saja selama casing operasi
berjalan:
Anulus mengalir.
Keuntungan di lubang lebih besar dari casing

/ pipa perpindahan.
3. Meningkatkan tekanan penutupan annular jika perlu

untuk mendapatkan segel di sekitar kerah bor spiral
atau pipa spiral HeviWate bor.
2. Berhenti casing operasi berjalan.
Diam-In Prosedur (Bor String Out Of Lubang)
Diam-In Prosedur - Menjalankan Casing
1. Tutup domba buta jika baik mulai mengalir

sementara string bor keluar dari lubang.
1. Membuka katup choke terpencil di garis choke.
3. Periksa aliran.
2. Tutup pencegah annular.

2. Buka baris choke katup pada gerai pertama di bawah
ekor domba jantan buta. Pemantauan tidak akan
mungkin melalui jalur choke pada BOP tumpukan
konfigurasi mana ram buta terletak di bawah choke
dan membunuh line. Ini akan membutuhkan tekanan
pemantauan melalui katup anulus.
3. Rekam menutup-tekanan casing dan keuntungan
dalam tangki perjalanan.
4. Beritahu Operation Supervisor dan Kontraktor
toolpusher.
5. Siapkan untuk strip ke dalam lubang menggunakan
annular yang. Lihat Stripping Pedoman dan Tata.
Tekanan penutupan annular seharusnya

disesuaikan dengan OD pipa yang lebih besar
sebelum memulai untuk menjalankan casing.
3. Menginstal crossover dan membuat katup pengaman.
Catatan: Jika kebocoran peralatan casing float,
mungkin perlu untuk membuka annular
sementara untuk meringankan aliran
membentuk casing sementara
menginstal katup pengaman.
Nah Membunuh Pilihan - Menjalankan Casing
Ada beberapa kemungkinan membunuh baik,

tergantung pada jumlah casing run, jumlah aliran
baik, kondisi peralatan float, dan tekanan annulus.
Opsi yang dipilih harus didasarkan pada kondisi
sumur bor yang sebenarnya, setelah berkonsultasi
dengan Operasi Inspektur.
Pilihan meliputi:
1. Menghapus casing keluar dari lubang.
2. Membunuh baik di kedalaman casing ini.
3. Mengupas casing ke dalam lubang pada pipa bor.
Cairan Berat / Tingkat Beredar
Cairan Berat
1. Berat cairan untuk beredar keluar influxes dan
membunuh sumur harus dipilih setelah
berkonsultasi dengan Operasi Inspektur, ketika
praktis, untuk yang satu metode berikut untuk
digunakan berdasarkan kondisi sumur bor yang
sebenarnya:
Metode pengebor - Edarkan keluar masuknya

menggunakan cairan berat asli, kemudian
beredar membunuh berat cairan di sekitar.
Keuntungan utama dari metode ini adalah
kecepatan relatif dan kesederhanaan. Namun,
metode ini akan menghasilkan tekanan
permukaan maksimum yang lebih tinggi. Jika
tidak cukup barit adalah di tangan untuk berat
sampai cairan, metode ini umumnya harus
digunakan daripada menangguhkan operasi

sampai barit menjadi tersedia.
Berat dan Tunggu Metode - Edarkan keluar

masuknya dalam satu sirkulasi menggunakan
berat cairan yang seimbang. Metode ini
umumnya menghasilkan tekanan permukaan
terendah dan meminimalkan waktu yang hilang
dengan kembali ke operasi pengeboran normal
secepat mungkin jika volume yang cukup cairan
berat tersedia di rig pengeboran dan siap untuk
memompa. Dalam beberapa kasus, waktu yang
diperlukan untuk menurunkan berat sampai
cairan dapat berlebihan.
2. Pencampuran kemampuan tingkat rig pengeboran

yang harus dipertimbangkan. Umumnya, incremental
meningkat berat lumpur harus 1.0 ppg atau kurang.
3. Cairan Berat membunuh akhir adalah memiliki
margin perjalanan minimal sekitar 200 psi
tergantung di sumur. Margin perjalanan yang lebih
tinggi mungkin diperlukan untuk sumur dengan
masalah swabbing, dll
Beredar Tingkat Seleksi:
1. Tingkat beredar untuk operasi baik membunuh
harus dipilih setelah berkonsultasi dengan Operasi
Inspektur, ketika praktis. Tingkat pompa di kisaran
1-3 BPM harus biasanya digunakan untuk beredar
keluar masuknya. Keuntungan dari tingkat yang
rendah pompa adalah:
Memungkinkan More Time untuk Choke

Operator untuk Mengatur Choke.
Meminimalkan Penanganan Volume besar

dari Gas di Permukaan.
Mengurangi Kemungkinan Hilang Returns.
2. Faktor-faktor seperti integritas formasi pada

peralatan kontrol sepatu casing dan rig dengan baik
(misalnya, keterbatasan pemisah gas lumpur) yang
harus dipertimbangkan ketika memilih tingkat yang
beredar.
3. Tingkat pompa harus dikurangi, jika perlu, ketika
gas mencapai permukaan untuk mencegah
hilangnya kaki cairan dalam separator gas lumpur.
4. Bila diperlukan untuk mengubah suku beredar, baik
itu harus menutup-in dan tekanan gesekan baru
ditentukan.
Konstan Bawah Lubang Metode Tekanan
Nah Bunuh Prosedur
Tujuan beredar keluar influxes adalah untuk
mempertahankan tekanan bottom-lubang konstan
yang cukup untuk mencegah influxes lanjut
meminimalkan sirkulasi hilang di sepatu casing.
Berikut ini adalah langkah-langkah untuk mencapai
tujuan ini.
1. Dengan choke hidrolik ditutup, buka katup hilir
choke untuk memungkinkan pengembalian yang
akan diambil dari garis choke melalui manifold
choke dan ke Separator Gas Lumpur.
2. Membawa pompa sampai dengan kecepatan

perlahan-lahan ke tingkat sirkulasi yang
direncanakan. Gunakan choke hidrolik untuk
mengadakan tekanan casing konstan pada anulus
sama dengan menutup-tekanan asli pada casing
ditambah 25 sampai 50 psi margin keamanan.
3. Baca dan merekam bor tekanan pipa setelah pompa
mencapai kecepatan konstan yang diinginkan dan
setelah casing tekanan menstabilkan ke nilai yang
diinginkan.
Catatan: The bor tekanan pipa pada saat ini
adalah tekanan yang diperlukan untuk
mempertahankan tekanan dasar lubang
konstan ketika beredar pada kecepatan
tertentu pompa saja. Perbedaan antara
shut-tekanan awal pada pipa bor dan
tekanan pemompaan pada pipa bor
adalah tekanan gesekan yang diperlukan
untuk mengedarkan cairan pengeboran
pada kecepatan tertentu pompa saja.
4. Mempertahankan tekanan pipa bor yang diinginkan
pada konstan tingkat pompa sementara beredar
keluar masuknya dengan memanipulasi choke
hidrolik mengambil keuntungan dari annulus.
Perubahan tekanan akibat tersedak

manipulasi membutuhkan sekitar 2 detik
per 1000 bor string untuk mendaftar di
gauge pipa berdiri; Namun, lag ini dalam
waktu respon dapat lagi jika tendangan
gas besar hadir.
Jika berat lumpur asli digunakan, tekanan

pipa bor akan diadakan konstan pada
mencapai nya bit.
Bersiaplah setiap saat untuk mengalihkan
aliran ke laut atau ke suar sebagai
degasser miskin-anak mungkin tidak
dapat dengan aman menangani gas
100%.
5. Edarkan menggunakan bertahap berat fluida yang

diinginkan sampai lumpur berat kill beredar di
sekitar dan itu diverifikasi bahwa sumur mati.
Gunakan hati-hati setiap saat sejak influxes
tambahan bisa masuk sumur bor.
4. Memastikan bahwa pengukur tekanan mudah dibaca

dan akurat diinstal pada manifold choke.
5. Pastikan bahwa sistem komunikasi visual antara
orang yang mengoperasikan choke dan orang
pemantauan tangki perjalanan telah ditetapkan.
6. Pastikan semuanya siap untuk mengambil
keuntungan dari manifold choke melalui pemisah
gas lumpur dan ke dalam tangki perjalanan. Jangan
berdarah kembali ke penyemenan tank perpindahan.
General Stripping Pedoman:
Stripping Operasi
1. Hanya mengupas dalam lubang jika berat didukung

dari string bor lebih besar dari gaya ke atas dari
sumur bor ketika string bor di seluruh BOP stack.
Bagian ini berlaku setelah membuat keputusan

untuk strip di lubang untuk melakukan operasi
membunuh selama insiden kontrol dengan baik.
2. Menggunakan teknik pelumasan jika berat didukung

dari string bor kurang dari gaya ke atas dari sumur
bor.
Pengupasan Pedoman Penyusunan:
3. Memonitor dengan baik menanggung tekanan dan

mengontrol tekanan permukaan menggunakan teknik
migrasi gelembung / prosedur sementara rigging up
untuk strip dalam lubang.
1. Pertemuan pra-pekerjaan yang akan dilakukan

dengan anggota tim stripping.
2. Tugas pekerjaan yang ditinjau dan tanggung jawab
yang ditunjuk dengan setiap individu di tim
stripping.
3. Prosedur pengupasan adalah untuk ditinjau dan
perhitungan yang harus dilakukan untuk kapasitas
dan perpindahan dari string bor untuk operasi
stripping.
4. Menginstal katup pelampung non-porting dalam bit

sub jika string bor benar-benar keluar dari lubang.
5. Membuat kerah bor tambahan, jika perlu, untuk
berat untuk strip dalam lubang.
6. Menginstal BOP dalam antara setiap kerah bor dan
pipa bor atau di atas bit sub jika tidak menggunakan
kerah bor.
Catatan: Ini hanya mungkin untuk

menjalankan alat wireline bawah ke atas dalam
BOP.
7. Jika keluar dari lubang, perjalanan di dalam lubang
dan posisi bit antara annular BOP dan domba jantan
buta tertutup.
8. Bullhead lebih tinggi cairan pengeboran berat badan
turun tersedak dan membunuh garis untuk
menurunkan menutup-tekanan casing dan
mengurangi gaya ke atas dari sumur bor jika
diperlukan.
9. Tutup pencegah annular dan tekanan up string bor
dengan unit penyemenan untuk tekanan casing
setara.
Catatan: Pastikan katup pengaman pipa bor

dibuka sebelum pengupasan dalam lubang.
15. Selalu gunakan katup pengaman di lantai rig dan
tidak drive atas ketika menutup di dalam sumur di
perjalanan. Setelah pemasangan katup pengaman,
memastikan bahwa katup cadangan di lantai rig
sebelum operasi pengupasan dimulai.
Stripping Prosedur:
1. Catat menutup tekanan casing.
2. Menginstal dalam BOP dan membuka katup
pengaman.
Catatan: Jangan lupa untuk membuka katup
pengaman.
10. Buka domba buta.

11. Berdarah dari tekanan pipa bor untuk memastikan
bahwa dalam BOP memegang.
12. Membalas string bor lambat jika di lubang terbuka
untuk mencegah pipa dari mencuat saat rigging up
untuk strip.
13. Mengurangi tekanan penutupan pada pencegah
annular yang diperlukan untuk meminimalkan
keausan pada elemen sementara reciprocating string
bor.
14. Rig sampai katup pengaman dan mendapatkan
tekanan pipa bor sebelum pengupasan jika string bor
memiliki katup pelampung porting.
3. Isi pipa bor dengan pil gel di atas dalam BOP untuk
mencegah sampah di string bor dari plugging katup.
4. Make up berdiri dari pipa bor dan perlahan
perjalanan di dalam lubang.
5. Terapkan pipa ganja untuk setiap tubuh bersama alat
untuk memudahkan perjalanan melalui pencegah
annular.
6. Gunakan tekanan penutupan minimum pada
pencegah annular selama operasi stripping.
7. Memonitor garis aliran untuk kebocoran dari
pencegah annular sementara pengupasan di dalam
lubang.
Catatan: Beberapa kebocoran dari pencegah annular

diinginkan untuk meningkatkan pelumasan
antara karet melingkar dan pipa bor.
8. Baca dan mencatat tekanan casing sebelum mulai
menurunkan masing-masing berdiri dari pipa bor.
9. Perlahan-lahan berdarah kembali dari lubang sumur
dengan menggunakan tangan choke disesuaikan
untuk mempertahankan berikut, mana yang lebih
dahulu:
Sebuah volume pengembalian yang sama

dengan kapasitas dan perpindahan dari pipa
yang dilucuti ke dalam lubang, OR:
Tekanan casing yang sama dengan tekanan

yang tercatat sebelum pengupasan berdiri di
lubang, OR:
Gas dikembalikan pada choke.
Catatan: Cairan kadang-kadang hilang

dengan pembentukan
mengakibatkan mencapai tekanan
casing yang sama dengan tekanan
yang tercatat pada awal berdiri,
sebelum volume kembali sama
dengan kapasitas dan perpindahan
dari pipa dapat berdarah.
Catatan: Jangan berdarah off gas.
10. Ketika gas mencapai permukaan, mempertahankan

tekanan konstan casing dan terus strip ke dalam
lubang sampai bit adalah kembali di bagian bawah.
11. Membunuh baik menggunakan Bawah Konstan
Metode Hole.
Catatan: Ini mungkin tidak diperlukan untuk
meningkatkan berat fluida pemboran
untuk membunuh baik jika masuknya
karena untuk swabbing kecuali margin
perjalanan tidak cukup untuk
tersandung aman.
Nah Control untuk Wireline Operasi
Prosedur dan persyaratan untuk peralatan tambahan
untuk kontrol baik selama operasi wireline biasanya
dihasilkan oleh tim pengeboran afiliasi, kecuali
spesifikasi peraturan lokal yang berlaku.
Dalam banyak kasus juga benar-benar stabil dengan
berat lumpur yang digunakan pada saat operasi
penebangan terjadi dan tidak ada sistem pelumas
diperlukan. Karena pencegah annular mungkin tidak
benar-benar menutup sumur bor dengan wireline
dalam lubang, wirecutters harus tersedia untuk
memotong kawat, jika diperlukan. Setiap tim
operasional harus merencanakan untuk kemungkinan
ini, termasuk mengamankan bagian dipotong
permukaan kawat, jika mungkin, untuk mencegah
kawat lari setelah dipotong.
Sistem pelumas harus dipertimbangkan di mana arus
juga mungkin terjadi selama berjalan logging.
Daerah dengan zona terbuka produktif (terutama

sumur gas bertekanan tinggi), daerah sensitif
lingkungan, dan daerah dengan konsentrasi H2S
yang signifikan bisa dipertimbangkan untuk
penggunaan lubricators, yang dapat menutupi
seluruh alat logging tali. Pelumas yang biasanya
dibuat untuk pompa-in sub dan riser perakitan yang
berlabuh di elemen tertutup dari pencegah annular
atau flens ke puncak pencegah annular. Jika baik
mulai mengalir sementara alat logging adalah di
dalam lubang, alat string ditarik ke pelumas dan
domba jantan buta ditutup untuk mengisolasi lubang
sumur. Tekanan ini kemudian berdarah dari pelumas
dan wireline peralatan aman dicurangi bawah.
Barit Plug
Dalam kebanyakan kasus, tujuan menggunakan
bubur barit adalah untuk membunuh juga
menggunakan tekanan hidrostatik lebih besar dari
tekanan formasi.
Berikut tiga karakteristik dari colokan barit adalah
hasil dari analisis industri pengalaman dan
laboratorium penelitian:
1. Kepadatan tinggi dan kemampuan pompa yang baik
adalah parameter yang paling penting untuk
dipertimbangkan saat merancang sebuah bubur
membunuh berat.
2. Pengendapan barit dari plug barit adalah proses yang
lambat yang biasanya nilai yang kecil di sebagian
besar insiden kontrol dengan baik.
3. Lignosulfonat adalah deflocculant terbaik untuk

digunakan saat merancang bubur untuk barit untuk
menetap.
Barit Plug Persiapan Pedoman:
1. Rencana di muka untuk penggunaan plug barit
sebagai bagian dari operasi pengeboran.
2. Pastikan bahwa bahan yang diperlukan tersedia
selama fase perencanaan untuk membantu
meminimalkan kebingungan selama operasi
pengaturan plug.
3. Pastikan bahwa setiap operator penyemenan akrab
dengan masalah pencampuran dan memompa plug
barit.
4. Merancang rencana tentatif untuk pencampuran,
memompa, dan perpindahan dari bubur barit.
5. Memanfaatkan keahlian personil Kontraktor
pengeboran selama fase perencanaan yang
diperlukan.
6. Pastikan bahwa ada garis crossover yang dilepas di
tempat untuk kapal barit dari tangki bulk ke unit
semen jika plugging terjadi.
7. Pastikan bahwa tes barit deliverability ke unit
penyemenan dilakukan sebelum mencoba untuk
mengatur plug barit.
Barit Plug Mencampur Pedoman:
1. Gunakan baik "Settling Resep" atau "Non-Settling

Resep" yang ditunjukkan di bawah saat
pencampuran plug barit.
Settling Resep
1.
bbl
A
i
r
(
a
i
r
l
a
u
t
s
e
g
a
r
a
t
a
u
)
1
5
l
i
g
n
o
s
u
l
f
o
n
a
t
2.
LB.
c
a
u
s
t
i
c
;
p
H
=
1
0
,
5
1
1
,
5
NON-menetap Resep
1.
bbl
A
i
r
(
a
i
r
l
a
u
t
s
e
g
a
r
a
t
a
u
)
1
5
l
i
g
n
o
s
u
l
f
o
n
a
t
2.
LB.
c
a
u
s
t
i
c
;
p
H
=
1
0
,
5
1
1
,
5
1 XC Polimer
Sebagai requiredDefoamer
Resep ini untuk satu barel air campuran.
2. Pertimbangkan untuk menggunakan "Non-menetap
Resep" untuk operasi membunuh besar.
3. Siapkan air campuran sebelum menambahkan barit
tersebut. Kebutuhan air campuran adalah 54% dari
volume lumpur akhir.
2. Sebuah putar Chiksan akan dipasang pada katup

pengaman bor pipa dan chiksans cukup harus
dicurangi hingga mencapai manifold penyemenan.
Jangan memompa melalui sistem penggerak kelly
atau atas (TDS) bila menggunakan "Settling Resep"
untuk plug barit.
3. Sebuah garis memotong akan dipasang untuk
membuang barit bubur awal.
4. Semua koneksi yang menjadi tekanan diuji dari
pompa pencampuran ke katup pengaman bor pipa.
5. Katup berjenis harus berbaris yang diperlukan untuk
menggunakan pompa rig untuk perpindahan steker
dalam kasus pompa penyemenan gagal atau garis
colokan.
Hal ini diperlukan untuk menjaga plug
barit bergerak setiap saat sementara di pipa
bor untuk mencegah penyumbatan.
6. Katup pada unit penyemenan mengisi lini harus diuji
untuk kebocoran dan untuk memastikan mereka
berfungsi dengan baik.
4. Siapkan 21 ppg barit bubur dengan mencampur

700 dari barit dengan 0,54 bbl air campuran. Campur
resep non-pengendapan oleh sirkulasi melalui
hopper pencampuran beberapa kali jika perlu.
7. Pastikan bahwa keseimbangan lumpur bertekanan

digunakan untuk menimbang bubur.
Barit Plug Memompa Prosedur:
8. Katup pengaman pada pipa bor harus ditutup dan

garis memotong dibuka untuk membuang lumpur
barit, sampai mendapatkan berat badan yang benar.
1. Jika memungkinkan, Bor kru yang sama akan

digunakan selama pencampuran atau menggusur
plug barit (tidak mengubah Bor kru sampai operasi
selesai).
9. Mulai pencampuran dan memompa lumpur barit ke

garis memotong.
10. Tutup garis memotong dan membuka katup

pengaman setelah mengukur berat bubur yang benar
di garis memotong.
11. Nol laras counter dan terus pencampuran bubur
menggunakan unit penyemenan dan tank
perpindahan semen.
2. Jangan meluangkan waktu untuk keluar katup

pengaman dan putar sebelum menarik keluar dari
steker. Memastikan bahwa katup pengaman lain
tersedia di lantai rig.
3. Tarik secepat mungkin, sesuai dengan jumlah drag,
dan memutar pipa di slip sambil berdiri kembali
setiap berdiri.
12. Menggantikan steker barit tanpa mematikan.

Catatan: volume perpindahan sebenarnya
tergantung pada apakah mungkin untuk
menarik keluar dari steker atau jika pipa
macet.
13. Menggantikan bubur barit pada tingkat yang cukup
cepat untuk mendapatkan memompa tekanan di pipa
berdiri. The berat barit dalam pipa bor akan
cenderung turun, dan itu diinginkan untuk bersaing
dengan itu dengan memompa pada tingkat yang
cukup cepat untuk menghasilkan tekanan pompa di
pipa berdiri.
14. Tarik pipa bor dari steker barit setelah plug barit di
tempat. Kesempatan berhasil menarik keluar dari
plug barit menggunakan "Settling Resep" kecil.
Menarik Prosedur Pipa - barit Plug:
1. Bor kru adalah untuk berada dalam posisi untuk
segera keluar dari steker barit secepat perpindahan
selesai.
4. Tarik pipa setidaknya 10 stand di atas dihitung barit

steker atas.
5. Beredar bottom up "jalan panjang" setelah pipa di
atas plug setidaknya 10 stand.
6. Tunggu kira-kira 8-10 jam sebelum tersandung
kembali lubang dan penandaan bagian atas plug barit
agar yakin bahwa steker di tempat.
ExxonMobil Pengembangan Perusahaan

Pengeboran
CREW STATION BILL DAN
TANGGUNG JAWAB
SELAMA BAIK
PENGENDALIAN
OPERASIONAL
DRILLER
1. Mendeteksi masuknya lubang sumur dan alarm

suara.
2. Mengambil pipa bor untuk ruang keluar posisi yang

tepat.
4. Periksa katup (s) dari pompa lumpur (s) untuk

mengalir kembali dari sumur.
3. Matikan pompa lumpur (s).
5. Berat cairan laporan Pengeboran dan keuntungan pit

aktif untuk pembor.
4. Memeriksa atau memverifikasi bahwa sumur

mengalir.
6. Bersiaplah untuk berat sistem lumpur.
5. Buka katup choke rendah. Tutup annular.
7. Siaga untuk instruksi dari Driller.
6. Beritahu Operasi Pengawas dan Toolpusher.

7. Periksa tekanan akumulator. Pastikan juga dengan
benar menutup-in.
DRILLER ASSISTANT (jika berlaku) 1)
Pastikan choke hidrolik ditutup.
2. Periksa katup manual pertama hilir choke ditutup.
3. Periksa sisa choke berjenis untuk keselarasan.
4. Laporkan ke Driller.
5. Mulai merekam pipa bor dan casing tekanan. 6)
siaga untuk ns instructio lebih lanjut dari Driller.
SHAKER TANGAN
1. Periksa juga untuk aliran di shaker.

2. Laporkan ke Driller.
3. Memeriksa berat fluida pengeboran di shaker.
4. Memonitor saluran kembali dari choke berjenis dan
flowline. 5) Siaga instruksi dari Driller.
TANGAN LANTAI
1. Siaga rotary untuk menandai pipa untuk ruang keluar

yang tepat.
2. Siaga untuk instruksi lebih lanjut dari Driller.
DERRICK MAN
1. Tingkat pit catatan dan keuntungan.

2. Mark tingkat pit baru.
3. Timbang cairan pengeboran di lubang.
3. Menginstal katup pengaman (seperti yang

diperlukan) dan menutup sama.
DRILLING SUPERVISOR OPERASI
1. Periksa untuk memastikan baik adalah pr operly

menutup-in.
2. Periksa tekanan baik dan keuntungan pit.
3. Mengembangkan baik rencana membunuh.
2. Periksa tekanan akumulator.

Penebang MUD
4. Sebut Drilling Operations Superintendent.

Toolpusher
1. Mengawasi Driller setelah sumur ditutup-in.
1. Memantau stroke pompa, unit gas, dan tingkat pit.

2. Bekerja sampai lembar membunuh.
2. Periksa untuk memastikan baik benar menutup-in.

3. Memonitor pipa bor dan tekanan casing.
4. Notif y Kepala Mechanic, Electrician, dan Crane
Operator.
5. Siapkan peralatan untuk operasi membunuh baik.
CRANE OPERATOR
1. Merakit buruh pelabuh kru.

2. Siaga untuk membantu dalam operasi
pengendalian baik. 3) Mengkoordinasikan barit
gerakan material.
MUD ENGINEER
OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - JACK-UP / PLATFORM / TONGKANG RIG

DRILLING dari 5

DRILLING dari 5

DRILLING
1. Periksa volume pit, memverifikasi berat lumpur, dan

melaporkan kepada Derrick Man.
2. Tentukan barit diperlukan untuk meningkatkan berat DRILLING dari 5

lumpur. 3) Siaga untuk membantu Derrick Man.
MECHANIC / LISTRIK
1. Periksa Unit penutupan.

DRILLING dari 5

DRILLING OPERASI manual-JACK-UP / PLATRFORM /
TONGKANG RIG DRILLING dari 9
DRILLING

DRILLING OPERASI manual-JACK-UP / PLATRFORM /







OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - JACK-UP / PLATFORM / TONGKANG
RIG PENGEBORAN dari 3 Edisi
Pertama - Mei 2003


DRILLING dari 41

DRILLING dari 41

RIG PENGEBORAN dari 3 Edisi
Pertama - Mei 2003

dari 10

dari 10

TONGKANG DRILLING dari 34














OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - JACK-UP / platfrom / TONGKANG

RIG DRILLING
Versi 3a "April 2003

Halaman dari 18

OPERASI PENGEBORAN MANUAL - JACK-UP / platfrom / TONGKANG
RIG DRILLING
Versi 3a "April 2003
Halaman dari 18

DRILLING OPERATIONAS MANUAL - JACK-UP / platfrom /

DRILLING OPERATIONAS MANUAL - JACK-UP / platfrom /





Exon Mobile Drilling Guide

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Exon Mobile Drilling Guide

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

WELL CONTROL

First Edition May 2003

Houston, Texas U.S.A.

DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

EMDC Drilling Standard Operations

To: ExxonMobil Drilling Employees

The ExxonMobil Development Company, Standard Operations Manual for Jack-Up/Platform/Barge

STANDARD OPERATIONS MANUAL

1.4 EMDC Reports

1.5 Drilling Contractor Reports6

2.1 GENERAL OPERATIONS

2.5 EMDC Drilling Operations Personnel Responsibilities

2.7 Third Party Service Contractor Personnel Responsibilities

Mooring Vessel Operations

Casing pressure Monitoring

Back Pressure Valves

Rotary Table Insert Bushing Locks

Christmas Tree Equipment

Mud Logging Units

Appendix G-I EMDC-DO Risk Assessment Form

Risk Assessment Package (example)

EMDC-DO BOPE Exception Form

Drilling Environmental Performance Indicators Report Form

3.1 MARINE OPERATIONS

Moving Jack-up Rigs

DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

STANDARD OPERATIONS MANUAL

Moving Platform Rigs

Moving Barge Rigs

3.3 Moving And Positioning

3.4 Pre-Loading (Jack-up Only)

Heavy Lifts (Jack-Up Lifts in Excess of 10 MT)

Transportation & Personnel Transfers

3.7 Marine Training

Personnel Transport-Supply or Stand-By Boat

3.8 Ship Collision Avoidance

Radar Watch Procedures

DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

STANDARD OPERATIONS MANUAL

Drilling Fluid Treatments

Drilling Fluid Checks

High Temperature Drilling

Stuck Pipe Pills

Non-Aqueous Fluid Operations

Rig-Site Dielectric Constant Measurement

Drilling Fluid System Guidelines

Fluid Transfer Checklists

NAF/Oil Base Mud Readiness Checklist

DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

STANDARD OPERATIONS MANUAL

ABNORMAL PRESSURE DETECTION IN CLASTICS 7.1

8.0 FORMATION EVALUATION

Wireline Logging Program

Sidewall Coring Operations

Wireline Radioactive Sources

Mud Logging and Cuttings Samples

9.0 CASING OPERATIONS

Casing Connection Make-Up

Exxonmobil Cement Testing Guidelines

11.0 PRESSURE INTEGRITY TESTS 11.1

DRILLING OPERATIONS MANUAL - JACK-UP/PLATFORM/BARGE RIG DRILLING

STANDARD OPERATIONS MANUAL

Production Testing Objectives

Well Test Design